diff --git a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.accessLevels.html b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.accessLevels.html index 558a2d04924..fa9f3f99417 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.accessLevels.html +++ b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.accessLevels.html @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@

Method Details

], "vpcNetworkSources": [ # The request must originate from one of the provided VPC networks in Google Cloud. Cannot specify this field together with `ip_subnetworks`. { # The originating network source in Google Cloud. - "vpcSubnetwork": { # Sub-segment ranges inside of a VPC Network. # Sub-segment ranges of a VPC network. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "vpcSubnetwork": { # Sub-segment ranges inside of a VPC Network. # Sub-segment ranges of a VPC network. "network": "A String", # Required. Network name. If the network is not part of the organization, the `compute.network.get` permission must be granted to the caller. Format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NETWORK_NAME}` Example: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/global/networks/network-1` "vpcIpSubnetworks": [ # CIDR block IP subnetwork specification. The IP address must be an IPv4 address and can be a public or private IP address. Note that for a CIDR IP address block, the specified IP address portion must be properly truncated (i.e. all the host bits must be zero) or the input is considered malformed. For example, "192.0.2.0/24" is accepted but "192.0.2.1/24" is not. If empty, all IP addresses are allowed. "A String", @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@

Method Details

], "vpcNetworkSources": [ # The request must originate from one of the provided VPC networks in Google Cloud. Cannot specify this field together with `ip_subnetworks`. { # The originating network source in Google Cloud. - "vpcSubnetwork": { # Sub-segment ranges inside of a VPC Network. # Sub-segment ranges of a VPC network. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "vpcSubnetwork": { # Sub-segment ranges inside of a VPC Network. # Sub-segment ranges of a VPC network. "network": "A String", # Required. Network name. If the network is not part of the organization, the `compute.network.get` permission must be granted to the caller. Format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NETWORK_NAME}` Example: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/global/networks/network-1` "vpcIpSubnetworks": [ # CIDR block IP subnetwork specification. The IP address must be an IPv4 address and can be a public or private IP address. Note that for a CIDR IP address block, the specified IP address portion must be properly truncated (i.e. all the host bits must be zero) or the input is considered malformed. For example, "192.0.2.0/24" is accepted but "192.0.2.1/24" is not. If empty, all IP addresses are allowed. "A String", @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@

Method Details

], "vpcNetworkSources": [ # The request must originate from one of the provided VPC networks in Google Cloud. Cannot specify this field together with `ip_subnetworks`. { # The originating network source in Google Cloud. - "vpcSubnetwork": { # Sub-segment ranges inside of a VPC Network. # Sub-segment ranges of a VPC network. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "vpcSubnetwork": { # Sub-segment ranges inside of a VPC Network. # Sub-segment ranges of a VPC network. "network": "A String", # Required. Network name. If the network is not part of the organization, the `compute.network.get` permission must be granted to the caller. Format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NETWORK_NAME}` Example: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/global/networks/network-1` "vpcIpSubnetworks": [ # CIDR block IP subnetwork specification. The IP address must be an IPv4 address and can be a public or private IP address. Note that for a CIDR IP address block, the specified IP address portion must be properly truncated (i.e. all the host bits must be zero) or the input is considered malformed. For example, "192.0.2.0/24" is accepted but "192.0.2.1/24" is not. If empty, all IP addresses are allowed. "A String", @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@

Method Details

], "vpcNetworkSources": [ # The request must originate from one of the provided VPC networks in Google Cloud. Cannot specify this field together with `ip_subnetworks`. { # The originating network source in Google Cloud. - "vpcSubnetwork": { # Sub-segment ranges inside of a VPC Network. # Sub-segment ranges of a VPC network. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "vpcSubnetwork": { # Sub-segment ranges inside of a VPC Network. # Sub-segment ranges of a VPC network. "network": "A String", # Required. Network name. If the network is not part of the organization, the `compute.network.get` permission must be granted to the caller. Format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NETWORK_NAME}` Example: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/global/networks/network-1` "vpcIpSubnetworks": [ # CIDR block IP subnetwork specification. The IP address must be an IPv4 address and can be a public or private IP address. Note that for a CIDR IP address block, the specified IP address portion must be properly truncated (i.e. all the host bits must be zero) or the input is considered malformed. For example, "192.0.2.0/24" is accepted but "192.0.2.1/24" is not. If empty, all IP addresses are allowed. "A String", @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@

Method Details

], "vpcNetworkSources": [ # The request must originate from one of the provided VPC networks in Google Cloud. Cannot specify this field together with `ip_subnetworks`. { # The originating network source in Google Cloud. - "vpcSubnetwork": { # Sub-segment ranges inside of a VPC Network. # Sub-segment ranges of a VPC network. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "vpcSubnetwork": { # Sub-segment ranges inside of a VPC Network. # Sub-segment ranges of a VPC network. "network": "A String", # Required. Network name. If the network is not part of the organization, the `compute.network.get` permission must be granted to the caller. Format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NETWORK_NAME}` Example: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/global/networks/network-1` "vpcIpSubnetworks": [ # CIDR block IP subnetwork specification. The IP address must be an IPv4 address and can be a public or private IP address. Note that for a CIDR IP address block, the specified IP address portion must be properly truncated (i.e. all the host bits must be zero) or the input is considered malformed. For example, "192.0.2.0/24" is accepted but "192.0.2.1/24" is not. If empty, all IP addresses are allowed. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html index f2fa669849b..4c57a03e76a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html @@ -177,9 +177,9 @@

Method Details

], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. "sourceRestriction": "A String", # Whether to enforce traffic restrictions based on `sources` field. If the `sources` fields is non-empty, then this field must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. - "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. { # The source that EgressPolicy authorizes access from inside the ServicePerimeter to somewhere outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. - "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. }, ], }, @@ -261,9 +261,9 @@

Method Details

], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. "sourceRestriction": "A String", # Whether to enforce traffic restrictions based on `sources` field. If the `sources` fields is non-empty, then this field must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. - "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. { # The source that EgressPolicy authorizes access from inside the ServicePerimeter to somewhere outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. - "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. }, ], }, @@ -431,9 +431,9 @@

Method Details

], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. "sourceRestriction": "A String", # Whether to enforce traffic restrictions based on `sources` field. If the `sources` fields is non-empty, then this field must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. - "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. { # The source that EgressPolicy authorizes access from inside the ServicePerimeter to somewhere outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. - "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. }, ], }, @@ -515,9 +515,9 @@

Method Details

], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. "sourceRestriction": "A String", # Whether to enforce traffic restrictions based on `sources` field. If the `sources` fields is non-empty, then this field must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. - "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. { # The source that EgressPolicy authorizes access from inside the ServicePerimeter to somewhere outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. - "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. }, ], }, @@ -627,9 +627,9 @@

Method Details

], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. "sourceRestriction": "A String", # Whether to enforce traffic restrictions based on `sources` field. If the `sources` fields is non-empty, then this field must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. - "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. { # The source that EgressPolicy authorizes access from inside the ServicePerimeter to somewhere outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. - "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. }, ], }, @@ -711,9 +711,9 @@

Method Details

], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. "sourceRestriction": "A String", # Whether to enforce traffic restrictions based on `sources` field. If the `sources` fields is non-empty, then this field must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. - "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. { # The source that EgressPolicy authorizes access from inside the ServicePerimeter to somewhere outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. - "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. }, ], }, @@ -829,9 +829,9 @@

Method Details

], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. "sourceRestriction": "A String", # Whether to enforce traffic restrictions based on `sources` field. If the `sources` fields is non-empty, then this field must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. - "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. { # The source that EgressPolicy authorizes access from inside the ServicePerimeter to somewhere outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. - "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. }, ], }, @@ -913,9 +913,9 @@

Method Details

], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. "sourceRestriction": "A String", # Whether to enforce traffic restrictions based on `sources` field. If the `sources` fields is non-empty, then this field must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. - "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. { # The source that EgressPolicy authorizes access from inside the ServicePerimeter to somewhere outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. - "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. }, ], }, @@ -1047,9 +1047,9 @@

Method Details

], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. "sourceRestriction": "A String", # Whether to enforce traffic restrictions based on `sources` field. If the `sources` fields is non-empty, then this field must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. - "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. { # The source that EgressPolicy authorizes access from inside the ServicePerimeter to somewhere outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. - "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. }, ], }, @@ -1131,9 +1131,9 @@

Method Details

], "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access. "sourceRestriction": "A String", # Whether to enforce traffic restrictions based on `sources` field. If the `sources` fields is non-empty, then this field must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. - "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "sources": [ # Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. { # The source that EgressPolicy authorizes access from inside the ServicePerimeter to somewhere outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. - "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out. + "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. }, ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.users.html b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.users.html index 2f72e9c9cd6..ba687e92e93 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.users.html +++ b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.users.html @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves a user.

insert(body=None, resolveConflictAccount=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a user. Mutate calls immediately following user creation might sometimes fail as the user isn't fully created due to propagation delay in our backends. Check the error details for the "User creation is not complete" message to see if this is the case. Retrying the calls after some time can help in this case. If `resolveConflictAccount` is set to `true`, a `202` response code means that a conflicting unmanaged account exists and was invited to join the organization. A `409` response code means that a conflicting account exists so the user wasn't created based on the [handling unmanaged user accounts](https://support.google.com/a/answer/11112794) option selected.

+

Creates a user. Mutate calls immediately following user creation might sometimes fail as the user isn't fully created due to propagation delay in our backends. Check the error details for the "User creation is not complete" message to see if this is the case. Retrying the calls after some time can help in this case.

list(customFieldMask=None, customer=None, domain=None, event=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, projection=None, query=None, showDeleted=None, sortOrder=None, viewType=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a paginated list of either deleted users or all users in a domain.

@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@

Method Details

insert(body=None, resolveConflictAccount=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a user. Mutate calls immediately following user creation might sometimes fail as the user isn't fully created due to propagation delay in our backends. Check the error details for the "User creation is not complete" message to see if this is the case. Retrying the calls after some time can help in this case. If `resolveConflictAccount` is set to `true`, a `202` response code means that a conflicting unmanaged account exists and was invited to join the organization. A `409` response code means that a conflicting account exists so the user wasn't created based on the [handling unmanaged user accounts](https://support.google.com/a/answer/11112794) option selected.
+  
Creates a user. Mutate calls immediately following user creation might sometimes fail as the user isn't fully created due to propagation delay in our backends. Check the error details for the "User creation is not complete" message to see if this is the case. Retrying the calls after some time can help in this case.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.html b/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a196ffc224..00000000000
--- a/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-

AdSense Platform API

-

Instance Methods

-

- platforms() -

-

Returns the platforms Resource.

- -

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- new_batch_http_request()

-

Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- new_batch_http_request() -
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
-
-                Args:
-                  callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
-                    form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
-                    request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
-                    third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
-                    error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
-                    occurred.
-
-                Returns:
-                  A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
-                
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.platforms.accounts.events.html b/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.platforms.accounts.events.html deleted file mode 100644 index 3e3ecadc7ec..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.platforms.accounts.events.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ - - - -

AdSense Platform API . platforms . accounts . events

-

Instance Methods

-

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates an account event.

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates an account event.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Account to log events about. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account} (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # A platform sub-account event to record spam signals.
-  "eventInfo": { # Private information for partner recorded events (PII). # Required. Information associated with the event.
-    "billingAddress": { # Address data. # The billing address of the publisher associated with this event, if available.
-      "address1": "A String", # First line of address. Max length 64 bytes or 30 characters.
-      "address2": "A String", # Second line of address. Max length 64 bytes or 30 characters.
-      "city": "A String", # City. Max length 60 bytes or 30 characters.
-      "company": "A String", # Name of the company. Max length 255 bytes or 34 characters.
-      "contact": "A String", # Contact name of the company. Max length 128 bytes or 34 characters.
-      "fax": "A String", # Fax number with international code (i.e. +441234567890).
-      "phone": "A String", # Phone number with international code (i.e. +441234567890).
-      "regionCode": "A String", # Country/Region code. The region is specified as a CLDR region code (e.g. "US", "FR").
-      "state": "A String", # State. Max length 60 bytes or 30 characters.
-      "zip": "A String", # Zip/post code. Max length 10 bytes or 10 characters.
-    },
-    "email": "A String", # Required. The email address that is associated with the publisher when performing the event.
-  },
-  "eventTime": "A String", # Required. Event timestamp.
-  "eventType": "A String", # Required. Event type.
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # A platform sub-account event to record spam signals.
-  "eventInfo": { # Private information for partner recorded events (PII). # Required. Information associated with the event.
-    "billingAddress": { # Address data. # The billing address of the publisher associated with this event, if available.
-      "address1": "A String", # First line of address. Max length 64 bytes or 30 characters.
-      "address2": "A String", # Second line of address. Max length 64 bytes or 30 characters.
-      "city": "A String", # City. Max length 60 bytes or 30 characters.
-      "company": "A String", # Name of the company. Max length 255 bytes or 34 characters.
-      "contact": "A String", # Contact name of the company. Max length 128 bytes or 34 characters.
-      "fax": "A String", # Fax number with international code (i.e. +441234567890).
-      "phone": "A String", # Phone number with international code (i.e. +441234567890).
-      "regionCode": "A String", # Country/Region code. The region is specified as a CLDR region code (e.g. "US", "FR").
-      "state": "A String", # State. Max length 60 bytes or 30 characters.
-      "zip": "A String", # Zip/post code. Max length 10 bytes or 10 characters.
-    },
-    "email": "A String", # Required. The email address that is associated with the publisher when performing the event.
-  },
-  "eventTime": "A String", # Required. Event timestamp.
-  "eventType": "A String", # Required. Event type.
-}
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.platforms.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.platforms.accounts.html deleted file mode 100644 index d2be5261406..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.platforms.accounts.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,271 +0,0 @@ - - - -

AdSense Platform API . platforms . accounts

-

Instance Methods

-

- events() -

-

Returns the events Resource.

- -

- sites() -

-

Returns the sites Resource.

- -

- close(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Closes a sub-account.

-

- create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a sub-account.

-

- get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets information about the selected sub-account.

-

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists a partial view of sub-accounts for a specific parent account.

-

- list_next()

-

Retrieves the next page of results.

-

- lookup(parent, creationRequestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Looks up information about a sub-account for a specified creation_request_id. If no account exists for the given creation_request_id, returns 404.

-

Method Details

-
- close(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Closes a sub-account.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. Account to close. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account_id} (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request definition for the account close rpc.
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response definition for the account close rpc.
-}
-
- -
- create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a sub-account.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Platform to create an account for. Format: platforms/{platform} (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Representation of an Account.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the account.
-  "creationRequestId": "A String", # Required. An opaque token that uniquely identifies the account among all the platform's accounts. This string may contain at most 64 non-whitespace ASCII characters, but otherwise has no predefined structure. However, it is expected to be a platform-specific identifier for the user creating the account, so that only a single account can be created for any given user. This field must not contain any information that is recognizable as personally identifiable information. e.g. it should not be an email address or login name. Once an account has been created, a second attempt to create an account using the same creation_request_id will result in an ALREADY_EXISTS error.
-  "displayName": "A String", # Display name of this account.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the account. Format: platforms/pub-[0-9]+/accounts/pub-[0-9]+
-  "regionCode": "A String", # Required. Input only. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. Set this to country code of the child account if known, otherwise to your own country code.
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. Approval state of the account.
-  "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The IANA TZ timezone code of this account. For more information, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones. This field is used for reporting. It is recommended to set it to the same value for all child accounts.
-    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
-  },
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Representation of an Account.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the account.
-  "creationRequestId": "A String", # Required. An opaque token that uniquely identifies the account among all the platform's accounts. This string may contain at most 64 non-whitespace ASCII characters, but otherwise has no predefined structure. However, it is expected to be a platform-specific identifier for the user creating the account, so that only a single account can be created for any given user. This field must not contain any information that is recognizable as personally identifiable information. e.g. it should not be an email address or login name. Once an account has been created, a second attempt to create an account using the same creation_request_id will result in an ALREADY_EXISTS error.
-  "displayName": "A String", # Display name of this account.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the account. Format: platforms/pub-[0-9]+/accounts/pub-[0-9]+
-  "regionCode": "A String", # Required. Input only. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. Set this to country code of the child account if known, otherwise to your own country code.
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. Approval state of the account.
-  "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The IANA TZ timezone code of this account. For more information, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones. This field is used for reporting. It is recommended to set it to the same value for all child accounts.
-    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
-  },
-}
-
- -
- get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets information about the selected sub-account.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. Account to get information about. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account_id} (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Representation of an Account.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the account.
-  "creationRequestId": "A String", # Required. An opaque token that uniquely identifies the account among all the platform's accounts. This string may contain at most 64 non-whitespace ASCII characters, but otherwise has no predefined structure. However, it is expected to be a platform-specific identifier for the user creating the account, so that only a single account can be created for any given user. This field must not contain any information that is recognizable as personally identifiable information. e.g. it should not be an email address or login name. Once an account has been created, a second attempt to create an account using the same creation_request_id will result in an ALREADY_EXISTS error.
-  "displayName": "A String", # Display name of this account.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the account. Format: platforms/pub-[0-9]+/accounts/pub-[0-9]+
-  "regionCode": "A String", # Required. Input only. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. Set this to country code of the child account if known, otherwise to your own country code.
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. Approval state of the account.
-  "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The IANA TZ timezone code of this account. For more information, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones. This field is used for reporting. It is recommended to set it to the same value for all child accounts.
-    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
-  },
-}
-
- -
- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists a partial view of sub-accounts for a specific parent account.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Platform who parents the accounts. Format: platforms/{platform} (required)
-  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of accounts to include in the response, used for paging. If unspecified, at most 10000 accounts will be returned. The maximum value is 10000; values above 10000 will be coerced to 10000.
-  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response definition for the list accounts rpc.
-  "accounts": [ # The Accounts returned in the list response. Represented by a partial view of the Account resource, populating `name` and `creation_request_id`.
-    { # Representation of an Account.
-      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the account.
-      "creationRequestId": "A String", # Required. An opaque token that uniquely identifies the account among all the platform's accounts. This string may contain at most 64 non-whitespace ASCII characters, but otherwise has no predefined structure. However, it is expected to be a platform-specific identifier for the user creating the account, so that only a single account can be created for any given user. This field must not contain any information that is recognizable as personally identifiable information. e.g. it should not be an email address or login name. Once an account has been created, a second attempt to create an account using the same creation_request_id will result in an ALREADY_EXISTS error.
-      "displayName": "A String", # Display name of this account.
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the account. Format: platforms/pub-[0-9]+/accounts/pub-[0-9]+
-      "regionCode": "A String", # Required. Input only. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. Set this to country code of the child account if known, otherwise to your own country code.
-      "state": "A String", # Output only. Approval state of the account.
-      "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The IANA TZ timezone code of this account. For more information, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones. This field is used for reporting. It is recommended to set it to the same value for all child accounts.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
-      },
-    },
-  ],
-  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Continuation token used to page through accounts. To retrieve the next page of the results, set the next request's "page_token" value to this.
-}
-
- -
- list_next() -
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
-        Args:
-          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
-          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
-
-        Returns:
-          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
-          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
-        
-
- -
- lookup(parent, creationRequestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Looks up information about a sub-account for a specified creation_request_id. If no account exists for the given creation_request_id, returns 404.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Platform who parents the account. Format: platforms/{platform} (required)
-  creationRequestId: string, Optional. The creation_request_id provided when calling createAccount.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response definition for the lookup account rpc.
-  "name": "A String", # The name of the Account Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account_id}
-}
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.platforms.accounts.sites.html b/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.platforms.accounts.sites.html deleted file mode 100644 index e3f66b86721..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.platforms.accounts.sites.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,233 +0,0 @@ - - - -

AdSense Platform API . platforms . accounts . sites

-

Instance Methods

-

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a site for a specified account.

-

- delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a site from a specified account.

-

- get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a site from a specified sub-account.

-

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists sites for a specific account.

-

- list_next()

-

Retrieves the next page of results.

-

- requestReview(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Requests the review of a site. The site should be in REQUIRES_REVIEW or NEEDS_ATTENTION state. Note: Make sure you place an [ad tag](https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/direct/ad-tags) on your site before requesting a review.

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a site for a specified account.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Account to create site. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account_id} (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Representation of a Site.
-  "domain": "A String", # Domain/sub-domain of the site. Must be a valid domain complying with [RFC 1035](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt) and formatted as punycode [RFC 3492](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3492.txt) in case the domain contains unicode characters.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of a site. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account}/sites/{site}
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of a site.
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Representation of a Site.
-  "domain": "A String", # Domain/sub-domain of the site. Must be a valid domain complying with [RFC 1035](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt) and formatted as punycode [RFC 3492](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3492.txt) in case the domain contains unicode characters.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of a site. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account}/sites/{site}
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of a site.
-}
-
- -
- delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a site from a specified account.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the site to delete. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account}/sites/{site} (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
-}
-
- -
- get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a site from a specified sub-account.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the site to retrieve. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account}/sites/{site} (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Representation of a Site.
-  "domain": "A String", # Domain/sub-domain of the site. Must be a valid domain complying with [RFC 1035](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt) and formatted as punycode [RFC 3492](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3492.txt) in case the domain contains unicode characters.
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of a site. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account}/sites/{site}
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of a site.
-}
-
- -
- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists sites for a specific account.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The account which owns the sites. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account} (required)
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of sites to include in the response, used for paging. If unspecified, at most 10000 sites will be returned. The maximum value is 10000; values above 10000 will be coerced to 10000.
-  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListSites` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListSites` must match the call that provided the page token.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response definition for the site list rpc.
-  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Continuation token used to page through sites. To retrieve the next page of the results, set the next request's "page_token" value to this.
-  "sites": [ # The sites returned in this list response.
-    { # Representation of a Site.
-      "domain": "A String", # Domain/sub-domain of the site. Must be a valid domain complying with [RFC 1035](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt) and formatted as punycode [RFC 3492](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3492.txt) in case the domain contains unicode characters.
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of a site. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account}/sites/{site}
-      "state": "A String", # Output only. State of a site.
-    },
-  ],
-}
-
- -
- list_next() -
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
-        Args:
-          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
-          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
-
-        Returns:
-          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
-          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
-        
-
- -
- requestReview(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Requests the review of a site. The site should be in REQUIRES_REVIEW or NEEDS_ATTENTION state. Note: Make sure you place an [ad tag](https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/direct/ad-tags) on your site before requesting a review.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the site to submit for review. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account}/sites/{site} (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response definition for the site request review rpc.
-}
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.platforms.html b/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.platforms.html deleted file mode 100644 index dea2d7dab99..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.platforms.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ - - - -

AdSense Platform API . platforms

-

Instance Methods

-

- accounts() -

-

Returns the accounts Resource.

- -

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html index 066cb53dcd4..15a076e84f3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for ComputeTokens RPC call. - "contents": [ # Optional. Input content. + "contents": [ # Required. Input content. { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. @@ -192,10 +192,10 @@

Method Details

"role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. }, ], - "instances": [ # Optional. The instances that are the input to token computing API call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the text model, even for the non-text models, like chat models, or Codey models. + "instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to token computing API call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the text model, even for the non-text models, like chat models, or Codey models. "", ], - "model": "A String", # Optional. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/* + "model": "A String", # Required. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/* } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for PredictionService.CountTokens. - "contents": [ # Optional. Input content. + "contents": [ # Required. Input content. { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. @@ -265,88 +265,10 @@

Method Details

"role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. }, ], - "instances": [ # Optional. The instances that are the input to token counting call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the underlying model. + "instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to token counting call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the underlying model. "", ], - "model": "A String", # Optional. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` - "systemInstruction": { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. # Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model. Note: only text should be used in parts and content in each part will be in a separate paragraph. - "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. - { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. - "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data. - "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. - "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. - }, - "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. - }, - "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name]. - "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - }, - "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data. - "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. - "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. - }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code). - "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. - "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. - "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. - }, - }, - ], - "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. - }, - "tools": [ # Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. - { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). - "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 64 function declarations can be provided. - { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name and parameters. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. - "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. - "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 - "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data. - "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. - "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} - "A String", - ], - "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root. - "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc - "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY. - "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY. - "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING - "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT. - "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER - "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY. - "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING - "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT. - "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER - "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null. - "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression. - "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema - }, - "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT. - "A String", - ], - "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema. - "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data. - }, - }, - ], - "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. - }, - "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. - "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Disable using the result from this tool in detecting grounding attribution. This does not affect how the result is given to the model for generation. - "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore for grounding. See https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai-search-and-conversation # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. - "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search's datastore resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` - }, - }, - }, - ], + "model": "A String", # Required. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -1411,6 +1333,21 @@

Method Details

"finishMessage": "A String", # Output only. Describes the reason the mode stopped generating tokens in more detail. This is only filled when `finish_reason` is set. "finishReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the model stopped generating tokens. If empty, the model has not stopped generating the tokens. "groundingMetadata": { # Metadata returned to client when grounding is enabled. # Output only. Metadata specifies sources used to ground generated content. + "groundingAttributions": [ # Optional. List of grounding attributions. + { # Grounding attribution. + "confidenceScore": 3.14, # Optional. Output only. Confidence score of the attribution. Ranges from 0 to 1. 1 is the most confident. + "segment": { # Segment of the content. # Output only. Segment of the content this attribution belongs to. + "endIndex": 42, # Output only. End index in the given Part, measured in bytes. Offset from the start of the Part, exclusive, starting at zero. + "partIndex": 42, # Output only. The index of a Part object within its parent Content object. + "startIndex": 42, # Output only. Start index in the given Part, measured in bytes. Offset from the start of the Part, inclusive, starting at zero. + "text": "A String", # Output only. The text corresponding to the segment from the response. + }, + "web": { # Attribution from the web. # Optional. Attribution from the web. + "title": "A String", # Output only. Title of the attribution. + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI reference of the attribution. + }, + }, + ], "groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. @@ -1458,7 +1395,6 @@

Method Details

"severityScore": 3.14, # Output only. Harm severity score. }, ], - "score": 3.14, # Output only. Confidence score of the candidate. }, ], "promptFeedback": { # Content filter results for a prompt sent in the request. # Output only. Content filter results for a prompt sent in the request. Note: Sent only in the first stream chunk. Only happens when no candidates were generated due to content violations. @@ -2978,6 +2914,21 @@

Method Details

"finishMessage": "A String", # Output only. Describes the reason the mode stopped generating tokens in more detail. This is only filled when `finish_reason` is set. "finishReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the model stopped generating tokens. If empty, the model has not stopped generating the tokens. "groundingMetadata": { # Metadata returned to client when grounding is enabled. # Output only. Metadata specifies sources used to ground generated content. + "groundingAttributions": [ # Optional. List of grounding attributions. + { # Grounding attribution. + "confidenceScore": 3.14, # Optional. Output only. Confidence score of the attribution. Ranges from 0 to 1. 1 is the most confident. + "segment": { # Segment of the content. # Output only. Segment of the content this attribution belongs to. + "endIndex": 42, # Output only. End index in the given Part, measured in bytes. Offset from the start of the Part, exclusive, starting at zero. + "partIndex": 42, # Output only. The index of a Part object within its parent Content object. + "startIndex": 42, # Output only. Start index in the given Part, measured in bytes. Offset from the start of the Part, inclusive, starting at zero. + "text": "A String", # Output only. The text corresponding to the segment from the response. + }, + "web": { # Attribution from the web. # Optional. Attribution from the web. + "title": "A String", # Output only. Title of the attribution. + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI reference of the attribution. + }, + }, + ], "groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. @@ -3025,7 +2976,6 @@

Method Details

"severityScore": 3.14, # Output only. Harm severity score. }, ], - "score": 3.14, # Output only. Confidence score of the candidate. }, ], "promptFeedback": { # Content filter results for a prompt sent in the request. # Output only. Content filter results for a prompt sent in the request. Note: Sent only in the first stream chunk. Only happens when no candidates were generated due to content violations. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.html index a0ec7bf8358..d753195ab0f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.html @@ -82,273 +82,10 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- create(parent, body=None, notebookExecutionJobId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a NotebookExecutionJob.

-

- delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a NotebookExecutionJob.

-

- get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a NotebookExecutionJob.

-

- list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists NotebookExecutionJobs in a Location.

-

- list_next()

-

Retrieves the next page of results.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- create(parent, body=None, notebookExecutionJobId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a NotebookExecutionJob.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to create the NotebookExecutionJob. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # NotebookExecutionJob represents an instance of a notebook execution.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookExecutionJob was created.
-  "dataformRepositorySource": { # The Dataform Repository containing the input notebook. # The Dataform Repository pointing to a single file notebook repository.
-    "commitSha": "A String", # The commit SHA to read repository with. If unset, the file will be read at HEAD.
-    "dataformRepositoryResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataform Repository. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository_id}`
-  },
-  "directNotebookSource": { # The content of the input notebook in ipynb format. # The contents of an input notebook file.
-    "content": "A String", # The base64-encoded contents of the input notebook file.
-  },
-  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the NotebookExecutionJob. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
-  "executionTimeout": "A String", # Max running time of the execution job in seconds (default 86400s / 24 hrs).
-  "executionUser": "A String", # The user email to run the execution as. Only supported by Colab runtimes.
-  "gcsNotebookSource": { # The Cloud Storage uri for the input notebook. # The Cloud Storage url pointing to the ipynb file. Format: `gs://bucket/notebook_file.ipynb`
-    "generation": "A String", # The version of the Cloud Storage object to read. If unset, the current version of the object is read. See https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/metadata#generation-number.
-    "uri": "A String", # The Cloud Storage uri pointing to the ipynb file. Format: `gs://bucket/notebook_file.ipynb`
-  },
-  "gcsOutputUri": "A String", # The Cloud Storage location to upload the result to. Format: `gs://bucket-name`
-  "jobState": "A String", # Output only. The state of the NotebookExecutionJob.
-  "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize NotebookExecutionJobs. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable.
-    "a_key": "A String",
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of this NotebookExecutionJob. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/notebookExecutionJobs/{job_id}`
-  "notebookRuntimeTemplateResourceName": "A String", # The NotebookRuntimeTemplate to source compute configuration from.
-  "scheduleResourceName": "A String", # Output only. The Schedule resource name if this job is triggered by one. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/schedules/{schedule_id}`
-  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to run the execution as.
-  "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Populated when the NotebookExecutionJob is completed. When there is an error during notebook execution, the error details are populated.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookExecutionJob was most recently updated.
-}
-
-  notebookExecutionJobId: string, Optional. User specified ID for the NotebookExecutionJob.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
-  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
-  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
-  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-}
-
- -
- delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a NotebookExecutionJob.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the NotebookExecutionJob resource to be deleted. (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
-  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
-  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
-  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-}
-
- -
- get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a NotebookExecutionJob.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the NotebookExecutionJob resource. (required)
-  view: string, Optional. The NotebookExecutionJob view. Defaults to BASIC.
-    Allowed values
-      NOTEBOOK_EXECUTION_JOB_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - When unspecified, the API defaults to the BASIC view.
-      NOTEBOOK_EXECUTION_JOB_VIEW_BASIC - Includes all fields except for direct notebook inputs.
-      NOTEBOOK_EXECUTION_JOB_VIEW_FULL - Includes all fields.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # NotebookExecutionJob represents an instance of a notebook execution.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookExecutionJob was created.
-  "dataformRepositorySource": { # The Dataform Repository containing the input notebook. # The Dataform Repository pointing to a single file notebook repository.
-    "commitSha": "A String", # The commit SHA to read repository with. If unset, the file will be read at HEAD.
-    "dataformRepositoryResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataform Repository. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository_id}`
-  },
-  "directNotebookSource": { # The content of the input notebook in ipynb format. # The contents of an input notebook file.
-    "content": "A String", # The base64-encoded contents of the input notebook file.
-  },
-  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the NotebookExecutionJob. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
-  "executionTimeout": "A String", # Max running time of the execution job in seconds (default 86400s / 24 hrs).
-  "executionUser": "A String", # The user email to run the execution as. Only supported by Colab runtimes.
-  "gcsNotebookSource": { # The Cloud Storage uri for the input notebook. # The Cloud Storage url pointing to the ipynb file. Format: `gs://bucket/notebook_file.ipynb`
-    "generation": "A String", # The version of the Cloud Storage object to read. If unset, the current version of the object is read. See https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/metadata#generation-number.
-    "uri": "A String", # The Cloud Storage uri pointing to the ipynb file. Format: `gs://bucket/notebook_file.ipynb`
-  },
-  "gcsOutputUri": "A String", # The Cloud Storage location to upload the result to. Format: `gs://bucket-name`
-  "jobState": "A String", # Output only. The state of the NotebookExecutionJob.
-  "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize NotebookExecutionJobs. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable.
-    "a_key": "A String",
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of this NotebookExecutionJob. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/notebookExecutionJobs/{job_id}`
-  "notebookRuntimeTemplateResourceName": "A String", # The NotebookRuntimeTemplate to source compute configuration from.
-  "scheduleResourceName": "A String", # Output only. The Schedule resource name if this job is triggered by one. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/schedules/{schedule_id}`
-  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to run the execution as.
-  "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Populated when the NotebookExecutionJob is completed. When there is an error during notebook execution, the error details are populated.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookExecutionJob was most recently updated.
-}
-
- -
- list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists NotebookExecutionJobs in a Location.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location from which to list the NotebookExecutionJobs. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookExecutionJob` supports = and !=. `notebookExecutionJob` represents the NotebookExecutionJob ID. * `displayName` supports = and != and regex. * `schedule` supports = and != and regex. Some examples: * `notebookExecutionJob="123"` * `notebookExecutionJob="my-execution-job"` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` and `displayName=~"myDisplayNameRegex"`
-  orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `display_name` * `create_time` * `update_time` Example: `display_name, create_time desc`.
-  pageSize: integer, Optional. The standard list page size.
-  pageToken: string, Optional. The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListNotebookExecutionJobs.next_page_token of the previous NotebookService.ListNotebookExecutionJobs call.
-  view: string, Optional. The NotebookExecutionJob view. Defaults to BASIC.
-    Allowed values
-      NOTEBOOK_EXECUTION_JOB_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - When unspecified, the API defaults to the BASIC view.
-      NOTEBOOK_EXECUTION_JOB_VIEW_BASIC - Includes all fields except for direct notebook inputs.
-      NOTEBOOK_EXECUTION_JOB_VIEW_FULL - Includes all fields.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for [NotebookService.CreateNotebookExecutionJob]
-  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve next page of results. Pass to ListNotebookExecutionJobs.page_token to obtain that page.
-  "notebookExecutionJobs": [ # List of NotebookExecutionJobs in the requested page.
-    { # NotebookExecutionJob represents an instance of a notebook execution.
-      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookExecutionJob was created.
-      "dataformRepositorySource": { # The Dataform Repository containing the input notebook. # The Dataform Repository pointing to a single file notebook repository.
-        "commitSha": "A String", # The commit SHA to read repository with. If unset, the file will be read at HEAD.
-        "dataformRepositoryResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataform Repository. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository_id}`
-      },
-      "directNotebookSource": { # The content of the input notebook in ipynb format. # The contents of an input notebook file.
-        "content": "A String", # The base64-encoded contents of the input notebook file.
-      },
-      "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the NotebookExecutionJob. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
-      "executionTimeout": "A String", # Max running time of the execution job in seconds (default 86400s / 24 hrs).
-      "executionUser": "A String", # The user email to run the execution as. Only supported by Colab runtimes.
-      "gcsNotebookSource": { # The Cloud Storage uri for the input notebook. # The Cloud Storage url pointing to the ipynb file. Format: `gs://bucket/notebook_file.ipynb`
-        "generation": "A String", # The version of the Cloud Storage object to read. If unset, the current version of the object is read. See https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/metadata#generation-number.
-        "uri": "A String", # The Cloud Storage uri pointing to the ipynb file. Format: `gs://bucket/notebook_file.ipynb`
-      },
-      "gcsOutputUri": "A String", # The Cloud Storage location to upload the result to. Format: `gs://bucket-name`
-      "jobState": "A String", # Output only. The state of the NotebookExecutionJob.
-      "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize NotebookExecutionJobs. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable.
-        "a_key": "A String",
-      },
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of this NotebookExecutionJob. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/notebookExecutionJobs/{job_id}`
-      "notebookRuntimeTemplateResourceName": "A String", # The NotebookRuntimeTemplate to source compute configuration from.
-      "scheduleResourceName": "A String", # Output only. The Schedule resource name if this job is triggered by one. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/schedules/{schedule_id}`
-      "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to run the execution as.
-      "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Populated when the NotebookExecutionJob is completed. When there is an error during notebook execution, the error details are populated.
-        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-          {
-            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-          },
-        ],
-        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-      },
-      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookExecutionJob was most recently updated.
-    },
-  ],
-}
-
- -
- list_next() -
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
-        Args:
-          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
-          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
-
-        Returns:
-          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
-          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
-        
-
- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.persistentResources.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.persistentResources.html index d189511040c..3159bb89dd7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.persistentResources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.persistentResources.html @@ -171,9 +171,6 @@

Method Details

"raySpec": { # Configuration information for the Ray cluster. For experimental launch, Ray cluster creation and Persistent cluster creation are 1:1 mapping: We will provision all the nodes within the Persistent cluster as Ray nodes. # Optional. Ray cluster configuration. Required when creating a dedicated RayCluster on the PersistentResource. "headNodeResourcePoolId": "A String", # Optional. This will be used to indicate which resource pool will serve as the Ray head node(the first node within that pool). Will use the machine from the first workerpool as the head node by default if this field isn't set. "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. Default image for user to choose a preferred ML framework (for example, TensorFlow or Pytorch) by choosing from [Vertex prebuilt images](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/pre-built-containers). Either this or the resource_pool_images is required. Use this field if you need all the resource pools to have the same Ray image. Otherwise, use the {@code resource_pool_images} field. - "rayLogsSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray OSS Logs. # Optional. OSS Ray logging configurations. - "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the export of Ray OSS logs to Cloud Logging. - }, "rayMetricSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray metrics. # Optional. Ray metrics configurations. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the Ray metrics collection. }, @@ -323,9 +320,6 @@

Method Details

"raySpec": { # Configuration information for the Ray cluster. For experimental launch, Ray cluster creation and Persistent cluster creation are 1:1 mapping: We will provision all the nodes within the Persistent cluster as Ray nodes. # Optional. Ray cluster configuration. Required when creating a dedicated RayCluster on the PersistentResource. "headNodeResourcePoolId": "A String", # Optional. This will be used to indicate which resource pool will serve as the Ray head node(the first node within that pool). Will use the machine from the first workerpool as the head node by default if this field isn't set. "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. Default image for user to choose a preferred ML framework (for example, TensorFlow or Pytorch) by choosing from [Vertex prebuilt images](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/pre-built-containers). Either this or the resource_pool_images is required. Use this field if you need all the resource pools to have the same Ray image. Otherwise, use the {@code resource_pool_images} field. - "rayLogsSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray OSS Logs. # Optional. OSS Ray logging configurations. - "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the export of Ray OSS logs to Cloud Logging. - }, "rayMetricSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray metrics. # Optional. Ray metrics configurations. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the Ray metrics collection. }, @@ -416,9 +410,6 @@

Method Details

"raySpec": { # Configuration information for the Ray cluster. For experimental launch, Ray cluster creation and Persistent cluster creation are 1:1 mapping: We will provision all the nodes within the Persistent cluster as Ray nodes. # Optional. Ray cluster configuration. Required when creating a dedicated RayCluster on the PersistentResource. "headNodeResourcePoolId": "A String", # Optional. This will be used to indicate which resource pool will serve as the Ray head node(the first node within that pool). Will use the machine from the first workerpool as the head node by default if this field isn't set. "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. Default image for user to choose a preferred ML framework (for example, TensorFlow or Pytorch) by choosing from [Vertex prebuilt images](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/pre-built-containers). Either this or the resource_pool_images is required. Use this field if you need all the resource pools to have the same Ray image. Otherwise, use the {@code resource_pool_images} field. - "rayLogsSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray OSS Logs. # Optional. OSS Ray logging configurations. - "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the export of Ray OSS logs to Cloud Logging. - }, "rayMetricSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray metrics. # Optional. Ray metrics configurations. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the Ray metrics collection. }, @@ -515,9 +506,6 @@

Method Details

"raySpec": { # Configuration information for the Ray cluster. For experimental launch, Ray cluster creation and Persistent cluster creation are 1:1 mapping: We will provision all the nodes within the Persistent cluster as Ray nodes. # Optional. Ray cluster configuration. Required when creating a dedicated RayCluster on the PersistentResource. "headNodeResourcePoolId": "A String", # Optional. This will be used to indicate which resource pool will serve as the Ray head node(the first node within that pool). Will use the machine from the first workerpool as the head node by default if this field isn't set. "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. Default image for user to choose a preferred ML framework (for example, TensorFlow or Pytorch) by choosing from [Vertex prebuilt images](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/pre-built-containers). Either this or the resource_pool_images is required. Use this field if you need all the resource pools to have the same Ray image. Otherwise, use the {@code resource_pool_images} field. - "rayLogsSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray OSS Logs. # Optional. OSS Ray logging configurations. - "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the export of Ray OSS logs to Cloud Logging. - }, "rayMetricSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray metrics. # Optional. Ray metrics configurations. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the Ray metrics collection. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html index d9ee081c389..7ef17416903 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for ComputeTokens RPC call. - "contents": [ # Optional. Input content. + "contents": [ # Required. Input content. { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. @@ -151,10 +151,10 @@

Method Details

"role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. }, ], - "instances": [ # Optional. The instances that are the input to token computing API call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the text model, even for the non-text models, like chat models, or Codey models. + "instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to token computing API call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the text model, even for the non-text models, like chat models, or Codey models. "", ], - "model": "A String", # Optional. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/* + "model": "A String", # Required. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/* } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for PredictionService.CountTokens. - "contents": [ # Optional. Input content. + "contents": [ # Required. Input content. { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. @@ -224,88 +224,10 @@

Method Details

"role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. }, ], - "instances": [ # Optional. The instances that are the input to token counting call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the underlying model. + "instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to token counting call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the underlying model. "", ], - "model": "A String", # Optional. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` - "systemInstruction": { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. # Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model. Note: only text should be used in parts and content in each part will be in a separate paragraph. - "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. - { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. - "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data. - "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. - "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. - }, - "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. - }, - "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name]. - "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - }, - "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data. - "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. - "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. - }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code). - "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. - "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. - "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. - }, - }, - ], - "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. - }, - "tools": [ # Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. - { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). - "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 64 function declarations can be provided. - { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name and parameters. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. - "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. - "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 - "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data. - "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. - "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} - "A String", - ], - "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root. - "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc - "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY. - "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY. - "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING - "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT. - "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER - "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY. - "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING - "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT. - "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER - "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null. - "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression. - "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema - }, - "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT. - "A String", - ], - "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema. - "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data. - }, - }, - ], - "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. - }, - "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. - "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Disable using the result from this tool in detecting grounding attribution. This does not affect how the result is given to the model for generation. - "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore for grounding. See https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai-search-and-conversation # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. - "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search's datastore resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` - }, - }, - }, - ], + "model": "A String", # Required. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -564,6 +486,21 @@

Method Details

"finishMessage": "A String", # Output only. Describes the reason the mode stopped generating tokens in more detail. This is only filled when `finish_reason` is set. "finishReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the model stopped generating tokens. If empty, the model has not stopped generating the tokens. "groundingMetadata": { # Metadata returned to client when grounding is enabled. # Output only. Metadata specifies sources used to ground generated content. + "groundingAttributions": [ # Optional. List of grounding attributions. + { # Grounding attribution. + "confidenceScore": 3.14, # Optional. Output only. Confidence score of the attribution. Ranges from 0 to 1. 1 is the most confident. + "segment": { # Segment of the content. # Output only. Segment of the content this attribution belongs to. + "endIndex": 42, # Output only. End index in the given Part, measured in bytes. Offset from the start of the Part, exclusive, starting at zero. + "partIndex": 42, # Output only. The index of a Part object within its parent Content object. + "startIndex": 42, # Output only. Start index in the given Part, measured in bytes. Offset from the start of the Part, inclusive, starting at zero. + "text": "A String", # Output only. The text corresponding to the segment from the response. + }, + "web": { # Attribution from the web. # Optional. Attribution from the web. + "title": "A String", # Output only. Title of the attribution. + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI reference of the attribution. + }, + }, + ], "groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. @@ -611,7 +548,6 @@

Method Details

"severityScore": 3.14, # Output only. Harm severity score. }, ], - "score": 3.14, # Output only. Confidence score of the candidate. }, ], "promptFeedback": { # Content filter results for a prompt sent in the request. # Output only. Content filter results for a prompt sent in the request. Note: Sent only in the first stream chunk. Only happens when no candidates were generated due to content violations. @@ -1142,6 +1078,21 @@

Method Details

"finishMessage": "A String", # Output only. Describes the reason the mode stopped generating tokens in more detail. This is only filled when `finish_reason` is set. "finishReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the model stopped generating tokens. If empty, the model has not stopped generating the tokens. "groundingMetadata": { # Metadata returned to client when grounding is enabled. # Output only. Metadata specifies sources used to ground generated content. + "groundingAttributions": [ # Optional. List of grounding attributions. + { # Grounding attribution. + "confidenceScore": 3.14, # Optional. Output only. Confidence score of the attribution. Ranges from 0 to 1. 1 is the most confident. + "segment": { # Segment of the content. # Output only. Segment of the content this attribution belongs to. + "endIndex": 42, # Output only. End index in the given Part, measured in bytes. Offset from the start of the Part, exclusive, starting at zero. + "partIndex": 42, # Output only. The index of a Part object within its parent Content object. + "startIndex": 42, # Output only. Start index in the given Part, measured in bytes. Offset from the start of the Part, inclusive, starting at zero. + "text": "A String", # Output only. The text corresponding to the segment from the response. + }, + "web": { # Attribution from the web. # Optional. Attribution from the web. + "title": "A String", # Output only. Title of the attribution. + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI reference of the attribution. + }, + }, + ], "groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. @@ -1189,7 +1140,6 @@

Method Details

"severityScore": 3.14, # Output only. Harm severity score. }, ], - "score": 3.14, # Output only. Confidence score of the candidate. }, ], "promptFeedback": { # Content filter results for a prompt sent in the request. # Output only. Content filter results for a prompt sent in the request. Note: Sent only in the first stream chunk. Only happens when no candidates were generated due to content violations. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html index 9b5142c348c..8f82d31a3db 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for ComputeTokens RPC call. - "contents": [ # Optional. Input content. + "contents": [ # Required. Input content. { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. @@ -206,10 +206,10 @@

Method Details

"role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. }, ], - "instances": [ # Optional. The instances that are the input to token computing API call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the text model, even for the non-text models, like chat models, or Codey models. + "instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to token computing API call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the text model, even for the non-text models, like chat models, or Codey models. "", ], - "model": "A String", # Optional. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/* + "model": "A String", # Required. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/* } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for PredictionService.CountTokens. - "contents": [ # Optional. Input content. + "contents": [ # Required. Input content. { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. @@ -279,131 +279,10 @@

Method Details

"role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. }, ], - "instances": [ # Optional. The instances that are the input to token counting call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the underlying model. + "instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to token counting call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the underlying model. "", ], - "model": "A String", # Optional. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` - "systemInstruction": { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. # Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model. Note: only text should be used in parts and content in each part will be in a separate paragraph. - "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. - { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. - "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data. - "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. - "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. - }, - "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. - }, - "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name]. - "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - }, - "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data. - "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. - "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. - }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code). - "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. - "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. - "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. - }, - }, - ], - "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. - }, - "tools": [ # Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. - { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). - "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 64 function declarations can be provided. - { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name and parameters. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. - "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. - "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 - "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data. - "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. - "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} - "A String", - ], - "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root. - "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc - "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY. - "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY. - "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING - "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT. - "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER - "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY. - "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING - "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT. - "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER - "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null. - "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression. - "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - }, - "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT. - "A String", - ], - "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema. - "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data. - }, - "response": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. - "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data. - "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. - "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} - "A String", - ], - "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root. - "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc - "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY. - "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY. - "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING - "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT. - "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER - "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY. - "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING - "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT. - "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER - "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null. - "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression. - "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - }, - "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT. - "A String", - ], - "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema. - "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data. - }, - }, - ], - "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. - }, - "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. - "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Disable using the result from this tool in detecting grounding attribution. This does not affect how the result is given to the model for generation. - "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore for grounding. See https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai-search-and-conversation # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. - "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search's datastore resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` - }, - "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. - "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. - "A String", - ], - "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. - { # The definition of the Rag resource. - "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` - "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. - "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. - }, - }, - }, - ], + "model": "A String", # Required. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -1650,6 +1529,25 @@

Method Details

"finishMessage": "A String", # Output only. Describes the reason the mode stopped generating tokens in more detail. This is only filled when `finish_reason` is set. "finishReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the model stopped generating tokens. If empty, the model has not stopped generating the tokens. "groundingMetadata": { # Metadata returned to client when grounding is enabled. # Output only. Metadata specifies sources used to ground generated content. + "groundingAttributions": [ # Optional. List of grounding attributions. + { # Grounding attribution. + "confidenceScore": 3.14, # Optional. Output only. Confidence score of the attribution. Ranges from 0 to 1. 1 is the most confident. + "retrievedContext": { # Attribution from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Optional. Attribution from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "title": "A String", # Output only. Title of the attribution. + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI reference of the attribution. + }, + "segment": { # Segment of the content. # Output only. Segment of the content this attribution belongs to. + "endIndex": 42, # Output only. End index in the given Part, measured in bytes. Offset from the start of the Part, exclusive, starting at zero. + "partIndex": 42, # Output only. The index of a Part object within its parent Content object. + "startIndex": 42, # Output only. Start index in the given Part, measured in bytes. Offset from the start of the Part, inclusive, starting at zero. + "text": "A String", # Output only. The text corresponding to the segment from the response. + }, + "web": { # Attribution from the web. # Optional. Attribution from the web. + "title": "A String", # Output only. Title of the attribution. + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI reference of the attribution. + }, + }, + ], "groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. @@ -1700,7 +1598,6 @@

Method Details

"severityScore": 3.14, # Output only. Harm severity score. }, ], - "score": 3.14, # Output only. Confidence score of the candidate. }, ], "promptFeedback": { # Content filter results for a prompt sent in the request. # Output only. Content filter results for a prompt sent in the request. Note: Sent only in the first stream chunk. Only happens when no candidates were generated due to content violations. @@ -3381,6 +3278,25 @@

Method Details

"finishMessage": "A String", # Output only. Describes the reason the mode stopped generating tokens in more detail. This is only filled when `finish_reason` is set. "finishReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the model stopped generating tokens. If empty, the model has not stopped generating the tokens. "groundingMetadata": { # Metadata returned to client when grounding is enabled. # Output only. Metadata specifies sources used to ground generated content. + "groundingAttributions": [ # Optional. List of grounding attributions. + { # Grounding attribution. + "confidenceScore": 3.14, # Optional. Output only. Confidence score of the attribution. Ranges from 0 to 1. 1 is the most confident. + "retrievedContext": { # Attribution from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Optional. Attribution from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "title": "A String", # Output only. Title of the attribution. + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI reference of the attribution. + }, + "segment": { # Segment of the content. # Output only. Segment of the content this attribution belongs to. + "endIndex": 42, # Output only. End index in the given Part, measured in bytes. Offset from the start of the Part, exclusive, starting at zero. + "partIndex": 42, # Output only. The index of a Part object within its parent Content object. + "startIndex": 42, # Output only. Start index in the given Part, measured in bytes. Offset from the start of the Part, inclusive, starting at zero. + "text": "A String", # Output only. The text corresponding to the segment from the response. + }, + "web": { # Attribution from the web. # Optional. Attribution from the web. + "title": "A String", # Output only. Title of the attribution. + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI reference of the attribution. + }, + }, + ], "groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. @@ -3431,7 +3347,6 @@

Method Details

"severityScore": 3.14, # Output only. Harm severity score. }, ], - "score": 3.14, # Output only. Confidence score of the candidate. }, ], "promptFeedback": { # Content filter results for a prompt sent in the request. # Output only. Content filter results for a prompt sent in the request. Note: Sent only in the first stream chunk. Only happens when no candidates were generated due to content violations. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.persistentResources.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.persistentResources.html index d00fd6e9c86..395f3abe671 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.persistentResources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.persistentResources.html @@ -172,9 +172,6 @@

Method Details

"raySpec": { # Configuration information for the Ray cluster. For experimental launch, Ray cluster creation and Persistent cluster creation are 1:1 mapping: We will provision all the nodes within the Persistent cluster as Ray nodes. # Optional. Ray cluster configuration. Required when creating a dedicated RayCluster on the PersistentResource. "headNodeResourcePoolId": "A String", # Optional. This will be used to indicate which resource pool will serve as the Ray head node(the first node within that pool). Will use the machine from the first workerpool as the head node by default if this field isn't set. "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. Default image for user to choose a preferred ML framework (for example, TensorFlow or Pytorch) by choosing from [Vertex prebuilt images](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/pre-built-containers). Either this or the resource_pool_images is required. Use this field if you need all the resource pools to have the same Ray image. Otherwise, use the {@code resource_pool_images} field. - "rayLogsSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray OSS Logs. # Optional. OSS Ray logging configurations. - "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the export of Ray OSS logs to Cloud Logging. - }, "rayMetricSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray metrics. # Optional. Ray metrics configurations. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the Ray metrics collection. }, @@ -325,9 +322,6 @@

Method Details

"raySpec": { # Configuration information for the Ray cluster. For experimental launch, Ray cluster creation and Persistent cluster creation are 1:1 mapping: We will provision all the nodes within the Persistent cluster as Ray nodes. # Optional. Ray cluster configuration. Required when creating a dedicated RayCluster on the PersistentResource. "headNodeResourcePoolId": "A String", # Optional. This will be used to indicate which resource pool will serve as the Ray head node(the first node within that pool). Will use the machine from the first workerpool as the head node by default if this field isn't set. "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. Default image for user to choose a preferred ML framework (for example, TensorFlow or Pytorch) by choosing from [Vertex prebuilt images](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/pre-built-containers). Either this or the resource_pool_images is required. Use this field if you need all the resource pools to have the same Ray image. Otherwise, use the {@code resource_pool_images} field. - "rayLogsSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray OSS Logs. # Optional. OSS Ray logging configurations. - "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the export of Ray OSS logs to Cloud Logging. - }, "rayMetricSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray metrics. # Optional. Ray metrics configurations. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the Ray metrics collection. }, @@ -419,9 +413,6 @@

Method Details

"raySpec": { # Configuration information for the Ray cluster. For experimental launch, Ray cluster creation and Persistent cluster creation are 1:1 mapping: We will provision all the nodes within the Persistent cluster as Ray nodes. # Optional. Ray cluster configuration. Required when creating a dedicated RayCluster on the PersistentResource. "headNodeResourcePoolId": "A String", # Optional. This will be used to indicate which resource pool will serve as the Ray head node(the first node within that pool). Will use the machine from the first workerpool as the head node by default if this field isn't set. "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. Default image for user to choose a preferred ML framework (for example, TensorFlow or Pytorch) by choosing from [Vertex prebuilt images](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/pre-built-containers). Either this or the resource_pool_images is required. Use this field if you need all the resource pools to have the same Ray image. Otherwise, use the {@code resource_pool_images} field. - "rayLogsSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray OSS Logs. # Optional. OSS Ray logging configurations. - "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the export of Ray OSS logs to Cloud Logging. - }, "rayMetricSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray metrics. # Optional. Ray metrics configurations. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the Ray metrics collection. }, @@ -519,9 +510,6 @@

Method Details

"raySpec": { # Configuration information for the Ray cluster. For experimental launch, Ray cluster creation and Persistent cluster creation are 1:1 mapping: We will provision all the nodes within the Persistent cluster as Ray nodes. # Optional. Ray cluster configuration. Required when creating a dedicated RayCluster on the PersistentResource. "headNodeResourcePoolId": "A String", # Optional. This will be used to indicate which resource pool will serve as the Ray head node(the first node within that pool). Will use the machine from the first workerpool as the head node by default if this field isn't set. "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. Default image for user to choose a preferred ML framework (for example, TensorFlow or Pytorch) by choosing from [Vertex prebuilt images](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/pre-built-containers). Either this or the resource_pool_images is required. Use this field if you need all the resource pools to have the same Ray image. Otherwise, use the {@code resource_pool_images} field. - "rayLogsSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray OSS Logs. # Optional. OSS Ray logging configurations. - "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the export of Ray OSS logs to Cloud Logging. - }, "rayMetricSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray metrics. # Optional. Ray metrics configurations. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the Ray metrics collection. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html index c8a82f10756..cb2c9f05c0d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for ComputeTokens RPC call. - "contents": [ # Optional. Input content. + "contents": [ # Required. Input content. { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. @@ -154,10 +154,10 @@

Method Details

"role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. }, ], - "instances": [ # Optional. The instances that are the input to token computing API call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the text model, even for the non-text models, like chat models, or Codey models. + "instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to token computing API call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the text model, even for the non-text models, like chat models, or Codey models. "", ], - "model": "A String", # Optional. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/* + "model": "A String", # Required. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/* } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for PredictionService.CountTokens. - "contents": [ # Optional. Input content. + "contents": [ # Required. Input content. { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. @@ -227,131 +227,10 @@

Method Details

"role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. }, ], - "instances": [ # Optional. The instances that are the input to token counting call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the underlying model. + "instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to token counting call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the underlying model. "", ], - "model": "A String", # Optional. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` - "systemInstruction": { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. # Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model. Note: only text should be used in parts and content in each part will be in a separate paragraph. - "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. - { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. - "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data. - "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. - "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. - }, - "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. - }, - "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name]. - "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - }, - "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data. - "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes. - "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. - }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code). - "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. - "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. - "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. - }, - }, - ], - "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. - }, - "tools": [ # Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. - { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). - "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 64 function declarations can be provided. - { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name and parameters. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. - "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. - "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 - "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data. - "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. - "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} - "A String", - ], - "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root. - "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc - "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY. - "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY. - "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING - "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT. - "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER - "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY. - "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING - "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT. - "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER - "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null. - "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression. - "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - }, - "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT. - "A String", - ], - "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema. - "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data. - }, - "response": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. - "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data. - "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. - "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} - "A String", - ], - "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root. - "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc - "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY. - "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY. - "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING - "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT. - "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER - "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY. - "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING - "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT. - "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER - "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null. - "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression. - "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema - }, - "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT. - "A String", - ], - "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema. - "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data. - }, - }, - ], - "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. - }, - "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. - "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Disable using the result from this tool in detecting grounding attribution. This does not affect how the result is given to the model for generation. - "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore for grounding. See https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai-search-and-conversation # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. - "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search's datastore resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` - }, - "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. - "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. - "A String", - ], - "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. - { # The definition of the Rag resource. - "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` - "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. - "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. - }, - }, - }, - ], + "model": "A String", # Required. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -654,6 +533,25 @@

Method Details

"finishMessage": "A String", # Output only. Describes the reason the mode stopped generating tokens in more detail. This is only filled when `finish_reason` is set. "finishReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the model stopped generating tokens. If empty, the model has not stopped generating the tokens. "groundingMetadata": { # Metadata returned to client when grounding is enabled. # Output only. Metadata specifies sources used to ground generated content. + "groundingAttributions": [ # Optional. List of grounding attributions. + { # Grounding attribution. + "confidenceScore": 3.14, # Optional. Output only. Confidence score of the attribution. Ranges from 0 to 1. 1 is the most confident. + "retrievedContext": { # Attribution from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Optional. Attribution from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "title": "A String", # Output only. Title of the attribution. + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI reference of the attribution. + }, + "segment": { # Segment of the content. # Output only. Segment of the content this attribution belongs to. + "endIndex": 42, # Output only. End index in the given Part, measured in bytes. Offset from the start of the Part, exclusive, starting at zero. + "partIndex": 42, # Output only. The index of a Part object within its parent Content object. + "startIndex": 42, # Output only. Start index in the given Part, measured in bytes. Offset from the start of the Part, inclusive, starting at zero. + "text": "A String", # Output only. The text corresponding to the segment from the response. + }, + "web": { # Attribution from the web. # Optional. Attribution from the web. + "title": "A String", # Output only. Title of the attribution. + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI reference of the attribution. + }, + }, + ], "groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. @@ -704,7 +602,6 @@

Method Details

"severityScore": 3.14, # Output only. Harm severity score. }, ], - "score": 3.14, # Output only. Confidence score of the candidate. }, ], "promptFeedback": { # Content filter results for a prompt sent in the request. # Output only. Content filter results for a prompt sent in the request. Note: Sent only in the first stream chunk. Only happens when no candidates were generated due to content violations. @@ -1314,6 +1211,25 @@

Method Details

"finishMessage": "A String", # Output only. Describes the reason the mode stopped generating tokens in more detail. This is only filled when `finish_reason` is set. "finishReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the model stopped generating tokens. If empty, the model has not stopped generating the tokens. "groundingMetadata": { # Metadata returned to client when grounding is enabled. # Output only. Metadata specifies sources used to ground generated content. + "groundingAttributions": [ # Optional. List of grounding attributions. + { # Grounding attribution. + "confidenceScore": 3.14, # Optional. Output only. Confidence score of the attribution. Ranges from 0 to 1. 1 is the most confident. + "retrievedContext": { # Attribution from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Optional. Attribution from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "title": "A String", # Output only. Title of the attribution. + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI reference of the attribution. + }, + "segment": { # Segment of the content. # Output only. Segment of the content this attribution belongs to. + "endIndex": 42, # Output only. End index in the given Part, measured in bytes. Offset from the start of the Part, exclusive, starting at zero. + "partIndex": 42, # Output only. The index of a Part object within its parent Content object. + "startIndex": 42, # Output only. Start index in the given Part, measured in bytes. Offset from the start of the Part, inclusive, starting at zero. + "text": "A String", # Output only. The text corresponding to the segment from the response. + }, + "web": { # Attribution from the web. # Optional. Attribution from the web. + "title": "A String", # Output only. Title of the attribution. + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI reference of the attribution. + }, + }, + ], "groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. @@ -1364,7 +1280,6 @@

Method Details

"severityScore": 3.14, # Output only. Harm severity score. }, ], - "score": 3.14, # Output only. Confidence score of the candidate. }, ], "promptFeedback": { # Content filter results for a prompt sent in the request. # Output only. Content filter results for a prompt sent in the request. Note: Sent only in the first stream chunk. Only happens when no candidates were generated due to content violations. diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html index 3beb3dcec17..23e2ba6562b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the eventCreateRules Resource.

+

+ eventEditRules() +

+

Returns the eventEditRules Resource.

+

measurementProtocolSecrets()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.dataStreams.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.dataStreams.html index ffa13534241..b3a1636bb64 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.dataStreams.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.dataStreams.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Google Analytics Admin API . properties . dataStreams

Instance Methods

+

+ eventEditRules() +

+

Returns the eventEditRules Resource.

+

measurementProtocolSecrets()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.apprecovery.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.apprecovery.html index 28ad483e802..7a7c4a08757 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.apprecovery.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.apprecovery.html @@ -77,6 +77,9 @@

Instance Methods

addTargeting(packageName, appRecoveryId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Incrementally update targeting for a recovery action. Note that only the criteria selected during the creation of recovery action can be expanded.

+

+ appRecoveries(packageName, versionCode=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List all app recovery action resources associated with a particular package name and app version.

cancel(packageName, appRecoveryId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Cancel an already executing app recovery action. Note that this action changes status of the recovery action to CANCELED.

@@ -89,9 +92,6 @@

Instance Methods

deploy(packageName, appRecoveryId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deploy an already created app recovery action with recovery status DRAFT. Note that this action activates the recovery action for all targeted users and changes its status to ACTIVE.

-

- list(packageName, versionCode=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

List all app recovery action resources associated with a particular package name and app version.

Method Details

addTargeting(packageName, appRecoveryId, body=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -133,6 +133,68 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ appRecoveries(packageName, versionCode=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List all app recovery action resources associated with a particular package name and app version.
+
+Args:
+  packageName: string, Required. Package name of the app for which list of recovery actions is requested. (required)
+  versionCode: string, Required. Version code targeted by the list of recovery actions.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListAppRecoveries. -- api-linter: core::0158::response-next-page-token-field=disabled
+  "recoveryActions": [ # List of recovery actions associated with the requested package name.
+    { # Information about an app recovery action.
+      "appRecoveryId": "A String", # ID corresponding to the app recovery action.
+      "cancelTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when the app recovery action is canceled by the developer. Only set if the recovery action has been canceled.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when the app recovery action is created by the developer. It is always set after creation of the recovery action.
+      "deployTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when the app recovery action is deployed to the users. Only set if the recovery action has been deployed.
+      "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when the developer last updated recovery action. In case the action is cancelled, it corresponds to cancellation time. It is always set after creation of the recovery action.
+      "remoteInAppUpdateData": { # Data related to Remote In-App Update action such as recovered user count, affected user count etc. # Data about the remote in-app update action such as such as recovered user base, recoverable user base etc. Set only if the recovery action type is Remote In-App Update.
+        "remoteAppUpdateDataPerBundle": [ # Data related to the recovery action at bundle level.
+          { # Data related to the recovery action at bundle level.
+            "recoveredDeviceCount": "A String", # Total number of devices which have been rescued.
+            "totalDeviceCount": "A String", # Total number of devices affected by this recovery action associated with bundle of the app.
+            "versionCode": "A String", # Version Code corresponding to the target bundle.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "status": "A String", # The status of the recovery action.
+      "targeting": { # Targeting details for a recovery action such as regions, android sdk levels, app versions etc. # Specifies targeting criteria for the recovery action such as regions, android sdk versions, app versions etc.
+        "allUsers": { # Object representation to describe all set of users. # All users are targeted.
+          "isAllUsersRequested": True or False, # Required. Set to true if all set of users are needed.
+        },
+        "androidSdks": { # Android api level targeting data for app recovery action targeting. # Targeting is based on android api levels of devices.
+          "sdkLevels": [ # Android api levels of devices targeted by recovery action. See https://developer.android.com/guide/topics/manifest/uses-sdk-element#ApiLevels for different api levels in android.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "regions": { # Region targeting data for app recovery action targeting. # Targeting is based on the user account region.
+          "regionCode": [ # Regions targeted by the recovery action. Region codes are ISO 3166 Alpha-2 country codes. For example, US stands for United States of America. See https://www.iso.org/iso-3166-country-codes.html for the complete list of country codes.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "versionList": { # Data format for a list of app versions. # Target version codes as a list.
+          "versionCodes": [ # List of app version codes.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "versionRange": { # Data format for a continuous range of app versions. # Target version codes as a range.
+          "versionCodeEnd": "A String", # Highest app version in the range, inclusive.
+          "versionCodeStart": "A String", # Lowest app version in the range, inclusive.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
cancel(packageName, appRecoveryId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Cancel an already executing app recovery action. Note that this action changes status of the recovery action to CANCELED.
@@ -278,66 +340,4 @@ 

Method Details

}
-
- list(packageName, versionCode=None, x__xgafv=None) -
List all app recovery action resources associated with a particular package name and app version.
-
-Args:
-  packageName: string, Required. Package name of the app for which list of recovery actions is requested. (required)
-  versionCode: string, Required. Version code targeted by the list of recovery actions.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for ListAppRecoveries. -- api-linter: core::0158::response-next-page-token-field=disabled
-  "recoveryActions": [ # List of recovery actions associated with the requested package name.
-    { # Information about an app recovery action.
-      "appRecoveryId": "A String", # ID corresponding to the app recovery action.
-      "cancelTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when the app recovery action is canceled by the developer. Only set if the recovery action has been canceled.
-      "createTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when the app recovery action is created by the developer. It is always set after creation of the recovery action.
-      "deployTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when the app recovery action is deployed to the users. Only set if the recovery action has been deployed.
-      "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when the developer last updated recovery action. In case the action is cancelled, it corresponds to cancellation time. It is always set after creation of the recovery action.
-      "remoteInAppUpdateData": { # Data related to Remote In-App Update action such as recovered user count, affected user count etc. # Data about the remote in-app update action such as such as recovered user base, recoverable user base etc. Set only if the recovery action type is Remote In-App Update.
-        "remoteAppUpdateDataPerBundle": [ # Data related to the recovery action at bundle level.
-          { # Data related to the recovery action at bundle level.
-            "recoveredDeviceCount": "A String", # Total number of devices which have been rescued.
-            "totalDeviceCount": "A String", # Total number of devices affected by this recovery action associated with bundle of the app.
-            "versionCode": "A String", # Version Code corresponding to the target bundle.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      "status": "A String", # The status of the recovery action.
-      "targeting": { # Targeting details for a recovery action such as regions, android sdk levels, app versions etc. # Specifies targeting criteria for the recovery action such as regions, android sdk versions, app versions etc.
-        "allUsers": { # Object representation to describe all set of users. # All users are targeted.
-          "isAllUsersRequested": True or False, # Required. Set to true if all set of users are needed.
-        },
-        "androidSdks": { # Android api level targeting data for app recovery action targeting. # Targeting is based on android api levels of devices.
-          "sdkLevels": [ # Android api levels of devices targeted by recovery action. See https://developer.android.com/guide/topics/manifest/uses-sdk-element#ApiLevels for different api levels in android.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-        },
-        "regions": { # Region targeting data for app recovery action targeting. # Targeting is based on the user account region.
-          "regionCode": [ # Regions targeted by the recovery action. Region codes are ISO 3166 Alpha-2 country codes. For example, US stands for United States of America. See https://www.iso.org/iso-3166-country-codes.html for the complete list of country codes.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-        },
-        "versionList": { # Data format for a list of app versions. # Target version codes as a list.
-          "versionCodes": [ # List of app version codes.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-        },
-        "versionRange": { # Data format for a continuous range of app versions. # Target version codes as a range.
-          "versionCodeEnd": "A String", # Highest app version in the range, inclusive.
-          "versionCodeStart": "A String", # Lowest app version in the range, inclusive.
-        },
-      },
-    },
-  ],
-}
-
- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.externaltransactions.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.externaltransactions.html index 9bbb8ffa422..87b674c4392 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.externaltransactions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.externaltransactions.html @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

}, "testPurchase": { # Represents a transaction performed using a test account. These transactions will not be charged by Google. # Output only. If set, this transaction was a test purchase. Google will not charge for a test transaction. }, - "transactionProgramCode": 42, # Optional. The transaction program code, used to help determine service fee for eligible apps participating in partner programs. Developers participating in the Play Media Experience Program (https://play.google.com/console/about/programs/mediaprogram/) must provide the program code when reporting alternative billing transactions. If you are an eligible developer, please contact your BDM for more information on how to set this field. Note: this field can not be used for external offers transactions. + "transactionProgramCode": 42, # Optional. The transaction program code, used to help determine service fee for apps partcipating in special partner programs. This field can not be used for external offers transactions. Developers participating in the Play Media Experience Program (https://play.google.com/console/about/programs/mediaprogram/) must provide the program code when reporting alternative billing external transactions. If you are an eligible developer, please contact your BDM for more information on how to set this field. "transactionState": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the transaction. "transactionTime": "A String", # Required. The time when the transaction was completed. "userTaxAddress": { # User's address for the external transaction. # Required. User address for tax computation. @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@

Method Details

}, "testPurchase": { # Represents a transaction performed using a test account. These transactions will not be charged by Google. # Output only. If set, this transaction was a test purchase. Google will not charge for a test transaction. }, - "transactionProgramCode": 42, # Optional. The transaction program code, used to help determine service fee for eligible apps participating in partner programs. Developers participating in the Play Media Experience Program (https://play.google.com/console/about/programs/mediaprogram/) must provide the program code when reporting alternative billing transactions. If you are an eligible developer, please contact your BDM for more information on how to set this field. Note: this field can not be used for external offers transactions. + "transactionProgramCode": 42, # Optional. The transaction program code, used to help determine service fee for apps partcipating in special partner programs. This field can not be used for external offers transactions. Developers participating in the Play Media Experience Program (https://play.google.com/console/about/programs/mediaprogram/) must provide the program code when reporting alternative billing external transactions. If you are an eligible developer, please contact your BDM for more information on how to set this field. "transactionState": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the transaction. "transactionTime": "A String", # Required. The time when the transaction was completed. "userTaxAddress": { # User's address for the external transaction. # Required. User address for tax computation. @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@

Method Details

}, "testPurchase": { # Represents a transaction performed using a test account. These transactions will not be charged by Google. # Output only. If set, this transaction was a test purchase. Google will not charge for a test transaction. }, - "transactionProgramCode": 42, # Optional. The transaction program code, used to help determine service fee for eligible apps participating in partner programs. Developers participating in the Play Media Experience Program (https://play.google.com/console/about/programs/mediaprogram/) must provide the program code when reporting alternative billing transactions. If you are an eligible developer, please contact your BDM for more information on how to set this field. Note: this field can not be used for external offers transactions. + "transactionProgramCode": 42, # Optional. The transaction program code, used to help determine service fee for apps partcipating in special partner programs. This field can not be used for external offers transactions. Developers participating in the Play Media Experience Program (https://play.google.com/console/about/programs/mediaprogram/) must provide the program code when reporting alternative billing external transactions. If you are an eligible developer, please contact your BDM for more information on how to set this field. "transactionState": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the transaction. "transactionTime": "A String", # Required. The time when the transaction was completed. "userTaxAddress": { # User's address for the external transaction. # Required. User address for tax computation. @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

Method Details

}, "testPurchase": { # Represents a transaction performed using a test account. These transactions will not be charged by Google. # Output only. If set, this transaction was a test purchase. Google will not charge for a test transaction. }, - "transactionProgramCode": 42, # Optional. The transaction program code, used to help determine service fee for eligible apps participating in partner programs. Developers participating in the Play Media Experience Program (https://play.google.com/console/about/programs/mediaprogram/) must provide the program code when reporting alternative billing transactions. If you are an eligible developer, please contact your BDM for more information on how to set this field. Note: this field can not be used for external offers transactions. + "transactionProgramCode": 42, # Optional. The transaction program code, used to help determine service fee for apps partcipating in special partner programs. This field can not be used for external offers transactions. Developers participating in the Play Media Experience Program (https://play.google.com/console/about/programs/mediaprogram/) must provide the program code when reporting alternative billing external transactions. If you are an eligible developer, please contact your BDM for more information on how to set this field. "transactionState": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the transaction. "transactionTime": "A String", # Required. The time when the transaction was completed. "userTaxAddress": { # User's address for the external transaction. # Required. User address for tax computation. diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.genericArtifacts.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.genericArtifacts.html index 4bcdb61c3a4..0ff14748d2c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.genericArtifacts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.genericArtifacts.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The request to upload a generic artifact. The created GenericArtifact will have the resource name {parent}/genericArtifacts/package_id:version_id. The created file will have the resource name {parent}/files/package_id:version_id:filename. "filename": "A String", # The name of the file of the generic artifact to be uploaded. E.g. `example-file.zip` The filename is limited to letters, numbers, and url safe characters, i.e. [a-zA-Z0-9-_.~@]. - "packageId": "A String", # The ID of the package of the generic artifact. If the package does not exist, a new package will be created. The `package_id` should start and end with a letter or number, only contain letters, numbers, hyphens, underscores, and periods, and not exceed 256 characters. + "packageId": "A String", # The ID of the package of the generic artifact. If the package does not exist, a new package will be created. The `package_id` must start with a letter, end with a letter or number, only contain letters, numbers, hyphens and periods i.e. [a-z0-9-.], and cannot exceed 256 characters. "versionId": "A String", # The ID of the version of the generic artifact. If the version does not exist, a new version will be created. The version_id must start and end with a letter or number, can only contain lowercase letters, numbers, hyphens and periods, i.e. [a-z0-9-.] and cannot exceed a total of 128 characters. Creating a version called `latest` is not allowed. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html index 2f501200062..e292439499d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html @@ -213,13 +213,13 @@

Method Details

"runDuration": "A String", # The duration of time that the Job spent in status RUNNING. "state": "A String", # Job state "statusEvents": [ # Job status events - { # Status event. + { # Status event "description": "A String", # Description of the event. "eventTime": "A String", # The time this event occurred. - "taskExecution": { # This Task Execution field includes detail information for task execution procedures, based on StatusEvent types. # Task Execution. This field is only defined for task-level status events where the task fails. + "taskExecution": { # This Task Execution field includes detail information for task execution procedures, based on StatusEvent types. # Task Execution "exitCode": 42, # The exit code of a finished task. If the task succeeded, the exit code will be 0. If the task failed but not due to the following reasons, the exit code will be 50000. Otherwise, it can be from different sources: * Batch known failures: https://cloud.google.com/batch/docs/troubleshooting#reserved-exit-codes. * Batch runnable execution failures; you can rely on Batch logs to further diagnose: https://cloud.google.com/batch/docs/analyze-job-using-logs. If there are multiple runnables failures, Batch only exposes the first error. }, - "taskState": "A String", # Task State. This field is only defined for task-level status events. + "taskState": "A String", # Task State "type": "A String", # Type of the event. }, ], @@ -482,13 +482,13 @@

Method Details

"runDuration": "A String", # The duration of time that the Job spent in status RUNNING. "state": "A String", # Job state "statusEvents": [ # Job status events - { # Status event. + { # Status event "description": "A String", # Description of the event. "eventTime": "A String", # The time this event occurred. - "taskExecution": { # This Task Execution field includes detail information for task execution procedures, based on StatusEvent types. # Task Execution. This field is only defined for task-level status events where the task fails. + "taskExecution": { # This Task Execution field includes detail information for task execution procedures, based on StatusEvent types. # Task Execution "exitCode": 42, # The exit code of a finished task. If the task succeeded, the exit code will be 0. If the task failed but not due to the following reasons, the exit code will be 50000. Otherwise, it can be from different sources: * Batch known failures: https://cloud.google.com/batch/docs/troubleshooting#reserved-exit-codes. * Batch runnable execution failures; you can rely on Batch logs to further diagnose: https://cloud.google.com/batch/docs/analyze-job-using-logs. If there are multiple runnables failures, Batch only exposes the first error. }, - "taskState": "A String", # Task State. This field is only defined for task-level status events. + "taskState": "A String", # Task State "type": "A String", # Type of the event. }, ], @@ -793,13 +793,13 @@

Method Details

"runDuration": "A String", # The duration of time that the Job spent in status RUNNING. "state": "A String", # Job state "statusEvents": [ # Job status events - { # Status event. + { # Status event "description": "A String", # Description of the event. "eventTime": "A String", # The time this event occurred. - "taskExecution": { # This Task Execution field includes detail information for task execution procedures, based on StatusEvent types. # Task Execution. This field is only defined for task-level status events where the task fails. + "taskExecution": { # This Task Execution field includes detail information for task execution procedures, based on StatusEvent types. # Task Execution "exitCode": 42, # The exit code of a finished task. If the task succeeded, the exit code will be 0. If the task failed but not due to the following reasons, the exit code will be 50000. Otherwise, it can be from different sources: * Batch known failures: https://cloud.google.com/batch/docs/troubleshooting#reserved-exit-codes. * Batch runnable execution failures; you can rely on Batch logs to further diagnose: https://cloud.google.com/batch/docs/analyze-job-using-logs. If there are multiple runnables failures, Batch only exposes the first error. }, - "taskState": "A String", # Task State. This field is only defined for task-level status events. + "taskState": "A String", # Task State "type": "A String", # Type of the event. }, ], @@ -1073,13 +1073,13 @@

Method Details

"runDuration": "A String", # The duration of time that the Job spent in status RUNNING. "state": "A String", # Job state "statusEvents": [ # Job status events - { # Status event. + { # Status event "description": "A String", # Description of the event. "eventTime": "A String", # The time this event occurred. - "taskExecution": { # This Task Execution field includes detail information for task execution procedures, based on StatusEvent types. # Task Execution. This field is only defined for task-level status events where the task fails. + "taskExecution": { # This Task Execution field includes detail information for task execution procedures, based on StatusEvent types. # Task Execution "exitCode": 42, # The exit code of a finished task. If the task succeeded, the exit code will be 0. If the task failed but not due to the following reasons, the exit code will be 50000. Otherwise, it can be from different sources: * Batch known failures: https://cloud.google.com/batch/docs/troubleshooting#reserved-exit-codes. * Batch runnable execution failures; you can rely on Batch logs to further diagnose: https://cloud.google.com/batch/docs/analyze-job-using-logs. If there are multiple runnables failures, Batch only exposes the first error. }, - "taskState": "A String", # Task State. This field is only defined for task-level status events. + "taskState": "A String", # Task State "type": "A String", # Type of the event. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.taskGroups.tasks.html b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.taskGroups.tasks.html index 70988349623..960050f9a90 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.taskGroups.tasks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.taskGroups.tasks.html @@ -108,16 +108,16 @@

Method Details

{ # A Cloud Batch task. "name": "A String", # Task name. The name is generated from the parent TaskGroup name and 'id' field. For example: "projects/123456/locations/us-west1/jobs/job01/taskGroups/group01/tasks/task01". - "status": { # Status of a task. # Task Status. - "state": "A String", # Task state. + "status": { # Status of a task # Task Status. + "state": "A String", # Task state "statusEvents": [ # Detailed info about why the state is reached. - { # Status event. + { # Status event "description": "A String", # Description of the event. "eventTime": "A String", # The time this event occurred. - "taskExecution": { # This Task Execution field includes detail information for task execution procedures, based on StatusEvent types. # Task Execution. This field is only defined for task-level status events where the task fails. + "taskExecution": { # This Task Execution field includes detail information for task execution procedures, based on StatusEvent types. # Task Execution "exitCode": 42, # The exit code of a finished task. If the task succeeded, the exit code will be 0. If the task failed but not due to the following reasons, the exit code will be 50000. Otherwise, it can be from different sources: * Batch known failures: https://cloud.google.com/batch/docs/troubleshooting#reserved-exit-codes. * Batch runnable execution failures; you can rely on Batch logs to further diagnose: https://cloud.google.com/batch/docs/analyze-job-using-logs. If there are multiple runnables failures, Batch only exposes the first error. }, - "taskState": "A String", # Task State. This field is only defined for task-level status events. + "taskState": "A String", # Task State "type": "A String", # Type of the event. }, ], @@ -147,16 +147,16 @@

Method Details

"tasks": [ # Tasks. { # A Cloud Batch task. "name": "A String", # Task name. The name is generated from the parent TaskGroup name and 'id' field. For example: "projects/123456/locations/us-west1/jobs/job01/taskGroups/group01/tasks/task01". - "status": { # Status of a task. # Task Status. - "state": "A String", # Task state. + "status": { # Status of a task # Task Status. + "state": "A String", # Task state "statusEvents": [ # Detailed info about why the state is reached. - { # Status event. + { # Status event "description": "A String", # Description of the event. "eventTime": "A String", # The time this event occurred. - "taskExecution": { # This Task Execution field includes detail information for task execution procedures, based on StatusEvent types. # Task Execution. This field is only defined for task-level status events where the task fails. + "taskExecution": { # This Task Execution field includes detail information for task execution procedures, based on StatusEvent types. # Task Execution "exitCode": 42, # The exit code of a finished task. If the task succeeded, the exit code will be 0. If the task failed but not due to the following reasons, the exit code will be 50000. Otherwise, it can be from different sources: * Batch known failures: https://cloud.google.com/batch/docs/troubleshooting#reserved-exit-codes. * Batch runnable execution failures; you can rely on Batch logs to further diagnose: https://cloud.google.com/batch/docs/analyze-job-using-logs. If there are multiple runnables failures, Batch only exposes the first error. }, - "taskState": "A String", # Task State. This field is only defined for task-level status events. + "taskState": "A String", # Task State "type": "A String", # Type of the event. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.state.html b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.state.html index af2c1eb10d2..9552d1ffc75 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.state.html +++ b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.state.html @@ -105,16 +105,16 @@

Method Details

{ # Task Info "runnable": "A String", # The highest index of a runnable started by the agent for this task. The runnables are indexed from 1. Value 0 is undefined. "taskId": "A String", # ID of the Task - "taskStatus": { # Status of a task. # The status of the Task. If we need agent specific fields we should fork the public TaskStatus into an agent specific one. Or add them below. - "state": "A String", # Task state. + "taskStatus": { # Status of a task # The status of the Task. If we need agent specific fields we should fork the public TaskStatus into an agent specific one. Or add them below. + "state": "A String", # Task state "statusEvents": [ # Detailed info about why the state is reached. - { # Status event. + { # Status event "description": "A String", # Description of the event. "eventTime": "A String", # The time this event occurred. - "taskExecution": { # This Task Execution field includes detail information for task execution procedures, based on StatusEvent types. # Task Execution. This field is only defined for task-level status events where the task fails. + "taskExecution": { # This Task Execution field includes detail information for task execution procedures, based on StatusEvent types. # Task Execution "exitCode": 42, # The exit code of a finished task. If the task succeeded, the exit code will be 0. If the task failed but not due to the following reasons, the exit code will be 50000. Otherwise, it can be from different sources: * Batch known failures: https://cloud.google.com/batch/docs/troubleshooting#reserved-exit-codes. * Batch runnable execution failures; you can rely on Batch logs to further diagnose: https://cloud.google.com/batch/docs/analyze-job-using-logs. If there are multiple runnables failures, Batch only exposes the first error. }, - "taskState": "A String", # Task State. This field is only defined for task-level status events. + "taskState": "A String", # Task State "type": "A String", # Type of the event. }, ], @@ -308,16 +308,16 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "status": { # Status of a task. # Task status. - "state": "A String", # Task state. + "status": { # Status of a task # Task status. + "state": "A String", # Task state "statusEvents": [ # Detailed info about why the state is reached. - { # Status event. + { # Status event "description": "A String", # Description of the event. "eventTime": "A String", # The time this event occurred. - "taskExecution": { # This Task Execution field includes detail information for task execution procedures, based on StatusEvent types. # Task Execution. This field is only defined for task-level status events where the task fails. + "taskExecution": { # This Task Execution field includes detail information for task execution procedures, based on StatusEvent types. # Task Execution "exitCode": 42, # The exit code of a finished task. If the task succeeded, the exit code will be 0. If the task failed but not due to the following reasons, the exit code will be 50000. Otherwise, it can be from different sources: * Batch known failures: https://cloud.google.com/batch/docs/troubleshooting#reserved-exit-codes. * Batch runnable execution failures; you can rely on Batch logs to further diagnose: https://cloud.google.com/batch/docs/analyze-job-using-logs. If there are multiple runnables failures, Batch only exposes the first error. }, - "taskState": "A String", # Task State. This field is only defined for task-level status events. + "taskState": "A String", # Task State "type": "A String", # Type of the event. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.insights.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.insights.html index b10c144d302..22e2af1b8bd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.insights.html +++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.insights.html @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of InsightMetadata using the form: `organizations/{organization_id}/locations/{location}` `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` (required) - filter: string, Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: * `type` * `category` * `subCategory` Examples: * "category = application AND type = count" * "category = application AND subCategory = iap" * "type = status" Allowed values: * type: [count, latency, status, list] * category: [application, device, request, security] * subCategory: [iap, caa, webprotect] NOTE: Only equality based comparison is allowed. Only `AND` conjunction is allowed. NOTE: The 'AND' in the filter field needs to be in capital letters only. NOTE: Just filtering on `subCategory` is not allowed. It should be passed in with the parent `category` too. (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160). + filter: string, Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: * `type` * `category` * `subCategory` Examples: * "category = application AND type = count" * "category = application AND subCategory = iap" * "type = status" Allowed values: * type: [count, latency, status, list] * category: [application, device, request, security] * subCategory: [iap, webprotect] NOTE: Only equality based comparison is allowed. Only `AND` conjunction is allowed. NOTE: The 'AND' in the filter field needs to be in capital letters only. NOTE: Just filtering on `subCategory` is not allowed. It should be passed in with the parent `category` too. (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160). orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results. This is currently ignored. pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default. NOTE: Default page size is 50. pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return. diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.insights.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.insights.html index 6ce7bc89c0a..f5f265c13fb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.insights.html +++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.projects.locations.insights.html @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of InsightMetadata using the form: `organizations/{organization_id}/locations/{location}` `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` (required) - filter: string, Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: * `type` * `category` * `subCategory` Examples: * "category = application AND type = count" * "category = application AND subCategory = iap" * "type = status" Allowed values: * type: [count, latency, status, list] * category: [application, device, request, security] * subCategory: [iap, caa, webprotect] NOTE: Only equality based comparison is allowed. Only `AND` conjunction is allowed. NOTE: The 'AND' in the filter field needs to be in capital letters only. NOTE: Just filtering on `subCategory` is not allowed. It should be passed in with the parent `category` too. (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160). + filter: string, Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: * `type` * `category` * `subCategory` Examples: * "category = application AND type = count" * "category = application AND subCategory = iap" * "type = status" Allowed values: * type: [count, latency, status, list] * category: [application, device, request, security] * subCategory: [iap, webprotect] NOTE: Only equality based comparison is allowed. Only `AND` conjunction is allowed. NOTE: The 'AND' in the filter field needs to be in capital letters only. NOTE: Just filtering on `subCategory` is not allowed. It should be passed in with the parent `category` too. (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160). orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results. This is currently ignored. pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default. NOTE: Default page size is 50. pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html index 6a341c28e0d..dc8892bdd22 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html @@ -158,13 +158,13 @@

Method Details

"domain": "A String", # [Pick one] A domain to grant access to. Any users signed in with the domain specified will be granted the specified access. Example: "example.com". Maps to IAM policy member "domain:DOMAIN". "groupByEmail": "A String", # [Pick one] An email address of a Google Group to grant access to. Maps to IAM policy member "group:GROUP". "iamMember": "A String", # [Pick one] Some other type of member that appears in the IAM Policy but isn't a user, group, domain, or special group. - "role": "A String", # An IAM role ID that should be granted to the user, group, or domain specified in this access entry. The following legacy mappings will be applied: * `OWNER`: `roles/bigquery.dataOwner` * `WRITER`: `roles/bigquery.dataEditor` * `READER`: `roles/bigquery.dataViewer` This field will accept any of the above formats, but will return only the legacy format. For example, if you set this field to "roles/bigquery.dataOwner", it will be returned back as "OWNER". + "role": "A String", # An IAM role ID that should be granted to the user, group, or domain specified in this access entry. The following legacy mappings will be applied: * OWNER <=> roles/bigquery.dataOwner * WRITER <=> roles/bigquery.dataEditor * READER <=> roles/bigquery.dataViewer This field will accept any of the above formats, but will return only the legacy format. For example, if you set this field to "roles/bigquery.dataOwner", it will be returned back as "OWNER". "routine": { # Id path of a routine. # [Pick one] A routine from a different dataset to grant access to. Queries executed against that routine will have read access to views/tables/routines in this dataset. Only UDF is supported for now. The role field is not required when this field is set. If that routine is updated by any user, access to the routine needs to be granted again via an update operation. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the dataset containing this routine. "projectId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the project containing this routine. "routineId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the routine. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. }, - "specialGroup": "A String", # [Pick one] A special group to grant access to. Possible values include: * projectOwners: Owners of the enclosing project. * projectReaders: Readers of the enclosing project. * projectWriters: Writers of the enclosing project. * allAuthenticatedUsers: All authenticated BigQuery users. Maps to similarly-named IAM members. + "specialGroup": "A String", # [Pick one] A special group to grant access to. Possible values include: projectOwners: Owners of the enclosing project. projectReaders: Readers of the enclosing project. projectWriters: Writers of the enclosing project. allAuthenticatedUsers: All authenticated BigQuery users. Maps to similarly-named IAM members. "userByEmail": "A String", # [Pick one] An email address of a user to grant access to. For example: fred@example.com. Maps to IAM policy member "user:EMAIL" or "serviceAccount:EMAIL". "view": { # [Pick one] A view from a different dataset to grant access to. Queries executed against that view will have read access to views/tables/routines in this dataset. The role field is not required when this field is set. If that view is updated by any user, access to the view needs to be granted again via an update operation. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the dataset containing this table. @@ -260,13 +260,13 @@

Method Details

"domain": "A String", # [Pick one] A domain to grant access to. Any users signed in with the domain specified will be granted the specified access. Example: "example.com". Maps to IAM policy member "domain:DOMAIN". "groupByEmail": "A String", # [Pick one] An email address of a Google Group to grant access to. Maps to IAM policy member "group:GROUP". "iamMember": "A String", # [Pick one] Some other type of member that appears in the IAM Policy but isn't a user, group, domain, or special group. - "role": "A String", # An IAM role ID that should be granted to the user, group, or domain specified in this access entry. The following legacy mappings will be applied: * `OWNER`: `roles/bigquery.dataOwner` * `WRITER`: `roles/bigquery.dataEditor` * `READER`: `roles/bigquery.dataViewer` This field will accept any of the above formats, but will return only the legacy format. For example, if you set this field to "roles/bigquery.dataOwner", it will be returned back as "OWNER". + "role": "A String", # An IAM role ID that should be granted to the user, group, or domain specified in this access entry. The following legacy mappings will be applied: * OWNER <=> roles/bigquery.dataOwner * WRITER <=> roles/bigquery.dataEditor * READER <=> roles/bigquery.dataViewer This field will accept any of the above formats, but will return only the legacy format. For example, if you set this field to "roles/bigquery.dataOwner", it will be returned back as "OWNER". "routine": { # Id path of a routine. # [Pick one] A routine from a different dataset to grant access to. Queries executed against that routine will have read access to views/tables/routines in this dataset. Only UDF is supported for now. The role field is not required when this field is set. If that routine is updated by any user, access to the routine needs to be granted again via an update operation. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the dataset containing this routine. "projectId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the project containing this routine. "routineId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the routine. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. }, - "specialGroup": "A String", # [Pick one] A special group to grant access to. Possible values include: * projectOwners: Owners of the enclosing project. * projectReaders: Readers of the enclosing project. * projectWriters: Writers of the enclosing project. * allAuthenticatedUsers: All authenticated BigQuery users. Maps to similarly-named IAM members. + "specialGroup": "A String", # [Pick one] A special group to grant access to. Possible values include: projectOwners: Owners of the enclosing project. projectReaders: Readers of the enclosing project. projectWriters: Writers of the enclosing project. allAuthenticatedUsers: All authenticated BigQuery users. Maps to similarly-named IAM members. "userByEmail": "A String", # [Pick one] An email address of a user to grant access to. For example: fred@example.com. Maps to IAM policy member "user:EMAIL" or "serviceAccount:EMAIL". "view": { # [Pick one] A view from a different dataset to grant access to. Queries executed against that view will have read access to views/tables/routines in this dataset. The role field is not required when this field is set. If that view is updated by any user, access to the view needs to be granted again via an update operation. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the dataset containing this table. @@ -360,13 +360,13 @@

Method Details

"domain": "A String", # [Pick one] A domain to grant access to. Any users signed in with the domain specified will be granted the specified access. Example: "example.com". Maps to IAM policy member "domain:DOMAIN". "groupByEmail": "A String", # [Pick one] An email address of a Google Group to grant access to. Maps to IAM policy member "group:GROUP". "iamMember": "A String", # [Pick one] Some other type of member that appears in the IAM Policy but isn't a user, group, domain, or special group. - "role": "A String", # An IAM role ID that should be granted to the user, group, or domain specified in this access entry. The following legacy mappings will be applied: * `OWNER`: `roles/bigquery.dataOwner` * `WRITER`: `roles/bigquery.dataEditor` * `READER`: `roles/bigquery.dataViewer` This field will accept any of the above formats, but will return only the legacy format. For example, if you set this field to "roles/bigquery.dataOwner", it will be returned back as "OWNER". + "role": "A String", # An IAM role ID that should be granted to the user, group, or domain specified in this access entry. The following legacy mappings will be applied: * OWNER <=> roles/bigquery.dataOwner * WRITER <=> roles/bigquery.dataEditor * READER <=> roles/bigquery.dataViewer This field will accept any of the above formats, but will return only the legacy format. For example, if you set this field to "roles/bigquery.dataOwner", it will be returned back as "OWNER". "routine": { # Id path of a routine. # [Pick one] A routine from a different dataset to grant access to. Queries executed against that routine will have read access to views/tables/routines in this dataset. Only UDF is supported for now. The role field is not required when this field is set. If that routine is updated by any user, access to the routine needs to be granted again via an update operation. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the dataset containing this routine. "projectId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the project containing this routine. "routineId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the routine. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. }, - "specialGroup": "A String", # [Pick one] A special group to grant access to. Possible values include: * projectOwners: Owners of the enclosing project. * projectReaders: Readers of the enclosing project. * projectWriters: Writers of the enclosing project. * allAuthenticatedUsers: All authenticated BigQuery users. Maps to similarly-named IAM members. + "specialGroup": "A String", # [Pick one] A special group to grant access to. Possible values include: projectOwners: Owners of the enclosing project. projectReaders: Readers of the enclosing project. projectWriters: Writers of the enclosing project. allAuthenticatedUsers: All authenticated BigQuery users. Maps to similarly-named IAM members. "userByEmail": "A String", # [Pick one] An email address of a user to grant access to. For example: fred@example.com. Maps to IAM policy member "user:EMAIL" or "serviceAccount:EMAIL". "view": { # [Pick one] A view from a different dataset to grant access to. Queries executed against that view will have read access to views/tables/routines in this dataset. The role field is not required when this field is set. If that view is updated by any user, access to the view needs to be granted again via an update operation. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the dataset containing this table. @@ -520,13 +520,13 @@

Method Details

"domain": "A String", # [Pick one] A domain to grant access to. Any users signed in with the domain specified will be granted the specified access. Example: "example.com". Maps to IAM policy member "domain:DOMAIN". "groupByEmail": "A String", # [Pick one] An email address of a Google Group to grant access to. Maps to IAM policy member "group:GROUP". "iamMember": "A String", # [Pick one] Some other type of member that appears in the IAM Policy but isn't a user, group, domain, or special group. - "role": "A String", # An IAM role ID that should be granted to the user, group, or domain specified in this access entry. The following legacy mappings will be applied: * `OWNER`: `roles/bigquery.dataOwner` * `WRITER`: `roles/bigquery.dataEditor` * `READER`: `roles/bigquery.dataViewer` This field will accept any of the above formats, but will return only the legacy format. For example, if you set this field to "roles/bigquery.dataOwner", it will be returned back as "OWNER". + "role": "A String", # An IAM role ID that should be granted to the user, group, or domain specified in this access entry. The following legacy mappings will be applied: * OWNER <=> roles/bigquery.dataOwner * WRITER <=> roles/bigquery.dataEditor * READER <=> roles/bigquery.dataViewer This field will accept any of the above formats, but will return only the legacy format. For example, if you set this field to "roles/bigquery.dataOwner", it will be returned back as "OWNER". "routine": { # Id path of a routine. # [Pick one] A routine from a different dataset to grant access to. Queries executed against that routine will have read access to views/tables/routines in this dataset. Only UDF is supported for now. The role field is not required when this field is set. If that routine is updated by any user, access to the routine needs to be granted again via an update operation. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the dataset containing this routine. "projectId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the project containing this routine. "routineId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the routine. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. }, - "specialGroup": "A String", # [Pick one] A special group to grant access to. Possible values include: * projectOwners: Owners of the enclosing project. * projectReaders: Readers of the enclosing project. * projectWriters: Writers of the enclosing project. * allAuthenticatedUsers: All authenticated BigQuery users. Maps to similarly-named IAM members. + "specialGroup": "A String", # [Pick one] A special group to grant access to. Possible values include: projectOwners: Owners of the enclosing project. projectReaders: Readers of the enclosing project. projectWriters: Writers of the enclosing project. allAuthenticatedUsers: All authenticated BigQuery users. Maps to similarly-named IAM members. "userByEmail": "A String", # [Pick one] An email address of a user to grant access to. For example: fred@example.com. Maps to IAM policy member "user:EMAIL" or "serviceAccount:EMAIL". "view": { # [Pick one] A view from a different dataset to grant access to. Queries executed against that view will have read access to views/tables/routines in this dataset. The role field is not required when this field is set. If that view is updated by any user, access to the view needs to be granted again via an update operation. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the dataset containing this table. @@ -620,13 +620,13 @@

Method Details

"domain": "A String", # [Pick one] A domain to grant access to. Any users signed in with the domain specified will be granted the specified access. Example: "example.com". Maps to IAM policy member "domain:DOMAIN". "groupByEmail": "A String", # [Pick one] An email address of a Google Group to grant access to. Maps to IAM policy member "group:GROUP". "iamMember": "A String", # [Pick one] Some other type of member that appears in the IAM Policy but isn't a user, group, domain, or special group. - "role": "A String", # An IAM role ID that should be granted to the user, group, or domain specified in this access entry. The following legacy mappings will be applied: * `OWNER`: `roles/bigquery.dataOwner` * `WRITER`: `roles/bigquery.dataEditor` * `READER`: `roles/bigquery.dataViewer` This field will accept any of the above formats, but will return only the legacy format. For example, if you set this field to "roles/bigquery.dataOwner", it will be returned back as "OWNER". + "role": "A String", # An IAM role ID that should be granted to the user, group, or domain specified in this access entry. The following legacy mappings will be applied: * OWNER <=> roles/bigquery.dataOwner * WRITER <=> roles/bigquery.dataEditor * READER <=> roles/bigquery.dataViewer This field will accept any of the above formats, but will return only the legacy format. For example, if you set this field to "roles/bigquery.dataOwner", it will be returned back as "OWNER". "routine": { # Id path of a routine. # [Pick one] A routine from a different dataset to grant access to. Queries executed against that routine will have read access to views/tables/routines in this dataset. Only UDF is supported for now. The role field is not required when this field is set. If that routine is updated by any user, access to the routine needs to be granted again via an update operation. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the dataset containing this routine. "projectId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the project containing this routine. "routineId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the routine. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. }, - "specialGroup": "A String", # [Pick one] A special group to grant access to. Possible values include: * projectOwners: Owners of the enclosing project. * projectReaders: Readers of the enclosing project. * projectWriters: Writers of the enclosing project. * allAuthenticatedUsers: All authenticated BigQuery users. Maps to similarly-named IAM members. + "specialGroup": "A String", # [Pick one] A special group to grant access to. Possible values include: projectOwners: Owners of the enclosing project. projectReaders: Readers of the enclosing project. projectWriters: Writers of the enclosing project. allAuthenticatedUsers: All authenticated BigQuery users. Maps to similarly-named IAM members. "userByEmail": "A String", # [Pick one] An email address of a user to grant access to. For example: fred@example.com. Maps to IAM policy member "user:EMAIL" or "serviceAccount:EMAIL". "view": { # [Pick one] A view from a different dataset to grant access to. Queries executed against that view will have read access to views/tables/routines in this dataset. The role field is not required when this field is set. If that view is updated by any user, access to the view needs to be granted again via an update operation. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the dataset containing this table. @@ -735,13 +735,13 @@

Method Details

"domain": "A String", # [Pick one] A domain to grant access to. Any users signed in with the domain specified will be granted the specified access. Example: "example.com". Maps to IAM policy member "domain:DOMAIN". "groupByEmail": "A String", # [Pick one] An email address of a Google Group to grant access to. Maps to IAM policy member "group:GROUP". "iamMember": "A String", # [Pick one] Some other type of member that appears in the IAM Policy but isn't a user, group, domain, or special group. - "role": "A String", # An IAM role ID that should be granted to the user, group, or domain specified in this access entry. The following legacy mappings will be applied: * `OWNER`: `roles/bigquery.dataOwner` * `WRITER`: `roles/bigquery.dataEditor` * `READER`: `roles/bigquery.dataViewer` This field will accept any of the above formats, but will return only the legacy format. For example, if you set this field to "roles/bigquery.dataOwner", it will be returned back as "OWNER". + "role": "A String", # An IAM role ID that should be granted to the user, group, or domain specified in this access entry. The following legacy mappings will be applied: * OWNER <=> roles/bigquery.dataOwner * WRITER <=> roles/bigquery.dataEditor * READER <=> roles/bigquery.dataViewer This field will accept any of the above formats, but will return only the legacy format. For example, if you set this field to "roles/bigquery.dataOwner", it will be returned back as "OWNER". "routine": { # Id path of a routine. # [Pick one] A routine from a different dataset to grant access to. Queries executed against that routine will have read access to views/tables/routines in this dataset. Only UDF is supported for now. The role field is not required when this field is set. If that routine is updated by any user, access to the routine needs to be granted again via an update operation. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the dataset containing this routine. "projectId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the project containing this routine. "routineId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the routine. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. }, - "specialGroup": "A String", # [Pick one] A special group to grant access to. Possible values include: * projectOwners: Owners of the enclosing project. * projectReaders: Readers of the enclosing project. * projectWriters: Writers of the enclosing project. * allAuthenticatedUsers: All authenticated BigQuery users. Maps to similarly-named IAM members. + "specialGroup": "A String", # [Pick one] A special group to grant access to. Possible values include: projectOwners: Owners of the enclosing project. projectReaders: Readers of the enclosing project. projectWriters: Writers of the enclosing project. allAuthenticatedUsers: All authenticated BigQuery users. Maps to similarly-named IAM members. "userByEmail": "A String", # [Pick one] An email address of a user to grant access to. For example: fred@example.com. Maps to IAM policy member "user:EMAIL" or "serviceAccount:EMAIL". "view": { # [Pick one] A view from a different dataset to grant access to. Queries executed against that view will have read access to views/tables/routines in this dataset. The role field is not required when this field is set. If that view is updated by any user, access to the view needs to be granted again via an update operation. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the dataset containing this table. @@ -838,13 +838,13 @@

Method Details

"domain": "A String", # [Pick one] A domain to grant access to. Any users signed in with the domain specified will be granted the specified access. Example: "example.com". Maps to IAM policy member "domain:DOMAIN". "groupByEmail": "A String", # [Pick one] An email address of a Google Group to grant access to. Maps to IAM policy member "group:GROUP". "iamMember": "A String", # [Pick one] Some other type of member that appears in the IAM Policy but isn't a user, group, domain, or special group. - "role": "A String", # An IAM role ID that should be granted to the user, group, or domain specified in this access entry. The following legacy mappings will be applied: * `OWNER`: `roles/bigquery.dataOwner` * `WRITER`: `roles/bigquery.dataEditor` * `READER`: `roles/bigquery.dataViewer` This field will accept any of the above formats, but will return only the legacy format. For example, if you set this field to "roles/bigquery.dataOwner", it will be returned back as "OWNER". + "role": "A String", # An IAM role ID that should be granted to the user, group, or domain specified in this access entry. The following legacy mappings will be applied: * OWNER <=> roles/bigquery.dataOwner * WRITER <=> roles/bigquery.dataEditor * READER <=> roles/bigquery.dataViewer This field will accept any of the above formats, but will return only the legacy format. For example, if you set this field to "roles/bigquery.dataOwner", it will be returned back as "OWNER". "routine": { # Id path of a routine. # [Pick one] A routine from a different dataset to grant access to. Queries executed against that routine will have read access to views/tables/routines in this dataset. Only UDF is supported for now. The role field is not required when this field is set. If that routine is updated by any user, access to the routine needs to be granted again via an update operation. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the dataset containing this routine. "projectId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the project containing this routine. "routineId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the routine. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. }, - "specialGroup": "A String", # [Pick one] A special group to grant access to. Possible values include: * projectOwners: Owners of the enclosing project. * projectReaders: Readers of the enclosing project. * projectWriters: Writers of the enclosing project. * allAuthenticatedUsers: All authenticated BigQuery users. Maps to similarly-named IAM members. + "specialGroup": "A String", # [Pick one] A special group to grant access to. Possible values include: projectOwners: Owners of the enclosing project. projectReaders: Readers of the enclosing project. projectWriters: Writers of the enclosing project. allAuthenticatedUsers: All authenticated BigQuery users. Maps to similarly-named IAM members. "userByEmail": "A String", # [Pick one] An email address of a user to grant access to. For example: fred@example.com. Maps to IAM policy member "user:EMAIL" or "serviceAccount:EMAIL". "view": { # [Pick one] A view from a different dataset to grant access to. Queries executed against that view will have read access to views/tables/routines in this dataset. The role field is not required when this field is set. If that view is updated by any user, access to the view needs to be granted again via an update operation. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the dataset containing this table. @@ -938,13 +938,13 @@

Method Details

"domain": "A String", # [Pick one] A domain to grant access to. Any users signed in with the domain specified will be granted the specified access. Example: "example.com". Maps to IAM policy member "domain:DOMAIN". "groupByEmail": "A String", # [Pick one] An email address of a Google Group to grant access to. Maps to IAM policy member "group:GROUP". "iamMember": "A String", # [Pick one] Some other type of member that appears in the IAM Policy but isn't a user, group, domain, or special group. - "role": "A String", # An IAM role ID that should be granted to the user, group, or domain specified in this access entry. The following legacy mappings will be applied: * `OWNER`: `roles/bigquery.dataOwner` * `WRITER`: `roles/bigquery.dataEditor` * `READER`: `roles/bigquery.dataViewer` This field will accept any of the above formats, but will return only the legacy format. For example, if you set this field to "roles/bigquery.dataOwner", it will be returned back as "OWNER". + "role": "A String", # An IAM role ID that should be granted to the user, group, or domain specified in this access entry. The following legacy mappings will be applied: * OWNER <=> roles/bigquery.dataOwner * WRITER <=> roles/bigquery.dataEditor * READER <=> roles/bigquery.dataViewer This field will accept any of the above formats, but will return only the legacy format. For example, if you set this field to "roles/bigquery.dataOwner", it will be returned back as "OWNER". "routine": { # Id path of a routine. # [Pick one] A routine from a different dataset to grant access to. Queries executed against that routine will have read access to views/tables/routines in this dataset. Only UDF is supported for now. The role field is not required when this field is set. If that routine is updated by any user, access to the routine needs to be granted again via an update operation. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the dataset containing this routine. "projectId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the project containing this routine. "routineId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the routine. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 256 characters. }, - "specialGroup": "A String", # [Pick one] A special group to grant access to. Possible values include: * projectOwners: Owners of the enclosing project. * projectReaders: Readers of the enclosing project. * projectWriters: Writers of the enclosing project. * allAuthenticatedUsers: All authenticated BigQuery users. Maps to similarly-named IAM members. + "specialGroup": "A String", # [Pick one] A special group to grant access to. Possible values include: projectOwners: Owners of the enclosing project. projectReaders: Readers of the enclosing project. projectWriters: Writers of the enclosing project. allAuthenticatedUsers: All authenticated BigQuery users. Maps to similarly-named IAM members. "userByEmail": "A String", # [Pick one] An email address of a user to grant access to. For example: fred@example.com. Maps to IAM policy member "user:EMAIL" or "serviceAccount:EMAIL". "view": { # [Pick one] A view from a different dataset to grant access to. Queries executed against that view will have read access to views/tables/routines in this dataset. The role field is not required when this field is set. If that view is updated by any user, access to the view needs to be granted again via an update operation. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the dataset containing this table. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html index 72773ff7108..b8f7834e669 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@

Method Details

"bigtableOptions": { # Options specific to Google Cloud Bigtable data sources. # Optional. Additional options if sourceFormat is set to BIGTABLE. "columnFamilies": [ # Optional. List of column families to expose in the table schema along with their types. This list restricts the column families that can be referenced in queries and specifies their value types. You can use this list to do type conversions - see the 'type' field for more details. If you leave this list empty, all column families are present in the table schema and their values are read as BYTES. During a query only the column families referenced in that query are read from Bigtable. { # Information related to a Bigtable column family. - "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field. + "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through `.Column` field. { # Information related to a Bigtable column. "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels. "fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries. @@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@

Method Details

"bigtableOptions": { # Options specific to Google Cloud Bigtable data sources. # Optional. Additional options if sourceFormat is set to BIGTABLE. "columnFamilies": [ # Optional. List of column families to expose in the table schema along with their types. This list restricts the column families that can be referenced in queries and specifies their value types. You can use this list to do type conversions - see the 'type' field for more details. If you leave this list empty, all column families are present in the table schema and their values are read as BYTES. During a query only the column families referenced in that query are read from Bigtable. { # Information related to a Bigtable column family. - "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field. + "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through `.Column` field. { # Information related to a Bigtable column. "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels. "fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries. @@ -3289,7 +3289,7 @@

Method Details

"bigtableOptions": { # Options specific to Google Cloud Bigtable data sources. # Optional. Additional options if sourceFormat is set to BIGTABLE. "columnFamilies": [ # Optional. List of column families to expose in the table schema along with their types. This list restricts the column families that can be referenced in queries and specifies their value types. You can use this list to do type conversions - see the 'type' field for more details. If you leave this list empty, all column families are present in the table schema and their values are read as BYTES. During a query only the column families referenced in that query are read from Bigtable. { # Information related to a Bigtable column family. - "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field. + "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through `.Column` field. { # Information related to a Bigtable column. "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels. "fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries. @@ -4658,7 +4658,7 @@

Method Details

"bigtableOptions": { # Options specific to Google Cloud Bigtable data sources. # Optional. Additional options if sourceFormat is set to BIGTABLE. "columnFamilies": [ # Optional. List of column families to expose in the table schema along with their types. This list restricts the column families that can be referenced in queries and specifies their value types. You can use this list to do type conversions - see the 'type' field for more details. If you leave this list empty, all column families are present in the table schema and their values are read as BYTES. During a query only the column families referenced in that query are read from Bigtable. { # Information related to a Bigtable column family. - "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field. + "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through `.Column` field. { # Information related to a Bigtable column. "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels. "fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries. @@ -6050,7 +6050,7 @@

Method Details

"bigtableOptions": { # Options specific to Google Cloud Bigtable data sources. # Optional. Additional options if sourceFormat is set to BIGTABLE. "columnFamilies": [ # Optional. List of column families to expose in the table schema along with their types. This list restricts the column families that can be referenced in queries and specifies their value types. You can use this list to do type conversions - see the 'type' field for more details. If you leave this list empty, all column families are present in the table schema and their values are read as BYTES. During a query only the column families referenced in that query are read from Bigtable. { # Information related to a Bigtable column family. - "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field. + "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through `.Column` field. { # Information related to a Bigtable column. "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels. "fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html index 405765143ad..f2c9865ad09 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

Method Details

"bigtableOptions": { # Options specific to Google Cloud Bigtable data sources. # Optional. Additional options if sourceFormat is set to BIGTABLE. "columnFamilies": [ # Optional. List of column families to expose in the table schema along with their types. This list restricts the column families that can be referenced in queries and specifies their value types. You can use this list to do type conversions - see the 'type' field for more details. If you leave this list empty, all column families are present in the table schema and their values are read as BYTES. During a query only the column families referenced in that query are read from Bigtable. { # Information related to a Bigtable column family. - "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field. + "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through `.Column` field. { # Information related to a Bigtable column. "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels. "fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries. @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@

Method Details

"bigtableOptions": { # Options specific to Google Cloud Bigtable data sources. # Optional. Additional options if sourceFormat is set to BIGTABLE. "columnFamilies": [ # Optional. List of column families to expose in the table schema along with their types. This list restricts the column families that can be referenced in queries and specifies their value types. You can use this list to do type conversions - see the 'type' field for more details. If you leave this list empty, all column families are present in the table schema and their values are read as BYTES. During a query only the column families referenced in that query are read from Bigtable. { # Information related to a Bigtable column family. - "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field. + "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through `.Column` field. { # Information related to a Bigtable column. "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels. "fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries. @@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@

Method Details

"bigtableOptions": { # Options specific to Google Cloud Bigtable data sources. # Optional. Additional options if sourceFormat is set to BIGTABLE. "columnFamilies": [ # Optional. List of column families to expose in the table schema along with their types. This list restricts the column families that can be referenced in queries and specifies their value types. You can use this list to do type conversions - see the 'type' field for more details. If you leave this list empty, all column families are present in the table schema and their values are read as BYTES. During a query only the column families referenced in that query are read from Bigtable. { # Information related to a Bigtable column family. - "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field. + "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through `.Column` field. { # Information related to a Bigtable column. "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels. "fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries. @@ -1612,7 +1612,7 @@

Method Details

"bigtableOptions": { # Options specific to Google Cloud Bigtable data sources. # Optional. Additional options if sourceFormat is set to BIGTABLE. "columnFamilies": [ # Optional. List of column families to expose in the table schema along with their types. This list restricts the column families that can be referenced in queries and specifies their value types. You can use this list to do type conversions - see the 'type' field for more details. If you leave this list empty, all column families are present in the table schema and their values are read as BYTES. During a query only the column families referenced in that query are read from Bigtable. { # Information related to a Bigtable column family. - "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field. + "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through `.Column` field. { # Information related to a Bigtable column. "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels. "fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries. @@ -2026,7 +2026,7 @@

Method Details

"bigtableOptions": { # Options specific to Google Cloud Bigtable data sources. # Optional. Additional options if sourceFormat is set to BIGTABLE. "columnFamilies": [ # Optional. List of column families to expose in the table schema along with their types. This list restricts the column families that can be referenced in queries and specifies their value types. You can use this list to do type conversions - see the 'type' field for more details. If you leave this list empty, all column families are present in the table schema and their values are read as BYTES. During a query only the column families referenced in that query are read from Bigtable. { # Information related to a Bigtable column family. - "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field. + "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through `.Column` field. { # Information related to a Bigtable column. "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels. "fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries. @@ -2558,7 +2558,7 @@

Method Details

"bigtableOptions": { # Options specific to Google Cloud Bigtable data sources. # Optional. Additional options if sourceFormat is set to BIGTABLE. "columnFamilies": [ # Optional. List of column families to expose in the table schema along with their types. This list restricts the column families that can be referenced in queries and specifies their value types. You can use this list to do type conversions - see the 'type' field for more details. If you leave this list empty, all column families are present in the table schema and their values are read as BYTES. During a query only the column families referenced in that query are read from Bigtable. { # Information related to a Bigtable column family. - "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field. + "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through `.Column` field. { # Information related to a Bigtable column. "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels. "fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries. @@ -2972,7 +2972,7 @@

Method Details

"bigtableOptions": { # Options specific to Google Cloud Bigtable data sources. # Optional. Additional options if sourceFormat is set to BIGTABLE. "columnFamilies": [ # Optional. List of column families to expose in the table schema along with their types. This list restricts the column families that can be referenced in queries and specifies their value types. You can use this list to do type conversions - see the 'type' field for more details. If you leave this list empty, all column families are present in the table schema and their values are read as BYTES. During a query only the column families referenced in that query are read from Bigtable. { # Information related to a Bigtable column family. - "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field. + "columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through `.Column` field. { # Information related to a Bigtable column. "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels. "fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries. diff --git a/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html b/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html index be076afef8d..f0fbbf739b9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html +++ b/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "recurringEventId": "A String", # For an instance of a recurring event, this is the id of the recurring event to which this instance belongs. Immutable. - "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. Note that changing reminders does not also change the updated property of the enclosing event. + "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. "overrides": [ # If the event doesn't use the default reminders, this lists the reminders specific to the event, or, if not set, indicates that no reminders are set for this event. The maximum number of override reminders is 5. { "method": "A String", # The method used by this reminder. Possible values are: @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@

Method Details

"transparency": "opaque", # Whether the event blocks time on the calendar. Optional. Possible values are: # - "opaque" - Default value. The event does block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Busy in the Calendar UI. # - "transparent" - The event does not block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Available in the Calendar UI. - "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the main event data (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Updating event reminders will not cause this to change. Read-only. + "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the event (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Read-only. "visibility": "default", # Visibility of the event. Optional. Possible values are: # - "default" - Uses the default visibility for events on the calendar. This is the default value. # - "public" - The event is public and event details are visible to all readers of the calendar. @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "recurringEventId": "A String", # For an instance of a recurring event, this is the id of the recurring event to which this instance belongs. Immutable. - "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. Note that changing reminders does not also change the updated property of the enclosing event. + "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. "overrides": [ # If the event doesn't use the default reminders, this lists the reminders specific to the event, or, if not set, indicates that no reminders are set for this event. The maximum number of override reminders is 5. { "method": "A String", # The method used by this reminder. Possible values are: @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@

Method Details

"transparency": "opaque", # Whether the event blocks time on the calendar. Optional. Possible values are: # - "opaque" - Default value. The event does block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Busy in the Calendar UI. # - "transparent" - The event does not block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Available in the Calendar UI. - "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the main event data (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Updating event reminders will not cause this to change. Read-only. + "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the event (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Read-only. "visibility": "default", # Visibility of the event. Optional. Possible values are: # - "default" - Uses the default visibility for events on the calendar. This is the default value. # - "public" - The event is public and event details are visible to all readers of the calendar. @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "recurringEventId": "A String", # For an instance of a recurring event, this is the id of the recurring event to which this instance belongs. Immutable. - "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. Note that changing reminders does not also change the updated property of the enclosing event. + "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. "overrides": [ # If the event doesn't use the default reminders, this lists the reminders specific to the event, or, if not set, indicates that no reminders are set for this event. The maximum number of override reminders is 5. { "method": "A String", # The method used by this reminder. Possible values are: @@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@

Method Details

"transparency": "opaque", # Whether the event blocks time on the calendar. Optional. Possible values are: # - "opaque" - Default value. The event does block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Busy in the Calendar UI. # - "transparent" - The event does not block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Available in the Calendar UI. - "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the main event data (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Updating event reminders will not cause this to change. Read-only. + "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the event (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Read-only. "visibility": "default", # Visibility of the event. Optional. Possible values are: # - "default" - Uses the default visibility for events on the calendar. This is the default value. # - "public" - The event is public and event details are visible to all readers of the calendar. @@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "recurringEventId": "A String", # For an instance of a recurring event, this is the id of the recurring event to which this instance belongs. Immutable. - "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. Note that changing reminders does not also change the updated property of the enclosing event. + "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. "overrides": [ # If the event doesn't use the default reminders, this lists the reminders specific to the event, or, if not set, indicates that no reminders are set for this event. The maximum number of override reminders is 5. { "method": "A String", # The method used by this reminder. Possible values are: @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@

Method Details

"transparency": "opaque", # Whether the event blocks time on the calendar. Optional. Possible values are: # - "opaque" - Default value. The event does block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Busy in the Calendar UI. # - "transparent" - The event does not block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Available in the Calendar UI. - "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the main event data (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Updating event reminders will not cause this to change. Read-only. + "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the event (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Read-only. "visibility": "default", # Visibility of the event. Optional. Possible values are: # - "default" - Uses the default visibility for events on the calendar. This is the default value. # - "public" - The event is public and event details are visible to all readers of the calendar. @@ -1558,7 +1558,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "recurringEventId": "A String", # For an instance of a recurring event, this is the id of the recurring event to which this instance belongs. Immutable. - "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. Note that changing reminders does not also change the updated property of the enclosing event. + "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. "overrides": [ # If the event doesn't use the default reminders, this lists the reminders specific to the event, or, if not set, indicates that no reminders are set for this event. The maximum number of override reminders is 5. { "method": "A String", # The method used by this reminder. Possible values are: @@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@

Method Details

"transparency": "opaque", # Whether the event blocks time on the calendar. Optional. Possible values are: # - "opaque" - Default value. The event does block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Busy in the Calendar UI. # - "transparent" - The event does not block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Available in the Calendar UI. - "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the main event data (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Updating event reminders will not cause this to change. Read-only. + "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the event (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Read-only. "visibility": "default", # Visibility of the event. Optional. Possible values are: # - "default" - Uses the default visibility for events on the calendar. This is the default value. # - "public" - The event is public and event details are visible to all readers of the calendar. @@ -1884,7 +1884,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "recurringEventId": "A String", # For an instance of a recurring event, this is the id of the recurring event to which this instance belongs. Immutable. - "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. Note that changing reminders does not also change the updated property of the enclosing event. + "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. "overrides": [ # If the event doesn't use the default reminders, this lists the reminders specific to the event, or, if not set, indicates that no reminders are set for this event. The maximum number of override reminders is 5. { "method": "A String", # The method used by this reminder. Possible values are: @@ -1921,7 +1921,7 @@

Method Details

"transparency": "opaque", # Whether the event blocks time on the calendar. Optional. Possible values are: # - "opaque" - Default value. The event does block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Busy in the Calendar UI. # - "transparent" - The event does not block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Available in the Calendar UI. - "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the main event data (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Updating event reminders will not cause this to change. Read-only. + "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the event (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Read-only. "visibility": "default", # Visibility of the event. Optional. Possible values are: # - "default" - Uses the default visibility for events on the calendar. This is the default value. # - "public" - The event is public and event details are visible to all readers of the calendar. @@ -2275,7 +2275,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "recurringEventId": "A String", # For an instance of a recurring event, this is the id of the recurring event to which this instance belongs. Immutable. - "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. Note that changing reminders does not also change the updated property of the enclosing event. + "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. "overrides": [ # If the event doesn't use the default reminders, this lists the reminders specific to the event, or, if not set, indicates that no reminders are set for this event. The maximum number of override reminders is 5. { "method": "A String", # The method used by this reminder. Possible values are: @@ -2312,7 +2312,7 @@

Method Details

"transparency": "opaque", # Whether the event blocks time on the calendar. Optional. Possible values are: # - "opaque" - Default value. The event does block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Busy in the Calendar UI. # - "transparent" - The event does not block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Available in the Calendar UI. - "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the main event data (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Updating event reminders will not cause this to change. Read-only. + "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the event (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Read-only. "visibility": "default", # Visibility of the event. Optional. Possible values are: # - "default" - Uses the default visibility for events on the calendar. This is the default value. # - "public" - The event is public and event details are visible to all readers of the calendar. @@ -2603,7 +2603,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "recurringEventId": "A String", # For an instance of a recurring event, this is the id of the recurring event to which this instance belongs. Immutable. - "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. Note that changing reminders does not also change the updated property of the enclosing event. + "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. "overrides": [ # If the event doesn't use the default reminders, this lists the reminders specific to the event, or, if not set, indicates that no reminders are set for this event. The maximum number of override reminders is 5. { "method": "A String", # The method used by this reminder. Possible values are: @@ -2640,7 +2640,7 @@

Method Details

"transparency": "opaque", # Whether the event blocks time on the calendar. Optional. Possible values are: # - "opaque" - Default value. The event does block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Busy in the Calendar UI. # - "transparent" - The event does not block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Available in the Calendar UI. - "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the main event data (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Updating event reminders will not cause this to change. Read-only. + "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the event (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Read-only. "visibility": "default", # Visibility of the event. Optional. Possible values are: # - "default" - Uses the default visibility for events on the calendar. This is the default value. # - "public" - The event is public and event details are visible to all readers of the calendar. @@ -2899,7 +2899,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "recurringEventId": "A String", # For an instance of a recurring event, this is the id of the recurring event to which this instance belongs. Immutable. - "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. Note that changing reminders does not also change the updated property of the enclosing event. + "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. "overrides": [ # If the event doesn't use the default reminders, this lists the reminders specific to the event, or, if not set, indicates that no reminders are set for this event. The maximum number of override reminders is 5. { "method": "A String", # The method used by this reminder. Possible values are: @@ -2936,7 +2936,7 @@

Method Details

"transparency": "opaque", # Whether the event blocks time on the calendar. Optional. Possible values are: # - "opaque" - Default value. The event does block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Busy in the Calendar UI. # - "transparent" - The event does not block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Available in the Calendar UI. - "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the main event data (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Updating event reminders will not cause this to change. Read-only. + "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the event (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Read-only. "visibility": "default", # Visibility of the event. Optional. Possible values are: # - "default" - Uses the default visibility for events on the calendar. This is the default value. # - "public" - The event is public and event details are visible to all readers of the calendar. @@ -3200,7 +3200,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "recurringEventId": "A String", # For an instance of a recurring event, this is the id of the recurring event to which this instance belongs. Immutable. - "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. Note that changing reminders does not also change the updated property of the enclosing event. + "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. "overrides": [ # If the event doesn't use the default reminders, this lists the reminders specific to the event, or, if not set, indicates that no reminders are set for this event. The maximum number of override reminders is 5. { "method": "A String", # The method used by this reminder. Possible values are: @@ -3237,7 +3237,7 @@

Method Details

"transparency": "opaque", # Whether the event blocks time on the calendar. Optional. Possible values are: # - "opaque" - Default value. The event does block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Busy in the Calendar UI. # - "transparent" - The event does not block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Available in the Calendar UI. - "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the main event data (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Updating event reminders will not cause this to change. Read-only. + "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the event (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Read-only. "visibility": "default", # Visibility of the event. Optional. Possible values are: # - "default" - Uses the default visibility for events on the calendar. This is the default value. # - "public" - The event is public and event details are visible to all readers of the calendar. @@ -3505,7 +3505,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "recurringEventId": "A String", # For an instance of a recurring event, this is the id of the recurring event to which this instance belongs. Immutable. - "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. Note that changing reminders does not also change the updated property of the enclosing event. + "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. "overrides": [ # If the event doesn't use the default reminders, this lists the reminders specific to the event, or, if not set, indicates that no reminders are set for this event. The maximum number of override reminders is 5. { "method": "A String", # The method used by this reminder. Possible values are: @@ -3542,7 +3542,7 @@

Method Details

"transparency": "opaque", # Whether the event blocks time on the calendar. Optional. Possible values are: # - "opaque" - Default value. The event does block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Busy in the Calendar UI. # - "transparent" - The event does not block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Available in the Calendar UI. - "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the main event data (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Updating event reminders will not cause this to change. Read-only. + "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the event (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Read-only. "visibility": "default", # Visibility of the event. Optional. Possible values are: # - "default" - Uses the default visibility for events on the calendar. This is the default value. # - "public" - The event is public and event details are visible to all readers of the calendar. @@ -3801,7 +3801,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "recurringEventId": "A String", # For an instance of a recurring event, this is the id of the recurring event to which this instance belongs. Immutable. - "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. Note that changing reminders does not also change the updated property of the enclosing event. + "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. "overrides": [ # If the event doesn't use the default reminders, this lists the reminders specific to the event, or, if not set, indicates that no reminders are set for this event. The maximum number of override reminders is 5. { "method": "A String", # The method used by this reminder. Possible values are: @@ -3838,7 +3838,7 @@

Method Details

"transparency": "opaque", # Whether the event blocks time on the calendar. Optional. Possible values are: # - "opaque" - Default value. The event does block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Busy in the Calendar UI. # - "transparent" - The event does not block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Available in the Calendar UI. - "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the main event data (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Updating event reminders will not cause this to change. Read-only. + "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the event (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Read-only. "visibility": "default", # Visibility of the event. Optional. Possible values are: # - "default" - Uses the default visibility for events on the calendar. This is the default value. # - "public" - The event is public and event details are visible to all readers of the calendar. @@ -4102,7 +4102,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "recurringEventId": "A String", # For an instance of a recurring event, this is the id of the recurring event to which this instance belongs. Immutable. - "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. Note that changing reminders does not also change the updated property of the enclosing event. + "reminders": { # Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. "overrides": [ # If the event doesn't use the default reminders, this lists the reminders specific to the event, or, if not set, indicates that no reminders are set for this event. The maximum number of override reminders is 5. { "method": "A String", # The method used by this reminder. Possible values are: @@ -4139,7 +4139,7 @@

Method Details

"transparency": "opaque", # Whether the event blocks time on the calendar. Optional. Possible values are: # - "opaque" - Default value. The event does block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Busy in the Calendar UI. # - "transparent" - The event does not block time on the calendar. This is equivalent to setting Show me as to Available in the Calendar UI. - "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the main event data (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Updating event reminders will not cause this to change. Read-only. + "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the event (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Read-only. "visibility": "default", # Visibility of the event. Optional. Possible values are: # - "default" - Uses the default visibility for events on the calendar. This is the default value. # - "public" - The event is public and event details are visible to all readers of the calendar. diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html index 4b2bc501b9e..d60901f745d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html @@ -149,12 +149,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # The import mode space. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -183,12 +183,12 @@

Method Details

{ # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -216,12 +216,12 @@

Method Details

{ # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -273,12 +273,12 @@

Method Details

{ # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -312,12 +312,12 @@

Method Details

{ # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -356,12 +356,12 @@

Method Details

{ # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -406,12 +406,12 @@

Method Details

{ # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: Use `space_type` instead. The type of a space. } - updateMask: string, Required. The updated field paths, comma separated if there are multiple. You can update the following fields for a space: - `space_details` - `display_name`: Only supports updating the display name for spaces where `spaceType` field is `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS`, try a different value. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. - `space_type`: Only supports changing a `GROUP_CHAT` space type to `SPACE`. Include `display_name` together with `space_type` in the update mask and ensure that the specified space has a non-empty display name and the `SPACE` space type. Including the `space_type` mask and the `SPACE` type in the specified space when updating the display name is optional if the existing space already has the `SPACE` type. Trying to update the space type in other ways results in an invalid argument error. `space_type` is not supported with admin access. - `space_history_state`: Updates [space history settings](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/7664687) by turning history on or off for the space. Only supported if history settings are enabled for the Google Workspace organization. To update the space history state, you must omit all other field masks in your request. `space_history_state` is not supported with admin access. - `access_settings.audience`: Updates the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in named space where `spaceType` field is `SPACE`. If the existing space has a target audience, you can remove the audience and restrict space access by omitting a value for this field mask. To update access settings for a space, the authenticating user must be a space manager and omit all other field masks in your request. You can't update this field if the space is in [import mode](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/import-data-overview). To learn more, see [Make a space discoverable to specific users](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). `access_settings.audience` is not supported with admin access. - Developer Preview: Supports changing the [permission settings](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/13340792) of a space, supported field paths include: `permission_settings.manage_members_and_groups`, `permission_settings.modify_space_details`, `permission_settings.toggle_history`, `permission_settings.use_at_mention_all`, `permission_settings.manage_apps`, `permission_settings.manage_webhooks`, `permission_settings.reply_messages` (Warning: mutually exclusive with all other non-permission settings field paths). `permission_settings` is not supported with admin access. + updateMask: string, Required. The updated field paths, comma separated if there are multiple. Currently supported field paths: - `display_name` (Only supports changing the display name of a space with the `SPACE` type, or when also including the `space_type` mask to change a `GROUP_CHAT` space type to `SPACE`. Trying to update the display name of a `GROUP_CHAT` or a `DIRECT_MESSAGE` space results in an invalid argument error. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name.) - `space_type` (Only supports changing a `GROUP_CHAT` space type to `SPACE`. Include `display_name` together with `space_type` in the update mask and ensure that the specified space has a non-empty display name and the `SPACE` space type. Including the `space_type` mask and the `SPACE` type in the specified space when updating the display name is optional if the existing space already has the `SPACE` type. Trying to update the space type in other ways results in an invalid argument error). `space_type` is not supported with admin access. - `space_details` - `space_history_state` (Supports [turning history on or off for the space](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/7664687) if [the organization allows users to change their history setting](https://support.google.com/a/answer/7664184). Warning: mutually exclusive with all other field paths.) `space_history_state` is not supported with admin access. - `access_settings.audience` (Supports changing the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in space. If no audience is specified in the access setting, the space's access setting is updated to private. Warning: mutually exclusive with all other field paths.) `access_settings.audience` is not supported with admin access. - Developer Preview: Supports changing the [permission settings](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/13340792) of a space, supported field paths include: `permission_settings.manage_members_and_groups`, `permission_settings.modify_space_details`, `permission_settings.toggle_history`, `permission_settings.use_at_mention_all`, `permission_settings.manage_apps`, `permission_settings.manage_webhooks`, `permission_settings.reply_messages` (Warning: mutually exclusive with all other non-permission settings field paths). `permission_settings` is not supported with admin access. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -439,12 +439,12 @@

Method Details

{ # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -493,12 +493,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # Required. The `Space.spaceType` field is required. To create a space, set `Space.spaceType` to `SPACE` and set `Space.displayName`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when setting up a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. To create a group chat, set `Space.spaceType` to `GROUP_CHAT`. Don't set `Space.displayName`. To create a 1:1 conversation between humans, set `Space.spaceType` to `DIRECT_MESSAGE` and set `Space.singleUserBotDm` to `false`. Don't set `Space.displayName` or `Space.spaceDetails`. To create an 1:1 conversation between a human and the calling Chat app, set `Space.spaceType` to `DIRECT_MESSAGE` and `Space.singleUserBotDm` to `true`. Don't set `Space.displayName` or `Space.spaceDetails`. If a `DIRECT_MESSAGE` space already exists, that space is returned instead of creating a new space. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -526,12 +526,12 @@

Method Details

{ # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html index 2e3b0337bdd..a27cfced554 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html @@ -1853,12 +1853,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -3627,12 +3627,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -5419,12 +5419,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -7199,12 +7199,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -8984,12 +8984,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -10752,12 +10752,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -12520,12 +12520,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -14288,12 +14288,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html index 71bca4dc5e4..bad59df17dd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html @@ -1968,12 +1968,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -3731,12 +3731,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -5494,12 +5494,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -7255,12 +7255,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -9014,12 +9014,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -10773,12 +10773,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -10888,12 +10888,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # The updated space. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -10915,12 +10915,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # The updated space. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -12821,12 +12821,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -14584,12 +14584,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -16347,12 +16347,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -18108,12 +18108,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -19867,12 +19867,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -21626,12 +21626,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # If your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output populates the [space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces) `name`. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -21741,12 +21741,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # The updated space. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. @@ -21768,12 +21768,12 @@

Method Details

"space": { # A space in Google Chat. Spaces are conversations between two or more users or 1:1 messages between a user and a Chat app. # The updated space. "accessSettings": { # Represents the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. # Optional. Specifies the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of the space. Only populated when the `space_type` is `SPACE`. "accessState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates the access state of the space. - "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. + "audience": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`. }, "adminInstalled": True or False, # Output only. For direct message (DM) spaces with a Chat app, whether the space was created by a Google Workspace administrator. Administrators can install and set up a direct message with a Chat app on behalf of users in their organization. To support admin install, your Chat app must feature direct messaging. "createTime": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. For spaces created in Chat, the time the space was created. This field is output only, except when used in import mode spaces. For import mode spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the space was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time. Only populated in the output when `spaceType` is `GROUP_CHAT` or `SPACE`. "displayName": "A String", # The space's display name. Required when [creating a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces/create). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space or updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. For direct messages, this field might be empty. Supports up to 128 characters. - "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only. + "externalUserAllowed": True or False, # Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only. "importMode": True or False, # Optional. Whether this space is created in `Import Mode` as part of a data migration into Google Workspace. While spaces are being imported, they aren't visible to users until the import is complete. "name": "A String", # Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` "singleUserBotDm": True or False, # Optional. Whether the space is a DM between a Chat app and a single human. diff --git a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.reports.html b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.reports.html index 2cf118d0d2b..018ba0b2858 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.reports.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.reports.html @@ -340,8 +340,8 @@

Method Details

Args: customer: string, Required. Customer id or "my_customer" to use the customer associated to the account making the request. (required) - filter: string, Query string to filter results, AND-separated fields in EBNF syntax. Note: OR operations are not supported in this filter. Supported filter fields: * app_name * app_type * install_type * number_of_permissions * total_install_count * latest_profile_active_date * permission_name * app_id * manifest_versions - orderBy: string, Field used to order results. Supported order by fields: * app_name * app_type * install_type * number_of_permissions * total_install_count * app_id * manifest_versions + filter: string, Query string to filter results, AND-separated fields in EBNF syntax. Note: OR operations are not supported in this filter. Supported filter fields: * app_name * app_type * install_type * number_of_permissions * total_install_count * latest_profile_active_date * permission_name * app_id + orderBy: string, Field used to order results. Supported order by fields: * app_name * app_type * install_type * number_of_permissions * total_install_count * app_id orgUnitId: string, The ID of the organizational unit. pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return. Maximum and default are 100. pageToken: string, Token to specify the page of the request to be returned. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html index b170d1787da..b8baf936d51 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. @@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. @@ -1395,7 +1395,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html index db839e27767..2740973c710 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. @@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. @@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html index 9214132e968..7e6f644ccd4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. @@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. @@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. @@ -2449,7 +2449,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. @@ -2990,7 +2990,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html index 662205fc333..ce2d032ff9a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. @@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. @@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. @@ -2450,7 +2450,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. @@ -2989,7 +2989,7 @@

Method Details

"finishTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which execution of the build was finished. The difference between finish_time and start_time is the duration of the build's execution. "gitConfig": { # GitConfig is a configuration for git operations. # Optional. Configuration for git operations. "http": { # HttpConfig is a configuration for HTTP related git operations. # Configuration for HTTP related git operations. - "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`. + "proxySecretVersionName": "A String", # SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]. }, }, "id": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the build. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html index 000cfc0abfb..5da6fa53131 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html @@ -300,13 +300,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Message containing information of one individual backend. "balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected. "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs. - "customMetrics": [ # List of custom metrics that are used for CUSTOM_METRICS BalancingMode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - { # Custom Metrics are used for CUSTOM_METRICS balancing_mode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - "dryRun": True or False, # If true, the metric data is collected and reported to Cloud Monitoring, but is not used for load balancing. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target utilization for the Custom Metrics balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. - "name": "A String", # Name of a custom utilization signal. The name must be 1-24 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-24 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For usage guidelines, see Custom Metrics balancing mode. This field can only be used for a global or regional backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - }, - ], "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService. "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. @@ -746,9 +739,9 @@

Method Details

"subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], "vpcNetworkScope": "A String", # The network scope of the backends that can be added to the backend service. This field can be either GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK or REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK. A backend service with the VPC scope set to GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK is only allowed to have backends in global VPC networks. When the VPC scope is set to REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK the backend service is only allowed to have backends in regional networks in the same scope as the backend service. Note: if not specified then GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK will be used. @@ -1076,13 +1069,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Message containing information of one individual backend. "balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected. "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs. - "customMetrics": [ # List of custom metrics that are used for CUSTOM_METRICS BalancingMode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - { # Custom Metrics are used for CUSTOM_METRICS balancing_mode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - "dryRun": True or False, # If true, the metric data is collected and reported to Cloud Monitoring, but is not used for load balancing. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target utilization for the Custom Metrics balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. - "name": "A String", # Name of a custom utilization signal. The name must be 1-24 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-24 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For usage guidelines, see Custom Metrics balancing mode. This field can only be used for a global or regional backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - }, - ], "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService. "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. @@ -1522,9 +1508,9 @@

Method Details

"subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], "vpcNetworkScope": "A String", # The network scope of the backends that can be added to the backend service. This field can be either GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK or REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK. A backend service with the VPC scope set to GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK is only allowed to have backends in global VPC networks. When the VPC scope is set to REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK the backend service is only allowed to have backends in regional networks in the same scope as the backend service. Note: if not specified then GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK will be used. @@ -1693,13 +1679,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Message containing information of one individual backend. "balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected. "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs. - "customMetrics": [ # List of custom metrics that are used for CUSTOM_METRICS BalancingMode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - { # Custom Metrics are used for CUSTOM_METRICS balancing_mode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - "dryRun": True or False, # If true, the metric data is collected and reported to Cloud Monitoring, but is not used for load balancing. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target utilization for the Custom Metrics balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. - "name": "A String", # Name of a custom utilization signal. The name must be 1-24 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-24 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For usage guidelines, see Custom Metrics balancing mode. This field can only be used for a global or regional backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - }, - ], "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService. "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. @@ -2139,9 +2118,9 @@

Method Details

"subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], "vpcNetworkScope": "A String", # The network scope of the backends that can be added to the backend service. This field can be either GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK or REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK. A backend service with the VPC scope set to GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK is only allowed to have backends in global VPC networks. When the VPC scope is set to REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK the backend service is only allowed to have backends in regional networks in the same scope as the backend service. Note: if not specified then GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK will be used. @@ -2293,13 +2272,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Message containing information of one individual backend. "balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected. "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs. - "customMetrics": [ # List of custom metrics that are used for CUSTOM_METRICS BalancingMode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - { # Custom Metrics are used for CUSTOM_METRICS balancing_mode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - "dryRun": True or False, # If true, the metric data is collected and reported to Cloud Monitoring, but is not used for load balancing. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target utilization for the Custom Metrics balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. - "name": "A String", # Name of a custom utilization signal. The name must be 1-24 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-24 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For usage guidelines, see Custom Metrics balancing mode. This field can only be used for a global or regional backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - }, - ], "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService. "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. @@ -2739,9 +2711,9 @@

Method Details

"subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], "vpcNetworkScope": "A String", # The network scope of the backends that can be added to the backend service. This field can be either GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK or REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK. A backend service with the VPC scope set to GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK is only allowed to have backends in global VPC networks. When the VPC scope is set to REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK the backend service is only allowed to have backends in regional networks in the same scope as the backend service. Note: if not specified then GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK will be used. @@ -2791,13 +2763,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Message containing information of one individual backend. "balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected. "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs. - "customMetrics": [ # List of custom metrics that are used for CUSTOM_METRICS BalancingMode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - { # Custom Metrics are used for CUSTOM_METRICS balancing_mode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - "dryRun": True or False, # If true, the metric data is collected and reported to Cloud Monitoring, but is not used for load balancing. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target utilization for the Custom Metrics balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. - "name": "A String", # Name of a custom utilization signal. The name must be 1-24 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-24 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For usage guidelines, see Custom Metrics balancing mode. This field can only be used for a global or regional backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - }, - ], "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService. "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. @@ -3237,9 +3202,9 @@

Method Details

"subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], "vpcNetworkScope": "A String", # The network scope of the backends that can be added to the backend service. This field can be either GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK or REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK. A backend service with the VPC scope set to GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK is only allowed to have backends in global VPC networks. When the VPC scope is set to REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK the backend service is only allowed to have backends in regional networks in the same scope as the backend service. Note: if not specified then GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK will be used. @@ -3305,13 +3270,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Message containing information of one individual backend. "balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected. "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs. - "customMetrics": [ # List of custom metrics that are used for CUSTOM_METRICS BalancingMode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - { # Custom Metrics are used for CUSTOM_METRICS balancing_mode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - "dryRun": True or False, # If true, the metric data is collected and reported to Cloud Monitoring, but is not used for load balancing. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target utilization for the Custom Metrics balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. - "name": "A String", # Name of a custom utilization signal. The name must be 1-24 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-24 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For usage guidelines, see Custom Metrics balancing mode. This field can only be used for a global or regional backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - }, - ], "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService. "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. @@ -3751,9 +3709,9 @@

Method Details

"subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], "vpcNetworkScope": "A String", # The network scope of the backends that can be added to the backend service. This field can be either GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK or REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK. A backend service with the VPC scope set to GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK is only allowed to have backends in global VPC networks. When the VPC scope is set to REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK the backend service is only allowed to have backends in regional networks in the same scope as the backend service. Note: if not specified then GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK will be used. @@ -4391,13 +4349,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Message containing information of one individual backend. "balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected. "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs. - "customMetrics": [ # List of custom metrics that are used for CUSTOM_METRICS BalancingMode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - { # Custom Metrics are used for CUSTOM_METRICS balancing_mode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - "dryRun": True or False, # If true, the metric data is collected and reported to Cloud Monitoring, but is not used for load balancing. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target utilization for the Custom Metrics balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. - "name": "A String", # Name of a custom utilization signal. The name must be 1-24 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-24 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For usage guidelines, see Custom Metrics balancing mode. This field can only be used for a global or regional backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - }, - ], "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService. "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. @@ -4837,9 +4788,9 @@

Method Details

"subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], "vpcNetworkScope": "A String", # The network scope of the backends that can be added to the backend service. This field can be either GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK or REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK. A backend service with the VPC scope set to GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK is only allowed to have backends in global VPC networks. When the VPC scope is set to REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK the backend service is only allowed to have backends in regional networks in the same scope as the backend service. Note: if not specified then GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK will be used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html index b5be2cae7c0..ddf7f384898 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -122,6 +122,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. @@ -397,6 +398,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. @@ -549,6 +551,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -613,6 +616,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -807,6 +811,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -915,6 +920,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html index 20547da92bb..79f8b7810f0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html @@ -224,11 +224,6 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the instances Resource.

-

- instantSnapshotGroups() -

-

Returns the instantSnapshotGroups Resource.

-

instantSnapshots()

@@ -389,11 +384,6 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the regionHealthChecks Resource.

-

- regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests() -

-

Returns the regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests Resource.

-

regionInstanceGroupManagers()

@@ -414,11 +404,6 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the regionInstances Resource.

-

- regionInstantSnapshotGroups() -

-

Returns the regionInstantSnapshotGroups Resource.

-

regionInstantSnapshots()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html index 9a80e32b2b2..9216cea065b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -441,9 +441,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this managed instance group. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy that is specified for this managed instance group. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. @@ -1327,7 +1324,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -1405,9 +1402,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this managed instance group. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy that is specified for this managed instance group. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. @@ -1530,7 +1524,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -1608,9 +1602,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this managed instance group. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy that is specified for this managed instance group. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. @@ -1863,7 +1854,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -1941,9 +1932,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this managed instance group. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy that is specified for this managed instance group. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. @@ -2419,7 +2407,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -2497,9 +2485,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this managed instance group. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy that is specified for this managed instance group. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. @@ -4294,7 +4279,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -4372,9 +4357,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this managed instance group. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy that is specified for this managed instance group. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html index adaa57adc6e..9af4028e419 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -932,7 +932,7 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html index 6ad330494e5..c6fd5ecc13e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@

Method Details

}, "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. "scheduling": { - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. }, "serviceIntegrationStatuses": { # [Output Only] Represents the status of the service integration specs defined by the user in instance.serviceIntegrationSpecs. @@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -1731,7 +1731,7 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -2764,7 +2764,7 @@

Method Details

}, "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. "scheduling": { - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. }, "serviceIntegrationStatuses": { # [Output Only] Represents the status of the service integration specs defined by the user in instance.serviceIntegrationSpecs. @@ -2803,7 +2803,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -3822,7 +3822,7 @@

Method Details

}, "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. "scheduling": { - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. }, "serviceIntegrationStatuses": { # [Output Only] Represents the status of the service integration specs defined by the user in instance.serviceIntegrationSpecs. @@ -3861,7 +3861,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -4399,7 +4399,7 @@

Method Details

}, "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. "scheduling": { - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. }, "serviceIntegrationStatuses": { # [Output Only] Represents the status of the service integration specs defined by the user in instance.serviceIntegrationSpecs. @@ -4438,7 +4438,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -6621,7 +6621,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -8436,7 +8436,7 @@

Method Details

}, "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. "scheduling": { - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. }, "serviceIntegrationStatuses": { # [Output Only] Represents the status of the service integration specs defined by the user in instance.serviceIntegrationSpecs. @@ -8475,7 +8475,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshotGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshotGroups.html deleted file mode 100644 index b85ea5aa722..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshotGroups.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,490 +0,0 @@ - - - -

Compute Engine API . instantSnapshotGroups

-

Instance Methods

-

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- delete(project, zone, instantSnapshotGroup, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

deletes a Zonal InstantSnapshotGroup resource

-

- get(project, zone, instantSnapshotGroup, x__xgafv=None)

-

returns the specified InstantSnapshotGroup resource in the specified zone.

-

- insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, sourceConsistencyGroup=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

inserts a Zonal InstantSnapshotGroup resource

-

- list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

retrieves the list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources contained within the specified zone.

-

- list_next()

-

Retrieves the next page of results.

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- delete(project, zone, instantSnapshotGroup, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
deletes a Zonal InstantSnapshotGroup resource
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
-  instantSnapshotGroup: string, Name of the InstantSnapshot resource to delete. (required)
-  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
-  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
-  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
-  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-      {
-        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
-        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
-          {
-            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
-              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
-            },
-            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
-              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
-                { # Describes a URL link.
-                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
-                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
-              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
-              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
-            },
-            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
-              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
-              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
-              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
-        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
-  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
-    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
-        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
-        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
-        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
-        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
-  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
-  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
-  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
-  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
-    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
-    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
-          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-            {
-              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-            },
-          ],
-          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-        },
-        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
-  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
-  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
-  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
-  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
-  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    {
-      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
-      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
-        {
-          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
-          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
-        },
-      ],
-      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
-    },
-  ],
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
-}
-
- -
- get(project, zone, instantSnapshotGroup, x__xgafv=None) -
returns the specified InstantSnapshotGroup resource in the specified zone.
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
-  instantSnapshotGroup: string, Name of the instantSnapshotGroup resource to return. (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    {
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
-  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "kind": "compute#instantSnapshotGroup", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instantSnapshotGroup for InstantSnapshotGroup resources.
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot group resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
-  "resourceStatus": {
-    "consistencyMembershipResolutionTime": "A String", # [Output Only]
-    "sourceInfo": { # [Output Only]
-      "consistencyGroup": "A String",
-      "consistencyGroupId": "A String",
-    },
-  },
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
-  "status": "A String", # [Output Only]
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot group resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
-}
-
- -
- insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, sourceConsistencyGroup=None, x__xgafv=None) -
inserts a Zonal InstantSnapshotGroup resource
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
-  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "kind": "compute#instantSnapshotGroup", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instantSnapshotGroup for InstantSnapshotGroup resources.
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot group resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
-  "resourceStatus": {
-    "consistencyMembershipResolutionTime": "A String", # [Output Only]
-    "sourceInfo": { # [Output Only]
-      "consistencyGroup": "A String",
-      "consistencyGroupId": "A String",
-    },
-  },
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
-  "status": "A String", # [Output Only]
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot group resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
-}
-
-  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  sourceConsistencyGroup: string, begin_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
-  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
-  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
-  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-      {
-        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
-        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
-          {
-            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
-              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
-            },
-            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
-              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
-                { # Describes a URL link.
-                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
-                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
-              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
-              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
-            },
-            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
-              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
-              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
-              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
-        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
-  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
-    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
-        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
-        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
-        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
-        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
-  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
-  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
-  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
-  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
-    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
-    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
-          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-            {
-              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-            },
-          ],
-          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-        },
-        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
-  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
-  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
-  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
-  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
-  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    {
-      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
-      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
-        {
-          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
-          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
-        },
-      ],
-      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
-    },
-  ],
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
-}
-
- -
- list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) -
retrieves the list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources contained within the specified zone.
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.
-  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
-  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
-  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
-  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Contains a list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources.
-  "etag": "A String",
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
-  "items": [ # A list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources.
-    {
-      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
-      "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-      "kind": "compute#instantSnapshotGroup", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instantSnapshotGroup for InstantSnapshotGroup resources.
-      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot group resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
-      "resourceStatus": {
-        "consistencyMembershipResolutionTime": "A String", # [Output Only]
-        "sourceInfo": { # [Output Only]
-          "consistencyGroup": "A String",
-          "consistencyGroupId": "A String",
-        },
-      },
-      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
-      "status": "A String", # [Output Only]
-      "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot group resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
-    },
-  ],
-  "kind": "compute#instantSnapshotGroupsList", # Type of resource.
-  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
-  "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
-    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
-    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
-      {
-        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
-        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
-  },
-}
-
- -
- list_next() -
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
-        Args:
-          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
-          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
-
-        Returns:
-          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
-          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
-        
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html index 6789842e579..d070351c802 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html @@ -271,14 +271,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "egressMinBandwidthPercentagePolicy": { - "bandwidthPercentages": [ # Specify bandwidth percentages for various traffic classes for queuing type Bandwidth Percent. - { # Specify bandwidth percentages [1-100] for various traffic classes in BandwidthPercentagePolicy. The sum of all percentages must equal 100. All traffic classes must have a percentage value specified. - "percentage": 42, # Bandwidth percentage for a specific traffic class. - "trafficClass": "A String", # TrafficClass whose bandwidth percentage is being specified. - }, - ], - }, "profileDescription": "A String", # A description for the AAI profile on this interconnect. "strictPriorityPolicy": { # Specify configuration for StrictPriorityPolicy. }, @@ -562,14 +554,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "egressMinBandwidthPercentagePolicy": { - "bandwidthPercentages": [ # Specify bandwidth percentages for various traffic classes for queuing type Bandwidth Percent. - { # Specify bandwidth percentages [1-100] for various traffic classes in BandwidthPercentagePolicy. The sum of all percentages must equal 100. All traffic classes must have a percentage value specified. - "percentage": 42, # Bandwidth percentage for a specific traffic class. - "trafficClass": "A String", # TrafficClass whose bandwidth percentage is being specified. - }, - ], - }, "profileDescription": "A String", # A description for the AAI profile on this interconnect. "strictPriorityPolicy": { # Specify configuration for StrictPriorityPolicy. }, @@ -793,14 +777,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "egressMinBandwidthPercentagePolicy": { - "bandwidthPercentages": [ # Specify bandwidth percentages for various traffic classes for queuing type Bandwidth Percent. - { # Specify bandwidth percentages [1-100] for various traffic classes in BandwidthPercentagePolicy. The sum of all percentages must equal 100. All traffic classes must have a percentage value specified. - "percentage": 42, # Bandwidth percentage for a specific traffic class. - "trafficClass": "A String", # TrafficClass whose bandwidth percentage is being specified. - }, - ], - }, "profileDescription": "A String", # A description for the AAI profile on this interconnect. "strictPriorityPolicy": { # Specify configuration for StrictPriorityPolicy. }, @@ -924,14 +900,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "egressMinBandwidthPercentagePolicy": { - "bandwidthPercentages": [ # Specify bandwidth percentages for various traffic classes for queuing type Bandwidth Percent. - { # Specify bandwidth percentages [1-100] for various traffic classes in BandwidthPercentagePolicy. The sum of all percentages must equal 100. All traffic classes must have a percentage value specified. - "percentage": 42, # Bandwidth percentage for a specific traffic class. - "trafficClass": "A String", # TrafficClass whose bandwidth percentage is being specified. - }, - ], - }, "profileDescription": "A String", # A description for the AAI profile on this interconnect. "strictPriorityPolicy": { # Specify configuration for StrictPriorityPolicy. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html index bc41011422a..3fef14c548c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@

Method Details

"postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@

Method Details

"postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -1873,7 +1873,7 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -2113,7 +2113,7 @@

Method Details

"postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html index 12190e30f0c..d1a59909e5b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html @@ -149,6 +149,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -257,6 +258,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. @@ -534,6 +536,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. @@ -687,6 +690,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -752,6 +756,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -947,6 +952,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -1027,6 +1033,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. @@ -1079,6 +1086,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html index c38ac05ac86..98226353b9b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html @@ -273,13 +273,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Message containing information of one individual backend. "balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected. "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs. - "customMetrics": [ # List of custom metrics that are used for CUSTOM_METRICS BalancingMode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - { # Custom Metrics are used for CUSTOM_METRICS balancing_mode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - "dryRun": True or False, # If true, the metric data is collected and reported to Cloud Monitoring, but is not used for load balancing. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target utilization for the Custom Metrics balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. - "name": "A String", # Name of a custom utilization signal. The name must be 1-24 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-24 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For usage guidelines, see Custom Metrics balancing mode. This field can only be used for a global or regional backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - }, - ], "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService. "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. @@ -719,9 +712,9 @@

Method Details

"subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], "vpcNetworkScope": "A String", # The network scope of the backends that can be added to the backend service. This field can be either GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK or REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK. A backend service with the VPC scope set to GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK is only allowed to have backends in global VPC networks. When the VPC scope is set to REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK the backend service is only allowed to have backends in regional networks in the same scope as the backend service. Note: if not specified then GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK will be used. @@ -893,13 +886,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Message containing information of one individual backend. "balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected. "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs. - "customMetrics": [ # List of custom metrics that are used for CUSTOM_METRICS BalancingMode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - { # Custom Metrics are used for CUSTOM_METRICS balancing_mode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - "dryRun": True or False, # If true, the metric data is collected and reported to Cloud Monitoring, but is not used for load balancing. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target utilization for the Custom Metrics balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. - "name": "A String", # Name of a custom utilization signal. The name must be 1-24 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-24 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For usage guidelines, see Custom Metrics balancing mode. This field can only be used for a global or regional backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - }, - ], "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService. "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. @@ -1339,9 +1325,9 @@

Method Details

"subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], "vpcNetworkScope": "A String", # The network scope of the backends that can be added to the backend service. This field can be either GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK or REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK. A backend service with the VPC scope set to GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK is only allowed to have backends in global VPC networks. When the VPC scope is set to REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK the backend service is only allowed to have backends in regional networks in the same scope as the backend service. Note: if not specified then GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK will be used. @@ -1494,13 +1480,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Message containing information of one individual backend. "balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected. "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs. - "customMetrics": [ # List of custom metrics that are used for CUSTOM_METRICS BalancingMode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - { # Custom Metrics are used for CUSTOM_METRICS balancing_mode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - "dryRun": True or False, # If true, the metric data is collected and reported to Cloud Monitoring, but is not used for load balancing. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target utilization for the Custom Metrics balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. - "name": "A String", # Name of a custom utilization signal. The name must be 1-24 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-24 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For usage guidelines, see Custom Metrics balancing mode. This field can only be used for a global or regional backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - }, - ], "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService. "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. @@ -1940,9 +1919,9 @@

Method Details

"subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], "vpcNetworkScope": "A String", # The network scope of the backends that can be added to the backend service. This field can be either GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK or REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK. A backend service with the VPC scope set to GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK is only allowed to have backends in global VPC networks. When the VPC scope is set to REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK the backend service is only allowed to have backends in regional networks in the same scope as the backend service. Note: if not specified then GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK will be used. @@ -1993,13 +1972,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Message containing information of one individual backend. "balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected. "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs. - "customMetrics": [ # List of custom metrics that are used for CUSTOM_METRICS BalancingMode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - { # Custom Metrics are used for CUSTOM_METRICS balancing_mode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - "dryRun": True or False, # If true, the metric data is collected and reported to Cloud Monitoring, but is not used for load balancing. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target utilization for the Custom Metrics balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. - "name": "A String", # Name of a custom utilization signal. The name must be 1-24 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-24 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For usage guidelines, see Custom Metrics balancing mode. This field can only be used for a global or regional backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - }, - ], "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService. "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. @@ -2439,9 +2411,9 @@

Method Details

"subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], "vpcNetworkScope": "A String", # The network scope of the backends that can be added to the backend service. This field can be either GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK or REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK. A backend service with the VPC scope set to GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK is only allowed to have backends in global VPC networks. When the VPC scope is set to REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK the backend service is only allowed to have backends in regional networks in the same scope as the backend service. Note: if not specified then GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK will be used. @@ -2508,13 +2480,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Message containing information of one individual backend. "balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected. "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs. - "customMetrics": [ # List of custom metrics that are used for CUSTOM_METRICS BalancingMode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - { # Custom Metrics are used for CUSTOM_METRICS balancing_mode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - "dryRun": True or False, # If true, the metric data is collected and reported to Cloud Monitoring, but is not used for load balancing. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target utilization for the Custom Metrics balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. - "name": "A String", # Name of a custom utilization signal. The name must be 1-24 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-24 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For usage guidelines, see Custom Metrics balancing mode. This field can only be used for a global or regional backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - }, - ], "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService. "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. @@ -2954,9 +2919,9 @@

Method Details

"subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], "vpcNetworkScope": "A String", # The network scope of the backends that can be added to the backend service. This field can be either GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK or REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK. A backend service with the VPC scope set to GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK is only allowed to have backends in global VPC networks. When the VPC scope is set to REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK the backend service is only allowed to have backends in regional networks in the same scope as the backend service. Note: if not specified then GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK will be used. @@ -3466,13 +3431,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Message containing information of one individual backend. "balancingMode": "A String", # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected. "capacityScaler": 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs. - "customMetrics": [ # List of custom metrics that are used for CUSTOM_METRICS BalancingMode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - { # Custom Metrics are used for CUSTOM_METRICS balancing_mode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy. - "dryRun": True or False, # If true, the metric data is collected and reported to Cloud Monitoring, but is not used for load balancing. - "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target utilization for the Custom Metrics balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. - "name": "A String", # Name of a custom utilization signal. The name must be 1-24 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-24 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For usage guidelines, see Custom Metrics balancing mode. This field can only be used for a global or regional backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - }, - ], "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "failover": True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService. "group": "A String", # The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported. @@ -3912,9 +3870,9 @@

Method Details

"subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], "vpcNetworkScope": "A String", # The network scope of the backends that can be added to the backend service. This field can be either GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK or REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK. A backend service with the VPC scope set to GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK is only allowed to have backends in global VPC networks. When the VPC scope is set to REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK the backend service is only allowed to have backends in regional networks in the same scope as the backend service. Note: if not specified then GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK will be used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html index 93ee59d3c5d..98e0b78b3dd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html @@ -141,7 +141,6 @@

Method Details

"autoRenew": True or False, # Specifies whether to enable automatic renewal for the commitment. The default value is false if not specified. The field can be updated until the day of the commitment expiration at 12:00am PST. If the field is set to true, the commitment will be automatically renewed for either one or three years according to the terms of the existing commitment. "category": "A String", # The category of the commitment. Category MACHINE specifies commitments composed of machine resources such as VCPU or MEMORY, listed in resources. Category LICENSE specifies commitments composed of software licenses, listed in licenseResources. Note that only MACHINE commitments should have a Type specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. - "customEndTimestamp": "A String", # [Input Only] Optional, specifies the CUD end time requested by the customer in RFC3339 text format. Needed when the customer wants CUD's end date is later than the start date + term duration. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "endTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Commitment end time in RFC3339 text format. "existingReservations": [ # Specifies the already existing reservations to attach to the Commitment. This field is optional, and it can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid URLs to an reservation: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /reservations/reservation - projects/project/zones/zone/reservations/reservation @@ -202,9 +201,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "specificSkuAllocation": { # Contains Properties set for the reservation. # Allocation Properties of this reservation. "sourceInstanceTemplateId": "A String", # ID of the instance template used to populate reservation properties. - "utilizations": { # Per service utilization breakdown. The Key is the Google Cloud managed service name. - "a_key": "A String", - }, }, }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. @@ -276,7 +272,6 @@

Method Details

}, "cancellationFeeExpirationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, cancellation fee expiration time. RFC3339 text format. }, - "customTermEligibilityEndTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the end time of customer's eligibility to send custom term requests in RFC3339 text format. Term extension requests that (not the end time in the request) after this time will be rejected. }, "resources": [ # A list of commitment amounts for particular resources. Note that VCPU and MEMORY resource commitments must occur together. { # Commitment for a particular resource (a Commitment is composed of one or more of these). @@ -616,7 +611,6 @@

Method Details

"autoRenew": True or False, # Specifies whether to enable automatic renewal for the commitment. The default value is false if not specified. The field can be updated until the day of the commitment expiration at 12:00am PST. If the field is set to true, the commitment will be automatically renewed for either one or three years according to the terms of the existing commitment. "category": "A String", # The category of the commitment. Category MACHINE specifies commitments composed of machine resources such as VCPU or MEMORY, listed in resources. Category LICENSE specifies commitments composed of software licenses, listed in licenseResources. Note that only MACHINE commitments should have a Type specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. - "customEndTimestamp": "A String", # [Input Only] Optional, specifies the CUD end time requested by the customer in RFC3339 text format. Needed when the customer wants CUD's end date is later than the start date + term duration. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "endTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Commitment end time in RFC3339 text format. "existingReservations": [ # Specifies the already existing reservations to attach to the Commitment. This field is optional, and it can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid URLs to an reservation: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /reservations/reservation - projects/project/zones/zone/reservations/reservation @@ -677,9 +671,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "specificSkuAllocation": { # Contains Properties set for the reservation. # Allocation Properties of this reservation. "sourceInstanceTemplateId": "A String", # ID of the instance template used to populate reservation properties. - "utilizations": { # Per service utilization breakdown. The Key is the Google Cloud managed service name. - "a_key": "A String", - }, }, }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. @@ -751,7 +742,6 @@

Method Details

}, "cancellationFeeExpirationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, cancellation fee expiration time. RFC3339 text format. }, - "customTermEligibilityEndTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the end time of customer's eligibility to send custom term requests in RFC3339 text format. Term extension requests that (not the end time in the request) after this time will be rejected. }, "resources": [ # A list of commitment amounts for particular resources. Note that VCPU and MEMORY resource commitments must occur together. { # Commitment for a particular resource (a Commitment is composed of one or more of these). @@ -784,7 +774,6 @@

Method Details

"autoRenew": True or False, # Specifies whether to enable automatic renewal for the commitment. The default value is false if not specified. The field can be updated until the day of the commitment expiration at 12:00am PST. If the field is set to true, the commitment will be automatically renewed for either one or three years according to the terms of the existing commitment. "category": "A String", # The category of the commitment. Category MACHINE specifies commitments composed of machine resources such as VCPU or MEMORY, listed in resources. Category LICENSE specifies commitments composed of software licenses, listed in licenseResources. Note that only MACHINE commitments should have a Type specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. - "customEndTimestamp": "A String", # [Input Only] Optional, specifies the CUD end time requested by the customer in RFC3339 text format. Needed when the customer wants CUD's end date is later than the start date + term duration. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "endTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Commitment end time in RFC3339 text format. "existingReservations": [ # Specifies the already existing reservations to attach to the Commitment. This field is optional, and it can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid URLs to an reservation: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /reservations/reservation - projects/project/zones/zone/reservations/reservation @@ -845,9 +834,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "specificSkuAllocation": { # Contains Properties set for the reservation. # Allocation Properties of this reservation. "sourceInstanceTemplateId": "A String", # ID of the instance template used to populate reservation properties. - "utilizations": { # Per service utilization breakdown. The Key is the Google Cloud managed service name. - "a_key": "A String", - }, }, }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. @@ -919,7 +905,6 @@

Method Details

}, "cancellationFeeExpirationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, cancellation fee expiration time. RFC3339 text format. }, - "customTermEligibilityEndTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the end time of customer's eligibility to send custom term requests in RFC3339 text format. Term extension requests that (not the end time in the request) after this time will be rejected. }, "resources": [ # A list of commitment amounts for particular resources. Note that VCPU and MEMORY resource commitments must occur together. { # Commitment for a particular resource (a Commitment is composed of one or more of these). @@ -1082,7 +1067,6 @@

Method Details

"autoRenew": True or False, # Specifies whether to enable automatic renewal for the commitment. The default value is false if not specified. The field can be updated until the day of the commitment expiration at 12:00am PST. If the field is set to true, the commitment will be automatically renewed for either one or three years according to the terms of the existing commitment. "category": "A String", # The category of the commitment. Category MACHINE specifies commitments composed of machine resources such as VCPU or MEMORY, listed in resources. Category LICENSE specifies commitments composed of software licenses, listed in licenseResources. Note that only MACHINE commitments should have a Type specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. - "customEndTimestamp": "A String", # [Input Only] Optional, specifies the CUD end time requested by the customer in RFC3339 text format. Needed when the customer wants CUD's end date is later than the start date + term duration. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "endTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Commitment end time in RFC3339 text format. "existingReservations": [ # Specifies the already existing reservations to attach to the Commitment. This field is optional, and it can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid URLs to an reservation: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /reservations/reservation - projects/project/zones/zone/reservations/reservation @@ -1143,9 +1127,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "specificSkuAllocation": { # Contains Properties set for the reservation. # Allocation Properties of this reservation. "sourceInstanceTemplateId": "A String", # ID of the instance template used to populate reservation properties. - "utilizations": { # Per service utilization breakdown. The Key is the Google Cloud managed service name. - "a_key": "A String", - }, }, }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. @@ -1217,7 +1198,6 @@

Method Details

}, "cancellationFeeExpirationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, cancellation fee expiration time. RFC3339 text format. }, - "customTermEligibilityEndTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the end time of customer's eligibility to send custom term requests in RFC3339 text format. Term extension requests that (not the end time in the request) after this time will be rejected. }, "resources": [ # A list of commitment amounts for particular resources. Note that VCPU and MEMORY resource commitments must occur together. { # Commitment for a particular resource (a Commitment is composed of one or more of these). @@ -1312,7 +1292,6 @@

Method Details

"autoRenew": True or False, # Specifies whether to enable automatic renewal for the commitment. The default value is false if not specified. The field can be updated until the day of the commitment expiration at 12:00am PST. If the field is set to true, the commitment will be automatically renewed for either one or three years according to the terms of the existing commitment. "category": "A String", # The category of the commitment. Category MACHINE specifies commitments composed of machine resources such as VCPU or MEMORY, listed in resources. Category LICENSE specifies commitments composed of software licenses, listed in licenseResources. Note that only MACHINE commitments should have a Type specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. - "customEndTimestamp": "A String", # [Input Only] Optional, specifies the CUD end time requested by the customer in RFC3339 text format. Needed when the customer wants CUD's end date is later than the start date + term duration. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "endTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Commitment end time in RFC3339 text format. "existingReservations": [ # Specifies the already existing reservations to attach to the Commitment. This field is optional, and it can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid URLs to an reservation: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /reservations/reservation - projects/project/zones/zone/reservations/reservation @@ -1373,9 +1352,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "specificSkuAllocation": { # Contains Properties set for the reservation. # Allocation Properties of this reservation. "sourceInstanceTemplateId": "A String", # ID of the instance template used to populate reservation properties. - "utilizations": { # Per service utilization breakdown. The Key is the Google Cloud managed service name. - "a_key": "A String", - }, }, }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. @@ -1447,7 +1423,6 @@

Method Details

}, "cancellationFeeExpirationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, cancellation fee expiration time. RFC3339 text format. }, - "customTermEligibilityEndTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the end time of customer's eligibility to send custom term requests in RFC3339 text format. Term extension requests that (not the end time in the request) after this time will be rejected. }, "resources": [ # A list of commitment amounts for particular resources. Note that VCPU and MEMORY resource commitments must occur together. { # Commitment for a particular resource (a Commitment is composed of one or more of these). @@ -1639,9 +1614,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "specificSkuAllocation": { # Contains Properties set for the reservation. # Allocation Properties of this reservation. "sourceInstanceTemplateId": "A String", # ID of the instance template used to populate reservation properties. - "utilizations": { # Per service utilization breakdown. The Key is the Google Cloud managed service name. - "a_key": "A String", - }, }, }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html deleted file mode 100644 index 3d327f613e8..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,479 +0,0 @@ - - - -

Compute Engine API . regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests

-

Instance Methods

-

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- get(project, region, instanceGroupManager, resizeRequest, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns all of the details about the specified resize request.

-

- insert(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a new Resize Request that starts provisioning VMs immediately or queues VM creation.

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- get(project, region, instanceGroupManager, resizeRequest, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns all of the details about the specified resize request.
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  region: string, The name of the region scoping this request. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
-  instanceGroupManager: string, The name of the managed instance group. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required)
-  resizeRequest: string, The name of the resize request. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest represents a request to create a number of VMs: either immediately or by queuing the request for the specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning InstanceGroupManager.
-  "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. The count of instances to create as part of this resize request.
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request in RFC3339 text format.
-  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
-  "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests.
-  "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.
-  "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned immediately and would stay in the queue until explicitly cancelled. When set, defines queing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. When unset, the request starts provisioning immediately, or fails if immediate provisioning is not possible.
-    "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity.
-      "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
-      "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
-    },
-    "validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity in RFC3339 text format.
-  },
-  "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. At the end of the run duration instance will be deleted.
-    "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
-    "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
-  },
-  "resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's target size will be increased by this number.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL.
-  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  "state": "A String", # [Output only] Current state of the request.
-  "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request.
-    "error": { # [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry.
-      "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-        {
-          "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
-          "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
-            {
-              "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
-                "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
-                  "a_key": "A String",
-                },
-                "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
-              },
-              "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
-                "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
-                  { # Describes a URL link.
-                    "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
-                    "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
-                "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
-                "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
-              },
-              "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
-                "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
-                  "a_key": "A String",
-                },
-                "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-                "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-                "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
-                "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
-                "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
-              },
-            },
-          ],
-          "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
-          "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
-        },
-      ],
-    },
-    "lastAttempt": { # [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be storred in the "error" field only.
-      "error": { # Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled.
-        "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-          {
-            "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
-            "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
-              {
-                "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
-                  "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                  "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
-                    "a_key": "A String",
-                  },
-                  "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
-                },
-                "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
-                  "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
-                    { # Describes a URL link.
-                      "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
-                      "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
-                  "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
-                  "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
-                },
-                "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
-                  "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
-                    "a_key": "A String",
-                  },
-                  "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-                  "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-                  "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
-                  "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
-                  "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-            "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
-            "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-    },
-    "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, setting queueing policy is no longer supported. Constraints for the time when the instances start provisioning. Always exposed as absolute time.
-      "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity.
-        "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
-        "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
-      },
-      "validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity in RFC3339 text format.
-    },
-  },
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of a zone where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize requests.
-}
-
- -
- insert(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a new Resize Request that starts provisioning VMs immediately or queues VM creation.
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
-  instanceGroupManager: string, Name of the managed instance group to which the resize request is scoped. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest represents a request to create a number of VMs: either immediately or by queuing the request for the specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning InstanceGroupManager.
-  "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. The count of instances to create as part of this resize request.
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request in RFC3339 text format.
-  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
-  "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests.
-  "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.
-  "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned immediately and would stay in the queue until explicitly cancelled. When set, defines queing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. When unset, the request starts provisioning immediately, or fails if immediate provisioning is not possible.
-    "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity.
-      "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
-      "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
-    },
-    "validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity in RFC3339 text format.
-  },
-  "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. At the end of the run duration instance will be deleted.
-    "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
-    "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
-  },
-  "resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's target size will be increased by this number.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL.
-  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  "state": "A String", # [Output only] Current state of the request.
-  "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request.
-    "error": { # [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry.
-      "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-        {
-          "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
-          "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
-            {
-              "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
-                "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
-                  "a_key": "A String",
-                },
-                "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
-              },
-              "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
-                "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
-                  { # Describes a URL link.
-                    "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
-                    "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
-                "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
-                "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
-              },
-              "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
-                "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
-                  "a_key": "A String",
-                },
-                "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-                "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-                "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
-                "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
-                "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
-              },
-            },
-          ],
-          "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
-          "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
-        },
-      ],
-    },
-    "lastAttempt": { # [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be storred in the "error" field only.
-      "error": { # Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled.
-        "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-          {
-            "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
-            "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
-              {
-                "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
-                  "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                  "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
-                    "a_key": "A String",
-                  },
-                  "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
-                },
-                "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
-                  "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
-                    { # Describes a URL link.
-                      "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
-                      "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
-                  "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
-                  "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
-                },
-                "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
-                  "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
-                    "a_key": "A String",
-                  },
-                  "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-                  "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-                  "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
-                  "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
-                  "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-            "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
-            "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-    },
-    "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, setting queueing policy is no longer supported. Constraints for the time when the instances start provisioning. Always exposed as absolute time.
-      "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity.
-        "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
-        "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
-      },
-      "validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity in RFC3339 text format.
-    },
-  },
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of a zone where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize requests.
-}
-
-  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
-  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
-  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
-  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-      {
-        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
-        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
-          {
-            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
-              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
-            },
-            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
-              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
-                { # Describes a URL link.
-                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
-                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
-              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
-              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
-            },
-            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
-              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
-              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
-              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
-        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
-  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
-    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
-        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
-        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
-        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
-        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
-  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
-  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
-  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
-  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
-    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
-    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
-          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-            {
-              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-            },
-          ],
-          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-        },
-        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
-  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
-  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
-  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
-  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
-  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    {
-      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
-      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
-        {
-          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
-          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
-        },
-      ],
-      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
-    },
-  ],
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
-}
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index 43d462f6f32..1d18d8b9938 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -1133,9 +1133,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this managed instance group. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy that is specified for this managed instance group. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. @@ -1258,7 +1255,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -1336,9 +1333,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this managed instance group. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy that is specified for this managed instance group. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. @@ -1591,7 +1585,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -1669,9 +1663,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this managed instance group. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy that is specified for this managed instance group. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. @@ -2147,7 +2138,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -2225,9 +2216,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this managed instance group. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy that is specified for this managed instance group. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. @@ -4022,7 +4010,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -4100,9 +4088,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this managed instance group. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy that is specified for this managed instance group. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html index 6060cae0968..7797342bd82 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -862,7 +862,7 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html index 974d460769d..d3705e89685 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.html deleted file mode 100644 index 3de09899788..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,490 +0,0 @@ - - - -

Compute Engine API . regionInstantSnapshotGroups

-

Instance Methods

-

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- delete(project, region, instantSnapshotGroup, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

deletes a Regional InstantSnapshotGroup resource

-

- get(project, region, instantSnapshot, x__xgafv=None)

-

returns the specified InstantSnapshotGroup resource in the specified region.

-

- insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, sourceConsistencyGroup=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

creates a Regional InstantSnapshotGroup resource

-

- list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

retrieves the list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources contained within the specified region.

-

- list_next()

-

Retrieves the next page of results.

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- delete(project, region, instantSnapshotGroup, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
deletes a Regional InstantSnapshotGroup resource
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
-  instantSnapshotGroup: string, Name of the InstantSnapshotGroup resource to delete. (required)
-  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
-  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
-  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
-  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-      {
-        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
-        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
-          {
-            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
-              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
-            },
-            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
-              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
-                { # Describes a URL link.
-                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
-                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
-              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
-              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
-            },
-            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
-              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
-              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
-              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
-        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
-  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
-    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
-        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
-        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
-        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
-        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
-  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
-  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
-  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
-  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
-    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
-    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
-          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-            {
-              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-            },
-          ],
-          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-        },
-        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
-  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
-  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
-  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
-  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
-  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    {
-      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
-      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
-        {
-          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
-          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
-        },
-      ],
-      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
-    },
-  ],
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
-}
-
- -
- get(project, region, instantSnapshot, x__xgafv=None) -
returns the specified InstantSnapshotGroup resource in the specified region.
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
-  instantSnapshot: string, Name of the InstantSnapshotGroup resource to return. (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    {
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
-  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "kind": "compute#instantSnapshotGroup", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instantSnapshotGroup for InstantSnapshotGroup resources.
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot group resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
-  "resourceStatus": {
-    "consistencyMembershipResolutionTime": "A String", # [Output Only]
-    "sourceInfo": { # [Output Only]
-      "consistencyGroup": "A String",
-      "consistencyGroupId": "A String",
-    },
-  },
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
-  "status": "A String", # [Output Only]
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot group resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
-}
-
- -
- insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, sourceConsistencyGroup=None, x__xgafv=None) -
creates a Regional InstantSnapshotGroup resource
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
-  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "kind": "compute#instantSnapshotGroup", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instantSnapshotGroup for InstantSnapshotGroup resources.
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot group resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
-  "resourceStatus": {
-    "consistencyMembershipResolutionTime": "A String", # [Output Only]
-    "sourceInfo": { # [Output Only]
-      "consistencyGroup": "A String",
-      "consistencyGroupId": "A String",
-    },
-  },
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
-  "status": "A String", # [Output Only]
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot group resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
-}
-
-  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  sourceConsistencyGroup: string, begin_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
-  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
-  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
-  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-      {
-        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
-        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
-          {
-            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
-              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
-            },
-            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
-              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
-                { # Describes a URL link.
-                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
-                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
-              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
-              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
-            },
-            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
-              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
-              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
-              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
-        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
-  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
-    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
-        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
-        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
-        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
-        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
-  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
-  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
-  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
-  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
-    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
-    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
-          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-            {
-              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-            },
-          ],
-          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-        },
-        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
-  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
-  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
-  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
-  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
-  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    {
-      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
-      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
-        {
-          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
-          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
-        },
-      ],
-      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
-    },
-  ],
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
-}
-
- -
- list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) -
retrieves the list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources contained within the specified region.
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.
-  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
-  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
-  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
-  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Contains a list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources.
-  "etag": "A String",
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
-  "items": [ # A list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources.
-    {
-      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
-      "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-      "kind": "compute#instantSnapshotGroup", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instantSnapshotGroup for InstantSnapshotGroup resources.
-      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot group resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
-      "resourceStatus": {
-        "consistencyMembershipResolutionTime": "A String", # [Output Only]
-        "sourceInfo": { # [Output Only]
-          "consistencyGroup": "A String",
-          "consistencyGroupId": "A String",
-        },
-      },
-      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
-      "status": "A String", # [Output Only]
-      "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot group resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
-    },
-  ],
-  "kind": "compute#instantSnapshotGroupsList", # Type of resource.
-  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
-  "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
-    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
-    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
-      {
-        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
-        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
-  },
-}
-
- -
- list_next() -
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
-        Args:
-          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
-          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
-
-        Returns:
-          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
-          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
-        
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigs.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigs.html index 537897dedec..b2f9b9dab0e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigs.html @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -357,9 +357,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this managed instance group. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy that is specified for this managed instance group. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. @@ -453,11 +450,6 @@

Method Details

}, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "status": { - "memberInstanceGroupManagers": [ - "A String", - ], - }, } @@ -510,7 +502,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -588,9 +580,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this managed instance group. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy that is specified for this managed instance group. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. @@ -684,11 +673,6 @@

Method Details

}, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "status": { - "memberInstanceGroupManagers": [ - "A String", - ], - }, } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). @@ -872,7 +856,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -950,9 +934,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this managed instance group. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy that is specified for this managed instance group. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. @@ -1046,11 +1027,6 @@

Method Details

}, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "status": { - "memberInstanceGroupManagers": [ - "A String", - ], - }, }, ], "kind": "compute#multiMigList", # Type of resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 6580445b3c5..bac637f5d15 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -123,6 +123,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. @@ -400,6 +401,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. @@ -553,6 +555,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -618,6 +621,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -813,6 +817,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -922,6 +927,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regions.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regions.html index f211f4d1b18..53036e0a87f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regions.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

get(project, region, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns the specified Region resource. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request. This method fails if the quota information is unavailable for the region and if the organization policy constraint compute.requireBasicQuotaInResponse is enforced. This constraint, when enforced, disables the fail-open behaviour when quota information (the `items.quotas` field) is unavailable for the region. It is recommended to use the default setting for the constraint unless your application requires the fail-closed behaviour for this method.

+

Returns the specified Region resource. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request.

list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves the list of region resources available to the specified project. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `items.quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request. This method fails if the quota information is unavailable for the region and if the organization policy constraint compute.requireBasicQuotaInResponse is enforced. This constraint, when enforced, disables the fail-open behaviour when quota information (the `items.quotas` field) is unavailable for the region. It is recommended to use the default setting for the constraint unless your application requires the fail-closed behaviour for this method.

@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@

Method Details

get(project, region, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns the specified Region resource. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request. This method fails if the quota information is unavailable for the region and if the organization policy constraint compute.requireBasicQuotaInResponse is enforced. This constraint, when enforced, disables the fail-open behaviour when quota information (the `items.quotas` field) is unavailable for the region. It is recommended to use the default setting for the constraint unless your application requires the fail-closed behaviour for this method.
+  
Returns the specified Region resource. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html
index 35e904ff4cc..297b9e72cdc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html
@@ -181,9 +181,6 @@ 

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "specificSkuAllocation": { # Contains Properties set for the reservation. # Allocation Properties of this reservation. "sourceInstanceTemplateId": "A String", # ID of the instance template used to populate reservation properties. - "utilizations": { # Per service utilization breakdown. The Key is the Google Cloud managed service name. - "a_key": "A String", - }, }, }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. @@ -468,9 +465,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "specificSkuAllocation": { # Contains Properties set for the reservation. # Allocation Properties of this reservation. "sourceInstanceTemplateId": "A String", # ID of the instance template used to populate reservation properties. - "utilizations": { # Per service utilization breakdown. The Key is the Google Cloud managed service name. - "a_key": "A String", - }, }, }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. @@ -675,9 +669,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "specificSkuAllocation": { # Contains Properties set for the reservation. # Allocation Properties of this reservation. "sourceInstanceTemplateId": "A String", # ID of the instance template used to populate reservation properties. - "utilizations": { # Per service utilization breakdown. The Key is the Google Cloud managed service name. - "a_key": "A String", - }, }, }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. @@ -911,9 +902,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "specificSkuAllocation": { # Contains Properties set for the reservation. # Allocation Properties of this reservation. "sourceInstanceTemplateId": "A String", # ID of the instance template used to populate reservation properties. - "utilizations": { # Per service utilization breakdown. The Key is the Google Cloud managed service name. - "a_key": "A String", - }, }, }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. @@ -1416,9 +1404,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "specificSkuAllocation": { # Contains Properties set for the reservation. # Allocation Properties of this reservation. "sourceInstanceTemplateId": "A String", # ID of the instance template used to populate reservation properties. - "utilizations": { # Per service utilization breakdown. The Key is the Google Cloud managed service name. - "a_key": "A String", - }, }, }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html index 11be35d2982..c599628f975 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html @@ -226,9 +226,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "workloadPolicy": { # Represents the workload policy. - "type": "A String", - }, }, ], "warning": { # Informational warning which replaces the list of resourcePolicies when the list is empty. @@ -511,9 +508,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "workloadPolicy": { # Represents the workload policy. - "type": "A String", - }, }
@@ -716,9 +710,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "workloadPolicy": { # Represents the workload policy. - "type": "A String", - }, } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). @@ -951,9 +942,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "workloadPolicy": { # Represents the workload policy. - "type": "A String", - }, }, ], "kind": "compute#resourcePolicyList", # [Output Only] Type of resource.Always compute#resourcePoliciesList for listsof resourcePolicies @@ -1085,9 +1073,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "workloadPolicy": { # Represents the workload policy. - "type": "A String", - }, } paths: string, A parameter (repeated) diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html index 46601754f8b..b8e2b49648c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the client when the VPN gateway is created. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6, IPV6_ONLY. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used if the gateway IP version is IPV4, or IPV4_IPV6 if the gateway IP version is IPV6. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. "vpnInterfaces": [ # The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway. { # A VPN gateway interface. "id": 42, # [Output Only] Numeric identifier for this VPN interface associated with the VPN gateway. @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the client when the VPN gateway is created. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6, IPV6_ONLY. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used if the gateway IP version is IPV4, or IPV4_IPV6 if the gateway IP version is IPV6. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. "vpnInterfaces": [ # The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway. { # A VPN gateway interface. "id": 42, # [Output Only] Numeric identifier for this VPN interface associated with the VPN gateway. @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the client when the VPN gateway is created. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6, IPV6_ONLY. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used if the gateway IP version is IPV4, or IPV4_IPV6 if the gateway IP version is IPV6. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. "vpnInterfaces": [ # The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway. { # A VPN gateway interface. "id": 42, # [Output Only] Numeric identifier for this VPN interface associated with the VPN gateway. @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the client when the VPN gateway is created. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6, IPV6_ONLY. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used if the gateway IP version is IPV4, or IPV4_IPV6 if the gateway IP version is IPV6. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. "vpnInterfaces": [ # The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway. { # A VPN gateway interface. "id": 42, # [Output Only] Numeric identifier for this VPN interface associated with the VPN gateway. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html index 29fc233a353..e7a75e81175 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -1568,7 +1568,7 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. @@ -2138,7 +2138,7 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html index 50d3bb643e5..17f6f9b00c3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html @@ -487,22 +487,14 @@

Method Details

], "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global. "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). - "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY. - "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie. - "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie. - "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Lifetime of the cookie. - "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. - "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years - }, - }, "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], }, @@ -1015,22 +1007,14 @@

Method Details

], "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global. "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). - "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY. - "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie. - "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie. - "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Lifetime of the cookie. - "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. - "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years - }, - }, "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], } @@ -1386,22 +1370,14 @@

Method Details

], "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global. "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). - "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY. - "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie. - "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie. - "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Lifetime of the cookie. - "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. - "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years - }, - }, "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], } @@ -1739,22 +1715,14 @@

Method Details

], "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global. "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). - "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY. - "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie. - "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie. - "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Lifetime of the cookie. - "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. - "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years - }, - }, "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], }, @@ -1991,22 +1959,14 @@

Method Details

], "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global. "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). - "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY. - "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie. - "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie. - "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Lifetime of the cookie. - "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. - "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years - }, - }, "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], }, @@ -2259,22 +2219,14 @@

Method Details

], "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global. "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). - "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY. - "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie. - "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie. - "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Lifetime of the cookie. - "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. - "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years - }, - }, "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], } @@ -3096,22 +3048,14 @@

Method Details

], "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global. "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). - "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY. - "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie. - "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie. - "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Lifetime of the cookie. - "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. - "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years - }, - }, "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html index 478eea6f577..5e607354b89 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html @@ -77,9 +77,6 @@

Instance Methods

addAssociation(firewallPolicy, body=None, replaceExistingAssociation=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Inserts an association for the specified firewall policy.

-

- addPacketMirroringRule(firewallPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Inserts a packet mirroring rule into a firewall policy.

addRule(firewallPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Inserts a rule into a firewall policy.

@@ -101,9 +98,6 @@

Instance Methods

getIamPolicy(resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.

-

- getPacketMirroringRule(firewallPolicy, priority=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a packet mirroring rule of the specified priority.

getRule(firewallPolicy, priority=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a rule of the specified priority.

@@ -125,18 +119,12 @@

Instance Methods

patch(firewallPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request.

-

- patchPacketMirroringRule(firewallPolicy, body=None, priority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Patches a packet mirroring rule of the specified priority.

patchRule(firewallPolicy, body=None, priority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Patches a rule of the specified priority.

removeAssociation(firewallPolicy, name=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Removes an association for the specified firewall policy.

-

- removePacketMirroringRule(firewallPolicy, priority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a packet mirroring rule of the specified priority.

removeRule(firewallPolicy, priority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a rule of the specified priority.

@@ -282,204 +270,6 @@

Method Details

} -
- addPacketMirroringRule(firewallPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Inserts a packet mirroring rule into a firewall policy.
-
-Args:
-  firewallPolicy: string, Name of the firewall policy to update. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
-  "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next".
-  "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource.
-  "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies.
-  "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled.
-  "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules.
-  "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
-  "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
-    "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
-      {
-        "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
-        "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"].
-          "A String",
-        ],
-      },
-    ],
-    "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
-      {
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API.
-        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted.
-      },
-    ],
-    "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-  },
-  "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority.
-  "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated.
-  "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule.
-  "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be specified for other actions.
-  "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256.
-    {
-      "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API.
-      "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted.
-    },
-  ],
-  "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions.
-}
-
-  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
-  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
-  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
-  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-      {
-        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
-        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
-          {
-            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
-              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
-            },
-            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
-              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
-                { # Describes a URL link.
-                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
-                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
-              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
-              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
-            },
-            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
-              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
-              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
-              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
-        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
-  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
-    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
-        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
-        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
-        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
-        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
-  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
-  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
-  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
-  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
-    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
-    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
-          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-            {
-              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-            },
-          ],
-          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-        },
-        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
-  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
-  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
-  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
-  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
-  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    {
-      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
-      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
-        {
-          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
-          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
-        },
-      ],
-      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
-    },
-  ],
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
-}
-
-
addRule(firewallPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Inserts a rule into a firewall policy.
@@ -961,83 +751,10 @@ 

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#firewallPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. For Organization Firewall Policies it's a [Output Only] numeric ID allocated by Google Cloud which uniquely identifies the Organization Firewall Policy. - "packetMirroringRules": [ # A list of packet mirroring rules that belong to this policy. - { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). - "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next". - "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. - "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. - "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled. - "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. - "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules - "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. - "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination. - "A String", - ], - "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. - { - "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. - "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source. - "A String", - ], - }, - "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority. - "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated. - "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule. - "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be specified for other actions. - "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. - "A String", - ], - "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule. - "A String", - ], - "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. - }, - ], - "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the firewall policy. This field is not applicable to network firewall policies. - "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional firewall policy resides. This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. - "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. - "rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a firewall policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added. + "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the firewall policy. This field is not applicable to network firewall policies. + "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional firewall policy resides. This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. + "rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a firewall policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added. { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next". "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. @@ -1239,94 +956,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- getPacketMirroringRule(firewallPolicy, priority=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a packet mirroring rule of the specified priority.
-
-Args:
-  firewallPolicy: string, Name of the firewall policy to which the queried rule belongs. (required)
-  priority: integer, The priority of the rule to get from the firewall policy.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
-  "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next".
-  "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource.
-  "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies.
-  "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled.
-  "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules.
-  "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
-  "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
-    "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
-      {
-        "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
-        "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"].
-          "A String",
-        ],
-      },
-    ],
-    "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
-      {
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API.
-        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted.
-      },
-    ],
-    "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-  },
-  "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority.
-  "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated.
-  "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule.
-  "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be specified for other actions.
-  "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256.
-    {
-      "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API.
-      "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted.
-    },
-  ],
-  "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions.
-}
-
-
getRule(firewallPolicy, priority=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets a rule of the specified priority.
@@ -1440,79 +1069,6 @@ 

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#firewallPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. For Organization Firewall Policies it's a [Output Only] numeric ID allocated by Google Cloud which uniquely identifies the Organization Firewall Policy. - "packetMirroringRules": [ # A list of packet mirroring rules that belong to this policy. - { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). - "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next". - "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. - "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. - "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled. - "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. - "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules - "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. - "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination. - "A String", - ], - "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. - { - "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. - "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source. - "A String", - ], - }, - "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority. - "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated. - "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule. - "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be specified for other actions. - "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. - "A String", - ], - "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule. - "A String", - ], - "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. - }, - ], "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the firewall policy. This field is not applicable to network firewall policies. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional firewall policy resides. This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. @@ -1751,79 +1307,6 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#firewallPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. For Organization Firewall Policies it's a [Output Only] numeric ID allocated by Google Cloud which uniquely identifies the Organization Firewall Policy. - "packetMirroringRules": [ # A list of packet mirroring rules that belong to this policy. - { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). - "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next". - "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. - "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. - "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled. - "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. - "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules - "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. - "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination. - "A String", - ], - "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. - { - "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. - "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source. - "A String", - ], - }, - "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority. - "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated. - "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule. - "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be specified for other actions. - "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. - "A String", - ], - "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule. - "A String", - ], - "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. - }, - ], "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the firewall policy. This field is not applicable to network firewall policies. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional firewall policy resides. This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. @@ -2112,79 +1595,6 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#firewallPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. For Organization Firewall Policies it's a [Output Only] numeric ID allocated by Google Cloud which uniquely identifies the Organization Firewall Policy. - "packetMirroringRules": [ # A list of packet mirroring rules that belong to this policy. - { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). - "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next". - "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. - "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. - "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled. - "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. - "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules - "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. - "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination. - "A String", - ], - "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. - { - "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. - "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source. - "A String", - ], - }, - "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority. - "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated. - "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule. - "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be specified for other actions. - "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. - "A String", - ], - "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule. - "A String", - ], - "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. - }, - ], "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the firewall policy. This field is not applicable to network firewall policies. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional firewall policy resides. This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. @@ -2383,205 +1793,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- patchPacketMirroringRule(firewallPolicy, body=None, priority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Patches a packet mirroring rule of the specified priority.
-
-Args:
-  firewallPolicy: string, Name of the firewall policy to update. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
-  "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next".
-  "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource.
-  "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies.
-  "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled.
-  "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules.
-  "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
-  "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
-    "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
-      {
-        "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
-        "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"].
-          "A String",
-        ],
-      },
-    ],
-    "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
-      {
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API.
-        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted.
-      },
-    ],
-    "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-  },
-  "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority.
-  "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated.
-  "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule.
-  "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be specified for other actions.
-  "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256.
-    {
-      "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API.
-      "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted.
-    },
-  ],
-  "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions.
-}
-
-  priority: integer, The priority of the rule to patch.
-  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
-  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
-  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
-  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-      {
-        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
-        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
-          {
-            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
-              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
-            },
-            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
-              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
-                { # Describes a URL link.
-                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
-                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
-              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
-              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
-            },
-            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
-              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
-              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
-              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
-        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
-  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
-    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
-        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
-        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
-        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
-        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
-  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
-  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
-  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
-  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
-    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
-    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
-          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-            {
-              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-            },
-          ],
-          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-        },
-        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
-  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
-  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
-  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
-  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
-  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    {
-      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
-      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
-        {
-          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
-          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
-        },
-      ],
-      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
-    },
-  ],
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
-}
-
-
patchRule(firewallPolicy, body=None, priority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Patches a rule of the specified priority.
@@ -2905,130 +2116,6 @@ 

Method Details

}
-
- removePacketMirroringRule(firewallPolicy, priority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a packet mirroring rule of the specified priority.
-
-Args:
-  firewallPolicy: string, Name of the firewall policy to update. (required)
-  priority: integer, The priority of the rule to remove from the firewall policy.
-  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
-  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
-  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
-  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-      {
-        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
-        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
-          {
-            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
-              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
-            },
-            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
-              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
-                { # Describes a URL link.
-                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
-                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
-              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
-              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
-            },
-            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
-              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
-              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
-              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
-        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
-  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
-    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
-        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
-        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
-        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
-        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
-  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
-  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
-  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
-  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
-    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
-    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
-          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-            {
-              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-            },
-          ],
-          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-        },
-        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
-  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
-  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
-  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
-  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
-  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    {
-      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
-      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
-        {
-          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
-          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
-        },
-      ],
-      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
-    },
-  ],
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
-}
-
-
removeRule(firewallPolicy, priority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Deletes a rule of the specified priority.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html
index dfcebb7f00e..807675efb3a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html
@@ -122,6 +122,7 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. @@ -394,6 +395,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. @@ -544,6 +546,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -605,6 +608,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -795,6 +799,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -900,6 +905,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html index 98028635474..94b629af2ff 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -1472,7 +1472,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -4150,7 +4150,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html index f18bae10d34..5d976323b2d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html @@ -367,7 +367,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -863,7 +862,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -1278,7 +1276,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -1727,7 +1724,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html index 89fa8799191..456538715be 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html @@ -798,7 +798,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. "scheduling": { - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. }, "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. @@ -814,7 +813,6 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -1413,7 +1411,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -2263,7 +2260,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. "scheduling": { - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. }, "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. @@ -2279,7 +2275,6 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -2379,7 +2374,6 @@

Method Details

{ "displayName": "A String", # [Output Only] Deprecated, please use short name instead. The display name of the firewall policy. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the firewall policy. - "priority": 42, # [Output only] Priority of firewall policy association. Not applicable for type=HIERARCHY. "rules": [ # The rules that apply to the network. { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next". @@ -3207,7 +3201,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. "scheduling": { - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. }, "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. @@ -3223,7 +3216,6 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -3697,7 +3689,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. "scheduling": { - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. }, "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. @@ -3713,7 +3704,6 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -5847,7 +5837,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -7605,7 +7594,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. "scheduling": { - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. }, "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. @@ -7621,7 +7609,6 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html index 97ee34070a2..882a57ad2ae 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html @@ -478,7 +478,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -681,7 +680,6 @@

Method Details

"postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -1077,7 +1075,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -1280,7 +1277,6 @@

Method Details

"postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -1706,7 +1702,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -1909,7 +1904,6 @@

Method Details

"postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html index f2de9e0f20f..9be6a71887c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html @@ -149,6 +149,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -254,6 +255,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. @@ -528,6 +530,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. @@ -679,6 +682,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -741,6 +745,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -932,6 +937,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -1009,6 +1015,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. @@ -1060,6 +1067,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkFirewallPolicies.html index 2df899fd61b..44c593e57a0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -77,9 +77,6 @@

Instance Methods

addAssociation(project, firewallPolicy, body=None, replaceExistingAssociation=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Inserts an association for the specified firewall policy.

-

- addPacketMirroringRule(project, firewallPolicy, body=None, maxPriority=None, minPriority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Inserts a packet mirroring rule into a firewall policy.

addRule(project, firewallPolicy, body=None, maxPriority=None, minPriority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Inserts a rule into a firewall policy.

@@ -101,9 +98,6 @@

Instance Methods

getIamPolicy(project, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.

-

- getPacketMirroringRule(project, firewallPolicy, priority=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a packet mirroring rule of the specified priority.

getRule(project, firewallPolicy, priority=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a rule of the specified priority.

@@ -119,18 +113,12 @@

Instance Methods

patch(project, firewallPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request.

-

- patchPacketMirroringRule(project, firewallPolicy, body=None, priority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Patches a packet mirroring rule of the specified priority.

patchRule(project, firewallPolicy, body=None, priority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Patches a rule of the specified priority.

removeAssociation(project, firewallPolicy, name=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Removes an association for the specified firewall policy.

-

- removePacketMirroringRule(project, firewallPolicy, priority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a packet mirroring rule of the specified priority.

removeRule(project, firewallPolicy, priority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a rule of the specified priority.

@@ -277,207 +265,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- addPacketMirroringRule(project, firewallPolicy, body=None, maxPriority=None, minPriority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Inserts a packet mirroring rule into a firewall policy.
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  firewallPolicy: string, Name of the firewall policy to update. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
-  "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next".
-  "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource.
-  "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies.
-  "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled.
-  "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules.
-  "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
-  "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
-    "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
-      {
-        "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
-        "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"].
-          "A String",
-        ],
-      },
-    ],
-    "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
-      {
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API.
-        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted.
-      },
-    ],
-    "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-  },
-  "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority.
-  "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated.
-  "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule.
-  "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be specified for other actions.
-  "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256.
-    {
-      "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API.
-      "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted.
-    },
-  ],
-  "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions.
-}
-
-  maxPriority: integer, When rule.priority is not specified, auto choose a unused priority between minPriority and maxPriority>. This field is exclusive with rule.priority.
-  minPriority: integer, When rule.priority is not specified, auto choose a unused priority between minPriority and maxPriority>. This field is exclusive with rule.priority.
-  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
-  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
-  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
-  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-      {
-        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
-        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
-          {
-            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
-              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
-            },
-            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
-              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
-                { # Describes a URL link.
-                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
-                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
-              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
-              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
-            },
-            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
-              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
-              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
-              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
-        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
-  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
-    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
-        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
-        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
-        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
-        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
-  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
-  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
-  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
-  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
-    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
-    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
-          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-            {
-              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-            },
-          ],
-          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-        },
-        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
-  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
-  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
-  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
-  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
-  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    {
-      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
-      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
-        {
-          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
-          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
-        },
-      ],
-      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
-    },
-  ],
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
-}
-
-
addRule(project, firewallPolicy, body=None, maxPriority=None, minPriority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Inserts a rule into a firewall policy.
@@ -965,83 +752,10 @@ 

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#firewallPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. For Organization Firewall Policies it's a [Output Only] numeric ID allocated by Google Cloud which uniquely identifies the Organization Firewall Policy. - "packetMirroringRules": [ # A list of packet mirroring rules that belong to this policy. - { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). - "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next". - "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. - "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. - "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled. - "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. - "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules - "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. - "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination. - "A String", - ], - "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. - { - "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. - "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source. - "A String", - ], - }, - "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority. - "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated. - "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule. - "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be specified for other actions. - "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. - "A String", - ], - "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule. - "A String", - ], - "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. - }, - ], - "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the firewall policy. This field is not applicable to network firewall policies. - "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional firewall policy resides. This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. - "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. - "rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a firewall policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added. + "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the firewall policy. This field is not applicable to network firewall policies. + "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional firewall policy resides. This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. + "rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a firewall policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added. { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next". "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. @@ -1245,95 +959,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- getPacketMirroringRule(project, firewallPolicy, priority=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a packet mirroring rule of the specified priority.
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  firewallPolicy: string, Name of the firewall policy to which the queried rule belongs. (required)
-  priority: integer, The priority of the rule to get from the firewall policy.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
-  "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next".
-  "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource.
-  "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies.
-  "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled.
-  "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules.
-  "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
-  "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
-    "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
-      {
-        "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
-        "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"].
-          "A String",
-        ],
-      },
-    ],
-    "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
-      {
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API.
-        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted.
-      },
-    ],
-    "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-  },
-  "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority.
-  "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated.
-  "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule.
-  "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be specified for other actions.
-  "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256.
-    {
-      "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API.
-      "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted.
-    },
-  ],
-  "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions.
-}
-
-
getRule(project, firewallPolicy, priority=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets a rule of the specified priority.
@@ -1449,79 +1074,6 @@ 

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#firewallPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. For Organization Firewall Policies it's a [Output Only] numeric ID allocated by Google Cloud which uniquely identifies the Organization Firewall Policy. - "packetMirroringRules": [ # A list of packet mirroring rules that belong to this policy. - { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). - "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next". - "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. - "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. - "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled. - "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. - "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules - "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. - "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination. - "A String", - ], - "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. - { - "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. - "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source. - "A String", - ], - }, - "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority. - "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated. - "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule. - "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be specified for other actions. - "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. - "A String", - ], - "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule. - "A String", - ], - "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. - }, - ], "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the firewall policy. This field is not applicable to network firewall policies. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional firewall policy resides. This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. @@ -1759,83 +1311,10 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#firewallPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. For Organization Firewall Policies it's a [Output Only] numeric ID allocated by Google Cloud which uniquely identifies the Organization Firewall Policy. - "packetMirroringRules": [ # A list of packet mirroring rules that belong to this policy. - { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). - "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next". - "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. - "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. - "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled. - "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. - "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules - "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. - "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination. - "A String", - ], - "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. - { - "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. - "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source. - "A String", - ], - }, - "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority. - "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated. - "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule. - "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be specified for other actions. - "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. - "A String", - ], - "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule. - "A String", - ], - "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. - }, - ], - "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the firewall policy. This field is not applicable to network firewall policies. - "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional firewall policy resides. This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. - "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. - "rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a firewall policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added. + "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the firewall policy. This field is not applicable to network firewall policies. + "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional firewall policy resides. This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. + "rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a firewall policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added. { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next". "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. @@ -1969,79 +1448,6 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#firewallPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. For Organization Firewall Policies it's a [Output Only] numeric ID allocated by Google Cloud which uniquely identifies the Organization Firewall Policy. - "packetMirroringRules": [ # A list of packet mirroring rules that belong to this policy. - { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). - "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next". - "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. - "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. - "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled. - "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. - "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules - "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. - "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination. - "A String", - ], - "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. - { - "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. - "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source. - "A String", - ], - }, - "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority. - "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated. - "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule. - "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be specified for other actions. - "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. - "A String", - ], - "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule. - "A String", - ], - "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. - }, - ], "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the firewall policy. This field is not applicable to network firewall policies. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional firewall policy resides. This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. @@ -2240,206 +1646,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- patchPacketMirroringRule(project, firewallPolicy, body=None, priority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Patches a packet mirroring rule of the specified priority.
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  firewallPolicy: string, Name of the firewall policy to update. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
-  "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next".
-  "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource.
-  "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies.
-  "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled.
-  "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules.
-  "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
-  "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
-    "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
-      {
-        "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
-        "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"].
-          "A String",
-        ],
-      },
-    ],
-    "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
-      {
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API.
-        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted.
-      },
-    ],
-    "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-  },
-  "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority.
-  "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated.
-  "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule.
-  "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be specified for other actions.
-  "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256.
-    {
-      "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API.
-      "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted.
-    },
-  ],
-  "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions.
-}
-
-  priority: integer, The priority of the rule to patch.
-  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
-  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
-  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
-  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-      {
-        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
-        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
-          {
-            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
-              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
-            },
-            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
-              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
-                { # Describes a URL link.
-                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
-                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
-              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
-              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
-            },
-            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
-              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
-              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
-              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
-        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
-  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
-    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
-        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
-        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
-        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
-        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
-  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
-  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
-  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
-  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
-    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
-    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
-          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-            {
-              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-            },
-          ],
-          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-        },
-        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
-  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
-  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
-  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
-  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
-  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    {
-      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
-      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
-        {
-          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
-          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
-        },
-      ],
-      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
-    },
-  ],
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
-}
-
-
patchRule(project, firewallPolicy, body=None, priority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Patches a rule of the specified priority.
@@ -2765,131 +1971,6 @@ 

Method Details

}
-
- removePacketMirroringRule(project, firewallPolicy, priority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a packet mirroring rule of the specified priority.
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  firewallPolicy: string, Name of the firewall policy to update. (required)
-  priority: integer, The priority of the rule to remove from the firewall policy.
-  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
-  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
-  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
-  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-      {
-        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
-        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
-          {
-            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
-              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
-            },
-            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
-              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
-                { # Describes a URL link.
-                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
-                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
-              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
-              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
-            },
-            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
-              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
-              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
-              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
-        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
-  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
-    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
-        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
-        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
-        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
-        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
-  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
-  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
-  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
-  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
-    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
-    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
-      "a_key": {
-        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
-          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-            {
-              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-            },
-          ],
-          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-        },
-        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
-  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
-  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
-  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
-  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
-  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    {
-      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
-      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
-        {
-          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
-          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
-        },
-      ],
-      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
-    },
-  ],
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
-}
-
-
removeRule(project, firewallPolicy, priority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Deletes a rule of the specified priority.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
index 32048b9dc3f..d6b9019e7f6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
@@ -460,22 +460,14 @@ 

Method Details

], "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global. "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). - "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY. - "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie. - "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie. - "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Lifetime of the cookie. - "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. - "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years - }, - }, "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], }
@@ -834,22 +826,14 @@

Method Details

], "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global. "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). - "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY. - "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie. - "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie. - "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Lifetime of the cookie. - "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. - "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years - }, - }, "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], } @@ -1188,22 +1172,14 @@

Method Details

], "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global. "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). - "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY. - "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie. - "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie. - "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Lifetime of the cookie. - "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. - "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years - }, - }, "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], }, @@ -1441,22 +1417,14 @@

Method Details

], "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global. "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). - "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY. - "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie. - "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie. - "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Lifetime of the cookie. - "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. - "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years - }, - }, "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], }, @@ -1710,22 +1678,14 @@

Method Details

], "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global. "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). - "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY. - "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie. - "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie. - "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Lifetime of the cookie. - "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. - "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years - }, - }, "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], } @@ -2420,22 +2380,14 @@

Method Details

], "serviceLbPolicy": "A String", # URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the scope is global. "sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: [Session Affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). - "strongSessionAffinityCookie": { # The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. # Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY. - "name": "A String", # Name of the cookie. - "path": "A String", # Path to set for the cookie. - "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Lifetime of the cookie. - "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. - "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years - }, - }, "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index 49d190e12b4..3a97cfe0e54 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -2066,7 +2066,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -3901,7 +3901,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html index be002676f5f..50ba0b1d5e8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -477,7 +477,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -793,7 +792,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -1243,7 +1241,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html index 2097ae187e1..513d7e95814 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html @@ -320,7 +320,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 23acaec90a6..baf2c9ff45b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -123,6 +123,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. @@ -397,6 +398,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. @@ -548,6 +550,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -610,6 +613,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -801,6 +805,7 @@

Method Details

"urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1 and foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask <service>-dot-appname.appspot.com/<version>. The URL mask will parse them to { service = "foo1", version = "v1" } and { service = "foo1", version = "v2" } respectively. "version": "A String", # Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: v1, v2. }, + "clientPortMappingMode": "A String", # Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional. "cloudFunction": { # Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set. "function": "A String", # A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: func1. "urlMask": "A String", # An URL mask is one of the main components of the Cloud Function. A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs mydomain.com/function1 and mydomain.com/function2 can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask /<function>. The URL mask will parse them to { function = "function1" } and { function = "function2" } respectively. @@ -907,6 +912,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "clientDestinationPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with GCE_VM_IP_PORTMAP endpoint type. + "clientPort": 42, # Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode. "fqdn": "A String", # Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT. "instance": "A String", # The name or a URL of VM instance of this network endpoint. This field is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP and GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group (for zonal NEGs) or in the zone within the region of the NEG (for regional NEGs). If the ipAddress is specified, it must belongs to the VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035 or be a valid URL pointing to an existing instance. "ipAddress": "A String", # Optional IPv4 address of network endpoint. The IP address must belong to a VM in Compute Engine (either the primary IP or as part of an aliased IP range). If the IP address is not specified, then the primary IP address for the VM instance in the network that the network endpoint group belongs to will be used. This field is redundant and need not be set for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP. If set, it must be set to the primary internal IP address of the attached VM instance that matches the subnetwork of the NEG. The primary internal IP address from any NIC of a multi-NIC VM instance can be added to a NEG as long as it matches the NEG subnetwork. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html index 227491bfb72..62497eb8b04 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -760,79 +760,6 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#firewallPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. For Organization Firewall Policies it's a [Output Only] numeric ID allocated by Google Cloud which uniquely identifies the Organization Firewall Policy. - "packetMirroringRules": [ # A list of packet mirroring rules that belong to this policy. - { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). - "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next". - "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. - "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. - "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled. - "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. - "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules - "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. - "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination. - "A String", - ], - "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. - { - "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. - "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source. - "A String", - ], - }, - "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority. - "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated. - "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule. - "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be specified for other actions. - "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. - "A String", - ], - "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule. - "A String", - ], - "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. - }, - ], "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the firewall policy. This field is not applicable to network firewall policies. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional firewall policy resides. This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. @@ -962,7 +889,6 @@

Method Details

{ "displayName": "A String", # [Output Only] The display name of the firewall policy. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the firewall policy. - "priority": 42, # [Output only] Priority of firewall policy association. Not applicable for type=HIERARCHY. "rules": [ # The rules that apply to the network. { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next". @@ -1313,79 +1239,6 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#firewallPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. For Organization Firewall Policies it's a [Output Only] numeric ID allocated by Google Cloud which uniquely identifies the Organization Firewall Policy. - "packetMirroringRules": [ # A list of packet mirroring rules that belong to this policy. - { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). - "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next". - "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. - "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. - "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled. - "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. - "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules - "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. - "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination. - "A String", - ], - "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. - { - "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. - "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source. - "A String", - ], - }, - "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority. - "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated. - "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule. - "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be specified for other actions. - "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. - "A String", - ], - "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule. - "A String", - ], - "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. - }, - ], "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the firewall policy. This field is not applicable to network firewall policies. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional firewall policy resides. This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. @@ -1624,79 +1477,6 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#firewallPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. For Organization Firewall Policies it's a [Output Only] numeric ID allocated by Google Cloud which uniquely identifies the Organization Firewall Policy. - "packetMirroringRules": [ # A list of packet mirroring rules that belong to this policy. - { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). - "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next". - "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. - "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. - "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled. - "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. - "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules - "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. - "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination. - "A String", - ], - "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. - { - "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. - "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source. - "A String", - ], - }, - "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority. - "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated. - "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule. - "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be specified for other actions. - "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. - "A String", - ], - "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule. - "A String", - ], - "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. - }, - ], "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the firewall policy. This field is not applicable to network firewall policies. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional firewall policy resides. This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. @@ -1835,79 +1615,6 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#firewallPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. For Organization Firewall Policies it's a [Output Only] numeric ID allocated by Google Cloud which uniquely identifies the Organization Firewall Policy. - "packetMirroringRules": [ # A list of packet mirroring rules that belong to this policy. - { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). - "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions are "allow", "deny" and "goto_next". - "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. - "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. - "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled. - "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. - "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules - "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. - "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination. - "A String", - ], - "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. - { - "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. - "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10. - "A String", - ], - "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100. - "A String", - ], - "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. - "A String", - ], - "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source. - "A String", - ], - }, - "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority. - "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated. - "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule. - "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be specified for other actions. - "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. - "A String", - ], - "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256. - { - "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. - "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. - }, - ], - "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule. - "A String", - ], - "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. - }, - ], "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the firewall policy. This field is not applicable to network firewall policies. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional firewall policy resides. This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regions.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regions.html index 885d113c409..1795ca28e46 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regions.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

get(project, region, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns the specified Region resource. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request. This method fails if the quota information is unavailable for the region and if the organization policy constraint compute.requireBasicQuotaInResponse is enforced. This constraint, when enforced, disables the fail-open behaviour when quota information (the `items.quotas` field) is unavailable for the region. It is recommended to use the default setting for the constraint unless your application requires the fail-closed behaviour for this method.

+

Returns the specified Region resource. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request.

list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves the list of region resources available to the specified project. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `items.quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request. This method fails if the quota information is unavailable for the region and if the organization policy constraint compute.requireBasicQuotaInResponse is enforced. This constraint, when enforced, disables the fail-open behaviour when quota information (the `items.quotas` field) is unavailable for the region. It is recommended to use the default setting for the constraint unless your application requires the fail-closed behaviour for this method.

@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@

Method Details

get(project, region, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns the specified Region resource. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request. This method fails if the quota information is unavailable for the region and if the organization policy constraint compute.requireBasicQuotaInResponse is enforced. This constraint, when enforced, disables the fail-open behaviour when quota information (the `items.quotas` field) is unavailable for the region. It is recommended to use the default setting for the constraint unless your application requires the fail-closed behaviour for this method.
+  
Returns the specified Region resource. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.vpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.vpnGateways.html
index 1979bd1bc24..622abb43047 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.vpnGateways.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.vpnGateways.html
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ 

Method Details

"network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the client when the VPN gateway is created. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6, IPV6_ONLY. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used if the gateway IP version is IPV4, or IPV4_IPV6 if the gateway IP version is IPV6. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. "vpnInterfaces": [ # The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway. { # A VPN gateway interface. "id": 42, # [Output Only] Numeric identifier for this VPN interface associated with the VPN gateway. @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the client when the VPN gateway is created. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6, IPV6_ONLY. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used if the gateway IP version is IPV4, or IPV4_IPV6 if the gateway IP version is IPV6. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. "vpnInterfaces": [ # The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway. { # A VPN gateway interface. "id": 42, # [Output Only] Numeric identifier for this VPN interface associated with the VPN gateway. @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the client when the VPN gateway is created. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6, IPV6_ONLY. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used if the gateway IP version is IPV4, or IPV4_IPV6 if the gateway IP version is IPV6. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. "vpnInterfaces": [ # The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway. { # A VPN gateway interface. "id": 42, # [Output Only] Numeric identifier for this VPN interface associated with the VPN gateway. @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the client when the VPN gateway is created. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6, IPV6_ONLY. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used if the gateway IP version is IPV4, or IPV4_IPV6 if the gateway IP version is IPV6. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. "vpnInterfaces": [ # The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway. { # A VPN gateway interface. "id": 42, # [Output Only] Numeric identifier for this VPN interface associated with the VPN gateway. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html index 764a37e9971..c7c81e807ec 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html @@ -485,9 +485,9 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], }, @@ -998,9 +998,9 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], }
@@ -1352,9 +1352,9 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], } @@ -1690,9 +1690,9 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], }, @@ -1927,9 +1927,9 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], }, @@ -2180,9 +2180,9 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], } @@ -3002,9 +3002,9 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html index 0d228c9f076..ea71371d261 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -2132,7 +2132,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html index e2db4b5214d..654b97e9f6e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html @@ -345,7 +345,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -806,7 +805,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -1191,7 +1189,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -1605,7 +1602,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html index 9db32736a46..8b70b0354af 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html @@ -775,7 +775,6 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -1330,7 +1329,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -2159,7 +2157,6 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -2847,7 +2844,6 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -3297,7 +3293,6 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -5256,7 +5251,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -6871,7 +6865,6 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html index 3b4c6ccaffe..10d19b4f4c1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html @@ -456,7 +456,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -650,7 +649,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -1021,7 +1019,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -1215,7 +1212,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -1616,7 +1612,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -1810,7 +1805,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html index 2c33e970eb3..779efce6e59 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html @@ -458,9 +458,9 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], }
@@ -815,9 +815,9 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], } @@ -1154,9 +1154,9 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], }, @@ -1392,9 +1392,9 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], }, @@ -1646,9 +1646,9 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], } @@ -2341,9 +2341,9 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", }, "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. - "usedBy": [ # [Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service. + "usedBy": [ { - "reference": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule. + "reference": "A String", }, ], } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index 66404ebf405..d545c66f463 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. @@ -1920,7 +1920,7 @@

Method Details

"initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. }, ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) + "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html index e140e892c59..d1e5dbe7f64 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -450,7 +450,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -736,7 +735,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -1151,7 +1149,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html index a0a18d9d9fc..426b6aa0aa0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html @@ -298,7 +298,6 @@

Method Details

], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regions.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regions.html index b471d6aadf9..48ac2d032b3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regions.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

get(project, region, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns the specified Region resource. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request. This method fails if the quota information is unavailable for the region and if the organization policy constraint compute.requireBasicQuotaInResponse is enforced. This constraint, when enforced, disables the fail-open behaviour when quota information (the `items.quotas` field) is unavailable for the region. It is recommended to use the default setting for the constraint unless your application requires the fail-closed behaviour for this method.

+

Returns the specified Region resource. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request.

list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves the list of region resources available to the specified project. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `items.quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request. This method fails if the quota information is unavailable for the region and if the organization policy constraint compute.requireBasicQuotaInResponse is enforced. This constraint, when enforced, disables the fail-open behaviour when quota information (the `items.quotas` field) is unavailable for the region. It is recommended to use the default setting for the constraint unless your application requires the fail-closed behaviour for this method.

@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@

Method Details

get(project, region, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns the specified Region resource. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request. This method fails if the quota information is unavailable for the region and if the organization policy constraint compute.requireBasicQuotaInResponse is enforced. This constraint, when enforced, disables the fail-open behaviour when quota information (the `items.quotas` field) is unavailable for the region. It is recommended to use the default setting for the constraint unless your application requires the fail-closed behaviour for this method.
+  
Returns the specified Region resource. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnGateways.html
index 7c9b23380e9..74efc22d514 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnGateways.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnGateways.html
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ 

Method Details

"network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the client when the VPN gateway is created. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6, IPV6_ONLY. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used if the gateway IP version is IPV4, or IPV4_IPV6 if the gateway IP version is IPV6. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. "vpnInterfaces": [ # The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway. { # A VPN gateway interface. "id": 42, # [Output Only] Numeric identifier for this VPN interface associated with the VPN gateway. @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the client when the VPN gateway is created. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6, IPV6_ONLY. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used if the gateway IP version is IPV4, or IPV4_IPV6 if the gateway IP version is IPV6. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. "vpnInterfaces": [ # The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway. { # A VPN gateway interface. "id": 42, # [Output Only] Numeric identifier for this VPN interface associated with the VPN gateway. @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the client when the VPN gateway is created. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6, IPV6_ONLY. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used if the gateway IP version is IPV4, or IPV4_IPV6 if the gateway IP version is IPV6. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. "vpnInterfaces": [ # The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway. { # A VPN gateway interface. "id": 42, # [Output Only] Numeric identifier for this VPN interface associated with the VPN gateway. @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the client when the VPN gateway is created. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6, IPV6_ONLY. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used if the gateway IP version is IPV4, or IPV4_IPV6 if the gateway IP version is IPV6. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. "vpnInterfaces": [ # The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway. { # A VPN gateway interface. "id": 42, # [Output Only] Numeric identifier for this VPN interface associated with the VPN gateway. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.connectionSchemaMetadata.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.connectionSchemaMetadata.html index 43a80086ffc..0f7828d7f76 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.connectionSchemaMetadata.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.connectionSchemaMetadata.html @@ -272,7 +272,6 @@

Method Details

"resultMetadata": [ # Output only. List of result field metadata. { # Metadata of result field. "dataType": "A String", # The data type of the field. - "defaultValue": "", # The following field specifies the default value of the Parameter provided by the external system if a value is not provided. "description": "A String", # A brief description of the field. "field": "A String", # Name of the result field. "jsonSchema": { # JsonSchema representation of schema metadata # JsonSchema representation of this action's result @@ -294,7 +293,6 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "nullable": True or False, # Specifies whether a null value is allowed. }, ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html index 0739667e877..a2f1cc3d8b0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html @@ -2122,7 +2122,6 @@

Method Details

"resultMetadata": [ # Output only. List of result field metadata. { # Metadata of result field. "dataType": "A String", # The data type of the field. - "defaultValue": "", # The following field specifies the default value of the Parameter provided by the external system if a value is not provided. "description": "A String", # A brief description of the field. "field": "A String", # Name of the result field. "jsonSchema": { # JsonSchema representation of schema metadata # JsonSchema representation of this action's result @@ -2144,7 +2143,6 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "nullable": True or False, # Specifies whether a null value is allowed. }, ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeActionSchemas.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeActionSchemas.html index 9b37f45fd2b..921a9428bf5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeActionSchemas.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeActionSchemas.html @@ -182,7 +182,6 @@

Method Details

"resultMetadata": [ # Output only. List of result field metadata. { # Metadata of result field. "dataType": "A String", # The data type of the field. - "defaultValue": "", # The following field specifies the default value of the Parameter provided by the external system if a value is not provided. "description": "A String", # A brief description of the field. "field": "A String", # Name of the result field. "jsonSchema": { # JsonSchema representation of schema metadata # JsonSchema representation of this action's result @@ -204,7 +203,6 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "nullable": True or False, # Specifies whether a null value is allowed. }, ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html index 5d9c2069592..09e7733e513 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html index c098918d86e..1bc5d9dd8b6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. @@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. @@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. @@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. @@ -1286,7 +1286,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. @@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. @@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@

Method Details

"preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. }, ], - "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. }, "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.actions.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.actions.html index 8634b99dae2..245cbeb0304 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.actions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.actions.html @@ -226,7 +226,6 @@

Method Details

"resultMetadata": [ # List containing the metadata of result fields. { # Result Metadata message contains metadata about the result returned after executing an Action. "dataType": "A String", # The data type of the metadata field - "defaultValue": "", # The following field specifies the default value of the Parameter provided by the external system if a value is not provided. "description": "A String", # A brief description of the metadata field. "jsonSchema": { # JsonSchema representation of schema metadata # JsonSchema of the result, applicable only if parameter is of type `STRUCT` "additionalDetails": { # Additional details apart from standard json schema fields, this gives flexibility to store metadata about the schema @@ -251,7 +250,6 @@

Method Details

], }, "name": "A String", # Name of the metadata field. - "nullable": True or False, # Specifies whether a null value is allowed. }, ], }
@@ -365,7 +363,6 @@

Method Details

"resultMetadata": [ # List containing the metadata of result fields. { # Result Metadata message contains metadata about the result returned after executing an Action. "dataType": "A String", # The data type of the metadata field - "defaultValue": "", # The following field specifies the default value of the Parameter provided by the external system if a value is not provided. "description": "A String", # A brief description of the metadata field. "jsonSchema": { # JsonSchema representation of schema metadata # JsonSchema of the result, applicable only if parameter is of type `STRUCT` "additionalDetails": { # Additional details apart from standard json schema fields, this gives flexibility to store metadata about the schema @@ -390,7 +387,6 @@

Method Details

], }, "name": "A String", # Name of the metadata field. - "nullable": True or False, # Specifies whether a null value is allowed. }, ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProductInputs.html b/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProductInputs.html deleted file mode 100644 index a4eb2da60a5..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProductInputs.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,362 +0,0 @@ - - - -

CSS API . accounts . cssProductInputs

-

Instance Methods

-

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- delete(name, supplementalFeedId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a CSS Product input from your CSS Center account. After a delete it may take several minutes until the input is no longer available.

-

- insert(parent, body=None, feedId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Uploads a CssProductInput to your CSS Center account. If an input with the same contentLanguage, identity, feedLabel and feedId already exists, this method replaces that entry. After inserting, updating, or deleting a CSS Product input, it may take several minutes before the processed CSS Product can be retrieved.

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- delete(name, supplementalFeedId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a CSS Product input from your CSS Center account. After a delete it may take several minutes until the input is no longer available.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the CSS product input resource to delete. Format: accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input} (required)
-  supplementalFeedId: string, The Content API Supplemental Feed ID. The field must not be set if the action applies to a primary feed. If the field is set, then product action applies to a supplemental feed instead of primary Content API feed.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
-}
-
- -
- insert(parent, body=None, feedId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Uploads a CssProductInput to your CSS Center account. If an input with the same contentLanguage, identity, feedLabel and feedId already exists, this method replaces that entry. After inserting, updating, or deleting a CSS Product input, it may take several minutes before the processed CSS Product can be retrieved.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The account where this CSS Product will be inserted. Format: accounts/{account} (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # This resource represents input data you submit for a CSS Product, not the processed CSS Product that you see in CSS Center, in Shopping Ads, or across Google surfaces.
-  "attributes": { # Attributes for CSS Product. # A list of CSS Product attributes.
-    "additionalImageLinks": [ # Additional URL of images of the item.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "adult": True or False, # Set to true if the item is targeted towards adults.
-    "ageGroup": "A String", # Target age group of the item.
-    "brand": "A String", # Product Related Attributes.[14-36] Brand of the item.
-    "certifications": [ # A list of certificates claimed by the CSS for the given product.
-      { # The certification for the product.
-        "authority": "A String", # Name of the certification body.
-        "code": "A String", # A unique code to identify the certification.
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the certification.
-      },
-    ],
-    "color": "A String", # Color of the item.
-    "cppAdsRedirect": "A String", # Allows advertisers to override the item URL when the product is shown within the context of Product Ads.
-    "cppLink": "A String", # URL directly linking to your the Product Detail Page of the CSS.
-    "cppMobileLink": "A String", # URL for the mobile-optimized version of the Product Detail Page of the CSS.
-    "customLabel0": "A String", # Custom label 0 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-    "customLabel1": "A String", # Custom label 1 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-    "customLabel2": "A String", # Custom label 2 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-    "customLabel3": "A String", # Custom label 3 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-    "customLabel4": "A String", # Custom label 4 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-    "description": "A String", # Description of the item.
-    "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to unchecked check boxes in Merchant Center).
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "expirationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item should expire, as specified upon insertion, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. The actual expiration date is exposed in `productstatuses` as [googleExpirationDate](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499) and might be earlier if `expirationDate` is too far in the future. Note: It may take 2+ days from the expiration date for the item to actually get deleted.
-    "gender": "A String", # Target gender of the item.
-    "googleProductCategory": "A String", # Google's category of the item (see [Google product taxonomy](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/1705911)). When querying products, this field will contain the user provided value. There is currently no way to get back the auto assigned google product categories through the API.
-    "gtin": "A String", # Global Trade Item Number ([GTIN](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#gtin)) of the item.
-    "headlineOfferCondition": "A String", # Condition of the headline offer.
-    "headlineOfferLink": "A String", # Link to the headline offer.
-    "headlineOfferMobileLink": "A String", # Mobile Link to the headline offer.
-    "headlineOfferPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the aggregate offer.
-      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-    },
-    "headlineOfferShippingPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the aggregate offer.
-      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-    },
-    "highPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # High Price of the aggregate offer.
-      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-    },
-    "imageLink": "A String", # URL of an image of the item.
-    "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "isBundle": True or False, # Whether the item is a merchant-defined bundle. A bundle is a custom grouping of different products sold by a merchant for a single price.
-    "itemGroupId": "A String", # Shared identifier for all variants of the same product.
-    "lowPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Low Price of the aggregate offer.
-      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-    },
-    "material": "A String", # The material of which the item is made.
-    "mpn": "A String", # Manufacturer Part Number ([MPN](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#mpn)) of the item.
-    "multipack": "A String", # The number of identical products in a merchant-defined multipack.
-    "numberOfOffers": "A String", # The number of aggregate offers.
-    "pattern": "A String", # The item's pattern (e.g. polka dots).
-    "pause": "A String", # Publication of this item will be temporarily paused.
-    "productDetails": [ # Technical specification or additional product details.
-      { # The product details.
-        "attributeName": "A String", # The name of the product detail.
-        "attributeValue": "A String", # The value of the product detail.
-        "sectionName": "A String", # The section header used to group a set of product details.
-      },
-    ],
-    "productHeight": { # The dimension of the product. # The height of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive).
-      "unit": "A String", # Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * "`in`" * "`cm`"
-      "value": 3.14, # Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
-    },
-    "productHighlights": [ # Bullet points describing the most relevant highlights of a product.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "productLength": { # The dimension of the product. # The length of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive).
-      "unit": "A String", # Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * "`in`" * "`cm`"
-      "value": 3.14, # Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
-    },
-    "productTypes": [ # Categories of the item (formatted as in [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324406)).
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "productWeight": { # The weight of the product. # The weight of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 2000 (inclusive).
-      "unit": "A String", # Required. The weight unit. Acceptable values are: * "`g`" * "`kg`" * "`oz`" * "`lb`"
-      "value": 3.14, # Required. The weight represented as a number. The weight can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
-    },
-    "productWidth": { # The dimension of the product. # The width of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive).
-      "unit": "A String", # Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * "`in`" * "`cm`"
-      "value": 3.14, # Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
-    },
-    "size": "A String", # Size of the item. Only one value is allowed. For variants with different sizes, insert a separate product for each size with the same `itemGroupId` value (see [https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324492](size definition)).
-    "sizeSystem": "A String", # System in which the size is specified. Recommended for apparel items.
-    "sizeTypes": [ # The cut of the item. It can be used to represent combined size types for apparel items. Maximum two of size types can be provided (see [https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324497](size type)).
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "title": "A String", # Title of the item.
-  },
-  "contentLanguage": "A String", # Required. The two-letter [ISO 639-1](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_639-1) language code for the CSS Product.
-  "customAttributes": [ # A list of custom (CSS-provided) attributes. It can also be used for submitting any attribute of the feed specification in its generic form (for example: `{ "name": "size type", "value": "regular" }`). This is useful for submitting attributes not explicitly exposed by the API, such as additional attributes used for Buy on Google.
-    { # A message that represents custom attributes. Exactly one of `value` or `group_values` must not be empty.
-      "groupValues": [ # Subattributes within this attribute group. If `group_values` is not empty, `value` must be empty.
-        # Object with schema name: CustomAttribute
-      ],
-      "name": "A String", # The name of the attribute.
-      "value": "A String", # The value of the attribute. If `value` is not empty, `group_values` must be empty.
-    },
-  ],
-  "feedLabel": "A String", # Required. The [feed label](https://developers.google.com/shopping-content/guides/products/feed-labels) for the CSS Product. Feed Label is synonymous to "target country" and hence should always be a valid region code. For example: 'DE' for Germany, 'FR' for France.
-  "finalName": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed CSS Product. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProducts/{css_product}` "
-  "freshnessTime": "A String", # Represents the existing version (freshness) of the CSS Product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. This field must not be set to the future time. If set, the update is prevented if a newer version of the item already exists in our system (that is the last update time of the existing CSS products is later than the freshness time set in the update). If the update happens, the last update time is then set to this freshness time. If not set, the update will not be prevented and the last update time will default to when this request was received by the CSS API. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown.
-  "name": "A String", # The name of the CSS Product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input}`
-  "rawProvidedId": "A String", # Required. Your unique identifier for the CSS Product. This is the same for the CSS Product input and processed CSS Product. We only allow ids with alphanumerics, underscores and dashes. See the [products feed specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details.
-}
-
-  feedId: string, Required. The primary or supplemental feed id. If CSS Product already exists and feed id provided is different, then the CSS Product will be moved to a new feed. Note: For now, CSSs do not need to provide feed ids as we create feeds on the fly. We do not have supplemental feed support for CSS Products yet.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # This resource represents input data you submit for a CSS Product, not the processed CSS Product that you see in CSS Center, in Shopping Ads, or across Google surfaces.
-  "attributes": { # Attributes for CSS Product. # A list of CSS Product attributes.
-    "additionalImageLinks": [ # Additional URL of images of the item.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "adult": True or False, # Set to true if the item is targeted towards adults.
-    "ageGroup": "A String", # Target age group of the item.
-    "brand": "A String", # Product Related Attributes.[14-36] Brand of the item.
-    "certifications": [ # A list of certificates claimed by the CSS for the given product.
-      { # The certification for the product.
-        "authority": "A String", # Name of the certification body.
-        "code": "A String", # A unique code to identify the certification.
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the certification.
-      },
-    ],
-    "color": "A String", # Color of the item.
-    "cppAdsRedirect": "A String", # Allows advertisers to override the item URL when the product is shown within the context of Product Ads.
-    "cppLink": "A String", # URL directly linking to your the Product Detail Page of the CSS.
-    "cppMobileLink": "A String", # URL for the mobile-optimized version of the Product Detail Page of the CSS.
-    "customLabel0": "A String", # Custom label 0 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-    "customLabel1": "A String", # Custom label 1 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-    "customLabel2": "A String", # Custom label 2 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-    "customLabel3": "A String", # Custom label 3 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-    "customLabel4": "A String", # Custom label 4 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-    "description": "A String", # Description of the item.
-    "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to unchecked check boxes in Merchant Center).
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "expirationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item should expire, as specified upon insertion, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. The actual expiration date is exposed in `productstatuses` as [googleExpirationDate](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499) and might be earlier if `expirationDate` is too far in the future. Note: It may take 2+ days from the expiration date for the item to actually get deleted.
-    "gender": "A String", # Target gender of the item.
-    "googleProductCategory": "A String", # Google's category of the item (see [Google product taxonomy](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/1705911)). When querying products, this field will contain the user provided value. There is currently no way to get back the auto assigned google product categories through the API.
-    "gtin": "A String", # Global Trade Item Number ([GTIN](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#gtin)) of the item.
-    "headlineOfferCondition": "A String", # Condition of the headline offer.
-    "headlineOfferLink": "A String", # Link to the headline offer.
-    "headlineOfferMobileLink": "A String", # Mobile Link to the headline offer.
-    "headlineOfferPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the aggregate offer.
-      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-    },
-    "headlineOfferShippingPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the aggregate offer.
-      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-    },
-    "highPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # High Price of the aggregate offer.
-      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-    },
-    "imageLink": "A String", # URL of an image of the item.
-    "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "isBundle": True or False, # Whether the item is a merchant-defined bundle. A bundle is a custom grouping of different products sold by a merchant for a single price.
-    "itemGroupId": "A String", # Shared identifier for all variants of the same product.
-    "lowPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Low Price of the aggregate offer.
-      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-    },
-    "material": "A String", # The material of which the item is made.
-    "mpn": "A String", # Manufacturer Part Number ([MPN](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#mpn)) of the item.
-    "multipack": "A String", # The number of identical products in a merchant-defined multipack.
-    "numberOfOffers": "A String", # The number of aggregate offers.
-    "pattern": "A String", # The item's pattern (e.g. polka dots).
-    "pause": "A String", # Publication of this item will be temporarily paused.
-    "productDetails": [ # Technical specification or additional product details.
-      { # The product details.
-        "attributeName": "A String", # The name of the product detail.
-        "attributeValue": "A String", # The value of the product detail.
-        "sectionName": "A String", # The section header used to group a set of product details.
-      },
-    ],
-    "productHeight": { # The dimension of the product. # The height of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive).
-      "unit": "A String", # Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * "`in`" * "`cm`"
-      "value": 3.14, # Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
-    },
-    "productHighlights": [ # Bullet points describing the most relevant highlights of a product.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "productLength": { # The dimension of the product. # The length of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive).
-      "unit": "A String", # Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * "`in`" * "`cm`"
-      "value": 3.14, # Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
-    },
-    "productTypes": [ # Categories of the item (formatted as in [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324406)).
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "productWeight": { # The weight of the product. # The weight of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 2000 (inclusive).
-      "unit": "A String", # Required. The weight unit. Acceptable values are: * "`g`" * "`kg`" * "`oz`" * "`lb`"
-      "value": 3.14, # Required. The weight represented as a number. The weight can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
-    },
-    "productWidth": { # The dimension of the product. # The width of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive).
-      "unit": "A String", # Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * "`in`" * "`cm`"
-      "value": 3.14, # Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
-    },
-    "size": "A String", # Size of the item. Only one value is allowed. For variants with different sizes, insert a separate product for each size with the same `itemGroupId` value (see [https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324492](size definition)).
-    "sizeSystem": "A String", # System in which the size is specified. Recommended for apparel items.
-    "sizeTypes": [ # The cut of the item. It can be used to represent combined size types for apparel items. Maximum two of size types can be provided (see [https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324497](size type)).
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "title": "A String", # Title of the item.
-  },
-  "contentLanguage": "A String", # Required. The two-letter [ISO 639-1](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_639-1) language code for the CSS Product.
-  "customAttributes": [ # A list of custom (CSS-provided) attributes. It can also be used for submitting any attribute of the feed specification in its generic form (for example: `{ "name": "size type", "value": "regular" }`). This is useful for submitting attributes not explicitly exposed by the API, such as additional attributes used for Buy on Google.
-    { # A message that represents custom attributes. Exactly one of `value` or `group_values` must not be empty.
-      "groupValues": [ # Subattributes within this attribute group. If `group_values` is not empty, `value` must be empty.
-        # Object with schema name: CustomAttribute
-      ],
-      "name": "A String", # The name of the attribute.
-      "value": "A String", # The value of the attribute. If `value` is not empty, `group_values` must be empty.
-    },
-  ],
-  "feedLabel": "A String", # Required. The [feed label](https://developers.google.com/shopping-content/guides/products/feed-labels) for the CSS Product. Feed Label is synonymous to "target country" and hence should always be a valid region code. For example: 'DE' for Germany, 'FR' for France.
-  "finalName": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed CSS Product. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProducts/{css_product}` "
-  "freshnessTime": "A String", # Represents the existing version (freshness) of the CSS Product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. This field must not be set to the future time. If set, the update is prevented if a newer version of the item already exists in our system (that is the last update time of the existing CSS products is later than the freshness time set in the update). If the update happens, the last update time is then set to this freshness time. If not set, the update will not be prevented and the last update time will default to when this request was received by the CSS API. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown.
-  "name": "A String", # The name of the CSS Product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input}`
-  "rawProvidedId": "A String", # Required. Your unique identifier for the CSS Product. This is the same for the CSS Product input and processed CSS Product. We only allow ids with alphanumerics, underscores and dashes. See the [products feed specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details.
-}
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProducts.html b/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProducts.html deleted file mode 100644 index a6a59944490..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProducts.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,442 +0,0 @@ - - - -

CSS API . accounts . cssProducts

-

Instance Methods

-

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Retrieves the processed CSS Product from your CSS Center account. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the updated final product can be retrieved.

-

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists the processed CSS Products in your CSS Center account. The response might contain fewer items than specified by pageSize. Rely on pageToken to determine if there are more items to be requested. After inserting, updating, or deleting a CSS product input, it may take several minutes before the updated processed CSS product can be retrieved.

-

- list_next()

-

Retrieves the next page of results.

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Retrieves the processed CSS Product from your CSS Center account. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the updated final product can be retrieved.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the CSS product to retrieve. (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # The processed CSS Product(a.k.a Aggregate Offer internally).
-  "attributes": { # Attributes for CSS Product. # Output only. A list of product attributes.
-    "additionalImageLinks": [ # Additional URL of images of the item.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "adult": True or False, # Set to true if the item is targeted towards adults.
-    "ageGroup": "A String", # Target age group of the item.
-    "brand": "A String", # Product Related Attributes.[14-36] Brand of the item.
-    "certifications": [ # A list of certificates claimed by the CSS for the given product.
-      { # The certification for the product.
-        "authority": "A String", # Name of the certification body.
-        "code": "A String", # A unique code to identify the certification.
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the certification.
-      },
-    ],
-    "color": "A String", # Color of the item.
-    "cppAdsRedirect": "A String", # Allows advertisers to override the item URL when the product is shown within the context of Product Ads.
-    "cppLink": "A String", # URL directly linking to your the Product Detail Page of the CSS.
-    "cppMobileLink": "A String", # URL for the mobile-optimized version of the Product Detail Page of the CSS.
-    "customLabel0": "A String", # Custom label 0 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-    "customLabel1": "A String", # Custom label 1 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-    "customLabel2": "A String", # Custom label 2 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-    "customLabel3": "A String", # Custom label 3 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-    "customLabel4": "A String", # Custom label 4 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-    "description": "A String", # Description of the item.
-    "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to unchecked check boxes in Merchant Center).
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "expirationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item should expire, as specified upon insertion, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. The actual expiration date is exposed in `productstatuses` as [googleExpirationDate](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499) and might be earlier if `expirationDate` is too far in the future. Note: It may take 2+ days from the expiration date for the item to actually get deleted.
-    "gender": "A String", # Target gender of the item.
-    "googleProductCategory": "A String", # Google's category of the item (see [Google product taxonomy](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/1705911)). When querying products, this field will contain the user provided value. There is currently no way to get back the auto assigned google product categories through the API.
-    "gtin": "A String", # Global Trade Item Number ([GTIN](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#gtin)) of the item.
-    "headlineOfferCondition": "A String", # Condition of the headline offer.
-    "headlineOfferLink": "A String", # Link to the headline offer.
-    "headlineOfferMobileLink": "A String", # Mobile Link to the headline offer.
-    "headlineOfferPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the aggregate offer.
-      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-    },
-    "headlineOfferShippingPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the aggregate offer.
-      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-    },
-    "highPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # High Price of the aggregate offer.
-      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-    },
-    "imageLink": "A String", # URL of an image of the item.
-    "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "isBundle": True or False, # Whether the item is a merchant-defined bundle. A bundle is a custom grouping of different products sold by a merchant for a single price.
-    "itemGroupId": "A String", # Shared identifier for all variants of the same product.
-    "lowPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Low Price of the aggregate offer.
-      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-    },
-    "material": "A String", # The material of which the item is made.
-    "mpn": "A String", # Manufacturer Part Number ([MPN](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#mpn)) of the item.
-    "multipack": "A String", # The number of identical products in a merchant-defined multipack.
-    "numberOfOffers": "A String", # The number of aggregate offers.
-    "pattern": "A String", # The item's pattern (e.g. polka dots).
-    "pause": "A String", # Publication of this item will be temporarily paused.
-    "productDetails": [ # Technical specification or additional product details.
-      { # The product details.
-        "attributeName": "A String", # The name of the product detail.
-        "attributeValue": "A String", # The value of the product detail.
-        "sectionName": "A String", # The section header used to group a set of product details.
-      },
-    ],
-    "productHeight": { # The dimension of the product. # The height of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive).
-      "unit": "A String", # Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * "`in`" * "`cm`"
-      "value": 3.14, # Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
-    },
-    "productHighlights": [ # Bullet points describing the most relevant highlights of a product.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "productLength": { # The dimension of the product. # The length of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive).
-      "unit": "A String", # Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * "`in`" * "`cm`"
-      "value": 3.14, # Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
-    },
-    "productTypes": [ # Categories of the item (formatted as in [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324406)).
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "productWeight": { # The weight of the product. # The weight of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 2000 (inclusive).
-      "unit": "A String", # Required. The weight unit. Acceptable values are: * "`g`" * "`kg`" * "`oz`" * "`lb`"
-      "value": 3.14, # Required. The weight represented as a number. The weight can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
-    },
-    "productWidth": { # The dimension of the product. # The width of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive).
-      "unit": "A String", # Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * "`in`" * "`cm`"
-      "value": 3.14, # Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
-    },
-    "size": "A String", # Size of the item. Only one value is allowed. For variants with different sizes, insert a separate product for each size with the same `itemGroupId` value (see [https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324492](size definition)).
-    "sizeSystem": "A String", # System in which the size is specified. Recommended for apparel items.
-    "sizeTypes": [ # The cut of the item. It can be used to represent combined size types for apparel items. Maximum two of size types can be provided (see [https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324497](size type)).
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "title": "A String", # Title of the item.
-  },
-  "contentLanguage": "A String", # Output only. The two-letter [ISO 639-1](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_639-1) language code for the product.
-  "cssProductStatus": { # The status of the Css Product, data validation issues, that is, information about the Css Product computed asynchronously. # Output only. The status of a product, data validation issues, that is, information about a product computed asynchronously.
-    "creationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item has been created, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format.
-    "destinationStatuses": [ # The intended destinations for the product.
-      { # The destination status of the product status.
-        "approvedCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the aggregate offer is approved.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "destination": "A String", # The name of the destination
-        "disapprovedCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the aggregate offer is disapproved.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "pendingCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the aggregate offer is pending approval.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-      },
-    ],
-    "googleExpirationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item expires, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format.
-    "itemLevelIssues": [ # A list of all issues associated with the product.
-      { # The ItemLevelIssue of the product status.
-        "applicableCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where issue applies to the aggregate offer.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "attribute": "A String", # The attribute's name, if the issue is caused by a single attribute.
-        "code": "A String", # The error code of the issue.
-        "description": "A String", # A short issue description in English.
-        "destination": "A String", # The destination the issue applies to.
-        "detail": "A String", # A detailed issue description in English.
-        "documentation": "A String", # The URL of a web page to help with resolving this issue.
-        "resolution": "A String", # Whether the issue can be resolved by the merchant.
-        "servability": "A String", # How this issue affects serving of the aggregate offer.
-      },
-    ],
-    "lastUpdateDate": "A String", # Date on which the item has been last updated, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format.
-  },
-  "customAttributes": [ # Output only. A list of custom (CSS-provided) attributes. It can also be used to submit any attribute of the feed specification in its generic form (for example, `{ "name": "size type", "value": "regular" }`). This is useful for submitting attributes not explicitly exposed by the API, such as additional attributes used for Buy on Google.
-    { # A message that represents custom attributes. Exactly one of `value` or `group_values` must not be empty.
-      "groupValues": [ # Subattributes within this attribute group. If `group_values` is not empty, `value` must be empty.
-        # Object with schema name: CustomAttribute
-      ],
-      "name": "A String", # The name of the attribute.
-      "value": "A String", # The value of the attribute. If `value` is not empty, `group_values` must be empty.
-    },
-  ],
-  "feedLabel": "A String", # Output only. The feed label for the product.
-  "name": "A String", # The name of the CSS Product. Format: `"accounts/{account}/cssProducts/{css_product}"`
-  "rawProvidedId": "A String", # Output only. Your unique raw identifier for the product.
-}
-
- -
- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists the processed CSS Products in your CSS Center account. The response might contain fewer items than specified by pageSize. Rely on pageToken to determine if there are more items to be requested. After inserting, updating, or deleting a CSS product input, it may take several minutes before the updated processed CSS product can be retrieved.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The account/domain to list processed CSS Products for. Format: accounts/{account} (required)
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of CSS Products to return. The service may return fewer than this value. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If unspecified, the maximum number of CSS products will be returned.
-  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListCssProducts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListCssProducts` must match the call that provided the page token.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for the ListCssProducts method.
-  "cssProducts": [ # The processed CSS products from the specified account. These are your processed CSS products after applying rules and supplemental feeds.
-    { # The processed CSS Product(a.k.a Aggregate Offer internally).
-      "attributes": { # Attributes for CSS Product. # Output only. A list of product attributes.
-        "additionalImageLinks": [ # Additional URL of images of the item.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "adult": True or False, # Set to true if the item is targeted towards adults.
-        "ageGroup": "A String", # Target age group of the item.
-        "brand": "A String", # Product Related Attributes.[14-36] Brand of the item.
-        "certifications": [ # A list of certificates claimed by the CSS for the given product.
-          { # The certification for the product.
-            "authority": "A String", # Name of the certification body.
-            "code": "A String", # A unique code to identify the certification.
-            "name": "A String", # Name of the certification.
-          },
-        ],
-        "color": "A String", # Color of the item.
-        "cppAdsRedirect": "A String", # Allows advertisers to override the item URL when the product is shown within the context of Product Ads.
-        "cppLink": "A String", # URL directly linking to your the Product Detail Page of the CSS.
-        "cppMobileLink": "A String", # URL for the mobile-optimized version of the Product Detail Page of the CSS.
-        "customLabel0": "A String", # Custom label 0 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-        "customLabel1": "A String", # Custom label 1 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-        "customLabel2": "A String", # Custom label 2 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-        "customLabel3": "A String", # Custom label 3 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-        "customLabel4": "A String", # Custom label 4 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.
-        "description": "A String", # Description of the item.
-        "excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to unchecked check boxes in Merchant Center).
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "expirationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item should expire, as specified upon insertion, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. The actual expiration date is exposed in `productstatuses` as [googleExpirationDate](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499) and might be earlier if `expirationDate` is too far in the future. Note: It may take 2+ days from the expiration date for the item to actually get deleted.
-        "gender": "A String", # Target gender of the item.
-        "googleProductCategory": "A String", # Google's category of the item (see [Google product taxonomy](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/1705911)). When querying products, this field will contain the user provided value. There is currently no way to get back the auto assigned google product categories through the API.
-        "gtin": "A String", # Global Trade Item Number ([GTIN](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#gtin)) of the item.
-        "headlineOfferCondition": "A String", # Condition of the headline offer.
-        "headlineOfferLink": "A String", # Link to the headline offer.
-        "headlineOfferMobileLink": "A String", # Mobile Link to the headline offer.
-        "headlineOfferPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the aggregate offer.
-          "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-          "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-        },
-        "headlineOfferShippingPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the aggregate offer.
-          "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-          "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-        },
-        "highPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # High Price of the aggregate offer.
-          "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-          "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-        },
-        "imageLink": "A String", # URL of an image of the item.
-        "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "isBundle": True or False, # Whether the item is a merchant-defined bundle. A bundle is a custom grouping of different products sold by a merchant for a single price.
-        "itemGroupId": "A String", # Shared identifier for all variants of the same product.
-        "lowPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Low Price of the aggregate offer.
-          "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-          "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-        },
-        "material": "A String", # The material of which the item is made.
-        "mpn": "A String", # Manufacturer Part Number ([MPN](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#mpn)) of the item.
-        "multipack": "A String", # The number of identical products in a merchant-defined multipack.
-        "numberOfOffers": "A String", # The number of aggregate offers.
-        "pattern": "A String", # The item's pattern (e.g. polka dots).
-        "pause": "A String", # Publication of this item will be temporarily paused.
-        "productDetails": [ # Technical specification or additional product details.
-          { # The product details.
-            "attributeName": "A String", # The name of the product detail.
-            "attributeValue": "A String", # The value of the product detail.
-            "sectionName": "A String", # The section header used to group a set of product details.
-          },
-        ],
-        "productHeight": { # The dimension of the product. # The height of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive).
-          "unit": "A String", # Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * "`in`" * "`cm`"
-          "value": 3.14, # Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
-        },
-        "productHighlights": [ # Bullet points describing the most relevant highlights of a product.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "productLength": { # The dimension of the product. # The length of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive).
-          "unit": "A String", # Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * "`in`" * "`cm`"
-          "value": 3.14, # Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
-        },
-        "productTypes": [ # Categories of the item (formatted as in [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324406)).
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "productWeight": { # The weight of the product. # The weight of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 2000 (inclusive).
-          "unit": "A String", # Required. The weight unit. Acceptable values are: * "`g`" * "`kg`" * "`oz`" * "`lb`"
-          "value": 3.14, # Required. The weight represented as a number. The weight can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
-        },
-        "productWidth": { # The dimension of the product. # The width of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive).
-          "unit": "A String", # Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * "`in`" * "`cm`"
-          "value": 3.14, # Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.
-        },
-        "size": "A String", # Size of the item. Only one value is allowed. For variants with different sizes, insert a separate product for each size with the same `itemGroupId` value (see [https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324492](size definition)).
-        "sizeSystem": "A String", # System in which the size is specified. Recommended for apparel items.
-        "sizeTypes": [ # The cut of the item. It can be used to represent combined size types for apparel items. Maximum two of size types can be provided (see [https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324497](size type)).
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "title": "A String", # Title of the item.
-      },
-      "contentLanguage": "A String", # Output only. The two-letter [ISO 639-1](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_639-1) language code for the product.
-      "cssProductStatus": { # The status of the Css Product, data validation issues, that is, information about the Css Product computed asynchronously. # Output only. The status of a product, data validation issues, that is, information about a product computed asynchronously.
-        "creationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item has been created, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format.
-        "destinationStatuses": [ # The intended destinations for the product.
-          { # The destination status of the product status.
-            "approvedCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the aggregate offer is approved.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "destination": "A String", # The name of the destination
-            "disapprovedCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the aggregate offer is disapproved.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "pendingCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the aggregate offer is pending approval.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-        "googleExpirationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item expires, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format.
-        "itemLevelIssues": [ # A list of all issues associated with the product.
-          { # The ItemLevelIssue of the product status.
-            "applicableCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where issue applies to the aggregate offer.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "attribute": "A String", # The attribute's name, if the issue is caused by a single attribute.
-            "code": "A String", # The error code of the issue.
-            "description": "A String", # A short issue description in English.
-            "destination": "A String", # The destination the issue applies to.
-            "detail": "A String", # A detailed issue description in English.
-            "documentation": "A String", # The URL of a web page to help with resolving this issue.
-            "resolution": "A String", # Whether the issue can be resolved by the merchant.
-            "servability": "A String", # How this issue affects serving of the aggregate offer.
-          },
-        ],
-        "lastUpdateDate": "A String", # Date on which the item has been last updated, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format.
-      },
-      "customAttributes": [ # Output only. A list of custom (CSS-provided) attributes. It can also be used to submit any attribute of the feed specification in its generic form (for example, `{ "name": "size type", "value": "regular" }`). This is useful for submitting attributes not explicitly exposed by the API, such as additional attributes used for Buy on Google.
-        { # A message that represents custom attributes. Exactly one of `value` or `group_values` must not be empty.
-          "groupValues": [ # Subattributes within this attribute group. If `group_values` is not empty, `value` must be empty.
-            # Object with schema name: CustomAttribute
-          ],
-          "name": "A String", # The name of the attribute.
-          "value": "A String", # The value of the attribute. If `value` is not empty, `group_values` must be empty.
-        },
-      ],
-      "feedLabel": "A String", # Output only. The feed label for the product.
-      "name": "A String", # The name of the CSS Product. Format: `"accounts/{account}/cssProducts/{css_product}"`
-      "rawProvidedId": "A String", # Output only. Your unique raw identifier for the product.
-    },
-  ],
-  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
-}
-
- -
- list_next() -
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
-        Args:
-          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
-          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
-
-        Returns:
-          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
-          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
-        
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.html deleted file mode 100644 index d91a5b74714..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,237 +0,0 @@ - - - -

CSS API . accounts

-

Instance Methods

-

- cssProductInputs() -

-

Returns the cssProductInputs Resource.

- -

- cssProducts() -

-

Returns the cssProducts Resource.

- -

- labels() -

-

Returns the labels Resource.

- -

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- get(name, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Retrieves a single CSS/MC account by ID.

-

- listChildAccounts(parent, fullName=None, labelId=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists all the accounts under the specified CSS account ID, and optionally filters by label ID and account name.

-

- listChildAccounts_next()

-

Retrieves the next page of results.

-

- updateLabels(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates labels assigned to CSS/MC accounts by a CSS domain.

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- get(name, parent=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Retrieves a single CSS/MC account by ID.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the managed CSS/MC account. Format: accounts/{account} (required)
-  parent: string, Optional. Only required when retrieving MC account information. The CSS domain that is the parent resource of the MC account. Format: accounts/{account}
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Information about CSS/MC account.
-  "accountType": "A String", # Output only. The type of this account.
-  "automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs assigned to the MC account by CSS Center.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "displayName": "A String", # The CSS/MC account's short display name.
-  "fullName": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The CSS/MC account's full name.
-  "homepageUri": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The CSS/MC account's homepage.
-  "labelIds": [ # Manually created label IDs assigned to the CSS/MC account by a CSS parent account.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "name": "A String", # The label resource name. Format: accounts/{account}
-  "parent": "A String", # The CSS/MC account's parent resource. CSS group for CSS domains; CSS domain for MC accounts. Returned only if the user has access to the parent account.
-}
-
- -
- listChildAccounts(parent, fullName=None, labelId=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists all the accounts under the specified CSS account ID, and optionally filters by label ID and account name.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent account. Must be a CSS group or domain. Format: accounts/{account} (required)
-  fullName: string, If set, only the MC accounts with the given name (case sensitive) will be returned.
-  labelId: string, If set, only the MC accounts with the given label ID will be returned.
-  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of accounts to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 accounts will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
-  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListChildAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListChildAccounts` must match the call that provided the page token.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for the `ListChildAccounts` method.
-  "accounts": [ # The CSS/MC accounts returned for the specified CSS parent account.
-    { # Information about CSS/MC account.
-      "accountType": "A String", # Output only. The type of this account.
-      "automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs assigned to the MC account by CSS Center.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "displayName": "A String", # The CSS/MC account's short display name.
-      "fullName": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The CSS/MC account's full name.
-      "homepageUri": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The CSS/MC account's homepage.
-      "labelIds": [ # Manually created label IDs assigned to the CSS/MC account by a CSS parent account.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "name": "A String", # The label resource name. Format: accounts/{account}
-      "parent": "A String", # The CSS/MC account's parent resource. CSS group for CSS domains; CSS domain for MC accounts. Returned only if the user has access to the parent account.
-    },
-  ],
-  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
-}
-
- -
- listChildAccounts_next() -
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
-        Args:
-          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
-          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
-
-        Returns:
-          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
-          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
-        
-
- -
- updateLabels(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates labels assigned to CSS/MC accounts by a CSS domain.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The label resource name. Format: accounts/{account} (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # The request message for the `UpdateLabels` method.
-  "labelIds": [ # The list of label IDs to overwrite the existing account label IDs. If the list is empty, all currently assigned label IDs will be deleted.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "parent": "A String", # Optional. Only required when updating MC account labels. The CSS domain that is the parent resource of the MC account. Format: accounts/{account}
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Information about CSS/MC account.
-  "accountType": "A String", # Output only. The type of this account.
-  "automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs assigned to the MC account by CSS Center.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "displayName": "A String", # The CSS/MC account's short display name.
-  "fullName": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The CSS/MC account's full name.
-  "homepageUri": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The CSS/MC account's homepage.
-  "labelIds": [ # Manually created label IDs assigned to the CSS/MC account by a CSS parent account.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "name": "A String", # The label resource name. Format: accounts/{account}
-  "parent": "A String", # The CSS/MC account's parent resource. CSS group for CSS domains; CSS domain for MC accounts. Returned only if the user has access to the parent account.
-}
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.labels.html b/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.labels.html deleted file mode 100644 index 85e7753e100..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.labels.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,236 +0,0 @@ - - - -

CSS API . accounts . labels

-

Instance Methods

-

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a new label, not assigned to any account.

-

- delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a label and removes it from all accounts to which it was assigned.

-

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists the labels assigned to an account.

-

- list_next()

-

Retrieves the next page of results.

-

- patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a label.

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a new label, not assigned to any account.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent account. Format: accounts/{account} (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Label assigned by CSS domain or CSS group to one of its sub-accounts.
-  "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of account this label belongs to.
-  "description": "A String", # The description of this label.
-  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of this label.
-  "labelId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the label.
-  "labelType": "A String", # Output only. The type of this label.
-  "name": "A String", # The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label}
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Label assigned by CSS domain or CSS group to one of its sub-accounts.
-  "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of account this label belongs to.
-  "description": "A String", # The description of this label.
-  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of this label.
-  "labelId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the label.
-  "labelType": "A String", # Output only. The type of this label.
-  "name": "A String", # The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label}
-}
-
- -
- delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a label and removes it from all accounts to which it was assigned.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the label to delete. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label} (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
-}
-
- -
- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists the labels assigned to an account.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent account. Format: accounts/{account} (required)
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of labels to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 labels will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
-  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListAccountLabels` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccountLabels` must match the call that provided the page token.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for the `ListAccountLabels` method.
-  "accountLabels": [ # The labels from the specified account.
-    { # Label assigned by CSS domain or CSS group to one of its sub-accounts.
-      "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of account this label belongs to.
-      "description": "A String", # The description of this label.
-      "displayName": "A String", # The display name of this label.
-      "labelId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the label.
-      "labelType": "A String", # Output only. The type of this label.
-      "name": "A String", # The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label}
-    },
-  ],
-  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
-}
-
- -
- list_next() -
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
-        Args:
-          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
-          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
-
-        Returns:
-          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
-          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
-        
-
- -
- patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a label.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label} (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Label assigned by CSS domain or CSS group to one of its sub-accounts.
-  "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of account this label belongs to.
-  "description": "A String", # The description of this label.
-  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of this label.
-  "labelId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the label.
-  "labelType": "A String", # Output only. The type of this label.
-  "name": "A String", # The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label}
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Label assigned by CSS domain or CSS group to one of its sub-accounts.
-  "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of account this label belongs to.
-  "description": "A String", # The description of this label.
-  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of this label.
-  "labelId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the label.
-  "labelType": "A String", # Output only. The type of this label.
-  "name": "A String", # The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label}
-}
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/css_v1.html b/docs/dyn/css_v1.html deleted file mode 100644 index e84ee3786b8..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/css_v1.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ - - - -

CSS API

-

Instance Methods

-

- accounts() -

-

Returns the accounts Resource.

- -

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- new_batch_http_request()

-

Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- new_batch_http_request() -
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
-
-                Args:
-                  callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
-                    form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
-                    request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
-                    third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
-                    error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
-                    occurred.
-
-                Returns:
-                  A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
-                
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversationProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversationProfiles.html index 0ba0fc29ca3..4a27a21b9f5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversationProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversationProfiles.html @@ -322,14 +322,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -520,14 +513,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -743,14 +729,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -952,14 +931,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -1169,14 +1141,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -1368,14 +1333,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html index db4c5bcc0c5..a5f3e3b088f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html @@ -322,14 +322,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -520,14 +513,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -743,14 +729,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -952,14 +931,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -1169,14 +1141,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -1368,14 +1333,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.encryptionSpec.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.encryptionSpec.html deleted file mode 100644 index 80b689aa789..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.encryptionSpec.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ - - - -

Dialogflow API . projects . locations . encryptionSpec

-

Instance Methods

-

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- initialize(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Initializes a location-level encryption key specification. An error will be thrown if the location has resources already created before the initialization. Once the encryption specification is initialized at a location, it is immutable and all newly created resources under the location will be encrypted with the existing specification.

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- initialize(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Initializes a location-level encryption key specification. An error will be thrown if the location has resources already created before the initialization. Once the encryption specification is initialized at a location, it is immutable and all newly created resources under the location will be encrypted with the existing specification.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # The request to initialize a location-level encryption specification.
-  "encryptionSpec": { # A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation). # Required. The encryption spec used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key_name is left empty, no encryption will be enforced.
-    "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`
-    "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec
-  },
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
-  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
-  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
-  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-}
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.html index 7a82f7a8c98..11b9e7ab32f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.html @@ -104,11 +104,6 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the conversations Resource.

-

- encryptionSpec() -

-

Returns the encryptionSpec Resource.

-

generators()

@@ -146,9 +141,6 @@

Instance Methods

getAgent(parent, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves the specified agent.

-

- getEncryptionSpec(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets location-level encryption key specification.

list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

@@ -241,26 +233,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- getEncryptionSpec(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets location-level encryption key specification.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the encryption spec resource to get. (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation).
-  "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec
-}
-
-
list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.suggestions.html
index 10ac769932c..a971b5d5614 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.suggestions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.suggestions.html
@@ -262,14 +262,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.suggestions.html index d77cfce5485..4152dd652bc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.suggestions.html @@ -262,14 +262,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversationProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversationProfiles.html index eadbc55ced6..e86cdfd3a64 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversationProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversationProfiles.html @@ -322,14 +322,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -520,14 +513,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -743,14 +729,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -952,14 +931,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -1169,14 +1141,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -1368,14 +1333,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.messages.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.messages.html index fb3d6d52399..c91af537164 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.messages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.messages.html @@ -116,38 +116,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the message. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. "participant": "A String", # Output only. The participant that sends this message. "participantRole": "A String", # Output only. The role of the participant. - "responseMessages": [ # Optional. Automated agent responses. - { # Response messages from an automated agent. - "endInteraction": { # Indicates that interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. # A signal that indicates the interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. - }, - "liveAgentHandoff": { # Indicates that the conversation should be handed off to a human agent. Dialogflow only uses this to determine which conversations were handed off to a human agent for measurement purposes. What else to do with this signal is up to you and your handoff procedures. You may set this, for example: * In the entry fulfillment of a CX Page if entering the page indicates something went extremely wrong in the conversation. * In a webhook response when you determine that the customer issue can only be handled by a human. # Hands off conversation to a live agent. - "metadata": { # Custom metadata for your handoff procedure. Dialogflow doesn't impose any structure on this. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - }, - "mixedAudio": { # Represents an audio message that is composed of both segments synthesized from the Dialogflow agent prompts and ones hosted externally at the specified URIs. # An audio response message composed of both the synthesized Dialogflow agent responses and the audios hosted in places known to the client. - "segments": [ # Segments this audio response is composed of. - { # Represents one segment of audio. - "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, # Whether the playback of this segment can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client should then start the next Dialogflow request. - "audio": "A String", # Raw audio synthesized from the Dialogflow agent's response using the output config specified in the request. - "uri": "A String", # Client-specific URI that points to an audio clip accessible to the client. - }, - ], - }, - "payload": { # Returns a response containing a custom, platform-specific payload. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "telephonyTransferCall": { # Represents the signal that telles the client to transfer the phone call connected to the agent to a third-party endpoint. # A signal that the client should transfer the phone call connected to this agent to a third-party endpoint. - "phoneNumber": "A String", # Transfer the call to a phone number in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164). - "sipUri": "A String", # Transfer the call to a SIP endpoint. - }, - "text": { # The text response message. # Returns a text response. - "text": [ # A collection of text responses. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, - ], "sendTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the message was sent. "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message. "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`. @@ -188,38 +156,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the message. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. "participant": "A String", # Output only. The participant that sends this message. "participantRole": "A String", # Output only. The role of the participant. - "responseMessages": [ # Optional. Automated agent responses. - { # Response messages from an automated agent. - "endInteraction": { # Indicates that interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. # A signal that indicates the interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. - }, - "liveAgentHandoff": { # Indicates that the conversation should be handed off to a human agent. Dialogflow only uses this to determine which conversations were handed off to a human agent for measurement purposes. What else to do with this signal is up to you and your handoff procedures. You may set this, for example: * In the entry fulfillment of a CX Page if entering the page indicates something went extremely wrong in the conversation. * In a webhook response when you determine that the customer issue can only be handled by a human. # Hands off conversation to a live agent. - "metadata": { # Custom metadata for your handoff procedure. Dialogflow doesn't impose any structure on this. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - }, - "mixedAudio": { # Represents an audio message that is composed of both segments synthesized from the Dialogflow agent prompts and ones hosted externally at the specified URIs. # An audio response message composed of both the synthesized Dialogflow agent responses and the audios hosted in places known to the client. - "segments": [ # Segments this audio response is composed of. - { # Represents one segment of audio. - "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, # Whether the playback of this segment can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client should then start the next Dialogflow request. - "audio": "A String", # Raw audio synthesized from the Dialogflow agent's response using the output config specified in the request. - "uri": "A String", # Client-specific URI that points to an audio clip accessible to the client. - }, - ], - }, - "payload": { # Returns a response containing a custom, platform-specific payload. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "telephonyTransferCall": { # Represents the signal that telles the client to transfer the phone call connected to the agent to a third-party endpoint. # A signal that the client should transfer the phone call connected to this agent to a third-party endpoint. - "phoneNumber": "A String", # Transfer the call to a phone number in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164). - "sipUri": "A String", # Transfer the call to a SIP endpoint. - }, - "text": { # The text response message. # Returns a text response. - "text": [ # A collection of text responses. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, - ], "sendTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the message was sent. "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message. "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`. @@ -273,38 +209,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the message. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. "participant": "A String", # Output only. The participant that sends this message. "participantRole": "A String", # Output only. The role of the participant. - "responseMessages": [ # Optional. Automated agent responses. - { # Response messages from an automated agent. - "endInteraction": { # Indicates that interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. # A signal that indicates the interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. - }, - "liveAgentHandoff": { # Indicates that the conversation should be handed off to a human agent. Dialogflow only uses this to determine which conversations were handed off to a human agent for measurement purposes. What else to do with this signal is up to you and your handoff procedures. You may set this, for example: * In the entry fulfillment of a CX Page if entering the page indicates something went extremely wrong in the conversation. * In a webhook response when you determine that the customer issue can only be handled by a human. # Hands off conversation to a live agent. - "metadata": { # Custom metadata for your handoff procedure. Dialogflow doesn't impose any structure on this. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - }, - "mixedAudio": { # Represents an audio message that is composed of both segments synthesized from the Dialogflow agent prompts and ones hosted externally at the specified URIs. # An audio response message composed of both the synthesized Dialogflow agent responses and the audios hosted in places known to the client. - "segments": [ # Segments this audio response is composed of. - { # Represents one segment of audio. - "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, # Whether the playback of this segment can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client should then start the next Dialogflow request. - "audio": "A String", # Raw audio synthesized from the Dialogflow agent's response using the output config specified in the request. - "uri": "A String", # Client-specific URI that points to an audio clip accessible to the client. - }, - ], - }, - "payload": { # Returns a response containing a custom, platform-specific payload. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "telephonyTransferCall": { # Represents the signal that telles the client to transfer the phone call connected to the agent to a third-party endpoint. # A signal that the client should transfer the phone call connected to this agent to a third-party endpoint. - "phoneNumber": "A String", # Transfer the call to a phone number in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164). - "sipUri": "A String", # Transfer the call to a SIP endpoint. - }, - "text": { # The text response message. # Returns a text response. - "text": [ # A collection of text responses. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, - ], "sendTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the message was sent. "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message. "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html index 26259690bbb..c3935c1e89b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html @@ -4585,38 +4585,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the message. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. "participant": "A String", # Output only. The participant that sends this message. "participantRole": "A String", # Output only. The role of the participant. - "responseMessages": [ # Optional. Automated agent responses. - { # Response messages from an automated agent. - "endInteraction": { # Indicates that interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. # A signal that indicates the interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. - }, - "liveAgentHandoff": { # Indicates that the conversation should be handed off to a human agent. Dialogflow only uses this to determine which conversations were handed off to a human agent for measurement purposes. What else to do with this signal is up to you and your handoff procedures. You may set this, for example: * In the entry fulfillment of a CX Page if entering the page indicates something went extremely wrong in the conversation. * In a webhook response when you determine that the customer issue can only be handled by a human. # Hands off conversation to a live agent. - "metadata": { # Custom metadata for your handoff procedure. Dialogflow doesn't impose any structure on this. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - }, - "mixedAudio": { # Represents an audio message that is composed of both segments synthesized from the Dialogflow agent prompts and ones hosted externally at the specified URIs. # An audio response message composed of both the synthesized Dialogflow agent responses and the audios hosted in places known to the client. - "segments": [ # Segments this audio response is composed of. - { # Represents one segment of audio. - "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, # Whether the playback of this segment can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client should then start the next Dialogflow request. - "audio": "A String", # Raw audio synthesized from the Dialogflow agent's response using the output config specified in the request. - "uri": "A String", # Client-specific URI that points to an audio clip accessible to the client. - }, - ], - }, - "payload": { # Returns a response containing a custom, platform-specific payload. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "telephonyTransferCall": { # Represents the signal that telles the client to transfer the phone call connected to the agent to a third-party endpoint. # A signal that the client should transfer the phone call connected to this agent to a third-party endpoint. - "phoneNumber": "A String", # Transfer the call to a phone number in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164). - "sipUri": "A String", # Transfer the call to a SIP endpoint. - }, - "text": { # The text response message. # Returns a text response. - "text": [ # A collection of text responses. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, - ], "sendTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the message was sent. "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message. "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html index 32cdb1c8327..5b283fa9e86 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html @@ -322,14 +322,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -520,14 +513,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -743,14 +729,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -952,14 +931,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -1169,14 +1141,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -1368,14 +1333,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.messages.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.messages.html index e5c821c7e3b..75d6ad4e170 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.messages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.messages.html @@ -116,38 +116,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the message. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. "participant": "A String", # Output only. The participant that sends this message. "participantRole": "A String", # Output only. The role of the participant. - "responseMessages": [ # Optional. Automated agent responses. - { # Response messages from an automated agent. - "endInteraction": { # Indicates that interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. # A signal that indicates the interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. - }, - "liveAgentHandoff": { # Indicates that the conversation should be handed off to a human agent. Dialogflow only uses this to determine which conversations were handed off to a human agent for measurement purposes. What else to do with this signal is up to you and your handoff procedures. You may set this, for example: * In the entry fulfillment of a CX Page if entering the page indicates something went extremely wrong in the conversation. * In a webhook response when you determine that the customer issue can only be handled by a human. # Hands off conversation to a live agent. - "metadata": { # Custom metadata for your handoff procedure. Dialogflow doesn't impose any structure on this. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - }, - "mixedAudio": { # Represents an audio message that is composed of both segments synthesized from the Dialogflow agent prompts and ones hosted externally at the specified URIs. # An audio response message composed of both the synthesized Dialogflow agent responses and the audios hosted in places known to the client. - "segments": [ # Segments this audio response is composed of. - { # Represents one segment of audio. - "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, # Whether the playback of this segment can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client should then start the next Dialogflow request. - "audio": "A String", # Raw audio synthesized from the Dialogflow agent's response using the output config specified in the request. - "uri": "A String", # Client-specific URI that points to an audio clip accessible to the client. - }, - ], - }, - "payload": { # Returns a response containing a custom, platform-specific payload. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "telephonyTransferCall": { # Represents the signal that telles the client to transfer the phone call connected to the agent to a third-party endpoint. # A signal that the client should transfer the phone call connected to this agent to a third-party endpoint. - "phoneNumber": "A String", # Transfer the call to a phone number in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164). - "sipUri": "A String", # Transfer the call to a SIP endpoint. - }, - "text": { # The text response message. # Returns a text response. - "text": [ # A collection of text responses. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, - ], "sendTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the message was sent. "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message. "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`. @@ -188,38 +156,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the message. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. "participant": "A String", # Output only. The participant that sends this message. "participantRole": "A String", # Output only. The role of the participant. - "responseMessages": [ # Optional. Automated agent responses. - { # Response messages from an automated agent. - "endInteraction": { # Indicates that interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. # A signal that indicates the interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. - }, - "liveAgentHandoff": { # Indicates that the conversation should be handed off to a human agent. Dialogflow only uses this to determine which conversations were handed off to a human agent for measurement purposes. What else to do with this signal is up to you and your handoff procedures. You may set this, for example: * In the entry fulfillment of a CX Page if entering the page indicates something went extremely wrong in the conversation. * In a webhook response when you determine that the customer issue can only be handled by a human. # Hands off conversation to a live agent. - "metadata": { # Custom metadata for your handoff procedure. Dialogflow doesn't impose any structure on this. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - }, - "mixedAudio": { # Represents an audio message that is composed of both segments synthesized from the Dialogflow agent prompts and ones hosted externally at the specified URIs. # An audio response message composed of both the synthesized Dialogflow agent responses and the audios hosted in places known to the client. - "segments": [ # Segments this audio response is composed of. - { # Represents one segment of audio. - "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, # Whether the playback of this segment can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client should then start the next Dialogflow request. - "audio": "A String", # Raw audio synthesized from the Dialogflow agent's response using the output config specified in the request. - "uri": "A String", # Client-specific URI that points to an audio clip accessible to the client. - }, - ], - }, - "payload": { # Returns a response containing a custom, platform-specific payload. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "telephonyTransferCall": { # Represents the signal that telles the client to transfer the phone call connected to the agent to a third-party endpoint. # A signal that the client should transfer the phone call connected to this agent to a third-party endpoint. - "phoneNumber": "A String", # Transfer the call to a phone number in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164). - "sipUri": "A String", # Transfer the call to a SIP endpoint. - }, - "text": { # The text response message. # Returns a text response. - "text": [ # A collection of text responses. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, - ], "sendTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the message was sent. "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message. "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`. @@ -273,38 +209,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the message. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. "participant": "A String", # Output only. The participant that sends this message. "participantRole": "A String", # Output only. The role of the participant. - "responseMessages": [ # Optional. Automated agent responses. - { # Response messages from an automated agent. - "endInteraction": { # Indicates that interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. # A signal that indicates the interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. - }, - "liveAgentHandoff": { # Indicates that the conversation should be handed off to a human agent. Dialogflow only uses this to determine which conversations were handed off to a human agent for measurement purposes. What else to do with this signal is up to you and your handoff procedures. You may set this, for example: * In the entry fulfillment of a CX Page if entering the page indicates something went extremely wrong in the conversation. * In a webhook response when you determine that the customer issue can only be handled by a human. # Hands off conversation to a live agent. - "metadata": { # Custom metadata for your handoff procedure. Dialogflow doesn't impose any structure on this. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - }, - "mixedAudio": { # Represents an audio message that is composed of both segments synthesized from the Dialogflow agent prompts and ones hosted externally at the specified URIs. # An audio response message composed of both the synthesized Dialogflow agent responses and the audios hosted in places known to the client. - "segments": [ # Segments this audio response is composed of. - { # Represents one segment of audio. - "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, # Whether the playback of this segment can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client should then start the next Dialogflow request. - "audio": "A String", # Raw audio synthesized from the Dialogflow agent's response using the output config specified in the request. - "uri": "A String", # Client-specific URI that points to an audio clip accessible to the client. - }, - ], - }, - "payload": { # Returns a response containing a custom, platform-specific payload. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "telephonyTransferCall": { # Represents the signal that telles the client to transfer the phone call connected to the agent to a third-party endpoint. # A signal that the client should transfer the phone call connected to this agent to a third-party endpoint. - "phoneNumber": "A String", # Transfer the call to a phone number in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164). - "sipUri": "A String", # Transfer the call to a SIP endpoint. - }, - "text": { # The text response message. # Returns a text response. - "text": [ # A collection of text responses. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, - ], "sendTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the message was sent. "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message. "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html index e8bec902700..79f806031f5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html @@ -4585,38 +4585,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the message. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. "participant": "A String", # Output only. The participant that sends this message. "participantRole": "A String", # Output only. The role of the participant. - "responseMessages": [ # Optional. Automated agent responses. - { # Response messages from an automated agent. - "endInteraction": { # Indicates that interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. # A signal that indicates the interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. - }, - "liveAgentHandoff": { # Indicates that the conversation should be handed off to a human agent. Dialogflow only uses this to determine which conversations were handed off to a human agent for measurement purposes. What else to do with this signal is up to you and your handoff procedures. You may set this, for example: * In the entry fulfillment of a CX Page if entering the page indicates something went extremely wrong in the conversation. * In a webhook response when you determine that the customer issue can only be handled by a human. # Hands off conversation to a live agent. - "metadata": { # Custom metadata for your handoff procedure. Dialogflow doesn't impose any structure on this. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - }, - "mixedAudio": { # Represents an audio message that is composed of both segments synthesized from the Dialogflow agent prompts and ones hosted externally at the specified URIs. # An audio response message composed of both the synthesized Dialogflow agent responses and the audios hosted in places known to the client. - "segments": [ # Segments this audio response is composed of. - { # Represents one segment of audio. - "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, # Whether the playback of this segment can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client should then start the next Dialogflow request. - "audio": "A String", # Raw audio synthesized from the Dialogflow agent's response using the output config specified in the request. - "uri": "A String", # Client-specific URI that points to an audio clip accessible to the client. - }, - ], - }, - "payload": { # Returns a response containing a custom, platform-specific payload. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "telephonyTransferCall": { # Represents the signal that telles the client to transfer the phone call connected to the agent to a third-party endpoint. # A signal that the client should transfer the phone call connected to this agent to a third-party endpoint. - "phoneNumber": "A String", # Transfer the call to a phone number in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164). - "sipUri": "A String", # Transfer the call to a SIP endpoint. - }, - "text": { # The text response message. # Returns a text response. - "text": [ # A collection of text responses. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, - ], "sendTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the message was sent. "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message. "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.encryptionSpec.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.encryptionSpec.html deleted file mode 100644 index 7c18d48ab1d..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.encryptionSpec.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ - - - -

Dialogflow API . projects . locations . encryptionSpec

-

Instance Methods

-

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- initialize(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Initializes a location-level encryption key specification. An error will be thrown if the location has resources already created before the initialization. Once the encryption specification is initialized at a location, it is immutable and all newly created resources under the location will be encrypted with the existing specification.

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- initialize(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Initializes a location-level encryption key specification. An error will be thrown if the location has resources already created before the initialization. Once the encryption specification is initialized at a location, it is immutable and all newly created resources under the location will be encrypted with the existing specification.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # The request to initialize a location-level encryption specification.
-  "encryptionSpec": { # A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation). # Required. The encryption spec used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key_name is left empty, no encryption will be enforced.
-    "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`
-    "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec
-  },
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
-  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
-  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
-  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-}
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.html index 4d9ebe608b3..ea91938d5ad 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -94,11 +94,6 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the conversations Resource.

-

- encryptionSpec() -

-

Returns the encryptionSpec Resource.

-

generators()

@@ -136,9 +131,6 @@

Instance Methods

getAgent(parent, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves the specified agent.

-

- getEncryptionSpec(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets location-level encryption key specification.

list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

@@ -231,26 +223,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- getEncryptionSpec(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets location-level encryption key specification.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the encryption spec resource to get. (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation).
-  "kmsKey": "A String", # Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec
-}
-
-
list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html
index 55767346106..b05fde7165a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html
@@ -262,14 +262,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -309,38 +302,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the message. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. "participant": "A String", # Output only. The participant that sends this message. "participantRole": "A String", # Output only. The role of the participant. - "responseMessages": [ # Optional. Automated agent responses. - { # Response messages from an automated agent. - "endInteraction": { # Indicates that interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. # A signal that indicates the interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. - }, - "liveAgentHandoff": { # Indicates that the conversation should be handed off to a human agent. Dialogflow only uses this to determine which conversations were handed off to a human agent for measurement purposes. What else to do with this signal is up to you and your handoff procedures. You may set this, for example: * In the entry fulfillment of a CX Page if entering the page indicates something went extremely wrong in the conversation. * In a webhook response when you determine that the customer issue can only be handled by a human. # Hands off conversation to a live agent. - "metadata": { # Custom metadata for your handoff procedure. Dialogflow doesn't impose any structure on this. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - }, - "mixedAudio": { # Represents an audio message that is composed of both segments synthesized from the Dialogflow agent prompts and ones hosted externally at the specified URIs. # An audio response message composed of both the synthesized Dialogflow agent responses and the audios hosted in places known to the client. - "segments": [ # Segments this audio response is composed of. - { # Represents one segment of audio. - "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, # Whether the playback of this segment can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client should then start the next Dialogflow request. - "audio": "A String", # Raw audio synthesized from the Dialogflow agent's response using the output config specified in the request. - "uri": "A String", # Client-specific URI that points to an audio clip accessible to the client. - }, - ], - }, - "payload": { # Returns a response containing a custom, platform-specific payload. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "telephonyTransferCall": { # Represents the signal that telles the client to transfer the phone call connected to the agent to a third-party endpoint. # A signal that the client should transfer the phone call connected to this agent to a third-party endpoint. - "phoneNumber": "A String", # Transfer the call to a phone number in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164). - "sipUri": "A String", # Transfer the call to a SIP endpoint. - }, - "text": { # The text response message. # Returns a text response. - "text": [ # A collection of text responses. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, - ], "sendTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the message was sent. "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message. "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html index 207e2beb9a8..9d723c6d831 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html @@ -262,14 +262,7 @@

Method Details

}, "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. - "alternativeLanguageCodes": [ # Defines the list of other language codes in addition to the one provided by the conversation profile that may be detected as the language code for the utterances over the conversation. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. - "A String", - ], - "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. - "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. - "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. If enhanced model variant is specified and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then it would emit an error. "useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": True or False, # Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivy as seconds of timeout value. }, @@ -309,38 +302,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the message. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. "participant": "A String", # Output only. The participant that sends this message. "participantRole": "A String", # Output only. The role of the participant. - "responseMessages": [ # Optional. Automated agent responses. - { # Response messages from an automated agent. - "endInteraction": { # Indicates that interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. # A signal that indicates the interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. - }, - "liveAgentHandoff": { # Indicates that the conversation should be handed off to a human agent. Dialogflow only uses this to determine which conversations were handed off to a human agent for measurement purposes. What else to do with this signal is up to you and your handoff procedures. You may set this, for example: * In the entry fulfillment of a CX Page if entering the page indicates something went extremely wrong in the conversation. * In a webhook response when you determine that the customer issue can only be handled by a human. # Hands off conversation to a live agent. - "metadata": { # Custom metadata for your handoff procedure. Dialogflow doesn't impose any structure on this. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - }, - "mixedAudio": { # Represents an audio message that is composed of both segments synthesized from the Dialogflow agent prompts and ones hosted externally at the specified URIs. # An audio response message composed of both the synthesized Dialogflow agent responses and the audios hosted in places known to the client. - "segments": [ # Segments this audio response is composed of. - { # Represents one segment of audio. - "allowPlaybackInterruption": True or False, # Whether the playback of this segment can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client should then start the next Dialogflow request. - "audio": "A String", # Raw audio synthesized from the Dialogflow agent's response using the output config specified in the request. - "uri": "A String", # Client-specific URI that points to an audio clip accessible to the client. - }, - ], - }, - "payload": { # Returns a response containing a custom, platform-specific payload. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. - }, - "telephonyTransferCall": { # Represents the signal that telles the client to transfer the phone call connected to the agent to a third-party endpoint. # A signal that the client should transfer the phone call connected to this agent to a third-party endpoint. - "phoneNumber": "A String", # Transfer the call to a phone number in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164). - "sipUri": "A String", # Transfer the call to a SIP endpoint. - }, - "text": { # The text response message. # Returns a text response. - "text": [ # A collection of text responses. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, - ], "sendTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the message was sent. "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message. "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html index 9b21237cb8f..b215ff76f33 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html @@ -466,7 +466,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -802,7 +801,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1285,7 +1283,6 @@

Method Details

"dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -1312,7 +1309,6 @@

Method Details

"score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. }, "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -1898,7 +1894,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -2234,7 +2229,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -2717,7 +2711,6 @@

Method Details

"dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -2744,7 +2737,6 @@

Method Details

"score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. }, "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -3229,7 +3221,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -3565,7 +3556,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -4459,7 +4449,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -4795,7 +4784,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -5278,7 +5266,6 @@

Method Details

"dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -5305,7 +5292,6 @@

Method Details

"score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. }, "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html index 88a395ec5d5..f56af6a979d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html @@ -173,7 +173,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -700,7 +699,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1296,7 +1294,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1918,7 +1915,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -2463,7 +2459,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -2991,7 +2986,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html index a92bfda41d8..04bcb82fb12 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html @@ -291,7 +291,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -627,7 +626,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1298,7 +1296,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1634,7 +1631,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -2331,7 +2327,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -2667,7 +2662,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -3350,7 +3344,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -3686,7 +3679,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -4374,7 +4366,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -4710,7 +4701,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -5382,7 +5372,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -5718,7 +5707,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html index f2442a1d2ed..502eb2ab9cc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html @@ -469,7 +469,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -805,7 +804,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1288,7 +1286,6 @@

Method Details

"dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -1315,7 +1312,6 @@

Method Details

"score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. }, "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -1901,7 +1897,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -2237,7 +2232,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -2720,7 +2714,6 @@

Method Details

"dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -2747,7 +2740,6 @@

Method Details

"score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. }, "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -3232,7 +3224,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -3568,7 +3559,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -4462,7 +4452,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -4798,7 +4787,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -5281,7 +5269,6 @@

Method Details

"dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -5308,7 +5295,6 @@

Method Details

"score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. }, "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html index 233cef3cda8..64486e551ff 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html @@ -560,7 +560,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -745,7 +744,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1410,7 +1408,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1746,7 +1743,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -2261,7 +2257,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -2926,7 +2921,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -3262,7 +3256,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -4149,7 +4142,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -4485,7 +4477,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -5263,7 +5254,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -5599,7 +5589,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -6142,8 +6131,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "testConfig": { # Represents configurations for a test case. # Config for the test case. - "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. - "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. "trackingParameters": [ # Session parameters to be compared when calculating differences. "A String", ], @@ -6388,7 +6377,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -6724,7 +6712,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -7502,7 +7489,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -7838,7 +7824,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -8381,8 +8366,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "testConfig": { # Represents configurations for a test case. # Config for the test case. - "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. - "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. "trackingParameters": [ # Session parameters to be compared when calculating differences. "A String", ], @@ -8678,7 +8663,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -9014,7 +8998,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -9792,7 +9775,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -10128,7 +10110,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -10671,8 +10652,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "testConfig": { # Represents configurations for a test case. # Config for the test case. - "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. - "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. "trackingParameters": [ # Session parameters to be compared when calculating differences. "A String", ], @@ -10977,7 +10958,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -11313,7 +11293,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -12091,7 +12070,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -12427,7 +12405,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -12970,8 +12947,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "testConfig": { # Represents configurations for a test case. # Config for the test case. - "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. - "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. "trackingParameters": [ # Session parameters to be compared when calculating differences. "A String", ], @@ -13234,7 +13211,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -13570,7 +13546,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -14348,7 +14323,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -14684,7 +14658,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -15227,8 +15200,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "testConfig": { # Represents configurations for a test case. # Config for the test case. - "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. - "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. "trackingParameters": [ # Session parameters to be compared when calculating differences. "A String", ], @@ -15474,7 +15447,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -15810,7 +15782,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -16588,7 +16559,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -16924,7 +16894,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -17467,8 +17436,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "testConfig": { # Represents configurations for a test case. # Config for the test case. - "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. - "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. "trackingParameters": [ # Session parameters to be compared when calculating differences. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html index ad02f8d0928..fd26293be46 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html @@ -333,7 +333,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -669,7 +668,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1465,7 +1463,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1801,7 +1798,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html index f25beb9569b..1dd4b87b981 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html @@ -249,7 +249,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -888,7 +887,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1601,7 +1599,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1961,7 +1958,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -2480,7 +2476,6 @@

Method Details

"dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -2507,7 +2502,6 @@

Method Details

"score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. }, "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -2993,7 +2987,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -3706,7 +3699,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -4066,7 +4058,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -4585,7 +4576,6 @@

Method Details

"dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -4612,7 +4602,6 @@

Method Details

"score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. }, "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -5104,7 +5093,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -5464,7 +5452,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -6127,7 +6114,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -6766,7 +6752,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -7479,7 +7464,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -7839,7 +7823,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -8358,7 +8341,6 @@

Method Details

"dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -8385,7 +8367,6 @@

Method Details

"score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. }, "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -8871,7 +8852,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -9584,7 +9564,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -9944,7 +9923,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -10463,7 +10441,6 @@

Method Details

"dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -10490,7 +10467,6 @@

Method Details

"score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. }, "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -10982,7 +10958,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -11342,7 +11317,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html index f00406f9338..ee31241b7de 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html @@ -334,7 +334,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1047,7 +1046,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1407,7 +1405,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1926,7 +1923,6 @@

Method Details

"dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -1953,7 +1949,6 @@

Method Details

"score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. }, "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -2497,7 +2492,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -3210,7 +3204,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -3570,7 +3563,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -4089,7 +4081,6 @@

Method Details

"dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -4116,7 +4107,6 @@

Method Details

"score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. }, "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -4719,7 +4709,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -5079,7 +5068,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -5877,7 +5865,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -6590,7 +6577,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -6950,7 +6936,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -7469,7 +7454,6 @@

Method Details

"dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -7496,7 +7480,6 @@

Method Details

"score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. }, "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.html index c2fced11d96..9b57f9f76c4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.html @@ -173,7 +173,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -736,7 +735,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1368,7 +1366,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -2026,7 +2023,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -2607,7 +2603,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -3171,7 +3166,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html index 5ab69e0a597..bc450131c72 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html @@ -303,7 +303,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -663,7 +662,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1382,7 +1380,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1742,7 +1739,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -2487,7 +2483,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -2847,7 +2842,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -3578,7 +3572,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -3938,7 +3931,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -4674,7 +4666,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -5034,7 +5025,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -5754,7 +5744,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -6114,7 +6103,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html index 09a57263bdf..5a50b5e8863 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html @@ -337,7 +337,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1050,7 +1049,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1410,7 +1408,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1929,7 +1926,6 @@

Method Details

"dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -1956,7 +1952,6 @@

Method Details

"score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. }, "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -2500,7 +2495,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -3213,7 +3207,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -3573,7 +3566,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -4092,7 +4084,6 @@

Method Details

"dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -4119,7 +4110,6 @@

Method Details

"score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. }, "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -4722,7 +4712,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -5082,7 +5071,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -5880,7 +5868,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -6593,7 +6580,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -6953,7 +6939,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -7472,7 +7457,6 @@

Method Details

"dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, @@ -7499,7 +7483,6 @@

Method Details

"score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. }, "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. - "model": "A String", # Name of the generative model. For example, "gemini-ultra", "gemini-pro", "gemini-1.5-flash" etc. Defaults to "Other" if the model is unknown. "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html index 1a60d6b5b28..6441e5e8850 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html @@ -584,7 +584,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -781,7 +780,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1494,7 +1492,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1854,7 +1851,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -2405,7 +2401,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -3118,7 +3113,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -3478,7 +3472,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -4435,7 +4428,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -4795,7 +4787,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -5631,7 +5622,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -5991,7 +5981,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -6570,8 +6559,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "testConfig": { # Represents configurations for a test case. # Config for the test case. - "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. - "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. "trackingParameters": [ # Session parameters to be compared when calculating differences. "A String", ], @@ -6838,7 +6827,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -7198,7 +7186,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -8034,7 +8021,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -8394,7 +8380,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -8973,8 +8958,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "testConfig": { # Represents configurations for a test case. # Config for the test case. - "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. - "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. "trackingParameters": [ # Session parameters to be compared when calculating differences. "A String", ], @@ -9292,7 +9277,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -9652,7 +9636,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -10488,7 +10471,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -10848,7 +10830,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -11427,8 +11408,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "testConfig": { # Represents configurations for a test case. # Config for the test case. - "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. - "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. "trackingParameters": [ # Session parameters to be compared when calculating differences. "A String", ], @@ -11755,7 +11736,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -12115,7 +12095,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -12951,7 +12930,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -13311,7 +13289,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -13890,8 +13867,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "testConfig": { # Represents configurations for a test case. # Config for the test case. - "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. - "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. "trackingParameters": [ # Session parameters to be compared when calculating differences. "A String", ], @@ -14176,7 +14153,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -14536,7 +14512,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -15372,7 +15347,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -15732,7 +15706,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -16311,8 +16284,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "testConfig": { # Represents configurations for a test case. # Config for the test case. - "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. - "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. "trackingParameters": [ # Session parameters to be compared when calculating differences. "A String", ], @@ -16580,7 +16553,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -16940,7 +16912,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -17776,7 +17747,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -18136,7 +18106,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -18715,8 +18684,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "testConfig": { # Represents configurations for a test case. # Config for the test case. - "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. - "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "flow": "A String", # Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. + "page": "A String", # The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If both are set, `page` takes precedence over `flow`. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow. "trackingParameters": [ # Session parameters to be compared when calculating differences. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html index eca1910f4d4..29ee57e02b2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html @@ -355,7 +355,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -715,7 +714,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1569,7 +1567,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level @@ -1929,7 +1926,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler. "targetFlow": "A String", # The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. "targetPage": "A String", # The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. - "targetPlaybook": "A String", # The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "triggerFulfillment": { # A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both. # The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks. "advancedSettings": { # Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter. # Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level. "audioExportGcsDestination": { # Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow. # If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 1902cb81a80..014a5ec2a36 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -126,7 +126,6 @@

Method Details

}, "queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification. "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser. - "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default. }, }, "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html index c1e3772091c..9f57c958e4b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html @@ -126,7 +126,6 @@

Method Details

}, "queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification. "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser. - "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default. }, }, "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 26cdb02fa76..a1001f39a47 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -126,7 +126,6 @@

Method Details

}, "queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification. "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser. - "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default. }, }, "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.discoveryConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.discoveryConfigs.html index 271ff97d6d1..3e4b6271e9c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.discoveryConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.discoveryConfigs.html @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -1084,7 +1084,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.fileStoreDataProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.fileStoreDataProfiles.html index ceac9043216..69af753d38f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.fileStoreDataProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.fileStoreDataProfiles.html @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "location": { # The data that will be profiled. # The data to scan. - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "location": { # The data that will be profiled. # The data to scan. - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.tableDataProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.tableDataProfiles.html index e511be106c4..b0bcb06a6f7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.tableDataProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.tableDataProfiles.html @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "location": { # The data that will be profiled. # The data to scan. - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "location": { # The data that will be profiled. # The data to scan. - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.discoveryConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.discoveryConfigs.html index 7b3d8c81b4a..988b0ed7b32 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.discoveryConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.discoveryConfigs.html @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -1084,7 +1084,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.fileStoreDataProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.fileStoreDataProfiles.html index fda2894196b..7f79fb107ab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.fileStoreDataProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.fileStoreDataProfiles.html @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "location": { # The data that will be profiled. # The data to scan. - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "location": { # The data that will be profiled. # The data to scan. - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.tableDataProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.tableDataProfiles.html index b4dc2193769..4e1441ac5e5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.tableDataProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.tableDataProfiles.html @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "location": { # The data that will be profiled. # The data to scan. - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "location": { # The data that will be profiled. # The data to scan. - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org. "location": { # The location to begin a discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project - "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the folder within an organization to scan. + "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan. "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan. }, "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled. diff --git a/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.folders.contacts.html b/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.folders.contacts.html index 9a7773fd3bc..a2c69092fa5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.folders.contacts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.folders.contacts.html @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there are more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token` and the rest of the parameters the same as the original request. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. }
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. }
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there are more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token` and the rest of the parameters the same as the original request. @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. } updateMask: string, Optional. The update mask applied to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.organizations.contacts.html b/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.organizations.contacts.html index 294ce730264..607c849a3b5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.organizations.contacts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.organizations.contacts.html @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there are more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token` and the rest of the parameters the same as the original request. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. } @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. } @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there are more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token` and the rest of the parameters the same as the original request. @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. } updateMask: string, Optional. The update mask applied to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.projects.contacts.html b/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.projects.contacts.html index dcfe58917a4..2a858c29e80 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.projects.contacts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.projects.contacts.html @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there are more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token` and the rest of the parameters the same as the original request. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. } @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. } @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there are more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token` and the rest of the parameters the same as the original request. @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. } updateMask: string, Optional. The update mask applied to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "validateTime": "A String", # The last time the validation_state was updated, either manually or automatically. A contact is considered stale if its validation state was updated more than 1 year ago. - "validationState": "A String", # Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. + "validationState": "A String", # The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.backups.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.backups.html index ed1bdab6891..598879bfc27 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.backups.html @@ -115,7 +115,6 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was created. "description": "A String", # A description of the backup with 2048 characters or less. Requests with longer descriptions will be rejected. "downloadBytes": "A String", # Output only. Amount of bytes that will be downloaded if the backup is restored - "fileSystemProtocol": "A String", # Output only. The file system protocol of the source Filestore instance that this backup is created from. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Immutable. KMS key name used for data encryption. "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. "a_key": "A String", @@ -217,7 +216,6 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was created. "description": "A String", # A description of the backup with 2048 characters or less. Requests with longer descriptions will be rejected. "downloadBytes": "A String", # Output only. Amount of bytes that will be downloaded if the backup is restored - "fileSystemProtocol": "A String", # Output only. The file system protocol of the source Filestore instance that this backup is created from. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Immutable. KMS key name used for data encryption. "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. "a_key": "A String", @@ -261,7 +259,6 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was created. "description": "A String", # A description of the backup with 2048 characters or less. Requests with longer descriptions will be rejected. "downloadBytes": "A String", # Output only. Amount of bytes that will be downloaded if the backup is restored - "fileSystemProtocol": "A String", # Output only. The file system protocol of the source Filestore instance that this backup is created from. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Immutable. KMS key name used for data encryption. "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. "a_key": "A String", @@ -314,7 +311,6 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was created. "description": "A String", # A description of the backup with 2048 characters or less. Requests with longer descriptions will be rejected. "downloadBytes": "A String", # Output only. Amount of bytes that will be downloaded if the backup is restored - "fileSystemProtocol": "A String", # Output only. The file system protocol of the source Filestore instance that this backup is created from. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Immutable. KMS key name used for data encryption. "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.projects.apps.releases.tests.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.projects.apps.releases.tests.html index 84f3c3e86f1..a727ab2d81a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.projects.apps.releases.tests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.projects.apps.releases.tests.html @@ -117,15 +117,6 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the test was run. "deviceExecutions": [ # Required. The results of the test on each device. { # The results of running an automated test on a particular device. - "aiStepResults": [ # Output only. Results of the AI steps if passed in - { # Captures the results of an AiStep - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the step - "step": { # A step to be accomplished by the AI # Required. The step performed by the AI - "assertion": "A String", # An assertion to be checked by the AI - "goal": "A String", # A goal to be accomplished by the AI - }, - }, - ], "appCrash": { # An app crash that occurred during an automated test. # Output only. An app crash, if any occurred during the test. "message": "A String", # Output only. The message associated with the crash. "stackTrace": "A String", # Output only. The raw stack trace. @@ -187,15 +178,6 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the test was run. "deviceExecutions": [ # Required. The results of the test on each device. { # The results of running an automated test on a particular device. - "aiStepResults": [ # Output only. Results of the AI steps if passed in - { # Captures the results of an AiStep - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the step - "step": { # A step to be accomplished by the AI # Required. The step performed by the AI - "assertion": "A String", # An assertion to be checked by the AI - "goal": "A String", # A goal to be accomplished by the AI - }, - }, - ], "appCrash": { # An app crash that occurred during an automated test. # Output only. An app crash, if any occurred during the test. "message": "A String", # Output only. The message associated with the crash. "stackTrace": "A String", # Output only. The raw stack trace. @@ -263,15 +245,6 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the test was run. "deviceExecutions": [ # Required. The results of the test on each device. { # The results of running an automated test on a particular device. - "aiStepResults": [ # Output only. Results of the AI steps if passed in - { # Captures the results of an AiStep - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the step - "step": { # A step to be accomplished by the AI # Required. The step performed by the AI - "assertion": "A String", # An assertion to be checked by the AI - "goal": "A String", # A goal to be accomplished by the AI - }, - }, - ], "appCrash": { # An app crash that occurred during an automated test. # Output only. An app crash, if any occurred during the test. "message": "A String", # Output only. The message associated with the crash. "stackTrace": "A String", # Output only. The raw stack trace. @@ -344,15 +317,6 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the test was run. "deviceExecutions": [ # Required. The results of the test on each device. { # The results of running an automated test on a particular device. - "aiStepResults": [ # Output only. Results of the AI steps if passed in - { # Captures the results of an AiStep - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the step - "step": { # A step to be accomplished by the AI # Required. The step performed by the AI - "assertion": "A String", # An assertion to be checked by the AI - "goal": "A String", # A goal to be accomplished by the AI - }, - }, - ], "appCrash": { # An app crash that occurred during an automated test. # Output only. An app crash, if any occurred during the test. "message": "A String", # Output only. The message associated with the crash. "stackTrace": "A String", # Output only. The raw stack trace. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.backupSchedules.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.backupSchedules.html index 11ad3023ad7..2d4801bf3a6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.backupSchedules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.backupSchedules.html @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The unique backup schedule identifier across all locations and databases for the given project. This will be auto-assigned. Format is `projects/{project}/databases/{database}/backupSchedules/{backup_schedule}` - "retention": "A String", # At what relative time in the future, compared to its creation time, the backup should be deleted, e.g. keep backups for 7 days. The maximum supported retention is 14 weeks. + "retention": "A String", # At what relative time in the future, compared to its creation time, the backup should be deleted, e.g. keep backups for 7 days. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which this backup schedule was most recently updated. When a backup schedule is first created, this is the same as create_time. "weeklyRecurrence": { # Represents a recurring schedule that runs on a specified day of the week. The time zone is UTC. # For a schedule that runs weekly on a specific day. "day": "A String", # The day of week to run. DAY_OF_WEEK_UNSPECIFIED is not allowed. @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The unique backup schedule identifier across all locations and databases for the given project. This will be auto-assigned. Format is `projects/{project}/databases/{database}/backupSchedules/{backup_schedule}` - "retention": "A String", # At what relative time in the future, compared to its creation time, the backup should be deleted, e.g. keep backups for 7 days. The maximum supported retention is 14 weeks. + "retention": "A String", # At what relative time in the future, compared to its creation time, the backup should be deleted, e.g. keep backups for 7 days. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which this backup schedule was most recently updated. When a backup schedule is first created, this is the same as create_time. "weeklyRecurrence": { # Represents a recurring schedule that runs on a specified day of the week. The time zone is UTC. # For a schedule that runs weekly on a specific day. "day": "A String", # The day of week to run. DAY_OF_WEEK_UNSPECIFIED is not allowed. @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The unique backup schedule identifier across all locations and databases for the given project. This will be auto-assigned. Format is `projects/{project}/databases/{database}/backupSchedules/{backup_schedule}` - "retention": "A String", # At what relative time in the future, compared to its creation time, the backup should be deleted, e.g. keep backups for 7 days. The maximum supported retention is 14 weeks. + "retention": "A String", # At what relative time in the future, compared to its creation time, the backup should be deleted, e.g. keep backups for 7 days. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which this backup schedule was most recently updated. When a backup schedule is first created, this is the same as create_time. "weeklyRecurrence": { # Represents a recurring schedule that runs on a specified day of the week. The time zone is UTC. # For a schedule that runs weekly on a specific day. "day": "A String", # The day of week to run. DAY_OF_WEEK_UNSPECIFIED is not allowed. @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The unique backup schedule identifier across all locations and databases for the given project. This will be auto-assigned. Format is `projects/{project}/databases/{database}/backupSchedules/{backup_schedule}` - "retention": "A String", # At what relative time in the future, compared to its creation time, the backup should be deleted, e.g. keep backups for 7 days. The maximum supported retention is 14 weeks. + "retention": "A String", # At what relative time in the future, compared to its creation time, the backup should be deleted, e.g. keep backups for 7 days. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which this backup schedule was most recently updated. When a backup schedule is first created, this is the same as create_time. "weeklyRecurrence": { # Represents a recurring schedule that runs on a specified day of the week. The time zone is UTC. # For a schedule that runs weekly on a specific day. "day": "A String", # The day of week to run. DAY_OF_WEEK_UNSPECIFIED is not allowed. @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The unique backup schedule identifier across all locations and databases for the given project. This will be auto-assigned. Format is `projects/{project}/databases/{database}/backupSchedules/{backup_schedule}` - "retention": "A String", # At what relative time in the future, compared to its creation time, the backup should be deleted, e.g. keep backups for 7 days. The maximum supported retention is 14 weeks. + "retention": "A String", # At what relative time in the future, compared to its creation time, the backup should be deleted, e.g. keep backups for 7 days. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which this backup schedule was most recently updated. When a backup schedule is first created, this is the same as create_time. "weeklyRecurrence": { # Represents a recurring schedule that runs on a specified day of the week. The time zone is UTC. # For a schedule that runs weekly on a specific day. "day": "A String", # The day of week to run. DAY_OF_WEEK_UNSPECIFIED is not allowed. @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The unique backup schedule identifier across all locations and databases for the given project. This will be auto-assigned. Format is `projects/{project}/databases/{database}/backupSchedules/{backup_schedule}` - "retention": "A String", # At what relative time in the future, compared to its creation time, the backup should be deleted, e.g. keep backups for 7 days. The maximum supported retention is 14 weeks. + "retention": "A String", # At what relative time in the future, compared to its creation time, the backup should be deleted, e.g. keep backups for 7 days. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which this backup schedule was most recently updated. When a backup schedule is first created, this is the same as create_time. "weeklyRecurrence": { # Represents a recurring schedule that runs on a specified day of the week. The time zone is UTC. # For a schedule that runs weekly on a specific day. "day": "A String", # The day of week to run. DAY_OF_WEEK_UNSPECIFIED is not allowed. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html index 5752333b10b..834b94ccf7a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@

Method Details

}, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@

Method Details

}, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "origin": { # Origin defines where this MembershipFeatureSpec originated from. # Whether this per-Membership spec was inherited from a fleet-level default. This field can be updated by users by either overriding a Membership config (updated to USER implicitly) or setting to FLEET explicitly. "type": "A String", # Type specifies which type of origin is set. @@ -549,9 +549,7 @@

Method Details

"gitSync": "A String", # Deployment state of the git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Deployment state of the importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Deployment state of the monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Deployment state of otel-collector "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod }, @@ -590,13 +588,11 @@

Method Details

"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer. }, "version": { # Specific versioning information pertaining to ConfigSync's Pods # The version of ConfigSync deployed - "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod + "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission_webhook pod "gitSync": "A String", # Version of the deployed git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Version of the deployed importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Version of the deployed monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Version of the deployed otel-collector pod "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod "rootReconciler": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod "syncer": "A String", # Version of the deployed syncer pod }, @@ -1191,7 +1187,7 @@

Method Details

}, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -1388,7 +1384,7 @@

Method Details

}, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "origin": { # Origin defines where this MembershipFeatureSpec originated from. # Whether this per-Membership spec was inherited from a fleet-level default. This field can be updated by users by either overriding a Membership config (updated to USER implicitly) or setting to FLEET explicitly. "type": "A String", # Type specifies which type of origin is set. @@ -1486,9 +1482,7 @@

Method Details

"gitSync": "A String", # Deployment state of the git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Deployment state of the importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Deployment state of the monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Deployment state of otel-collector "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod }, @@ -1527,13 +1521,11 @@

Method Details

"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer. }, "version": { # Specific versioning information pertaining to ConfigSync's Pods # The version of ConfigSync deployed - "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod + "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission_webhook pod "gitSync": "A String", # Version of the deployed git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Version of the deployed importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Version of the deployed monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Version of the deployed otel-collector pod "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod "rootReconciler": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod "syncer": "A String", # Version of the deployed syncer pod }, @@ -2116,7 +2108,7 @@

Method Details

}, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -2313,7 +2305,7 @@

Method Details

}, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "origin": { # Origin defines where this MembershipFeatureSpec originated from. # Whether this per-Membership spec was inherited from a fleet-level default. This field can be updated by users by either overriding a Membership config (updated to USER implicitly) or setting to FLEET explicitly. "type": "A String", # Type specifies which type of origin is set. @@ -2411,9 +2403,7 @@

Method Details

"gitSync": "A String", # Deployment state of the git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Deployment state of the importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Deployment state of the monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Deployment state of otel-collector "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod }, @@ -2452,13 +2442,11 @@

Method Details

"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer. }, "version": { # Specific versioning information pertaining to ConfigSync's Pods # The version of ConfigSync deployed - "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod + "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission_webhook pod "gitSync": "A String", # Version of the deployed git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Version of the deployed importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Version of the deployed monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Version of the deployed otel-collector pod "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod "rootReconciler": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod "syncer": "A String", # Version of the deployed syncer pod }, @@ -2997,7 +2985,7 @@

Method Details

}, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -3194,7 +3182,7 @@

Method Details

}, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "origin": { # Origin defines where this MembershipFeatureSpec originated from. # Whether this per-Membership spec was inherited from a fleet-level default. This field can be updated by users by either overriding a Membership config (updated to USER implicitly) or setting to FLEET explicitly. "type": "A String", # Type specifies which type of origin is set. @@ -3292,9 +3280,7 @@

Method Details

"gitSync": "A String", # Deployment state of the git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Deployment state of the importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Deployment state of the monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Deployment state of otel-collector "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod }, @@ -3333,13 +3319,11 @@

Method Details

"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer. }, "version": { # Specific versioning information pertaining to ConfigSync's Pods # The version of ConfigSync deployed - "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod + "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission_webhook pod "gitSync": "A String", # Version of the deployed git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Version of the deployed importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Version of the deployed monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Version of the deployed otel-collector pod "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod "rootReconciler": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod "syncer": "A String", # Version of the deployed syncer pod }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.rbacrolebindings.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.rbacrolebindings.html index 13a46da8c33..63e047a130c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.rbacrolebindings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.rbacrolebindings.html @@ -77,202 +77,18 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- create(parent, body=None, rbacrolebindingId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a Membership RBACRoleBinding.

-

- delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a Membership RBACRoleBinding.

-

- generateMembershipRBACRoleBindingYAML(parent, body=None, rbacrolebindingId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Generates a YAML of the RBAC policies for the specified RoleBinding and its associated impersonation resources.

-

- get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns the details of a Membership RBACRoleBinding.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists all Membership RBACRoleBindings.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

-

- patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a Membership RBACRoleBinding.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- create(parent, body=None, rbacrolebindingId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a Membership RBACRoleBinding.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) where the RBACRoleBinding will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/memberships/*`. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # RBACRoleBinding represents a rbacrolebinding across the Fleet
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the rbacrolebinding was created.
-  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the rbacrolebinding was deleted.
-  "group": "A String", # group is the group, as seen by the kubernetes cluster.
-  "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this RBACRolebinding.
-    "a_key": "A String",
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The resource name for the rbacrolebinding `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/scopes/{scope}/rbacrolebindings/{rbacrolebinding}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership}/rbacrolebindings/{rbacrolebinding}`
-  "role": { # Role is the type for Kubernetes roles # Required. Role to bind to the principal
-    "predefinedRole": "A String", # predefined_role is the Kubernetes default role to use
-  },
-  "state": { # RBACRoleBindingLifecycleState describes the state of a RbacRoleBinding resource. # Output only. State of the rbacrolebinding resource.
-    "code": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the rbacrolebinding resource.
-  },
-  "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all rbacrolebinding resources. If a rbacrolebinding resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the rbacrolebinding was last updated.
-  "user": "A String", # user is the name of the user as seen by the kubernetes cluster, example "alice" or "alice@domain.tld"
-}
-
-  rbacrolebindingId: string, Required. Client chosen ID for the RBACRoleBinding. `rbacrolebinding_id` must be a valid RFC 1123 compliant DNS label: 1. At most 63 characters in length 2. It must consist of lower case alphanumeric characters or `-` 3. It must start and end with an alphanumeric character Which can be expressed as the regex: `[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`, with a maximum length of 63 characters.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
-  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
-  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
-  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-}
-
- -
- delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a Membership RBACRoleBinding.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The RBACRoleBinding resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/memberships/*/rbacrolebindings/*`. (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
-  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
-  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
-  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-}
-
- -
- generateMembershipRBACRoleBindingYAML(parent, body=None, rbacrolebindingId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Generates a YAML of the RBAC policies for the specified RoleBinding and its associated impersonation resources.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) where the RBACRoleBinding will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/memberships/*`. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # RBACRoleBinding represents a rbacrolebinding across the Fleet
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the rbacrolebinding was created.
-  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the rbacrolebinding was deleted.
-  "group": "A String", # group is the group, as seen by the kubernetes cluster.
-  "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this RBACRolebinding.
-    "a_key": "A String",
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The resource name for the rbacrolebinding `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/scopes/{scope}/rbacrolebindings/{rbacrolebinding}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership}/rbacrolebindings/{rbacrolebinding}`
-  "role": { # Role is the type for Kubernetes roles # Required. Role to bind to the principal
-    "predefinedRole": "A String", # predefined_role is the Kubernetes default role to use
-  },
-  "state": { # RBACRoleBindingLifecycleState describes the state of a RbacRoleBinding resource. # Output only. State of the rbacrolebinding resource.
-    "code": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the rbacrolebinding resource.
-  },
-  "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all rbacrolebinding resources. If a rbacrolebinding resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the rbacrolebinding was last updated.
-  "user": "A String", # user is the name of the user as seen by the kubernetes cluster, example "alice" or "alice@domain.tld"
-}
-
-  rbacrolebindingId: string, Required. Client chosen ID for the RBACRoleBinding. `rbacrolebinding_id` must be a valid RFC 1123 compliant DNS label: 1. At most 63 characters in length 2. It must consist of lower case alphanumeric characters or `-` 3. It must start and end with an alphanumeric character Which can be expressed as the regex: `[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`, with a maximum length of 63 characters.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response for GenerateRBACRoleBindingYAML.
-  "roleBindingsYaml": "A String", # a yaml text blob including the RBAC policies.
-}
-
- -
- get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns the details of a Membership RBACRoleBinding.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The RBACRoleBinding resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/memberships/*/rbacrolebindings/*`. (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # RBACRoleBinding represents a rbacrolebinding across the Fleet
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the rbacrolebinding was created.
-  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the rbacrolebinding was deleted.
-  "group": "A String", # group is the group, as seen by the kubernetes cluster.
-  "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this RBACRolebinding.
-    "a_key": "A String",
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The resource name for the rbacrolebinding `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/scopes/{scope}/rbacrolebindings/{rbacrolebinding}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership}/rbacrolebindings/{rbacrolebinding}`
-  "role": { # Role is the type for Kubernetes roles # Required. Role to bind to the principal
-    "predefinedRole": "A String", # predefined_role is the Kubernetes default role to use
-  },
-  "state": { # RBACRoleBindingLifecycleState describes the state of a RbacRoleBinding resource. # Output only. State of the rbacrolebinding resource.
-    "code": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the rbacrolebinding resource.
-  },
-  "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all rbacrolebinding resources. If a rbacrolebinding resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the rbacrolebinding was last updated.
-  "user": "A String", # user is the name of the user as seen by the kubernetes cluster, example "alice" or "alice@domain.tld"
-}
-
-
list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists all Membership RBACRoleBindings.
@@ -331,62 +147,4 @@ 

Method Details

-
- patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a Membership RBACRoleBinding.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, The resource name for the rbacrolebinding `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/scopes/{scope}/rbacrolebindings/{rbacrolebinding}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership}/rbacrolebindings/{rbacrolebinding}` (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # RBACRoleBinding represents a rbacrolebinding across the Fleet
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the rbacrolebinding was created.
-  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the rbacrolebinding was deleted.
-  "group": "A String", # group is the group, as seen by the kubernetes cluster.
-  "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this RBACRolebinding.
-    "a_key": "A String",
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The resource name for the rbacrolebinding `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/scopes/{scope}/rbacrolebindings/{rbacrolebinding}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership}/rbacrolebindings/{rbacrolebinding}`
-  "role": { # Role is the type for Kubernetes roles # Required. Role to bind to the principal
-    "predefinedRole": "A String", # predefined_role is the Kubernetes default role to use
-  },
-  "state": { # RBACRoleBindingLifecycleState describes the state of a RbacRoleBinding resource. # Output only. State of the rbacrolebinding resource.
-    "code": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the rbacrolebinding resource.
-  },
-  "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all rbacrolebinding resources. If a rbacrolebinding resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the rbacrolebinding was last updated.
-  "user": "A String", # user is the name of the user as seen by the kubernetes cluster, example "alice" or "alice@domain.tld"
-}
-
-  updateMask: string, Required. The fields to be updated.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
-  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
-  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
-  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-}
-
- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html index 21bf67f3c32..99d11c5a4ee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html @@ -256,10 +256,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec - "configApi": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the API that will be used for configuring the mesh workloads. "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. "defaultChannel": "A String", # Determines which release channel to use for default injection and service mesh APIs. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -467,10 +466,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec - "configApi": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the API that will be used for configuring the mesh workloads. "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. "defaultChannel": "A String", # Determines which release channel to use for default injection and service mesh APIs. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "namespaceactuation": { # **Namespace Actuation**: The membership-specific input for NamespaceActuation feature. # FNS Actuation membership spec }, @@ -582,9 +580,7 @@

Method Details

"gitSync": "A String", # Deployment state of the git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Deployment state of the importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Deployment state of the monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Deployment state of otel-collector "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod }, @@ -623,13 +619,11 @@

Method Details

"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer. }, "version": { # Specific versioning information pertaining to ConfigSync's Pods # The version of ConfigSync deployed - "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod + "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission_webhook pod "gitSync": "A String", # Version of the deployed git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Version of the deployed importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Version of the deployed monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Version of the deployed otel-collector pod "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod "rootReconciler": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod "syncer": "A String", # Version of the deployed syncer pod }, @@ -1356,10 +1350,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec - "configApi": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the API that will be used for configuring the mesh workloads. "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. "defaultChannel": "A String", # Determines which release channel to use for default injection and service mesh APIs. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -1567,10 +1560,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec - "configApi": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the API that will be used for configuring the mesh workloads. "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. "defaultChannel": "A String", # Determines which release channel to use for default injection and service mesh APIs. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "namespaceactuation": { # **Namespace Actuation**: The membership-specific input for NamespaceActuation feature. # FNS Actuation membership spec }, @@ -1682,9 +1674,7 @@

Method Details

"gitSync": "A String", # Deployment state of the git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Deployment state of the importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Deployment state of the monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Deployment state of otel-collector "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod }, @@ -1723,13 +1713,11 @@

Method Details

"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer. }, "version": { # Specific versioning information pertaining to ConfigSync's Pods # The version of ConfigSync deployed - "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod + "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission_webhook pod "gitSync": "A String", # Version of the deployed git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Version of the deployed importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Version of the deployed monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Version of the deployed otel-collector pod "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod "rootReconciler": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod "syncer": "A String", # Version of the deployed syncer pod }, @@ -2444,10 +2432,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec - "configApi": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the API that will be used for configuring the mesh workloads. "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. "defaultChannel": "A String", # Determines which release channel to use for default injection and service mesh APIs. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -2655,10 +2642,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec - "configApi": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the API that will be used for configuring the mesh workloads. "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. "defaultChannel": "A String", # Determines which release channel to use for default injection and service mesh APIs. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "namespaceactuation": { # **Namespace Actuation**: The membership-specific input for NamespaceActuation feature. # FNS Actuation membership spec }, @@ -2770,9 +2756,7 @@

Method Details

"gitSync": "A String", # Deployment state of the git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Deployment state of the importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Deployment state of the monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Deployment state of otel-collector "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod }, @@ -2811,13 +2795,11 @@

Method Details

"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer. }, "version": { # Specific versioning information pertaining to ConfigSync's Pods # The version of ConfigSync deployed - "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod + "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission_webhook pod "gitSync": "A String", # Version of the deployed git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Version of the deployed importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Version of the deployed monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Version of the deployed otel-collector pod "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod "rootReconciler": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod "syncer": "A String", # Version of the deployed syncer pod }, @@ -3488,10 +3470,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec - "configApi": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the API that will be used for configuring the mesh workloads. "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. "defaultChannel": "A String", # Determines which release channel to use for default injection and service mesh APIs. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -3699,10 +3680,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec - "configApi": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the API that will be used for configuring the mesh workloads. "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. "defaultChannel": "A String", # Determines which release channel to use for default injection and service mesh APIs. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "namespaceactuation": { # **Namespace Actuation**: The membership-specific input for NamespaceActuation feature. # FNS Actuation membership spec }, @@ -3814,9 +3794,7 @@

Method Details

"gitSync": "A String", # Deployment state of the git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Deployment state of the importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Deployment state of the monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Deployment state of otel-collector "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod }, @@ -3855,13 +3833,11 @@

Method Details

"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer. }, "version": { # Specific versioning information pertaining to ConfigSync's Pods # The version of ConfigSync deployed - "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod + "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission_webhook pod "gitSync": "A String", # Version of the deployed git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Version of the deployed importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Version of the deployed monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Version of the deployed otel-collector pod "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod "rootReconciler": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod "syncer": "A String", # Version of the deployed syncer pod }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html index 7894d571171..d724f1f72a9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@

Method Details

}, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@

Method Details

}, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "origin": { # Origin defines where this MembershipFeatureSpec originated from. # Whether this per-Membership spec was inherited from a fleet-level default. This field can be updated by users by either overriding a Membership config (updated to USER implicitly) or setting to FLEET explicitly. "type": "A String", # Type specifies which type of origin is set. @@ -570,9 +570,7 @@

Method Details

"gitSync": "A String", # Deployment state of the git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Deployment state of the importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Deployment state of the monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Deployment state of otel-collector "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod }, @@ -611,13 +609,11 @@

Method Details

"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer. }, "version": { # Specific versioning information pertaining to ConfigSync's Pods # The version of ConfigSync deployed - "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod + "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission_webhook pod "gitSync": "A String", # Version of the deployed git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Version of the deployed importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Version of the deployed monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Version of the deployed otel-collector pod "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod "rootReconciler": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod "syncer": "A String", # Version of the deployed syncer pod }, @@ -1230,7 +1226,7 @@

Method Details

}, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -1439,7 +1435,7 @@

Method Details

}, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "origin": { # Origin defines where this MembershipFeatureSpec originated from. # Whether this per-Membership spec was inherited from a fleet-level default. This field can be updated by users by either overriding a Membership config (updated to USER implicitly) or setting to FLEET explicitly. "type": "A String", # Type specifies which type of origin is set. @@ -1543,9 +1539,7 @@

Method Details

"gitSync": "A String", # Deployment state of the git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Deployment state of the importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Deployment state of the monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Deployment state of otel-collector "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod }, @@ -1584,13 +1578,11 @@

Method Details

"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer. }, "version": { # Specific versioning information pertaining to ConfigSync's Pods # The version of ConfigSync deployed - "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod + "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission_webhook pod "gitSync": "A String", # Version of the deployed git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Version of the deployed importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Version of the deployed monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Version of the deployed otel-collector pod "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod "rootReconciler": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod "syncer": "A String", # Version of the deployed syncer pod }, @@ -2191,7 +2183,7 @@

Method Details

}, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -2400,7 +2392,7 @@

Method Details

}, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "origin": { # Origin defines where this MembershipFeatureSpec originated from. # Whether this per-Membership spec was inherited from a fleet-level default. This field can be updated by users by either overriding a Membership config (updated to USER implicitly) or setting to FLEET explicitly. "type": "A String", # Type specifies which type of origin is set. @@ -2504,9 +2496,7 @@

Method Details

"gitSync": "A String", # Deployment state of the git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Deployment state of the importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Deployment state of the monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Deployment state of otel-collector "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod }, @@ -2545,13 +2535,11 @@

Method Details

"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer. }, "version": { # Specific versioning information pertaining to ConfigSync's Pods # The version of ConfigSync deployed - "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod + "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission_webhook pod "gitSync": "A String", # Version of the deployed git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Version of the deployed importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Version of the deployed monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Version of the deployed otel-collector pod "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod "rootReconciler": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod "syncer": "A String", # Version of the deployed syncer pod }, @@ -3108,7 +3096,7 @@

Method Details

}, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -3317,7 +3305,7 @@

Method Details

}, "mesh": { # **Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature # Anthos Service Mesh-specific spec "controlPlane": "A String", # Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management. - "management": "A String", # Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management. + "management": "A String", # Enables automatic Service Mesh management. }, "origin": { # Origin defines where this MembershipFeatureSpec originated from. # Whether this per-Membership spec was inherited from a fleet-level default. This field can be updated by users by either overriding a Membership config (updated to USER implicitly) or setting to FLEET explicitly. "type": "A String", # Type specifies which type of origin is set. @@ -3421,9 +3409,7 @@

Method Details

"gitSync": "A String", # Deployment state of the git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Deployment state of the importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Deployment state of the monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Deployment state of otel-collector "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod }, @@ -3462,13 +3448,11 @@

Method Details

"syncToken": "A String", # Token indicating the state of the syncer. }, "version": { # Specific versioning information pertaining to ConfigSync's Pods # The version of ConfigSync deployed - "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod + "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Version of the deployed admission_webhook pod "gitSync": "A String", # Version of the deployed git-sync pod "importer": "A String", # Version of the deployed importer pod "monitor": "A String", # Version of the deployed monitor pod - "otelCollector": "A String", # Version of the deployed otel-collector pod "reconcilerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod - "resourceGroupControllerManager": "A String", # Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod "rootReconciler": "A String", # Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod "syncer": "A String", # Version of the deployed syncer pod }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.keys.html b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.keys.html index 39ceb9dee30..208dda47cf7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.keys.html +++ b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.keys.html @@ -95,6 +95,9 @@

Instance Methods

list(name, keyTypes=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists every ServiceAccountKey for a service account.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Patches a ServiceAccountKey.

upload(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Uploads the public key portion of a key pair that you manage, and associates the public key with a ServiceAccount. After you upload the public key, you can use the private key from the key pair as a service account key.

@@ -127,6 +130,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a service account key. A service account has two sets of key-pairs: user-managed, and system-managed. User-managed key-pairs can be created and deleted by users. Users are responsible for rotating these keys periodically to ensure security of their service accounts. Users retain the private key of these key-pairs, and Google retains ONLY the public key. System-managed keys are automatically rotated by Google, and are used for signing for a maximum of two weeks. The rotation process is probabilistic, and usage of the new key will gradually ramp up and down over the key's lifetime. If you cache the public key set for a service account, we recommend that you update the cache every 15 minutes. User-managed keys can be added and removed at any time, so it is important to update the cache frequently. For Google-managed keys, Google will publish a key at least 6 hours before it is first used for signing and will keep publishing it for at least 6 hours after it was last used for signing. Public keys for all service accounts are also published at the OAuth2 Service Account API. + "contact": "A String", # Optional. A user provided email address as the point of contact for this service account key. Must be an email address. Limit 64 characters. + "creator": "A String", # Output only. The cloud identity that created this service account key. Populated automatically when the key is created and not editable by the user. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A user provided description of this service account key. "disableReason": "A String", # Output only. optional. If the key is disabled, it may have a DisableReason describing why it was disabled. "disabled": True or False, # The key status. "extendedStatus": [ # Output only. Extended Status provides permanent information about a service account key. For example, if this key was detected as exposed or compromised, that information will remain for the lifetime of the key in the extended_status. @@ -235,6 +241,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a service account key. A service account has two sets of key-pairs: user-managed, and system-managed. User-managed key-pairs can be created and deleted by users. Users are responsible for rotating these keys periodically to ensure security of their service accounts. Users retain the private key of these key-pairs, and Google retains ONLY the public key. System-managed keys are automatically rotated by Google, and are used for signing for a maximum of two weeks. The rotation process is probabilistic, and usage of the new key will gradually ramp up and down over the key's lifetime. If you cache the public key set for a service account, we recommend that you update the cache every 15 minutes. User-managed keys can be added and removed at any time, so it is important to update the cache frequently. For Google-managed keys, Google will publish a key at least 6 hours before it is first used for signing and will keep publishing it for at least 6 hours after it was last used for signing. Public keys for all service accounts are also published at the OAuth2 Service Account API. + "contact": "A String", # Optional. A user provided email address as the point of contact for this service account key. Must be an email address. Limit 64 characters. + "creator": "A String", # Output only. The cloud identity that created this service account key. Populated automatically when the key is created and not editable by the user. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A user provided description of this service account key. "disableReason": "A String", # Output only. optional. If the key is disabled, it may have a DisableReason describing why it was disabled. "disabled": True or False, # The key status. "extendedStatus": [ # Output only. Extended Status provides permanent information about a service account key. For example, if this key was detected as exposed or compromised, that information will remain for the lifetime of the key in the extended_status. @@ -277,6 +286,9 @@

Method Details

{ # The service account keys list response. "keys": [ # The public keys for the service account. { # Represents a service account key. A service account has two sets of key-pairs: user-managed, and system-managed. User-managed key-pairs can be created and deleted by users. Users are responsible for rotating these keys periodically to ensure security of their service accounts. Users retain the private key of these key-pairs, and Google retains ONLY the public key. System-managed keys are automatically rotated by Google, and are used for signing for a maximum of two weeks. The rotation process is probabilistic, and usage of the new key will gradually ramp up and down over the key's lifetime. If you cache the public key set for a service account, we recommend that you update the cache every 15 minutes. User-managed keys can be added and removed at any time, so it is important to update the cache frequently. For Google-managed keys, Google will publish a key at least 6 hours before it is first used for signing and will keep publishing it for at least 6 hours after it was last used for signing. Public keys for all service accounts are also published at the OAuth2 Service Account API. + "contact": "A String", # Optional. A user provided email address as the point of contact for this service account key. Must be an email address. Limit 64 characters. + "creator": "A String", # Output only. The cloud identity that created this service account key. Populated automatically when the key is created and not editable by the user. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A user provided description of this service account key. "disableReason": "A String", # Output only. optional. If the key is disabled, it may have a DisableReason describing why it was disabled. "disabled": True or False, # The key status. "extendedStatus": [ # Output only. Extended Status provides permanent information about a service account key. For example, if this key was detected as exposed or compromised, that information will remain for the lifetime of the key in the extended_status. @@ -299,6 +311,73 @@

Method Details

} +
+ patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Patches a ServiceAccountKey.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource name of the service account key in the following format `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The service account key patch request.
+  "serviceAccountKey": { # Represents a service account key. A service account has two sets of key-pairs: user-managed, and system-managed. User-managed key-pairs can be created and deleted by users. Users are responsible for rotating these keys periodically to ensure security of their service accounts. Users retain the private key of these key-pairs, and Google retains ONLY the public key. System-managed keys are automatically rotated by Google, and are used for signing for a maximum of two weeks. The rotation process is probabilistic, and usage of the new key will gradually ramp up and down over the key's lifetime. If you cache the public key set for a service account, we recommend that you update the cache every 15 minutes. User-managed keys can be added and removed at any time, so it is important to update the cache frequently. For Google-managed keys, Google will publish a key at least 6 hours before it is first used for signing and will keep publishing it for at least 6 hours after it was last used for signing. Public keys for all service accounts are also published at the OAuth2 Service Account API. # Required. The service account key to update.
+    "contact": "A String", # Optional. A user provided email address as the point of contact for this service account key. Must be an email address. Limit 64 characters.
+    "creator": "A String", # Output only. The cloud identity that created this service account key. Populated automatically when the key is created and not editable by the user.
+    "description": "A String", # Optional. A user provided description of this service account key.
+    "disableReason": "A String", # Output only. optional. If the key is disabled, it may have a DisableReason describing why it was disabled.
+    "disabled": True or False, # The key status.
+    "extendedStatus": [ # Output only. Extended Status provides permanent information about a service account key. For example, if this key was detected as exposed or compromised, that information will remain for the lifetime of the key in the extended_status.
+      { # Extended status can store additional metadata. For example, for keys disabled due to their private key data being expoesed we may include a message with more information about the exposure.
+        "key": "A String", # The key for this extended status.
+        "value": "A String", # The value for the extended status.
+      },
+    ],
+    "keyAlgorithm": "A String", # Specifies the algorithm (and possibly key size) for the key.
+    "keyOrigin": "A String", # The key origin.
+    "keyType": "A String", # The key type.
+    "name": "A String", # The resource name of the service account key in the following format `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}`.
+    "privateKeyData": "A String", # The private key data. Only provided in `CreateServiceAccountKey` responses. Make sure to keep the private key data secure because it allows for the assertion of the service account identity. When base64 decoded, the private key data can be used to authenticate with Google API client libraries and with gcloud auth activate-service-account.
+    "privateKeyType": "A String", # The output format for the private key. Only provided in `CreateServiceAccountKey` responses, not in `GetServiceAccountKey` or `ListServiceAccountKey` responses. Google never exposes system-managed private keys, and never retains user-managed private keys.
+    "publicKeyData": "A String", # The public key data. Only provided in `GetServiceAccountKey` responses.
+    "validAfterTime": "A String", # The key can be used after this timestamp.
+    "validBeforeTime": "A String", # The key can be used before this timestamp. For system-managed key pairs, this timestamp is the end time for the private key signing operation. The public key could still be used for verification for a few hours after this time.
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # Required. The update mask to apply to the service account key. Only the following fields are eligible for patching: - contact - description
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a service account key. A service account has two sets of key-pairs: user-managed, and system-managed. User-managed key-pairs can be created and deleted by users. Users are responsible for rotating these keys periodically to ensure security of their service accounts. Users retain the private key of these key-pairs, and Google retains ONLY the public key. System-managed keys are automatically rotated by Google, and are used for signing for a maximum of two weeks. The rotation process is probabilistic, and usage of the new key will gradually ramp up and down over the key's lifetime. If you cache the public key set for a service account, we recommend that you update the cache every 15 minutes. User-managed keys can be added and removed at any time, so it is important to update the cache frequently. For Google-managed keys, Google will publish a key at least 6 hours before it is first used for signing and will keep publishing it for at least 6 hours after it was last used for signing. Public keys for all service accounts are also published at the OAuth2 Service Account API.
+  "contact": "A String", # Optional. A user provided email address as the point of contact for this service account key. Must be an email address. Limit 64 characters.
+  "creator": "A String", # Output only. The cloud identity that created this service account key. Populated automatically when the key is created and not editable by the user.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A user provided description of this service account key.
+  "disableReason": "A String", # Output only. optional. If the key is disabled, it may have a DisableReason describing why it was disabled.
+  "disabled": True or False, # The key status.
+  "extendedStatus": [ # Output only. Extended Status provides permanent information about a service account key. For example, if this key was detected as exposed or compromised, that information will remain for the lifetime of the key in the extended_status.
+    { # Extended status can store additional metadata. For example, for keys disabled due to their private key data being expoesed we may include a message with more information about the exposure.
+      "key": "A String", # The key for this extended status.
+      "value": "A String", # The value for the extended status.
+    },
+  ],
+  "keyAlgorithm": "A String", # Specifies the algorithm (and possibly key size) for the key.
+  "keyOrigin": "A String", # The key origin.
+  "keyType": "A String", # The key type.
+  "name": "A String", # The resource name of the service account key in the following format `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}`.
+  "privateKeyData": "A String", # The private key data. Only provided in `CreateServiceAccountKey` responses. Make sure to keep the private key data secure because it allows for the assertion of the service account identity. When base64 decoded, the private key data can be used to authenticate with Google API client libraries and with gcloud auth activate-service-account.
+  "privateKeyType": "A String", # The output format for the private key. Only provided in `CreateServiceAccountKey` responses, not in `GetServiceAccountKey` or `ListServiceAccountKey` responses. Google never exposes system-managed private keys, and never retains user-managed private keys.
+  "publicKeyData": "A String", # The public key data. Only provided in `GetServiceAccountKey` responses.
+  "validAfterTime": "A String", # The key can be used after this timestamp.
+  "validBeforeTime": "A String", # The key can be used before this timestamp. For system-managed key pairs, this timestamp is the end time for the private key signing operation. The public key could still be used for verification for a few hours after this time.
+}
+
+
upload(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Uploads the public key portion of a key pair that you manage, and associates the public key with a ServiceAccount. After you upload the public key, you can use the private key from the key pair as a service account key.
@@ -321,6 +400,9 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a service account key. A service account has two sets of key-pairs: user-managed, and system-managed. User-managed key-pairs can be created and deleted by users. Users are responsible for rotating these keys periodically to ensure security of their service accounts. Users retain the private key of these key-pairs, and Google retains ONLY the public key. System-managed keys are automatically rotated by Google, and are used for signing for a maximum of two weeks. The rotation process is probabilistic, and usage of the new key will gradually ramp up and down over the key's lifetime. If you cache the public key set for a service account, we recommend that you update the cache every 15 minutes. User-managed keys can be added and removed at any time, so it is important to update the cache frequently. For Google-managed keys, Google will publish a key at least 6 hours before it is first used for signing and will keep publishing it for at least 6 hours after it was last used for signing. Public keys for all service accounts are also published at the OAuth2 Service Account API. + "contact": "A String", # Optional. A user provided email address as the point of contact for this service account key. Must be an email address. Limit 64 characters. + "creator": "A String", # Output only. The cloud identity that created this service account key. Populated automatically when the key is created and not editable by the user. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A user provided description of this service account key. "disableReason": "A String", # Output only. optional. If the key is disabled, it may have a DisableReason describing why it was disabled. "disabled": True or False, # The key status. "extendedStatus": [ # Output only. Extended Status provides permanent information about a service account key. For example, if this key was detected as exposed or compromised, that information will remain for the lifetime of the key in the extended_status. diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md index 059ad88ad4f..4adf2c7fb67 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/index.md +++ b/docs/dyn/index.md @@ -49,10 +49,6 @@ * [v4.1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/adsensehost_v4_1.html) -## adsenseplatform -* [v1alpha](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.html) - - ## advisorynotifications * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/advisorynotifications_v1.html) @@ -414,10 +410,6 @@ * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.html) -## css -* [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/css_v1.html) - - ## customsearch * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/customsearch_v1.html) diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.templates.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.templates.html index c16221890c7..36c3679e2f4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.templates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.templates.html @@ -6546,14 +6546,77 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request to Import template - "integration": "A String", # Required. Name of the integration where template needs to be imported. - "integrationRegion": "A String", # Required. The region of the Integration to be created. - "subIntegrations": { # Optional. Sub Integration which would be created via templates. - "a_key": { # Sub Integration which would be created via templates. - "integration": "A String", # Required. Name of the sub integration which would be created via templates. - "integrationDescription": "A String", # Optional. Description of the sub integration which would be created via templates. + "configParameters": [ # Optional. Config parameters which would be used to configure template bundles. + { # Integration Config Parameter is defined in the integration config and are used to provide external configuration for integration. It provide information about data types of the expected parameters and provide any default values or value. They can also be used to add custom attributes. + "parameter": { # Integration Parameter is defined in the integration config and are used to provide information about data types of the expected parameters and provide any default values if needed. They can also be used to add custom attributes. These are static in nature and should not be used for dynamic event definition. # Optional. Integration Parameter to provide the default value, data type and attributes required for the Integration config variables. + "containsLargeData": True or False, # Indicates whether this variable contains large data and need to be uploaded to Cloud Storage. + "dataType": "A String", # Type of the parameter. + "defaultValue": { # The type of the parameter. # Default values for the defined keys. Each value can either be string, int, double or any proto message or a serialized object. + "booleanArray": { # This message only contains a field of boolean array. # Boolean Array. + "booleanValues": [ # Boolean array. + True or False, + ], + }, + "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean. + "doubleArray": { # This message only contains a field of double number array. # Double Number Array. + "doubleValues": [ # Double number array. + 3.14, + ], + }, + "doubleValue": 3.14, # Double Number. + "intArray": { # This message only contains a field of integer array. # Integer Array. + "intValues": [ # Integer array. + "A String", + ], + }, + "intValue": "A String", # Integer. + "jsonValue": "A String", # Json. + "stringArray": { # This message only contains a field of string array. # String Array. + "stringValues": [ # String array. + "A String", + ], + }, + "stringValue": "A String", # String. + }, + "displayName": "A String", # The name (without prefix) to be displayed in the UI for this parameter. E.g. if the key is "foo.bar.myName", then the name would be "myName". + "inputOutputType": "A String", # Specifies the input/output type for the parameter. + "isTransient": True or False, # Whether this parameter is a transient parameter. + "jsonSchema": "A String", # This schema will be used to validate runtime JSON-typed values of this parameter. + "key": "A String", # Key is used to retrieve the corresponding parameter value. This should be unique for a given fired event. These parameters must be predefined in the integration definition. + "masked": True or False, # True if this parameter should be masked in the logs + "producer": "A String", # The identifier of the node (TaskConfig/TriggerConfig) this parameter was produced by, if it is a transient param or a copy of an input param. + "searchable": True or False, # Searchable in the execution log or not. + }, + "value": { # The type of the parameter. # Values for the defined keys. Each value can either be string, int, double or any proto message or a serialized object. + "booleanArray": { # This message only contains a field of boolean array. # Boolean Array. + "booleanValues": [ # Boolean array. + True or False, + ], + }, + "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean. + "doubleArray": { # This message only contains a field of double number array. # Double Number Array. + "doubleValues": [ # Double number array. + 3.14, + ], + }, + "doubleValue": 3.14, # Double Number. + "intArray": { # This message only contains a field of integer array. # Integer Array. + "intValues": [ # Integer array. + "A String", + ], + }, + "intValue": "A String", # Integer. + "jsonValue": "A String", # Json. + "stringArray": { # This message only contains a field of string array. # String Array. + "stringValues": [ # String array. + "A String", + ], + }, + "stringValue": "A String", # String. + }, }, - }, + ], + "integration": "A String", # Required. Name of the integration where template needs to be imported. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.savedQueries.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.savedQueries.html index a16cf51d337..5ed7f9d922d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.savedQueries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.savedQueries.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Returns all data associated with the requested query.

- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists the SavedQueries that were created by the user making the request.

list_next()

@@ -220,12 +220,11 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists the SavedQueries that were created by the user making the request.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The resource to which the listed queries belong. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]" "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]" "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]" "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]" For example: "projects/my-project/locations/us-central1" Note: The locations portion of the resource must be specified. To get a list of all saved queries, a wildcard character - can be used for LOCATION_ID, for example: "projects/my-project/locations/-"  (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Specifies the type ("Logging" or "OpsAnalytics") and the visibility (PRIVATE or SHARED) of the saved queries to list. If provided, the filter must contain either the type function or a visibility token, or both. If both are chosen, they can be placed in any order, but they must be joined by the AND operator or the empty character.The two supported type function calls are: type("Logging") type("OpsAnalytics")The two supported visibility tokens are: visibility = PRIVATE visibility = SHAREDFor example:type("Logging") AND visibility = PRIVATE visibility=SHARED type("OpsAnalytics") type("OpsAnalytics)" visibility = PRIVATE visibility = SHARED
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.html
index a691dc9e063..1b66347b404 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.html
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ 

Method Details

Updates the settings for the given resource. This method applies to all feature configurations for organization and folders.UpdateSettings fails when any of the following are true: The value of storage_location either isn't supported by Logging or violates the location OrgPolicy. The default_sink_config field is set, but it has an unspecified filter write mode. The value of kms_key_name is invalid. The associated service account doesn't have the required roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter role assigned for the key. Access to the key is disabled.See Configure default settings for organizations and folders (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/default-settings) for more information.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name for the settings to update. "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/settings" "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/settings" For example:"organizations/12345/settings" (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name for the settings to update. "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/settings" For example:"organizations/12345/settings" (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.savedQueries.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.savedQueries.html
index a72dc4c39d4..48b0adf2ddc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.savedQueries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.savedQueries.html
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Returns all data associated with the requested query.

- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists the SavedQueries that were created by the user making the request.

list_next()

@@ -220,12 +220,11 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists the SavedQueries that were created by the user making the request.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The resource to which the listed queries belong. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]" "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]" "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]" "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]" For example: "projects/my-project/locations/us-central1" Note: The locations portion of the resource must be specified. To get a list of all saved queries, a wildcard character - can be used for LOCATION_ID, for example: "projects/my-project/locations/-"  (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Specifies the type ("Logging" or "OpsAnalytics") and the visibility (PRIVATE or SHARED) of the saved queries to list. If provided, the filter must contain either the type function or a visibility token, or both. If both are chosen, they can be placed in any order, but they must be joined by the AND operator or the empty character.The two supported type function calls are: type("Logging") type("OpsAnalytics")The two supported visibility tokens are: visibility = PRIVATE visibility = SHAREDFor example:type("Logging") AND visibility = PRIVATE visibility=SHARED type("OpsAnalytics") type("OpsAnalytics)" visibility = PRIVATE visibility = SHARED
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.html
index eb8ceba9a80..40bf00de094 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.html
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ 

Method Details

Updates the settings for the given resource. This method applies to all feature configurations for organization and folders.UpdateSettings fails when any of the following are true: The value of storage_location either isn't supported by Logging or violates the location OrgPolicy. The default_sink_config field is set, but it has an unspecified filter write mode. The value of kms_key_name is invalid. The associated service account doesn't have the required roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter role assigned for the key. Access to the key is disabled.See Configure default settings for organizations and folders (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/default-settings) for more information.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name for the settings to update. "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/settings" "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/settings" For example:"organizations/12345/settings" (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name for the settings to update. "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/settings" For example:"organizations/12345/settings" (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.savedQueries.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.savedQueries.html
index ddd0afb28c7..48d7ba47e9a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.savedQueries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.savedQueries.html
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Returns all data associated with the requested query.

- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists the SavedQueries that were created by the user making the request.

list_next()

@@ -220,12 +220,11 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists the SavedQueries that were created by the user making the request.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The resource to which the listed queries belong. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]" "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]" "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]" "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]" For example: "projects/my-project/locations/us-central1" Note: The locations portion of the resource must be specified. To get a list of all saved queries, a wildcard character - can be used for LOCATION_ID, for example: "projects/my-project/locations/-"  (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Specifies the type ("Logging" or "OpsAnalytics") and the visibility (PRIVATE or SHARED) of the saved queries to list. If provided, the filter must contain either the type function or a visibility token, or both. If both are chosen, they can be placed in any order, but they must be joined by the AND operator or the empty character.The two supported type function calls are: type("Logging") type("OpsAnalytics")The two supported visibility tokens are: visibility = PRIVATE visibility = SHAREDFor example:type("Logging") AND visibility = PRIVATE visibility=SHARED type("OpsAnalytics") type("OpsAnalytics)" visibility = PRIVATE visibility = SHARED
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.savedQueries.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.savedQueries.html
index 2c885c08053..d596c676c16 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.savedQueries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.savedQueries.html
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Returns all data associated with the requested query.

- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists the SavedQueries that were created by the user making the request.

list_next()

@@ -220,12 +220,11 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists the SavedQueries that were created by the user making the request.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The resource to which the listed queries belong. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]" "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]" "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]" "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]" For example: "projects/my-project/locations/us-central1" Note: The locations portion of the resource must be specified. To get a list of all saved queries, a wildcard character - can be used for LOCATION_ID, for example: "projects/my-project/locations/-"  (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Specifies the type ("Logging" or "OpsAnalytics") and the visibility (PRIVATE or SHARED) of the saved queries to list. If provided, the filter must contain either the type function or a visibility token, or both. If both are chosen, they can be placed in any order, but they must be joined by the AND operator or the empty character.The two supported type function calls are: type("Logging") type("OpsAnalytics")The two supported visibility tokens are: visibility = PRIVATE visibility = SHAREDFor example:type("Logging") AND visibility = PRIVATE visibility=SHARED type("OpsAnalytics") type("OpsAnalytics)" visibility = PRIVATE visibility = SHARED
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.v2.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.v2.html
index dd8429b5ae7..0e46f8aa473 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.v2.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.v2.html
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ 

Method Details

Updates the settings for the given resource. This method applies to all feature configurations for organization and folders.UpdateSettings fails when any of the following are true: The value of storage_location either isn't supported by Logging or violates the location OrgPolicy. The default_sink_config field is set, but it has an unspecified filter write mode. The value of kms_key_name is invalid. The associated service account doesn't have the required roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter role assigned for the key. Access to the key is disabled.See Configure default settings for organizations and folders (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/default-settings) for more information.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name for the settings to update. "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/settings" "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/settings" For example:"organizations/12345/settings" (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name for the settings to update. "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/settings" For example:"organizations/12345/settings" (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/meet_v2.spaces.html b/docs/dyn/meet_v2.spaces.html
index d7f913b2575..9512ee26de6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/meet_v2.spaces.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/meet_v2.spaces.html
@@ -82,13 +82,13 @@ 

Instance Methods

Creates a space.

endActiveConference(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Ends an active conference (if there's one). For an example, see [End active conference](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#end-active-conference).

+

Ends an active conference (if there's one).

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets details about a meeting space. For an example, see [Get a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#get-meeting-space).

+

Gets a space by `space_id` or `meeting_code`.

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates details about a meeting space. For an example, see [Update a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#update-meeting-space).

+

Updates a space.

Method Details

close() @@ -111,9 +111,9 @@

Method Details

"accessType": "A String", # Access type of the meeting space that determines who can join without knocking. Default: The user's default access settings. Controlled by the user's admin for enterprise users or RESTRICTED. "entryPointAccess": "A String", # Defines the entry points that can be used to join meetings hosted in this meeting space. Default: EntryPointAccess.ALL }, - "meetingCode": "A String", # Output only. Type friendly unique string used to join the meeting. Format: `[a-z]+-[a-z]+-[a-z]+`. For example, `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. Can only be used as an alias of the space name to get the space. - "meetingUri": "A String", # Output only. URI used to join meetings consisting of `https://meet.google.com/` followed by the `meeting_code`. For example, `https://meet.google.com/abc-mnop-xyz`. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}`. `{space}` is the resource identifier for the space. It's a unique, server-generated ID and is case sensitive. For example, `jQCFfuBOdN5z`. For more information, see [How Meet identifies a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#identify-meeting-space). + "meetingCode": "A String", # Output only. Type friendly code to join the meeting. Format: `[a-z]+-[a-z]+-[a-z]+` such as `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. Can only be used as an alias of the space ID to get the space. + "meetingUri": "A String", # Output only. URI used to join meetings, such as `https://meet.google.com/abc-mnop-xyz`. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -132,18 +132,18 @@

Method Details

"accessType": "A String", # Access type of the meeting space that determines who can join without knocking. Default: The user's default access settings. Controlled by the user's admin for enterprise users or RESTRICTED. "entryPointAccess": "A String", # Defines the entry points that can be used to join meetings hosted in this meeting space. Default: EntryPointAccess.ALL }, - "meetingCode": "A String", # Output only. Type friendly unique string used to join the meeting. Format: `[a-z]+-[a-z]+-[a-z]+`. For example, `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. Can only be used as an alias of the space name to get the space. - "meetingUri": "A String", # Output only. URI used to join meetings consisting of `https://meet.google.com/` followed by the `meeting_code`. For example, `https://meet.google.com/abc-mnop-xyz`. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}`. `{space}` is the resource identifier for the space. It's a unique, server-generated ID and is case sensitive. For example, `jQCFfuBOdN5z`. For more information, see [How Meet identifies a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#identify-meeting-space). + "meetingCode": "A String", # Output only. Type friendly code to join the meeting. Format: `[a-z]+-[a-z]+-[a-z]+` such as `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. Can only be used as an alias of the space ID to get the space. + "meetingUri": "A String", # Output only. URI used to join meetings, such as `https://meet.google.com/abc-mnop-xyz`. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` }
endActiveConference(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Ends an active conference (if there's one). For an example, see [End active conference](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#end-active-conference).
+  
Ends an active conference (if there's one).
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}`. `{space}` is the resource identifier for the space. It's a unique, server-generated ID and is case sensitive. For example, `jQCFfuBOdN5z`. For more information, see [How Meet identifies a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#identify-meeting-space). (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the space. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -164,10 +164,10 @@ 

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets details about a meeting space. For an example, see [Get a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#get-meeting-space).
+  
Gets a space by `space_id` or `meeting_code`.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` or `spaces/{meetingCode}`. `{space}` is the resource identifier for the space. It's a unique, server-generated ID and is case sensitive. For example, `jQCFfuBOdN5z`. `{meetingCode}` is an alias for the space. It's a typeable, unique character string and is non-case sensitive. For example, `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. A `meetingCode` shouldn't be stored long term as it can become dissociated from a meeting space and can be reused for different meeting spaces in the future. Generally, a `meetingCode` expires 365 days after last use. For more information, see [Learn about meeting codes in Google Meet](https://support.google.com/meet/answer/10710509). For more information, see [How Meet identifies a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#identify-meeting-space). (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the space. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -184,18 +184,18 @@ 

Method Details

"accessType": "A String", # Access type of the meeting space that determines who can join without knocking. Default: The user's default access settings. Controlled by the user's admin for enterprise users or RESTRICTED. "entryPointAccess": "A String", # Defines the entry points that can be used to join meetings hosted in this meeting space. Default: EntryPointAccess.ALL }, - "meetingCode": "A String", # Output only. Type friendly unique string used to join the meeting. Format: `[a-z]+-[a-z]+-[a-z]+`. For example, `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. Can only be used as an alias of the space name to get the space. - "meetingUri": "A String", # Output only. URI used to join meetings consisting of `https://meet.google.com/` followed by the `meeting_code`. For example, `https://meet.google.com/abc-mnop-xyz`. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}`. `{space}` is the resource identifier for the space. It's a unique, server-generated ID and is case sensitive. For example, `jQCFfuBOdN5z`. For more information, see [How Meet identifies a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#identify-meeting-space). + "meetingCode": "A String", # Output only. Type friendly code to join the meeting. Format: `[a-z]+-[a-z]+-[a-z]+` such as `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. Can only be used as an alias of the space ID to get the space. + "meetingUri": "A String", # Output only. URI used to join meetings, such as `https://meet.google.com/abc-mnop-xyz`. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` }
patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates details about a meeting space. For an example, see [Update a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#update-meeting-space).
+  
Updates a space.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}`. `{space}` is the resource identifier for the space. It's a unique, server-generated ID and is case sensitive. For example, `jQCFfuBOdN5z`. For more information, see [How Meet identifies a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#identify-meeting-space). (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ 

Method Details

"accessType": "A String", # Access type of the meeting space that determines who can join without knocking. Default: The user's default access settings. Controlled by the user's admin for enterprise users or RESTRICTED. "entryPointAccess": "A String", # Defines the entry points that can be used to join meetings hosted in this meeting space. Default: EntryPointAccess.ALL }, - "meetingCode": "A String", # Output only. Type friendly unique string used to join the meeting. Format: `[a-z]+-[a-z]+-[a-z]+`. For example, `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. Can only be used as an alias of the space name to get the space. - "meetingUri": "A String", # Output only. URI used to join meetings consisting of `https://meet.google.com/` followed by the `meeting_code`. For example, `https://meet.google.com/abc-mnop-xyz`. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}`. `{space}` is the resource identifier for the space. It's a unique, server-generated ID and is case sensitive. For example, `jQCFfuBOdN5z`. For more information, see [How Meet identifies a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#identify-meeting-space). + "meetingCode": "A String", # Output only. Type friendly code to join the meeting. Format: `[a-z]+-[a-z]+-[a-z]+` such as `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. Can only be used as an alias of the space ID to get the space. + "meetingUri": "A String", # Output only. URI used to join meetings, such as `https://meet.google.com/abc-mnop-xyz`. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` } updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask used to specify the fields to be updated in the space. If update_mask isn't provided, it defaults to '*' and updates all fields provided in the request, including deleting fields not set in the request. @@ -229,9 +229,9 @@

Method Details

"accessType": "A String", # Access type of the meeting space that determines who can join without knocking. Default: The user's default access settings. Controlled by the user's admin for enterprise users or RESTRICTED. "entryPointAccess": "A String", # Defines the entry points that can be used to join meetings hosted in this meeting space. Default: EntryPointAccess.ALL }, - "meetingCode": "A String", # Output only. Type friendly unique string used to join the meeting. Format: `[a-z]+-[a-z]+-[a-z]+`. For example, `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. Can only be used as an alias of the space name to get the space. - "meetingUri": "A String", # Output only. URI used to join meetings consisting of `https://meet.google.com/` followed by the `meeting_code`. For example, `https://meet.google.com/abc-mnop-xyz`. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}`. `{space}` is the resource identifier for the space. It's a unique, server-generated ID and is case sensitive. For example, `jQCFfuBOdN5z`. For more information, see [How Meet identifies a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#identify-meeting-space). + "meetingCode": "A String", # Output only. Type friendly code to join the meeting. Format: `[a-z]+-[a-z]+-[a-z]+` such as `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. Can only be used as an alias of the space ID to get the space. + "meetingUri": "A String", # Output only. URI used to join meetings, such as `https://meet.google.com/abc-mnop-xyz`. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.businessIdentity.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.businessIdentity.html deleted file mode 100644 index 5094ee14455..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.businessIdentity.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,186 +0,0 @@ - - - -

Merchant API . accounts . businessIdentity

-

Instance Methods

-

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- getBusinessIdentity(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Retrieves the business identity of an account.

-

- updateBusinessIdentity(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates the business identity of an account. Executing this method requires admin access.

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- getBusinessIdentity(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Retrieves the business identity of an account.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the business identity. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessIdentity` (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Collection of information related to the [identity of a business](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12564247).
-  "blackOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being black-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
-    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
-  },
-  "latinoOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being latino-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
-    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the business identity. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessIdentity`
-  "promotionsConsent": "A String", # Optional. Whether the identity attributes may be used for promotions.
-  "smallBusiness": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as a small business. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces.
-    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
-  },
-  "veteranOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being veteran-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
-    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
-  },
-  "womenOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being women-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
-    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
-  },
-}
-
- -
- updateBusinessIdentity(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates the business identity of an account. Executing this method requires admin access.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the business identity. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessIdentity` (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Collection of information related to the [identity of a business](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12564247).
-  "blackOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being black-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
-    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
-  },
-  "latinoOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being latino-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
-    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the business identity. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessIdentity`
-  "promotionsConsent": "A String", # Optional. Whether the identity attributes may be used for promotions.
-  "smallBusiness": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as a small business. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces.
-    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
-  },
-  "veteranOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being veteran-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
-    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
-  },
-  "womenOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being women-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
-    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
-  },
-}
-
-  updateMask: string, Required. List of fields being updated.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Collection of information related to the [identity of a business](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12564247).
-  "blackOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being black-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
-    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
-  },
-  "latinoOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being latino-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
-    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the business identity. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessIdentity`
-  "promotionsConsent": "A String", # Optional. Whether the identity attributes may be used for promotions.
-  "smallBusiness": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as a small business. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces.
-    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
-  },
-  "veteranOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being veteran-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
-    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
-  },
-  "womenOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being women-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
-    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
-  },
-}
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.businessInfo.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.businessInfo.html deleted file mode 100644 index 3e031b011e9..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.businessInfo.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,252 +0,0 @@ - - - -

Merchant API . accounts . businessInfo

-

Instance Methods

-

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- getBusinessInfo(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Retrieves the business info of an account.

-

- updateBusinessInfo(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates the business info of an account. Executing this method requires admin access.

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- getBusinessInfo(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Retrieves the business info of an account.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the business info. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessInfo` (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Collection of information related to a business.
-  "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. The address of the business.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
-    "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
-    "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
-    "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
-    "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
-    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
-  },
-  "customerService": { # Customer service information. # Optional. The customer service of the business.
-    "email": "A String", # Optional. The email address where customer service may be reached.
-    "phone": { # An object representing a phone number, suitable as an API wire format. This representation: - should not be used for locale-specific formatting of a phone number, such as "+1 (650) 253-0000 ext. 123" - is not designed for efficient storage - may not be suitable for dialing - specialized libraries (see references) should be used to parse the number for that purpose To do something meaningful with this number, such as format it for various use-cases, convert it to an `i18n.phonenumbers.PhoneNumber` object first. For instance, in Java this would be: com.google.type.PhoneNumber wireProto = com.google.type.PhoneNumber.newBuilder().build(); com.google.i18n.phonenumbers.Phonenumber.PhoneNumber phoneNumber = PhoneNumberUtil.getInstance().parse(wireProto.getE164Number(), "ZZ"); if (!wireProto.getExtension().isEmpty()) { phoneNumber.setExtension(wireProto.getExtension()); } Reference(s): - https://github.com/google/libphonenumber # Optional. The phone number where customer service may be called.
-      "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
-      "extension": "A String", # The phone number's extension. The extension is not standardized in ITU recommendations, except for being defined as a series of numbers with a maximum length of 40 digits. Other than digits, some other dialing characters such as ',' (indicating a wait) or '#' may be stored here. Note that no regions currently use extensions with short codes, so this field is normally only set in conjunction with an E.164 number. It is held separately from the E.164 number to allow for short code extensions in the future.
-      "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
-        "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. "611".
-        "regionCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 region code of the location where calls to this short code can be made, such as "US" and "BB". Reference(s): - http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag
-      },
-    },
-    "uri": "A String", # Optional. The URI where customer service may be found.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the business info. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessInfo`
-  "phone": { # An object representing a phone number, suitable as an API wire format. This representation: - should not be used for locale-specific formatting of a phone number, such as "+1 (650) 253-0000 ext. 123" - is not designed for efficient storage - may not be suitable for dialing - specialized libraries (see references) should be used to parse the number for that purpose To do something meaningful with this number, such as format it for various use-cases, convert it to an `i18n.phonenumbers.PhoneNumber` object first. For instance, in Java this would be: com.google.type.PhoneNumber wireProto = com.google.type.PhoneNumber.newBuilder().build(); com.google.i18n.phonenumbers.Phonenumber.PhoneNumber phoneNumber = PhoneNumberUtil.getInstance().parse(wireProto.getE164Number(), "ZZ"); if (!wireProto.getExtension().isEmpty()) { phoneNumber.setExtension(wireProto.getExtension()); } Reference(s): - https://github.com/google/libphonenumber # Output only. The phone number of the business.
-    "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
-    "extension": "A String", # The phone number's extension. The extension is not standardized in ITU recommendations, except for being defined as a series of numbers with a maximum length of 40 digits. Other than digits, some other dialing characters such as ',' (indicating a wait) or '#' may be stored here. Note that no regions currently use extensions with short codes, so this field is normally only set in conjunction with an E.164 number. It is held separately from the E.164 number to allow for short code extensions in the future.
-    "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
-      "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. "611".
-      "regionCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 region code of the location where calls to this short code can be made, such as "US" and "BB". Reference(s): - http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag
-    },
-  },
-  "phoneVerificationState": "A String", # Output only. The phone verification state of the business.
-}
-
- -
- updateBusinessInfo(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates the business info of an account. Executing this method requires admin access.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the business info. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessInfo` (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Collection of information related to a business.
-  "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. The address of the business.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
-    "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
-    "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
-    "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
-    "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
-    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
-  },
-  "customerService": { # Customer service information. # Optional. The customer service of the business.
-    "email": "A String", # Optional. The email address where customer service may be reached.
-    "phone": { # An object representing a phone number, suitable as an API wire format. This representation: - should not be used for locale-specific formatting of a phone number, such as "+1 (650) 253-0000 ext. 123" - is not designed for efficient storage - may not be suitable for dialing - specialized libraries (see references) should be used to parse the number for that purpose To do something meaningful with this number, such as format it for various use-cases, convert it to an `i18n.phonenumbers.PhoneNumber` object first. For instance, in Java this would be: com.google.type.PhoneNumber wireProto = com.google.type.PhoneNumber.newBuilder().build(); com.google.i18n.phonenumbers.Phonenumber.PhoneNumber phoneNumber = PhoneNumberUtil.getInstance().parse(wireProto.getE164Number(), "ZZ"); if (!wireProto.getExtension().isEmpty()) { phoneNumber.setExtension(wireProto.getExtension()); } Reference(s): - https://github.com/google/libphonenumber # Optional. The phone number where customer service may be called.
-      "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
-      "extension": "A String", # The phone number's extension. The extension is not standardized in ITU recommendations, except for being defined as a series of numbers with a maximum length of 40 digits. Other than digits, some other dialing characters such as ',' (indicating a wait) or '#' may be stored here. Note that no regions currently use extensions with short codes, so this field is normally only set in conjunction with an E.164 number. It is held separately from the E.164 number to allow for short code extensions in the future.
-      "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
-        "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. "611".
-        "regionCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 region code of the location where calls to this short code can be made, such as "US" and "BB". Reference(s): - http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag
-      },
-    },
-    "uri": "A String", # Optional. The URI where customer service may be found.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the business info. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessInfo`
-  "phone": { # An object representing a phone number, suitable as an API wire format. This representation: - should not be used for locale-specific formatting of a phone number, such as "+1 (650) 253-0000 ext. 123" - is not designed for efficient storage - may not be suitable for dialing - specialized libraries (see references) should be used to parse the number for that purpose To do something meaningful with this number, such as format it for various use-cases, convert it to an `i18n.phonenumbers.PhoneNumber` object first. For instance, in Java this would be: com.google.type.PhoneNumber wireProto = com.google.type.PhoneNumber.newBuilder().build(); com.google.i18n.phonenumbers.Phonenumber.PhoneNumber phoneNumber = PhoneNumberUtil.getInstance().parse(wireProto.getE164Number(), "ZZ"); if (!wireProto.getExtension().isEmpty()) { phoneNumber.setExtension(wireProto.getExtension()); } Reference(s): - https://github.com/google/libphonenumber # Output only. The phone number of the business.
-    "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
-    "extension": "A String", # The phone number's extension. The extension is not standardized in ITU recommendations, except for being defined as a series of numbers with a maximum length of 40 digits. Other than digits, some other dialing characters such as ',' (indicating a wait) or '#' may be stored here. Note that no regions currently use extensions with short codes, so this field is normally only set in conjunction with an E.164 number. It is held separately from the E.164 number to allow for short code extensions in the future.
-    "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
-      "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. "611".
-      "regionCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 region code of the location where calls to this short code can be made, such as "US" and "BB". Reference(s): - http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag
-    },
-  },
-  "phoneVerificationState": "A String", # Output only. The phone verification state of the business.
-}
-
-  updateMask: string, Required. List of fields being updated.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Collection of information related to a business.
-  "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. The address of the business.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
-    "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
-    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
-    "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
-    "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
-    "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
-    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
-  },
-  "customerService": { # Customer service information. # Optional. The customer service of the business.
-    "email": "A String", # Optional. The email address where customer service may be reached.
-    "phone": { # An object representing a phone number, suitable as an API wire format. This representation: - should not be used for locale-specific formatting of a phone number, such as "+1 (650) 253-0000 ext. 123" - is not designed for efficient storage - may not be suitable for dialing - specialized libraries (see references) should be used to parse the number for that purpose To do something meaningful with this number, such as format it for various use-cases, convert it to an `i18n.phonenumbers.PhoneNumber` object first. For instance, in Java this would be: com.google.type.PhoneNumber wireProto = com.google.type.PhoneNumber.newBuilder().build(); com.google.i18n.phonenumbers.Phonenumber.PhoneNumber phoneNumber = PhoneNumberUtil.getInstance().parse(wireProto.getE164Number(), "ZZ"); if (!wireProto.getExtension().isEmpty()) { phoneNumber.setExtension(wireProto.getExtension()); } Reference(s): - https://github.com/google/libphonenumber # Optional. The phone number where customer service may be called.
-      "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
-      "extension": "A String", # The phone number's extension. The extension is not standardized in ITU recommendations, except for being defined as a series of numbers with a maximum length of 40 digits. Other than digits, some other dialing characters such as ',' (indicating a wait) or '#' may be stored here. Note that no regions currently use extensions with short codes, so this field is normally only set in conjunction with an E.164 number. It is held separately from the E.164 number to allow for short code extensions in the future.
-      "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
-        "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. "611".
-        "regionCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 region code of the location where calls to this short code can be made, such as "US" and "BB". Reference(s): - http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag
-      },
-    },
-    "uri": "A String", # Optional. The URI where customer service may be found.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the business info. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessInfo`
-  "phone": { # An object representing a phone number, suitable as an API wire format. This representation: - should not be used for locale-specific formatting of a phone number, such as "+1 (650) 253-0000 ext. 123" - is not designed for efficient storage - may not be suitable for dialing - specialized libraries (see references) should be used to parse the number for that purpose To do something meaningful with this number, such as format it for various use-cases, convert it to an `i18n.phonenumbers.PhoneNumber` object first. For instance, in Java this would be: com.google.type.PhoneNumber wireProto = com.google.type.PhoneNumber.newBuilder().build(); com.google.i18n.phonenumbers.Phonenumber.PhoneNumber phoneNumber = PhoneNumberUtil.getInstance().parse(wireProto.getE164Number(), "ZZ"); if (!wireProto.getExtension().isEmpty()) { phoneNumber.setExtension(wireProto.getExtension()); } Reference(s): - https://github.com/google/libphonenumber # Output only. The phone number of the business.
-    "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
-    "extension": "A String", # The phone number's extension. The extension is not standardized in ITU recommendations, except for being defined as a series of numbers with a maximum length of 40 digits. Other than digits, some other dialing characters such as ',' (indicating a wait) or '#' may be stored here. Note that no regions currently use extensions with short codes, so this field is normally only set in conjunction with an E.164 number. It is held separately from the E.164 number to allow for short code extensions in the future.
-    "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
-      "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. "611".
-      "regionCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 region code of the location where calls to this short code can be made, such as "US" and "BB". Reference(s): - http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag
-    },
-  },
-  "phoneVerificationState": "A String", # Output only. The phone verification state of the business.
-}
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.emailpreferences.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.emailpreferences.html deleted file mode 100644 index daa5e117b22..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.emailpreferences.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ - - - -

Merchant API . accounts . emailpreferences

-

Instance Methods

-

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- getEmailPreferences(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns the email preferences for a Merchant Center account user. Use the name=accounts/*/users/me/emailPreferences alias to get preferences for the authenticated user.

-

- updateEmailPreferences(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates the email preferences for a Merchant Center account user. MCA users should specify the MCA account rather than a sub-account of the MCA. Preferences which are not explicitly selected in the update mask will not be updated. It is invalid for updates to specify an UNCONFIRMED opt-in status value. Use the name=accounts/*/users/me/emailPreferences alias to update preferences for the authenticated user.

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- getEmailPreferences(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns the email preferences for a Merchant Center account user. Use the name=accounts/*/users/me/emailPreferences alias to get preferences for the authenticated user.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the `EmailPreferences` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/users/{email}/emailPreferences` (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # The categories of notifications the user opted into / opted out of. The email preferences do not include mandatory announcements as users can't opt out of them.
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the EmailPreferences. The endpoint is only supported for the authenticated user.
-  "newsAndTips": "A String", # Optional. Updates on new features, tips and best practices.
-}
-
- -
- updateEmailPreferences(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates the email preferences for a Merchant Center account user. MCA users should specify the MCA account rather than a sub-account of the MCA. Preferences which are not explicitly selected in the update mask will not be updated. It is invalid for updates to specify an UNCONFIRMED opt-in status value. Use the name=accounts/*/users/me/emailPreferences alias to update preferences for the authenticated user.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. The name of the EmailPreferences. The endpoint is only supported for the authenticated user. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # The categories of notifications the user opted into / opted out of. The email preferences do not include mandatory announcements as users can't opt out of them.
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the EmailPreferences. The endpoint is only supported for the authenticated user.
-  "newsAndTips": "A String", # Optional. Updates on new features, tips and best practices.
-}
-
-  updateMask: string, Required. List of fields being updated.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # The categories of notifications the user opted into / opted out of. The email preferences do not include mandatory announcements as users can't opt out of them.
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the EmailPreferences. The endpoint is only supported for the authenticated user.
-  "newsAndTips": "A String", # Optional. Updates on new features, tips and best practices.
-}
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.homepage.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.homepage.html index fc15b04da3c..d0ed0259382 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.homepage.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.homepage.html @@ -80,15 +80,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- getHomepage(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Retrieves a store's homepage.

unclaim(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Unclaims a store's homepage. Executing this method requires admin access.

-

- updateHomepage(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a store's homepage. Executing this method requires admin access.

Method Details

claim(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -122,27 +116,6 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
-
- getHomepage(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Retrieves a store's homepage.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the homepage to retrieve. Format: `accounts/{account}/homepage` (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # A store's homepage.
-  "claimed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the homepage is claimed. See https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/176793.
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the store's homepage. Format: `accounts/{account}/homepage`
-  "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI (typically a URL) of the store's homepage.
-}
-
-
unclaim(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Unclaims a store's homepage. Executing this method requires admin access.
@@ -170,35 +143,4 @@ 

Method Details

}
-
- updateHomepage(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a store's homepage. Executing this method requires admin access.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the store's homepage. Format: `accounts/{account}/homepage` (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # A store's homepage.
-  "claimed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the homepage is claimed. See https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/176793.
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the store's homepage. Format: `accounts/{account}/homepage`
-  "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI (typically a URL) of the store's homepage.
-}
-
-  updateMask: string, Required. List of fields being updated.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # A store's homepage.
-  "claimed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the homepage is claimed. See https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/176793.
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the store's homepage. Format: `accounts/{account}/homepage`
-  "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI (typically a URL) of the store's homepage.
-}
-
- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html index 5e4448c974a..fc6bd5833a4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html @@ -79,21 +79,6 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the accounttax Resource.

-

- businessIdentity() -

-

Returns the businessIdentity Resource.

- -

- businessInfo() -

-

Returns the businessInfo Resource.

- -

- emailpreferences() -

-

Returns the emailpreferences Resource.

-

homepage()

@@ -146,6 +131,18 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves an account from your Merchant Center account. After inserting, updating, or deleting an account, it may take several minutes before changes take effect.

+

+ getBusinessIdentity(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the business identity of an account.

+

+ getBusinessInfo(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the business info of an account.

+

+ getHomepage(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a store's homepage.

+

+ getShippingSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve shipping setting information.

list(filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists accounts accessible to the calling user and matching the constraints of the request such as page size or filters. This is not just listing the sub-accounts of an MCA, but all accounts the calling user has access to including other MCAs, linked accounts, standalone accounts and so on.

@@ -161,6 +158,15 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates an account regardless of its type: standalone, MCA or sub-account. Executing this method requires admin access.

+

+ updateBusinessIdentity(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the business identity of an account. Executing this method requires admin access.

+

+ updateBusinessInfo(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the business info of an account. Executing this method requires admin access.

+

+ updateHomepage(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a store's homepage. Executing this method requires admin access.

Method Details

close() @@ -282,6 +288,442 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getBusinessIdentity(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the business identity of an account.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the business identity. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessIdentity` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Collection of information related to the [identity of a business](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12564247).
+  "blackOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being black-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
+    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
+  },
+  "latinoOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being latino-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
+    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the business identity. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessIdentity`
+  "promotionsConsent": "A String", # Optional. Whether the identity attributes may be used for promotions.
+  "smallBusiness": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as a small business. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces.
+    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
+  },
+  "veteranOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being veteran-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
+    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
+  },
+  "womenOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being women-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
+    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ getBusinessInfo(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the business info of an account.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the business info. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessInfo` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Collection of information related to a business.
+  "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. The address of the business.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
+    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+    "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
+    "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+  },
+  "customerService": { # Customer service information. # Optional. The customer service of the business.
+    "email": "A String", # Optional. The email address where customer service may be reached.
+    "phone": { # An object representing a phone number, suitable as an API wire format. This representation: - should not be used for locale-specific formatting of a phone number, such as "+1 (650) 253-0000 ext. 123" - is not designed for efficient storage - may not be suitable for dialing - specialized libraries (see references) should be used to parse the number for that purpose To do something meaningful with this number, such as format it for various use-cases, convert it to an `i18n.phonenumbers.PhoneNumber` object first. For instance, in Java this would be: com.google.type.PhoneNumber wireProto = com.google.type.PhoneNumber.newBuilder().build(); com.google.i18n.phonenumbers.Phonenumber.PhoneNumber phoneNumber = PhoneNumberUtil.getInstance().parse(wireProto.getE164Number(), "ZZ"); if (!wireProto.getExtension().isEmpty()) { phoneNumber.setExtension(wireProto.getExtension()); } Reference(s): - https://github.com/google/libphonenumber # Optional. The phone number where customer service may be called.
+      "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
+      "extension": "A String", # The phone number's extension. The extension is not standardized in ITU recommendations, except for being defined as a series of numbers with a maximum length of 40 digits. Other than digits, some other dialing characters such as ',' (indicating a wait) or '#' may be stored here. Note that no regions currently use extensions with short codes, so this field is normally only set in conjunction with an E.164 number. It is held separately from the E.164 number to allow for short code extensions in the future.
+      "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
+        "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. "611".
+        "regionCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 region code of the location where calls to this short code can be made, such as "US" and "BB". Reference(s): - http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag
+      },
+    },
+    "uri": "A String", # Optional. The URI where customer service may be found.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the business info. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessInfo`
+  "phone": { # An object representing a phone number, suitable as an API wire format. This representation: - should not be used for locale-specific formatting of a phone number, such as "+1 (650) 253-0000 ext. 123" - is not designed for efficient storage - may not be suitable for dialing - specialized libraries (see references) should be used to parse the number for that purpose To do something meaningful with this number, such as format it for various use-cases, convert it to an `i18n.phonenumbers.PhoneNumber` object first. For instance, in Java this would be: com.google.type.PhoneNumber wireProto = com.google.type.PhoneNumber.newBuilder().build(); com.google.i18n.phonenumbers.Phonenumber.PhoneNumber phoneNumber = PhoneNumberUtil.getInstance().parse(wireProto.getE164Number(), "ZZ"); if (!wireProto.getExtension().isEmpty()) { phoneNumber.setExtension(wireProto.getExtension()); } Reference(s): - https://github.com/google/libphonenumber # Output only. The phone number of the business.
+    "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
+    "extension": "A String", # The phone number's extension. The extension is not standardized in ITU recommendations, except for being defined as a series of numbers with a maximum length of 40 digits. Other than digits, some other dialing characters such as ',' (indicating a wait) or '#' may be stored here. Note that no regions currently use extensions with short codes, so this field is normally only set in conjunction with an E.164 number. It is held separately from the E.164 number to allow for short code extensions in the future.
+    "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
+      "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. "611".
+      "regionCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 region code of the location where calls to this short code can be made, such as "US" and "BB". Reference(s): - http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag
+    },
+  },
+  "phoneVerificationState": "A String", # Output only. The phone verification state of the business.
+}
+
+ +
+ getHomepage(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a store's homepage.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the homepage to retrieve. Format: `accounts/{account}/homepage` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A store's homepage.
+  "claimed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the homepage is claimed. See https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/176793.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the store's homepage. Format: `accounts/{account}/homepage`
+  "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI (typically a URL) of the store's homepage.
+}
+
+ +
+ getShippingSettings(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve shipping setting information.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the shipping setting to retrieve. Format: `accounts/{account}/shippingsetting` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The merchant account's [shipping setting]((https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6069284).
+  "etag": "A String", # Required. This field is used for avoid async issue. Make sure shipping setting data didn't change between get call and insert call. The user should do following steps: 1. Set etag field as empty string for initial shipping setting creation. 2. After initial creation, call get method to obtain an etag and current shipping setting data before call insert. 3. Modify to wanted shipping setting information. 4. Call insert method with the wanted shipping setting information with the etag obtained from step 2. 5. If shipping setting data changed between step 2 and step 4. Insert request will fail because the etag changes every time the shipping setting data changes. User should repeate step 2-4 with the new etag.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the shipping setting. Format: `accounts/{account}/shippingSetting`
+  "services": [ # Optional. The target account's list of services.
+    { # Shipping service.
+      "active": True or False, # Required. A boolean exposing the active status of the shipping service.
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # The CLDR code of the currency to which this service applies. Must match that of the prices in rate groups.
+      "deliveryCountries": [ # Required. The CLDR territory code of the countries to which the service applies.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "deliveryTime": { # Time spent in various aspects from order to the delivery of the product. # Required. Time spent in various aspects from order to the delivery of the product.
+        "cutoffTime": { # Business days cutoff time definition. # Business days cutoff time definition. If not configured the cutoff time will be defaulted to 8AM PST.
+          "hour": 42, # Required. Hour of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day.
+          "minute": 42, # Required. Minute of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day.
+          "timeZone": "A String", # Required. [Timezone identifier](https://developers.google.com/adwords/api/docs/appendix/codes-formats#timezone-ids) For example "Europe/Zurich".
+        },
+        "handlingBusinessDayConfig": { # Business days of the warehouse. # The business days during which orders can be handled. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
+          "businessDays": [ # Required. Regular business days. May not be empty.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "maxHandlingDays": 42, # Maximum number of business days spent before an order is shipped. 0 means same day shipped, 1 means next day shipped. Must be greater than or equal to `min_handling_days`.
+        "maxTransitDays": 42, # Maximum number of business days that is spent in transit. 0 means same day delivery, 1 means next day delivery. Must be greater than or equal to `min_transit_days`.
+        "minHandlingDays": 42, # Minimum number of business days spent before an order is shipped. 0 means same day shipped, 1 means next day shipped.
+        "minTransitDays": 42, # Minimum number of business days that is spent in transit. 0 means same day delivery, 1 means next day delivery. Either `min_transit_days`, `max_transit_days` or `transit_time_table` must be set, but not both.
+        "transitBusinessDayConfig": { # Business days of the warehouse. # The business days during which orders can be in-transit. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
+          "businessDays": [ # Required. Regular business days. May not be empty.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "transitTimeTable": { # Transit time table, number of business days spent in transit based on row and column dimensions. Either `min_transit_days`, `max_transit_days` or `transit_time_table` can be set, but not both. # Transit time table, number of business days spent in transit based on row and column dimensions. Either `min_transit_days`, `max_transit_days` or `transit_time_table` can be set, but not both.
+          "postalCodeGroupNames": [ # Required. A list of region names Region.name . The last value can be `"all other locations"`. Example: `["zone 1", "zone 2", "all other locations"]`. The referred postal code groups must match the delivery country of the service.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "rows": [ # Required. If there's only one dimension set of `postal_code_group_names` or `transit_time_labels`, there are multiple rows each with one value for that dimension. If there are two dimensions, each row corresponds to a `postal_code_group_names`, and columns (values) to a `transit_time_labels`.
+            { # If there's only one dimension set of `postal_code_group_names` or `transit_time_labels`, there are multiple rows each with one value for that dimension. If there are two dimensions, each row corresponds to a `postal_code_group_names`, and columns (values) to a `transit_time_labels`.
+              "values": [ # Required. Transit time range (min-max) in business days.
+                { # Transit time range (min-max) in business days.
+                  "maxTransitDays": 42, # Must be greater than or equal to `min_transit_days`.
+                  "minTransitDays": 42, # Minimum transit time range in business days. 0 means same day delivery, 1 means next day delivery.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+          "transitTimeLabels": [ # Required. A list of transit time labels. The last value can be `"all other labels"`. Example: `["food", "electronics", "all other labels"]`.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "warehouseBasedDeliveryTimes": [ # Optional. Indicates that the delivery time should be calculated per warehouse (shipping origin location) based on the settings of the selected carrier. When set, no other transit time related field in delivery time should be set.
+          { # Indicates that the delivery time should be calculated per warehouse (shipping origin location) based on the settings of the selected carrier. When set, no other transit time related field in `delivery_time` should be set.
+            "carrier": "A String", # Required. Carrier, such as `"UPS"` or `"Fedex"`.
+            "carrierService": "A String", # Required. Carrier service, such as `"ground"` or `"2 days"`. The name of the service must be in the eddSupportedServices list.
+            "warehouse": "A String", # Required. Warehouse name. This should match warehouse
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "loyaltyPrograms": [ # Optional. Loyalty programs that this shipping service is limited to.
+        { # [Loyalty program](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12922446) provided by a merchant.
+          "loyaltyProgramTiers": [ # Optional. Loyalty program tier of this shipping service.
+            { # Subset of a merchants loyalty program.
+              "tierLabel": "A String", # The tier label [tier_label] sub-attribute differentiates offer level benefits between each tier. This value is also set in your program settings in Merchant Center, and is required for data source changes even if your loyalty program only has 1 tier.
+            },
+          ],
+          "programLabel": "A String", # This is the loyalty program label set in your loyalty program settings in Merchant Center. This sub-attribute allows Google to map your loyalty program to eligible offers.
+        },
+      ],
+      "minimumOrderValue": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Minimum order value for this service. If set, indicates that customers will have to spend at least this amount. All prices within a service must have the same currency. Cannot be set together with minimum_order_value_table.
+        "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+        "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+      },
+      "minimumOrderValueTable": { # Table of per store minimum order values for the pickup fulfillment type. # Table of per store minimum order values for the pickup fulfillment type. Cannot be set together with minimum_order_value.
+        "storeCodeSetWithMovs": [ # Required. A list of store code sets sharing the same minimum order value (MOV). At least two sets are required and the last one must be empty, which signifies 'MOV for all other stores'. Each store code can only appear once across all the sets. All prices within a service must have the same currency.
+          { # A list of store code sets sharing the same minimum order value. At least two sets are required and the last one must be empty, which signifies 'MOV for all other stores'. Each store code can only appear once across all the sets. All prices within a service must have the same currency.
+            "storeCodes": [ # Optional. A list of unique store codes or empty for the catch all.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "value": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # The minimum order value for the given stores.
+              "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+              "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "rateGroups": [ # Optional. Shipping rate group definitions. Only the last one is allowed to have an empty `applicable_shipping_labels`, which means "everything else". The other `applicable_shipping_labels` must not overlap.
+        { # Shipping rate group definitions. Only the last one is allowed to have an empty `applicable_shipping_labels`, which means "everything else". The other `applicable_shipping_labels` must not overlap.
+          "applicableShippingLabels": [ # Required. A list of [shipping labels](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324504) defining the products to which this rate group applies to. This is a disjunction: only one of the labels has to match for the rate group to apply. May only be empty for the last rate group of a service.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "carrierRates": [ # Optional. A list of carrier rates that can be referred to by `main_table` or `single_value`.
+            { # A list of carrier rates that can be referred to by `main_table` or `single_value`.
+              "carrier": "A String", # Required. Carrier service, such as `"UPS"` or `"Fedex"`.
+              "carrierService": "A String", # Required. Carrier service, such as `"ground"` or `"2 days"`.
+              "flatAdjustment": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Optional. Additive shipping rate modifier. Can be negative. For example `{ "amount_micros": 1, "currency_code" : "USD" }` adds $1 to the rate, `{ "amount_micros": -3, "currency_code" : "USD" }` removes $3 from the rate.
+                "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+                "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+              },
+              "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the carrier rate. Must be unique per rate group.
+              "originPostalCode": "A String", # Required. Shipping origin for this carrier rate.
+              "percentageAdjustment": "A String", # Optional. Multiplicative shipping rate modifier as a number in decimal notation. Can be negative. For example `"5.4"` increases the rate by 5.4%, `"-3"` decreases the rate by 3%.
+            },
+          ],
+          "mainTable": { # A table defining the rate group, when `single_value` is not expressive enough. # A table defining the rate group, when `single_value` is not expressive enough. Can only be set if `single_value` is not set.
+            "columnHeaders": { # A non-empty list of row or column headers for a table. Exactly one of `prices`, `weights`, `num_items`, `postal_code_group_names`, or `location` must be set. # Headers of the table's columns. Optional: if not set then the table has only one dimension.
+              "locations": [ # Required. A list of location ID sets. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                { # A list of location ID sets. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                  "locationIds": [ # Required. A non-empty list of [location IDs](https://developers.google.com/adwords/api/docs/appendix/geotargeting). They must all be of the same location type (For example, state).
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                },
+              ],
+              "numberOfItems": [ # Required. A list of inclusive number of items upper bounds. The last value can be `"infinity"`. For example `["10", "50", "infinity"]` represents the headers "<= 10 items", "<= 50 items", and "> 50 items". Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "postalCodeGroupNames": [ # Required. A list of postal group names. The last value can be `"all other locations"`. Example: `["zone 1", "zone 2", "all other locations"]`. The referred postal code groups must match the delivery country of the service. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "prices": [ # Required. A list of inclusive order price upper bounds. The last price's value can be infinity by setting price amount_micros = -1. For example `[{"amount_micros": 10000000, "currency_code": "USD"}, {"amount_micros": 500000000, "currency_code": "USD"}, {"amount_micros": -1, "currency_code": "USD"}]` represents the headers "<= $10", "<= $500", and "> $500". All prices within a service must have the same currency. Must be non-empty. Must be positive except -1. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                { # The price represented as a number and currency.
+                  "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+                  "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+                },
+              ],
+              "weights": [ # Required. A list of inclusive order weight upper bounds. The last weight's value can be infinity by setting price amount_micros = -1. For example `[{"amount_micros": 10000000, "unit": "kg"}, {"amount_micros": 50000000, "unit": "kg"}, {"amount_micros": -1, "unit": "kg"}]` represents the headers "<= 10kg", "<= 50kg", and "> 50kg". All weights within a service must have the same unit. Must be non-empty. Must be positive except -1. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                { # The weight represented as the value in string and the unit.
+                  "amountMicros": "A String", # Required. The weight represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 kg = 1000000 micros). This field can also be set as infinity by setting to -1. This field only support -1 and positive value.
+                  "unit": "A String", # Required. The weight unit. Acceptable values are: kg and lb
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "name": "A String", # Name of the table. Required for subtables, ignored for the main table.
+            "rowHeaders": { # A non-empty list of row or column headers for a table. Exactly one of `prices`, `weights`, `num_items`, `postal_code_group_names`, or `location` must be set. # Required. Headers of the table's rows.
+              "locations": [ # Required. A list of location ID sets. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                { # A list of location ID sets. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                  "locationIds": [ # Required. A non-empty list of [location IDs](https://developers.google.com/adwords/api/docs/appendix/geotargeting). They must all be of the same location type (For example, state).
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                },
+              ],
+              "numberOfItems": [ # Required. A list of inclusive number of items upper bounds. The last value can be `"infinity"`. For example `["10", "50", "infinity"]` represents the headers "<= 10 items", "<= 50 items", and "> 50 items". Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "postalCodeGroupNames": [ # Required. A list of postal group names. The last value can be `"all other locations"`. Example: `["zone 1", "zone 2", "all other locations"]`. The referred postal code groups must match the delivery country of the service. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "prices": [ # Required. A list of inclusive order price upper bounds. The last price's value can be infinity by setting price amount_micros = -1. For example `[{"amount_micros": 10000000, "currency_code": "USD"}, {"amount_micros": 500000000, "currency_code": "USD"}, {"amount_micros": -1, "currency_code": "USD"}]` represents the headers "<= $10", "<= $500", and "> $500". All prices within a service must have the same currency. Must be non-empty. Must be positive except -1. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                { # The price represented as a number and currency.
+                  "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+                  "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+                },
+              ],
+              "weights": [ # Required. A list of inclusive order weight upper bounds. The last weight's value can be infinity by setting price amount_micros = -1. For example `[{"amount_micros": 10000000, "unit": "kg"}, {"amount_micros": 50000000, "unit": "kg"}, {"amount_micros": -1, "unit": "kg"}]` represents the headers "<= 10kg", "<= 50kg", and "> 50kg". All weights within a service must have the same unit. Must be non-empty. Must be positive except -1. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                { # The weight represented as the value in string and the unit.
+                  "amountMicros": "A String", # Required. The weight represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 kg = 1000000 micros). This field can also be set as infinity by setting to -1. This field only support -1 and positive value.
+                  "unit": "A String", # Required. The weight unit. Acceptable values are: kg and lb
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "rows": [ # Required. The list of rows that constitute the table. Must have the same length as `row_headers`.
+              { # Include a list of cells.
+                "cells": [ # Required. The list of cells that constitute the row. Must have the same length as `columnHeaders` for two-dimensional tables, a length of 1 for one-dimensional tables.
+                  { # The single value of a rate group or the value of a rate group table's cell. Exactly one of `no_shipping`, `flat_rate`, `price_percentage`, `carrier_rateName`, `subtable_name` must be set.
+                    "carrierRate": "A String", # The name of a carrier rate referring to a carrier rate defined in the same rate group. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                    "flatRate": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # A flat rate. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+                      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+                    },
+                    "noShipping": True or False, # If true, then the product can't be shipped. Must be true when set, can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                    "pricePercentage": "A String", # A percentage of the price represented as a number in decimal notation (For example, `"5.4"`). Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                    "subtable": "A String", # The name of a subtable. Can only be set in table cells (For example, not for single values), and only if all other fields are not set.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of the rate group. If set has to be unique within shipping service.
+          "singleValue": { # The single value of a rate group or the value of a rate group table's cell. Exactly one of `no_shipping`, `flat_rate`, `price_percentage`, `carrier_rateName`, `subtable_name` must be set. # The value of the rate group (For example flat rate $10). Can only be set if `main_table` and `subtables` are not set.
+            "carrierRate": "A String", # The name of a carrier rate referring to a carrier rate defined in the same rate group. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+            "flatRate": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # A flat rate. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+              "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+              "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+            },
+            "noShipping": True or False, # If true, then the product can't be shipped. Must be true when set, can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+            "pricePercentage": "A String", # A percentage of the price represented as a number in decimal notation (For example, `"5.4"`). Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+            "subtable": "A String", # The name of a subtable. Can only be set in table cells (For example, not for single values), and only if all other fields are not set.
+          },
+          "subtables": [ # Optional. A list of subtables referred to by `main_table`. Can only be set if `main_table` is set.
+            { # A table defining the rate group, when `single_value` is not expressive enough.
+              "columnHeaders": { # A non-empty list of row or column headers for a table. Exactly one of `prices`, `weights`, `num_items`, `postal_code_group_names`, or `location` must be set. # Headers of the table's columns. Optional: if not set then the table has only one dimension.
+                "locations": [ # Required. A list of location ID sets. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                  { # A list of location ID sets. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                    "locationIds": [ # Required. A non-empty list of [location IDs](https://developers.google.com/adwords/api/docs/appendix/geotargeting). They must all be of the same location type (For example, state).
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                ],
+                "numberOfItems": [ # Required. A list of inclusive number of items upper bounds. The last value can be `"infinity"`. For example `["10", "50", "infinity"]` represents the headers "<= 10 items", "<= 50 items", and "> 50 items". Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "postalCodeGroupNames": [ # Required. A list of postal group names. The last value can be `"all other locations"`. Example: `["zone 1", "zone 2", "all other locations"]`. The referred postal code groups must match the delivery country of the service. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "prices": [ # Required. A list of inclusive order price upper bounds. The last price's value can be infinity by setting price amount_micros = -1. For example `[{"amount_micros": 10000000, "currency_code": "USD"}, {"amount_micros": 500000000, "currency_code": "USD"}, {"amount_micros": -1, "currency_code": "USD"}]` represents the headers "<= $10", "<= $500", and "> $500". All prices within a service must have the same currency. Must be non-empty. Must be positive except -1. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                  { # The price represented as a number and currency.
+                    "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+                    "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+                  },
+                ],
+                "weights": [ # Required. A list of inclusive order weight upper bounds. The last weight's value can be infinity by setting price amount_micros = -1. For example `[{"amount_micros": 10000000, "unit": "kg"}, {"amount_micros": 50000000, "unit": "kg"}, {"amount_micros": -1, "unit": "kg"}]` represents the headers "<= 10kg", "<= 50kg", and "> 50kg". All weights within a service must have the same unit. Must be non-empty. Must be positive except -1. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                  { # The weight represented as the value in string and the unit.
+                    "amountMicros": "A String", # Required. The weight represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 kg = 1000000 micros). This field can also be set as infinity by setting to -1. This field only support -1 and positive value.
+                    "unit": "A String", # Required. The weight unit. Acceptable values are: kg and lb
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "name": "A String", # Name of the table. Required for subtables, ignored for the main table.
+              "rowHeaders": { # A non-empty list of row or column headers for a table. Exactly one of `prices`, `weights`, `num_items`, `postal_code_group_names`, or `location` must be set. # Required. Headers of the table's rows.
+                "locations": [ # Required. A list of location ID sets. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                  { # A list of location ID sets. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                    "locationIds": [ # Required. A non-empty list of [location IDs](https://developers.google.com/adwords/api/docs/appendix/geotargeting). They must all be of the same location type (For example, state).
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                ],
+                "numberOfItems": [ # Required. A list of inclusive number of items upper bounds. The last value can be `"infinity"`. For example `["10", "50", "infinity"]` represents the headers "<= 10 items", "<= 50 items", and "> 50 items". Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "postalCodeGroupNames": [ # Required. A list of postal group names. The last value can be `"all other locations"`. Example: `["zone 1", "zone 2", "all other locations"]`. The referred postal code groups must match the delivery country of the service. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "prices": [ # Required. A list of inclusive order price upper bounds. The last price's value can be infinity by setting price amount_micros = -1. For example `[{"amount_micros": 10000000, "currency_code": "USD"}, {"amount_micros": 500000000, "currency_code": "USD"}, {"amount_micros": -1, "currency_code": "USD"}]` represents the headers "<= $10", "<= $500", and "> $500". All prices within a service must have the same currency. Must be non-empty. Must be positive except -1. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                  { # The price represented as a number and currency.
+                    "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+                    "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+                  },
+                ],
+                "weights": [ # Required. A list of inclusive order weight upper bounds. The last weight's value can be infinity by setting price amount_micros = -1. For example `[{"amount_micros": 10000000, "unit": "kg"}, {"amount_micros": 50000000, "unit": "kg"}, {"amount_micros": -1, "unit": "kg"}]` represents the headers "<= 10kg", "<= 50kg", and "> 50kg". All weights within a service must have the same unit. Must be non-empty. Must be positive except -1. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                  { # The weight represented as the value in string and the unit.
+                    "amountMicros": "A String", # Required. The weight represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 kg = 1000000 micros). This field can also be set as infinity by setting to -1. This field only support -1 and positive value.
+                    "unit": "A String", # Required. The weight unit. Acceptable values are: kg and lb
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "rows": [ # Required. The list of rows that constitute the table. Must have the same length as `row_headers`.
+                { # Include a list of cells.
+                  "cells": [ # Required. The list of cells that constitute the row. Must have the same length as `columnHeaders` for two-dimensional tables, a length of 1 for one-dimensional tables.
+                    { # The single value of a rate group or the value of a rate group table's cell. Exactly one of `no_shipping`, `flat_rate`, `price_percentage`, `carrier_rateName`, `subtable_name` must be set.
+                      "carrierRate": "A String", # The name of a carrier rate referring to a carrier rate defined in the same rate group. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                      "flatRate": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # A flat rate. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                        "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
+                        "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+                      },
+                      "noShipping": True or False, # If true, then the product can't be shipped. Must be true when set, can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                      "pricePercentage": "A String", # A percentage of the price represented as a number in decimal notation (For example, `"5.4"`). Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
+                      "subtable": "A String", # The name of a subtable. Can only be set in table cells (For example, not for single values), and only if all other fields are not set.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "serviceName": "A String", # Required. Free-form name of the service. Must be unique within target account.
+      "shipmentType": "A String", # Type of locations this service ships orders to.
+      "storeConfig": { # A list of stores your products are delivered from. This is only valid for the local delivery shipment type. # A list of stores your products are delivered from. This is only valid for the local delivery shipment type.
+        "cutoffConfig": { # Configs related to local delivery ends for the day. # Configs related to local delivery ends for the day.
+          "localCutoffTime": { # Time that local delivery ends for the day. # Time that local delivery ends for the day.
+            "hour": "A String", # Hour local delivery orders must be placed by to process the same day.
+            "minute": "A String", # Minute local delivery orders must be placed by to process the same day.
+          },
+          "noDeliveryPostCutoff": True or False, # Merchants can opt-out of showing n+1 day local delivery when they have a shipping service configured to n day local delivery. For example, if the shipping service defines same-day delivery, and it's past the cut-off, setting this field to `true` results in the calculated shipping service rate returning `NO_DELIVERY_POST_CUTOFF`. In the same example, setting this field to `false` results in the calculated shipping time being one day. This is only for local delivery.
+          "storeCloseOffsetHours": "A String", # Only valid with local delivery fulfillment. Represents cutoff time as the number of hours before store closing. Mutually exclusive with `local_cutoff_time`.
+        },
+        "serviceRadius": { # Maximum delivery radius. This is only required for the local delivery shipment type. # Maximum delivery radius. This is only required for the local delivery shipment type.
+          "unit": "A String", # Unit can differ based on country, it is parameterized to include miles and kilometers.
+          "value": "A String", # Integer value of distance.
+        },
+        "storeCodes": [ # Optional. A list of store codes that provide local delivery. If empty, then `all_stores` must be true.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "storeServiceType": "A String", # Indicates whether all stores, or selected stores, listed by this merchant provide local delivery.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "warehouses": [ # Optional. A list of warehouses which can be referred to in `services`.
+    { # A fulfillment warehouse, which stores and handles inventory. Next tag: 7
+      "businessDayConfig": { # Business days of the warehouse. # Business days of the warehouse. If not set, will be Monday to Friday by default.
+        "businessDays": [ # Required. Regular business days. May not be empty.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "cutoffTime": { # The latest time of day that an order can be accepted and begin processing. Later orders will be processed in the next day. The time is based on the warehouse postal code. # Required. The latest time of day that an order can be accepted and begin processing. Later orders will be processed in the next day. The time is based on the warehouse postal code.
+        "hour": 42, # Required. Hour of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Hour is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+        "minute": 42, # Required. Minute of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Minute is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+      },
+      "handlingDays": "A String", # Required. The number of days it takes for this warehouse to pack up and ship an item. This is on the warehouse level, but can be overridden on the offer level based on the attributes of an item.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the warehouse. Must be unique within account.
+      "shippingAddress": { # Shipping address of the warehouse. # Required. Shipping address of the warehouse.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Required. Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California ("CA") or a province like Quebec ("QC").
+        "city": "A String", # Required. City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (For example neighborhoods or suburbs).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Required. Postal code or ZIP (For example "94043").
+        "regionCode": "A String", # Required. [CLDR country code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml) (For example "US").
+        "streetAddress": "A String", # Street-level part of the address. For example: `111w 31st Street`.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
list(filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists accounts accessible to the calling user and matching the constraints of the request such as page size or filters. This is not just listing the sub-accounts of an MCA, but all accounts the calling user has access to including other MCAs, linked accounts, standalone accounts and so on.
@@ -425,4 +867,197 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ updateBusinessIdentity(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the business identity of an account. Executing this method requires admin access.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the business identity. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessIdentity` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Collection of information related to the [identity of a business](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12564247).
+  "blackOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being black-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
+    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
+  },
+  "latinoOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being latino-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
+    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the business identity. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessIdentity`
+  "promotionsConsent": "A String", # Optional. Whether the identity attributes may be used for promotions.
+  "smallBusiness": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as a small business. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces.
+    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
+  },
+  "veteranOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being veteran-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
+    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
+  },
+  "womenOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being women-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
+    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
+  },
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. List of fields being updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Collection of information related to the [identity of a business](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12564247).
+  "blackOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being black-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
+    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
+  },
+  "latinoOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being latino-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
+    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the business identity. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessIdentity`
+  "promotionsConsent": "A String", # Optional. Whether the identity attributes may be used for promotions.
+  "smallBusiness": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as a small business. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces.
+    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
+  },
+  "veteranOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being veteran-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
+    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
+  },
+  "womenOwned": { # All information related to an identity attribute. # Optional. Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being women-owned. This optional field will only be available for merchants with a business country set to `US`. It is also not applicable for marketplaces or marketplace sellers.
+    "identityDeclaration": "A String", # Required. The declaration of identity for this attribute.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ updateBusinessInfo(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the business info of an account. Executing this method requires admin access.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the business info. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessInfo` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Collection of information related to a business.
+  "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. The address of the business.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
+    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+    "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
+    "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+  },
+  "customerService": { # Customer service information. # Optional. The customer service of the business.
+    "email": "A String", # Optional. The email address where customer service may be reached.
+    "phone": { # An object representing a phone number, suitable as an API wire format. This representation: - should not be used for locale-specific formatting of a phone number, such as "+1 (650) 253-0000 ext. 123" - is not designed for efficient storage - may not be suitable for dialing - specialized libraries (see references) should be used to parse the number for that purpose To do something meaningful with this number, such as format it for various use-cases, convert it to an `i18n.phonenumbers.PhoneNumber` object first. For instance, in Java this would be: com.google.type.PhoneNumber wireProto = com.google.type.PhoneNumber.newBuilder().build(); com.google.i18n.phonenumbers.Phonenumber.PhoneNumber phoneNumber = PhoneNumberUtil.getInstance().parse(wireProto.getE164Number(), "ZZ"); if (!wireProto.getExtension().isEmpty()) { phoneNumber.setExtension(wireProto.getExtension()); } Reference(s): - https://github.com/google/libphonenumber # Optional. The phone number where customer service may be called.
+      "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
+      "extension": "A String", # The phone number's extension. The extension is not standardized in ITU recommendations, except for being defined as a series of numbers with a maximum length of 40 digits. Other than digits, some other dialing characters such as ',' (indicating a wait) or '#' may be stored here. Note that no regions currently use extensions with short codes, so this field is normally only set in conjunction with an E.164 number. It is held separately from the E.164 number to allow for short code extensions in the future.
+      "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
+        "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. "611".
+        "regionCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 region code of the location where calls to this short code can be made, such as "US" and "BB". Reference(s): - http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag
+      },
+    },
+    "uri": "A String", # Optional. The URI where customer service may be found.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the business info. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessInfo`
+  "phone": { # An object representing a phone number, suitable as an API wire format. This representation: - should not be used for locale-specific formatting of a phone number, such as "+1 (650) 253-0000 ext. 123" - is not designed for efficient storage - may not be suitable for dialing - specialized libraries (see references) should be used to parse the number for that purpose To do something meaningful with this number, such as format it for various use-cases, convert it to an `i18n.phonenumbers.PhoneNumber` object first. For instance, in Java this would be: com.google.type.PhoneNumber wireProto = com.google.type.PhoneNumber.newBuilder().build(); com.google.i18n.phonenumbers.Phonenumber.PhoneNumber phoneNumber = PhoneNumberUtil.getInstance().parse(wireProto.getE164Number(), "ZZ"); if (!wireProto.getExtension().isEmpty()) { phoneNumber.setExtension(wireProto.getExtension()); } Reference(s): - https://github.com/google/libphonenumber # Output only. The phone number of the business.
+    "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
+    "extension": "A String", # The phone number's extension. The extension is not standardized in ITU recommendations, except for being defined as a series of numbers with a maximum length of 40 digits. Other than digits, some other dialing characters such as ',' (indicating a wait) or '#' may be stored here. Note that no regions currently use extensions with short codes, so this field is normally only set in conjunction with an E.164 number. It is held separately from the E.164 number to allow for short code extensions in the future.
+    "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
+      "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. "611".
+      "regionCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 region code of the location where calls to this short code can be made, such as "US" and "BB". Reference(s): - http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag
+    },
+  },
+  "phoneVerificationState": "A String", # Output only. The phone verification state of the business.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. List of fields being updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Collection of information related to a business.
+  "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. The address of the business.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
+    "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+    "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
+    "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+  },
+  "customerService": { # Customer service information. # Optional. The customer service of the business.
+    "email": "A String", # Optional. The email address where customer service may be reached.
+    "phone": { # An object representing a phone number, suitable as an API wire format. This representation: - should not be used for locale-specific formatting of a phone number, such as "+1 (650) 253-0000 ext. 123" - is not designed for efficient storage - may not be suitable for dialing - specialized libraries (see references) should be used to parse the number for that purpose To do something meaningful with this number, such as format it for various use-cases, convert it to an `i18n.phonenumbers.PhoneNumber` object first. For instance, in Java this would be: com.google.type.PhoneNumber wireProto = com.google.type.PhoneNumber.newBuilder().build(); com.google.i18n.phonenumbers.Phonenumber.PhoneNumber phoneNumber = PhoneNumberUtil.getInstance().parse(wireProto.getE164Number(), "ZZ"); if (!wireProto.getExtension().isEmpty()) { phoneNumber.setExtension(wireProto.getExtension()); } Reference(s): - https://github.com/google/libphonenumber # Optional. The phone number where customer service may be called.
+      "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
+      "extension": "A String", # The phone number's extension. The extension is not standardized in ITU recommendations, except for being defined as a series of numbers with a maximum length of 40 digits. Other than digits, some other dialing characters such as ',' (indicating a wait) or '#' may be stored here. Note that no regions currently use extensions with short codes, so this field is normally only set in conjunction with an E.164 number. It is held separately from the E.164 number to allow for short code extensions in the future.
+      "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
+        "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. "611".
+        "regionCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 region code of the location where calls to this short code can be made, such as "US" and "BB". Reference(s): - http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag
+      },
+    },
+    "uri": "A String", # Optional. The URI where customer service may be found.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the business info. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessInfo`
+  "phone": { # An object representing a phone number, suitable as an API wire format. This representation: - should not be used for locale-specific formatting of a phone number, such as "+1 (650) 253-0000 ext. 123" - is not designed for efficient storage - may not be suitable for dialing - specialized libraries (see references) should be used to parse the number for that purpose To do something meaningful with this number, such as format it for various use-cases, convert it to an `i18n.phonenumbers.PhoneNumber` object first. For instance, in Java this would be: com.google.type.PhoneNumber wireProto = com.google.type.PhoneNumber.newBuilder().build(); com.google.i18n.phonenumbers.Phonenumber.PhoneNumber phoneNumber = PhoneNumberUtil.getInstance().parse(wireProto.getE164Number(), "ZZ"); if (!wireProto.getExtension().isEmpty()) { phoneNumber.setExtension(wireProto.getExtension()); } Reference(s): - https://github.com/google/libphonenumber # Output only. The phone number of the business.
+    "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
+    "extension": "A String", # The phone number's extension. The extension is not standardized in ITU recommendations, except for being defined as a series of numbers with a maximum length of 40 digits. Other than digits, some other dialing characters such as ',' (indicating a wait) or '#' may be stored here. Note that no regions currently use extensions with short codes, so this field is normally only set in conjunction with an E.164 number. It is held separately from the E.164 number to allow for short code extensions in the future.
+    "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
+      "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. "611".
+      "regionCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 region code of the location where calls to this short code can be made, such as "US" and "BB". Reference(s): - http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag
+    },
+  },
+  "phoneVerificationState": "A String", # Output only. The phone verification state of the business.
+}
+
+ +
+ updateHomepage(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a store's homepage. Executing this method requires admin access.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the store's homepage. Format: `accounts/{account}/homepage` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A store's homepage.
+  "claimed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the homepage is claimed. See https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/176793.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the store's homepage. Format: `accounts/{account}/homepage`
+  "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI (typically a URL) of the store's homepage.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. List of fields being updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A store's homepage.
+  "claimed": True or False, # Output only. Whether the homepage is claimed. See https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/176793.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the store's homepage. Format: `accounts/{account}/homepage`
+  "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI (typically a URL) of the store's homepage.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.shippingSettings.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.shippingSettings.html index 0b50e7dc2ee..7409eb3ccd2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.shippingSettings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.shippingSettings.html @@ -77,9 +77,6 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- getShippingSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Retrieve shipping setting information.

insert(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Replace the shipping setting of a merchant with the request shipping setting. Executing this method requires admin access.

@@ -89,329 +86,6 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
-
- getShippingSettings(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Retrieve shipping setting information.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the shipping setting to retrieve. Format: `accounts/{account}/shippingsetting` (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # The merchant account's [shipping setting]((https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6069284).
-  "etag": "A String", # Required. This field is used for avoid async issue. Make sure shipping setting data didn't change between get call and insert call. The user should do following steps: 1. Set etag field as empty string for initial shipping setting creation. 2. After initial creation, call get method to obtain an etag and current shipping setting data before call insert. 3. Modify to wanted shipping setting information. 4. Call insert method with the wanted shipping setting information with the etag obtained from step 2. 5. If shipping setting data changed between step 2 and step 4. Insert request will fail because the etag changes every time the shipping setting data changes. User should repeate step 2-4 with the new etag.
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the shipping setting. Format: `accounts/{account}/shippingSetting`
-  "services": [ # Optional. The target account's list of services.
-    { # Shipping service.
-      "active": True or False, # Required. A boolean exposing the active status of the shipping service.
-      "currencyCode": "A String", # The CLDR code of the currency to which this service applies. Must match that of the prices in rate groups.
-      "deliveryCountries": [ # Required. The CLDR territory code of the countries to which the service applies.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "deliveryTime": { # Time spent in various aspects from order to the delivery of the product. # Required. Time spent in various aspects from order to the delivery of the product.
-        "cutoffTime": { # Business days cutoff time definition. # Business days cutoff time definition. If not configured the cutoff time will be defaulted to 8AM PST.
-          "hour": 42, # Required. Hour of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day.
-          "minute": 42, # Required. Minute of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day.
-          "timeZone": "A String", # Required. [Timezone identifier](https://developers.google.com/adwords/api/docs/appendix/codes-formats#timezone-ids) For example "Europe/Zurich".
-        },
-        "handlingBusinessDayConfig": { # Business days of the warehouse. # The business days during which orders can be handled. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-          "businessDays": [ # Required. Regular business days. May not be empty.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-        },
-        "maxHandlingDays": 42, # Maximum number of business days spent before an order is shipped. 0 means same day shipped, 1 means next day shipped. Must be greater than or equal to `min_handling_days`.
-        "maxTransitDays": 42, # Maximum number of business days that is spent in transit. 0 means same day delivery, 1 means next day delivery. Must be greater than or equal to `min_transit_days`.
-        "minHandlingDays": 42, # Minimum number of business days spent before an order is shipped. 0 means same day shipped, 1 means next day shipped.
-        "minTransitDays": 42, # Minimum number of business days that is spent in transit. 0 means same day delivery, 1 means next day delivery. Either `min_transit_days`, `max_transit_days` or `transit_time_table` must be set, but not both.
-        "transitBusinessDayConfig": { # Business days of the warehouse. # The business days during which orders can be in-transit. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-          "businessDays": [ # Required. Regular business days. May not be empty.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-        },
-        "transitTimeTable": { # Transit time table, number of business days spent in transit based on row and column dimensions. Either `min_transit_days`, `max_transit_days` or `transit_time_table` can be set, but not both. # Transit time table, number of business days spent in transit based on row and column dimensions. Either `min_transit_days`, `max_transit_days` or `transit_time_table` can be set, but not both.
-          "postalCodeGroupNames": [ # Required. A list of region names Region.name . The last value can be `"all other locations"`. Example: `["zone 1", "zone 2", "all other locations"]`. The referred postal code groups must match the delivery country of the service.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "rows": [ # Required. If there's only one dimension set of `postal_code_group_names` or `transit_time_labels`, there are multiple rows each with one value for that dimension. If there are two dimensions, each row corresponds to a `postal_code_group_names`, and columns (values) to a `transit_time_labels`.
-            { # If there's only one dimension set of `postal_code_group_names` or `transit_time_labels`, there are multiple rows each with one value for that dimension. If there are two dimensions, each row corresponds to a `postal_code_group_names`, and columns (values) to a `transit_time_labels`.
-              "values": [ # Required. Transit time range (min-max) in business days.
-                { # Transit time range (min-max) in business days.
-                  "maxTransitDays": 42, # Must be greater than or equal to `min_transit_days`.
-                  "minTransitDays": 42, # Minimum transit time range in business days. 0 means same day delivery, 1 means next day delivery.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          ],
-          "transitTimeLabels": [ # Required. A list of transit time labels. The last value can be `"all other labels"`. Example: `["food", "electronics", "all other labels"]`.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-        },
-        "warehouseBasedDeliveryTimes": [ # Optional. Indicates that the delivery time should be calculated per warehouse (shipping origin location) based on the settings of the selected carrier. When set, no other transit time related field in delivery time should be set.
-          { # Indicates that the delivery time should be calculated per warehouse (shipping origin location) based on the settings of the selected carrier. When set, no other transit time related field in `delivery_time` should be set.
-            "carrier": "A String", # Required. Carrier, such as `"UPS"` or `"Fedex"`.
-            "carrierService": "A String", # Required. Carrier service, such as `"ground"` or `"2 days"`. The name of the service must be in the eddSupportedServices list.
-            "warehouse": "A String", # Required. Warehouse name. This should match warehouse
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      "loyaltyPrograms": [ # Optional. Loyalty programs that this shipping service is limited to.
-        { # [Loyalty program](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12922446) provided by a merchant.
-          "loyaltyProgramTiers": [ # Optional. Loyalty program tier of this shipping service.
-            { # Subset of a merchants loyalty program.
-              "tierLabel": "A String", # The tier label [tier_label] sub-attribute differentiates offer level benefits between each tier. This value is also set in your program settings in Merchant Center, and is required for data source changes even if your loyalty program only has 1 tier.
-            },
-          ],
-          "programLabel": "A String", # This is the loyalty program label set in your loyalty program settings in Merchant Center. This sub-attribute allows Google to map your loyalty program to eligible offers.
-        },
-      ],
-      "minimumOrderValue": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Minimum order value for this service. If set, indicates that customers will have to spend at least this amount. All prices within a service must have the same currency. Cannot be set together with minimum_order_value_table.
-        "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-        "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-      },
-      "minimumOrderValueTable": { # Table of per store minimum order values for the pickup fulfillment type. # Table of per store minimum order values for the pickup fulfillment type. Cannot be set together with minimum_order_value.
-        "storeCodeSetWithMovs": [ # Required. A list of store code sets sharing the same minimum order value (MOV). At least two sets are required and the last one must be empty, which signifies 'MOV for all other stores'. Each store code can only appear once across all the sets. All prices within a service must have the same currency.
-          { # A list of store code sets sharing the same minimum order value. At least two sets are required and the last one must be empty, which signifies 'MOV for all other stores'. Each store code can only appear once across all the sets. All prices within a service must have the same currency.
-            "storeCodes": [ # Optional. A list of unique store codes or empty for the catch all.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "value": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # The minimum order value for the given stores.
-              "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-              "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      "rateGroups": [ # Optional. Shipping rate group definitions. Only the last one is allowed to have an empty `applicable_shipping_labels`, which means "everything else". The other `applicable_shipping_labels` must not overlap.
-        { # Shipping rate group definitions. Only the last one is allowed to have an empty `applicable_shipping_labels`, which means "everything else". The other `applicable_shipping_labels` must not overlap.
-          "applicableShippingLabels": [ # Required. A list of [shipping labels](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324504) defining the products to which this rate group applies to. This is a disjunction: only one of the labels has to match for the rate group to apply. May only be empty for the last rate group of a service.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "carrierRates": [ # Optional. A list of carrier rates that can be referred to by `main_table` or `single_value`.
-            { # A list of carrier rates that can be referred to by `main_table` or `single_value`.
-              "carrier": "A String", # Required. Carrier service, such as `"UPS"` or `"Fedex"`.
-              "carrierService": "A String", # Required. Carrier service, such as `"ground"` or `"2 days"`.
-              "flatAdjustment": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Optional. Additive shipping rate modifier. Can be negative. For example `{ "amount_micros": 1, "currency_code" : "USD" }` adds $1 to the rate, `{ "amount_micros": -3, "currency_code" : "USD" }` removes $3 from the rate.
-                "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-                "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-              },
-              "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the carrier rate. Must be unique per rate group.
-              "originPostalCode": "A String", # Required. Shipping origin for this carrier rate.
-              "percentageAdjustment": "A String", # Optional. Multiplicative shipping rate modifier as a number in decimal notation. Can be negative. For example `"5.4"` increases the rate by 5.4%, `"-3"` decreases the rate by 3%.
-            },
-          ],
-          "mainTable": { # A table defining the rate group, when `single_value` is not expressive enough. # A table defining the rate group, when `single_value` is not expressive enough. Can only be set if `single_value` is not set.
-            "columnHeaders": { # A non-empty list of row or column headers for a table. Exactly one of `prices`, `weights`, `num_items`, `postal_code_group_names`, or `location` must be set. # Headers of the table's columns. Optional: if not set then the table has only one dimension.
-              "locations": [ # Required. A list of location ID sets. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                { # A list of location ID sets. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                  "locationIds": [ # Required. A non-empty list of [location IDs](https://developers.google.com/adwords/api/docs/appendix/geotargeting). They must all be of the same location type (For example, state).
-                    "A String",
-                  ],
-                },
-              ],
-              "numberOfItems": [ # Required. A list of inclusive number of items upper bounds. The last value can be `"infinity"`. For example `["10", "50", "infinity"]` represents the headers "<= 10 items", "<= 50 items", and "> 50 items". Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                "A String",
-              ],
-              "postalCodeGroupNames": [ # Required. A list of postal group names. The last value can be `"all other locations"`. Example: `["zone 1", "zone 2", "all other locations"]`. The referred postal code groups must match the delivery country of the service. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                "A String",
-              ],
-              "prices": [ # Required. A list of inclusive order price upper bounds. The last price's value can be infinity by setting price amount_micros = -1. For example `[{"amount_micros": 10000000, "currency_code": "USD"}, {"amount_micros": 500000000, "currency_code": "USD"}, {"amount_micros": -1, "currency_code": "USD"}]` represents the headers "<= $10", "<= $500", and "> $500". All prices within a service must have the same currency. Must be non-empty. Must be positive except -1. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                { # The price represented as a number and currency.
-                  "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-                  "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-                },
-              ],
-              "weights": [ # Required. A list of inclusive order weight upper bounds. The last weight's value can be infinity by setting price amount_micros = -1. For example `[{"amount_micros": 10000000, "unit": "kg"}, {"amount_micros": 50000000, "unit": "kg"}, {"amount_micros": -1, "unit": "kg"}]` represents the headers "<= 10kg", "<= 50kg", and "> 50kg". All weights within a service must have the same unit. Must be non-empty. Must be positive except -1. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                { # The weight represented as the value in string and the unit.
-                  "amountMicros": "A String", # Required. The weight represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 kg = 1000000 micros). This field can also be set as infinity by setting to -1. This field only support -1 and positive value.
-                  "unit": "A String", # Required. The weight unit. Acceptable values are: kg and lb
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "name": "A String", # Name of the table. Required for subtables, ignored for the main table.
-            "rowHeaders": { # A non-empty list of row or column headers for a table. Exactly one of `prices`, `weights`, `num_items`, `postal_code_group_names`, or `location` must be set. # Required. Headers of the table's rows.
-              "locations": [ # Required. A list of location ID sets. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                { # A list of location ID sets. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                  "locationIds": [ # Required. A non-empty list of [location IDs](https://developers.google.com/adwords/api/docs/appendix/geotargeting). They must all be of the same location type (For example, state).
-                    "A String",
-                  ],
-                },
-              ],
-              "numberOfItems": [ # Required. A list of inclusive number of items upper bounds. The last value can be `"infinity"`. For example `["10", "50", "infinity"]` represents the headers "<= 10 items", "<= 50 items", and "> 50 items". Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                "A String",
-              ],
-              "postalCodeGroupNames": [ # Required. A list of postal group names. The last value can be `"all other locations"`. Example: `["zone 1", "zone 2", "all other locations"]`. The referred postal code groups must match the delivery country of the service. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                "A String",
-              ],
-              "prices": [ # Required. A list of inclusive order price upper bounds. The last price's value can be infinity by setting price amount_micros = -1. For example `[{"amount_micros": 10000000, "currency_code": "USD"}, {"amount_micros": 500000000, "currency_code": "USD"}, {"amount_micros": -1, "currency_code": "USD"}]` represents the headers "<= $10", "<= $500", and "> $500". All prices within a service must have the same currency. Must be non-empty. Must be positive except -1. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                { # The price represented as a number and currency.
-                  "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-                  "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-                },
-              ],
-              "weights": [ # Required. A list of inclusive order weight upper bounds. The last weight's value can be infinity by setting price amount_micros = -1. For example `[{"amount_micros": 10000000, "unit": "kg"}, {"amount_micros": 50000000, "unit": "kg"}, {"amount_micros": -1, "unit": "kg"}]` represents the headers "<= 10kg", "<= 50kg", and "> 50kg". All weights within a service must have the same unit. Must be non-empty. Must be positive except -1. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                { # The weight represented as the value in string and the unit.
-                  "amountMicros": "A String", # Required. The weight represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 kg = 1000000 micros). This field can also be set as infinity by setting to -1. This field only support -1 and positive value.
-                  "unit": "A String", # Required. The weight unit. Acceptable values are: kg and lb
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "rows": [ # Required. The list of rows that constitute the table. Must have the same length as `row_headers`.
-              { # Include a list of cells.
-                "cells": [ # Required. The list of cells that constitute the row. Must have the same length as `columnHeaders` for two-dimensional tables, a length of 1 for one-dimensional tables.
-                  { # The single value of a rate group or the value of a rate group table's cell. Exactly one of `no_shipping`, `flat_rate`, `price_percentage`, `carrier_rateName`, `subtable_name` must be set.
-                    "carrierRate": "A String", # The name of a carrier rate referring to a carrier rate defined in the same rate group. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                    "flatRate": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # A flat rate. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                      "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-                      "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-                    },
-                    "noShipping": True or False, # If true, then the product can't be shipped. Must be true when set, can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                    "pricePercentage": "A String", # A percentage of the price represented as a number in decimal notation (For example, `"5.4"`). Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                    "subtable": "A String", # The name of a subtable. Can only be set in table cells (For example, not for single values), and only if all other fields are not set.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-          "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of the rate group. If set has to be unique within shipping service.
-          "singleValue": { # The single value of a rate group or the value of a rate group table's cell. Exactly one of `no_shipping`, `flat_rate`, `price_percentage`, `carrier_rateName`, `subtable_name` must be set. # The value of the rate group (For example flat rate $10). Can only be set if `main_table` and `subtables` are not set.
-            "carrierRate": "A String", # The name of a carrier rate referring to a carrier rate defined in the same rate group. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-            "flatRate": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # A flat rate. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-              "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-              "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-            },
-            "noShipping": True or False, # If true, then the product can't be shipped. Must be true when set, can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-            "pricePercentage": "A String", # A percentage of the price represented as a number in decimal notation (For example, `"5.4"`). Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-            "subtable": "A String", # The name of a subtable. Can only be set in table cells (For example, not for single values), and only if all other fields are not set.
-          },
-          "subtables": [ # Optional. A list of subtables referred to by `main_table`. Can only be set if `main_table` is set.
-            { # A table defining the rate group, when `single_value` is not expressive enough.
-              "columnHeaders": { # A non-empty list of row or column headers for a table. Exactly one of `prices`, `weights`, `num_items`, `postal_code_group_names`, or `location` must be set. # Headers of the table's columns. Optional: if not set then the table has only one dimension.
-                "locations": [ # Required. A list of location ID sets. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                  { # A list of location ID sets. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                    "locationIds": [ # Required. A non-empty list of [location IDs](https://developers.google.com/adwords/api/docs/appendix/geotargeting). They must all be of the same location type (For example, state).
-                      "A String",
-                    ],
-                  },
-                ],
-                "numberOfItems": [ # Required. A list of inclusive number of items upper bounds. The last value can be `"infinity"`. For example `["10", "50", "infinity"]` represents the headers "<= 10 items", "<= 50 items", and "> 50 items". Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-                "postalCodeGroupNames": [ # Required. A list of postal group names. The last value can be `"all other locations"`. Example: `["zone 1", "zone 2", "all other locations"]`. The referred postal code groups must match the delivery country of the service. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-                "prices": [ # Required. A list of inclusive order price upper bounds. The last price's value can be infinity by setting price amount_micros = -1. For example `[{"amount_micros": 10000000, "currency_code": "USD"}, {"amount_micros": 500000000, "currency_code": "USD"}, {"amount_micros": -1, "currency_code": "USD"}]` represents the headers "<= $10", "<= $500", and "> $500". All prices within a service must have the same currency. Must be non-empty. Must be positive except -1. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                  { # The price represented as a number and currency.
-                    "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-                    "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-                  },
-                ],
-                "weights": [ # Required. A list of inclusive order weight upper bounds. The last weight's value can be infinity by setting price amount_micros = -1. For example `[{"amount_micros": 10000000, "unit": "kg"}, {"amount_micros": 50000000, "unit": "kg"}, {"amount_micros": -1, "unit": "kg"}]` represents the headers "<= 10kg", "<= 50kg", and "> 50kg". All weights within a service must have the same unit. Must be non-empty. Must be positive except -1. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                  { # The weight represented as the value in string and the unit.
-                    "amountMicros": "A String", # Required. The weight represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 kg = 1000000 micros). This field can also be set as infinity by setting to -1. This field only support -1 and positive value.
-                    "unit": "A String", # Required. The weight unit. Acceptable values are: kg and lb
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              "name": "A String", # Name of the table. Required for subtables, ignored for the main table.
-              "rowHeaders": { # A non-empty list of row or column headers for a table. Exactly one of `prices`, `weights`, `num_items`, `postal_code_group_names`, or `location` must be set. # Required. Headers of the table's rows.
-                "locations": [ # Required. A list of location ID sets. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                  { # A list of location ID sets. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                    "locationIds": [ # Required. A non-empty list of [location IDs](https://developers.google.com/adwords/api/docs/appendix/geotargeting). They must all be of the same location type (For example, state).
-                      "A String",
-                    ],
-                  },
-                ],
-                "numberOfItems": [ # Required. A list of inclusive number of items upper bounds. The last value can be `"infinity"`. For example `["10", "50", "infinity"]` represents the headers "<= 10 items", "<= 50 items", and "> 50 items". Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-                "postalCodeGroupNames": [ # Required. A list of postal group names. The last value can be `"all other locations"`. Example: `["zone 1", "zone 2", "all other locations"]`. The referred postal code groups must match the delivery country of the service. Must be non-empty. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-                "prices": [ # Required. A list of inclusive order price upper bounds. The last price's value can be infinity by setting price amount_micros = -1. For example `[{"amount_micros": 10000000, "currency_code": "USD"}, {"amount_micros": 500000000, "currency_code": "USD"}, {"amount_micros": -1, "currency_code": "USD"}]` represents the headers "<= $10", "<= $500", and "> $500". All prices within a service must have the same currency. Must be non-empty. Must be positive except -1. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                  { # The price represented as a number and currency.
-                    "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-                    "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-                  },
-                ],
-                "weights": [ # Required. A list of inclusive order weight upper bounds. The last weight's value can be infinity by setting price amount_micros = -1. For example `[{"amount_micros": 10000000, "unit": "kg"}, {"amount_micros": 50000000, "unit": "kg"}, {"amount_micros": -1, "unit": "kg"}]` represents the headers "<= 10kg", "<= 50kg", and "> 50kg". All weights within a service must have the same unit. Must be non-empty. Must be positive except -1. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                  { # The weight represented as the value in string and the unit.
-                    "amountMicros": "A String", # Required. The weight represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 kg = 1000000 micros). This field can also be set as infinity by setting to -1. This field only support -1 and positive value.
-                    "unit": "A String", # Required. The weight unit. Acceptable values are: kg and lb
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              "rows": [ # Required. The list of rows that constitute the table. Must have the same length as `row_headers`.
-                { # Include a list of cells.
-                  "cells": [ # Required. The list of cells that constitute the row. Must have the same length as `columnHeaders` for two-dimensional tables, a length of 1 for one-dimensional tables.
-                    { # The single value of a rate group or the value of a rate group table's cell. Exactly one of `no_shipping`, `flat_rate`, `price_percentage`, `carrier_rateName`, `subtable_name` must be set.
-                      "carrierRate": "A String", # The name of a carrier rate referring to a carrier rate defined in the same rate group. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                      "flatRate": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # A flat rate. Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                        "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
-                        "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
-                      },
-                      "noShipping": True or False, # If true, then the product can't be shipped. Must be true when set, can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                      "pricePercentage": "A String", # A percentage of the price represented as a number in decimal notation (For example, `"5.4"`). Can only be set if all other fields are not set.
-                      "subtable": "A String", # The name of a subtable. Can only be set in table cells (For example, not for single values), and only if all other fields are not set.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          ],
-        },
-      ],
-      "serviceName": "A String", # Required. Free-form name of the service. Must be unique within target account.
-      "shipmentType": "A String", # Type of locations this service ships orders to.
-      "storeConfig": { # A list of stores your products are delivered from. This is only valid for the local delivery shipment type. # A list of stores your products are delivered from. This is only valid for the local delivery shipment type.
-        "cutoffConfig": { # Configs related to local delivery ends for the day. # Configs related to local delivery ends for the day.
-          "localCutoffTime": { # Time that local delivery ends for the day. # Time that local delivery ends for the day.
-            "hour": "A String", # Hour local delivery orders must be placed by to process the same day.
-            "minute": "A String", # Minute local delivery orders must be placed by to process the same day.
-          },
-          "noDeliveryPostCutoff": True or False, # Merchants can opt-out of showing n+1 day local delivery when they have a shipping service configured to n day local delivery. For example, if the shipping service defines same-day delivery, and it's past the cut-off, setting this field to `true` results in the calculated shipping service rate returning `NO_DELIVERY_POST_CUTOFF`. In the same example, setting this field to `false` results in the calculated shipping time being one day. This is only for local delivery.
-          "storeCloseOffsetHours": "A String", # Only valid with local delivery fulfillment. Represents cutoff time as the number of hours before store closing. Mutually exclusive with `local_cutoff_time`.
-        },
-        "serviceRadius": { # Maximum delivery radius. This is only required for the local delivery shipment type. # Maximum delivery radius. This is only required for the local delivery shipment type.
-          "unit": "A String", # Unit can differ based on country, it is parameterized to include miles and kilometers.
-          "value": "A String", # Integer value of distance.
-        },
-        "storeCodes": [ # Optional. A list of store codes that provide local delivery. If empty, then `all_stores` must be true.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "storeServiceType": "A String", # Indicates whether all stores, or selected stores, listed by this merchant provide local delivery.
-      },
-    },
-  ],
-  "warehouses": [ # Optional. A list of warehouses which can be referred to in `services`.
-    { # A fulfillment warehouse, which stores and handles inventory. Next tag: 7
-      "businessDayConfig": { # Business days of the warehouse. # Business days of the warehouse. If not set, will be Monday to Friday by default.
-        "businessDays": [ # Required. Regular business days. May not be empty.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-      },
-      "cutoffTime": { # The latest time of day that an order can be accepted and begin processing. Later orders will be processed in the next day. The time is based on the warehouse postal code. # Required. The latest time of day that an order can be accepted and begin processing. Later orders will be processed in the next day. The time is based on the warehouse postal code.
-        "hour": 42, # Required. Hour of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Hour is based on the timezone of warehouse.
-        "minute": 42, # Required. Minute of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Minute is based on the timezone of warehouse.
-      },
-      "handlingDays": "A String", # Required. The number of days it takes for this warehouse to pack up and ship an item. This is on the warehouse level, but can be overridden on the offer level based on the attributes of an item.
-      "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the warehouse. Must be unique within account.
-      "shippingAddress": { # Shipping address of the warehouse. # Required. Shipping address of the warehouse.
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Required. Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California ("CA") or a province like Quebec ("QC").
-        "city": "A String", # Required. City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (For example neighborhoods or suburbs).
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Required. Postal code or ZIP (For example "94043").
-        "regionCode": "A String", # Required. [CLDR country code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml) (For example "US").
-        "streetAddress": "A String", # Street-level part of the address. For example: `111w 31st Street`.
-      },
-    },
-  ],
-}
-
-
insert(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Replace the shipping setting of a merchant with the request shipping setting. Executing this method requires admin access.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.termsOfServiceAgreementStates.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.termsOfServiceAgreementStates.html
index dfb4ac59f9e..1e395b2dce6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.termsOfServiceAgreementStates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.termsOfServiceAgreementStates.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns the state of a terms of service agreement.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the terms of service version. Format: `accounts/{account}/termsOfServiceAgreementState/{identifier}` The identifier format is: `{TermsOfServiceKind}-{country}` (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the terms of service version. Format: `accounts/{account}/termsOfServiceAgreementState/{identifier}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ 

Method Details

"year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. }, }, - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the terms of service version. Format: `accounts/{account}/termsOfServiceAgreementState/{identifier}` The identifier format is: `{TermsOfServiceKind}-{country}` For example, an identifier could be: `MERCHANT_CENTER-US` + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the terms of service version. Format: `accounts/{account}/termsOfServiceAgreementState/{identifier}` "regionCode": "A String", # Region code as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/. This is the country the current state applies to. "required": { # Describes the terms of service which are required to be accepted. # The required terms of service "termsOfService": "A String", # The [termsOfService](google.shopping.merchant.accounts.v1main.TermsOfService) that need to be accepted. @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

Method Details

"year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. }, }, - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the terms of service version. Format: `accounts/{account}/termsOfServiceAgreementState/{identifier}` The identifier format is: `{TermsOfServiceKind}-{country}` For example, an identifier could be: `MERCHANT_CENTER-US` + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the terms of service version. Format: `accounts/{account}/termsOfServiceAgreementState/{identifier}` "regionCode": "A String", # Region code as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/. This is the country the current state applies to. "required": { # Describes the terms of service which are required to be accepted. # The required terms of service "termsOfService": "A String", # The [termsOfService](google.shopping.merchant.accounts.v1main.TermsOfService) that need to be accepted. diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.users.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.users.html index 004831fec66..90d23dfe607 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.users.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.users.html @@ -86,6 +86,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a Merchant Center account user.

+

+ getEmailPreferences(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns the email preferences for a Merchant Center account user. Use the name=accounts/*/users/me/emailPreferences alias to get preferences for the authenticated user.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists all users of a Merchant Center account.

@@ -95,6 +98,9 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates a Merchant Center account user. Executing this method requires admin access.

+

+ updateEmailPreferences(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the email preferences for a Merchant Center account user. MCA users should specify the MCA account rather than a sub-account of the MCA. Preferences which are not explicitly selected in the update mask will not be updated. It is invalid for updates to specify an UNCONFIRMED opt-in status value. Use the name=accounts/*/users/me/emailPreferences alias to update preferences for the authenticated user.

Method Details

close() @@ -177,6 +183,26 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getEmailPreferences(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns the email preferences for a Merchant Center account user. Use the name=accounts/*/users/me/emailPreferences alias to get preferences for the authenticated user.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the `EmailPreferences` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/users/{email}/emailPreferences` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The categories of notifications the user opted into / opted out of. The email preferences do not include mandatory announcements as users can't opt out of them.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the EmailPreferences. The endpoint is only supported for the authenticated user.
+  "newsAndTips": "A String", # Optional. Updates on new features, tips and best practices.
+}
+
+
list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists all users of a Merchant Center account.
@@ -256,4 +282,33 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ updateEmailPreferences(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the email preferences for a Merchant Center account user. MCA users should specify the MCA account rather than a sub-account of the MCA. Preferences which are not explicitly selected in the update mask will not be updated. It is invalid for updates to specify an UNCONFIRMED opt-in status value. Use the name=accounts/*/users/me/emailPreferences alias to update preferences for the authenticated user.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the EmailPreferences. The endpoint is only supported for the authenticated user. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The categories of notifications the user opted into / opted out of. The email preferences do not include mandatory announcements as users can't opt out of them.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the EmailPreferences. The endpoint is only supported for the authenticated user.
+  "newsAndTips": "A String", # Optional. Updates on new features, tips and best practices.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. List of fields being updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The categories of notifications the user opted into / opted out of. The email preferences do not include mandatory announcements as users can't opt out of them.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the EmailPreferences. The endpoint is only supported for the authenticated user.
+  "newsAndTips": "A String", # Optional. Updates on new features, tips and best practices.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html index f8f1d6769c9..ef9db821e35 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html @@ -206,22 +206,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "multiRegionConfig": { # The multi-region config for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Optional. Specifies the multi-region configuration information for the Hive metastore service. - "certificates": [ # Output only. The list of root CA certificates that a gRPC client uses to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service. - { # A gRPC client must install all root CA certificates to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service and achieve failover. - "certificate": "A String", # The root CA certificate in PEM format. The maximum length is 65536 bytes. - "expirationTime": "A String", # The certificate expiration time in timestamp format. - }, - ], - "customRegionConfig": { # Custom configuration used to specify regions that the metastore service runs in. Currently only supported in the us multi-region. - "readOnlyRegions": [ # Optional. The list of read-only regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - "readWriteRegions": [ # Required. The list of read-write regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. @@ -444,22 +428,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "multiRegionConfig": { # The multi-region config for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Optional. Specifies the multi-region configuration information for the Hive metastore service. - "certificates": [ # Output only. The list of root CA certificates that a gRPC client uses to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service. - { # A gRPC client must install all root CA certificates to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service and achieve failover. - "certificate": "A String", # The root CA certificate in PEM format. The maximum length is 65536 bytes. - "expirationTime": "A String", # The certificate expiration time in timestamp format. - }, - ], - "customRegionConfig": { # Custom configuration used to specify regions that the metastore service runs in. Currently only supported in the us multi-region. - "readOnlyRegions": [ # Optional. The list of read-only regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - "readWriteRegions": [ # Required. The list of read-write regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. @@ -670,22 +638,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "multiRegionConfig": { # The multi-region config for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Optional. Specifies the multi-region configuration information for the Hive metastore service. - "certificates": [ # Output only. The list of root CA certificates that a gRPC client uses to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service. - { # A gRPC client must install all root CA certificates to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service and achieve failover. - "certificate": "A String", # The root CA certificate in PEM format. The maximum length is 65536 bytes. - "expirationTime": "A String", # The certificate expiration time in timestamp format. - }, - ], - "customRegionConfig": { # Custom configuration used to specify regions that the metastore service runs in. Currently only supported in the us multi-region. - "readOnlyRegions": [ # Optional. The list of read-only regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - "readWriteRegions": [ # Required. The list of read-write regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html index 39d831814c6..512cb874a8a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html @@ -422,22 +422,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "multiRegionConfig": { # The multi-region config for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Optional. Specifies the multi-region configuration information for the Hive metastore service. - "certificates": [ # Output only. The list of root CA certificates that a gRPC client uses to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service. - { # A gRPC client must install all root CA certificates to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service and achieve failover. - "certificate": "A String", # The root CA certificate in PEM format. The maximum length is 65536 bytes. - "expirationTime": "A String", # The certificate expiration time in timestamp format. - }, - ], - "customRegionConfig": { # Custom configuration used to specify regions that the metastore service runs in. Currently only supported in the us multi-region. - "readOnlyRegions": [ # Optional. The list of read-only regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - "readWriteRegions": [ # Required. The list of read-write regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. @@ -694,22 +678,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "multiRegionConfig": { # The multi-region config for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Optional. Specifies the multi-region configuration information for the Hive metastore service. - "certificates": [ # Output only. The list of root CA certificates that a gRPC client uses to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service. - { # A gRPC client must install all root CA certificates to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service and achieve failover. - "certificate": "A String", # The root CA certificate in PEM format. The maximum length is 65536 bytes. - "expirationTime": "A String", # The certificate expiration time in timestamp format. - }, - ], - "customRegionConfig": { # Custom configuration used to specify regions that the metastore service runs in. Currently only supported in the us multi-region. - "readOnlyRegions": [ # Optional. The list of read-only regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - "readWriteRegions": [ # Required. The list of read-write regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. @@ -911,22 +879,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "multiRegionConfig": { # The multi-region config for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Optional. Specifies the multi-region configuration information for the Hive metastore service. - "certificates": [ # Output only. The list of root CA certificates that a gRPC client uses to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service. - { # A gRPC client must install all root CA certificates to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service and achieve failover. - "certificate": "A String", # The root CA certificate in PEM format. The maximum length is 65536 bytes. - "expirationTime": "A String", # The certificate expiration time in timestamp format. - }, - ], - "customRegionConfig": { # Custom configuration used to specify regions that the metastore service runs in. Currently only supported in the us multi-region. - "readOnlyRegions": [ # Optional. The list of read-only regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - "readWriteRegions": [ # Required. The list of read-write regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. @@ -1131,22 +1083,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "multiRegionConfig": { # The multi-region config for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Optional. Specifies the multi-region configuration information for the Hive metastore service. - "certificates": [ # Output only. The list of root CA certificates that a gRPC client uses to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service. - { # A gRPC client must install all root CA certificates to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service and achieve failover. - "certificate": "A String", # The root CA certificate in PEM format. The maximum length is 65536 bytes. - "expirationTime": "A String", # The certificate expiration time in timestamp format. - }, - ], - "customRegionConfig": { # Custom configuration used to specify regions that the metastore service runs in. Currently only supported in the us multi-region. - "readOnlyRegions": [ # Optional. The list of read-only regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - "readWriteRegions": [ # Required. The list of read-write regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html index e08c36112c7..4777840b24a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html @@ -206,22 +206,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "multiRegionConfig": { # The multi-region config for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Optional. Specifies the multi-region configuration information for the Hive metastore service. - "certificates": [ # Output only. The list of root CA certificates that a gRPC client uses to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service. - { # A gRPC client must install all root CA certificates to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service and achieve failover. - "certificate": "A String", # The root CA certificate in PEM format. The maximum length is 65536 bytes. - "expirationTime": "A String", # The certificate expiration time in timestamp format. - }, - ], - "customRegionConfig": { # Custom configuration used to specify regions that the metastore service runs in. Currently only supported in the us multi-region. - "readOnlyRegions": [ # Optional. The list of read-only regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - "readWriteRegions": [ # Required. The list of read-write regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. @@ -444,22 +428,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "multiRegionConfig": { # The multi-region config for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Optional. Specifies the multi-region configuration information for the Hive metastore service. - "certificates": [ # Output only. The list of root CA certificates that a gRPC client uses to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service. - { # A gRPC client must install all root CA certificates to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service and achieve failover. - "certificate": "A String", # The root CA certificate in PEM format. The maximum length is 65536 bytes. - "expirationTime": "A String", # The certificate expiration time in timestamp format. - }, - ], - "customRegionConfig": { # Custom configuration used to specify regions that the metastore service runs in. Currently only supported in the us multi-region. - "readOnlyRegions": [ # Optional. The list of read-only regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - "readWriteRegions": [ # Required. The list of read-write regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. @@ -670,22 +638,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "multiRegionConfig": { # The multi-region config for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Optional. Specifies the multi-region configuration information for the Hive metastore service. - "certificates": [ # Output only. The list of root CA certificates that a gRPC client uses to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service. - { # A gRPC client must install all root CA certificates to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service and achieve failover. - "certificate": "A String", # The root CA certificate in PEM format. The maximum length is 65536 bytes. - "expirationTime": "A String", # The certificate expiration time in timestamp format. - }, - ], - "customRegionConfig": { # Custom configuration used to specify regions that the metastore service runs in. Currently only supported in the us multi-region. - "readOnlyRegions": [ # Optional. The list of read-only regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - "readWriteRegions": [ # Required. The list of read-write regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html index b5b648630d6..7f46f24a75e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html @@ -422,22 +422,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "multiRegionConfig": { # The multi-region config for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Optional. Specifies the multi-region configuration information for the Hive metastore service. - "certificates": [ # Output only. The list of root CA certificates that a gRPC client uses to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service. - { # A gRPC client must install all root CA certificates to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service and achieve failover. - "certificate": "A String", # The root CA certificate in PEM format. The maximum length is 65536 bytes. - "expirationTime": "A String", # The certificate expiration time in timestamp format. - }, - ], - "customRegionConfig": { # Custom configuration used to specify regions that the metastore service runs in. Currently only supported in the us multi-region. - "readOnlyRegions": [ # Optional. The list of read-only regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - "readWriteRegions": [ # Required. The list of read-write regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. @@ -694,22 +678,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "multiRegionConfig": { # The multi-region config for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Optional. Specifies the multi-region configuration information for the Hive metastore service. - "certificates": [ # Output only. The list of root CA certificates that a gRPC client uses to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service. - { # A gRPC client must install all root CA certificates to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service and achieve failover. - "certificate": "A String", # The root CA certificate in PEM format. The maximum length is 65536 bytes. - "expirationTime": "A String", # The certificate expiration time in timestamp format. - }, - ], - "customRegionConfig": { # Custom configuration used to specify regions that the metastore service runs in. Currently only supported in the us multi-region. - "readOnlyRegions": [ # Optional. The list of read-only regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - "readWriteRegions": [ # Required. The list of read-write regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. @@ -911,22 +879,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "multiRegionConfig": { # The multi-region config for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Optional. Specifies the multi-region configuration information for the Hive metastore service. - "certificates": [ # Output only. The list of root CA certificates that a gRPC client uses to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service. - { # A gRPC client must install all root CA certificates to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service and achieve failover. - "certificate": "A String", # The root CA certificate in PEM format. The maximum length is 65536 bytes. - "expirationTime": "A String", # The certificate expiration time in timestamp format. - }, - ], - "customRegionConfig": { # Custom configuration used to specify regions that the metastore service runs in. Currently only supported in the us multi-region. - "readOnlyRegions": [ # Optional. The list of read-only regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - "readWriteRegions": [ # Required. The list of read-write regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. @@ -1131,22 +1083,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "multiRegionConfig": { # The multi-region config for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Optional. Specifies the multi-region configuration information for the Hive metastore service. - "certificates": [ # Output only. The list of root CA certificates that a gRPC client uses to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service. - { # A gRPC client must install all root CA certificates to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service and achieve failover. - "certificate": "A String", # The root CA certificate in PEM format. The maximum length is 65536 bytes. - "expirationTime": "A String", # The certificate expiration time in timestamp format. - }, - ], - "customRegionConfig": { # Custom configuration used to specify regions that the metastore service runs in. Currently only supported in the us multi-region. - "readOnlyRegions": [ # Optional. The list of read-only regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - "readWriteRegions": [ # Required. The list of read-write regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.preferenceSets.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.preferenceSets.html index 4487d8d0463..608e6c4f7ba 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.preferenceSets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.preferenceSets.html @@ -176,19 +176,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, "persistentDiskType": "A String", # Persistent disk type to use. If unspecified (default), all types are considered, based on available usage data. @@ -220,19 +220,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, }, @@ -393,19 +393,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, "persistentDiskType": "A String", # Persistent disk type to use. If unspecified (default), all types are considered, based on available usage data. @@ -437,19 +437,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, }, @@ -550,19 +550,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, "persistentDiskType": "A String", # Persistent disk type to use. If unspecified (default), all types are considered, based on available usage data. @@ -594,19 +594,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, }, @@ -715,19 +715,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, "persistentDiskType": "A String", # Persistent disk type to use. If unspecified (default), all types are considered, based on available usage data. @@ -759,19 +759,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.reportConfigs.reports.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.reportConfigs.reports.html index c8f77e4d0a8..e65c71379de 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.reportConfigs.reports.html +++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.reportConfigs.reports.html @@ -405,19 +405,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, "persistentDiskType": "A String", # Persistent disk type to use. If unspecified (default), all types are considered, based on available usage data. @@ -449,19 +449,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, }, @@ -579,19 +579,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, "persistentDiskType": "A String", # Persistent disk type to use. If unspecified (default), all types are considered, based on available usage data. @@ -623,19 +623,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, }, @@ -1156,19 +1156,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, "persistentDiskType": "A String", # Persistent disk type to use. If unspecified (default), all types are considered, based on available usage data. @@ -1200,19 +1200,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, }, @@ -1330,19 +1330,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, "persistentDiskType": "A String", # Persistent disk type to use. If unspecified (default), all types are considered, based on available usage data. @@ -1374,19 +1374,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, }, @@ -1848,19 +1848,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, "persistentDiskType": "A String", # Persistent disk type to use. If unspecified (default), all types are considered, based on available usage data. @@ -1892,19 +1892,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, }, @@ -2022,19 +2022,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, "persistentDiskType": "A String", # Persistent disk type to use. If unspecified (default), all types are considered, based on available usage data. @@ -2066,19 +2066,19 @@

Method Details

"osPricingPreferences": { # Pricing options for OS images. # Optional. Pricing options for OS images. "rhel": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for RHEL images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "sles": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "slesForSap": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for SLES for SAP images. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, "windows": { # Pricing options of an OS image. # Optional. Pricing options for Windows images. No commitment plans are available, set it to unspecified. "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Optional. The plan of commitments for committed use discounts (CUD). - "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server). + "licenseType": "A String", # Optional. License type of the OS image. }, }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html index ff98d807eb8..cea5dc763c5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html @@ -86,6 +86,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single EndpointPolicy.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists EndpointPolicies in a given project and location.

@@ -95,6 +98,12 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the parameters of a single EndpointPolicy.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

Method Details

close() @@ -250,6 +259,54 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists EndpointPolicies in a given project and location.
@@ -385,4 +442,119 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.gateways.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.gateways.html index 3c81899ebe9..f0d653098d9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.gateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.gateways.html @@ -86,6 +86,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single Gateway.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists Gateways in a given project and location.

@@ -95,6 +98,12 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the parameters of a single Gateway.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

Method Details

close() @@ -246,6 +255,54 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists Gateways in a given project and location.
@@ -380,4 +437,119 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.meshes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.meshes.html index d4b09936e66..34c2e6e57cb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.meshes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.meshes.html @@ -86,6 +86,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single Mesh.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists Meshes in a given project and location.

@@ -95,6 +98,12 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the parameters of a single Mesh.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

Method Details

close() @@ -216,6 +225,54 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists Meshes in a given project and location.
@@ -317,4 +374,119 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html index f96470b83c2..9db0ca9c948 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html @@ -86,12 +86,21 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single ServiceBinding.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists ServiceBinding in a given project and location.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

Method Details

close() @@ -211,6 +220,54 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists ServiceBinding in a given project and location.
@@ -259,4 +316,119 @@ 

Method Details

+
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html index 367a133c97a..8f6f510d65f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html @@ -86,6 +86,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single EndpointPolicy.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists EndpointPolicies in a given project and location.

@@ -95,6 +98,12 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the parameters of a single EndpointPolicy.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

Method Details

close() @@ -250,6 +259,54 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists EndpointPolicies in a given project and location.
@@ -385,4 +442,119 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.gateways.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.gateways.html index 008fd4f7caa..78a329154e0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.gateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.gateways.html @@ -86,6 +86,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single Gateway.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists Gateways in a given project and location.

@@ -95,6 +98,12 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the parameters of a single Gateway.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

Method Details

close() @@ -246,6 +255,54 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists Gateways in a given project and location.
@@ -380,4 +437,119 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.meshes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.meshes.html index a55dcfa173c..0f96c6fe493 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.meshes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.meshes.html @@ -86,6 +86,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single Mesh.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists Meshes in a given project and location.

@@ -95,6 +98,12 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the parameters of a single Mesh.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

Method Details

close() @@ -216,6 +225,54 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists Meshes in a given project and location.
@@ -317,4 +374,119 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html index f21a85d2175..aff85683d41 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.serviceBindings.html @@ -86,12 +86,21 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single ServiceBinding.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists ServiceBinding in a given project and location.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

Method Details

close() @@ -211,6 +220,54 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists ServiceBinding in a given project and location.
@@ -259,4 +316,119 @@ 

Method Details

+
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html index 7a4e3309c90..b94ed1dfdcb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html @@ -545,6 +545,11 @@

Method Details

"error": "A String", # If there was an error generating an SBOM, this will indicate what that error was. "sbomState": "A String", # The progress of the SBOM generation. }, + "vulnerabilityAttestation": { # The status of an vulnerability attestation generation. # The status of an vulnerability attestation generation. + "error": "A String", # If failure, the error reason for why the attestation generation failed. + "lastAttemptTime": "A String", # The last time we attempted to generate an attestation. + "state": "A String", # The success/failure state of the latest attestation attempt. + }, }, "dsseAttestation": { # Deprecated. Prefer to use a regular Occurrence, and populate the Envelope at the top level of the Occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html index 0b8e033cdeb..bdbb6fe687d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html @@ -545,6 +545,11 @@

Method Details

"error": "A String", # If there was an error generating an SBOM, this will indicate what that error was. "sbomState": "A String", # The progress of the SBOM generation. }, + "vulnerabilityAttestation": { # The status of an vulnerability attestation generation. # The status of an vulnerability attestation generation. + "error": "A String", # If failure, the error reason for why the attestation generation failed. + "lastAttemptTime": "A String", # The last time we attempted to generate an attestation. + "state": "A String", # The success/failure state of the latest attestation attempt. + }, }, "dsseAttestation": { # Deprecated. Prefer to use a regular Occurrence, and populate the Envelope at the top level of the Occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata. diff --git a/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.deviceRecall.html b/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.deviceRecall.html deleted file mode 100644 index 7de25202f97..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.deviceRecall.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,119 +0,0 @@ - - - -

Google Play Integrity API . deviceRecall

-

Instance Methods

-

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- write(packageName, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Writes recall bits for the device where Play Integrity API token is obtained. The endpoint is available to select Play partners in an early access program (EAP).

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- write(packageName, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Writes recall bits for the device where Play Integrity API token is obtained. The endpoint is available to select Play partners in an early access program (EAP).
-
-Args:
-  packageName: string, Required. Package name of the app the attached integrity token belongs to. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request to write device recall bits.
-  "integrityToken": "A String", # Required. Integrity token obtained from calling Play Integrity API. Note that the integrity token contains the existing device recall bits. The write will only succeed if those bits in the integrity token are up to date.
-  "newValues": { # Contains the recall bits values. # Required. The new values for the device recall bits to be written.
-    "bitFirst": True or False, # Required. First recall bit value.
-    "bitSecond": True or False, # Required. Second recall bit value.
-    "bitThird": True or False, # Required. Third recall bit value.
-  },
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response for the Write Device Recall action. Currently empty.
-}
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.html b/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.html index d04b6287ee9..9463e229481 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.html @@ -74,11 +74,6 @@

Google Play Integrity API

Instance Methods

-

- deviceRecall() -

-

Returns the deviceRecall Resource.

-

v1()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html index 97a9a896f73..e66a6c125af 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html @@ -120,6 +120,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. @@ -179,6 +187,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. @@ -259,6 +275,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. @@ -320,6 +344,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. @@ -380,6 +412,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html index 35c504818ea..f9e75738e57 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "recentSearchResults": [ # Deprecated. Matched recent searches of this user. The maximum number of recent searches is 10. This field is a restricted feature. If you want to enable it, contact Retail Search support. This feature is only available when CompleteQueryRequest.visitor_id field is set and UserEvent is imported. The recent searches satisfy the follow rules: * They are ordered from latest to oldest. * They are matched with CompleteQueryRequest.query case insensitively. * They are transformed to lower case. * They are UTF-8 safe. Recent searches are deduplicated. More recent searches will be reserved when duplication happens. - { # Deprecated: Recent search of this user. + { # Recent search of this user. "recentSearch": "A String", # The recent search query. }, ], @@ -302,6 +302,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. @@ -563,6 +571,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. @@ -625,6 +641,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html index 59b262049aa..cfb1907f379 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html @@ -123,6 +123,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. @@ -183,6 +191,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. @@ -297,6 +313,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. @@ -359,6 +383,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. @@ -420,6 +452,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html index c9bc22895f3..6b42b1e244b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html @@ -136,6 +136,9 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # [ProductCountScope] of the [counts]. }, ], + "productCounts": { # Output only. The number of products in different groups that this branch has. The key is a group representing a set of products, and the value is the number of products in that group. Note: keys in this map may change over time. Possible keys: * "primary-in-stock", products have Product.Type.PRIMARY type and Product.Availability.IN_STOCK availability. * "primary-out-of-stock", products have Product.Type.PRIMARY type and Product.Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK availability. * "primary-preorder", products have Product.Type.PRIMARY type and Product.Availability.PREORDER availability. * "primary-backorder", products have Product.Type.PRIMARY type and Product.Availability.BACKORDER availability. * "variant-in-stock", products have Product.Type.VARIANT type and Product.Availability.IN_STOCK availability. * "variant-out-of-stock", products have Product.Type.VARIANT type and Product.Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK availability. * "variant-preorder", products have Product.Type.VARIANT type and Product.Availability.PREORDER availability. * "variant-backorder", products have Product.Type.VARIANT type and Product.Availability.BACKORDER availability. * "price-discounted", products have [Product.price_info.price] < [Product.price_info.original_price]. This field is not populated in BranchView.BASIC view. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "qualityMetrics": [ # Output only. The quality metrics measured among products of this branch. See QualityMetric.requirement_key for supported metrics. Metrics could be missing if failed to retrieve. This field is not populated in BranchView.BASIC view. { # Metric measured on a group of Products against a certain quality requirement. Contains the number of products that pass the check and the number of products that don't. "qualifiedProductCount": 42, # Number of products passing the quality requirement check. We only check searchable products. @@ -347,6 +350,9 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # [ProductCountScope] of the [counts]. }, ], + "productCounts": { # Output only. The number of products in different groups that this branch has. The key is a group representing a set of products, and the value is the number of products in that group. Note: keys in this map may change over time. Possible keys: * "primary-in-stock", products have Product.Type.PRIMARY type and Product.Availability.IN_STOCK availability. * "primary-out-of-stock", products have Product.Type.PRIMARY type and Product.Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK availability. * "primary-preorder", products have Product.Type.PRIMARY type and Product.Availability.PREORDER availability. * "primary-backorder", products have Product.Type.PRIMARY type and Product.Availability.BACKORDER availability. * "variant-in-stock", products have Product.Type.VARIANT type and Product.Availability.IN_STOCK availability. * "variant-out-of-stock", products have Product.Type.VARIANT type and Product.Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK availability. * "variant-preorder", products have Product.Type.VARIANT type and Product.Availability.PREORDER availability. * "variant-backorder", products have Product.Type.VARIANT type and Product.Availability.BACKORDER availability. * "price-discounted", products have [Product.price_info.price] < [Product.price_info.original_price]. This field is not populated in BranchView.BASIC view. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "qualityMetrics": [ # Output only. The quality metrics measured among products of this branch. See QualityMetric.requirement_key for supported metrics. Metrics could be missing if failed to retrieve. This field is not populated in BranchView.BASIC view. { # Metric measured on a group of Products against a certain quality requirement. Contains the number of products that pass the check and the number of products that don't. "qualifiedProductCount": 42, # Number of products passing the quality requirement check. We only check searchable products. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html index 604ad9b8bfc..b6ed7003bda 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "recentSearchResults": [ # Deprecated. Matched recent searches of this user. The maximum number of recent searches is 10. This field is a restricted feature. If you want to enable it, contact Retail Search support. This feature is only available when CompleteQueryRequest.visitor_id field is set and UserEvent is imported. The recent searches satisfy the follow rules: * They are ordered from latest to oldest. * They are matched with CompleteQueryRequest.query case insensitively. * They are transformed to lower case. * They are UTF-8 safe. Recent searches are deduplicated. More recent searches will be reserved when duplication happens. - { # Deprecated: Recent search of this user. + { # Recent search of this user. "recentSearch": "A String", # The recent search query. }, ], @@ -335,6 +335,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. @@ -654,6 +662,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. @@ -717,6 +733,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html index 09eb2b74275..4821a3066cc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html @@ -123,6 +123,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. @@ -183,6 +191,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. @@ -297,6 +313,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. @@ -359,6 +383,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. @@ -420,6 +452,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html index 3d0c44e06ab..c1e3e2ff801 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "recentSearchResults": [ # Deprecated. Matched recent searches of this user. The maximum number of recent searches is 10. This field is a restricted feature. If you want to enable it, contact Retail Search support. This feature is only available when CompleteQueryRequest.visitor_id field is set and UserEvent is imported. The recent searches satisfy the follow rules: * They are ordered from latest to oldest. * They are matched with CompleteQueryRequest.query case insensitively. * They are transformed to lower case. * They are UTF-8 safe. Recent searches are deduplicated. More recent searches will be reserved when duplication happens. - { # Deprecated: Recent search of this user. + { # Recent search of this user. "recentSearch": "A String", # The recent search query. }, ], @@ -302,6 +302,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. @@ -621,6 +629,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. @@ -684,6 +700,14 @@

Method Details

], "mergedFacet": { # The current facet key (i.e. attribute config) maps into the merged_facet_key. A facet key can have at most one child. The current facet key and the merged facet key need both to be textual custom attributes or both numerical custom attributes (same type). # Use this field only if you want to merge a facet key into another facet key. "mergedFacetKey": "A String", # The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute. + "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value. + { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. + "mergedValue": "A String", # All the previous values are replaced by this merged facet value. This merged_value must be non-empty and can have up to 128 characters. + "values": [ # All the facet values that are replaces by the same merged_value that follows. The maximum number of values per MergedFacetValue is 25. Each value can have up to 128 characters. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], }, "mergedFacetValues": [ # Each instance replaces a list of facet values by a merged facet value. If a facet value is not in any list, then it will stay the same. To avoid conflicts, only paths of length 1 are accepted. In other words, if "dark_blue" merged into "BLUE", then the latter can't merge into "blues" because this would create a path of length 2. The maximum number of instances of MergedFacetValue per CatalogAttribute is 100. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. { # Replaces a set of textual facet values by the same (possibly different) merged facet value. Each facet value should appear at most once as a value per CatalogAttribute. This feature is available only for textual custom attributes. diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html index af860d9eaaf..1f0ad7dd322 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Unstructured key value map that can be used to organize and categorize objects. User-provided labels are shared with Google's billing system, so they can be used to filter, or break down billing charges by team, component, environment, state, etc. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels or https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/labels. Cloud Run API v2 does not support labels with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system labels in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 RevisionTemplate. "a_key": "A String", }, - "maxInstanceRequestConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. + "maxInstanceRequestConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. "nodeSelector": { # Hardware constraints configuration. # Optional. The node selector for the revision template. "accelerator": "A String", # Required. GPU accelerator type to attach to an instance. }, @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Unstructured key value map that can be used to organize and categorize objects. User-provided labels are shared with Google's billing system, so they can be used to filter, or break down billing charges by team, component, environment, state, etc. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels or https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/labels. Cloud Run API v2 does not support labels with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system labels in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 RevisionTemplate. "a_key": "A String", }, - "maxInstanceRequestConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. + "maxInstanceRequestConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. "nodeSelector": { # Hardware constraints configuration. # Optional. The node selector for the revision template. "accelerator": "A String", # Required. GPU accelerator type to attach to an instance. }, @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Unstructured key value map that can be used to organize and categorize objects. User-provided labels are shared with Google's billing system, so they can be used to filter, or break down billing charges by team, component, environment, state, etc. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels or https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/labels. Cloud Run API v2 does not support labels with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system labels in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 RevisionTemplate. "a_key": "A String", }, - "maxInstanceRequestConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. + "maxInstanceRequestConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. "nodeSelector": { # Hardware constraints configuration. # Optional. The node selector for the revision template. "accelerator": "A String", # Required. GPU accelerator type to attach to an instance. }, @@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Unstructured key value map that can be used to organize and categorize objects. User-provided labels are shared with Google's billing system, so they can be used to filter, or break down billing charges by team, component, environment, state, etc. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels or https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/labels. Cloud Run API v2 does not support labels with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system labels in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 RevisionTemplate. "a_key": "A String", }, - "maxInstanceRequestConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. + "maxInstanceRequestConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. "nodeSelector": { # Hardware constraints configuration. # Optional. The node selector for the revision template. "accelerator": "A String", # Required. GPU accelerator type to attach to an instance. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html index 92c71f53320..800009e2442 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... code_snippet_rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Delete code_snippets: - includes: - github_include: region_tag: calendar_delete code_language: JAVA account: GoogleCloudPlatform project: java-docs-samples file: calendar/delete.java Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL. + "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL. "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation. "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field. "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set. @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... code_snippet_rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Delete code_snippets: - includes: - github_include: region_tag: calendar_delete code_language: JAVA account: GoogleCloudPlatform project: java-docs-samples file: calendar/delete.java Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL. + "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL. "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation. "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field. "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set. @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... code_snippet_rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Delete code_snippets: - includes: - github_include: region_tag: calendar_delete code_language: JAVA account: GoogleCloudPlatform project: java-docs-samples file: calendar/delete.java Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL. + "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL. "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation. "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field. "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set. diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html index 4fcdc845e6d..a1e199964e9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... code_snippet_rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Delete code_snippets: - includes: - github_include: region_tag: calendar_delete code_language: JAVA account: GoogleCloudPlatform project: java-docs-samples file: calendar/delete.java Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL. + "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL. "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation. "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field. "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set. @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... code_snippet_rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Delete code_snippets: - includes: - github_include: region_tag: calendar_delete code_language: JAVA account: GoogleCloudPlatform project: java-docs-samples file: calendar/delete.java Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL. + "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL. "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation. "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field. "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html b/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html index 1ee99e8e782..110c63bd3b4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html @@ -2152,7 +2152,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "addDataSource": { # Adds a data source. After the data source is added successfully, an associated DATA_SOURCE sheet is created and an execution is triggered to refresh the sheet to read data from the data source. The request requires an additional `bigquery.readonly` OAuth scope if you are adding a BigQuery data source. # Adds a data source. + "addDataSource": { # Adds a data source. After the data source is added successfully, an associated DATA_SOURCE sheet is created and an execution is triggered to refresh the sheet to read data from the data source. The request requires an additional `bigquery.readonly` OAuth scope. # Adds a data source. "dataSource": { # Information about an external data source in the spreadsheet. # The data source to add. "calculatedColumns": [ # All calculated columns in the data source. { # A column in a data source. @@ -3322,7 +3322,7 @@

Method Details

"startIndex": 42, # The start (inclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. }, }, - "cancelDataSourceRefresh": { # Cancels one or multiple refreshes of data source objects in the spreadsheet by the specified references. The request requires an additional `bigquery.readonly` OAuth scope if you are cancelling a refresh on a BigQuery data source. # Cancels refreshes of one or multiple data sources and associated dbobjects. + "cancelDataSourceRefresh": { # Cancels one or multiple refreshes of data source objects in the spreadsheet by the specified references. # Cancels refreshes of one or multiple data sources and associated dbobjects. "dataSourceId": "A String", # Reference to a DataSource. If specified, cancels all associated data source object refreshes for this data source. "isAll": True or False, # Cancels all existing data source object refreshes for all data sources in the spreadsheet. "references": { # A list of references to data source objects. # References to data source objects whose refreshes are to be cancelled. @@ -3587,7 +3587,7 @@

Method Details

"startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, }, - "refreshDataSource": { # Refreshes one or multiple data source objects in the spreadsheet by the specified references. The request requires an additional `bigquery.readonly` OAuth scope if you are refreshing a BigQuery data source. If there are multiple refresh requests referencing the same data source objects in one batch, only the last refresh request is processed, and all those requests will have the same response accordingly. # Refreshes one or multiple data sources and associated dbobjects. + "refreshDataSource": { # Refreshes one or multiple data source objects in the spreadsheet by the specified references. The request requires an additional `bigquery.readonly` OAuth scope. If there are multiple refresh requests referencing the same data source objects in one batch, only the last refresh request is processed, and all those requests will have the same response accordingly. # Refreshes one or multiple data sources and associated dbobjects. "dataSourceId": "A String", # Reference to a DataSource. If specified, refreshes all associated data source objects for the data source. "force": True or False, # Refreshes the data source objects regardless of the current state. If not set and a referenced data source object was in error state, the refresh will fail immediately. "isAll": True or False, # Refreshes all existing data source objects in the spreadsheet. @@ -7426,7 +7426,7 @@

Method Details

}, "sheetId": 42, # The sheet of the rule to move. Required if new_index is set, unused otherwise. }, - "updateDataSource": { # Updates a data source. After the data source is updated successfully, an execution is triggered to refresh the associated DATA_SOURCE sheet to read data from the updated data source. The request requires an additional `bigquery.readonly` OAuth scope if you are updating a BigQuery data source. # Updates a data source. + "updateDataSource": { # Updates a data source. After the data source is updated successfully, an execution is triggered to refresh the associated DATA_SOURCE sheet to read data from the updated data source. The request requires an additional `bigquery.readonly` OAuth scope. # Updates a data source. "dataSource": { # Information about an external data source in the spreadsheet. # The data source to update. "calculatedColumns": [ # All calculated columns in the data source. { # A column in a data source. diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigOperations.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigOperations.html index 5c1d002828c..e8517aafc5a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigOperations.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists the user-managed instance configuration long-running operations in the given project. An instance configuration operation has a name of the form `projects//instanceConfigs//operations/`. The long-running operation metadata field type `metadata.type_url` describes the type of the metadata. Operations returned include those that have completed/failed/canceled within the last 7 days, and pending operations. Operations returned are ordered by `operation.metadata.value.start_time` in descending order starting from the most recently started operation.

+

Lists the user-managed instance config long-running operations in the given project. An instance config operation has a name of the form `projects//instanceConfigs//operations/`. The long-running operation metadata field type `metadata.type_url` describes the type of the metadata. Operations returned include those that have completed/failed/canceled within the last 7 days, and pending operations. Operations returned are ordered by `operation.metadata.value.start_time` in descending order starting from the most recently started operation.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -91,11 +91,11 @@

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists the user-managed instance configuration long-running operations in the given project. An instance configuration operation has a name of the form `projects//instanceConfigs//operations/`. The long-running operation metadata field type `metadata.type_url` describes the type of the metadata. Operations returned include those that have completed/failed/canceled within the last 7 days, and pending operations. Operations returned are ordered by `operation.metadata.value.start_time` in descending order starting from the most recently started operation.
+  
Lists the user-managed instance config long-running operations in the given project. An instance config operation has a name of the form `projects//instanceConfigs//operations/`. The long-running operation metadata field type `metadata.type_url` describes the type of the metadata. Operations returned include those that have completed/failed/canceled within the last 7 days, and pending operations. Operations returned are ordered by `operation.metadata.value.start_time` in descending order starting from the most recently started operation.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The project of the instance configuration operations. Values are of the form `projects/`. (required)
-  filter: string, An expression that filters the list of returned operations. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>`, `<=`, `>=`, `!=`, `=`, or `:`. Colon `:` is the contains operator. Filter rules are not case sensitive. The following fields in the Operation are eligible for filtering: * `name` - The name of the long-running operation * `done` - False if the operation is in progress, else true. * `metadata.@type` - the type of metadata. For example, the type string for CreateInstanceConfigMetadata is `type.googleapis.com/google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.CreateInstanceConfigMetadata`. * `metadata.` - any field in metadata.value. `metadata.@type` must be specified first, if filtering on metadata fields. * `error` - Error associated with the long-running operation. * `response.@type` - the type of response. * `response.` - any field in response.value. You can combine multiple expressions by enclosing each expression in parentheses. By default, expressions are combined with AND logic. However, you can specify AND, OR, and NOT logic explicitly. Here are a few examples: * `done:true` - The operation is complete. * `(metadata.@type=` \ `type.googleapis.com/google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.CreateInstanceConfigMetadata) AND` \ `(metadata.instance_config.name:custom-config) AND` \ `(metadata.progress.start_time < \"2021-03-28T14:50:00Z\") AND` \ `(error:*)` - Return operations where: * The operation's metadata type is CreateInstanceConfigMetadata. * The instance configuration name contains "custom-config". * The operation started before 2021-03-28T14:50:00Z. * The operation resulted in an error.
+  parent: string, Required. The project of the instance config operations. Values are of the form `projects/`. (required)
+  filter: string, An expression that filters the list of returned operations. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>`, `<=`, `>=`, `!=`, `=`, or `:`. Colon `:` is the contains operator. Filter rules are not case sensitive. The following fields in the Operation are eligible for filtering: * `name` - The name of the long-running operation * `done` - False if the operation is in progress, else true. * `metadata.@type` - the type of metadata. For example, the type string for CreateInstanceConfigMetadata is `type.googleapis.com/google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.CreateInstanceConfigMetadata`. * `metadata.` - any field in metadata.value. `metadata.@type` must be specified first, if filtering on metadata fields. * `error` - Error associated with the long-running operation. * `response.@type` - the type of response. * `response.` - any field in response.value. You can combine multiple expressions by enclosing each expression in parentheses. By default, expressions are combined with AND logic. However, you can specify AND, OR, and NOT logic explicitly. Here are a few examples: * `done:true` - The operation is complete. * `(metadata.@type=` \ `type.googleapis.com/google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.CreateInstanceConfigMetadata) AND` \ `(metadata.instance_config.name:custom-config) AND` \ `(metadata.progress.start_time < \"2021-03-28T14:50:00Z\") AND` \ `(error:*)` - Return operations where: * The operation's metadata type is CreateInstanceConfigMetadata. * The instance config name contains "custom-config". * The operation started before 2021-03-28T14:50:00Z. * The operation resulted in an error.
   pageSize: integer, Number of operations to be returned in the response. If 0 or less, defaults to the server's maximum allowed page size.
   pageToken: string, If non-empty, `page_token` should contain a next_page_token from a previous ListInstanceConfigOperationsResponse to the same `parent` and with the same `filter`.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # The response for ListInstanceConfigOperations. "nextPageToken": "A String", # `next_page_token` can be sent in a subsequent ListInstanceConfigOperations call to fetch more of the matching metadata. - "operations": [ # The list of matching instance configuration long-running operations. Each operation's name will be prefixed by the instance config's name. The operation's metadata field type `metadata.type_url` describes the type of the metadata. + "operations": [ # The list of matching instance config long-running operations. Each operation's name will be prefixed by the instance config's name. The operation's metadata field type `metadata.type_url` describes the type of the metadata. { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html index e6d69508237..f1fbb4a4df8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html @@ -89,22 +89,22 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates an instance configuration and begins preparing it to be used. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of preparing the new instance config. The instance configuration name is assigned by the caller. If the named instance configuration already exists, `CreateInstanceConfig` returns `ALREADY_EXISTS`. Immediately after the request returns: * The instance configuration is readable via the API, with all requested attributes. The instance config's reconciling field is set to true. Its state is `CREATING`. While the operation is pending: * Cancelling the operation renders the instance configuration immediately unreadable via the API. * Except for deleting the creating resource, all other attempts to modify the instance configuration are rejected. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Instances can be created using the instance configuration. * The instance config's reconciling field becomes false. Its state becomes `READY`. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track creation of the instance config. The metadata field type is CreateInstanceConfigMetadata. The response field type is InstanceConfig, if successful. Authorization requires `spanner.instanceConfigs.create` permission on the resource parent.

+

Creates an instance config and begins preparing it to be used. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of preparing the new instance config. The instance config name is assigned by the caller. If the named instance config already exists, `CreateInstanceConfig` returns `ALREADY_EXISTS`. Immediately after the request returns: * The instance config is readable via the API, with all requested attributes. The instance config's reconciling field is set to true. Its state is `CREATING`. While the operation is pending: * Cancelling the operation renders the instance config immediately unreadable via the API. * Except for deleting the creating resource, all other attempts to modify the instance config are rejected. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Instances can be created using the instance configuration. * The instance config's reconciling field becomes false. Its state becomes `READY`. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track creation of the instance config. The metadata field type is CreateInstanceConfigMetadata. The response field type is InstanceConfig, if successful. Authorization requires `spanner.instanceConfigs.create` permission on the resource parent.

delete(name, etag=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes the instance config. Deletion is only allowed when no instances are using the configuration. If any instances are using the config, returns `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. Only user-managed configurations can be deleted. Authorization requires `spanner.instanceConfigs.delete` permission on the resource name.

+

Deletes the instance config. Deletion is only allowed when no instances are using the configuration. If any instances are using the config, returns `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. Only user managed configurations can be deleted. Authorization requires `spanner.instanceConfigs.delete` permission on the resource name.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a particular instance configuration.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists the supported instance configurations for a given project. Returns both Google-managed configurations and user-managed configurations.

+

Lists the supported instance configurations for a given project. Returns both Google managed configs and user managed configs.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates an instance config. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of updating the instance. If the named instance configuration does not exist, returns `NOT_FOUND`. Only user-managed configurations can be updated. Immediately after the request returns: * The instance config's reconciling field is set to true. While the operation is pending: * Cancelling the operation sets its metadata's cancel_time. The operation is guaranteed to succeed at undoing all changes, after which point it terminates with a `CANCELLED` status. * All other attempts to modify the instance configuration are rejected. * Reading the instance configuration via the API continues to give the pre-request values. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Creating instances using the instance configuration uses the new values. * The instance config's new values are readable via the API. * The instance config's reconciling field becomes false. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track the instance configuration modification. The metadata field type is UpdateInstanceConfigMetadata. The response field type is InstanceConfig, if successful. Authorization requires `spanner.instanceConfigs.update` permission on the resource name.

+

Updates an instance config. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of updating the instance. If the named instance config does not exist, returns `NOT_FOUND`. Only user managed configurations can be updated. Immediately after the request returns: * The instance config's reconciling field is set to true. While the operation is pending: * Cancelling the operation sets its metadata's cancel_time. The operation is guaranteed to succeed at undoing all changes, after which point it terminates with a `CANCELLED` status. * All other attempts to modify the instance config are rejected. * Reading the instance config via the API continues to give the pre-request values. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Creating instances using the instance configuration uses the new values. * The instance config's new values are readable via the API. * The instance config's reconciling field becomes false. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track the instance config modification. The metadata field type is UpdateInstanceConfigMetadata. The response field type is InstanceConfig, if successful. Authorization requires `spanner.instanceConfigs.update` permission on the resource name.

Method Details

close() @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Method Details

create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates an instance configuration and begins preparing it to be used. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of preparing the new instance config. The instance configuration name is assigned by the caller. If the named instance configuration already exists, `CreateInstanceConfig` returns `ALREADY_EXISTS`. Immediately after the request returns: * The instance configuration is readable via the API, with all requested attributes. The instance config's reconciling field is set to true. Its state is `CREATING`. While the operation is pending: * Cancelling the operation renders the instance configuration immediately unreadable via the API. * Except for deleting the creating resource, all other attempts to modify the instance configuration are rejected. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Instances can be created using the instance configuration. * The instance config's reconciling field becomes false. Its state becomes `READY`. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track creation of the instance config. The metadata field type is CreateInstanceConfigMetadata. The response field type is InstanceConfig, if successful. Authorization requires `spanner.instanceConfigs.create` permission on the resource parent.
+  
Creates an instance config and begins preparing it to be used. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of preparing the new instance config. The instance config name is assigned by the caller. If the named instance config already exists, `CreateInstanceConfig` returns `ALREADY_EXISTS`. Immediately after the request returns: * The instance config is readable via the API, with all requested attributes. The instance config's reconciling field is set to true. Its state is `CREATING`. While the operation is pending: * Cancelling the operation renders the instance config immediately unreadable via the API. * Except for deleting the creating resource, all other attempts to modify the instance config are rejected. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Instances can be created using the instance configuration. * The instance config's reconciling field becomes false. Its state becomes `READY`. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track creation of the instance config. The metadata field type is CreateInstanceConfigMetadata. The response field type is InstanceConfig, if successful. Authorization requires `spanner.instanceConfigs.create` permission on the resource parent.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The name of the project in which to create the instance config. Values are of the form `projects/`. (required)
@@ -121,11 +121,11 @@ 

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # The request for CreateInstanceConfigRequest. - "instanceConfig": { # A possible configuration for a Cloud Spanner instance. Configurations define the geographic placement of nodes and their replication. # Required. The InstanceConfig proto of the configuration to create. instance_config.name must be `/instanceConfigs/`. instance_config.base_config must be a Google-managed configuration name, e.g. /instanceConfigs/us-east1, /instanceConfigs/nam3. - "baseConfig": "A String", # Base configuration name, e.g. projects//instanceConfigs/nam3, based on which this configuration is created. Only set for user-managed configurations. `base_config` must refer to a configuration of type `GOOGLE_MANAGED` in the same project as this configuration. - "configType": "A String", # Output only. Whether this instance configuration is a Google- or user-managed configuration. + "instanceConfig": { # A possible configuration for a Cloud Spanner instance. Configurations define the geographic placement of nodes and their replication. # Required. The InstanceConfig proto of the configuration to create. instance_config.name must be `/instanceConfigs/`. instance_config.base_config must be a Google managed configuration name, e.g. /instanceConfigs/us-east1, /instanceConfigs/nam3. + "baseConfig": "A String", # Base configuration name, e.g. projects//instanceConfigs/nam3, based on which this configuration is created. Only set for user managed configurations. `base_config` must refer to a configuration of type GOOGLE_MANAGED in the same project as this configuration. + "configType": "A String", # Output only. Whether this instance config is a Google or User Managed Configuration. "displayName": "A String", # The name of this instance configuration as it appears in UIs. - "etag": "A String", # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance configuration from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance configuration updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance configurations, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance configuration to ensure that their change is applied to the same version of the instance configuration. If no etag is provided in the call to update the instance configuration, then the existing instance configuration is overwritten blindly. + "etag": "A String", # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance config from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance config updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance configs, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance config to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the instance config. If no etag is provided in the call to update instance config, then the existing instance config is overwritten blindly. "freeInstanceAvailability": "A String", # Output only. Describes whether free instances are available to be created in this instance config. "labels": { # Cloud Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. Cloud Labels can be used to filter collections of resources. They can be used to control how resource metrics are aggregated. And they can be used as arguments to policy management rules (e.g. route, firewall, load balancing, etc.). * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the following regular expression: `a-z{0,62}`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression `[a-z0-9_-]{0,63}`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given resource. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. If you plan to use labels in your own code, please note that additional characters may be allowed in the future. Therefore, you are advised to use an internal label representation, such as JSON, which doesn't rely upon specific characters being disallowed. For example, representing labels as the string: name + "_" + value would prove problematic if we were to allow "_" in a future release. "a_key": "A String", @@ -133,8 +133,8 @@

Method Details

"leaderOptions": [ # Allowed values of the "default_leader" schema option for databases in instances that use this instance configuration. "A String", ], - "name": "A String", # A unique identifier for the instance configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/a-z*`. User instance configuration must start with `custom-`. - "optionalReplicas": [ # Output only. The available optional replicas to choose from for user-managed configurations. Populated for Google-managed configurations. + "name": "A String", # A unique identifier for the instance configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/a-z*`. User instance config must start with `custom-`. + "optionalReplicas": [ # Output only. The available optional replicas to choose from for user managed configurations. Populated for Google managed configurations. { "defaultLeaderLocation": True or False, # If true, this location is designated as the default leader location where leader replicas are placed. See the [region types documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/instances#region_types) for more details. "location": "A String", # The location of the serving resources, e.g., "us-central1". @@ -142,18 +142,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], "quorumType": "A String", # Output only. The `QuorumType` of the instance configuration. - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. If true, the instance configuration is being created or updated. If false, there are no ongoing operations for the instance config. - "replicas": [ # The geographic placement of nodes in this instance configuration and their replication properties. To create user-managed configurations, input `replicas` must include all replicas in `replicas` of the `base_config` and include one or more replicas in the `optional_replicas` of the `base_config`. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. If true, the instance config is being created or updated. If false, there are no ongoing operations for the instance config. + "replicas": [ # The geographic placement of nodes in this instance configuration and their replication properties. To create user managed configurations, input `replicas` must include all replicas in `replicas` of the `base_config` and include one or more replicas in the `optional_replicas` of the `base_config`. { "defaultLeaderLocation": True or False, # If true, this location is designated as the default leader location where leader replicas are placed. See the [region types documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/instances#region_types) for more details. "location": "A String", # The location of the serving resources, e.g., "us-central1". "type": "A String", # The type of replica. }, ], - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current instance configuration state. Applicable only for `USER_MANAGED` configurations. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current instance config state. Applicable only for USER_MANAGED configs. "storageLimitPerProcessingUnit": "A String", # Output only. The storage limit in bytes per processing unit. }, - "instanceConfigId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the instance configuration to create. Valid identifiers are of the form `custom-[-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9]` and must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. The `custom-` prefix is required to avoid name conflicts with Google-managed configurations. + "instanceConfigId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the instance config to create. Valid identifiers are of the form `custom-[-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9]` and must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. The `custom-` prefix is required to avoid name conflicts with Google managed configurations. "validateOnly": True or False, # An option to validate, but not actually execute, a request, and provide the same response. } @@ -188,11 +188,11 @@

Method Details

delete(name, etag=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes the instance config. Deletion is only allowed when no instances are using the configuration. If any instances are using the config, returns `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. Only user-managed configurations can be deleted. Authorization requires `spanner.instanceConfigs.delete` permission on the resource name.
+  
Deletes the instance config. Deletion is only allowed when no instances are using the configuration. If any instances are using the config, returns `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. Only user managed configurations can be deleted. Authorization requires `spanner.instanceConfigs.delete` permission on the resource name.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the instance configuration to be deleted. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/` (required)
-  etag: string, Used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous deletes of an instance configuration from overwriting each other. If not empty, the API only deletes the instance configuration when the etag provided matches the current status of the requested instance config. Otherwise, deletes the instance configuration without checking the current status of the requested instance config.
+  etag: string, Used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous deletes of an instance config from overwriting each other. If not empty, the API only deletes the instance config when the etag provided matches the current status of the requested instance config. Otherwise, deletes the instance config without checking the current status of the requested instance config.
   validateOnly: boolean, An option to validate, but not actually execute, a request, and provide the same response.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -221,10 +221,10 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A possible configuration for a Cloud Spanner instance. Configurations define the geographic placement of nodes and their replication. - "baseConfig": "A String", # Base configuration name, e.g. projects//instanceConfigs/nam3, based on which this configuration is created. Only set for user-managed configurations. `base_config` must refer to a configuration of type `GOOGLE_MANAGED` in the same project as this configuration. - "configType": "A String", # Output only. Whether this instance configuration is a Google- or user-managed configuration. + "baseConfig": "A String", # Base configuration name, e.g. projects//instanceConfigs/nam3, based on which this configuration is created. Only set for user managed configurations. `base_config` must refer to a configuration of type GOOGLE_MANAGED in the same project as this configuration. + "configType": "A String", # Output only. Whether this instance config is a Google or User Managed Configuration. "displayName": "A String", # The name of this instance configuration as it appears in UIs. - "etag": "A String", # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance configuration from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance configuration updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance configurations, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance configuration to ensure that their change is applied to the same version of the instance configuration. If no etag is provided in the call to update the instance configuration, then the existing instance configuration is overwritten blindly. + "etag": "A String", # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance config from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance config updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance configs, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance config to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the instance config. If no etag is provided in the call to update instance config, then the existing instance config is overwritten blindly. "freeInstanceAvailability": "A String", # Output only. Describes whether free instances are available to be created in this instance config. "labels": { # Cloud Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. Cloud Labels can be used to filter collections of resources. They can be used to control how resource metrics are aggregated. And they can be used as arguments to policy management rules (e.g. route, firewall, load balancing, etc.). * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the following regular expression: `a-z{0,62}`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression `[a-z0-9_-]{0,63}`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given resource. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. If you plan to use labels in your own code, please note that additional characters may be allowed in the future. Therefore, you are advised to use an internal label representation, such as JSON, which doesn't rely upon specific characters being disallowed. For example, representing labels as the string: name + "_" + value would prove problematic if we were to allow "_" in a future release. "a_key": "A String", @@ -232,8 +232,8 @@

Method Details

"leaderOptions": [ # Allowed values of the "default_leader" schema option for databases in instances that use this instance configuration. "A String", ], - "name": "A String", # A unique identifier for the instance configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/a-z*`. User instance configuration must start with `custom-`. - "optionalReplicas": [ # Output only. The available optional replicas to choose from for user-managed configurations. Populated for Google-managed configurations. + "name": "A String", # A unique identifier for the instance configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/a-z*`. User instance config must start with `custom-`. + "optionalReplicas": [ # Output only. The available optional replicas to choose from for user managed configurations. Populated for Google managed configurations. { "defaultLeaderLocation": True or False, # If true, this location is designated as the default leader location where leader replicas are placed. See the [region types documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/instances#region_types) for more details. "location": "A String", # The location of the serving resources, e.g., "us-central1". @@ -241,22 +241,22 @@

Method Details

}, ], "quorumType": "A String", # Output only. The `QuorumType` of the instance configuration. - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. If true, the instance configuration is being created or updated. If false, there are no ongoing operations for the instance config. - "replicas": [ # The geographic placement of nodes in this instance configuration and their replication properties. To create user-managed configurations, input `replicas` must include all replicas in `replicas` of the `base_config` and include one or more replicas in the `optional_replicas` of the `base_config`. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. If true, the instance config is being created or updated. If false, there are no ongoing operations for the instance config. + "replicas": [ # The geographic placement of nodes in this instance configuration and their replication properties. To create user managed configurations, input `replicas` must include all replicas in `replicas` of the `base_config` and include one or more replicas in the `optional_replicas` of the `base_config`. { "defaultLeaderLocation": True or False, # If true, this location is designated as the default leader location where leader replicas are placed. See the [region types documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/instances#region_types) for more details. "location": "A String", # The location of the serving resources, e.g., "us-central1". "type": "A String", # The type of replica. }, ], - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current instance configuration state. Applicable only for `USER_MANAGED` configurations. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current instance config state. Applicable only for USER_MANAGED configs. "storageLimitPerProcessingUnit": "A String", # Output only. The storage limit in bytes per processing unit. }
list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists the supported instance configurations for a given project. Returns both Google-managed configurations and user-managed configurations.
+  
Lists the supported instance configurations for a given project. Returns both Google managed configs and user managed configs.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The name of the project for which a list of supported instance configurations is requested. Values are of the form `projects/`. (required)
@@ -273,10 +273,10 @@ 

Method Details

{ # The response for ListInstanceConfigs. "instanceConfigs": [ # The list of requested instance configurations. { # A possible configuration for a Cloud Spanner instance. Configurations define the geographic placement of nodes and their replication. - "baseConfig": "A String", # Base configuration name, e.g. projects//instanceConfigs/nam3, based on which this configuration is created. Only set for user-managed configurations. `base_config` must refer to a configuration of type `GOOGLE_MANAGED` in the same project as this configuration. - "configType": "A String", # Output only. Whether this instance configuration is a Google- or user-managed configuration. + "baseConfig": "A String", # Base configuration name, e.g. projects//instanceConfigs/nam3, based on which this configuration is created. Only set for user managed configurations. `base_config` must refer to a configuration of type GOOGLE_MANAGED in the same project as this configuration. + "configType": "A String", # Output only. Whether this instance config is a Google or User Managed Configuration. "displayName": "A String", # The name of this instance configuration as it appears in UIs. - "etag": "A String", # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance configuration from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance configuration updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance configurations, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance configuration to ensure that their change is applied to the same version of the instance configuration. If no etag is provided in the call to update the instance configuration, then the existing instance configuration is overwritten blindly. + "etag": "A String", # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance config from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance config updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance configs, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance config to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the instance config. If no etag is provided in the call to update instance config, then the existing instance config is overwritten blindly. "freeInstanceAvailability": "A String", # Output only. Describes whether free instances are available to be created in this instance config. "labels": { # Cloud Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. Cloud Labels can be used to filter collections of resources. They can be used to control how resource metrics are aggregated. And they can be used as arguments to policy management rules (e.g. route, firewall, load balancing, etc.). * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the following regular expression: `a-z{0,62}`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression `[a-z0-9_-]{0,63}`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given resource. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. If you plan to use labels in your own code, please note that additional characters may be allowed in the future. Therefore, you are advised to use an internal label representation, such as JSON, which doesn't rely upon specific characters being disallowed. For example, representing labels as the string: name + "_" + value would prove problematic if we were to allow "_" in a future release. "a_key": "A String", @@ -284,8 +284,8 @@

Method Details

"leaderOptions": [ # Allowed values of the "default_leader" schema option for databases in instances that use this instance configuration. "A String", ], - "name": "A String", # A unique identifier for the instance configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/a-z*`. User instance configuration must start with `custom-`. - "optionalReplicas": [ # Output only. The available optional replicas to choose from for user-managed configurations. Populated for Google-managed configurations. + "name": "A String", # A unique identifier for the instance configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/a-z*`. User instance config must start with `custom-`. + "optionalReplicas": [ # Output only. The available optional replicas to choose from for user managed configurations. Populated for Google managed configurations. { "defaultLeaderLocation": True or False, # If true, this location is designated as the default leader location where leader replicas are placed. See the [region types documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/instances#region_types) for more details. "location": "A String", # The location of the serving resources, e.g., "us-central1". @@ -293,15 +293,15 @@

Method Details

}, ], "quorumType": "A String", # Output only. The `QuorumType` of the instance configuration. - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. If true, the instance configuration is being created or updated. If false, there are no ongoing operations for the instance config. - "replicas": [ # The geographic placement of nodes in this instance configuration and their replication properties. To create user-managed configurations, input `replicas` must include all replicas in `replicas` of the `base_config` and include one or more replicas in the `optional_replicas` of the `base_config`. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. If true, the instance config is being created or updated. If false, there are no ongoing operations for the instance config. + "replicas": [ # The geographic placement of nodes in this instance configuration and their replication properties. To create user managed configurations, input `replicas` must include all replicas in `replicas` of the `base_config` and include one or more replicas in the `optional_replicas` of the `base_config`. { "defaultLeaderLocation": True or False, # If true, this location is designated as the default leader location where leader replicas are placed. See the [region types documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/instances#region_types) for more details. "location": "A String", # The location of the serving resources, e.g., "us-central1". "type": "A String", # The type of replica. }, ], - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current instance configuration state. Applicable only for `USER_MANAGED` configurations. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current instance config state. Applicable only for USER_MANAGED configs. "storageLimitPerProcessingUnit": "A String", # Output only. The storage limit in bytes per processing unit. }, ], @@ -325,19 +325,19 @@

Method Details

patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates an instance config. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of updating the instance. If the named instance configuration does not exist, returns `NOT_FOUND`. Only user-managed configurations can be updated. Immediately after the request returns: * The instance config's reconciling field is set to true. While the operation is pending: * Cancelling the operation sets its metadata's cancel_time. The operation is guaranteed to succeed at undoing all changes, after which point it terminates with a `CANCELLED` status. * All other attempts to modify the instance configuration are rejected. * Reading the instance configuration via the API continues to give the pre-request values. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Creating instances using the instance configuration uses the new values. * The instance config's new values are readable via the API. * The instance config's reconciling field becomes false. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track the instance configuration modification. The metadata field type is UpdateInstanceConfigMetadata. The response field type is InstanceConfig, if successful. Authorization requires `spanner.instanceConfigs.update` permission on the resource name.
+  
Updates an instance config. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of updating the instance. If the named instance config does not exist, returns `NOT_FOUND`. Only user managed configurations can be updated. Immediately after the request returns: * The instance config's reconciling field is set to true. While the operation is pending: * Cancelling the operation sets its metadata's cancel_time. The operation is guaranteed to succeed at undoing all changes, after which point it terminates with a `CANCELLED` status. * All other attempts to modify the instance config are rejected. * Reading the instance config via the API continues to give the pre-request values. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Creating instances using the instance configuration uses the new values. * The instance config's new values are readable via the API. * The instance config's reconciling field becomes false. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track the instance config modification. The metadata field type is UpdateInstanceConfigMetadata. The response field type is InstanceConfig, if successful. Authorization requires `spanner.instanceConfigs.update` permission on the resource name.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, A unique identifier for the instance configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/a-z*`. User instance configuration must start with `custom-`. (required)
+  name: string, A unique identifier for the instance configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/a-z*`. User instance config must start with `custom-`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The request for UpdateInstanceConfigRequest.
-  "instanceConfig": { # A possible configuration for a Cloud Spanner instance. Configurations define the geographic placement of nodes and their replication. # Required. The user instance configuration to update, which must always include the instance configuration name. Otherwise, only fields mentioned in update_mask need be included. To prevent conflicts of concurrent updates, etag can be used.
-    "baseConfig": "A String", # Base configuration name, e.g. projects//instanceConfigs/nam3, based on which this configuration is created. Only set for user-managed configurations. `base_config` must refer to a configuration of type `GOOGLE_MANAGED` in the same project as this configuration.
-    "configType": "A String", # Output only. Whether this instance configuration is a Google- or user-managed configuration.
+  "instanceConfig": { # A possible configuration for a Cloud Spanner instance. Configurations define the geographic placement of nodes and their replication. # Required. The user instance config to update, which must always include the instance config name. Otherwise, only fields mentioned in update_mask need be included. To prevent conflicts of concurrent updates, etag can be used.
+    "baseConfig": "A String", # Base configuration name, e.g. projects//instanceConfigs/nam3, based on which this configuration is created. Only set for user managed configurations. `base_config` must refer to a configuration of type GOOGLE_MANAGED in the same project as this configuration.
+    "configType": "A String", # Output only. Whether this instance config is a Google or User Managed Configuration.
     "displayName": "A String", # The name of this instance configuration as it appears in UIs.
-    "etag": "A String", # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance configuration from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance configuration updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance configurations, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance configuration to ensure that their change is applied to the same version of the instance configuration. If no etag is provided in the call to update the instance configuration, then the existing instance configuration is overwritten blindly.
+    "etag": "A String", # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance config from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance config updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance configs, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance config to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the instance config. If no etag is provided in the call to update instance config, then the existing instance config is overwritten blindly.
     "freeInstanceAvailability": "A String", # Output only. Describes whether free instances are available to be created in this instance config.
     "labels": { # Cloud Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. Cloud Labels can be used to filter collections of resources. They can be used to control how resource metrics are aggregated. And they can be used as arguments to policy management rules (e.g. route, firewall, load balancing, etc.). * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the following regular expression: `a-z{0,62}`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression `[a-z0-9_-]{0,63}`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given resource. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. If you plan to use labels in your own code, please note that additional characters may be allowed in the future. Therefore, you are advised to use an internal label representation, such as JSON, which doesn't rely upon specific characters being disallowed. For example, representing labels as the string: name + "_" + value would prove problematic if we were to allow "_" in a future release.
       "a_key": "A String",
@@ -345,8 +345,8 @@ 

Method Details

"leaderOptions": [ # Allowed values of the "default_leader" schema option for databases in instances that use this instance configuration. "A String", ], - "name": "A String", # A unique identifier for the instance configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/a-z*`. User instance configuration must start with `custom-`. - "optionalReplicas": [ # Output only. The available optional replicas to choose from for user-managed configurations. Populated for Google-managed configurations. + "name": "A String", # A unique identifier for the instance configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/a-z*`. User instance config must start with `custom-`. + "optionalReplicas": [ # Output only. The available optional replicas to choose from for user managed configurations. Populated for Google managed configurations. { "defaultLeaderLocation": True or False, # If true, this location is designated as the default leader location where leader replicas are placed. See the [region types documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/instances#region_types) for more details. "location": "A String", # The location of the serving resources, e.g., "us-central1". @@ -354,15 +354,15 @@

Method Details

}, ], "quorumType": "A String", # Output only. The `QuorumType` of the instance configuration. - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. If true, the instance configuration is being created or updated. If false, there are no ongoing operations for the instance config. - "replicas": [ # The geographic placement of nodes in this instance configuration and their replication properties. To create user-managed configurations, input `replicas` must include all replicas in `replicas` of the `base_config` and include one or more replicas in the `optional_replicas` of the `base_config`. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. If true, the instance config is being created or updated. If false, there are no ongoing operations for the instance config. + "replicas": [ # The geographic placement of nodes in this instance configuration and their replication properties. To create user managed configurations, input `replicas` must include all replicas in `replicas` of the `base_config` and include one or more replicas in the `optional_replicas` of the `base_config`. { "defaultLeaderLocation": True or False, # If true, this location is designated as the default leader location where leader replicas are placed. See the [region types documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/instances#region_types) for more details. "location": "A String", # The location of the serving resources, e.g., "us-central1". "type": "A String", # The type of replica. }, ], - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current instance configuration state. Applicable only for `USER_MANAGED` configurations. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current instance config state. Applicable only for USER_MANAGED configs. "storageLimitPerProcessingUnit": "A String", # Output only. The storage limit in bytes per processing unit. }, "updateMask": "A String", # Required. A mask specifying which fields in InstanceConfig should be updated. The field mask must always be specified; this prevents any future fields in InstanceConfig from being erased accidentally by clients that do not know about them. Only display_name and labels can be updated. diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.backupSchedules.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.backupSchedules.html deleted file mode 100644 index 076f6e0e5af..00000000000 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.backupSchedules.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,226 +0,0 @@ - - - -

Cloud Spanner API . projects . instances . databases . backupSchedules

-

Instance Methods

-

- close()

-

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- getIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the access control policy for a database or backup resource. Returns an empty policy if a database or backup exists but does not have a policy set. Authorization requires `spanner.databases.getIamPolicy` permission on resource. For backups, authorization requires `spanner.backups.getIamPolicy` permission on resource.

-

- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Sets the access control policy on a database or backup resource. Replaces any existing policy. Authorization requires `spanner.databases.setIamPolicy` permission on resource. For backups, authorization requires `spanner.backups.setIamPolicy` permission on resource.

-

- testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns permissions that the caller has on the specified database or backup resource. Attempting this RPC on a non-existent Cloud Spanner database will result in a NOT_FOUND error if the user has `spanner.databases.list` permission on the containing Cloud Spanner instance. Otherwise returns an empty set of permissions. Calling this method on a backup that does not exist will result in a NOT_FOUND error if the user has `spanner.backups.list` permission on the containing instance.

-

Method Details

-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- getIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the access control policy for a database or backup resource. Returns an empty policy if a database or backup exists but does not have a policy set. Authorization requires `spanner.databases.getIamPolicy` permission on resource. For backups, authorization requires `spanner.backups.getIamPolicy` permission on resource.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The Cloud Spanner resource for which the policy is being retrieved. The format is `projects//instances/` for instance resources and `projects//instances//databases/` for database resources. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method.
-  "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`.
-    "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  },
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-      },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-    },
-  ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
- -
- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Sets the access control policy on a database or backup resource. Replaces any existing policy. Authorization requires `spanner.databases.setIamPolicy` permission on resource. For backups, authorization requires `spanner.backups.setIamPolicy` permission on resource.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The Cloud Spanner resource for which the policy is being set. The format is `projects//instances/` for instance resources and `projects//instances//databases/` for databases resources. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-        },
-        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-      },
-    ],
-    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  },
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-      },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-    },
-  ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
- -
- testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns permissions that the caller has on the specified database or backup resource. Attempting this RPC on a non-existent Cloud Spanner database will result in a NOT_FOUND error if the user has `spanner.databases.list` permission on the containing Cloud Spanner instance. Otherwise returns an empty set of permissions. Calling this method on a backup that does not exist will result in a NOT_FOUND error if the user has `spanner.backups.list` permission on the containing instance.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The Cloud Spanner resource for which permissions are being tested. The format is `projects//instances/` for instance resources and `projects//instances//databases/` for database resources. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
-  "permissions": [ # REQUIRED: The set of permissions to check for 'resource'. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*', 'spanner.*', 'spanner.instances.*') are not allowed.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
-  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
- - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.html index e7f8a6c4b3e..df83bdeb249 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.html @@ -74,11 +74,6 @@

Cloud Spanner API . projects . instances . databases

Instance Methods

-

- backupSchedules() -

-

Returns the backupSchedules Resource.

-

databaseRoles()

@@ -102,7 +97,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a new Spanner database and starts to prepare it for serving. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track preparation of the database. The metadata field type is CreateDatabaseMetadata. The response field type is Database, if successful.

+

Creates a new Cloud Spanner database and starts to prepare it for serving. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track preparation of the database. The metadata field type is CreateDatabaseMetadata. The response field type is Database, if successful.

dropDatabase(database, x__xgafv=None)

Drops (aka deletes) a Cloud Spanner database. Completed backups for the database will be retained according to their `expire_time`. Note: Cloud Spanner might continue to accept requests for a few seconds after the database has been deleted.

@@ -197,7 +192,7 @@

Method Details

create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a new Spanner database and starts to prepare it for serving. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track preparation of the database. The metadata field type is CreateDatabaseMetadata. The response field type is Database, if successful.
+  
Creates a new Cloud Spanner database and starts to prepare it for serving. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track preparation of the database. The metadata field type is CreateDatabaseMetadata. The response field type is Database, if successful.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The name of the instance that will serve the new database. Values are of the form `projects//instances/`. (required)
@@ -216,7 +211,7 @@ 

Method Details

"extraStatements": [ # Optional. A list of DDL statements to run inside the newly created database. Statements can create tables, indexes, etc. These statements execute atomically with the creation of the database: if there is an error in any statement, the database is not created. "A String", ], - "protoDescriptors": "A String", # Optional. Proto descriptors used by `CREATE/ALTER PROTO BUNDLE` statements in 'extra_statements'. Contains a protobuf-serialized [`google.protobuf.FileDescriptorSet`](https://github.com/protocolbuffers/protobuf/blob/main/src/google/protobuf/descriptor.proto) descriptor set. To generate it, [install](https://grpc.io/docs/protoc-installation/) and run `protoc` with --include_imports and --descriptor_set_out. For example, to generate for moon/shot/app.proto, run ``` $protoc --proto_path=/app_path --proto_path=/lib_path \ --include_imports \ --descriptor_set_out=descriptors.data \ moon/shot/app.proto ``` For more details, see protobuffer [self description](https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/techniques#self-description). + "protoDescriptors": "A String", # Optional. Proto descriptors used by CREATE/ALTER PROTO BUNDLE statements in 'extra_statements' above. Contains a protobuf-serialized [google.protobuf.FileDescriptorSet](https://github.com/protocolbuffers/protobuf/blob/main/src/google/protobuf/descriptor.proto). To generate it, [install](https://grpc.io/docs/protoc-installation/) and run `protoc` with --include_imports and --descriptor_set_out. For example, to generate for moon/shot/app.proto, run ``` $protoc --proto_path=/app_path --proto_path=/lib_path \ --include_imports \ --descriptor_set_out=descriptors.data \ moon/shot/app.proto ``` For more details, see protobuffer [self description](https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/techniques#self-description). } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -803,7 +798,7 @@

Method Details

"encryptionConfig": { # Encryption configuration for the restored database. # Optional. An encryption configuration describing the encryption type and key resources in Cloud KMS used to encrypt/decrypt the database to restore to. If this field is not specified, the restored database will use the same encryption configuration as the backup by default, namely encryption_type = `USE_CONFIG_DEFAULT_OR_BACKUP_ENCRYPTION`. "encryptionType": "A String", # Required. The encryption type of the restored database. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key that will be used to encrypt/decrypt the restored database. This field should be set only when encryption_type is `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_ENCRYPTION`. Values are of the form `projects//locations//keyRings//cryptoKeys/`. - "kmsKeyNames": [ # Optional. Specifies the KMS configuration for the one or more keys used to encrypt the database. Values have the form `projects//locations//keyRings//cryptoKeys/`. The keys referenced by kms_key_names must fully cover all regions of the database instance configuration. Some examples: * For single region database instance configurations, specify a single regional location KMS key. * For multi-regional database instance configurations of type `GOOGLE_MANAGED`, either specify a multi-regional location KMS key or multiple regional location KMS keys that cover all regions in the instance configuration. * For a database instance configuration of type `USER_MANAGED`, please specify only regional location KMS keys to cover each region in the instance configuration. Multi-regional location KMS keys are not supported for USER_MANAGED instance configurations. + "kmsKeyNames": [ # Optional. Specifies the KMS configuration for the one or more keys used to encrypt the database. Values are of the form `projects//locations//keyRings//cryptoKeys/`. The keys referenced by kms_key_names must fully cover all regions of the database instance configuration. Some examples: * For single region database instance configs, specify a single regional location KMS key. * For multi-regional database instance configs of type GOOGLE_MANAGED, either specify a multi-regional location KMS key or multiple regional location KMS keys that cover all regions in the instance config. * For a database instance config of type USER_MANAGED, please specify only regional location KMS keys to cover each region in the instance config. Multi-regional location KMS keys are not supported for USER_MANAGED instance configs. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html index b372d120764..e77c1e56289 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html @@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@

Method Details

"maxPartitions": "A String", # **Note:** This hint is currently ignored by PartitionQuery and PartitionRead requests. The desired maximum number of partitions to return. For example, this may be set to the number of workers available. The default for this option is currently 10,000. The maximum value is currently 200,000. This is only a hint. The actual number of partitions returned may be smaller or larger than this maximum count request. "partitionSizeBytes": "A String", # **Note:** This hint is currently ignored by PartitionQuery and PartitionRead requests. The desired data size for each partition generated. The default for this option is currently 1 GiB. This is only a hint. The actual size of each partition may be smaller or larger than this size request. }, - "sql": "A String", # Required. The query request to generate partitions for. The request fails if the query is not root partitionable. For a query to be root partitionable, it needs to satisfy a few conditions. For example, if the query execution plan contains a distributed union operator, then it must be the first operator in the plan. For more information about other conditions, see [Read data in parallel](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/reads#read_data_in_parallel). The query request must not contain DML commands, such as `INSERT`, `UPDATE`, or `DELETE`. Use `ExecuteStreamingSql` with a PartitionedDml transaction for large, partition-friendly DML operations. + "sql": "A String", # Required. The query request to generate partitions for. The request will fail if the query is not root partitionable. For a query to be root partitionable, it needs to satisfy a few conditions. For example, if the query execution plan contains a distributed union operator, then it must be the first operator in the plan. For more information about other conditions, see [Read data in parallel](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/reads#read_data_in_parallel). The query request must not contain DML commands, such as INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE. Use ExecuteStreamingSql with a PartitionedDml transaction for large, partition-friendly DML operations. "transaction": { # This message is used to select the transaction in which a Read or ExecuteSql call runs. See TransactionOptions for more information about transactions. # Read only snapshot transactions are supported, read/write and single use transactions are not. "begin": { # Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. Snapshot read-only transactions provide guaranteed consistency across several reads, but do not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past, or configured to perform a strong read (where Spanner will select a timestamp such that the read is guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read). Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. Queries on change streams must be performed with the snapshot read-only transaction mode, specifying a strong read. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong for more details. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read-write data in a single database. They may, however, read-write data in different tables within that database. Locking read-write transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction's locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction's locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying aborted transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session's lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Note that the lock priority is preserved per session (not per transaction). Lock priority is set by the first read or write in the first attempt of a read-write transaction. If the application starts a new session to retry the whole transaction, the transaction loses its original lock priority. Moreover, the lock priority is only preserved if the transaction fails with an `ABORTED` error. Under some circumstances (for example, many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of time spent retrying. Idle transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don't hold on to locks indefinitely. If an idle transaction is aborted, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (for example, `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot read-only transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transactions, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. Queries on change streams (see below for more details) must also specify the strong read timestamp bound. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp less than or equal to the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps <= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a "negotiation phase" to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old read timestamps and garbage collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as "version GC". By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. You can configure and extend the `VERSION_RETENTION_PERIOD` of a database up to a period as long as one week, which allows Cloud Spanner to perform reads up to one week in the past. Querying change Streams: A Change Stream is a schema object that can be configured to watch data changes on the entire database, a set of tables, or a set of columns in a database. When a change stream is created, Spanner automatically defines a corresponding SQL Table-Valued Function (TVF) that can be used to query the change records in the associated change stream using the ExecuteStreamingSql API. The name of the TVF for a change stream is generated from the name of the change stream: READ_. All queries on change stream TVFs must be executed using the ExecuteStreamingSql API with a single-use read-only transaction with a strong read-only timestamp_bound. The change stream TVF allows users to specify the start_timestamp and end_timestamp for the time range of interest. All change records within the retention period is accessible using the strong read-only timestamp_bound. All other TransactionOptions are invalid for change stream queries. In addition, if TransactionOptions.read_only.return_read_timestamp is set to true, a special value of 2^63 - 2 will be returned in the Transaction message that describes the transaction, instead of a valid read timestamp. This special value should be discarded and not used for any subsequent queries. Please see https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/change-streams for more details on how to query the change stream TVFs. Partitioned DML transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement is applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Begin a new transaction and execute this read or SQL query in it. The transaction ID of the new transaction is returned in ResultSetMetadata.transaction, which is a Transaction. "excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": True or False, # When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Modifications from this transaction will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Modifications from this transaction will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, Modifications from this transaction will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` may only be specified for read-write or partitioned-dml transactions, otherwise the API will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.html index baf6f2c1def..25f61acaa6a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.html @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

move(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Moves the instance to the target instance config. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of moving the instance. `MoveInstance` returns `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the instance meets any of the following criteria: * Has an ongoing move to a different instance config * Has backups * Has an ongoing update * Is under free trial * Contains any CMEK-enabled databases While the operation is pending: * All other attempts to modify the instance, including changes to its compute capacity, are rejected. * The following database and backup admin operations are rejected: * DatabaseAdmin.CreateDatabase, * DatabaseAdmin.UpdateDatabaseDdl (Disabled if default_leader is specified in the request.) * DatabaseAdmin.RestoreDatabase * DatabaseAdmin.CreateBackup * DatabaseAdmin.CopyBackup * Both the source and target instance configurations are subject to hourly compute and storage charges. * The instance may experience higher read-write latencies and a higher transaction abort rate. However, moving an instance does not cause any downtime. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track the move instance operation. The metadata field type is MoveInstanceMetadata. The response field type is Instance, if successful. Cancelling the operation sets its metadata's cancel_time. Cancellation is not immediate since it involves moving any data previously moved to target instance configuration back to the original instance config. The same operation can be used to track the progress of the cancellation. Upon successful completion of the cancellation, the operation terminates with `CANCELLED` status. Upon completion(if not cancelled) of the returned operation: * Instance would be successfully moved to the target instance config. * You are billed for compute and storage in target instance config. Authorization requires `spanner.instances.update` permission on the resource instance. For more details, please see [documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/move-instance).

+

Moves the instance to the target instance config. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of moving the instance. `MoveInstance` returns `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the instance meets any of the following criteria: * Has an ongoing move to a different instance config * Has backups * Has an ongoing update * Is under free trial * Contains any CMEK-enabled databases While the operation is pending: * All other attempts to modify the instance, including changes to its compute capacity, are rejected. * The following database and backup admin operations are rejected: * DatabaseAdmin.CreateDatabase, * DatabaseAdmin.UpdateDatabaseDdl (Disabled if default_leader is specified in the request.) * DatabaseAdmin.RestoreDatabase * DatabaseAdmin.CreateBackup * DatabaseAdmin.CopyBackup * Both the source and target instance configs are subject to hourly compute and storage charges. * The instance may experience higher read-write latencies and a higher transaction abort rate. However, moving an instance does not cause any downtime. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track the move instance operation. The metadata field type is MoveInstanceMetadata. The response field type is Instance, if successful. Cancelling the operation sets its metadata's cancel_time. Cancellation is not immediate since it involves moving any data previously moved to target instance config back to the original instance config. The same operation can be used to track the progress of the cancellation. Upon successful completion of the cancellation, the operation terminates with CANCELLED status. Upon completion(if not cancelled) of the returned operation: * Instance would be successfully moved to the target instance config. * You are billed for compute and storage in target instance config. Authorization requires `spanner.instances.update` permission on the resource instance. For more details, please see [documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/move-instance).

patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates an instance, and begins allocating or releasing resources as requested. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of updating the instance. If the named instance does not exist, returns `NOT_FOUND`. Immediately upon completion of this request: * For resource types for which a decrease in the instance's allocation has been requested, billing is based on the newly-requested level. Until completion of the returned operation: * Cancelling the operation sets its metadata's cancel_time, and begins restoring resources to their pre-request values. The operation is guaranteed to succeed at undoing all resource changes, after which point it terminates with a `CANCELLED` status. * All other attempts to modify the instance are rejected. * Reading the instance via the API continues to give the pre-request resource levels. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Billing begins for all successfully-allocated resources (some types may have lower than the requested levels). * All newly-reserved resources are available for serving the instance's tables. * The instance's new resource levels are readable via the API. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track the instance modification. The metadata field type is UpdateInstanceMetadata. The response field type is Instance, if successful. Authorization requires `spanner.instances.update` permission on the resource name.

@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The request for CreateInstance. "instance": { # An isolated set of Cloud Spanner resources on which databases can be hosted. # Required. The instance to create. The name may be omitted, but if specified must be `/instances/`. - "autoscalingConfig": { # Autoscaling configuration for an instance. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration. Autoscaling is enabled if this field is set. When autoscaling is enabled, node_count and processing_units are treated as OUTPUT_ONLY fields and reflect the current compute capacity allocated to the instance. + "autoscalingConfig": { # Autoscaling config for an instance. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration. Autoscaling is enabled if this field is set. When autoscaling is enabled, node_count and processing_units are treated as OUTPUT_ONLY fields and reflect the current compute capacity allocated to the instance. "autoscalingLimits": { # The autoscaling limits for the instance. Users can define the minimum and maximum compute capacity allocated to the instance, and the autoscaler will only scale within that range. Users can either use nodes or processing units to specify the limits, but should use the same unit to set both the min_limit and max_limit. # Required. Autoscaling limits for an instance. "maxNodes": 42, # Maximum number of nodes allocated to the instance. If set, this number should be greater than or equal to min_nodes. "maxProcessingUnits": 42, # Maximum number of processing units allocated to the instance. If set, this number should be multiples of 1000 and be greater than or equal to min_processing_units. @@ -187,8 +187,8 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the instance, which cannot be changed after the instance is created. Values are of the form `projects//instances/a-z*[a-z0-9]`. The final segment of the name must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance. At most, one of either `node_count` or `processing_units` should be present in the message. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, node_count is treated as an OUTPUT_ONLY field and reflects the current number of nodes allocated to the instance. This might be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in the `READY` state. For more information, see [Compute capacity, nodes, and processing units](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity). - "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance. At most, one of either `processing_units` or `node_count` should be present in the message. Users can set the `processing_units` field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, `processing_units` is treated as an `OUTPUT_ONLY` field and reflects the current number of processing units allocated to the instance. This might be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in the `READY` state. See [the documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity) for more information about nodes and processing units. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance. At most one of either node_count or processing_units should be present in the message. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, node_count is treated as an OUTPUT_ONLY field and reflects the current number of nodes allocated to the instance. This may be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in state `READY`. See [the documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity) for more information about nodes and processing units. + "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance. At most one of processing_units or node_count should be present in the message. Users can set the processing_units field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, processing_units is treated as an OUTPUT_ONLY field and reflects the current number of processing units allocated to the instance. This may be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in state `READY`. See [the documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity) for more information about nodes and processing units. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current instance state. For CreateInstance, the state must be either omitted or set to `CREATING`. For UpdateInstance, the state must be either omitted or set to `READY`. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the instance was most recently updated. }, @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # An isolated set of Cloud Spanner resources on which databases can be hosted. - "autoscalingConfig": { # Autoscaling configuration for an instance. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration. Autoscaling is enabled if this field is set. When autoscaling is enabled, node_count and processing_units are treated as OUTPUT_ONLY fields and reflect the current compute capacity allocated to the instance. + "autoscalingConfig": { # Autoscaling config for an instance. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration. Autoscaling is enabled if this field is set. When autoscaling is enabled, node_count and processing_units are treated as OUTPUT_ONLY fields and reflect the current compute capacity allocated to the instance. "autoscalingLimits": { # The autoscaling limits for the instance. Users can define the minimum and maximum compute capacity allocated to the instance, and the autoscaler will only scale within that range. Users can either use nodes or processing units to specify the limits, but should use the same unit to set both the min_limit and max_limit. # Required. Autoscaling limits for an instance. "maxNodes": 42, # Maximum number of nodes allocated to the instance. If set, this number should be greater than or equal to min_nodes. "maxProcessingUnits": 42, # Maximum number of processing units allocated to the instance. If set, this number should be multiples of 1000 and be greater than or equal to min_processing_units. @@ -286,8 +286,8 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the instance, which cannot be changed after the instance is created. Values are of the form `projects//instances/a-z*[a-z0-9]`. The final segment of the name must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance. At most, one of either `node_count` or `processing_units` should be present in the message. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, node_count is treated as an OUTPUT_ONLY field and reflects the current number of nodes allocated to the instance. This might be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in the `READY` state. For more information, see [Compute capacity, nodes, and processing units](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity). - "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance. At most, one of either `processing_units` or `node_count` should be present in the message. Users can set the `processing_units` field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, `processing_units` is treated as an `OUTPUT_ONLY` field and reflects the current number of processing units allocated to the instance. This might be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in the `READY` state. See [the documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity) for more information about nodes and processing units. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance. At most one of either node_count or processing_units should be present in the message. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, node_count is treated as an OUTPUT_ONLY field and reflects the current number of nodes allocated to the instance. This may be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in state `READY`. See [the documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity) for more information about nodes and processing units. + "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance. At most one of processing_units or node_count should be present in the message. Users can set the processing_units field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, processing_units is treated as an OUTPUT_ONLY field and reflects the current number of processing units allocated to the instance. This may be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in state `READY`. See [the documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity) for more information about nodes and processing units. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current instance state. For CreateInstance, the state must be either omitted or set to `CREATING`. For UpdateInstance, the state must be either omitted or set to `READY`. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the instance was most recently updated. }
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The response for ListInstances. "instances": [ # The list of requested instances. { # An isolated set of Cloud Spanner resources on which databases can be hosted. - "autoscalingConfig": { # Autoscaling configuration for an instance. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration. Autoscaling is enabled if this field is set. When autoscaling is enabled, node_count and processing_units are treated as OUTPUT_ONLY fields and reflect the current compute capacity allocated to the instance. + "autoscalingConfig": { # Autoscaling config for an instance. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration. Autoscaling is enabled if this field is set. When autoscaling is enabled, node_count and processing_units are treated as OUTPUT_ONLY fields and reflect the current compute capacity allocated to the instance. "autoscalingLimits": { # The autoscaling limits for the instance. Users can define the minimum and maximum compute capacity allocated to the instance, and the autoscaler will only scale within that range. Users can either use nodes or processing units to specify the limits, but should use the same unit to set both the min_limit and max_limit. # Required. Autoscaling limits for an instance. "maxNodes": 42, # Maximum number of nodes allocated to the instance. If set, this number should be greater than or equal to min_nodes. "maxProcessingUnits": 42, # Maximum number of processing units allocated to the instance. If set, this number should be multiples of 1000 and be greater than or equal to min_processing_units. @@ -385,8 +385,8 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the instance, which cannot be changed after the instance is created. Values are of the form `projects//instances/a-z*[a-z0-9]`. The final segment of the name must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance. At most, one of either `node_count` or `processing_units` should be present in the message. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, node_count is treated as an OUTPUT_ONLY field and reflects the current number of nodes allocated to the instance. This might be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in the `READY` state. For more information, see [Compute capacity, nodes, and processing units](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity). - "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance. At most, one of either `processing_units` or `node_count` should be present in the message. Users can set the `processing_units` field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, `processing_units` is treated as an `OUTPUT_ONLY` field and reflects the current number of processing units allocated to the instance. This might be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in the `READY` state. See [the documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity) for more information about nodes and processing units. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance. At most one of either node_count or processing_units should be present in the message. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, node_count is treated as an OUTPUT_ONLY field and reflects the current number of nodes allocated to the instance. This may be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in state `READY`. See [the documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity) for more information about nodes and processing units. + "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance. At most one of processing_units or node_count should be present in the message. Users can set the processing_units field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, processing_units is treated as an OUTPUT_ONLY field and reflects the current number of processing units allocated to the instance. This may be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in state `READY`. See [the documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity) for more information about nodes and processing units. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current instance state. For CreateInstance, the state must be either omitted or set to `CREATING`. For UpdateInstance, the state must be either omitted or set to `READY`. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the instance was most recently updated. }, @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@

Method Details

move(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Moves the instance to the target instance config. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of moving the instance. `MoveInstance` returns `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the instance meets any of the following criteria: * Has an ongoing move to a different instance config * Has backups * Has an ongoing update * Is under free trial * Contains any CMEK-enabled databases While the operation is pending: * All other attempts to modify the instance, including changes to its compute capacity, are rejected. * The following database and backup admin operations are rejected: * DatabaseAdmin.CreateDatabase, * DatabaseAdmin.UpdateDatabaseDdl (Disabled if default_leader is specified in the request.) * DatabaseAdmin.RestoreDatabase * DatabaseAdmin.CreateBackup * DatabaseAdmin.CopyBackup * Both the source and target instance configurations are subject to hourly compute and storage charges. * The instance may experience higher read-write latencies and a higher transaction abort rate. However, moving an instance does not cause any downtime. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track the move instance operation. The metadata field type is MoveInstanceMetadata. The response field type is Instance, if successful. Cancelling the operation sets its metadata's cancel_time. Cancellation is not immediate since it involves moving any data previously moved to target instance configuration back to the original instance config. The same operation can be used to track the progress of the cancellation. Upon successful completion of the cancellation, the operation terminates with `CANCELLED` status. Upon completion(if not cancelled) of the returned operation: * Instance would be successfully moved to the target instance config. * You are billed for compute and storage in target instance config. Authorization requires `spanner.instances.update` permission on the resource instance. For more details, please see [documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/move-instance).
+  
Moves the instance to the target instance config. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of moving the instance. `MoveInstance` returns `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the instance meets any of the following criteria: * Has an ongoing move to a different instance config * Has backups * Has an ongoing update * Is under free trial * Contains any CMEK-enabled databases While the operation is pending: * All other attempts to modify the instance, including changes to its compute capacity, are rejected. * The following database and backup admin operations are rejected: * DatabaseAdmin.CreateDatabase, * DatabaseAdmin.UpdateDatabaseDdl (Disabled if default_leader is specified in the request.) * DatabaseAdmin.RestoreDatabase * DatabaseAdmin.CreateBackup * DatabaseAdmin.CopyBackup * Both the source and target instance configs are subject to hourly compute and storage charges. * The instance may experience higher read-write latencies and a higher transaction abort rate. However, moving an instance does not cause any downtime. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track the move instance operation. The metadata field type is MoveInstanceMetadata. The response field type is Instance, if successful. Cancelling the operation sets its metadata's cancel_time. Cancellation is not immediate since it involves moving any data previously moved to target instance config back to the original instance config. The same operation can be used to track the progress of the cancellation. Upon successful completion of the cancellation, the operation terminates with CANCELLED status. Upon completion(if not cancelled) of the returned operation: * Instance would be successfully moved to the target instance config. * You are billed for compute and storage in target instance config. Authorization requires `spanner.instances.update` permission on the resource instance. For more details, please see [documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/move-instance).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The instance to move. Values are of the form `projects//instances/`. (required)
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ 

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # The request for MoveInstance. - "targetConfig": "A String", # Required. The target instance configuration for the instance to move. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/`. + "targetConfig": "A String", # Required. The target instance config for the instance to move. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/`. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The request for UpdateInstance. "fieldMask": "A String", # Required. A mask specifying which fields in Instance should be updated. The field mask must always be specified; this prevents any future fields in Instance from being erased accidentally by clients that do not know about them. "instance": { # An isolated set of Cloud Spanner resources on which databases can be hosted. # Required. The instance to update, which must always include the instance name. Otherwise, only fields mentioned in field_mask need be included. - "autoscalingConfig": { # Autoscaling configuration for an instance. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration. Autoscaling is enabled if this field is set. When autoscaling is enabled, node_count and processing_units are treated as OUTPUT_ONLY fields and reflect the current compute capacity allocated to the instance. + "autoscalingConfig": { # Autoscaling config for an instance. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration. Autoscaling is enabled if this field is set. When autoscaling is enabled, node_count and processing_units are treated as OUTPUT_ONLY fields and reflect the current compute capacity allocated to the instance. "autoscalingLimits": { # The autoscaling limits for the instance. Users can define the minimum and maximum compute capacity allocated to the instance, and the autoscaler will only scale within that range. Users can either use nodes or processing units to specify the limits, but should use the same unit to set both the min_limit and max_limit. # Required. Autoscaling limits for an instance. "maxNodes": 42, # Maximum number of nodes allocated to the instance. If set, this number should be greater than or equal to min_nodes. "maxProcessingUnits": 42, # Maximum number of processing units allocated to the instance. If set, this number should be multiples of 1000 and be greater than or equal to min_processing_units. @@ -494,8 +494,8 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the instance, which cannot be changed after the instance is created. Values are of the form `projects//instances/a-z*[a-z0-9]`. The final segment of the name must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance. At most, one of either `node_count` or `processing_units` should be present in the message. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, node_count is treated as an OUTPUT_ONLY field and reflects the current number of nodes allocated to the instance. This might be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in the `READY` state. For more information, see [Compute capacity, nodes, and processing units](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity). - "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance. At most, one of either `processing_units` or `node_count` should be present in the message. Users can set the `processing_units` field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, `processing_units` is treated as an `OUTPUT_ONLY` field and reflects the current number of processing units allocated to the instance. This might be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in the `READY` state. See [the documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity) for more information about nodes and processing units. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance. At most one of either node_count or processing_units should be present in the message. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, node_count is treated as an OUTPUT_ONLY field and reflects the current number of nodes allocated to the instance. This may be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in state `READY`. See [the documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity) for more information about nodes and processing units. + "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance. At most one of processing_units or node_count should be present in the message. Users can set the processing_units field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, processing_units is treated as an OUTPUT_ONLY field and reflects the current number of processing units allocated to the instance. This may be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in state `READY`. See [the documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity) for more information about nodes and processing units. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current instance state. For CreateInstance, the state must be either omitted or set to `CREATING`. For UpdateInstance, the state must be either omitted or set to `READY`. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the instance was most recently updated. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitions.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitions.html index 5cb44455949..43ba05f6d0a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitions.html @@ -122,8 +122,8 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance partition as it appears in UIs. Must be unique per project and between 4 and 30 characters in length. "etag": "A String", # Used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance partition from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance partition updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance partitions, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance partitions to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the instance partition. If no etag is provided in the call to update instance partition, then the existing instance partition is overwritten blindly. "name": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the instance partition. Values are of the form `projects//instances//instancePartitions/a-z*[a-z0-9]`. The final segment of the name must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. An instance partition's name cannot be changed after the instance partition is created. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the `node_count` field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`. - "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the `processing_units` field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance partition. This might be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in the `READY` state. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`. + "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the processing_units field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`. "referencingBackups": [ # Output only. The names of the backups that reference this instance partition. Referencing backups should share the parent instance. The existence of any referencing backup prevents the instance partition from being deleted. "A String", ], @@ -204,8 +204,8 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance partition as it appears in UIs. Must be unique per project and between 4 and 30 characters in length. "etag": "A String", # Used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance partition from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance partition updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance partitions, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance partitions to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the instance partition. If no etag is provided in the call to update instance partition, then the existing instance partition is overwritten blindly. "name": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the instance partition. Values are of the form `projects//instances//instancePartitions/a-z*[a-z0-9]`. The final segment of the name must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. An instance partition's name cannot be changed after the instance partition is created. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the `node_count` field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`. - "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the `processing_units` field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance partition. This might be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in the `READY` state. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`. + "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the processing_units field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`. "referencingBackups": [ # Output only. The names of the backups that reference this instance partition. Referencing backups should share the parent instance. The existence of any referencing backup prevents the instance partition from being deleted. "A String", ], @@ -242,8 +242,8 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance partition as it appears in UIs. Must be unique per project and between 4 and 30 characters in length. "etag": "A String", # Used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance partition from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance partition updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance partitions, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance partitions to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the instance partition. If no etag is provided in the call to update instance partition, then the existing instance partition is overwritten blindly. "name": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the instance partition. Values are of the form `projects//instances//instancePartitions/a-z*[a-z0-9]`. The final segment of the name must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. An instance partition's name cannot be changed after the instance partition is created. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the `node_count` field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`. - "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the `processing_units` field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance partition. This might be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in the `READY` state. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`. + "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the processing_units field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`. "referencingBackups": [ # Output only. The names of the backups that reference this instance partition. Referencing backups should share the parent instance. The existence of any referencing backup prevents the instance partition from being deleted. "A String", ], @@ -292,8 +292,8 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance partition as it appears in UIs. Must be unique per project and between 4 and 30 characters in length. "etag": "A String", # Used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance partition from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance partition updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance partitions, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance partitions to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the instance partition. If no etag is provided in the call to update instance partition, then the existing instance partition is overwritten blindly. "name": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the instance partition. Values are of the form `projects//instances//instancePartitions/a-z*[a-z0-9]`. The final segment of the name must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. An instance partition's name cannot be changed after the instance partition is created. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the `node_count` field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`. - "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the `processing_units` field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance partition. This might be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in the `READY` state. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`. + "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the processing_units field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`. "referencingBackups": [ # Output only. The names of the backups that reference this instance partition. Referencing backups should share the parent instance. The existence of any referencing backup prevents the instance partition from being deleted. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html index 8f31c2a469d..8389132b0d2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html @@ -170,7 +170,6 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource. "sha1Fingerprint": "A String", # Sha1 Fingerprint. }, - "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html index c1d5691082f..87a30d36af2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Acquire a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).

addServerCa(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)

-

Adds a new trusted Certificate Authority (CA) version for the specified instance. Required to prepare for a certificate rotation. If a CA version was previously added but never used in a certificate rotation, this operation replaces that version. There cannot be more than one CA version waiting to be rotated in. For instances that have enabled Certificate Authority Service (CAS) based server CA, please use AddServerCertificate to add a new server certificate.

+

Adds a new trusted Certificate Authority (CA) version for the specified instance. Required to prepare for a certificate rotation. If a CA version was previously added but never used in a certificate rotation, this operation replaces that version. There cannot be more than one CA version waiting to be rotated in.

clone(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a Cloud SQL instance as a clone of the source instance. Using this operation might cause your instance to restart.

@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

Instance Methods

Restores a backup of a Cloud SQL instance. Using this operation might cause your instance to restart.

rotateServerCa(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Rotates the server certificate to one signed by the Certificate Authority (CA) version previously added with the addServerCA method. For instances that have enabled Certificate Authority Service (CAS) based server CA, please use RotateServerCertificate to rotate the server certificate.

+

Rotates the server certificate to one signed by the Certificate Authority (CA) version previously added with the addServerCA method.

startReplica(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)

Starts the replication in the read replica instance.

@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@

Method Details

addServerCa(project, instance, x__xgafv=None) -
Adds a new trusted Certificate Authority (CA) version for the specified instance. Required to prepare for a certificate rotation. If a CA version was previously added but never used in a certificate rotation, this operation replaces that version. There cannot be more than one CA version waiting to be rotated in. For instances that have enabled Certificate Authority Service (CAS) based server CA, please use AddServerCertificate to add a new server certificate.
+  
Adds a new trusted Certificate Authority (CA) version for the specified instance. Required to prepare for a certificate rotation. If a CA version was previously added but never used in a certificate rotation, this operation replaces that version. There cannot be more than one CA version waiting to be rotated in.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID of the project that contains the instance. (required)
@@ -1443,7 +1443,6 @@ 

Method Details

"pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. - "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections. }, "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`. @@ -1490,7 +1489,6 @@

Method Details

"suspensionReason": [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension. "A String", ], - "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage. "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade. { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version. "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name. @@ -1886,7 +1884,6 @@

Method Details

"pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. - "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections. }, "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`. @@ -1933,7 +1930,6 @@

Method Details

"suspensionReason": [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension. "A String", ], - "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage. "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade. { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version. "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name. @@ -2287,7 +2283,6 @@

Method Details

"pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. - "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections. }, "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`. @@ -2334,7 +2329,6 @@

Method Details

"suspensionReason": [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension. "A String", ], - "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage. "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade. { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version. "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name. @@ -2614,7 +2608,6 @@

Method Details

"pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. - "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections. }, "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`. @@ -2661,7 +2654,6 @@

Method Details

"suspensionReason": [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension. "A String", ], - "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage. "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade. { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version. "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name. @@ -3502,7 +3494,7 @@

Method Details

rotateServerCa(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Rotates the server certificate to one signed by the Certificate Authority (CA) version previously added with the addServerCA method. For instances that have enabled Certificate Authority Service (CAS) based server CA, please use RotateServerCertificate to rotate the server certificate.
+  
Rotates the server certificate to one signed by the Certificate Authority (CA) version previously added with the addServerCA method.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID of the project that contains the instance. (required)
@@ -4390,7 +4382,6 @@ 

Method Details

"pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. - "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections. }, "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`. @@ -4437,7 +4428,6 @@

Method Details

"suspensionReason": [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension. "A String", ], - "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage. "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade. { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version. "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html index c56b9f5ea14..02ff6136d38 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html @@ -170,7 +170,6 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource. "sha1Fingerprint": "A String", # Sha1 Fingerprint. }, - "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html index 0abf5d5b90c..7ade086e208 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Acquire a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).

addServerCa(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)

-

Add a new trusted Certificate Authority (CA) version for the specified instance. Required to prepare for a certificate rotation. If a CA version was previously added but never used in a certificate rotation, this operation replaces that version. There cannot be more than one CA version waiting to be rotated in. For instances that have enabled Certificate Authority Service (CAS) based server CA, please use AddServerCertificate to add a new server certificate.

+

Add a new trusted Certificate Authority (CA) version for the specified instance. Required to prepare for a certificate rotation. If a CA version was previously added but never used in a certificate rotation, this operation replaces that version. There cannot be more than one CA version waiting to be rotated in.

clone(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a Cloud SQL instance as a clone of the source instance. Using this operation might cause your instance to restart.

@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

Instance Methods

Restores a backup of a Cloud SQL instance. Using this operation might cause your instance to restart.

rotateServerCa(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Rotates the server certificate to one signed by the Certificate Authority (CA) version previously added with the addServerCA method. For instances that have enabled Certificate Authority Service (CAS) based server CA, please use RotateServerCertificate to rotate the server certificate.

+

Rotates the server certificate to one signed by the Certificate Authority (CA) version previously added with the addServerCA method.

startReplica(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)

Starts the replication in the read replica instance.

@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@

Method Details

addServerCa(project, instance, x__xgafv=None) -
Add a new trusted Certificate Authority (CA) version for the specified instance. Required to prepare for a certificate rotation. If a CA version was previously added but never used in a certificate rotation, this operation replaces that version. There cannot be more than one CA version waiting to be rotated in. For instances that have enabled Certificate Authority Service (CAS) based server CA, please use AddServerCertificate to add a new server certificate.
+  
Add a new trusted Certificate Authority (CA) version for the specified instance. Required to prepare for a certificate rotation. If a CA version was previously added but never used in a certificate rotation, this operation replaces that version. There cannot be more than one CA version waiting to be rotated in.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID of the project that contains the instance. (required)
@@ -1443,7 +1443,6 @@ 

Method Details

"pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. - "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections. }, "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`. @@ -1490,7 +1489,6 @@

Method Details

"suspensionReason": [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension. "A String", ], - "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage. "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade. { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version. "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name. @@ -1886,7 +1884,6 @@

Method Details

"pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. - "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections. }, "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`. @@ -1933,7 +1930,6 @@

Method Details

"suspensionReason": [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension. "A String", ], - "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage. "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade. { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version. "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name. @@ -2287,7 +2283,6 @@

Method Details

"pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. - "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections. }, "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`. @@ -2334,7 +2329,6 @@

Method Details

"suspensionReason": [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension. "A String", ], - "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage. "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade. { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version. "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name. @@ -2614,7 +2608,6 @@

Method Details

"pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. - "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections. }, "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`. @@ -2661,7 +2654,6 @@

Method Details

"suspensionReason": [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension. "A String", ], - "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage. "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade. { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version. "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name. @@ -3502,7 +3494,7 @@

Method Details

rotateServerCa(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Rotates the server certificate to one signed by the Certificate Authority (CA) version previously added with the addServerCA method. For instances that have enabled Certificate Authority Service (CAS) based server CA, please use RotateServerCertificate to rotate the server certificate.
+  
Rotates the server certificate to one signed by the Certificate Authority (CA) version previously added with the addServerCA method.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID of the project that contains the instance. (required)
@@ -4390,7 +4382,6 @@ 

Method Details

"pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. - "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. "sslMode": "A String", # Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections. }, "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#settings`. @@ -4437,7 +4428,6 @@

Method Details

"suspensionReason": [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension. "A String", ], - "switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage. "upgradableDatabaseVersions": [ # Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade. { # An available database version. It can be a major or a minor version. "displayName": "A String", # The database version's display name. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html index 49ee357a4c3..e03c788bc2b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html @@ -113,7 +113,6 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response message for ExchangeToken. - "access_boundary_session_key": "A String", # The access boundary session key. This key is used along with the access boundary intermediate token to generate Credential Access Boundary tokens at client side. This field is absent when the `requested_token_type` from the request is not `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_boundary_intermediate_token`. "access_token": "A String", # An OAuth 2.0 security token, issued by Google, in response to the token exchange request. Tokens can vary in size, depending in part on the size of mapped claims, up to a maximum of 12288 bytes (12 KB). Google reserves the right to change the token size and the maximum length at any time. "expires_in": 42, # The amount of time, in seconds, between the time when the access token was issued and the time when the access token will expire. This field is absent when the `subject_token` in the request is a Google-issued, short-lived access token. In this case, the access token has the same expiration time as the `subject_token`. "issued_token_type": "A String", # The token type. Always matches the value of `requested_token_type` from the request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.cloneJobs.html b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.cloneJobs.html index 90252c842f7..251fec45225 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.cloneJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.cloneJobs.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.cutoverJobs.html b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.cutoverJobs.html index b81a6797723..e74babd2590 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.cutoverJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.cutoverJobs.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.html b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.html index ee89aec584b..6853eb5a93c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.html @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # Optional. A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -993,7 +993,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # Optional. A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -1648,7 +1648,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # Optional. A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -1702,7 +1702,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -2307,7 +2307,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # Optional. A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -2361,7 +2361,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -2565,7 +2565,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -2662,7 +2662,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.cloneJobs.html b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.cloneJobs.html index 7ab21ae760c..c553b89e89a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.cloneJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.cloneJobs.html @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.cutoverJobs.html b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.cutoverJobs.html index e85ec57d634..a25631f6e0b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.cutoverJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.cutoverJobs.html @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.html b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.html index 753aa2c294b..5a29e3f3386 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.html @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # Optional. A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -685,7 +685,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -1002,7 +1002,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # Optional. A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -1428,7 +1428,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -1688,7 +1688,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -1840,7 +1840,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -1892,7 +1892,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -2084,7 +2084,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -2142,7 +2142,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -2303,7 +2303,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # Optional. A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -2358,7 +2358,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -2410,7 +2410,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -2618,7 +2618,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -2749,7 +2749,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -2822,7 +2822,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -2874,7 +2874,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -3066,7 +3066,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -3124,7 +3124,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -3289,7 +3289,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # Optional. A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -3344,7 +3344,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -3396,7 +3396,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -3604,7 +3604,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -3656,7 +3656,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -3735,7 +3735,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -3808,7 +3808,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -3860,7 +3860,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -4052,7 +4052,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. @@ -4110,7 +4110,7 @@

Method Details

"externalIp": "A String", # Optional. The external IP to define in the NIC. "internalIp": "A String", # Optional. The internal IP to define in the NIC. The formats accepted are: `ephemeral` \ ipv4 address \ a named address resource full path. "network": "A String", # The network to connect the NIC to. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork to connect the NIC to. }, ], "networkTags": [ # A list of network tags to associate with the VM. diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html index 39b9434e4ee..8c77eba924f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html @@ -135,8 +135,8 @@

Method Details

"degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. - "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. - "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Domain used by Workstations for HTTP ingress. + "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for private workstation clusters. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. + "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private. }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "labels": { # Optional. [Labels](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/label-resources) that are applied to the workstation cluster and that are also propagated to the underlying Compute Engine resources. @@ -144,13 +144,13 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation cluster. "network": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine network in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. - "privateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for private workstation clusters. # Optional. Configuration for private workstation cluster. - "allowedProjects": [ # Optional. Additional projects that are allowed to attach to the workstation cluster's service attachment. By default, the workstation cluster's project and the VPC host project (if different) are allowed. + "privateClusterConfig": { # Optional. Configuration for private workstation cluster. + "allowedProjects": [ "A String", ], - "clusterHostname": "A String", # Output only. Hostname for the workstation cluster. This field will be populated only when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, create a new DNS zone mapping this domain name to an internal IP address and a forwarding rule mapping that address to the service attachment. - "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private. - "serviceAttachmentUri": "A String", # Output only. Service attachment URI for the workstation cluster. The service attachemnt is created when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, configure access to the managed service using [Private Service Connect](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-private-service-connect-services). + "clusterHostname": "A String", + "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, + "serviceAttachmentUri": "A String", }, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this workstation cluster is currently being updated to match its intended state. "subnetwork": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine subnetwork in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. Must be part of the subnetwork specified for this workstation cluster. @@ -261,8 +261,8 @@

Method Details

"degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. - "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. - "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Domain used by Workstations for HTTP ingress. + "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for private workstation clusters. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. + "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private. }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "labels": { # Optional. [Labels](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/label-resources) that are applied to the workstation cluster and that are also propagated to the underlying Compute Engine resources. @@ -270,13 +270,13 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation cluster. "network": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine network in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. - "privateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for private workstation clusters. # Optional. Configuration for private workstation cluster. - "allowedProjects": [ # Optional. Additional projects that are allowed to attach to the workstation cluster's service attachment. By default, the workstation cluster's project and the VPC host project (if different) are allowed. + "privateClusterConfig": { # Optional. Configuration for private workstation cluster. + "allowedProjects": [ "A String", ], - "clusterHostname": "A String", # Output only. Hostname for the workstation cluster. This field will be populated only when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, create a new DNS zone mapping this domain name to an internal IP address and a forwarding rule mapping that address to the service attachment. - "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private. - "serviceAttachmentUri": "A String", # Output only. Service attachment URI for the workstation cluster. The service attachemnt is created when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, configure access to the managed service using [Private Service Connect](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-private-service-connect-services). + "clusterHostname": "A String", + "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, + "serviceAttachmentUri": "A String", }, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this workstation cluster is currently being updated to match its intended state. "subnetwork": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine subnetwork in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. Must be part of the subnetwork specified for this workstation cluster. @@ -327,8 +327,8 @@

Method Details

"degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. - "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. - "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Domain used by Workstations for HTTP ingress. + "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for private workstation clusters. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. + "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private. }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "labels": { # Optional. [Labels](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/label-resources) that are applied to the workstation cluster and that are also propagated to the underlying Compute Engine resources. @@ -336,13 +336,13 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation cluster. "network": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine network in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. - "privateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for private workstation clusters. # Optional. Configuration for private workstation cluster. - "allowedProjects": [ # Optional. Additional projects that are allowed to attach to the workstation cluster's service attachment. By default, the workstation cluster's project and the VPC host project (if different) are allowed. + "privateClusterConfig": { # Optional. Configuration for private workstation cluster. + "allowedProjects": [ "A String", ], - "clusterHostname": "A String", # Output only. Hostname for the workstation cluster. This field will be populated only when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, create a new DNS zone mapping this domain name to an internal IP address and a forwarding rule mapping that address to the service attachment. - "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private. - "serviceAttachmentUri": "A String", # Output only. Service attachment URI for the workstation cluster. The service attachemnt is created when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, configure access to the managed service using [Private Service Connect](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-private-service-connect-services). + "clusterHostname": "A String", + "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, + "serviceAttachmentUri": "A String", }, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this workstation cluster is currently being updated to match its intended state. "subnetwork": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine subnetwork in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. Must be part of the subnetwork specified for this workstation cluster. @@ -396,8 +396,8 @@

Method Details

"degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. - "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. - "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Domain used by Workstations for HTTP ingress. + "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for private workstation clusters. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. + "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private. }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "labels": { # Optional. [Labels](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/label-resources) that are applied to the workstation cluster and that are also propagated to the underlying Compute Engine resources. @@ -405,13 +405,13 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation cluster. "network": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine network in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. - "privateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for private workstation clusters. # Optional. Configuration for private workstation cluster. - "allowedProjects": [ # Optional. Additional projects that are allowed to attach to the workstation cluster's service attachment. By default, the workstation cluster's project and the VPC host project (if different) are allowed. + "privateClusterConfig": { # Optional. Configuration for private workstation cluster. + "allowedProjects": [ "A String", ], - "clusterHostname": "A String", # Output only. Hostname for the workstation cluster. This field will be populated only when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, create a new DNS zone mapping this domain name to an internal IP address and a forwarding rule mapping that address to the service attachment. - "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private. - "serviceAttachmentUri": "A String", # Output only. Service attachment URI for the workstation cluster. The service attachemnt is created when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, configure access to the managed service using [Private Service Connect](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-private-service-connect-services). + "clusterHostname": "A String", + "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, + "serviceAttachmentUri": "A String", }, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this workstation cluster is currently being updated to match its intended state. "subnetwork": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine subnetwork in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. Must be part of the subnetwork specified for this workstation cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html index 61da7cce064..8b80260dd8f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html @@ -131,12 +131,6 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A workstation configuration resource in the Cloud Workstations API. Workstation configurations act as templates for workstations. The workstation configuration defines details such as the workstation virtual machine (VM) instance type, persistent storage, container image defining environment, which IDE or Code Editor to use, and more. Administrators and platform teams can also use [Identity and Access Management (IAM)](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview) rules to grant access to teams or to individual developers. - "allowedPorts": [ # Optional. A Single or Range of ports externally accessible in the workstation. If not specified defaults to ports 22, 80 and ports 1024-65535. - { # A PortRange defines a range of ports. Both first and last are inclusive. To specify a single port, both first and last should be the same. - "first": 42, # Required. Starting port number for the current range of ports. - "last": 42, # Required. Ending port number for the current range of ports. - }, - ], "annotations": { # Optional. Client-specified annotations. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -338,12 +332,6 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A workstation configuration resource in the Cloud Workstations API. Workstation configurations act as templates for workstations. The workstation configuration defines details such as the workstation virtual machine (VM) instance type, persistent storage, container image defining environment, which IDE or Code Editor to use, and more. Administrators and platform teams can also use [Identity and Access Management (IAM)](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview) rules to grant access to teams or to individual developers. - "allowedPorts": [ # Optional. A Single or Range of ports externally accessible in the workstation. If not specified defaults to ports 22, 80 and ports 1024-65535. - { # A PortRange defines a range of ports. Both first and last are inclusive. To specify a single port, both first and last should be the same. - "first": 42, # Required. Starting port number for the current range of ports. - "last": 42, # Required. Ending port number for the current range of ports. - }, - ], "annotations": { # Optional. Client-specified annotations. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -533,12 +521,6 @@

Method Details

], "workstationConfigs": [ # The requested configs. { # A workstation configuration resource in the Cloud Workstations API. Workstation configurations act as templates for workstations. The workstation configuration defines details such as the workstation virtual machine (VM) instance type, persistent storage, container image defining environment, which IDE or Code Editor to use, and more. Administrators and platform teams can also use [Identity and Access Management (IAM)](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview) rules to grant access to teams or to individual developers. - "allowedPorts": [ # Optional. A Single or Range of ports externally accessible in the workstation. If not specified defaults to ports 22, 80 and ports 1024-65535. - { # A PortRange defines a range of ports. Both first and last are inclusive. To specify a single port, both first and last should be the same. - "first": 42, # Required. Starting port number for the current range of ports. - "last": 42, # Required. Ending port number for the current range of ports. - }, - ], "annotations": { # Optional. Client-specified annotations. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -682,12 +664,6 @@

Method Details

], "workstationConfigs": [ # The requested configs. { # A workstation configuration resource in the Cloud Workstations API. Workstation configurations act as templates for workstations. The workstation configuration defines details such as the workstation virtual machine (VM) instance type, persistent storage, container image defining environment, which IDE or Code Editor to use, and more. Administrators and platform teams can also use [Identity and Access Management (IAM)](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview) rules to grant access to teams or to individual developers. - "allowedPorts": [ # Optional. A Single or Range of ports externally accessible in the workstation. If not specified defaults to ports 22, 80 and ports 1024-65535. - { # A PortRange defines a range of ports. Both first and last are inclusive. To specify a single port, both first and last should be the same. - "first": 42, # Required. Starting port number for the current range of ports. - "last": 42, # Required. Ending port number for the current range of ports. - }, - ], "annotations": { # Optional. Client-specified annotations. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -846,12 +822,6 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A workstation configuration resource in the Cloud Workstations API. Workstation configurations act as templates for workstations. The workstation configuration defines details such as the workstation virtual machine (VM) instance type, persistent storage, container image defining environment, which IDE or Code Editor to use, and more. Administrators and platform teams can also use [Identity and Access Management (IAM)](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview) rules to grant access to teams or to individual developers. - "allowedPorts": [ # Optional. A Single or Range of ports externally accessible in the workstation. If not specified defaults to ports 22, 80 and ports 1024-65535. - { # A PortRange defines a range of ports. Both first and last are inclusive. To specify a single port, both first and last should be the same. - "first": 42, # Required. Starting port number for the current range of ports. - "last": 42, # Required. Ending port number for the current range of ports. - }, - ], "annotations": { # Optional. Client-specified annotations. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html index aaecfbe4439..b3805f1a36f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html @@ -135,8 +135,8 @@

Method Details

"degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. - "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. - "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Domain used by Workstations for HTTP ingress. + "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for private workstation clusters. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. + "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private. }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "labels": { # Optional. [Labels](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/label-resources) that are applied to the workstation cluster and that are also propagated to the underlying Compute Engine resources. @@ -144,17 +144,15 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation cluster. "network": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine network in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. - "privateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for private workstation clusters. # Optional. Configuration for private workstation cluster. - "allowedProjects": [ # Optional. Additional projects that are allowed to attach to the workstation cluster's service attachment. By default, the workstation cluster's project and the VPC host project (if different) are allowed. + "privateClusterConfig": { # Optional. Configuration for private workstation cluster. + "allowedProjects": [ "A String", ], - "clusterHostname": "A String", # Output only. Hostname for the workstation cluster. This field will be populated only when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, create a new DNS zone mapping this domain name to an internal IP address and a forwarding rule mapping that address to the service attachment. - "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private. - "serviceAttachmentUri": "A String", # Output only. Service attachment URI for the workstation cluster. The service attachemnt is created when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, configure access to the managed service using [Private Service Connect](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-private-service-connect-services). + "clusterHostname": "A String", + "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, + "serviceAttachmentUri": "A String", }, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this workstation cluster is currently being updated to match its intended state. - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "subnetwork": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine subnetwork in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. Must be part of the subnetwork specified for this workstation cluster. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation cluster. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was most recently updated. @@ -263,8 +261,8 @@

Method Details

"degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. - "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. - "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Domain used by Workstations for HTTP ingress. + "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for private workstation clusters. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. + "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private. }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "labels": { # Optional. [Labels](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/label-resources) that are applied to the workstation cluster and that are also propagated to the underlying Compute Engine resources. @@ -272,17 +270,15 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation cluster. "network": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine network in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. - "privateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for private workstation clusters. # Optional. Configuration for private workstation cluster. - "allowedProjects": [ # Optional. Additional projects that are allowed to attach to the workstation cluster's service attachment. By default, the workstation cluster's project and the VPC host project (if different) are allowed. + "privateClusterConfig": { # Optional. Configuration for private workstation cluster. + "allowedProjects": [ "A String", ], - "clusterHostname": "A String", # Output only. Hostname for the workstation cluster. This field will be populated only when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, create a new DNS zone mapping this domain name to an internal IP address and a forwarding rule mapping that address to the service attachment. - "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private. - "serviceAttachmentUri": "A String", # Output only. Service attachment URI for the workstation cluster. The service attachemnt is created when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, configure access to the managed service using [Private Service Connect](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-private-service-connect-services). + "clusterHostname": "A String", + "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, + "serviceAttachmentUri": "A String", }, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this workstation cluster is currently being updated to match its intended state. - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "subnetwork": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine subnetwork in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. Must be part of the subnetwork specified for this workstation cluster. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation cluster. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was most recently updated. @@ -331,8 +327,8 @@

Method Details

"degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. - "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. - "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Domain used by Workstations for HTTP ingress. + "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for private workstation clusters. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. + "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private. }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "labels": { # Optional. [Labels](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/label-resources) that are applied to the workstation cluster and that are also propagated to the underlying Compute Engine resources. @@ -340,17 +336,15 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation cluster. "network": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine network in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. - "privateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for private workstation clusters. # Optional. Configuration for private workstation cluster. - "allowedProjects": [ # Optional. Additional projects that are allowed to attach to the workstation cluster's service attachment. By default, the workstation cluster's project and the VPC host project (if different) are allowed. + "privateClusterConfig": { # Optional. Configuration for private workstation cluster. + "allowedProjects": [ "A String", ], - "clusterHostname": "A String", # Output only. Hostname for the workstation cluster. This field will be populated only when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, create a new DNS zone mapping this domain name to an internal IP address and a forwarding rule mapping that address to the service attachment. - "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private. - "serviceAttachmentUri": "A String", # Output only. Service attachment URI for the workstation cluster. The service attachemnt is created when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, configure access to the managed service using [Private Service Connect](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-private-service-connect-services). + "clusterHostname": "A String", + "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, + "serviceAttachmentUri": "A String", }, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this workstation cluster is currently being updated to match its intended state. - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "subnetwork": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine subnetwork in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. Must be part of the subnetwork specified for this workstation cluster. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation cluster. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was most recently updated. @@ -402,8 +396,8 @@

Method Details

"degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. - "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. - "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Domain used by Workstations for HTTP ingress. + "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for private workstation clusters. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. + "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private. }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "labels": { # Optional. [Labels](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/label-resources) that are applied to the workstation cluster and that are also propagated to the underlying Compute Engine resources. @@ -411,17 +405,15 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation cluster. "network": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine network in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. - "privateClusterConfig": { # Configuration options for private workstation clusters. # Optional. Configuration for private workstation cluster. - "allowedProjects": [ # Optional. Additional projects that are allowed to attach to the workstation cluster's service attachment. By default, the workstation cluster's project and the VPC host project (if different) are allowed. + "privateClusterConfig": { # Optional. Configuration for private workstation cluster. + "allowedProjects": [ "A String", ], - "clusterHostname": "A String", # Output only. Hostname for the workstation cluster. This field will be populated only when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, create a new DNS zone mapping this domain name to an internal IP address and a forwarding rule mapping that address to the service attachment. - "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, # Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private. - "serviceAttachmentUri": "A String", # Output only. Service attachment URI for the workstation cluster. The service attachemnt is created when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, configure access to the managed service using [Private Service Connect](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-private-service-connect-services). + "clusterHostname": "A String", + "enablePrivateEndpoint": True or False, + "serviceAttachmentUri": "A String", }, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this workstation cluster is currently being updated to match its intended state. - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "subnetwork": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine subnetwork in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. Must be part of the subnetwork specified for this workstation cluster. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation cluster. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was most recently updated. diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html index 4039768cf8d..5dba36444b3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A workstation configuration resource in the Cloud Workstations API. Workstation configurations act as templates for workstations. The workstation configuration defines details such as the workstation virtual machine (VM) instance type, persistent storage, container image defining environment, which IDE or Code Editor to use, and more. Administrators and platform teams can also use [Identity and Access Management (IAM)](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview) rules to grant access to teams or to individual developers. "allowedPorts": [ # Optional. A Single or Range of ports externally accessible in the workstation. If not specified defaults to ports 22, 80 and ports 1024-65535. - { # A PortRange defines a range of ports. Both first and last are inclusive. To specify a single port, both first and last should be the same. + { # A PortsConfig defines a range of ports. Both first and last are inclusive. To specify a single port, both first and last should be the same. "first": 42, # Required. Starting port number for the current range of ports. "last": 42, # Required. Ending port number for the current range of ports. }, @@ -268,8 +268,6 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was most recently updated. } @@ -359,7 +357,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A workstation configuration resource in the Cloud Workstations API. Workstation configurations act as templates for workstations. The workstation configuration defines details such as the workstation virtual machine (VM) instance type, persistent storage, container image defining environment, which IDE or Code Editor to use, and more. Administrators and platform teams can also use [Identity and Access Management (IAM)](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview) rules to grant access to teams or to individual developers. "allowedPorts": [ # Optional. A Single or Range of ports externally accessible in the workstation. If not specified defaults to ports 22, 80 and ports 1024-65535. - { # A PortRange defines a range of ports. Both first and last are inclusive. To specify a single port, both first and last should be the same. + { # A PortsConfig defines a range of ports. Both first and last are inclusive. To specify a single port, both first and last should be the same. "first": 42, # Required. Starting port number for the current range of ports. "last": 42, # Required. Ending port number for the current range of ports. }, @@ -495,8 +493,6 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was most recently updated. }
@@ -574,7 +570,7 @@

Method Details

"workstationConfigs": [ # The requested configs. { # A workstation configuration resource in the Cloud Workstations API. Workstation configurations act as templates for workstations. The workstation configuration defines details such as the workstation virtual machine (VM) instance type, persistent storage, container image defining environment, which IDE or Code Editor to use, and more. Administrators and platform teams can also use [Identity and Access Management (IAM)](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview) rules to grant access to teams or to individual developers. "allowedPorts": [ # Optional. A Single or Range of ports externally accessible in the workstation. If not specified defaults to ports 22, 80 and ports 1024-65535. - { # A PortRange defines a range of ports. Both first and last are inclusive. To specify a single port, both first and last should be the same. + { # A PortsConfig defines a range of ports. Both first and last are inclusive. To specify a single port, both first and last should be the same. "first": 42, # Required. Starting port number for the current range of ports. "last": 42, # Required. Ending port number for the current range of ports. }, @@ -710,8 +706,6 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was most recently updated. }, @@ -743,7 +737,7 @@

Method Details

"workstationConfigs": [ # The requested configs. { # A workstation configuration resource in the Cloud Workstations API. Workstation configurations act as templates for workstations. The workstation configuration defines details such as the workstation virtual machine (VM) instance type, persistent storage, container image defining environment, which IDE or Code Editor to use, and more. Administrators and platform teams can also use [Identity and Access Management (IAM)](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview) rules to grant access to teams or to individual developers. "allowedPorts": [ # Optional. A Single or Range of ports externally accessible in the workstation. If not specified defaults to ports 22, 80 and ports 1024-65535. - { # A PortRange defines a range of ports. Both first and last are inclusive. To specify a single port, both first and last should be the same. + { # A PortsConfig defines a range of ports. Both first and last are inclusive. To specify a single port, both first and last should be the same. "first": 42, # Required. Starting port number for the current range of ports. "last": 42, # Required. Ending port number for the current range of ports. }, @@ -879,8 +873,6 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was most recently updated. }, @@ -927,7 +919,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A workstation configuration resource in the Cloud Workstations API. Workstation configurations act as templates for workstations. The workstation configuration defines details such as the workstation virtual machine (VM) instance type, persistent storage, container image defining environment, which IDE or Code Editor to use, and more. Administrators and platform teams can also use [Identity and Access Management (IAM)](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview) rules to grant access to teams or to individual developers. "allowedPorts": [ # Optional. A Single or Range of ports externally accessible in the workstation. If not specified defaults to ports 22, 80 and ports 1024-65535. - { # A PortRange defines a range of ports. Both first and last are inclusive. To specify a single port, both first and last should be the same. + { # A PortsConfig defines a range of ports. Both first and last are inclusive. To specify a single port, both first and last should be the same. "first": 42, # Required. Starting port number for the current range of ports. "last": 42, # Required. Ending port number for the current range of ports. }, @@ -1063,8 +1055,6 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "runningTimeout": "A String", # Optional. Number of seconds that a workstation can run until it is automatically shut down. We recommend that workstations be shut down daily to reduce costs and so that security updates can be applied upon restart. The idle_timeout and running_timeout fields are independent of each other. Note that the running_timeout field shuts down VMs after the specified time, regardless of whether or not the VMs are idle. Provide duration terminated by `s` for seconds—for example, `"54000s"` (15 hours). Defaults to `"43200s"` (12 hours). A value of `"0s"` indicates that workstations using this configuration should never time out. If encryption_key is set, it must be greater than `"0s"` and less than `"86400s"` (24 hours). Warning: A value of `"0s"` indicates that Cloud Workstations VMs created with this configuration have no maximum running time. This is strongly discouraged because you incur costs and will not pick up security updates. - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "uid": "A String", # Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation configuration was most recently updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html index 226d08d664a..5769e5036d9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html @@ -152,8 +152,6 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation. "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this workstation is currently being updated to match its intended state. - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "sourceWorkstation": "A String", # Optional. The source workstation from which this workstations persistent directories were cloned on creation. "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was most recently successfully started, regardless of the workstation's initial state. "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the workstation. @@ -290,8 +288,6 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation. "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this workstation is currently being updated to match its intended state. - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "sourceWorkstation": "A String", # Optional. The source workstation from which this workstations persistent directories were cloned on creation. "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was most recently successfully started, regardless of the workstation's initial state. "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the workstation. @@ -388,8 +384,6 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation. "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this workstation is currently being updated to match its intended state. - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "sourceWorkstation": "A String", # Optional. The source workstation from which this workstations persistent directories were cloned on creation. "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was most recently successfully started, regardless of the workstation's initial state. "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the workstation. @@ -440,8 +434,6 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation. "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this workstation is currently being updated to match its intended state. - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "sourceWorkstation": "A String", # Optional. The source workstation from which this workstations persistent directories were cloned on creation. "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was most recently successfully started, regardless of the workstation's initial state. "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the workstation. @@ -507,8 +499,6 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full name of this workstation. "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this workstation is currently being updated to match its intended state. - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "sourceWorkstation": "A String", # Optional. The source workstation from which this workstations persistent directories were cloned on creation. "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation was most recently successfully started, regardless of the workstation's initial state. "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the workstation. diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json index 9960cffb3a4..fa48f72fea6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://acceleratedmobilepageurl.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AmpUrl": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json index bdf5d008f8f..0e2ab5e6770 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240705", "rootUrl": "https://accessapproval.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessApprovalServiceAccount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json index 9c72c3a8fc6..8a974b5ed6b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json @@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": { @@ -1332,7 +1332,6 @@ "properties": { "etag": { "description": "Output only. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `AccessPolicy`. This will always be a strongly validated etag, meaning that two Access Policies will be identical if and only if their etags are identical. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format.", -"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "name": { @@ -1742,7 +1741,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sources": { -"description": "Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out.", +"description": "Sources that this EgressPolicy authorizes access from. If this field is not empty, then `source_restriction` must be set to `SOURCE_RESTRICTION_ENABLED`.", "items": { "$ref": "EgressSource" }, @@ -1771,7 +1770,7 @@ "id": "EgressSource", "properties": { "accessLevel": { -"description": "An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out.", +"description": "An AccessLevel resource name that allows protected resources inside the ServicePerimeters to access outside the ServicePerimeter boundaries. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If an AccessLevel name is not specified, only resources within the perimeter can be accessed through Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all EgressSources will be allowed.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -2549,7 +2548,7 @@ "properties": { "vpcSubnetwork": { "$ref": "VpcSubNetwork", -"description": "Sub-segment ranges of a VPC network. TODO (b/332744441): annotate this field with custom_org_policy_accessibility when cl/640698580 will be rolled out." +"description": "Sub-segment ranges of a VPC network." } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json index 535ecbea925..4fa5bf8f829 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://acmedns.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcmeChallengeSet": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/addressvalidation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/addressvalidation.v1.json index 376c58700fb..a49bcb5c32b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/addressvalidation.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/addressvalidation.v1.json @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://addressvalidation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleGeoTypeViewport": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json index 41c6a5d19f9..a9e53dd8760 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json @@ -3115,7 +3115,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://adexchangebuyer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbsoluteDateRange": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json index c9f315bdef1..6b5692623f8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240618", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Application": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json index b4dad8e4008..58ee6d6a441 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json @@ -3931,7 +3931,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a user. Mutate calls immediately following user creation might sometimes fail as the user isn't fully created due to propagation delay in our backends. Check the error details for the \"User creation is not complete\" message to see if this is the case. Retrying the calls after some time can help in this case. If `resolveConflictAccount` is set to `true`, a `202` response code means that a conflicting unmanaged account exists and was invited to join the organization. A `409` response code means that a conflicting account exists so the user wasn't created based on the [handling unmanaged user accounts](https://support.google.com/a/answer/11112794) option selected.", +"description": "Creates a user. Mutate calls immediately following user creation might sometimes fail as the user isn't fully created due to propagation delay in our backends. Check the error details for the \"User creation is not complete\" message to see if this is the case. Retrying the calls after some time can help in this case.", "flatPath": "admin/directory/v1/users", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "directory.users.insert", @@ -4671,7 +4671,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240618", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Alias": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json index 922064a1895..d19fec1ccc7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240618", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Activities": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json index 5d2bd9f1da9..1c72a76f446 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdUnit": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json index cfe2a883ab3..83426ae473d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdSource": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json index 141b3a4f67b..08d6597bed7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json @@ -1912,7 +1912,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://adsense.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsenseplatform.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsenseplatform.v1alpha.json deleted file mode 100644 index 189e2f3bae2..00000000000 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsenseplatform.v1alpha.json +++ /dev/null @@ -1,721 +0,0 @@ -{ -"auth": { -"oauth2": { -"scopes": { -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense": { -"description": "View and manage your AdSense data" -}, -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense.readonly": { -"description": "View your AdSense data" -} -} -} -}, -"basePath": "", -"baseUrl": "https://adsenseplatform.googleapis.com/", -"batchPath": "batch", -"canonicalName": "AdSense Platform", -"description": "", -"discoveryVersion": "v1", -"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/", -"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, -"icons": { -"x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", -"x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif" -}, -"id": "adsenseplatform:v1alpha", -"kind": "discovery#restDescription", -"mtlsRootUrl": "https://adsenseplatform.mtls.googleapis.com/", -"name": "adsenseplatform", -"ownerDomain": "google.com", -"ownerName": "Google", -"parameters": { -"$.xgafv": { -"description": "V1 error format.", -"enum": [ -"1", -"2" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"v1 error format", -"v2 error format" -], -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"access_token": { -"description": "OAuth access token.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"alt": { -"default": "json", -"description": "Data format for response.", -"enum": [ -"json", -"media", -"proto" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Responses with Content-Type of application/json", -"Media download with context-dependent Content-Type", -"Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf" -], -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"callback": { -"description": "JSONP", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"fields": { -"description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"key": { -"description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"oauth_token": { -"description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"prettyPrint": { -"default": "true", -"description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"quotaUser": { -"description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"uploadType": { -"description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"upload_protocol": { -"description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"protocol": "rest", -"resources": { -"platforms": { -"resources": { -"accounts": { -"methods": { -"close": { -"description": "Closes a sub-account.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/platforms/{platformsId}/accounts/{accountsId}:close", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "adsenseplatform.platforms.accounts.close", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. Account to close. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account_id}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^platforms/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+name}:close", -"request": { -"$ref": "CloseAccountRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "CloseAccountResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense" -] -}, -"create": { -"description": "Creates a sub-account.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/platforms/{platformsId}/accounts", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "adsenseplatform.platforms.accounts.create", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. Platform to create an account for. Format: platforms/{platform}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^platforms/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/accounts", -"request": { -"$ref": "Account" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Account" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense" -] -}, -"get": { -"description": "Gets information about the selected sub-account.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/platforms/{platformsId}/accounts/{accountsId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "adsenseplatform.platforms.accounts.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. Account to get information about. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account_id}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^platforms/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "Account" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense.readonly" -] -}, -"list": { -"description": "Lists a partial view of sub-accounts for a specific parent account.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/platforms/{platformsId}/accounts", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "adsenseplatform.platforms.accounts.list", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum number of accounts to include in the response, used for paging. If unspecified, at most 10000 accounts will be returned. The maximum value is 10000; values above 10000 will be coerced to 10000.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. Platform who parents the accounts. Format: platforms/{platform}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^platforms/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/accounts", -"response": { -"$ref": "ListAccountsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense.readonly" -] -}, -"lookup": { -"description": "Looks up information about a sub-account for a specified creation_request_id. If no account exists for the given creation_request_id, returns 404.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/platforms/{platformsId}/accounts:lookup", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "adsenseplatform.platforms.accounts.lookup", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"creationRequestId": { -"description": "Optional. The creation_request_id provided when calling createAccount.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. Platform who parents the account. Format: platforms/{platform}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^platforms/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/accounts:lookup", -"response": { -"$ref": "LookupAccountResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense.readonly" -] -} -}, -"resources": { -"events": { -"methods": { -"create": { -"description": "Creates an account event.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/platforms/{platformsId}/accounts/{accountsId}/events", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "adsenseplatform.platforms.accounts.events.create", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. Account to log events about. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^platforms/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/events", -"request": { -"$ref": "Event" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Event" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense" -] -} -} -}, -"sites": { -"methods": { -"create": { -"description": "Creates a site for a specified account.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/platforms/{platformsId}/accounts/{accountsId}/sites", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "adsenseplatform.platforms.accounts.sites.create", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. Account to create site. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account_id}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^platforms/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/sites", -"request": { -"$ref": "Site" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Site" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense" -] -}, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes a site from a specified account.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/platforms/{platformsId}/accounts/{accountsId}/sites/{sitesId}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "adsenseplatform.platforms.accounts.sites.delete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the site to delete. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account}/sites/{site}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^platforms/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+/sites/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "Empty" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense" -] -}, -"get": { -"description": "Gets a site from a specified sub-account.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/platforms/{platformsId}/accounts/{accountsId}/sites/{sitesId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "adsenseplatform.platforms.accounts.sites.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the site to retrieve. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account}/sites/{site}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^platforms/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+/sites/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "Site" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense.readonly" -] -}, -"list": { -"description": "Lists sites for a specific account.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/platforms/{platformsId}/accounts/{accountsId}/sites", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "adsenseplatform.platforms.accounts.sites.list", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of sites to include in the response, used for paging. If unspecified, at most 10000 sites will be returned. The maximum value is 10000; values above 10000 will be coerced to 10000.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListSites` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListSites` must match the call that provided the page token.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The account which owns the sites. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^platforms/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/sites", -"response": { -"$ref": "ListSitesResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense.readonly" -] -}, -"requestReview": { -"description": "Requests the review of a site. The site should be in REQUIRES_REVIEW or NEEDS_ATTENTION state. Note: Make sure you place an [ad tag](https://developers.google.com/adsense/platforms/direct/ad-tags) on your site before requesting a review.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/platforms/{platformsId}/accounts/{accountsId}/sites/{sitesId}:requestReview", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "adsenseplatform.platforms.accounts.sites.requestReview", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the site to submit for review. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account}/sites/{site}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^platforms/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+/sites/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+name}:requestReview", -"response": { -"$ref": "RequestSiteReviewResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/adsense" -] -} -} -} -} -} -} -} -}, -"revision": "20240715", -"rootUrl": "https://adsenseplatform.googleapis.com/", -"schemas": { -"Account": { -"description": "Representation of an Account.", -"id": "Account", -"properties": { -"createTime": { -"description": "Output only. Creation time of the account.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"creationRequestId": { -"description": "Required. An opaque token that uniquely identifies the account among all the platform's accounts. This string may contain at most 64 non-whitespace ASCII characters, but otherwise has no predefined structure. However, it is expected to be a platform-specific identifier for the user creating the account, so that only a single account can be created for any given user. This field must not contain any information that is recognizable as personally identifiable information. e.g. it should not be an email address or login name. Once an account has been created, a second attempt to create an account using the same creation_request_id will result in an ALREADY_EXISTS error.", -"type": "string" -}, -"displayName": { -"description": "Display name of this account.", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of the account. Format: platforms/pub-[0-9]+/accounts/pub-[0-9]+", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"regionCode": { -"description": "Required. Input only. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. Set this to country code of the child account if known, otherwise to your own country code.", -"type": "string" -}, -"state": { -"description": "Output only. Approval state of the account.", -"enum": [ -"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"UNCHECKED", -"APPROVED", -"DISAPPROVED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified.", -"Unchecked.", -"The account is ready to serve ads.", -"The account has been blocked from serving ads." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"timeZone": { -"$ref": "TimeZone", -"description": "Required. The IANA TZ timezone code of this account. For more information, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones. This field is used for reporting. It is recommended to set it to the same value for all child accounts." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"Address": { -"description": "Address data.", -"id": "Address", -"properties": { -"address1": { -"description": "First line of address. Max length 64 bytes or 30 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"address2": { -"description": "Second line of address. Max length 64 bytes or 30 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"city": { -"description": "City. Max length 60 bytes or 30 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"company": { -"description": "Name of the company. Max length 255 bytes or 34 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"contact": { -"description": "Contact name of the company. Max length 128 bytes or 34 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"fax": { -"description": "Fax number with international code (i.e. +441234567890).", -"type": "string" -}, -"phone": { -"description": "Phone number with international code (i.e. +441234567890).", -"type": "string" -}, -"regionCode": { -"description": "Country/Region code. The region is specified as a CLDR region code (e.g. \"US\", \"FR\").", -"type": "string" -}, -"state": { -"description": "State. Max length 60 bytes or 30 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"zip": { -"description": "Zip/post code. Max length 10 bytes or 10 characters.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"CloseAccountRequest": { -"description": "Request definition for the account close rpc.", -"id": "CloseAccountRequest", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, -"CloseAccountResponse": { -"description": "Response definition for the account close rpc.", -"id": "CloseAccountResponse", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, -"Empty": { -"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", -"id": "Empty", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, -"Event": { -"description": "A platform sub-account event to record spam signals.", -"id": "Event", -"properties": { -"eventInfo": { -"$ref": "EventInfo", -"description": "Required. Information associated with the event." -}, -"eventTime": { -"description": "Required. Event timestamp.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -}, -"eventType": { -"description": "Required. Event type.", -"enum": [ -"EVENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"LOG_IN_VIA_PLATFORM", -"SIGN_UP_VIA_PLATFORM" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Do not use. You must set an event type explicitly.", -"Log in via platform.", -"Sign up via platform." -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EventInfo": { -"description": "Private information for partner recorded events (PII).", -"id": "EventInfo", -"properties": { -"billingAddress": { -"$ref": "Address", -"description": "The billing address of the publisher associated with this event, if available." -}, -"email": { -"description": "Required. The email address that is associated with the publisher when performing the event.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ListAccountsResponse": { -"description": "Response definition for the list accounts rpc.", -"id": "ListAccountsResponse", -"properties": { -"accounts": { -"description": "The Accounts returned in the list response. Represented by a partial view of the Account resource, populating `name` and `creation_request_id`.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Account" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "Continuation token used to page through accounts. To retrieve the next page of the results, set the next request's \"page_token\" value to this.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ListSitesResponse": { -"description": "Response definition for the site list rpc.", -"id": "ListSitesResponse", -"properties": { -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "Continuation token used to page through sites. To retrieve the next page of the results, set the next request's \"page_token\" value to this.", -"type": "string" -}, -"sites": { -"description": "The sites returned in this list response.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Site" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LookupAccountResponse": { -"description": "Response definition for the lookup account rpc.", -"id": "LookupAccountResponse", -"properties": { -"name": { -"description": "The name of the Account Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account_id}", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"RequestSiteReviewResponse": { -"description": "Response definition for the site request review rpc.", -"id": "RequestSiteReviewResponse", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, -"Site": { -"description": "Representation of a Site.", -"id": "Site", -"properties": { -"domain": { -"description": "Domain/sub-domain of the site. Must be a valid domain complying with [RFC 1035](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt) and formatted as punycode [RFC 3492](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3492.txt) in case the domain contains unicode characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Output only. Resource name of a site. Format: platforms/{platform}/accounts/{account}/sites/{site}", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"state": { -"description": "Output only. State of a site.", -"enum": [ -"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"REQUIRES_REVIEW", -"GETTING_READY", -"READY", -"NEEDS_ATTENTION" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"State unspecified.", -"Either: - The site hasn't been checked yet. - The site is inactive and needs another review before it can show ads again. Learn how to [request a review for an inactive site](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9393996).", -"Google is running some checks on the site. This usually takes a few days, but in some cases it can take two to four weeks.", -"The site is ready to show ads. Learn how to [set up ads on the site](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/7037624).", -"Publisher needs to fix some issues before the site is ready to show ads. Learn what to do [if a new site isn't ready](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9061852)." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"TimeZone": { -"description": "Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones).", -"id": "TimeZone", -"properties": { -"id": { -"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".", -"type": "string" -}, -"version": { -"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -} -}, -"servicePath": "", -"title": "AdSense Platform API", -"version": "v1alpha", -"version_module": true -} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json index bd5a74b1133..a597576b035 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json @@ -11179,167 +11179,6 @@ } }, "notebookExecutionJobs": { -"methods": { -"create": { -"description": "Creates a NotebookExecutionJob.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/notebookExecutionJobs", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.create", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"notebookExecutionJobId": { -"description": "Optional. User specified ID for the NotebookExecutionJob.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to create the NotebookExecutionJob. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/notebookExecutionJobs", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookExecutionJob" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes a NotebookExecutionJob.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/notebookExecutionJobs/{notebookExecutionJobsId}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.delete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the NotebookExecutionJob resource to be deleted.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/notebookExecutionJobs/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"get": { -"description": "Gets a NotebookExecutionJob.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/notebookExecutionJobs/{notebookExecutionJobsId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the NotebookExecutionJob resource.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/notebookExecutionJobs/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"view": { -"description": "Optional. The NotebookExecutionJob view. Defaults to BASIC.", -"enum": [ -"NOTEBOOK_EXECUTION_JOB_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED", -"NOTEBOOK_EXECUTION_JOB_VIEW_BASIC", -"NOTEBOOK_EXECUTION_JOB_VIEW_FULL" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"When unspecified, the API defaults to the BASIC view.", -"Includes all fields except for direct notebook inputs.", -"Includes all fields." -], -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookExecutionJob" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"list": { -"description": "Lists NotebookExecutionJobs in a Location.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/notebookExecutionJobs", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.list", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookExecutionJob` supports = and !=. `notebookExecutionJob` represents the NotebookExecutionJob ID. * `displayName` supports = and != and regex. * `schedule` supports = and != and regex. Some examples: * `notebookExecutionJob=\"123\"` * `notebookExecutionJob=\"my-execution-job\"` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` and `displayName=~\"myDisplayNameRegex\"`", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `display_name` * `create_time` * `update_time` Example: `display_name, create_time desc`.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. The standard list page size.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Optional. The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListNotebookExecutionJobs.next_page_token of the previous NotebookService.ListNotebookExecutionJobs call.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location from which to list the NotebookExecutionJobs. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"view": { -"description": "Optional. The NotebookExecutionJob view. Defaults to BASIC.", -"enum": [ -"NOTEBOOK_EXECUTION_JOB_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED", -"NOTEBOOK_EXECUTION_JOB_VIEW_BASIC", -"NOTEBOOK_EXECUTION_JOB_VIEW_FULL" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"When unspecified, the API defaults to the BASIC view.", -"Includes all fields except for direct notebook inputs.", -"Includes all fields." -], -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/notebookExecutionJobs", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListNotebookExecutionJobsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -} -}, "resources": { "operations": { "methods": { @@ -16971,7 +16810,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240703", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": { @@ -18605,12 +18444,6 @@ }, "readOnly": true, "type": "array" -}, -"score": { -"description": "Output only. Confidence score of the candidate.", -"format": "double", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "number" } }, "type": "object" @@ -18822,21 +18655,21 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ComputeTokensRequest", "properties": { "contents": { -"description": "Optional. Input content.", +"description": "Required. Input content.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Content" }, "type": "array" }, "instances": { -"description": "Optional. The instances that are the input to token computing API call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the text model, even for the non-text models, like chat models, or Codey models.", +"description": "Required. The instances that are the input to token computing API call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the text model, even for the non-text models, like chat models, or Codey models.", "items": { "type": "any" }, "type": "array" }, "model": { -"description": "Optional. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*", +"description": "Required. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*", "type": "string" } }, @@ -19038,33 +18871,22 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CountTokensRequest", "properties": { "contents": { -"description": "Optional. Input content.", +"description": "Required. Input content.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Content" }, "type": "array" }, "instances": { -"description": "Optional. The instances that are the input to token counting call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the underlying model.", +"description": "Required. The instances that are the input to token counting call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the underlying model.", "items": { "type": "any" }, "type": "array" }, "model": { -"description": "Optional. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*`", +"description": "Required. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*`", "type": "string" -}, -"systemInstruction": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Content", -"description": "Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model. Note: only text should be used in parts and content in each part will be in a separate paragraph." -}, -"tools": { -"description": "Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Tool" -}, -"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -19267,21 +19089,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CreateNotebookExecutionJobOperationMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata information for NotebookService.CreateNotebookExecutionJob.", -"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CreateNotebookExecutionJobOperationMetadata", -"properties": { -"genericMetadata": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenericOperationMetadata", -"description": "The operation generic information." -}, -"progressMessage": { -"description": "A human-readable message that shows the intermediate progress details of NotebookRuntime.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CreateNotebookRuntimeTemplateOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata information for NotebookService.CreateNotebookRuntimeTemplate.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CreateNotebookRuntimeTemplateOperationMetadata", @@ -23739,6 +23546,45 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GroundingAttribution": { +"description": "Grounding attribution.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GroundingAttribution", +"properties": { +"confidenceScore": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Confidence score of the attribution. Ranges from 0 to 1. 1 is the most confident.", +"format": "float", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "number" +}, +"segment": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Segment", +"description": "Output only. Segment of the content this attribution belongs to.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"web": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GroundingAttributionWeb", +"description": "Optional. Attribution from the web." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GroundingAttributionWeb": { +"description": "Attribution from the web.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GroundingAttributionWeb", +"properties": { +"title": { +"description": "Output only. Title of the attribution.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"uri": { +"description": "Output only. URI reference of the attribution.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GroundingChunk": { "description": "Grounding chunk.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GroundingChunk", @@ -23788,6 +23634,13 @@ "description": "Metadata returned to client when grounding is enabled.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GroundingMetadata", "properties": { +"groundingAttributions": { +"description": "Optional. List of grounding attributions.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GroundingAttribution" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "groundingChunks": { "description": "List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source.", "items": { @@ -25229,24 +25082,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListNotebookExecutionJobsResponse": { -"description": "Response message for [NotebookService.CreateNotebookExecutionJob]", -"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListNotebookExecutionJobsResponse", -"properties": { -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "A token to retrieve next page of results. Pass to ListNotebookExecutionJobs.page_token to obtain that page.", -"type": "string" -}, -"notebookExecutionJobs": { -"description": "List of NotebookExecutionJobs in the requested page.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookExecutionJob" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListNotebookRuntimeTemplatesResponse": { "description": "Response message for NotebookService.ListNotebookRuntimeTemplates.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListNotebookRuntimeTemplatesResponse", @@ -27889,159 +27724,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookExecutionJob": { -"description": "NotebookExecutionJob represents an instance of a notebook execution.", -"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookExecutionJob", -"properties": { -"createTime": { -"description": "Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookExecutionJob was created.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"dataformRepositorySource": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookExecutionJobDataformRepositorySource", -"description": "The Dataform Repository pointing to a single file notebook repository." -}, -"directNotebookSource": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookExecutionJobDirectNotebookSource", -"description": "The contents of an input notebook file." -}, -"displayName": { -"description": "The display name of the NotebookExecutionJob. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"executionTimeout": { -"description": "Max running time of the execution job in seconds (default 86400s / 24 hrs).", -"format": "google-duration", -"type": "string" -}, -"executionUser": { -"description": "The user email to run the execution as. Only supported by Colab runtimes.", -"type": "string" -}, -"gcsNotebookSource": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookExecutionJobGcsNotebookSource", -"description": "The Cloud Storage url pointing to the ipynb file. Format: `gs://bucket/notebook_file.ipynb`" -}, -"gcsOutputUri": { -"description": "The Cloud Storage location to upload the result to. Format: `gs://bucket-name`", -"type": "string" -}, -"jobState": { -"description": "Output only. The state of the NotebookExecutionJob.", -"enum": [ -"JOB_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"JOB_STATE_QUEUED", -"JOB_STATE_PENDING", -"JOB_STATE_RUNNING", -"JOB_STATE_SUCCEEDED", -"JOB_STATE_FAILED", -"JOB_STATE_CANCELLING", -"JOB_STATE_CANCELLED", -"JOB_STATE_PAUSED", -"JOB_STATE_EXPIRED", -"JOB_STATE_UPDATING", -"JOB_STATE_PARTIALLY_SUCCEEDED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The job state is unspecified.", -"The job has been just created or resumed and processing has not yet begun.", -"The service is preparing to run the job.", -"The job is in progress.", -"The job completed successfully.", -"The job failed.", -"The job is being cancelled. From this state the job may only go to either `JOB_STATE_SUCCEEDED`, `JOB_STATE_FAILED` or `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`.", -"The job has been cancelled.", -"The job has been stopped, and can be resumed.", -"The job has expired.", -"The job is being updated. Only jobs in the `RUNNING` state can be updated. After updating, the job goes back to the `RUNNING` state.", -"The job is partially succeeded, some results may be missing due to errors." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"labels": { -"additionalProperties": { -"type": "string" -}, -"description": "The labels with user-defined metadata to organize NotebookExecutionJobs. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. System reserved label keys are prefixed with \"aiplatform.googleapis.com/\" and are immutable.", -"type": "object" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of this NotebookExecutionJob. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/notebookExecutionJobs/{job_id}`", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"notebookRuntimeTemplateResourceName": { -"description": "The NotebookRuntimeTemplate to source compute configuration from.", -"type": "string" -}, -"scheduleResourceName": { -"description": "Output only. The Schedule resource name if this job is triggered by one. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/schedules/{schedule_id}`", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"serviceAccount": { -"description": "The service account to run the execution as.", -"type": "string" -}, -"status": { -"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus", -"description": "Output only. Populated when the NotebookExecutionJob is completed. When there is an error during notebook execution, the error details are populated.", -"readOnly": true -}, -"updateTime": { -"description": "Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookExecutionJob was most recently updated.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookExecutionJobDataformRepositorySource": { -"description": "The Dataform Repository containing the input notebook.", -"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookExecutionJobDataformRepositorySource", -"properties": { -"commitSha": { -"description": "The commit SHA to read repository with. If unset, the file will be read at HEAD.", -"type": "string" -}, -"dataformRepositoryResourceName": { -"description": "The resource name of the Dataform Repository. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository_id}`", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookExecutionJobDirectNotebookSource": { -"description": "The content of the input notebook in ipynb format.", -"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookExecutionJobDirectNotebookSource", -"properties": { -"content": { -"description": "The base64-encoded contents of the input notebook file.", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookExecutionJobGcsNotebookSource": { -"description": "The Cloud Storage uri for the input notebook.", -"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookExecutionJobGcsNotebookSource", -"properties": { -"generation": { -"description": "The version of the Cloud Storage object to read. If unset, the current version of the object is read. See https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/metadata#generation-number.", -"type": "string" -}, -"uri": { -"description": "The Cloud Storage uri pointing to the ipynb file. Format: `gs://bucket/notebook_file.ipynb`", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookIdleShutdownConfig": { "description": "The idle shutdown configuration of NotebookRuntimeTemplate, which contains the idle_timeout as required field.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookIdleShutdownConfig", @@ -30263,17 +29945,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RayLogsSpec": { -"description": "Configuration for the Ray OSS Logs.", -"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RayLogsSpec", -"properties": { -"disabled": { -"description": "Optional. Flag to disable the export of Ray OSS logs to Cloud Logging.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RayMetricSpec": { "description": "Configuration for the Ray metrics.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RayMetricSpec", @@ -30297,10 +29968,6 @@ false "description": "Optional. Default image for user to choose a preferred ML framework (for example, TensorFlow or Pytorch) by choosing from [Vertex prebuilt images](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/pre-built-containers). Either this or the resource_pool_images is required. Use this field if you need all the resource pools to have the same Ray image. Otherwise, use the {@code resource_pool_images} field.", "type": "string" }, -"rayLogsSpec": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RayLogsSpec", -"description": "Optional. OSS Ray logging configurations." -}, "rayMetricSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RayMetricSpec", "description": "Optional. Ray metrics configurations." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json index 075339d5f06..2fbc3dbb0ff 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json @@ -20447,7 +20447,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240703", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": { @@ -22339,12 +22339,6 @@ }, "readOnly": true, "type": "array" -}, -"score": { -"description": "Output only. Confidence score of the candidate.", -"format": "double", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "number" } }, "type": "object" @@ -22556,21 +22550,21 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ComputeTokensRequest", "properties": { "contents": { -"description": "Optional. Input content.", +"description": "Required. Input content.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Content" }, "type": "array" }, "instances": { -"description": "Optional. The instances that are the input to token computing API call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the text model, even for the non-text models, like chat models, or Codey models.", +"description": "Required. The instances that are the input to token computing API call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the text model, even for the non-text models, like chat models, or Codey models.", "items": { "type": "any" }, "type": "array" }, "model": { -"description": "Optional. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*", +"description": "Required. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*", "type": "string" } }, @@ -22772,33 +22766,22 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1CountTokensRequest", "properties": { "contents": { -"description": "Optional. Input content.", +"description": "Required. Input content.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Content" }, "type": "array" }, "instances": { -"description": "Optional. The instances that are the input to token counting call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the underlying model.", +"description": "Required. The instances that are the input to token counting call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the underlying model.", "items": { "type": "any" }, "type": "array" }, "model": { -"description": "Optional. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*`", +"description": "Required. The name of the publisher model requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*`", "type": "string" -}, -"systemInstruction": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Content", -"description": "Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model. Note: only text should be used in parts and content in each part will be in a separate paragraph." -}, -"tools": { -"description": "Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Tool" -}, -"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -27937,6 +27920,66 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GroundingAttribution": { +"description": "Grounding attribution.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GroundingAttribution", +"properties": { +"confidenceScore": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Confidence score of the attribution. Ranges from 0 to 1. 1 is the most confident.", +"format": "float", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "number" +}, +"retrievedContext": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GroundingAttributionRetrievedContext", +"description": "Optional. Attribution from context retrieved by the retrieval tools." +}, +"segment": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Segment", +"description": "Output only. Segment of the content this attribution belongs to.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"web": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GroundingAttributionWeb", +"description": "Optional. Attribution from the web." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GroundingAttributionRetrievedContext": { +"description": "Attribution from context retrieved by the retrieval tools.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GroundingAttributionRetrievedContext", +"properties": { +"title": { +"description": "Output only. Title of the attribution.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"uri": { +"description": "Output only. URI reference of the attribution.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GroundingAttributionWeb": { +"description": "Attribution from the web.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GroundingAttributionWeb", +"properties": { +"title": { +"description": "Output only. Title of the attribution.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"uri": { +"description": "Output only. URI reference of the attribution.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GroundingChunk": { "description": "Grounding chunk.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GroundingChunk", @@ -27986,6 +28029,13 @@ "description": "Metadata returned to client when grounding is enabled.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GroundingMetadata", "properties": { +"groundingAttributions": { +"description": "Optional. List of grounding attributions.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GroundingAttribution" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "groundingChunks": { "description": "List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source.", "items": { @@ -35746,17 +35796,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RayLogsSpec": { -"description": "Configuration for the Ray OSS Logs.", -"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RayLogsSpec", -"properties": { -"disabled": { -"description": "Optional. Flag to disable the export of Ray OSS logs to Cloud Logging.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RayMetricSpec": { "description": "Configuration for the Ray metrics.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RayMetricSpec", @@ -35780,10 +35819,6 @@ false "description": "Optional. Default image for user to choose a preferred ML framework (for example, TensorFlow or Pytorch) by choosing from [Vertex prebuilt images](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/pre-built-containers). Either this or the resource_pool_images is required. Use this field if you need all the resource pools to have the same Ray image. Otherwise, use the {@code resource_pool_images} field.", "type": "string" }, -"rayLogsSpec": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RayLogsSpec", -"description": "Optional. OSS Ray logging configurations." -}, "rayMetricSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RayMetricSpec", "description": "Optional. Ray metrics configurations." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/airquality.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/airquality.v1.json index 46186a09dfc..a9ce78f8dda 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/airquality.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/airquality.v1.json @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://airquality.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdditionalInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json index 4a91dad0ea1..b9a25ca5369 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://alertcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbuseDetected": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json index 245f8b6be37..6d0d012cdbe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json @@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240703", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json index 737b0921ed2..097329a18a6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json @@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240703", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -1578,22 +1578,19 @@ "DATABASE_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", "POSTGRES_13", "POSTGRES_14", -"POSTGRES_15", -"POSTGRES_16" +"POSTGRES_15" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, true, false, -false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "This is an unknown database version.", "DEPRECATED - The database version is Postgres 13.", "The database version is Postgres 14.", -"The database version is Postgres 15.", -"The database version is Postgres 16." +"The database version is Postgres 15." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -1842,22 +1839,19 @@ false "DATABASE_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", "POSTGRES_13", "POSTGRES_14", -"POSTGRES_15", -"POSTGRES_16" +"POSTGRES_15" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, true, false, -false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "This is an unknown database version.", "DEPRECATED - The database version is Postgres 13.", "The database version is Postgres 14.", -"The database version is Postgres 15.", -"The database version is Postgres 16." +"The database version is Postgres 15." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -4660,22 +4654,19 @@ false "DATABASE_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", "POSTGRES_13", "POSTGRES_14", -"POSTGRES_15", -"POSTGRES_16" +"POSTGRES_15" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, true, false, -false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "This is an unknown database version.", "DEPRECATED - The database version is Postgres 13.", "The database version is Postgres 14.", -"The database version is Postgres 15.", -"The database version is Postgres 16." +"The database version is Postgres 15." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json index 075b0bfcc0b..0722f1a31ac 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json @@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240703", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -1575,22 +1575,19 @@ "DATABASE_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", "POSTGRES_13", "POSTGRES_14", -"POSTGRES_15", -"POSTGRES_16" +"POSTGRES_15" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, true, false, -false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "This is an unknown database version.", "DEPRECATED - The database version is Postgres 13.", "The database version is Postgres 14.", -"The database version is Postgres 15.", -"The database version is Postgres 16." +"The database version is Postgres 15." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -1828,22 +1825,19 @@ false "DATABASE_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", "POSTGRES_13", "POSTGRES_14", -"POSTGRES_15", -"POSTGRES_16" +"POSTGRES_15" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, true, false, -false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "This is an unknown database version.", "DEPRECATED - The database version is Postgres 13.", "The database version is Postgres 14.", -"The database version is Postgres 15.", -"The database version is Postgres 16." +"The database version is Postgres 15." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -4636,22 +4630,19 @@ false "DATABASE_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", "POSTGRES_13", "POSTGRES_14", -"POSTGRES_15", -"POSTGRES_16" +"POSTGRES_15" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, true, false, -false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "This is an unknown database version.", "DEPRECATED - The database version is Postgres 13.", "The database version is Postgres 14.", -"The database version is Postgres 15.", -"The database version is Postgres 16." +"The database version is Postgres 15." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json index 7718488d17e..93e1b0aae25 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json @@ -3103,6 +3103,35 @@ } } }, +"eventEditRules": { +"methods": { +"reorder": { +"description": "Changes the processing order of event edit rules on the specified stream.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/dataStreams/{dataStreamsId}/eventEditRules:reorder", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "analyticsadmin.properties.dataStreams.eventEditRules.reorder", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Example format: properties/123/dataStreams/456", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataStreams/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/eventEditRules:reorder", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaReorderEventEditRulesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +} +} +} +}, "measurementProtocolSecrets": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -4704,7 +4733,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAccessBetweenFilter": { @@ -8297,6 +8326,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaReorderEventEditRulesRequest": { +"description": "Request message for ReorderEventEditRules RPC.", +"id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaReorderEventEditRulesRequest", +"properties": { +"eventEditRules": { +"description": "Required. EventEditRule resource names for the specified data stream, in the needed processing order. All EventEditRules for the stream must be present in the list.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaRollupPropertySourceLink": { "description": "A link that references a source property under the parent rollup property.", "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaRollupPropertySourceLink", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json index 566d64262ba..c5994be2a5c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json @@ -1253,6 +1253,35 @@ } }, "resources": { +"eventEditRules": { +"methods": { +"reorder": { +"description": "Changes the processing order of event edit rules on the specified stream.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/properties/{propertiesId}/dataStreams/{dataStreamsId}/eventEditRules:reorder", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "analyticsadmin.properties.dataStreams.eventEditRules.reorder", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Example format: properties/123/dataStreams/456", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataStreams/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+parent}/eventEditRules:reorder", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1betaReorderEventEditRulesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +} +} +} +}, "measurementProtocolSecrets": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -1788,7 +1817,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1betaAccessBetweenFilter": { @@ -3323,6 +3352,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1betaReorderEventEditRulesRequest": { +"description": "Request message for ReorderEventEditRules RPC.", +"id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1betaReorderEventEditRulesRequest", +"properties": { +"eventEditRules": { +"description": "Required. EventEditRule resource names for the specified data stream, in the needed processing order. All EventEditRules for the stream must be present in the list.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1betaRunAccessReportRequest": { "description": "The request for a Data Access Record Report.", "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1betaRunAccessReportRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json index 5cbfa86867a..0d56d36c517 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsdata.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveMetricRestriction": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json index a1d141001ce..6f031ee5277 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json @@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://analyticshub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyticsHubSubscriptionInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json index d23d58d82a0..5cd9f66a907 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://analyticshub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json index 96b911a6f21..46e4d7ae9c9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json @@ -2654,7 +2654,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240704", "rootUrl": "https://androidenterprise.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Administrator": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json index 46aa77e69ec..8f92c22e6d5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json @@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://androidmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdbShellCommandEvent": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json index 381268f3f40..f47d55e07e9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json @@ -277,6 +277,36 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/androidpublisher" ] }, +"appRecoveries": { +"description": "List all app recovery action resources associated with a particular package name and app version.", +"flatPath": "androidpublisher/v3/applications/{packageName}/appRecoveries", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "androidpublisher.apprecovery.appRecoveries", +"parameterOrder": [ +"packageName" +], +"parameters": { +"packageName": { +"description": "Required. Package name of the app for which list of recovery actions is requested.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"versionCode": { +"description": "Required. Version code targeted by the list of recovery actions.", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "androidpublisher/v3/applications/{packageName}/appRecoveries", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListAppRecoveriesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/androidpublisher" +] +}, "cancel": { "description": "Cancel an already executing app recovery action. Note that this action changes status of the recovery action to CANCELED.", "flatPath": "androidpublisher/v3/applications/{packageName}/appRecoveries/{appRecoveryId}:cancel", @@ -373,36 +403,6 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/androidpublisher" ] -}, -"list": { -"description": "List all app recovery action resources associated with a particular package name and app version.", -"flatPath": "androidpublisher/v3/applications/{packageName}/appRecoveries", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "androidpublisher.apprecovery.list", -"parameterOrder": [ -"packageName" -], -"parameters": { -"packageName": { -"description": "Required. Package name of the app for which list of recovery actions is requested.", -"location": "path", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"versionCode": { -"description": "Required. Version code targeted by the list of recovery actions.", -"format": "int64", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "androidpublisher/v3/applications/{packageName}/appRecoveries", -"response": { -"$ref": "ListAppRecoveriesResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/androidpublisher" -] } } }, @@ -4731,7 +4731,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://androidpublisher.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Abi": { @@ -6299,7 +6299,7 @@ "readOnly": true }, "transactionProgramCode": { -"description": "Optional. The transaction program code, used to help determine service fee for eligible apps participating in partner programs. Developers participating in the Play Media Experience Program (https://play.google.com/console/about/programs/mediaprogram/) must provide the program code when reporting alternative billing transactions. If you are an eligible developer, please contact your BDM for more information on how to set this field. Note: this field can not be used for external offers transactions.", +"description": "Optional. The transaction program code, used to help determine service fee for apps partcipating in special partner programs. This field can not be used for external offers transactions. Developers participating in the Play Media Experience Program (https://play.google.com/console/about/programs/mediaprogram/) must provide the program code when reporting alternative billing external transactions. If you are an eligible developer, please contact your BDM for more information on how to set this field.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json index 29362fa7366..f8d81e7d891 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20240617", "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApigatewayApi": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json index 7caf96ed772..8f873cafedf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20240617", "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApigatewayApi": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json index bae551be5c0..b6bf7f88f19 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json @@ -10045,7 +10045,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://apigee.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "EdgeConfigstoreBundleBadBundle": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json index a13dd654b41..fb9a07d5593 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://apikeys.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Operation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apim.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apim.v1alpha.json index 66b953cff8a..03cb5ee4a9d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apim.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apim.v1alpha.json @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240702", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://apim.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiObservation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json index 445b0b81bbb..639b7837f6f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json @@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json index 925ec820d23..16202d10d76 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json @@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedCertificate": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json index 9a6dbe92eb4..5b318ec88ad 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json @@ -1918,7 +1918,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1.json index d4c397e46a8..5fe19b04d15 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1.json @@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20240628", "rootUrl": "https://apphub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Application": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1alpha.json index 39cdef62da9..14fbc860caa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1alpha.json @@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20240628", "rootUrl": "https://apphub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Application": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json index 64b24abfa02..1c383fac562 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://area120tables.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchCreateRowsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json index e998ab9e8e0..b92735bb985 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json @@ -2013,7 +2013,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240704", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { @@ -3355,12 +3355,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"PromoteArtifactMetadata": { -"description": "The metadata for promote artifact long running operation.", -"id": "PromoteArtifactMetadata", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, "PythonPackage": { "description": "PythonPackage represents a python artifact.", "id": "PythonPackage", @@ -3741,7 +3735,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "packageId": { -"description": "The ID of the package of the generic artifact. If the package does not exist, a new package will be created. The `package_id` should start and end with a letter or number, only contain letters, numbers, hyphens, underscores, and periods, and not exceed 256 characters.", +"description": "The ID of the package of the generic artifact. If the package does not exist, a new package will be created. The `package_id` must start with a letter, end with a letter or number, only contain letters, numbers, hyphens and periods i.e. [a-z0-9-.], and cannot exceed 256 characters.", "type": "string" }, "versionId": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json index 97086fe89dc..d289b85a595 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json @@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240704", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json index 848eda20fa3..57e1457810b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json @@ -1414,7 +1414,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240704", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json index 9cccf6b3651..0d7ad8c52fc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240703", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1AcknowledgeViolationRequest": { @@ -683,19 +683,25 @@ "FEDRAMP_HIGH", "FEDRAMP_MODERATE", "US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_US", "HIPAA", "HITRUST", "EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_EU", "CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_CA", "ITAR", "AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_AU", "ASSURED_WORKLOADS_FOR_PARTNERS", "ISR_REGIONS", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_ISR", "ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", "CA_PROTECTED_B", "IL5", "IL2", "JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_JP", "KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", "REGIONAL_CONTROLS" ], @@ -706,19 +712,25 @@ "FedRAMP High data protection controls", "FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", "Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", +"Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", "Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", "Health Information Trust Alliance controls", "Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", +"Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", +"Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", "Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", "International Traffic in Arms Regulations", "Assured Workloads for Australia Regions and Support controls", +"Assured Workloads for Australia Regions and Support controls", "Assured Workloads for Partners;", "Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", +"Assured Workloads for Israel", "Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", "Assured Workloads for Canada Protected B regime", "Information protection as per DoD IL5 requirements.", "Information protection as per DoD IL2 requirements.", "Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", +"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", "KSA R5 Controls.", "Assured Workloads for Regional Controls" ], @@ -1166,19 +1178,25 @@ "FEDRAMP_HIGH", "FEDRAMP_MODERATE", "US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_US", "HIPAA", "HITRUST", "EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_EU", "CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_CA", "ITAR", "AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_AU", "ASSURED_WORKLOADS_FOR_PARTNERS", "ISR_REGIONS", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_ISR", "ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", "CA_PROTECTED_B", "IL5", "IL2", "JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_JP", "KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", "REGIONAL_CONTROLS" ], @@ -1189,19 +1207,25 @@ "FedRAMP High data protection controls", "FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", "Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", +"Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", "Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", "Health Information Trust Alliance controls", "Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", +"Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", +"Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", "Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", "International Traffic in Arms Regulations", "Assured Workloads for Australia Regions and Support controls", +"Assured Workloads for Australia Regions and Support controls", "Assured Workloads for Partners;", "Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", +"Assured Workloads for Israel", "Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", "Assured Workloads for Canada Protected B regime", "Information protection as per DoD IL5 requirements.", "Information protection as per DoD IL2 requirements.", "Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", +"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", "KSA R5 Controls.", "Assured Workloads for Regional Controls" ], diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json index 36f40905192..7df193da679 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240703", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1AcknowledgeViolationRequest": { @@ -680,19 +680,25 @@ "FEDRAMP_HIGH", "FEDRAMP_MODERATE", "US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_US", "HIPAA", "HITRUST", "EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_EU", "CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_CA", "ITAR", "AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_AU", "ASSURED_WORKLOADS_FOR_PARTNERS", "ISR_REGIONS", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_ISR", "ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", "CA_PROTECTED_B", "IL5", "IL2", "JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_JP", "KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", "REGIONAL_CONTROLS" ], @@ -703,19 +709,25 @@ "FedRAMP High data protection controls", "FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", "Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", +"Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", "Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", "Health Information Trust Alliance controls", "Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", +"Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", +"Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", "Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", "International Traffic in Arms Regulations", "Assured Workloads for Australia Regions and Support controls", +"Assured Workloads for Australia Regions and Support controls", "Assured Workloads for Partners;", "Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", +"Assured Workloads for Israel", "Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", "Assured Workloads for Canada Protected B regime", "Information protection as per DoD IL5 requirements.", "Information protection as per DoD IL2 requirements.", "Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", +"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", "KSA R5 Controls.", "Assured Workloads for Regional Controls" ], @@ -1161,19 +1173,25 @@ "FEDRAMP_HIGH", "FEDRAMP_MODERATE", "US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_US", "HIPAA", "HITRUST", "EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_EU", "CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_CA", "ITAR", "AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_AU", "ASSURED_WORKLOADS_FOR_PARTNERS", "ISR_REGIONS", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_ISR", "ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", "CA_PROTECTED_B", "IL5", "IL2", "JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS_PREMIUM_JP", "KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", "REGIONAL_CONTROLS" ], @@ -1184,19 +1202,25 @@ "FedRAMP High data protection controls", "FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", "Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", +"Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", "Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", "Health Information Trust Alliance controls", "Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", +"Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", +"Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", "Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", "International Traffic in Arms Regulations", "Assured Workloads for Australia Regions and Support controls", +"Assured Workloads for Australia Regions and Support controls", "Assured Workloads for Partners;", "Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", +"Assured Workloads for Israel", "Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", "Assured Workloads for Canada Protected B regime", "Information protection as per DoD IL5 requirements.", "Information protection as per DoD IL2 requirements.", "Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", +"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", "KSA R5 Controls.", "Assured Workloads for Regional Controls" ], diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json index f250c5f2b26..c27ff921b7f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json @@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://authorizedbuyersmarketplace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptProposalRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json index 8a9854497d8..45821ea16fd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json @@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240703", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://backupdr.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbandonBackupRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json index b14a26f5277..c956338b1b8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json @@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://baremetalsolution.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllowedClient": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json index e84991d1f4b..8939ac983f7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240703", +"revision": "20240620", "rootUrl": "https://batch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { @@ -2010,7 +2010,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "StatusEvent": { -"description": "Status event.", +"description": "Status event", "id": "StatusEvent", "properties": { "description": { @@ -2024,10 +2024,10 @@ }, "taskExecution": { "$ref": "TaskExecution", -"description": "Task Execution. This field is only defined for task-level status events where the task fails." +"description": "Task Execution" }, "taskState": { -"description": "Task State. This field is only defined for task-level status events.", +"description": "Task State", "enum": [ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "PENDING", @@ -2223,11 +2223,11 @@ "type": "object" }, "TaskStatus": { -"description": "Status of a task.", +"description": "Status of a task", "id": "TaskStatus", "properties": { "state": { -"description": "Task state.", +"description": "Task state", "enum": [ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "PENDING", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json index 8847ab787ea..5bbbf420ce7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json @@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240626", +"revision": "20240619", "rootUrl": "https://beyondcorp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocatedConnection": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json index f8fb052d3fb..801bb286084 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: * `type` * `category` * `subCategory` Examples: * \"category = application AND type = count\" * \"category = application AND subCategory = iap\" * \"type = status\" Allowed values: * type: [count, latency, status, list] * category: [application, device, request, security] * subCategory: [iap, caa, webprotect] NOTE: Only equality based comparison is allowed. Only `AND` conjunction is allowed. NOTE: The 'AND' in the filter field needs to be in capital letters only. NOTE: Just filtering on `subCategory` is not allowed. It should be passed in with the parent `category` too. (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160).", +"description": "Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: * `type` * `category` * `subCategory` Examples: * \"category = application AND type = count\" * \"category = application AND subCategory = iap\" * \"type = status\" Allowed values: * type: [count, latency, status, list] * category: [application, device, request, security] * subCategory: [iap, webprotect] NOTE: Only equality based comparison is allowed. Only `AND` conjunction is allowed. NOTE: The 'AND' in the filter field needs to be in capital letters only. NOTE: Just filtering on `subCategory` is not allowed. It should be passed in with the parent `category` too. (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -3534,7 +3534,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: * `type` * `category` * `subCategory` Examples: * \"category = application AND type = count\" * \"category = application AND subCategory = iap\" * \"type = status\" Allowed values: * type: [count, latency, status, list] * category: [application, device, request, security] * subCategory: [iap, caa, webprotect] NOTE: Only equality based comparison is allowed. Only `AND` conjunction is allowed. NOTE: The 'AND' in the filter field needs to be in capital letters only. NOTE: Just filtering on `subCategory` is not allowed. It should be passed in with the parent `category` too. (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160).", +"description": "Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: * `type` * `category` * `subCategory` Examples: * \"category = application AND type = count\" * \"category = application AND subCategory = iap\" * \"type = status\" Allowed values: * type: [count, latency, status, list] * category: [application, device, request, security] * subCategory: [iap, webprotect] NOTE: Only equality based comparison is allowed. Only `AND` conjunction is allowed. NOTE: The 'AND' in the filter field needs to be in capital letters only. NOTE: Just filtering on `subCategory` is not allowed. It should be passed in with the parent `category` too. (These expressions are based on the filter language described at https://google.aip.dev/160).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -4080,7 +4080,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240626", +"revision": "20240619", "rootUrl": "https://beyondcorp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocatedConnection": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json index 583561c8a8c..ec27041a31c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240710", +"revision": "20240703", "rootUrl": "https://biglake.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Catalog": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json index 9b3ab346278..eb2d1dbe1f3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json @@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240629", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://bigquery.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregateClassificationMetrics": { @@ -2605,7 +2605,7 @@ "id": "BigtableColumnFamily", "properties": { "columns": { -"description": "Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field.", +"description": "Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through `.Column` field.", "items": { "$ref": "BigtableColumn" }, @@ -3121,7 +3121,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "role": { -"description": "An IAM role ID that should be granted to the user, group, or domain specified in this access entry. The following legacy mappings will be applied: * `OWNER`: `roles/bigquery.dataOwner` * `WRITER`: `roles/bigquery.dataEditor` * `READER`: `roles/bigquery.dataViewer` This field will accept any of the above formats, but will return only the legacy format. For example, if you set this field to \"roles/bigquery.dataOwner\", it will be returned back as \"OWNER\".", +"description": "An IAM role ID that should be granted to the user, group, or domain specified in this access entry. The following legacy mappings will be applied: * OWNER <=> roles/bigquery.dataOwner * WRITER <=> roles/bigquery.dataEditor * READER <=> roles/bigquery.dataViewer This field will accept any of the above formats, but will return only the legacy format. For example, if you set this field to \"roles/bigquery.dataOwner\", it will be returned back as \"OWNER\".", "type": "string" }, "routine": { @@ -3129,7 +3129,7 @@ "description": "[Pick one] A routine from a different dataset to grant access to. Queries executed against that routine will have read access to views/tables/routines in this dataset. Only UDF is supported for now. The role field is not required when this field is set. If that routine is updated by any user, access to the routine needs to be granted again via an update operation." }, "specialGroup": { -"description": "[Pick one] A special group to grant access to. Possible values include: * projectOwners: Owners of the enclosing project. * projectReaders: Readers of the enclosing project. * projectWriters: Writers of the enclosing project. * allAuthenticatedUsers: All authenticated BigQuery users. Maps to similarly-named IAM members.", +"description": "[Pick one] A special group to grant access to. Possible values include: projectOwners: Owners of the enclosing project. projectReaders: Readers of the enclosing project. projectWriters: Writers of the enclosing project. allAuthenticatedUsers: All authenticated BigQuery users. Maps to similarly-named IAM members.", "type": "string" }, "userByEmail": { @@ -6415,7 +6415,7 @@ "Random forest classifier model.", "An imported TensorFlow Lite model.", "An imported ONNX model.", -"Model to capture the columns and logic in the TRANSFORM clause along with statistics useful for ML analytic functions." +"Model to capture the manual preprocessing logic in the transform clause." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -6586,7 +6586,7 @@ "Random forest classifier model.", "An imported TensorFlow Lite model.", "An imported ONNX model.", -"Model to capture the columns and logic in the TRANSFORM clause along with statistics useful for ML analytic functions." +"Model to capture the manual preprocessing logic in the transform clause." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1.json index 23e908867b1..e369a1ae5f0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1.json @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240629", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryconnection.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json index 2eb5b970c05..fdc2533ca08 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240629", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryconnection.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatapolicy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatapolicy.v1.json index 23d98ec1124..c48dd228202 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatapolicy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatapolicy.v1.json @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://bigquerydatapolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json index f568b815052..d974813d7fd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json @@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240706", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://bigquerydatatransfer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CheckValidCredsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json index 00f1cc2915b..a907f3a51e8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json @@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240706", +"revision": "20240629", "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Assignment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json index 8bc2f67471a..a095a4dafac 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json @@ -2194,7 +2194,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240703", "rootUrl": "https://bigtableadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppProfile": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json index dfb74208f77..ef1d87d9118 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://binaryauthorization.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdmissionRule": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json index d0a3fe0dd09..f60f10181b8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Blog": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json index b9c9b593b71..67ec6675870 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json @@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Blog": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json index 4e7bec7b471..3bea337c4ac 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json @@ -2677,7 +2677,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240625", "rootUrl": "https://books.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Annotation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json index dbb0bc916df..d29eb233025 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://businessprofileperformance.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DailyMetricTimeSeries": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json index 8efb4643508..75c57023925 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json @@ -1763,7 +1763,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20240621", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Acl": { @@ -2591,7 +2591,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "reminders": { -"description": "Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user. Note that changing reminders does not also change the updated property of the enclosing event.", +"description": "Information about the event's reminders for the authenticated user.", "properties": { "overrides": { "description": "If the event doesn't use the default reminders, this lists the reminders specific to the event, or, if not set, indicates that no reminders are set for this event. The maximum number of override reminders is 5.", @@ -2651,7 +2651,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "updated": { -"description": "Last modification time of the main event data (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Updating event reminders will not cause this to change. Read-only.", +"description": "Last modification time of the event (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Read-only.", "format": "date-time", "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json index 4c5d519d4ae..23b06637db9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Required. The updated field paths, comma separated if there are multiple. You can update the following fields for a space: - `space_details` - `display_name`: Only supports updating the display name for spaces where `spaceType` field is `SPACE`. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS`, try a different value. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. - `space_type`: Only supports changing a `GROUP_CHAT` space type to `SPACE`. Include `display_name` together with `space_type` in the update mask and ensure that the specified space has a non-empty display name and the `SPACE` space type. Including the `space_type` mask and the `SPACE` type in the specified space when updating the display name is optional if the existing space already has the `SPACE` type. Trying to update the space type in other ways results in an invalid argument error. `space_type` is not supported with admin access. - `space_history_state`: Updates [space history settings](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/7664687) by turning history on or off for the space. Only supported if history settings are enabled for the Google Workspace organization. To update the space history state, you must omit all other field masks in your request. `space_history_state` is not supported with admin access. - `access_settings.audience`: Updates the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in named space where `spaceType` field is `SPACE`. If the existing space has a target audience, you can remove the audience and restrict space access by omitting a value for this field mask. To update access settings for a space, the authenticating user must be a space manager and omit all other field masks in your request. You can't update this field if the space is in [import mode](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/import-data-overview). To learn more, see [Make a space discoverable to specific users](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). `access_settings.audience` is not supported with admin access. - Developer Preview: Supports changing the [permission settings](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/13340792) of a space, supported field paths include: `permission_settings.manage_members_and_groups`, `permission_settings.modify_space_details`, `permission_settings.toggle_history`, `permission_settings.use_at_mention_all`, `permission_settings.manage_apps`, `permission_settings.manage_webhooks`, `permission_settings.reply_messages` (Warning: mutually exclusive with all other non-permission settings field paths). `permission_settings` is not supported with admin access.", +"description": "Required. The updated field paths, comma separated if there are multiple. Currently supported field paths: - `display_name` (Only supports changing the display name of a space with the `SPACE` type, or when also including the `space_type` mask to change a `GROUP_CHAT` space type to `SPACE`. Trying to update the display name of a `GROUP_CHAT` or a `DIRECT_MESSAGE` space results in an invalid argument error. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when updating the `displayName`, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name.) - `space_type` (Only supports changing a `GROUP_CHAT` space type to `SPACE`. Include `display_name` together with `space_type` in the update mask and ensure that the specified space has a non-empty display name and the `SPACE` space type. Including the `space_type` mask and the `SPACE` type in the specified space when updating the display name is optional if the existing space already has the `SPACE` type. Trying to update the space type in other ways results in an invalid argument error). `space_type` is not supported with admin access. - `space_details` - `space_history_state` (Supports [turning history on or off for the space](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/7664687) if [the organization allows users to change their history setting](https://support.google.com/a/answer/7664184). Warning: mutually exclusive with all other field paths.) `space_history_state` is not supported with admin access. - `access_settings.audience` (Supports changing the [access setting](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/11971020) of who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in space. If no audience is specified in the access setting, the space's access setting is updated to private. Warning: mutually exclusive with all other field paths.) `access_settings.audience` is not supported with admin access. - Developer Preview: Supports changing the [permission settings](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/13340792) of a space, supported field paths include: `permission_settings.manage_members_and_groups`, `permission_settings.modify_space_details`, `permission_settings.toggle_history`, `permission_settings.use_at_mention_all`, `permission_settings.manage_apps`, `permission_settings.manage_webhooks`, `permission_settings.reply_messages` (Warning: mutually exclusive with all other non-permission settings field paths). `permission_settings` is not supported with admin access.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSettings": { @@ -1257,14 +1257,14 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Access state is unknown or not supported in this API.", -"Only users or Google Groups that have been individually added or invited by other users or Google Workspace administrators can discover and access the space.", -"A space manager has granted a target audience access to the space. Users or Google Groups that have been individually added or invited to the space can also discover and access the space. To learn more, see [Make a space discoverable to specific users](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience)." +"Space is discoverable by added or invited members or groups.", +"Space is discoverable by the selected [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697), as well as added or invited members or groups." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "audience": { -"description": "Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. If unset, only users or Google Groups who have been individually invited or added to the space can access it. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`.", +"description": "Optional. The resource name of the [target audience](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9934697) who can discover the space, join the space, and preview the messages in the space. For details, see [Make a space discoverable to a target audience](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/space-target-audience). Format: `audiences/{audience}` To use the default target audience for the Google Workspace organization, set to `audiences/default`.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DeprecatedEvent": { -"description": "A Google Chat app interaction event that represents and contains data about a user's interaction with a Chat app. To configure your Chat app to receive interaction events, see [Receive and respond to user interactions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/receive-respond-interactions). In addition to receiving events from user interactions, Chat apps can receive events about changes to spaces, such as when a new member is added to a space. To learn about space events, see [Work with events from Google Chat](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/events-overview).", +"description": "A Google Chat app interaction event. To learn about interaction events, see [Receive and respond to interactions with your Google Chat app](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/message-formats). To learn about event types and for example event payloads, see [Types of Google Chat app interaction events](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/events). In addition to receiving events from user interactions, Chat apps can receive events about changes to spaces, such as when a new member is added to a space. To learn about space events, see [Work with events from Google Chat](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/events-overview).", "id": "DeprecatedEvent", "properties": { "action": { @@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ }, "common": { "$ref": "CommonEventObject", -"description": "Represents information about the user's client, such as locale, host app, and platform. For Chat apps, `CommonEventObject` includes information submitted by users interacting with [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs), like data entered on a card." +"description": "Represents informatmessage_visibilityion about the user's client, such as locale, host app, and platform. For Chat apps, `CommonEventObject` includes information submitted by users interacting with [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/dialogs), like data entered on a card." }, "configCompleteRedirectUrl": { "description": "The URL the Chat app should redirect the user to after they have completed an authorization or configuration flow outside of Google Chat. For more information, see [Connect a Chat app with other services & tools](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/connect-web-services-tools).", @@ -1896,7 +1896,7 @@ }, "space": { "$ref": "Space", -"description": "The space in which the user interacted with the Chat app." +"description": "The space in which the interaction event occurred." }, "threadKey": { "description": "The Chat app-defined key for the thread related to the interaction event. See [`spaces.messages.thread.threadKey`](/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Thread.FIELDS.thread_key) for more information.", @@ -1907,7 +1907,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "The [type](/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/EventType) of user interaction with the Chat app, such as `MESSAGE` or `ADDED_TO_SPACE`.", +"description": "The type of interaction event. For details, see [Types of Google Chat app interaction events](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/events).", "enum": [ "UNSPECIFIED", "MESSAGE", @@ -1918,17 +1918,17 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value for the enum. DO NOT USE.", -"A user sends the Chat app a message, or invokes the Chat app in a space, such as any of the following examples: * Any message in a direct message (DM) space with the Chat app. * A message in a multi-person space where a person @mentions the Chat app, or uses one of its slash commands. * If you've configured link previews for your Chat app, a user posts a message that contains a link that matches the configured URL pattern.", -"A user adds the Chat app to a space, or a Google Workspace administrator installs the Chat app in direct message spaces for users in their organization. Chat apps typically respond to this interaction event by posting a welcome message in the space. When administrators install Chat apps, the `space.adminInstalled` field is set to `true` and users can't uninstall them. To learn about Chat apps installed by administrators, see Google Workspace Admin Help's documentation, [Install Marketplace apps in your domain](https://support.google.com/a/answer/172482).", -"A user removes the Chat app from a space, or a Google Workspace administrator uninstalls the Chat app for a user in their organization. Chat apps can't respond with messages to this event, because they have already been removed. When administrators uninstall Chat apps, the `space.adminInstalled` field is set to `false`. If a user installed the Chat app before the administrator, the Chat app remains installed for the user and the Chat app doesn't receive a `REMOVED_FROM_SPACE` interaction event.", -"A user clicks an interactive element of a card or dialog from a Chat app, such as a button. To receive an interaction event, the button must trigger another interaction with the Chat app. For example, a Chat app doesn't receive a `CARD_CLICKED` interaction event if a user clicks a button that opens a link to a website, but receives interaction events in the following examples: * The user clicks a `Send feedback` button on a card, which opens a dialog for the user to input information. * The user clicks a `Submit` button after inputting information into a card or dialog. If a user clicks a button to open, submit, or cancel a dialog, the `CARD_CLICKED` interaction event's `isDialogEvent` field is set to `true` and includes a [`DialogEventType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/DialogEventType).", +"A user sends the Chat app a message, or invokes the Chat app in a space.", +"A user adds the Chat app to a space, or a Google Workspace administrator installs the Chat app in direct message spaces for users in their organization.", +"A user removes the Chat app from a space.", +"A user clicks an interactive element of a card or dialog from a Chat app, such as a button. If a user interacts with a dialog, the `CARD_CLICKED` interaction event's `isDialogEvent` field is set to `true` and includes a [`DialogEventType`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/DialogEventType).", "A user updates a widget in a card message or dialog." ], "type": "string" }, "user": { "$ref": "User", -"description": "The user that interacted with the Chat app." +"description": "The user that triggered the interaction event." } }, "type": "object" @@ -4098,7 +4098,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "externalUserAllowed": { -"description": "Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. For existing spaces, this field is output only.", +"description": "Immutable. Whether this space permits any Google Chat user as a member. Input when creating a space in a Google Workspace organization. Omit this field when creating spaces in the following conditions: * The authenticated user uses a consumer account (unmanaged user account). By default, a space created by a consumer account permits any Google Chat user. * The space is used to [import data to Google Chat] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/import-data-overview) because import mode spaces must only permit members from the same Google Workspace organization. However, as part of the [Google Workspace Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), import mode spaces can permit any Google Chat user so this field can then be set for import mode spaces. For existing spaces, this field is output only.", "type": "boolean" }, "importMode": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json index 9da179aca4a..95942cc43e5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://checks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json index 0d99f37a8e9..036e56cb06f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json @@ -591,12 +591,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "filter": { -"description": "Query string to filter results, AND-separated fields in EBNF syntax. Note: OR operations are not supported in this filter. Supported filter fields: * app_name * app_type * install_type * number_of_permissions * total_install_count * latest_profile_active_date * permission_name * app_id * manifest_versions", +"description": "Query string to filter results, AND-separated fields in EBNF syntax. Note: OR operations are not supported in this filter. Supported filter fields: * app_name * app_type * install_type * number_of_permissions * total_install_count * latest_profile_active_date * permission_name * app_id", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Field used to order results. Supported order by fields: * app_name * app_type * install_type * number_of_permissions * total_install_count * app_id * manifest_versions", +"description": "Field used to order results. Supported order by fields: * app_name * app_type * install_type * number_of_permissions * total_install_count * app_id", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://chromemanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleChromeManagementV1AndroidAppInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json index ae839e9cebe..eb9db9de9f5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://chromepolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleChromePolicyVersionsV1AdditionalTargetKeyName": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json index 92dde68a649..0fca1a5dc1e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://chromeuxreport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Bin": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json index cf59c37ff59..84fdf3ecb27 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240620", "rootUrl": "https://civicinfo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdministrationRegion": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json index ab8f87b185c..e8fdd4b8fad 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json @@ -3695,7 +3695,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://classroom.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddOnAttachment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json index 928861946ff..c7ce5e4c567 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20240629", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSelector": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json index 2a6ece0a5b8..94b32728da7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20240629", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json index 61954b1a94c..7f5415feaf7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20240629", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json index 080a977b8eb..9a6c03f94b8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20240629", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json index 8146f9252a3..e96628409df 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20240629", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json index 319dcb8c108..fcaecff400d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240710", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbilling.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregationInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json index 0a7a16d317b..45696e94593 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json @@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240710", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbilling.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CacheFillRegions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json index a310ee5549f..bb9b46c18ce 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json @@ -2346,7 +2346,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApprovalConfig": { @@ -4295,7 +4295,7 @@ false "id": "HttpConfig", "properties": { "proxySecretVersionName": { -"description": "SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`.", +"description": "SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account should have accessor permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port].", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json index 804598c9561..7f055e49e79 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -1806,14 +1806,12 @@ "enum": [ "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "STRING", -"ARRAY", -"OBJECT" +"ARRAY" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default enum type; should not be used.", "Default", -"Array type.", -"Object type." +"Arrary type." ], "type": "string" } @@ -1831,13 +1829,6 @@ }, "type": "array" }, -"objectVal": { -"additionalProperties": { -"type": "string" -}, -"description": "Optional. Value of the parameter if type is object.", -"type": "object" -}, "stringVal": { "description": "Value of the parameter if type is string.", "type": "string" @@ -1847,14 +1838,12 @@ "enum": [ "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "STRING", -"ARRAY", -"OBJECT" +"ARRAY" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default enum type; should not be used.", "Default", -"Array type", -"Object type" +"Array type" ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json index e2e58fafd9d..5dbc7a457a9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json @@ -2183,7 +2183,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://cloudchannel.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudChannelV1ActivateEntitlementRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudcontrolspartner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudcontrolspartner.v1.json index e0435f5753c..b97f33623b8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudcontrolspartner.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudcontrolspartner.v1.json @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://cloudcontrolspartner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessApprovalRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudcontrolspartner.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudcontrolspartner.v1beta.json index 845ae582bc0..083e2781044 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudcontrolspartner.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudcontrolspartner.v1beta.json @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://cloudcontrolspartner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessApprovalRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json index c11334f5701..60999c6578b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json @@ -2065,7 +2065,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://clouddeploy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbandonReleaseRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json index 54e1a63deed..92464a677bf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json index cebc4e94e5a..6b392721abb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json index c2d116f9b9a..4b7d983d4b2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json index 0232e10a518..23d6e1e690a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json index 04608eb29f3..797b0c976cc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json @@ -1990,7 +1990,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddIdpCredentialOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json index 6dc465cb722..67f9f5f5d3c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json @@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddIdpCredentialOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json index 64d3ed022f8..e5bfc583ad7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json @@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Ancestor": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json index 2f8e5d80fb9..690fc9841d0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Ancestor": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json index 3cec1dc81c1..0efb1968ce9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json index f182264fdf2..9665c6fd810 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json index 63ad46c934a..5786bc32fd5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json @@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json index 4e04f9954c9..a4e5c3f9694 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json @@ -2115,7 +2115,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240626", +"revision": "20240612", "rootUrl": "https://cloudsearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { @@ -2187,24 +2187,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"BandWidthRangeKbps": { -"id": "BandWidthRangeKbps", -"properties": { -"percentile10": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"percentile50": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"percentile90": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "BooleanOperatorOptions": { "description": "Used to provide a search operator for boolean properties. This is optional. Search operators let users restrict the query to specific fields relevant to the type of item being searched.", "id": "BooleanOperatorOptions", @@ -2237,1925 +2219,1572 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"ClientOptInContext": { -"description": "Represents the user's current opt-in status on the current device related to features such as Google Now, App and Web History, Device State and Content. Each opt-in status includes an eligibility status, which depends on the type of account (Dasher, etc.), country, language, and device specifics. Next id: 38 Note: if the proto is changed, please also update the code that converts it to corresponding logs proto (they are in the same name but incompatible so manual conversion is needed). LINT.IfChange", -"id": "ClientOptInContext", +"CompositeFilter": { +"id": "CompositeFilter", "properties": { -"ambientEnrollmentStatus": { -"description": "Enrollment status for Ambient Mode feature go/assistant-ambient-mode", -"enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"ambientPhotoEnrollmentStatus": { -"description": "Enrollment status for PhotoFrame feature in Ambient Mode. This is different from PhotoFrame enrollment in other features such as Dreamliner. go/assistant-ambient-mode", -"enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"assistantOnLockscreenStatus": { -"description": "Whether the user has opted into enabling Assistant on Lockscreen. go/iris-newperm-prd", -"enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"audioHistoryStatus": { -"$ref": "OptInStatus", -"description": "Audio History. Used to improve speech recognition and hotword triggering. https://sites.google.com/a/google.com/android-speech/projects/audio-history" -}, -"bluetoothAudioRecordingStatus": { -"description": "Whether the user has opted into bluetooth audio recording setting.", +"logicOperator": { +"description": "The logic operator of the sub filter.", "enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" +"AND", +"OR", +"NOT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." +"Logical operators, which can only be applied to sub filters.", +"", +"NOT can only be applied on a single sub filter." ], "type": "string" }, -"chromeSyncStatus": { -"$ref": "OptInStatus", -"description": "Set to true iff the user is signed into Chrome with the same account as GSA and has Chrome sync enabled (as reported by Chrome to GSA). This can be used to serve personalized suggestions based on the user's browsing history." -}, -"deviceAppsStatus": { -"$ref": "OptInStatus", -"description": "Allows Google to upload device app information." -}, -"deviceContactsStatus": { -"$ref": "OptInStatus", -"description": "Allows Google to upload contact information from device." -}, -"deviceStateAndContentStatus": { -"$ref": "OptInStatus", -"description": "User allows Google to upload state (aka settings) and content (documents and media) from their device. See https://goto.google.com/device-consents" -}, -"disabledIcingSourceApps": { -"description": "List of Android package names the user disabled from appearing in the autocomplete suggestions on their device. ", +"subFilters": { +"description": "Sub filters.", "items": { -"type": "string" +"$ref": "Filter" }, "type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" }, -"disabledIcingSources": { -"description": "List of Android packages and corpora that the user disabled. This replaces disabled_icing_source_apps and allows disabling a single corpus for a particular package.", +"Content": { +"id": "Content", +"properties": { +"actions": { +"description": "[Optional] Actions for this card.", "items": { -"$ref": "DisabledIcingPackageCorpus" +"$ref": "Action" }, "type": "array" }, -"headphonePersonalResultsStatus": { -"description": "Whether the user has opted into headphone personal results setting. go/enable-pr-with-headset", -"enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"hotwordEnrollmentStatus": { -"$ref": "OptInStatus", -"description": "Enrollment status for Hotword any-screen/always-on. This information is sent to the server-side to know that the user can run Hotword. For example, in go/gsa-voice-feature-tips using this information, the user will be shown Voice Tips that will take the user directly to the enrollment and guide them to move to the next level of Voice Features experience." +"description": { +"$ref": "SafeHtmlProto", +"description": "[Optional] Description of the card." }, -"locationHistoryStatus": { -"$ref": "OptInStatus", -"description": "User allows Google to upload location history from their device. See https://goto.google.com/gcore-ulr" +"subtitle": { +"$ref": "BackgroundColoredText", +"description": "[Optional] Subtitle of the card." }, -"lockscreenPersonalResponseStatus": { -"description": "Whether the user has opted into showing personal response on Lockscreen.", -"enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." -], -"type": "string" +"title": { +"$ref": "BackgroundColoredText", +"description": "[Optional] Title of the card." +} }, -"lockscreenSearchBluetoothStatus": { -"description": "Whether the user has opted into lockscreen queries via bluetooth headsets setting.", -"enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." -], -"type": "string" +"type": "object" }, -"lockscreenSearchWiredHeadsetStatus": { -"description": "Whether the user has opted into lockscreen queries via wired headsets setting.", +"Context": { +"id": "Context", +"properties": { +"app": { +"description": "[Optional] App where the card should be shown. If missing, the card will be shown in TOPAZ.", +"items": { "enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" +"UNKNOWN_APP", +"TOPAZ", +"MOMA" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." +"", +"", +"" ], "type": "string" }, -"nowNotificationStatus": { -"$ref": "OptInStatus", -"description": "Google Now push notifications." -}, -"nowStatus": { -"$ref": "OptInStatus", -"description": "Google Now activation." +"type": "array" }, -"nowTosVersion": { -"description": "Google Now marks each release with a TOS version, so it can ask users to opt in again if the terms change from release to release.", +"dayOfWeek": { +"description": "[Optional] Day of week when the card should be shown, where 0 is Monday.", +"items": { "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, -"opaEligibility": { -"description": "User's eligibility to use the Assistant.", -"enum": [ -"NOT_ELIGIBLE", -"ELIGIBLE_PREBUILT", -"ELIGIBLE_FOR_UPGRADE", -"ELIGIBLE_UPGRADING", -"ELIGIBLE_UPGRADED", -"ELIGIBLE_UPGRADED_BYPASS" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"User is not eligible for OPA", -"User is eligible for OPA because their device came with OPA.", -"User is eligible to upgrade to OPA after their formerly-ineligible device received an update to AGSA >= 6.13 and received the proper config flags.", -"User is eligible to upgrade, AND has started the upgrade, but NOT finished it. By definition, a user who is ELIGIBLE_UPGRADING was ELIGIBLE_FOR_UPGRADE at some point prior.", -"User is eligible for OPA after completing the upgrade flow. By definition, a user who is ELIGIBLE_UPGRADED was ELIGIBLE_UPGRADING at some point prior.", -"User is eligible for OPA and bypassed some screens in onboarding to complete the upgrade flow. By definition, a user who is ELIGIBLE_UPGRADED_BYPASS is an OPA upgraded user and was ELIGIBLE_UPGRADING at some point prior." -], -"type": "string" +"type": "array" }, -"opaEmailOptInStatus": { -"description": "Has the user opted-in to receiving emails for OPA? This is set when the user opts-in during the OPA upgrade flow. It has an UNKNOWN value otherwise. Note that this bit isn't updated if the user changes their email opt-in status through settings or unsubscribing in the email.", -"enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." -], +"endDateSec": { +"description": "[Optional] Date (in seconds since epoch) when the card should stop being shown. If missing, end_date_sec will be set to Jan 1st, 2100.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"opaExperienceType": { -"description": "The Opa experience type. As of Feb 2019, it is only used to check whether the user is in the Try Before You Buy experience.", -"enum": [ -"OPA_EXPERIENCE_TYPE_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_EXPERIENCE_INELIGIBLE", -"OPA_EXPERIENCE_NOT_STARTED", -"OPA_EXPERIENCE_TRY_BEFORE_YOU_BUY", -"OPA_EXPERIENCE_COMPLETED_ONBOARDING" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value. AGSA 9.27-: all users AGSA 9.27+ 9.66-: all users but TBYB users AGSA 9.66+: not used", -"OPA-ineligible users (AGSA 9.66+ only)", -"The initial state of OPA-eligible users (AGSA 9.66+ only)", -"TBYB users (AGSA 9.27+ only)", -"OOBE-completed users (AGSA 9.66+ only)" -], +"endDayOffsetSec": { +"description": "[Optional] End time in seconds, within a day, when the card should stop being shown if it's within [start_date_sec, end_date_sec]. If missing, this is set to 86400 (24 hours x 3600 sec/hour), i.e., midnight next day.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"opaPartialExperienceReason": { -"description": "The reason why user enters the OPA \"signed-out mode\" partial experience (go/opa-signed-out-everywhere). Note that the value only means how the user entered the partial experience. For example, if a user enters TBYB and becomes a full-experience user, this value will remain as TBYB. To check the current experience type, you should read opa_experience_type instead.", -"enum": [ -"OPA_PARTIAL_EXPERIENCE_REASON_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_TRY_BEFORE_YOU_BUY", -"OPA_UDC_OPT_OUT_FLOW" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value", -"User enters OPA \"siged-out mode\" partial experience due to the try-before-you-buy (TBYB) experiment go/opa-tbyb-experiment-plan", -"User enters OPA \"siged-out mode\" partial experience due to the \"UDC opt-out flow\" experiment (go/opa-udc-opt-out-ux-flow)" -], +"locale": { +"description": "[Optional] The locales for which the card should be triggered (e.g., en_US and en_CA). If missing, the card is going to show to clients regardless of their locale.", +"items": { "type": "string" }, -"opaUdcConsentStatus": { -"description": "Has the user opted in to OPA's UDC requirements? \"OPA UDC consent\" is a one-time opt-in to the set of required UDC opt-in bits. If the user has already granted all required UDC opt-ins, then we automatically mark them as consented. We require that users grant OPA UDC consent before using OPA for the first time. Note: The user does not revoke OPA UDC consent if they turn off one of the UDC opt-in bits from Settings; for such users, the server either offers a degraded experience, or prompts the user to re-grant missing opt-ins.)", -"enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." -], -"type": "string" +"type": "array" }, -"opaUserEnabledStatus": { -"description": "A user-configurable global on/off switch for the Assistant; the user can completely disable the assistant (go/opa-enabled-ss). Defaults to enabled. This setting is completely independent from the user's opa_eligibility; they can be eligible, but OPA disabled. There users are by definition not making Assistant queries, so this value is a signal of the population size.", -"enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." -], +"location": { +"description": "[Optional] Text-free locations where the card should be shown. This is expected to match the user's location in focus. If no location is specified, the card will be shown for any location.", +"items": { "type": "string" }, -"proactivePersonalResponseStatus": { -"description": "Whether the user has opted into showing proactive personal suggestions on lock screen before asking. This is the proactive sub-bit for lockscreen_personal_response_status.", -"enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." -], -"type": "string" +"type": "array" }, -"screenContextOptInStatus": { -"description": "Has the user granted permission for Google to read the contents of their screen. Note that in OPA, training hotword automatically opts the user into screen context.", -"enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." -], +"query": { +"description": "[Required only for Answer and RHS cards - will be ignored for Homepage] cards. It's the exact case-insensitive queries that will trigger the Answer or RHS card.", +"items": { "type": "string" }, -"skipVoiceRecognitionStatus": { -"description": "Whether the user has opted into skipping voice recognition. go/iris-newperm-prd", -"enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." -], -"type": "string" +"type": "array" }, -"speakerModelStatus": { -"description": "Whether the user has enrolled the Speaker ID model.", -"enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." -], +"startDateSec": { +"description": "[Optional] Date (in seconds since epoch) when the card should start being shown. If missing, start_date_sec will be Jan 1st, 1970 UTC.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"thirdPartyDisclosureStatus": { -"description": "Whether the user has acknowledged the third party disclosure.", -"enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." -], +"startDayOffsetSec": { +"description": "[Optional] Start time in seconds, within a day, when the card should be shown if it's within [start_date_sec, end_date_sec]. If 0, the card will be shown from 12:00am on.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"warmActionsAlarmsTimersEnrollmentStatus": { -"description": "Whether the user has opted into alarms/timers context for Quick phrases.", +"surface": { +"description": "[Optional] Surface where the card should be shown in. If missing, the card will be shown in any surface.", +"items": { "enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" +"UNKNOWN_SURFACE", +"DESKTOP", +"ANDROID", +"IOS", +"MOBILE", +"ANY" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." +"", +"", +"", +"", +"Any mobile device.", +"" ], "type": "string" }, -"warmActionsCallsEnrollmentStatus": { -"description": "Whether the user has opted into calls context for Quick phrases.", -"enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." -], -"type": "string" +"type": "array" }, -"warmActionsEnrollmentStatus": { -"description": "Whether the user has opted into at least one Mobile Warm Words/Quick Phrases context. go/mww-prd", +"type": { +"description": "[Required] Type of the card (homepage, Answer or RHS).", +"items": { "enum": [ -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_DISABLED", -"OPA_OPT_IN_STATUS_ENABLED" +"UNKNOWN_CARD_TYPE", +"HOMEPAGE_CARD", +"ANSWER_CARD", +"RHS_CARD" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"The user has never been prompted with this opt-in.", -"The user has rejected the opt-in.", -"The user has accepted the opt-in." +"", +"", +"", +"" ], "type": "string" }, -"webAndAppHistoryStatus": { -"$ref": "OptInStatus", -"description": "User allows Google to upload usage history from their device. This field can be set to true iff web_history_status is set to true. Historically, this used to be called \"Supplemental Search History\". See https://goto.google.com/device-consents" -}, -"webHistoryStatus": { -"$ref": "OptInStatus", -"description": "User allows Google to log interactions with Search from their device. Historically, this used to be called \"Search History\". See https://goto.google.com/device-consents" +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CloudsearchEmailAddress": { -"description": "A person's email address.", -"id": "CloudsearchEmailAddress", +"ContextAttribute": { +"description": "A named attribute associated with an item which can be used for influencing the ranking of the item based on the context in the request.", +"id": "ContextAttribute", "properties": { -"emailAddress": { -"description": "The email address.", +"name": { +"description": "The name of the attribute. It should not be empty. The maximum length is 32 characters. The name must start with a letter and can only contain letters (A-Z, a-z) or numbers (0-9). The name will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched.", "type": "string" }, -"primary": { -"description": "Indicates if this is the user's primary email. Only one entry can be marked as primary.", -"type": "boolean" +"values": { +"description": "Text values of the attribute. The maximum number of elements is 10. The maximum length of an element in the array is 32 characters. The value will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CloudsearchFilter": { -"description": "Generic way of expessing filters. It support two ways. 1. Setting name and the value. The name has to be an operator_name defined in schema. 2. Setting the operator and filters. The sub filters will be evaluated using the operator.", -"id": "CloudsearchFilter", +"CustomerIndexStats": { +"description": "Aggregation of items by status code as of the specified date.", +"id": "CustomerIndexStats", "properties": { -"filters": { -"description": "Sub filters. If present, the operator must be set.", +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "The date for which statistics were calculated." +}, +"itemCountByStatus": { +"description": "Number of items aggregrated by status code.", "items": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchFilter" +"$ref": "ItemCountByStatus" }, "type": "array" -}, -"name": { -"description": "The operator_name that we apply to the query, e.g. price_greater_than. It can be either case, 1. operator_name in schema. We will filter the results with the property that matches the value. 2. greater_than_operator_name or less_than_operator_name in schema. We will filter the results that property is greater than or less than the given value.", -"type": "string" -}, -"operator": { -"description": "The operator of the filter.", -"enum": [ -"AND", -"OR", -"NOT" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Logical operators, can only be applied to a sub filters.", -"", -"NOT can only be appiled on a single sub filters." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"value": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchValue", -"description": "The value to check. If present, the name must be set." } }, "type": "object" }, -"CloudsearchFilterSuggestion": { -"description": "A filter suggestion.", -"id": "CloudsearchFilterSuggestion", +"CustomerQueryStats": { +"id": "CustomerQueryStats", "properties": { -"filter": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchFilter", -"description": "The filter suggestion. It can be 1. A value filter, e.g. type:documents 2. A composite filter before:today and after:yesterday" -}, -"suggestionMatchInfo": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchSnippet", -"description": "This field contains the suggestion match information returned by the backend after escaping the HTML in the suggestion string. The areas that we might like to extract from the suggestion string returned by the backend are marked using the match_ranges field inside Snippet. For example, if the snippet string inside suggestion_match_info is: \"google search\", and the keyword \"goog\" is supposed to be bolded, the match_ranges is the list of range of indexes in the snippet string where it is bolded: [[0, 4)]." -}, -"type": { -"enum": [ -"NONE", -"OPERATOR", -"LABEL" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "The date for which query stats were calculated. Stats calculated on the next day close to midnight are returned." }, -"CloudsearchGroup": { -"description": "Object to represent a group.", -"id": "CloudsearchGroup", -"properties": { -"emailAddresses": { -"description": "The group's email addresses", +"queryCountByStatus": { "items": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchEmailAddress" +"$ref": "QueryCountByStatus" }, "type": "array" +} }, -"groupNames": { -"description": "Group's names", -"items": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchName" -}, -"type": "array" +"type": "object" }, -"name": { -"description": "The resource name of the group to provide information about. See People.get from Google People API.", +"CustomerSearchApplicationStats": { +"description": "Search application stats for a customer for the given date.", +"id": "CustomerSearchApplicationStats", +"properties": { +"count": { +"description": "The count of search applications for the date.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"obfuscatedId": { -"description": "Obfuscated GAIA ID of a google group. Used by first party Cloud Search clients.", -"type": "string" +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "The date for which search application stats were calculated." } }, "type": "object" }, -"CloudsearchImage": { -"description": "Image returned with suggestion; eg: person's photo or document thumbnail.", -"id": "CloudsearchImage", +"CustomerSessionStats": { +"id": "CustomerSessionStats", "properties": { -"source": { -"description": "Specifies the source from where the photo is fetched.", -"enum": [ -"CONTACT_DATA_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", -"CONTACT_DATA_SOURCE_PROFILE", -"CONTACT_DATA_SOURCE_DOMAIN_PROFILE", -"CONTACT_DATA_SOURCE_CONTACT", -"CONTACT_DATA_SOURCE_DOMAIN_CONTACT", -"CONTACT_DATA_SOURCE_AFFINITY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Data source for the contact is not specified.", -"This is where a Google user keeps and edits information about themself. They can decide who (what other Google users) can view which parts of it. Since it is information a user is managing about themselves, it is considered to be the most up-to-date.", -"Google-For-Work Profile. The domain profile data source describes Google profile data that is populated/edited by the admin of a Google Workspace organization.", -"Where a Google user keeps contact information about others, like phone numbers, emails and more. The user owns and edits this information. It could be out of date or incorrect. Users are generally only allowed to read their own contacts. Contacts are typically synced to mobile devices and used in apps like Gmail and Hangouts.", -"Domain shared contact. An entity that is owned by a domain and represents a person, but is not a user in the domain. For more details see https://support.google.com/a/answer/9281635.", -"Device contacts that are used in interaction ranking, but have not been uploaded to Google. These are synthesized people from interaction data." -], -"type": "string" +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "The date for which session stats were calculated. Stats are calculated on the following day, close to midnight PST, and then returned." }, -"url": { -"description": "The URL of the photo.", +"searchSessionsCount": { +"description": "The count of search sessions on the day", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CloudsearchMatchRange": { -"description": "Matched range of a snippet [start, end). The \"start\" and \"end\" positions are 0 indexed. For example, if the snippet string is \"google search\" and the string to be matched is \"goog\", the MatchRange is [0, 4).", -"id": "CloudsearchMatchRange", +"CustomerSettings": { +"description": "Represents settings at a customer level.", +"id": "CustomerSettings", "properties": { -"end": { -"description": "1 + index of the ending position of the match in the snippet.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"auditLoggingSettings": { +"$ref": "AuditLoggingSettings", +"description": "Audit Logging settings for the customer. If update_mask is empty then this field will be updated based on UpdateCustomerSettings request." }, -"start": { -"description": "Index of the starting position of the match in the snippet.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"vpcSettings": { +"$ref": "VPCSettings", +"description": "VPC SC settings for the customer. If update_mask is empty then this field will be updated based on UpdateCustomerSettings request." } }, "type": "object" }, -"CloudsearchName": { -"description": "A person or group's name.", -"id": "CloudsearchName", +"CustomerUserStats": { +"id": "CustomerUserStats", "properties": { -"displayName": { -"description": "The read-only display name formatted according to the locale specified by the viewer's account or the Accept-Language HTTP header.", +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "The date for which session stats were calculated. Stats calculated on the next day close to midnight are returned." +}, +"oneDayActiveUsersCount": { +"description": "The count of unique active users in the past one day", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"source": { -"description": "Specifies the source from where the name is fetched.", -"enum": [ -"CONTACT_DATA_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", -"CONTACT_DATA_SOURCE_PROFILE", -"CONTACT_DATA_SOURCE_DOMAIN_PROFILE", -"CONTACT_DATA_SOURCE_CONTACT", -"CONTACT_DATA_SOURCE_DOMAIN_CONTACT", -"CONTACT_DATA_SOURCE_AFFINITY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Data source for the contact is not specified.", -"This is where a Google user keeps and edits information about themself. They can decide who (what other Google users) can view which parts of it. Since it is information a user is managing about themselves, it is considered to be the most up-to-date.", -"Google-For-Work Profile. The domain profile data source describes Google profile data that is populated/edited by the admin of a Google Workspace organization.", -"Where a Google user keeps contact information about others, like phone numbers, emails and more. The user owns and edits this information. It could be out of date or incorrect. Users are generally only allowed to read their own contacts. Contacts are typically synced to mobile devices and used in apps like Gmail and Hangouts.", -"Domain shared contact. An entity that is owned by a domain and represents a person, but is not a user in the domain. For more details see https://support.google.com/a/answer/9281635.", -"Device contacts that are used in interaction ranking, but have not been uploaded to Google. These are synthesized people from interaction data." -], +"sevenDaysActiveUsersCount": { +"description": "The count of unique active users in the past seven days", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"thirtyDaysActiveUsersCount": { +"description": "The count of unique active users in the past thirty days", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CloudsearchPeopleSuggestion": { -"description": "A person suggestion.", -"id": "CloudsearchPeopleSuggestion", +"DataSource": { +"description": "Datasource is a logical namespace for items to be indexed. All items must belong to a datasource. This is the prerequisite before items can be indexed into Cloud Search. ", +"id": "DataSource", "properties": { -"emailNameMatchInfo": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchSnippet", -"description": "This field contains the suggestion information returned by the backend after escaping the HTML in the suggestion string. The areas that we might like to extract from the suggestion string returned by the backend are marked using the match_ranges field inside Snippet. For example, if the snippet string inside email_name_match_info is: \"John Doe - johndoe@google.com\", and the keyword \"doe\" should be matched, the match_ranges is: [[5, 8), [15, 18)]." +"disableModifications": { +"description": "If true, sets the datasource to read-only mode. In read-only mode, the Indexing API rejects any requests to index or delete items in this source. Enabling read-only mode does not stop the processing of previously accepted data.", +"type": "boolean" }, -"googleGroup": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchGroup" +"disableServing": { +"description": "Disable serving any search or assist results.", +"type": "boolean" }, -"person": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchPerson" -} +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. Display name of the datasource The maximum length is 300 characters.", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "object" +"indexingServiceAccounts": { +"description": "List of service accounts that have indexing access.", +"items": { +"type": "string" }, -"CloudsearchPerson": { -"description": "Object to represent a person.", -"id": "CloudsearchPerson", -"properties": { -"emailAddresses": { -"description": "The person's email addresses", +"type": "array" +}, +"itemsVisibility": { +"description": "This field restricts visibility to items at the datasource level. Items within the datasource are restricted to the union of users and groups included in this field. Note that, this does not ensure access to a specific item, as users need to have ACL permissions on the contained items. This ensures a high level access on the entire datasource, and that the individual items are not shared outside this visibility.", "items": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchEmailAddress" +"$ref": "GSuitePrincipal" }, "type": "array" }, "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the person to provide information about. See People.get from Google People API.", -"type": "string" -}, -"obfuscatedId": { -"description": "Obfuscated GAIA ID of a person. Used by first party Cloud Search client, to build a hangout link.", +"description": "The name of the datasource resource. Format: datasources/{source_id}. The name is ignored when creating a datasource.", "type": "string" }, -"personNames": { -"description": "The person's names", +"operationIds": { +"description": "IDs of the Long Running Operations (LROs) currently running for this schema.", "items": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchName" +"type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, -"photos": { -"description": "A person's read-only photo. A picture shown next to the person's name to help others recognize the person in search results.", -"items": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchImage" +"returnThumbnailUrls": { +"description": "Can a user request to get thumbnail URI for Items indexed in this data source.", +"type": "boolean" }, -"type": "array" +"shortName": { +"description": "A short name or alias for the source. This value will be used to match the 'source' operator. For example, if the short name is ** then queries like *source:* will only return results for this source. The value must be unique across all datasources. The value must only contain alphanumeric characters (a-zA-Z0-9). The value cannot start with 'google' and cannot be one of the following: mail, gmail, docs, drive, groups, sites, calendar, hangouts, gplus, keep, people, teams. Its maximum length is 32 characters.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CloudsearchQuerySuggestion": { -"id": "CloudsearchQuerySuggestion", +"DataSourceIndexStats": { +"description": "Aggregation of items by status code as of the specified date.", +"id": "DataSourceIndexStats", "properties": { -"suggestionMatchInfo": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchSnippet", -"description": "This field contains the suggestion match information returned by the backend after escaping the HTML in the suggestion string. The areas that we might like to extract from the suggestion string returned by the backend are marked using the match_ranges field inside Snippet. For example, if the snippet string inside suggestion_match_info is: \"google search\", and the keyword \"goog\" is supposed to be bolded, the match_ranges is the list of range of indexes in the snippet string where it is bolded: [[0, 4)]." +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "The date for which index stats were calculated. If the date of request is not the current date then stats calculated on the next day are returned. Stats are calculated close to mid night in this case. If date of request is current date, then real time stats are returned." +}, +"itemCountByStatus": { +"description": "Number of items aggregrated by status code.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ItemCountByStatus" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CloudsearchSnippet": { -"description": "Snippet of the suggestion, which summarizes the content of the resulting page.", -"id": "CloudsearchSnippet", +"DataSourceRestriction": { +"description": "Restriction on Datasource.", +"id": "DataSourceRestriction", "properties": { -"matchRanges": { -"description": "The matched ranges in the snippet.", +"filterOptions": { +"description": "Filter options restricting the results. If multiple filters are present, they are grouped by object type before joining. Filters with the same object type are joined conjunctively, then the resulting expressions are joined disjunctively. The maximum number of elements is 20. NOTE: Suggest API supports only few filters at the moment: \"objecttype\", \"type\" and \"mimetype\". For now, schema specific filters cannot be used to filter suggestions.", "items": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchMatchRange" +"$ref": "FilterOptions" }, "type": "array" }, -"snippet": { -"description": "The snippet of the document.", -"type": "string" +"source": { +"$ref": "Source", +"description": "The source of restriction." } }, "type": "object" }, -"CloudsearchSource": { -"description": "Define a source to query suggest/search APIs. Source is set in the STMixer request params.", -"id": "CloudsearchSource", +"Date": { +"description": "Represents a whole calendar date, for example a date of birth. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are not significant. The date is relative to the [Proleptic Gregorian Calendar](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proleptic_Gregorian_calendar). The date must be a valid calendar date between the year 1 and 9999.", +"id": "Date", "properties": { -"anyThirdPartySource": { -"description": "If set to true, all 3p sources will be considered", -"type": "boolean" +"day": { +"description": "Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" }, -"name": { -"description": "Source name of contents that indexed by Index API", -"type": "string" +"month": { +"description": "Month of date. Must be from 1 to 12.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" }, -"predefinedSource": { -"description": "Predefined source for Google Apps.", -"enum": [ -"GENERIC", -"GROUPS", -"QUERY_HISTORY", -"PEOPLE", -"GOOGLE_DRIVE", -"GOOGLE_GMAIL", -"GOOGLE_SITES", -"GOOGLE_GROUPS", -"GOOGLE_CALENDAR", -"GOOGLE_CHAT", -"GOOGLE_KEEP", -"ENGDOC", -"GOOGLE_ATARI", -"GOOGLE_JOTSPOT", -"GOOWIKI", -"MOMA_GLOSSARY", -"MOMA_UAR", -"ENGDOC_RESTRICTED", -"GKMS", -"X20", -"YAQS", -"ENTERPRISE_ASSIST", -"FILTER" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default source.", -"", -"People API source. Used for suggest API only. Ignored in search API.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" +"year": { +"description": "Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CloudsearchSuggestResponseDebugInfo": { -"id": "CloudsearchSuggestResponseDebugInfo", +"DateOperatorOptions": { +"description": "Optional. Provides a search operator for date properties. Search operators let users restrict the query to specific fields relevant to the type of item being searched.", +"id": "DateOperatorOptions", "properties": { -"completeServerInfo": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchSuggestResponseDebugInfoCompleteServerInfo" +"greaterThanOperatorName": { +"description": "Indicates the operator name required in the query in order to isolate the date property using the greater-than operator. For example, if greaterThanOperatorName is *closedafter* and the property's name is *closeDate*, then queries like *closedafter:* show results only where the value of the property named *closeDate* is later than **. The operator name can only contain lowercase letters (a-z). The maximum length is 32 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"lessThanOperatorName": { +"description": "Indicates the operator name required in the query in order to isolate the date property using the less-than operator. For example, if lessThanOperatorName is *closedbefore* and the property's name is *closeDate*, then queries like *closedbefore:* show results only where the value of the property named *closeDate* is earlier than **. The operator name can only contain lowercase letters (a-z). The maximum length is 32 characters.", +"type": "string" }, -"starlightInfo": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchSuggestResponseDebugInfoStarlightInfo" +"operatorName": { +"description": "Indicates the actual string required in the query in order to isolate the date property. For example, suppose an issue tracking schema object has a property named *closeDate* that specifies an operator with an operatorName of *closedon*. For searches on that data, queries like *closedon:* show results only where the value of the *closeDate* property matches **. By contrast, a search that uses the same ** without an operator returns all items where ** matches the value of any String properties or text within the content field for the indexed datasource. The operator name can only contain lowercase letters (a-z). The maximum length is 32 characters.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CloudsearchSuggestResponseDebugInfoCompleteServerInfo": { -"id": "CloudsearchSuggestResponseDebugInfoCompleteServerInfo", +"DatePropertyOptions": { +"description": "The options for date properties.", +"id": "DatePropertyOptions", "properties": { -"completeserverHostname": { -"type": "string" -}, -"psuggestDoNotCache": { -"type": "boolean" +"operatorOptions": { +"$ref": "DateOperatorOptions", +"description": "If set, describes how the date should be used as a search operator." +} }, -"request": { -"$ref": "SuggestSuggestRequest" +"type": "object" }, -"results": { +"DateValues": { +"description": "List of date values.", +"id": "DateValues", +"properties": { +"values": { "items": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchSuggestResponseDebugInfoCompleteServerInfoSuggestResult" +"$ref": "Date" }, "type": "array" -}, -"starlightHostname": { -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CloudsearchSuggestResponseDebugInfoCompleteServerInfoSuggestResult": { -"id": "CloudsearchSuggestResponseDebugInfoCompleteServerInfoSuggestResult", +"DebugOptions": { +"description": "Shared request debug options for all cloudsearch RPC methods.", +"id": "DebugOptions", "properties": { -"suggestedQuery": { -"type": "string" -}, -"suggestionType": { -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"GMAIL_SUBJECT", -"CONTACT", -"PERSON", -"GMAIL_LABEL", -"DRIVE_TITLE", -"GMAIL_OPERATOR", -"QUERY_PREFIX", -"GMAIL_QUERY", -"WEB_QUERY", -"YOUTUBE_QUERY", -"MAPS_QUERY", -"MAPS_FEATURE", -"MAPS_PLACE_LIST", -"PHOTO_PERSON", -"PHOTO_PLACE", -"PHOTO_THING", -"PHOTO_ALBUM", -"PHOTO_DATE", -"PHOTO_APP_PAGE", -"PHOTO_OTHER", -"PHOTO_MEDIA_TYPE", -"GENERIC_QUERY", -"PHOTO_CAMERA", -"CHROME_HISTORY", -"DEVICE_CONTACT", -"CONTACT_GROUP", -"IMAGE_QUERY", -"LAST_URL", -"SERP_CLICK", -"PLAY_STORE_QUERY", -"PODCASTS_QUERY", -"CHAT_QUERY", -"DRIVE_QUERY", -"CALENDAR_QUERY", -"TOPAZ_QUERY", -"SHOPPING_QUERY", -"WEB_MAPS_FEATURE", -"LENS_QUERY", -"IGA_HISTORY", -"EXPERIMENTAL_QUERY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"The original query prefix.", -"", -"Personalized web query.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Contact label.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" +"enableDebugging": { +"description": "If you are asked by Google to help with debugging, set this field. Otherwise, ignore this field.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CloudsearchSuggestResponseDebugInfoStarlightInfo": { -"id": "CloudsearchSuggestResponseDebugInfoStarlightInfo", +"DebugResponse": { +"description": "Debug Search Response.", +"id": "DebugResponse", "properties": { -"compareRankingsScore": { -"description": "Position-weighted measurement of the difference between the two result sets. See go/search-experiments-glossary - CR Score.", -"format": "double", -"type": "number" -}, -"starlightHostname": { +"gsrRequest": { +"description": "Serialized string of GenericSearchRequest.", +"format": "byte", "type": "string" }, -"suggestResults": { -"description": "List of suggestion results returned from Starlight for dark launch.", -"items": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchSuggestResult" +"gsrResponse": { +"description": "Serialized string of GenericSearchResponse.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"searchResponse": { +"$ref": "SearchResponse", +"description": "Search response." } }, "type": "object" }, -"CloudsearchSuggestResult": { -"description": "One suggestion result. next_id: 16", -"id": "CloudsearchSuggestResult", +"DeleteQueueItemsRequest": { +"id": "DeleteQueueItemsRequest", "properties": { -"encryptedResultDebugId": { +"connectorName": { +"description": "The name of connector making this call. Format: datasources/{source_id}/connectors/{ID}", "type": "string" }, -"extension": { -"$ref": "MessageSet" +"debugOptions": { +"$ref": "DebugOptions", +"description": "Common debug options." +}, +"queue": { +"description": "The name of a queue to delete items from.", +"type": "string" +} }, -"filterSuggestion": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchFilterSuggestion" +"type": "object" }, -"matchedTextInQueryInfo": { -"description": "Indicates the matches between the suggestion and the user's query. For example, if the user types \"isac xx\" and the returned suggestion is \"Isaac Elias\" then the match is on the token \"isaac\" after spell correction. Note that \"isac\" in user's query matched with \"isaac\" in the suggestion because of spell correction. Also note that spell correction may or may not happen. In this example, matched_text_in_query_info.size() is 1, matched_text_in_query_info(0).snippet() is \"isaac\", matched_text_in_query_info(0).match_ranges().start() is 0 and matched_text_in_query_info(0).match_ranges().end() is 5.", -"items": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchSnippet" +"DisplayedProperty": { +"description": "A reference to a top-level property within the object that should be displayed in search results. The values of the chosen properties is displayed in the search results along with the display label for that property if one is specified. If a display label is not specified, only the values is shown.", +"id": "DisplayedProperty", +"properties": { +"propertyName": { +"description": "The name of the top-level property as defined in a property definition for the object. If the name is not a defined property in the schema, an error is given when attempting to update the schema.", +"type": "string" +} }, -"type": "array" +"type": "object" }, -"name": { -"description": "The name of the suggestion. This is unique identifier of the suggestion.", +"DoubleOperatorOptions": { +"description": "Used to provide a search operator for double properties. This is optional. Search operators let users restrict the query to specific fields relevant to the type of item being searched.", +"id": "DoubleOperatorOptions", +"properties": { +"operatorName": { +"description": "Indicates the operator name required in the query in order to use the double property in sorting or as a facet. The operator name can only contain lowercase letters (a-z). The maximum length is 32 characters.", "type": "string" +} }, -"peopleSuggestion": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchPeopleSuggestion" +"type": "object" }, -"querySuggestion": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchQuerySuggestion" +"DoublePropertyOptions": { +"description": "The options for double properties.", +"id": "DoublePropertyOptions", +"properties": { +"operatorOptions": { +"$ref": "DoubleOperatorOptions", +"description": "If set, describes how the double should be used as a search operator." +} }, -"score": { -"description": "Final score returned by superroot for this suggestion.", +"type": "object" +}, +"DoubleValues": { +"description": "List of double values.", +"id": "DoubleValues", +"properties": { +"values": { +"items": { "format": "double", "type": "number" }, -"source": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchSource" +"type": "array" +} }, -"subScores": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchSuggestionScores" +"type": "object" }, -"subType": { +"DriveFollowUpRestrict": { +"description": "Drive follow-up search restricts (e.g. \"followup:suggestions\").", +"id": "DriveFollowUpRestrict", +"properties": { +"type": { "enum": [ -"NONE", -"CONTENT_TEXT_SUGGESTION", -"OPERATOR_NAME_SUGGESTION", -"OPERATOR_VALUE_SUGGESTION", -"NL_ENTITY_SUGGESTION", -"PEOPLE_SUGGESTION" +"UNSPECIFIED", +"FOLLOWUP_SUGGESTIONS", +"FOLLOWUP_ACTION_ITEMS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", "", -"", -"", -"", "" ], "type": "string" +} }, -"suggestedQuery": { -"description": "The suggested query that will be used for search, when the user clicks on the suggestion", -"type": "string" +"type": "object" }, -"suggestionOrigin": { +"DriveLocationRestrict": { +"description": "Drive location search restricts (e.g. \"is:starred\").", +"id": "DriveLocationRestrict", +"properties": { +"type": { "enum": [ -"DEFAULT", -"HISTORY", -"SEARCH_OPERATOR" +"UNSPECIFIED", +"TRASHED", +"STARRED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Suggestion with default type.", -"Personal query history.", -"Suggestion is from search operator index." +"", +"", +"" ], "type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" }, +"DriveMimeTypeRestrict": { +"description": "Drive mime-type search restricts (e.g. \"type:pdf\").", +"id": "DriveMimeTypeRestrict", +"properties": { "type": { "enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"QUERY_HISTORY", -"SOURCE_CONTENT", -"PEOPLE", -"FILTER", -"GROUP", -"USER_QUERY" +"UNSPECIFIED", +"PDF", +"DOCUMENT", +"PRESENTATION", +"SPREADSHEET", +"FORM", +"DRAWING", +"SCRIPT", +"MAP", +"IMAGE", +"AUDIO", +"VIDEO", +"FOLDER", +"ARCHIVE", +"SITE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Type is not known.", -"Suggestion from user search history.", -"Suggestion from content/source.", -"Suggestion is a person.", -"Suggestion is a filter.", -"Suggestion is a group.", -"User's own query returned as a suggestion" +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" ], "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CloudsearchSuggestionScores": { -"description": "Signals that contribute to the final score.", -"id": "CloudsearchSuggestionScores", +"DriveTimeSpanRestrict": { +"description": "The time span search restrict (e.g. \"after:2017-09-11 before:2017-09-12\").", +"id": "DriveTimeSpanRestrict", "properties": { -"completeServerInternalScores": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchSuggestionScoresCompleteServerInternalScores" +"type": { +"enum": [ +"UNSPECIFIED", +"TODAY", +"YESTERDAY", +"LAST_7_DAYS", +"LAST_30_DAYS", +"LAST_90_DAYS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"Not Enabled", +"Not Enabled" +], +"type": "string" +} }, -"completeserverInternalScores": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchSuggestionScoresInternalScores" +"type": "object" }, -"personalizedBoost": { -"description": "How frequent is the suggestion within this user.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" +"EmailAddress": { +"description": "A person's email address.", +"id": "EmailAddress", +"properties": { +"customType": { +"description": "If the value of type is custom, this property contains the custom type string.", +"type": "string" }, -"popularity": { -"description": "How popular is the suggestion among all users.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" +"emailAddress": { +"description": "The email address.", +"type": "string" }, -"sectionBoost": { -"description": "Amount by which a section is boosted based on heuristics.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" +"emailUrl": { +"description": "The URL to send email.", +"type": "string" }, -"sourceScaleFactor": { -"description": "Scale factor of the datasource its coming from.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" +"primary": { +"description": "Indicates if this is the user's primary email. Only one entry can be marked as primary.", +"type": "boolean" }, -"starlightInternalScores": { -"$ref": "CloudsearchSuggestionScoresInternalScores" +"type": { +"description": "The type of the email account. Acceptable values are: \"custom\", \"home\", \"other\", \"work\".", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CloudsearchSuggestionScoresCompleteServerInternalScores": { -"id": "CloudsearchSuggestionScoresCompleteServerInternalScores", +"EnterpriseTopazFrontendTeamsLink": { +"id": "EnterpriseTopazFrontendTeamsLink", "properties": { -"contactsGroup": { -"description": "Contacts group score (i.e. if the string is a name of a group).", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" +"type": { +"description": "The identifying link type", +"type": "string" }, -"emailAutocompleteScore": { -"description": "Score for email autocomplete. Corresponds to DAS affinity PERSONAL_SUGGEST_EMAIL_AUTOCOMPLETE_SCORE.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"focusOutboundEmailCount": { -"description": "Outbound email count as read from FBS.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"gmailHistory": { -"description": "Frequency based score of a query from the user's gmail search history", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"gmailHistoryMediumTermQueryTime": { -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"gmailHistoryShortTermQueryTime": { -"description": "Both the gmail query_time scores below are based on the time of the last query event. Basically the score is (query_time - (model_time - PERIOD)) / PERIOD Where PERIOD is 1 & 14 days for short and medium term.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"gmailLabel": { -"description": "Gmail label score, as received from Gmail through PbUI.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"gmailOperator": { -"description": "Score for gmail operators.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"gmailText": { -"description": "Score for text entities extracted from gmail subjects.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"matchScore": { -"description": "The score of the match. The score is in the range [0, num_matching_tokens]. This means that a query with many tokens can have matches with higher score.", -"format": "double", -"type": "number" -}, -"score": { -"description": "Final score from CompleteServer. This either corresponds to Starlight score or Muppet score (for Generic Suggest suggestions) based on the CompleteServer backend. This is a combination of query dependent and independent components. The scores related to suggestion types like email_autocomplete_score & gmail_text are query independent whereas the match_score is query dependent.", -"format": "double", -"type": "number" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"CloudsearchSuggestionScoresInternalScores": { -"description": "Internal scores from CompleteServer/Starlight. NOTE: This proto message is also being used for storing scores from calling Starlight directly instead from CompleteServer.", -"id": "CloudsearchSuggestionScoresInternalScores", -"properties": { -"contactsGroup": { -"description": "Contacts group score (i.e. if the string is a name of a group).", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"emailAutocompleteScore": { -"description": "Score for email autocomplete. Corresponds to DAS affinity PERSONAL_SUGGEST_EMAIL_AUTOCOMPLETE_SCORE.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"focusOutboundEmailCount": { -"description": "Outbound email count as read from FBS.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"gmailHistory": { -"description": "Frequency based score of a query from the user's gmail search history", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"gmailHistoryMediumTermQueryTime": { -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"gmailHistoryShortTermQueryTime": { -"description": "Both the gmail query_time scores below are based on the time of the last query event. Basically the score is (query_time - (model_time - PERIOD)) / PERIOD Where PERIOD is 1 & 14 days for short and medium term.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"gmailLabel": { -"description": "Gmail label score, as received from Gmail through PbUI.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"gmailOperator": { -"description": "Score for gmail operators.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"gmailText": { -"description": "Score for text entities extracted from gmail subjects.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"matchScore": { -"description": "The score of the match. The score is in the range [0, num_matching_tokens]. This means that a query with many tokens can have matches with higher score.", -"format": "double", -"type": "number" -}, -"score": { -"description": "Final score from CompleteServe / Starlight. This either corresponds to Starlight score or Muppet score (for Generic Suggest suggestions) based on the CompleteServer backend. This is a combination of query dependent and independent components. The scores related to suggestion types like email_autocomplete_score & gmail_text are query independent whereas the match_score is query dependent.", -"format": "double", -"type": "number" -} +"url": { +"$ref": "SafeUrlProto" +} }, "type": "object" }, -"CloudsearchValue": { -"description": "Definition of a single value with generic type. LINT.IfChange", -"id": "CloudsearchValue", +"EnterpriseTopazFrontendTeamsPersonCorePhoneNumber": { +"id": "EnterpriseTopazFrontendTeamsPersonCorePhoneNumber", "properties": { -"booleanValue": { -"type": "boolean" -}, -"dateValue": { -"$ref": "Date" -}, -"doubleValue": { -"format": "double", -"type": "number" -}, -"integerValue": { -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"stringValue": { -"type": "string" -}, -"timestampValue": { -"format": "google-datetime", +"phoneNumber": { +"description": "Phone number in no particular format (as comes from the Focus profile).", "type": "string" -} }, -"type": "object" +"phoneUrl": { +"$ref": "SafeUrlProto", +"description": "Phone number URL" }, -"CompositeFilter": { -"id": "CompositeFilter", -"properties": { -"logicOperator": { -"description": "The logic operator of the sub filter.", +"type": { "enum": [ -"AND", -"OR", -"NOT" +"UNKNOWN", +"MOBILE", +"OFFICE", +"OTHER" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Logical operators, which can only be applied to sub filters.", "", -"NOT can only be applied on a single sub filter." +"", +"", +"" ], "type": "string" -}, -"subFilters": { -"description": "Sub filters.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Filter" -}, -"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"Content": { -"id": "Content", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry": { +"description": "An AgendaEntry, e.g., a Calendar Event.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry", "properties": { -"actions": { -"description": "[Optional] Actions for this card.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Action" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"description": { -"$ref": "SafeHtmlProto", -"description": "[Optional] Description of the card." -}, -"subtitle": { -"$ref": "BackgroundColoredText", -"description": "[Optional] Subtitle of the card." +"agendaItemUrl": { +"description": "URL of the agenda item.", +"type": "string" }, -"title": { -"$ref": "BackgroundColoredText", -"description": "[Optional] Title of the card." -} +"chronology": { +"description": "The chronology from the present.", +"enum": [ +"STALE", +"ALL_DAY", +"PAST", +"RECENTLY_PAST", +"PRESENT", +"NEAR_FUTURE", +"FUTURE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Stale.", +"All day.", +"Past.", +"Recently past.", +"Present.", +"Near future.", +"Future." +], +"type": "string" }, -"type": "object" +"creator": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPerson", +"description": "Person who created the event." }, -"Context": { -"id": "Context", -"properties": { -"app": { -"description": "[Optional] App where the card should be shown. If missing, the card will be shown in TOPAZ.", -"items": { +"currentUserAttendingStatus": { +"description": "Attendance status for the current user making the request. This is a convenience data member in order to avoid figuring out the same by iterating the invitee list above on the caller side.", "enum": [ -"UNKNOWN_APP", -"TOPAZ", -"MOMA" +"AWAITING", +"YES", +"NO", +"MAYBE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"" +"Awaiting for the user to set the status.", +"Attending.", +"Not attending.", +"Tentatively attending." ], "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"description": { +"description": "Description of the agenda item (i.e., typically, summary in calendar event).", +"type": "string" }, -"dayOfWeek": { -"description": "[Optional] Day of week when the card should be shown, where 0 is Monday.", +"document": { +"description": "Items related to the current AgendaEntry. E.g., related drive/mail/groups documents.", "items": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocument" }, "type": "array" }, -"endDateSec": { -"description": "[Optional] Date (in seconds since epoch) when the card should stop being shown. If missing, end_date_sec will be set to Jan 1st, 2100.", -"format": "int64", +"endDate": { +"description": "End date \"Friday, August 26\" in the user's timezone.", "type": "string" }, -"endDayOffsetSec": { -"description": "[Optional] End time in seconds, within a day, when the card should stop being shown if it's within [start_date_sec, end_date_sec]. If missing, this is set to 86400 (24 hours x 3600 sec/hour), i.e., midnight next day.", +"endTime": { +"description": "End time (HH:mm) in the user's timezone.", +"type": "string" +}, +"endTimeMs": { +"description": "End time in milliseconds", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"locale": { -"description": "[Optional] The locales for which the card should be triggered (e.g., en_US and en_CA). If missing, the card is going to show to clients regardless of their locale.", -"items": { +"eventId": { +"description": "Event id provided by Calendar API.", "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"guestsCanInviteOthers": { +"description": "Whether the guests can invite other guests.", +"type": "boolean" }, -"location": { -"description": "[Optional] Text-free locations where the card should be shown. This is expected to match the user's location in focus. If no location is specified, the card will be shown for any location.", -"items": { +"guestsCanModify": { +"description": "Whether the guests can modify the event.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"guestsCanSeeGuests": { +"description": "Whether the guests of the event can be seen. If false, the user is going to be reported as the only attendee to the meeting, even though there may be more attendees.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"hangoutId": { +"description": "Hangout meeting identifier.", "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"hangoutUrl": { +"description": "Absolute URL for the Hangout meeting.", +"type": "string" }, -"query": { -"description": "[Required only for Answer and RHS cards - will be ignored for Homepage] cards. It's the exact case-insensitive queries that will trigger the Answer or RHS card.", +"invitee": { +"description": "People attending the meeting.", "items": { -"type": "string" +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPerson" }, "type": "array" }, -"startDateSec": { -"description": "[Optional] Date (in seconds since epoch) when the card should start being shown. If missing, start_date_sec will be Jan 1st, 1970 UTC.", +"isAllDay": { +"description": "Whether the entry lasts all day.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"lastModificationTimeMs": { +"description": "Last time the event was modified.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"startDayOffsetSec": { -"description": "[Optional] Start time in seconds, within a day, when the card should be shown if it's within [start_date_sec, end_date_sec]. If 0, the card will be shown from 12:00am on.", -"format": "int64", +"location": { +"description": "Agenda item location.", "type": "string" }, -"surface": { -"description": "[Optional] Surface where the card should be shown in. If missing, the card will be shown in any surface.", -"items": { -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN_SURFACE", -"DESKTOP", -"ANDROID", -"IOS", -"MOBILE", -"ANY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Any mobile device.", -"" -], +"notifyToUser": { +"description": "Whether this should be notified to the user.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"otherAttendeesExcluded": { +"description": "Whether guest list is not returned because number of attendees is too large.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"requesterIsOwner": { +"description": "Whether the requester is the owner of the agenda entry.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"showFullEventDetailsToUse": { +"description": "Whether the details of this entry should be displayed to the user.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"startDate": { +"description": "Start date \"Friday, August 26\" in the user's timezone.", "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"startTime": { +"description": "Start time (HH:mm) in the user's timezone.", +"type": "string" }, -"type": { -"description": "[Required] Type of the card (homepage, Answer or RHS).", -"items": { -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN_CARD_TYPE", -"HOMEPAGE_CARD", -"ANSWER_CARD", -"RHS_CARD" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"" -], +"startTimeMs": { +"description": "Start time in milliseconds.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"timeZone": { +"description": "User's calendar timezone;", +"type": "string" +}, +"title": { +"description": "Title of the agenda item.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"ContextAttribute": { -"description": "A named attribute associated with an item which can be used for influencing the ranking of the item based on the context in the request.", -"id": "ContextAttribute", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaGroupCardProto": { +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaGroupCardProto", "properties": { -"name": { -"description": "The name of the attribute. It should not be empty. The maximum length is 32 characters. The name must start with a letter and can only contain letters (A-Z, a-z) or numbers (0-9). The name will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched.", -"type": "string" -}, -"values": { -"description": "Text values of the attribute. The maximum number of elements is 10. The maximum length of an element in the array is 32 characters. The value will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched.", +"agendaItem": { "items": { -"type": "string" +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaItem" }, "type": "array" +}, +"context": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaGroupCardProtoContext" +}, +"currentAgendaItem": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaItem" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CustomerIndexStats": { -"description": "Aggregation of items by status code as of the specified date.", -"id": "CustomerIndexStats", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaGroupCardProtoContext": { +"description": "The context that resulted in the generation of the card.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaGroupCardProtoContext", "properties": { -"date": { -"$ref": "Date", -"description": "The date for which statistics were calculated." +"context": { +"description": "User friendly free text that describes the context of the card (e.g. \"Next meeting with Bob\"). This is largely only applicable when the card is generated from a query.", +"type": "string" }, -"itemCountByStatus": { -"description": "Number of items aggregrated by status code.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ItemCountByStatus" +"date": { +"description": "Localized free text that describes the dates represented by the card. Currently, the card will only represent a single day.", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"eventsRestrict": { +"description": "Represents restrictions applied to the events requested in the user's query.", +"enum": [ +"NONE", +"NEXT_MEETING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No specific event was requested.", +"The next meeting was requested." +], +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CustomerQueryStats": { -"id": "CustomerQueryStats", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaItem": { +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaItem", "properties": { -"date": { -"$ref": "Date", -"description": "The date for which query stats were calculated. Stats calculated on the next day close to midnight are returned." +"conflictedGroup": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickConflictingEventsCardProto" }, -"queryCountByStatus": { -"items": { -"$ref": "QueryCountByStatus" +"gapBefore": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickGap" }, -"type": "array" +"meeting": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CustomerSearchApplicationStats": { -"description": "Search application stats for a customer for the given date.", -"id": "CustomerSearchApplicationStats", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerAnswerList": { +"description": "A list of answers represented as free text.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerAnswerList", "properties": { -"count": { -"description": "The count of search applications for the date.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" +"labeledAnswer": { +"description": "Answers that have a corresponding label.", +"items": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerAnswerListLabeledAnswer" }, -"date": { -"$ref": "Date", -"description": "The date for which search application stats were calculated." +"type": "array" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Answer type.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN", +"PERSON_ADDRESS", +"PERSON_BIRTHDAY", +"PERSON_DEPARTMENT", +"PERSON_DESK_LOCATION", +"PERSON_EMAIL", +"PERSON_JOB_TITLE", +"PERSON_PHONE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CustomerSessionStats": { -"id": "CustomerSessionStats", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerAnswerListLabeledAnswer": { +"description": "An answer with a corresponding label.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerAnswerListLabeledAnswer", "properties": { -"date": { -"$ref": "Date", -"description": "The date for which session stats were calculated. Stats are calculated on the following day, close to midnight PST, and then returned." +"answer": { +"description": "The free text answer.", +"type": "string" }, -"searchSessionsCount": { -"description": "The count of search sessions on the day", -"format": "int64", +"label": { +"description": "A localized label for the answer (e.g. \"Cell phone\" vs \"Desk phone\").", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CustomerSettings": { -"description": "Represents settings at a customer level.", -"id": "CustomerSettings", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerSuggestedQueryAnswerCard": { +"description": "Contains a list of suggested queries. Allows the user to determine what natural language queries they can ask Cloud Search (e.g. \"what can I search for?\").", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerSuggestedQueryAnswerCard", "properties": { -"auditLoggingSettings": { -"$ref": "AuditLoggingSettings", -"description": "Audit Logging settings for the customer. If update_mask is empty then this field will be updated based on UpdateCustomerSettings request." +"suggestedQueryCategory": { +"description": "A list of queries to suggest.", +"items": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerSuggestedQueryCategory" }, -"vpcSettings": { -"$ref": "VPCSettings", -"description": "VPC SC settings for the customer. If update_mask is empty then this field will be updated based on UpdateCustomerSettings request." +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CustomerUserStats": { -"id": "CustomerUserStats", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerSuggestedQueryCategory": { +"description": "Contains a list of suggested queries for a single category.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerSuggestedQueryCategory", "properties": { -"date": { -"$ref": "Date", -"description": "The date for which session stats were calculated. Stats calculated on the next day close to midnight are returned." -}, -"oneDayActiveUsersCount": { -"description": "The count of unique active users in the past one day", -"format": "int64", +"category": { +"description": "The query list category.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN", +"CALENDAR", +"DOCUMENT", +"PEOPLE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unknown.", +"Calendar based queries (e.g. \"my agenda for tomorrow\").", +"Document based queries (e.g. \"files shared with me\").", +"People based queries (e.g. \"what is x's email address?\")." +], "type": "string" }, -"sevenDaysActiveUsersCount": { -"description": "The count of unique active users in the past seven days", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" +"isEnabled": { +"description": "Whether this category is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" }, -"thirtyDaysActiveUsersCount": { -"description": "The count of unique active users in the past thirty days", -"format": "int64", +"query": { +"description": "List of suggested queries to show the user.", +"items": { "type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"DataSource": { -"description": "Datasource is a logical namespace for items to be indexed. All items must belong to a datasource. This is the prerequisite before items can be indexed into Cloud Search. ", -"id": "DataSource", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickAssistCardProto": { +"description": "Wrapper proto for the Assist cards.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAssistCardProto", "properties": { -"disableModifications": { -"description": "If true, sets the datasource to read-only mode. In read-only mode, the Indexing API rejects any requests to index or delete items in this source. Enabling read-only mode does not stop the processing of previously accepted data.", -"type": "boolean" +"agendaGroupCardProto": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaGroupCardProto", +"description": "Agenda group card." }, -"disableServing": { -"description": "Disable serving any search or assist results.", -"type": "boolean" +"cardMetadata": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCardMetadata", +"description": "Card metadata such as chronology and render mode of the card." }, -"displayName": { -"description": "Required. Display name of the datasource The maximum length is 300 characters.", +"cardType": { +"description": "Card type.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN_TYPE", +"AGENDA", +"CHANGELISTS", +"CONFLICTING_MEETINGS", +"CREATE_NOTES_FOR_MEETING", +"CREATE_NOTES_FOR_MEETING_REQUEST", +"CUSTOMER_NEWS", +"FIND_MEETING_TIME", +"NEXT_MEETING", +"PERSONALIZED_DOCS", +"TRENDING_DOCS", +"UPCOMING_TRIP", +"SUMMARY", +"MEETINGS", +"HOMEPAGE", +"SHARE_MEETING_DOCS", +"DISCOVER_PEOPLE", +"HOMEPAGE_V3", +"AGENDA_GROUP", +"WORK_IN_PROGRESS", +"GET_AND_KEEP_AHEAD", +"GENERIC_ANSWER_CARD", +"THIRD_PARTY_ANSWER_CARD", +"DOMAIN_TRENDING_DOCS", +"TEAM_TRENDING_DOCS", +"DOCUMENT_LIST_ANSWER_CARD", +"SUGGESTED_QUERY_ANSWER_CARD", +"PERSON_ANSWER_CARD", +"RELATED_PEOPLE_ANSWER_CARD", +"PERSON_KNOWLEDGE_CARD", +"PEOPLE_SEARCH_PROMOTION_CARD" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +true, +true, +true, +true, +true, +true, +false, +true, +true, +true, +true, +true, +true, +true, +true, +true, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default type, an unknown card type.", +"The user's agenda for the day.", +"Changelists.", +"Any group of meetings for the day that are overlapping.", +"Create notes for a meeting specified in the request.", +"Create notes for meeting query.", +"News about your SFDC customers.", +"Find a time for two people to meet.", +"The user's next non-declined meeting.", +"Important documents for you since you have viewed them in the last month and there's some action going on.", +"Documents that are trending in your company. A TRENDING_DOCS card can be of two types: TRENDING_IN_COLLABORATORS (i.e., Stay in the Loop) and TRENDING_IN_DOMAIN (i.e., Popular Content). Use DOMAIN_TRENDING_DOCS/TEAM_TRENDING_DOCS instead.", +"An upcoming trip with all trip information along with calendar events in the destination timezone.", +"The Morning/Evening Summary Card for the next working day.", +"A meeting. When requesting meetings, the service will return a MEETING card for each meeting the user has in his agenda.", +"All cards related to the homepage (agenda, conflicting-meetings, summary, etc...). This type should no longer be used. Use HOMEPAGE_V3 instead.", +"A card to with specifics to share meeting documents with all attendees.", +"Represents a set of users that the requesting user has low affinity with.", +"All cards related to the homepage-v3 (agenda-group, WIP, etc...)", +"A group of agenda-events (meeting, conflicts)", +"The documents that you were recently working on.", +"(v3) The \"get and keep ahead\" card for today and tomorrow", +"Generic answer card.", +"Third party answer card.", +"Documents that are trending in your company/domain (i.e., Popular Content).", +"Documents that are trending in your team (i.e., Stay in the Loop).", +"Documents that match the user's query (e.g. sheets shared with me).", +"A help card that provides examples of queries the user can ask.", +"Answer card for a single person (e.g. what is x's phone number).", +"Answer card for a list of people related to the person that is the subject of the query (e.g. who reports to x).", +"Knowledge card for a single person and their related people.", +"People Search promotion card." +], "type": "string" }, -"indexingServiceAccounts": { -"description": "List of service accounts that have indexing access.", -"items": { -"type": "string" +"conflictingMeetingsCard": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickConflictingEventsCardProto", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Conflicting events card." }, -"type": "array" +"documentListCard": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryList", +"description": "Answer card for documents that are applicable to the current query." }, -"itemsVisibility": { -"description": "This field restricts visibility to items at the datasource level. Items within the datasource are restricted to the union of users and groups included in this field. Note that, this does not ensure access to a specific item, as users need to have ACL permissions on the contained items. This ensures a high level access on the entire datasource, and that the individual items are not shared outside this visibility.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GSuitePrincipal" +"documentsWithMentions": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryList", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Documents with mentions." }, -"type": "array" +"findMeetingTimeCard": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickFindMeetingTimeCardProto", +"description": "Find meeting time card." }, -"name": { -"description": "The name of the datasource resource. Format: datasources/{source_id}. The name is ignored when creating a datasource.", -"type": "string" +"genericAnswerCard": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickGenericAnswerCard", +"description": "Generic answer card." }, -"operationIds": { -"description": "IDs of the Long Running Operations (LROs) currently running for this schema.", -"items": { -"type": "string" +"getAndKeepAheadCard": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickGetAndKeepAheadCardProto", +"description": "Get and keep ahead card." }, -"type": "array" +"meeting": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Meeting card." }, -"returnThumbnailUrls": { -"description": "Can a user request to get thumbnail URI for Items indexed in this data source.", -"type": "boolean" +"meetingNotesCard": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickMeetingNotesCardProto", +"description": "Meeting notes card." }, -"shortName": { -"description": "A short name or alias for the source. This value will be used to match the 'source' operator. For example, if the short name is ** then queries like *source:* will only return results for this source. The value must be unique across all datasources. The value must only contain alphanumeric characters (a-zA-Z0-9). The value cannot start with 'google' and cannot be one of the following: mail, gmail, docs, drive, groups, sites, calendar, hangouts, gplus, keep, people, teams. Its maximum length is 32 characters.", -"type": "string" -} +"meetingNotesCardRequest": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickMeetingNotesCardRequest", +"description": "Request for meeting notes card." }, -"type": "object" +"peopleDisambiguationCard": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleDisambiguationCard", +"description": "The people disambiguation card." }, -"DataSourceIndexStats": { -"description": "Aggregation of items by status code as of the specified date.", -"id": "DataSourceIndexStats", -"properties": { -"date": { -"$ref": "Date", -"description": "The date for which index stats were calculated. If the date of request is not the current date then stats calculated on the next day are returned. Stats are calculated close to mid night in this case. If date of request is current date, then real time stats are returned." +"peoplePromotionCard": { +"$ref": "PeoplePromotionCard", +"description": "People Search promotion card." }, -"itemCountByStatus": { -"description": "Number of items aggregrated by status code.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ItemCountByStatus" +"personAnswerCard": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerPersonAnswerCard", +"description": "Answer card that represents a single person." }, -"type": "array" -} +"personProfileCard": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPersonProfileCard", +"description": "Full profile card." }, -"type": "object" +"personalizedDocsCard": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPersonalizedDocsCardProto", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Card with recommended documents for the user." }, -"DataSourceRestriction": { -"description": "Restriction on Datasource.", -"id": "DataSourceRestriction", -"properties": { -"filterOptions": { -"description": "Filter options restricting the results. If multiple filters are present, they are grouped by object type before joining. Filters with the same object type are joined conjunctively, then the resulting expressions are joined disjunctively. The maximum number of elements is 20. NOTE: Suggest API supports only few filters at the moment: \"objecttype\", \"type\" and \"mimetype\". For now, schema specific filters cannot be used to filter suggestions.", -"items": { -"$ref": "FilterOptions" +"relatedPeopleAnswerCard": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerRelatedPeopleAnswerCard", +"description": "Answer card that represents a list of people related to a person." }, -"type": "array" +"shareMeetingDocsCard": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickShareMeetingDocsCardProto", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Sahre meeting docs card." }, -"source": { -"$ref": "Source", -"description": "The source of restriction." +"sharedDocuments": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryList", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Shared documents." +}, +"suggestedQueryAnswerCard": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerSuggestedQueryAnswerCard", +"description": "Answer card for what natural language queries the user can ask." +}, +"thirdPartyAnswerCard": { +"$ref": "ThirdPartyGenericCard", +"description": "Third party answer cards." +}, +"workInProgressCardProto": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickRecentDocumentsCardProto", +"description": "Work In Progress card." } }, "type": "object" }, -"Date": { -"description": "Represents a whole calendar date, for example a date of birth. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are not significant. The date is relative to the [Proleptic Gregorian Calendar](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proleptic_Gregorian_calendar). The date must be a valid calendar date between the year 1 and 9999.", -"id": "Date", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickCardMetadata": { +"description": "Card metadata.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCardMetadata", "properties": { -"day": { -"description": "Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"month": { -"description": "Month of date. Must be from 1 to 12.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"year": { -"description": "Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"DateOperatorOptions": { -"description": "Optional. Provides a search operator for date properties. Search operators let users restrict the query to specific fields relevant to the type of item being searched.", -"id": "DateOperatorOptions", -"properties": { -"greaterThanOperatorName": { -"description": "Indicates the operator name required in the query in order to isolate the date property using the greater-than operator. For example, if greaterThanOperatorName is *closedafter* and the property's name is *closeDate*, then queries like *closedafter:* show results only where the value of the property named *closeDate* is later than **. The operator name can only contain lowercase letters (a-z). The maximum length is 32 characters.", +"cardCategory": { +"description": "Declares a preference for how this card should be packed in MSCR. All cards in a response must correspond to a single category. As a result, cards may be dropped from the response if this field is set. Any card that does not match the category of the card with the highest priority in the response will be dropped.", +"enum": [ +"DEFAULT", +"ANSWER", +"KNOWLEDGE", +"HOMEPAGE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Let MSCR decide how this card should be packed. Most cards should choose this type. This type should largely be considered equivalent to ANSWER. However, this is not guaranteed to be the case as the request to MSCR may override the static configuration.", +"This card should be rendered as an answer card.", +"This card should be rendered as a knowledge card (a non-organic result).", +"This card should be rendered in the Homepage." +], "type": "string" }, -"lessThanOperatorName": { -"description": "Indicates the operator name required in the query in order to isolate the date property using the less-than operator. For example, if lessThanOperatorName is *closedbefore* and the property's name is *closeDate*, then queries like *closedbefore:* show results only where the value of the property named *closeDate* is earlier than **. The operator name can only contain lowercase letters (a-z). The maximum length is 32 characters.", +"cardId": { +"description": "An ID to identify the card and match actions to it. Be thoughtful of new card IDs since actions will be associated to that ID. E.g., if two card IDs collide, the system will think that the actions have been applied to the same card. Similarly, if EAS can return multiple cards of the same type (e.g., Meetings), ensure that the card_id identifies a given instance of the card so that, e.g., dismissals only affect the dismissed card as opposed to affecting all meeting cards.", "type": "string" }, -"operatorName": { -"description": "Indicates the actual string required in the query in order to isolate the date property. For example, suppose an issue tracking schema object has a property named *closeDate* that specifies an operator with an operatorName of *closedon*. For searches on that data, queries like *closedon:* show results only where the value of the *closeDate* property matches **. By contrast, a search that uses the same ** without an operator returns all items where ** matches the value of any String properties or text within the content field for the indexed datasource. The operator name can only contain lowercase letters (a-z). The maximum length is 32 characters.", +"chronology": { +"description": "Chronology.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN", +"PAST", +"RECENTLY_PAST", +"PRESENT", +"NEAR_FUTURE", +"FUTURE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unknown chronology (default).", +"Past.", +"Recently past.", +"Present.", +"Near future.", +"Future." +], "type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"DatePropertyOptions": { -"description": "The options for date properties.", -"id": "DatePropertyOptions", -"properties": { -"operatorOptions": { -"$ref": "DateOperatorOptions", -"description": "If set, describes how the date should be used as a search operator." -} -}, -"type": "object" }, -"DateValues": { -"description": "List of date values.", -"id": "DateValues", -"properties": { -"values": { -"items": { -"$ref": "Date" +"debugInfo": { +"description": "Debug info (only reported if request's debug_level > 0).", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" -} +"nlpMetadata": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickNlpMetadata", +"description": "Information about the NLP done to get the card." }, -"type": "object" +"rankingParams": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickRankingParams", +"description": "Ranking params." }, -"DebugOptions": { -"description": "Shared request debug options for all cloudsearch RPC methods.", -"id": "DebugOptions", -"properties": { -"enableDebugging": { -"description": "If you are asked by Google to help with debugging, set this field. Otherwise, ignore this field.", -"type": "boolean" +"renderMode": { +"description": "Render mode.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN_RENDER", +"COLLAPSED", +"EXPANDED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unknown mode (default).", +"Collapsed.", +"Expanded." +], +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"DebugResponse": { -"description": "Debug Search Response.", -"id": "DebugResponse", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDebugInfo": { +"description": "Container of debugging information in all object levels. Extend as needed.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDebugInfo", "properties": { -"gsrRequest": { -"description": "Serialized string of GenericSearchRequest.", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" -}, -"gsrResponse": { -"description": "Serialized string of GenericSearchResponse.", -"format": "byte", +"message": { +"description": "Debug message.", "type": "string" -}, -"searchResponse": { -"$ref": "SearchResponse", -"description": "Search response." } }, "type": "object" }, -"DefaultBlockingDataProto": { -"description": "Next ID: 3", -"id": "DefaultBlockingDataProto", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocument": { +"description": "Representation of a document. NEXT_TAG: 15", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocument", "properties": { -"types": { -"items": { +"accessType": { +"description": "Access type, i.e., whether the user has access to the document or not.", "enum": [ -"BLOCKING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"BLOCKING_TYPE_DEFAULT_BLOCKED", -"BLOCKING_TYPE_DEFAULT_BLOCKED_NON_TYPE_COUNTRY" +"UNKNOWN_ACCESS", +"ALLOWED", +"NOT_ALLOWED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"The default value. Not actually used by IPGeo/Oolong.", -"Under go/embargo.", -"A feature that is not a TYPE_COUNTRY and is under go/embargo. Discouraged." +"Unknown access type.", +"Access allowed.", +"Access not allowed." ], "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" -}, -"version": { -"description": "Version ID of the current list of blocked countries and sanctions areas, based on which the types field was computed.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -} -}, -"type": "object" +"debugInfo": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDebugInfo", +"description": "Information for debugging." }, -"DeleteQueueItemsRequest": { -"id": "DeleteQueueItemsRequest", -"properties": { -"connectorName": { -"description": "The name of connector making this call. Format: datasources/{source_id}/connectors/{ID}", +"documentId": { +"description": "Document id.", "type": "string" }, -"debugOptions": { -"$ref": "DebugOptions", -"description": "Common debug options." +"driveDocumentMetadata": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocumentDriveDocumentMetadata", +"description": "Drive document metadata." }, -"queue": { -"description": "The name of a queue to delete items from.", +"genericUrl": { +"description": "Generic Drive-based url in the format of drive.google.com/open to be used for deeplink", "type": "string" -} }, -"type": "object" +"justification": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocumentJustification", +"description": "Justification on why the document is selected." }, -"DisabledIcingPackageCorpus": { -"id": "DisabledIcingPackageCorpus", -"properties": { -"corpusName": { -"description": "The name of an individual corpus within the given app. When unset, this means that all corpora for the given package are disabled.", +"mimeType": { +"description": "MIME type", "type": "string" }, -"packageName": { -"description": "The package name of an app that the user disabled. This is required.", +"provenance": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Document provenance.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN_PROVENANCE", +"CALENDAR_DESCRIPTION", +"CALENDAR_ATTACHMENT", +"MINED", +"CALENDAR_ASSIST_ATTACHMENT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unknown provenance.", +"Calendar event description.", +"Calendar event attachment.", +"Mined (extracted by some offline/online analysis).", +"Attachment created by enterprise assist." +], "type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" }, -"DisplayedProperty": { -"description": "A reference to a top-level property within the object that should be displayed in search results. The values of the chosen properties is displayed in the search results along with the display label for that property if one is specified. If a display label is not specified, only the values is shown.", -"id": "DisplayedProperty", -"properties": { -"propertyName": { -"description": "The name of the top-level property as defined in a property definition for the object. If the name is not a defined property in the schema, an error is given when attempting to update the schema.", +"reason": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Justification of why this document is being returned.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN", +"TRENDING_IN_COLLABORATORS", +"TRENDING_IN_DOMAIN", +"FREQUENTLY_VIEWED", +"FREQUENTLY_EDITED", +"NEW_UPDATES", +"NEW_COMMENTS", +"EVENT_DESCRIPTION", +"EVENT_ATTACHMENT", +"EVENT_METADATA_ATTACHMENT", +"MINED_DOCUMENT", +"NEW_MENTIONS", +"NEW_SHARES" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unknown justification.", +"Popular documents within collaborators.", +"Popular documents within the domain.", +"Documents being reviewed frequently by the current user .", +"Documents being edited frequently by the current user .", +"Documents updated since user's last visit.", +"Documents that receive comments since user's last visit.", +"Documents in the calendar event description.", +"Documents in the calendar event attachments section.", +"Documents attached in calendar event metadata instead of the attachment section. Event metadata is not visible to the final user. Enterprise assist uses this metadata to store auto-generated documents such as meeting notes.", +"Documents mined, and so, probably related to the request context. For example, this category includes documents related to a meeting.", +"Documents that contains mentions of the user.", +"Documents that are shared with the user." +], "type": "string" -} }, -"type": "object" +"snippet": { +"description": "A sampling of the text from the document.", +"type": "string" }, -"DoubleOperatorOptions": { -"description": "Used to provide a search operator for double properties. This is optional. Search operators let users restrict the query to specific fields relevant to the type of item being searched.", -"id": "DoubleOperatorOptions", -"properties": { -"operatorName": { -"description": "Indicates the operator name required in the query in order to use the double property in sorting or as a facet. The operator name can only contain lowercase letters (a-z). The maximum length is 32 characters.", +"thumbnailUrl": { +"description": "Thumbnail URL.", "type": "string" -} }, -"type": "object" +"title": { +"description": "Title of the document.", +"type": "string" }, -"DoublePropertyOptions": { -"description": "The options for double properties.", -"id": "DoublePropertyOptions", -"properties": { -"operatorOptions": { -"$ref": "DoubleOperatorOptions", -"description": "If set, describes how the double should be used as a search operator." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"DoubleValues": { -"description": "List of double values.", -"id": "DoubleValues", -"properties": { -"values": { -"items": { -"format": "double", -"type": "number" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"DriveFollowUpRestrict": { -"description": "Drive follow-up search restricts (e.g. \"followup:suggestions\").", -"id": "DriveFollowUpRestrict", -"properties": { -"type": { -"enum": [ -"UNSPECIFIED", -"FOLLOWUP_SUGGESTIONS", -"FOLLOWUP_ACTION_ITEMS" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"DriveLocationRestrict": { -"description": "Drive location search restricts (e.g. \"is:starred\").", -"id": "DriveLocationRestrict", -"properties": { -"type": { -"enum": [ -"UNSPECIFIED", -"TRASHED", -"STARRED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"DriveMimeTypeRestrict": { -"description": "Drive mime-type search restricts (e.g. \"type:pdf\").", -"id": "DriveMimeTypeRestrict", -"properties": { "type": { +"description": "Type of the document.", "enum": [ -"UNSPECIFIED", -"PDF", +"UNKNOWN", "DOCUMENT", "PRESENTATION", "SPREADSHEET", -"FORM", -"DRAWING", -"SCRIPT", -"MAP", +"PDF", "IMAGE", -"AUDIO", -"VIDEO", +"BINARY_BLOB", +"FUSION_TABLE", "FOLDER", -"ARCHIVE", -"SITE" +"DRAWING", +"VIDEO", +"FORM", +"LINK_URL", +"LINK_GO", +"LINK_GOO_GL", +"LINK_BIT_LY", +"LINK_GMAIL", +"LINK_MAILTO", +"VIDEO_YOUTUBE", +"VIDEO_LIVE", +"GROUPS", +"NEWS", +"SITES", +"HANGOUT", +"AUDIO", +"MS_WORD", +"MS_POWERPOINT", +"MS_EXCEL", +"MS_OUTLOOK" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", +"If the type is unknown or not represented in this enum.", +"Drive document types Writely, Word, etc.", +"Presently, PowerPoint, etc.", +"Trix, Excel, etc.", +"File types for Gdrive objects are below. PDF.", +"Image.", +"Fall-back for unknown Gdrive types.", +"Fusion table.", +"Folder.", +"Drawing.", +"Video.", +"Form.", +"Link formats uncategorized URL links", +"meaningful links that should be renderred specifically", +"Link to goo.gl.", +"Link to bit_ly.", +"Link to Gmail.", +"Mailto link.", +"Videos Youtube videos.", +"Live streams (e.g., liveplayer.googleplex.com)", +"Other types. Google Groups.", +"Google News.", +"Google Sites.", +"Google Hangout.", +"Audio files.", +"Microsoft-specific file types.", "", "", "" ], "type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" }, -"DriveTimeSpanRestrict": { -"description": "The time span search restrict (e.g. \"after:2017-09-11 before:2017-09-12\").", -"id": "DriveTimeSpanRestrict", -"properties": { -"type": { -"enum": [ -"UNSPECIFIED", -"TODAY", -"YESTERDAY", -"LAST_7_DAYS", -"LAST_30_DAYS", -"LAST_90_DAYS" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Not Enabled", -"Not Enabled" -], +"url": { +"description": "Absolute URL of the document.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"EmailAddress": { -"description": "A person's email address.", -"id": "EmailAddress", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocumentDriveDocumentMetadata": { +"description": "Meta data for drive documents.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocumentDriveDocumentMetadata", "properties": { -"customType": { -"description": "If the value of type is custom, this property contains the custom type string.", -"type": "string" -}, -"emailAddress": { -"description": "The email address.", -"type": "string" -}, -"emailUrl": { -"description": "The URL to send email.", +"documentId": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "The drive document cosmo id. Client could use the id to build a URL to open a document. Please use Document.document_id.", "type": "string" }, -"primary": { -"description": "Indicates if this is the user's primary email. Only one entry can be marked as primary.", +"isPrivate": { +"description": "Additional field to identify whether a document is private since scope set to LIMITED can mean both that the doc is private or that it's shared with others. is_private indicates whether the doc is not shared with anyone except for the owner.", "type": "boolean" }, -"type": { -"description": "The type of the email account. Acceptable values are: \"custom\", \"home\", \"other\", \"work\".", +"lastCommentTimeMs": { +"description": "Timestamp of the most recent comment added to the document in milliseconds since epoch.", +"format": "uint64", "type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" }, -"EnterpriseTopazFrontendTeamsLink": { -"id": "EnterpriseTopazFrontendTeamsLink", -"properties": { -"type": { -"description": "The identifying link type", +"lastEditTimeMs": { +"description": "Timestamp of the most recent edit from the current user in milliseconds since epoch.", +"format": "uint64", "type": "string" }, -"url": { -"$ref": "SafeUrlProto" -} +"lastModificationTimeMillis": { +"description": "Last modification time of the document (independent of the user that modified it).", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "object" +"lastUpdatedTimeMs": { +"description": "Timestamp of the last updated time of the document in milliseconds since epoch.", +"format": "uint64", +"type": "string" }, -"EnterpriseTopazFrontendTeamsPersonCorePhoneNumber": { -"id": "EnterpriseTopazFrontendTeamsPersonCorePhoneNumber", -"properties": { -"phoneNumber": { -"description": "Phone number in no particular format (as comes from the Focus profile).", +"lastViewTimeMs": { +"description": "Timestamp of the most recent view from the current user in milliseconds since epoch.", +"format": "uint64", "type": "string" }, -"phoneUrl": { -"$ref": "SafeUrlProto", -"description": "Phone number URL" +"owner": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson", +"description": "The owner of the document." }, -"type": { +"scope": { +"description": "ACL scope of the document which identifies the sharing status of the doc (e.g., limited, shared with link, team drive, ...).", "enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"MOBILE", -"OFFICE", -"OTHER" +"UNKNOWN_DOCUMENT_SCOPE", +"LIMITED", +"DASHER_DOMAIN_WITH_LINK", +"DASHER_DOMAIN", +"PUBLIC_WITH_LINK", +"PUBLIC", +"TEAM_DRIVE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", "", "", +"", +"", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -4163,15062 +3792,986 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry": { -"description": "An AgendaEntry, e.g., a Calendar Event.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocumentJustification": { +"description": "Justification of why we are reporting the document.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocumentJustification", "properties": { -"agendaItemUrl": { -"description": "URL of the agenda item.", +"justification": { +"description": "A locale aware message that explains why this document was selected.", "type": "string" }, -"chronology": { -"description": "The chronology from the present.", +"reason": { +"description": "Reason on why the document is selected. Populate for trending documents.", "enum": [ -"STALE", -"ALL_DAY", -"PAST", -"RECENTLY_PAST", -"PRESENT", -"NEAR_FUTURE", -"FUTURE" +"UNKNOWN", +"TRENDING_IN_COLLABORATORS", +"TRENDING_IN_DOMAIN", +"FREQUENTLY_VIEWED", +"FREQUENTLY_EDITED", +"NEW_UPDATES", +"NEW_COMMENTS", +"EVENT_DESCRIPTION", +"EVENT_ATTACHMENT", +"EVENT_METADATA_ATTACHMENT", +"MINED_DOCUMENT", +"NEW_MENTIONS", +"NEW_SHARES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Stale.", -"All day.", -"Past.", -"Recently past.", -"Present.", -"Near future.", -"Future." +"Unknown justification.", +"Popular documents within collaborators.", +"Popular documents within the domain.", +"Documents being reviewed frequently by the current user .", +"Documents being edited frequently by the current user .", +"Documents updated since user's last visit.", +"Documents that receive comments since user's last visit.", +"Documents in the calendar event description.", +"Documents in the calendar event attachments section.", +"Documents attached in calendar event metadata instead of the attachment section. Event metadata is not visible to the final user. Enterprise assist uses this metadata to store auto-generated documents such as meeting notes.", +"Documents mined, and so, probably related to the request context. For example, this category includes documents related to a meeting.", +"Documents that contains mentions of the user.", +"Documents that are shared with the user." ], "type": "string" +} }, -"creator": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPerson", -"description": "Person who created the event." +"type": "object" }, -"currentUserAttendingStatus": { -"description": "Attendance status for the current user making the request. This is a convenience data member in order to avoid figuring out the same by iterating the invitee list above on the caller side.", -"enum": [ -"AWAITING", -"YES", -"NO", -"MAYBE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Awaiting for the user to set the status.", -"Attending.", -"Not attending.", -"Tentatively attending." -], -"type": "string" +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson": { +"description": "Common representation of a person.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson", +"properties": { +"birthday": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPersonBirthday", +"description": "The birthday." }, -"description": { -"description": "Description of the agenda item (i.e., typically, summary in calendar event).", +"cellPhone": { +"description": "Cell phone number.", "type": "string" }, -"document": { -"description": "Items related to the current AgendaEntry. E.g., related drive/mail/groups documents.", -"items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocument" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"endDate": { -"description": "End date \"Friday, August 26\" in the user's timezone.", +"department": { +"description": "The department the person works in (e.g. Engineering).", "type": "string" }, -"endTime": { -"description": "End time (HH:mm) in the user's timezone.", +"deskLocation": { +"description": "Desk location (e.g. US-MTV-PR55-5-5B1I).", "type": "string" }, -"endTimeMs": { -"description": "End time in milliseconds", -"format": "int64", +"deskPhone": { +"description": "Work desk phone number.", "type": "string" }, -"eventId": { -"description": "Event id provided by Calendar API.", +"displayName": { +"description": "The full name.", "type": "string" }, -"guestsCanInviteOthers": { -"description": "Whether the guests can invite other guests.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"guestsCanModify": { -"description": "Whether the guests can modify the event.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"guestsCanSeeGuests": { -"description": "Whether the guests of the event can be seen. If false, the user is going to be reported as the only attendee to the meeting, even though there may be more attendees.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"hangoutId": { -"description": "Hangout meeting identifier.", +"email": { +"description": "Email.", "type": "string" }, -"hangoutUrl": { -"description": "Absolute URL for the Hangout meeting.", +"familyName": { +"description": "The last name.", "type": "string" }, -"invitee": { -"description": "People attending the meeting.", -"items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPerson" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"isAllDay": { -"description": "Whether the entry lasts all day.", -"type": "boolean" +"fullAddress": { +"description": "The fully formatted address (e.g. 1255 Pear Avenue, Mountain View 94043, United States).", +"type": "string" }, -"lastModificationTimeMs": { -"description": "Last time the event was modified.", +"gaiaId": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "This field is deprecated. The obfuscated_id should be used instead.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"location": { -"description": "Agenda item location.", +"givenName": { +"description": "The first name.", "type": "string" }, -"notifyToUser": { -"description": "Whether this should be notified to the user.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"otherAttendeesExcluded": { -"description": "Whether guest list is not returned because number of attendees is too large.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"requesterIsOwner": { -"description": "Whether the requester is the owner of the agenda entry.", -"type": "boolean" +"jobTitle": { +"description": "The person's job title (e.g. Software Engineer).", +"type": "string" }, -"showFullEventDetailsToUse": { -"description": "Whether the details of this entry should be displayed to the user.", -"type": "boolean" +"manager": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson", +"description": "The manager." }, -"startDate": { -"description": "Start date \"Friday, August 26\" in the user's timezone.", +"obfuscatedId": { +"description": "The obfuscated GAIA ID.", "type": "string" }, -"startTime": { -"description": "Start time (HH:mm) in the user's timezone.", +"photoUrl": { +"description": "The URL for the Focus profile picture.", "type": "string" }, -"startTimeMs": { -"description": "Start time in milliseconds.", -"format": "int64", +"streetAddress": { +"description": "The street address (e.g. 1255 Pear Avenue).", "type": "string" +} }, -"timeZone": { -"description": "User's calendar timezone;", -"type": "string" +"type": "object" }, -"title": { -"description": "Title of the agenda item.", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPersonBirthday": { +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPersonBirthday", +"properties": { +"value": { +"description": "Unstructured birthday.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaGroupCardProto": { -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaGroupCardProto", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickConflictingEventsCardProto": { +"description": "Conflicting meetings card proto.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickConflictingEventsCardProto", "properties": { -"agendaItem": { +"conflictingEvent": { +"description": "All the events that conflict with main_event.", "items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaItem" +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry" }, "type": "array" }, -"context": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaGroupCardProtoContext" -}, -"currentAgendaItem": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaItem" +"mainEvent": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry", +"description": "The event identified as being the most important." } }, "type": "object" }, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaGroupCardProtoContext": { -"description": "The context that resulted in the generation of the card.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaGroupCardProtoContext", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentGroup": { +"description": "Represents a mapping between a document type and its corresponding documents. Use for Work in Progress card in v1 homepage.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentGroup", "properties": { -"context": { -"description": "User friendly free text that describes the context of the card (e.g. \"Next meeting with Bob\"). This is largely only applicable when the card is generated from a query.", -"type": "string" -}, -"date": { -"description": "Localized free text that describes the dates represented by the card. Currently, the card will only represent a single day.", -"type": "string" -}, -"eventsRestrict": { -"description": "Represents restrictions applied to the events requested in the user's query.", +"groupType": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Document group type", "enum": [ -"NONE", -"NEXT_MEETING" +"UNKNOWN_TYPE", +"ALL" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"No specific event was requested.", -"The next meeting was requested." +"Unknown type.", +"A mix of all the document types." ], "type": "string" +}, +"personalizedDocument": { +"description": "The list of corresponding documents.", +"items": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocument" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaItem": { -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaItem", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryList": { +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryList", "properties": { -"conflictedGroup": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickConflictingEventsCardProto" +"documents": { +"items": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryListDocumentPerCategoryListEntry" }, -"gapBefore": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickGap" +"type": "array" }, -"meeting": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry" -} +"helpMessage": { +"description": "Localized message explaining how the documents were derived (e.g. from the last 30 days activity). This field is optional.", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "object" +"listType": { +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN_LIST_TYPE", +"MENTIONS", +"SHARES", +"NEEDS_ATTENTION", +"VIEWS", +"EDITS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"All documents in the list correspond to one of the mention categories.", +"All documents in the list correspond to one of the share categories.", +"A mixture of document categories that correspond to documents that need the users attention (e.g. documents that have been explicitly shared with the user but have not been viewed and documents where the user was mentioned but has not replied).", +"All documents in the list correspond to one of the view categories.", +"All documents in the list correspond to one of the edit categories." +], +"type": "string" }, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerAnswerList": { -"description": "A list of answers represented as free text.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerAnswerList", -"properties": { -"labeledAnswer": { -"description": "Answers that have a corresponding label.", -"items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerAnswerListLabeledAnswer" +"listTypeDescription": { +"description": "Description of the types of documents present in the list.", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"responseMessage": { +"description": "Response message in case no documents are present in the card.", +"type": "string" +} }, -"type": { -"description": "Answer type.", +"type": "object" +}, +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryListDocumentPerCategoryListEntry": { +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryListDocumentPerCategoryListEntry", +"properties": { +"category": { "enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"PERSON_ADDRESS", -"PERSON_BIRTHDAY", -"PERSON_DEPARTMENT", -"PERSON_DESK_LOCATION", -"PERSON_EMAIL", -"PERSON_JOB_TITLE", -"PERSON_PHONE" +"UNKNOWN_DOCUMENT", +"ACTIONABLE", +"VIEWED", +"REPLIED", +"MENTION_VIEWED", +"MENTION_REPLIED", +"MENTION_NOT_VIEWED", +"SHARED_AND_VIEWED", +"SHARED_NOT_VIEWED", +"EDITED" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +true, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", "", "", "", -"", -"", -"", -"" +"Mention categories. The mention has been viewed by the user, but the user has not replied.", +"The user has replied to the mention.", +"The mention has not been viewed by the user.", +"Share categories. Consists of documents that have been explicitly shared with the user. Document has been viewed.", +"Document has not been viewed.", +"Document has been edited." ], "type": "string" +}, +"document": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocument" +}, +"rationale": { +"description": "Reason this document was selected.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerAnswerListLabeledAnswer": { -"description": "An answer with a corresponding label.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerAnswerListLabeledAnswer", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickFindMeetingTimeCardProto": { +"description": "Response to find meeting time among a set of people.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickFindMeetingTimeCardProto", "properties": { -"answer": { -"description": "The free text answer.", -"type": "string" +"commonAvailableTimeSlots": { +"description": "Slots when all attendees have availability.", +"items": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickTimeSlot" }, -"label": { -"description": "A localized label for the answer (e.g. \"Cell phone\" vs \"Desk phone\").", +"type": "array" +}, +"invitees": { +"description": "Invitees to the event.", +"items": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPerson" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"requester": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPerson", +"description": "Requester." +}, +"scheduledMeeting": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickScheduledMeeting", +"description": "Details about the scheduled meeting, if one exists." +}, +"skippedInvitees": { +"description": "Invitees that have been skipped in the computation, most likely because they are groups.", +"items": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPerson" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"timeBoundaries": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickTimeSlot", +"description": "Min and max timestamp used to find a common available timeslot." +}, +"timezoneId": { +"description": "Timezone ID.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerSuggestedQueryAnswerCard": { -"description": "Contains a list of suggested queries. Allows the user to determine what natural language queries they can ask Cloud Search (e.g. \"what can I search for?\").", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerSuggestedQueryAnswerCard", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickGap": { +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickGap", "properties": { -"suggestedQueryCategory": { -"description": "A list of queries to suggest.", -"items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerSuggestedQueryCategory" +"displayRemainingTime": { +"description": "Localized time string in the format: 1 hour 15 minutes", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"endTime": { +"description": "Localized time string in the format:(Locale CZ) 8:30 odp.", +"type": "string" +}, +"endTimeMs": { +"format": "uint64", +"type": "string" +}, +"remainingTime": { +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Localized time string in the format:(Locale CZ) 8:30 odp.", +"type": "string" +}, +"startTimeMs": { +"format": "uint64", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerSuggestedQueryCategory": { -"description": "Contains a list of suggested queries for a single category.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerSuggestedQueryCategory", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickGenericAnswerCard": { +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickGenericAnswerCard", "properties": { -"category": { -"description": "The query list category.", -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"CALENDAR", -"DOCUMENT", -"PEOPLE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown.", -"Calendar based queries (e.g. \"my agenda for tomorrow\").", -"Document based queries (e.g. \"files shared with me\").", -"People based queries (e.g. \"what is x's email address?\")." -], +"answer": { +"description": "The answer.", "type": "string" }, -"isEnabled": { -"description": "Whether this category is enabled.", -"type": "boolean" +"title": { +"description": "Title or header of the card.", +"type": "string" +} }, -"query": { -"description": "List of suggested queries to show the user.", +"type": "object" +}, +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickGetAndKeepAheadCardProto": { +"description": "Get and keep ahead card", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickGetAndKeepAheadCardProto", +"properties": { +"declinedEvents": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickGetAndKeepAheadCardProtoDeclinedEvents" +}, +"mentionedDocuments": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryList" +}, +"sharedDocuments": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryList" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickGetAndKeepAheadCardProtoDeclinedEvents": { +"description": "A list of events where all guests declined.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickGetAndKeepAheadCardProtoDeclinedEvents", +"properties": { +"events": { "items": { -"type": "string" +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry" }, "type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickAssistCardProto": { -"description": "Wrapper proto for the Assist cards.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAssistCardProto", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickMeetingNotesCardError": { +"description": "Errors in the creation of meeting notes.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickMeetingNotesCardError", "properties": { -"agendaGroupCardProto": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaGroupCardProto", -"description": "Agenda group card." +"description": { +"description": "The description of the reason why create-meeting-notes failed.", +"type": "string" }, -"cardMetadata": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCardMetadata", -"description": "Card metadata such as chronology and render mode of the card." +"event": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry", +"description": "The event to request meeting notes creation" }, -"cardType": { -"description": "Card type.", +"reason": { +"description": "The reason why create-meeting-notes failed.", "enum": [ -"UNKNOWN_TYPE", -"AGENDA", -"CHANGELISTS", -"CONFLICTING_MEETINGS", -"CREATE_NOTES_FOR_MEETING", -"CREATE_NOTES_FOR_MEETING_REQUEST", -"CUSTOMER_NEWS", -"FIND_MEETING_TIME", -"NEXT_MEETING", -"PERSONALIZED_DOCS", -"TRENDING_DOCS", -"UPCOMING_TRIP", -"SUMMARY", -"MEETINGS", -"HOMEPAGE", -"SHARE_MEETING_DOCS", -"DISCOVER_PEOPLE", -"HOMEPAGE_V3", -"AGENDA_GROUP", -"WORK_IN_PROGRESS", -"GET_AND_KEEP_AHEAD", -"GENERIC_ANSWER_CARD", -"THIRD_PARTY_ANSWER_CARD", -"DOMAIN_TRENDING_DOCS", -"TEAM_TRENDING_DOCS", -"DOCUMENT_LIST_ANSWER_CARD", -"SUGGESTED_QUERY_ANSWER_CARD", -"PERSON_ANSWER_CARD", -"RELATED_PEOPLE_ANSWER_CARD", -"PERSON_KNOWLEDGE_CARD", -"PEOPLE_SEARCH_PROMOTION_CARD" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false +"NONE", +"NOT_OWNER", +"UNKNOWN" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"The default type, an unknown card type.", -"The user's agenda for the day.", -"Changelists.", -"Any group of meetings for the day that are overlapping.", -"Create notes for a meeting specified in the request.", -"Create notes for meeting query.", -"News about your SFDC customers.", -"Find a time for two people to meet.", -"The user's next non-declined meeting.", -"Important documents for you since you have viewed them in the last month and there's some action going on.", -"Documents that are trending in your company. A TRENDING_DOCS card can be of two types: TRENDING_IN_COLLABORATORS (i.e., Stay in the Loop) and TRENDING_IN_DOMAIN (i.e., Popular Content). Use DOMAIN_TRENDING_DOCS/TEAM_TRENDING_DOCS instead.", -"An upcoming trip with all trip information along with calendar events in the destination timezone.", -"The Morning/Evening Summary Card for the next working day.", -"A meeting. When requesting meetings, the service will return a MEETING card for each meeting the user has in his agenda.", -"All cards related to the homepage (agenda, conflicting-meetings, summary, etc...). This type should no longer be used. Use HOMEPAGE_V3 instead.", -"A card to with specifics to share meeting documents with all attendees.", -"Represents a set of users that the requesting user has low affinity with.", -"All cards related to the homepage-v3 (agenda-group, WIP, etc...)", -"A group of agenda-events (meeting, conflicts)", -"The documents that you were recently working on.", -"(v3) The \"get and keep ahead\" card for today and tomorrow", -"Generic answer card.", -"Third party answer card.", -"Documents that are trending in your company/domain (i.e., Popular Content).", -"Documents that are trending in your team (i.e., Stay in the Loop).", -"Documents that match the user's query (e.g. sheets shared with me).", -"A help card that provides examples of queries the user can ask.", -"Answer card for a single person (e.g. what is x's phone number).", -"Answer card for a list of people related to the person that is the subject of the query (e.g. who reports to x).", -"Knowledge card for a single person and their related people.", -"People Search promotion card." +"No reason (default value).", +"The user is not an owner.", +"Unknown reason." ], "type": "string" +} }, -"conflictingMeetingsCard": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickConflictingEventsCardProto", -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Conflicting events card." +"type": "object" }, -"documentListCard": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryList", -"description": "Answer card for documents that are applicable to the current query." +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickMeetingNotesCardProto": { +"description": "Information about the meeting notes created.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickMeetingNotesCardProto", +"properties": { +"event": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry", +"description": "The event to request meeting notes creation." }, -"documentsWithMentions": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryList", -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Documents with mentions." +"fileId": { +"description": "Google Drive ID (a.k.a. resource ID) of the file.", +"type": "string" }, -"findMeetingTimeCard": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickFindMeetingTimeCardProto", -"description": "Find meeting time card." +"title": { +"description": "Title we want to show for meeting notes in the answer card", +"type": "string" }, -"genericAnswerCard": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickGenericAnswerCard", -"description": "Generic answer card." +"url": { +"description": "New URL.", +"type": "string" +} }, -"getAndKeepAheadCard": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickGetAndKeepAheadCardProto", -"description": "Get and keep ahead card." +"type": "object" }, -"meeting": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry", -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Meeting card." +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickMeetingNotesCardRequest": { +"description": "Meeting notes card request.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickMeetingNotesCardRequest", +"properties": { +"canCreateFor": { +"description": "Who are the meeting notes created for.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN", +"MYSELF", +"ALL_ATTENDEES" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unknown (default).", +"For the requester.", +"For all the meeting attendees." +], +"type": "string" }, -"meetingNotesCard": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickMeetingNotesCardProto", -"description": "Meeting notes card." +"type": "array" }, -"meetingNotesCardRequest": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickMeetingNotesCardRequest", -"description": "Request for meeting notes card." +"error": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickMeetingNotesCardError", +"description": "The error and reason if known error occured." }, -"peopleDisambiguationCard": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleDisambiguationCard", -"description": "The people disambiguation card." +"event": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry", +"description": "The event to request meeting notes creation" +} }, -"peoplePromotionCard": { -"$ref": "PeoplePromotionCard", -"description": "People Search promotion card." +"type": "object" }, -"personAnswerCard": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerPersonAnswerCard", -"description": "Answer card that represents a single person." +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickNlpMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about the NLP interpretation of the query.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickNlpMetadata", +"properties": { +"confidence": { +"description": "Confidence of the interpretation that generated this card.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +} }, -"personProfileCard": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPersonProfileCard", -"description": "Full profile card." +"type": "object" }, -"personalizedDocsCard": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPersonalizedDocsCardProto", -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Card with recommended documents for the user." +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerDisambiguationInfo": { +"description": "Metadata for disambiguation.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerDisambiguationInfo", +"properties": { +"disambiguation": { +"description": "A list of people that also matched the query. This list is not complete.", +"items": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerDisambiguationInfoDisambiguationPerson" }, -"relatedPeopleAnswerCard": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerRelatedPeopleAnswerCard", -"description": "Answer card that represents a list of people related to a person." +"type": "array" }, -"shareMeetingDocsCard": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickShareMeetingDocsCardProto", -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Sahre meeting docs card." +"name": { +"description": "The name that was extracted from the query. This may be in the form of the given name, last name, full name, LDAP, or email address. This name can be considered suitable for displaying to the user and can largely be considered to be normalized (e.g. \"Bob's\" -> \"Bob\").", +"type": "string" +} }, -"sharedDocuments": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryList", -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Shared documents." +"type": "object" }, -"suggestedQueryAnswerCard": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerSuggestedQueryAnswerCard", -"description": "Answer card for what natural language queries the user can ask." +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerDisambiguationInfoDisambiguationPerson": { +"description": "A person that also matches the query, but was not selected due to a lower affinity with the requesting user.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerDisambiguationInfoDisambiguationPerson", +"properties": { +"person": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson", +"description": "The profile of this person." }, -"thirdPartyAnswerCard": { -"$ref": "ThirdPartyGenericCard", -"description": "Third party answer cards." +"query": { +"description": "The query that can be used to produce an answer card with the same attribute, but for this person.", +"type": "string" +} }, -"workInProgressCardProto": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickRecentDocumentsCardProto", -"description": "Work In Progress card." +"type": "object" +}, +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerPeopleAnswerCardHeader": { +"description": "Recommended header to display for the card.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerPeopleAnswerCardHeader", +"properties": { +"title": { +"description": "The suggested title to display. This defaults to the user's query.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickCardMetadata": { -"description": "Card metadata.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCardMetadata", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerPersonAnswerCard": { +"description": "An answer card for a single person.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerPersonAnswerCard", "properties": { -"cardCategory": { -"description": "Declares a preference for how this card should be packed in MSCR. All cards in a response must correspond to a single category. As a result, cards may be dropped from the response if this field is set. Any card that does not match the category of the card with the highest priority in the response will be dropped.", -"enum": [ -"DEFAULT", -"ANSWER", -"KNOWLEDGE", -"HOMEPAGE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Let MSCR decide how this card should be packed. Most cards should choose this type. This type should largely be considered equivalent to ANSWER. However, this is not guaranteed to be the case as the request to MSCR may override the static configuration.", -"This card should be rendered as an answer card.", -"This card should be rendered as a knowledge card (a non-organic result).", -"This card should be rendered in the Homepage." -], -"type": "string" +"answer": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "List of answers.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SafeHtmlProto" }, -"cardId": { -"description": "An ID to identify the card and match actions to it. Be thoughtful of new card IDs since actions will be associated to that ID. E.g., if two card IDs collide, the system will think that the actions have been applied to the same card. Similarly, if EAS can return multiple cards of the same type (e.g., Meetings), ensure that the card_id identifies a given instance of the card so that, e.g., dismissals only affect the dismissed card as opposed to affecting all meeting cards.", -"type": "string" +"type": "array" }, -"chronology": { -"description": "Chronology.", +"answerText": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerAnswerList", +"description": "List of answers." +}, +"disambiguationInfo": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerDisambiguationInfo", +"description": "Disambiguation information." +}, +"header": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerPeopleAnswerCardHeader", +"description": "The header to display for the card." +}, +"responseStatus": { +"description": "The response status.", "enum": [ "UNKNOWN", -"PAST", -"RECENTLY_PAST", -"PRESENT", -"NEAR_FUTURE", -"FUTURE" +"SUCCESS", +"MISSING_PERSON", +"MISSING_DATA" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown chronology (default).", -"Past.", -"Recently past.", -"Present.", -"Near future.", -"Future." +"Unknown.", +"Success.", +"No such person was found in the user's domain.", +"A person was found to match the query, but an answer could not be obtained." ], "type": "string" }, -"debugInfo": { -"description": "Debug info (only reported if request's debug_level > 0).", +"statusMessage": { +"description": "Localized user friendly message to display to the user in the case of missing data or an error.", "type": "string" }, -"nlpMetadata": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickNlpMetadata", -"description": "Information about the NLP done to get the card." -}, -"rankingParams": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickRankingParams", -"description": "Ranking params." -}, -"renderMode": { -"description": "Render mode.", -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN_RENDER", -"COLLAPSED", -"EXPANDED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown mode (default).", -"Collapsed.", -"Expanded." -], -"type": "string" +"subject": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson", +"description": "The profile of the person that was the subject of the query." } }, "type": "object" }, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDebugInfo": { -"description": "Container of debugging information in all object levels. Extend as needed.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDebugInfo", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerRelatedPeopleAnswerCard": { +"description": "An answer card for a list of people that are related to the subject of the query.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerRelatedPeopleAnswerCard", "properties": { -"message": { -"description": "Debug message.", -"type": "string" -} +"disambiguationInfo": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerDisambiguationInfo", +"description": "Disambiguation information." }, -"type": "object" +"header": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerPeopleAnswerCardHeader", +"description": "The header to display for the card." }, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocument": { -"description": "Representation of a document. NEXT_TAG: 15", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocument", -"properties": { -"accessType": { -"description": "Access type, i.e., whether the user has access to the document or not.", +"relatedPeople": { +"description": "A list of people that are related to the query subject.", +"items": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"relationType": { +"description": "Defines the type of relation the list of people have with the subject of the card.", "enum": [ -"UNKNOWN_ACCESS", -"ALLOWED", -"NOT_ALLOWED" +"UNKNOWN", +"DIRECT_REPORTS", +"MANAGER", +"PEERS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown access type.", -"Access allowed.", -"Access not allowed." +"Unknown.", +"Direct reports.", +"The manager.", +"The teammates/peers of the subject." ], "type": "string" }, -"debugInfo": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDebugInfo", -"description": "Information for debugging." +"responseStatus": { +"description": "The response status.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN", +"SUCCESS", +"MISSING_PERSON", +"MISSING_DATA" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unknown.", +"Success.", +"No such person was found in the user's domain.", +"A person was found to match the query, but an answer could not be obtained." +], +"type": "string" }, -"documentId": { -"description": "Document id.", +"statusMessage": { +"description": "Localized user friendly message to display to the user in the case of missing data or an error.", "type": "string" }, -"driveDocumentMetadata": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocumentDriveDocumentMetadata", -"description": "Drive document metadata." +"subject": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson", +"description": "The profile of the person that was the subject of the query." +} }, -"genericUrl": { -"description": "Generic Drive-based url in the format of drive.google.com/open to be used for deeplink", -"type": "string" +"type": "object" }, -"justification": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocumentJustification", -"description": "Justification on why the document is selected." +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleDisambiguationCard": { +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleDisambiguationCard", +"properties": { +"person": { +"description": "Candidate persons for the query.", +"items": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson" }, -"mimeType": { -"description": "MIME type", -"type": "string" +"type": "array" +} }, -"provenance": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Document provenance.", +"type": "object" +}, +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPerson": { +"description": "Person.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPerson", +"properties": { +"affinityLevel": { +"description": "The level of affinity this person has with the requesting user.", "enum": [ -"UNKNOWN_PROVENANCE", -"CALENDAR_DESCRIPTION", -"CALENDAR_ATTACHMENT", -"MINED", -"CALENDAR_ASSIST_ATTACHMENT" +"UNKNOWN", +"LOW", +"MEDIUM", +"HIGH" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown provenance.", -"Calendar event description.", -"Calendar event attachment.", -"Mined (extracted by some offline/online analysis).", -"Attachment created by enterprise assist." +"", +"", +"", +"" ], "type": "string" }, -"reason": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Justification of why this document is being returned.", +"attendingStatus": { +"description": "Attendance status of the person when included in a meeting event.", "enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"TRENDING_IN_COLLABORATORS", -"TRENDING_IN_DOMAIN", -"FREQUENTLY_VIEWED", -"FREQUENTLY_EDITED", -"NEW_UPDATES", -"NEW_COMMENTS", -"EVENT_DESCRIPTION", -"EVENT_ATTACHMENT", -"EVENT_METADATA_ATTACHMENT", -"MINED_DOCUMENT", -"NEW_MENTIONS", -"NEW_SHARES" +"AWAITING", +"YES", +"NO", +"MAYBE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown justification.", -"Popular documents within collaborators.", -"Popular documents within the domain.", -"Documents being reviewed frequently by the current user .", -"Documents being edited frequently by the current user .", -"Documents updated since user's last visit.", -"Documents that receive comments since user's last visit.", -"Documents in the calendar event description.", -"Documents in the calendar event attachments section.", -"Documents attached in calendar event metadata instead of the attachment section. Event metadata is not visible to the final user. Enterprise assist uses this metadata to store auto-generated documents such as meeting notes.", -"Documents mined, and so, probably related to the request context. For example, this category includes documents related to a meeting.", -"Documents that contains mentions of the user.", -"Documents that are shared with the user." +"Awaiting for the user to set the status.", +"Attending.", +"Not attending.", +"Tentatively attending." ], "type": "string" }, -"snippet": { -"description": "A sampling of the text from the document.", +"email": { +"description": "Email.", "type": "string" }, -"thumbnailUrl": { -"description": "Thumbnail URL.", +"gaiaId": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Gaia id.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"title": { -"description": "Title of the document.", +"isGroup": { +"description": "Whether the invitee is a group.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Name.", "type": "string" }, -"type": { -"description": "Type of the document.", +"obfuscatedGaiaId": { +"description": "Obfuscated Gaia id.", +"type": "string" +}, +"photoUrl": { +"description": "Absolute URL to the profile photo of the person.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPersonProfileCard": { +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPersonProfileCard", +"properties": { +"relatedPeople": { +"items": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPersonProfileCardRelatedPeople" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"subject": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson", +"description": "The subject of the card." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPersonProfileCardRelatedPeople": { +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPersonProfileCardRelatedPeople", +"properties": { +"relatedPerson": { +"description": "Related people.", +"items": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"relation": { +"description": "Relation type.", "enum": [ "UNKNOWN", -"DOCUMENT", -"PRESENTATION", -"SPREADSHEET", -"PDF", -"IMAGE", -"BINARY_BLOB", -"FUSION_TABLE", -"FOLDER", -"DRAWING", -"VIDEO", -"FORM", -"LINK_URL", -"LINK_GO", -"LINK_GOO_GL", -"LINK_BIT_LY", -"LINK_GMAIL", -"LINK_MAILTO", -"VIDEO_YOUTUBE", -"VIDEO_LIVE", -"GROUPS", -"NEWS", -"SITES", -"HANGOUT", -"AUDIO", -"MS_WORD", -"MS_POWERPOINT", -"MS_EXCEL", -"MS_OUTLOOK" +"MANAGER", +"DIRECT_REPORT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"If the type is unknown or not represented in this enum.", -"Drive document types Writely, Word, etc.", -"Presently, PowerPoint, etc.", -"Trix, Excel, etc.", -"File types for Gdrive objects are below. PDF.", -"Image.", -"Fall-back for unknown Gdrive types.", -"Fusion table.", -"Folder.", -"Drawing.", -"Video.", -"Form.", -"Link formats uncategorized URL links", -"meaningful links that should be renderred specifically", -"Link to goo.gl.", -"Link to bit_ly.", -"Link to Gmail.", -"Mailto link.", -"Videos Youtube videos.", -"Live streams (e.g., liveplayer.googleplex.com)", -"Other types. Google Groups.", -"Google News.", -"Google Sites.", -"Google Hangout.", -"Audio files.", -"Microsoft-specific file types.", "", "", "" ], "type": "string" -}, -"url": { -"description": "Absolute URL of the document.", -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocumentDriveDocumentMetadata": { -"description": "Meta data for drive documents.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocumentDriveDocumentMetadata", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPersonalizedDocsCardProto": { +"description": "Personalized docs card proto.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPersonalizedDocsCardProto", "properties": { -"documentId": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "The drive document cosmo id. Client could use the id to build a URL to open a document. Please use Document.document_id.", -"type": "string" +"documentGroup": { +"description": "Document group.", +"items": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentGroup" }, -"isPrivate": { -"description": "Additional field to identify whether a document is private since scope set to LIMITED can mean both that the doc is private or that it's shared with others. is_private indicates whether the doc is not shared with anyone except for the owner.", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "array" +} }, -"lastCommentTimeMs": { -"description": "Timestamp of the most recent comment added to the document in milliseconds since epoch.", -"format": "uint64", -"type": "string" +"type": "object" }, -"lastEditTimeMs": { -"description": "Timestamp of the most recent edit from the current user in milliseconds since epoch.", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickRankingParams": { +"description": "Ranking params.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickRankingParams", +"properties": { +"endTimeMs": { +"description": "The end-time that this object will expect to occur. If the type is marked as FIXED, then this end-time will persist after bidding. If the type is marked as FLEXIBLE, this field is NOT expected to be filled and will be filled in after it has won a bid. Expected to be set when type is set to FIXED.", "format": "uint64", "type": "string" }, -"lastModificationTimeMillis": { -"description": "Last modification time of the document (independent of the user that modified it).", -"format": "int64", +"priority": { +"description": "The priority to determine between objects that have the same start_time_ms The lower-value of priority == ranked higher. Max-priority = 0. Expected to be set for all types.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN", +"CRITICAL", +"IMPORTANT", +"HIGH", +"NORMAL", +"BEST_EFFORT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unknown (default).", +"Critical.", +"Important.", +"High.", +"Normal.", +"Best effort." +], "type": "string" }, -"lastUpdatedTimeMs": { -"description": "Timestamp of the last updated time of the document in milliseconds since epoch.", +"score": { +"description": "The score of the card to be used to break priority-ties", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"spanMs": { +"description": "The span that this card will take in the stream Expected to be set when type is set to FLEXIBLE.", "format": "uint64", "type": "string" }, -"lastViewTimeMs": { -"description": "Timestamp of the most recent view from the current user in milliseconds since epoch.", +"startTimeMs": { +"description": "The start-time that this object will bid-for If the type is marked as FIXED, then this start-time will persist after bidding. If the type is marked as FLEXIBLE, then it will occur at the given time or sometime after the requested time. Expected to be set for all types.", "format": "uint64", "type": "string" }, -"owner": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson", -"description": "The owner of the document." -}, -"scope": { -"description": "ACL scope of the document which identifies the sharing status of the doc (e.g., limited, shared with link, team drive, ...).", +"type": { +"description": "The packing type of this object.", "enum": [ -"UNKNOWN_DOCUMENT_SCOPE", -"LIMITED", -"DASHER_DOMAIN_WITH_LINK", -"DASHER_DOMAIN", -"PUBLIC_WITH_LINK", -"PUBLIC", -"TEAM_DRIVE" +"FIXED", +"FLEXIBLE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"" +"Fixed, i.e., the card is time sensitive.", +"Flexible, i.e., the card is not time sensitive." ], "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocumentJustification": { -"description": "Justification of why we are reporting the document.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocumentJustification", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickRecentDocumentsCardProto": { +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickRecentDocumentsCardProto", "properties": { -"justification": { -"description": "A locale aware message that explains why this document was selected.", -"type": "string" +"document": { +"items": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocument" }, -"reason": { -"description": "Reason on why the document is selected. Populate for trending documents.", -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"TRENDING_IN_COLLABORATORS", -"TRENDING_IN_DOMAIN", -"FREQUENTLY_VIEWED", -"FREQUENTLY_EDITED", -"NEW_UPDATES", -"NEW_COMMENTS", -"EVENT_DESCRIPTION", -"EVENT_ATTACHMENT", -"EVENT_METADATA_ATTACHMENT", -"MINED_DOCUMENT", -"NEW_MENTIONS", -"NEW_SHARES" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown justification.", -"Popular documents within collaborators.", -"Popular documents within the domain.", -"Documents being reviewed frequently by the current user .", -"Documents being edited frequently by the current user .", -"Documents updated since user's last visit.", -"Documents that receive comments since user's last visit.", -"Documents in the calendar event description.", -"Documents in the calendar event attachments section.", -"Documents attached in calendar event metadata instead of the attachment section. Event metadata is not visible to the final user. Enterprise assist uses this metadata to store auto-generated documents such as meeting notes.", -"Documents mined, and so, probably related to the request context. For example, this category includes documents related to a meeting.", -"Documents that contains mentions of the user.", -"Documents that are shared with the user." -], -"type": "string" +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson": { -"description": "Common representation of a person.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickScheduledMeeting": { +"description": "Details about scheduled meetings.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickScheduledMeeting", "properties": { -"birthday": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPersonBirthday", -"description": "The birthday." +"meetingLocation": { +"description": "The meeting location.", +"type": "string" }, -"cellPhone": { -"description": "Cell phone number.", -"type": "string" -}, -"department": { -"description": "The department the person works in (e.g. Engineering).", -"type": "string" -}, -"deskLocation": { -"description": "Desk location (e.g. US-MTV-PR55-5-5B1I).", -"type": "string" -}, -"deskPhone": { -"description": "Work desk phone number.", -"type": "string" -}, -"displayName": { -"description": "The full name.", -"type": "string" -}, -"email": { -"description": "Email.", -"type": "string" -}, -"familyName": { -"description": "The last name.", -"type": "string" -}, -"fullAddress": { -"description": "The fully formatted address (e.g. 1255 Pear Avenue, Mountain View 94043, United States).", -"type": "string" -}, -"gaiaId": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "This field is deprecated. The obfuscated_id should be used instead.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"givenName": { -"description": "The first name.", -"type": "string" -}, -"jobTitle": { -"description": "The person's job title (e.g. Software Engineer).", -"type": "string" -}, -"manager": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson", -"description": "The manager." -}, -"obfuscatedId": { -"description": "The obfuscated GAIA ID.", -"type": "string" -}, -"photoUrl": { -"description": "The URL for the Focus profile picture.", -"type": "string" -}, -"streetAddress": { -"description": "The street address (e.g. 1255 Pear Avenue).", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" +"meetingTime": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickTimeSlot", +"description": "The meeting time slot." }, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPersonBirthday": { -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPersonBirthday", -"properties": { -"value": { -"description": "Unstructured birthday.", +"meetingTitle": { +"description": "The meeting title.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickConflictingEventsCardProto": { -"description": "Conflicting meetings card proto.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickConflictingEventsCardProto", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickShareMeetingDocsCardProto": { +"description": "Share meeting docs card proto.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickShareMeetingDocsCardProto", "properties": { -"conflictingEvent": { -"description": "All the events that conflict with main_event.", +"document": { +"description": "Documents to share for the given meeting.", "items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry" +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocument" }, "type": "array" }, -"mainEvent": { +"event": { "$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry", -"description": "The event identified as being the most important." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentGroup": { -"description": "Represents a mapping between a document type and its corresponding documents. Use for Work in Progress card in v1 homepage.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentGroup", -"properties": { -"groupType": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Document group type", -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN_TYPE", -"ALL" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown type.", -"A mix of all the document types." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"personalizedDocument": { -"description": "The list of corresponding documents.", -"items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocument" -}, -"type": "array" +"description": "Event." } }, "type": "object" }, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryList": { -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryList", +"EnterpriseTopazSidekickTimeSlot": { +"description": "Slot of time.", +"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickTimeSlot", "properties": { -"documents": { -"items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryListDocumentPerCategoryListEntry" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"helpMessage": { -"description": "Localized message explaining how the documents were derived (e.g. from the last 30 days activity). This field is optional.", -"type": "string" -}, -"listType": { -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN_LIST_TYPE", -"MENTIONS", -"SHARES", -"NEEDS_ATTENTION", -"VIEWS", -"EDITS" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"All documents in the list correspond to one of the mention categories.", -"All documents in the list correspond to one of the share categories.", -"A mixture of document categories that correspond to documents that need the users attention (e.g. documents that have been explicitly shared with the user but have not been viewed and documents where the user was mentioned but has not replied).", -"All documents in the list correspond to one of the view categories.", -"All documents in the list correspond to one of the edit categories." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"listTypeDescription": { -"description": "Description of the types of documents present in the list.", -"type": "string" -}, -"responseMessage": { -"description": "Response message in case no documents are present in the card.", +"endTimeDay": { +"description": "Day end time at the user's timezone.", "type": "string" -} }, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryListDocumentPerCategoryListEntry": { -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryListDocumentPerCategoryListEntry", -"properties": { -"category": { -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN_DOCUMENT", -"ACTIONABLE", -"VIEWED", -"REPLIED", -"MENTION_VIEWED", -"MENTION_REPLIED", -"MENTION_NOT_VIEWED", -"SHARED_AND_VIEWED", -"SHARED_NOT_VIEWED", -"EDITED" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -true, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Mention categories. The mention has been viewed by the user, but the user has not replied.", -"The user has replied to the mention.", -"The mention has not been viewed by the user.", -"Share categories. Consists of documents that have been explicitly shared with the user. Document has been viewed.", -"Document has not been viewed.", -"Document has been edited." -], +"endTimeHourAndMinute": { +"description": "Hour and minute of the end time at the user's timezone.", "type": "string" }, -"document": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocument" -}, -"rationale": { -"description": "Reason this document was selected.", +"endTimeInMillis": { +"description": "End time in milliseconds.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickFindMeetingTimeCardProto": { -"description": "Response to find meeting time among a set of people.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickFindMeetingTimeCardProto", -"properties": { -"commonAvailableTimeSlots": { -"description": "Slots when all attendees have availability.", -"items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickTimeSlot" }, -"type": "array" -}, -"invitees": { -"description": "Invitees to the event.", -"items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPerson" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"requester": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPerson", -"description": "Requester." -}, -"scheduledMeeting": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickScheduledMeeting", -"description": "Details about the scheduled meeting, if one exists." -}, -"skippedInvitees": { -"description": "Invitees that have been skipped in the computation, most likely because they are groups.", -"items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPerson" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"timeBoundaries": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickTimeSlot", -"description": "Min and max timestamp used to find a common available timeslot." -}, -"timezoneId": { -"description": "Timezone ID.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickGap": { -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickGap", -"properties": { -"displayRemainingTime": { -"description": "Localized time string in the format: 1 hour 15 minutes", -"type": "string" -}, -"endTime": { -"description": "Localized time string in the format:(Locale CZ) 8:30 odp.", -"type": "string" -}, -"endTimeMs": { -"format": "uint64", -"type": "string" -}, -"remainingTime": { -"format": "google-duration", -"type": "string" -}, -"startTime": { -"description": "Localized time string in the format:(Locale CZ) 8:30 odp.", -"type": "string" -}, -"startTimeMs": { -"format": "uint64", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickGenericAnswerCard": { -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickGenericAnswerCard", -"properties": { -"answer": { -"description": "The answer.", -"type": "string" -}, -"title": { -"description": "Title or header of the card.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickGetAndKeepAheadCardProto": { -"description": "Get and keep ahead card", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickGetAndKeepAheadCardProto", -"properties": { -"declinedEvents": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickGetAndKeepAheadCardProtoDeclinedEvents" -}, -"mentionedDocuments": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryList" -}, -"sharedDocuments": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentPerCategoryList" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickGetAndKeepAheadCardProtoDeclinedEvents": { -"description": "A list of events where all guests declined.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickGetAndKeepAheadCardProtoDeclinedEvents", -"properties": { -"events": { -"items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickMeetingNotesCardError": { -"description": "Errors in the creation of meeting notes.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickMeetingNotesCardError", -"properties": { -"description": { -"description": "The description of the reason why create-meeting-notes failed.", -"type": "string" -}, -"event": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry", -"description": "The event to request meeting notes creation" -}, -"reason": { -"description": "The reason why create-meeting-notes failed.", -"enum": [ -"NONE", -"NOT_OWNER", -"UNKNOWN" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"No reason (default value).", -"The user is not an owner.", -"Unknown reason." -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickMeetingNotesCardProto": { -"description": "Information about the meeting notes created.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickMeetingNotesCardProto", -"properties": { -"event": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry", -"description": "The event to request meeting notes creation." -}, -"fileId": { -"description": "Google Drive ID (a.k.a. resource ID) of the file.", -"type": "string" -}, -"title": { -"description": "Title we want to show for meeting notes in the answer card", -"type": "string" -}, -"url": { -"description": "New URL.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickMeetingNotesCardRequest": { -"description": "Meeting notes card request.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickMeetingNotesCardRequest", -"properties": { -"canCreateFor": { -"description": "Who are the meeting notes created for.", -"items": { -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"MYSELF", -"ALL_ATTENDEES" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown (default).", -"For the requester.", -"For all the meeting attendees." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"error": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickMeetingNotesCardError", -"description": "The error and reason if known error occured." -}, -"event": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry", -"description": "The event to request meeting notes creation" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickNlpMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata about the NLP interpretation of the query.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickNlpMetadata", -"properties": { -"confidence": { -"description": "Confidence of the interpretation that generated this card.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerDisambiguationInfo": { -"description": "Metadata for disambiguation.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerDisambiguationInfo", -"properties": { -"disambiguation": { -"description": "A list of people that also matched the query. This list is not complete.", -"items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerDisambiguationInfoDisambiguationPerson" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"name": { -"description": "The name that was extracted from the query. This may be in the form of the given name, last name, full name, LDAP, or email address. This name can be considered suitable for displaying to the user and can largely be considered to be normalized (e.g. \"Bob's\" -> \"Bob\").", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerDisambiguationInfoDisambiguationPerson": { -"description": "A person that also matches the query, but was not selected due to a lower affinity with the requesting user.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerDisambiguationInfoDisambiguationPerson", -"properties": { -"person": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson", -"description": "The profile of this person." -}, -"query": { -"description": "The query that can be used to produce an answer card with the same attribute, but for this person.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerPeopleAnswerCardHeader": { -"description": "Recommended header to display for the card.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerPeopleAnswerCardHeader", -"properties": { -"title": { -"description": "The suggested title to display. This defaults to the user's query.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerPersonAnswerCard": { -"description": "An answer card for a single person.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerPersonAnswerCard", -"properties": { -"answer": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "List of answers.", -"items": { -"$ref": "SafeHtmlProto" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"answerText": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAnswerAnswerList", -"description": "List of answers." -}, -"disambiguationInfo": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerDisambiguationInfo", -"description": "Disambiguation information." -}, -"header": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerPeopleAnswerCardHeader", -"description": "The header to display for the card." -}, -"responseStatus": { -"description": "The response status.", -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"SUCCESS", -"MISSING_PERSON", -"MISSING_DATA" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown.", -"Success.", -"No such person was found in the user's domain.", -"A person was found to match the query, but an answer could not be obtained." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"statusMessage": { -"description": "Localized user friendly message to display to the user in the case of missing data or an error.", -"type": "string" -}, -"subject": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson", -"description": "The profile of the person that was the subject of the query." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerRelatedPeopleAnswerCard": { -"description": "An answer card for a list of people that are related to the subject of the query.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerRelatedPeopleAnswerCard", -"properties": { -"disambiguationInfo": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerDisambiguationInfo", -"description": "Disambiguation information." -}, -"header": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleAnswerPeopleAnswerCardHeader", -"description": "The header to display for the card." -}, -"relatedPeople": { -"description": "A list of people that are related to the query subject.", -"items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"relationType": { -"description": "Defines the type of relation the list of people have with the subject of the card.", -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"DIRECT_REPORTS", -"MANAGER", -"PEERS" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown.", -"Direct reports.", -"The manager.", -"The teammates/peers of the subject." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"responseStatus": { -"description": "The response status.", -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"SUCCESS", -"MISSING_PERSON", -"MISSING_DATA" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown.", -"Success.", -"No such person was found in the user's domain.", -"A person was found to match the query, but an answer could not be obtained." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"statusMessage": { -"description": "Localized user friendly message to display to the user in the case of missing data or an error.", -"type": "string" -}, -"subject": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson", -"description": "The profile of the person that was the subject of the query." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleDisambiguationCard": { -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPeopleDisambiguationCard", -"properties": { -"person": { -"description": "Candidate persons for the query.", -"items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPerson": { -"description": "Person.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPerson", -"properties": { -"affinityLevel": { -"description": "The level of affinity this person has with the requesting user.", -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"LOW", -"MEDIUM", -"HIGH" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"attendingStatus": { -"description": "Attendance status of the person when included in a meeting event.", -"enum": [ -"AWAITING", -"YES", -"NO", -"MAYBE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Awaiting for the user to set the status.", -"Attending.", -"Not attending.", -"Tentatively attending." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"email": { -"description": "Email.", -"type": "string" -}, -"gaiaId": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Gaia id.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"isGroup": { -"description": "Whether the invitee is a group.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Name.", -"type": "string" -}, -"obfuscatedGaiaId": { -"description": "Obfuscated Gaia id.", -"type": "string" -}, -"photoUrl": { -"description": "Absolute URL to the profile photo of the person.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPersonProfileCard": { -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPersonProfileCard", -"properties": { -"relatedPeople": { -"items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPersonProfileCardRelatedPeople" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"subject": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson", -"description": "The subject of the card." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPersonProfileCardRelatedPeople": { -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPersonProfileCardRelatedPeople", -"properties": { -"relatedPerson": { -"description": "Related people.", -"items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonPerson" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"relation": { -"description": "Relation type.", -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"MANAGER", -"DIRECT_REPORT" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickPersonalizedDocsCardProto": { -"description": "Personalized docs card proto.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickPersonalizedDocsCardProto", -"properties": { -"documentGroup": { -"description": "Document group.", -"items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickDocumentGroup" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickRankingParams": { -"description": "Ranking params.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickRankingParams", -"properties": { -"endTimeMs": { -"description": "The end-time that this object will expect to occur. If the type is marked as FIXED, then this end-time will persist after bidding. If the type is marked as FLEXIBLE, this field is NOT expected to be filled and will be filled in after it has won a bid. Expected to be set when type is set to FIXED.", -"format": "uint64", -"type": "string" -}, -"priority": { -"description": "The priority to determine between objects that have the same start_time_ms The lower-value of priority == ranked higher. Max-priority = 0. Expected to be set for all types.", -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"CRITICAL", -"IMPORTANT", -"HIGH", -"NORMAL", -"BEST_EFFORT" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown (default).", -"Critical.", -"Important.", -"High.", -"Normal.", -"Best effort." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"score": { -"description": "The score of the card to be used to break priority-ties", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"spanMs": { -"description": "The span that this card will take in the stream Expected to be set when type is set to FLEXIBLE.", -"format": "uint64", -"type": "string" -}, -"startTimeMs": { -"description": "The start-time that this object will bid-for If the type is marked as FIXED, then this start-time will persist after bidding. If the type is marked as FLEXIBLE, then it will occur at the given time or sometime after the requested time. Expected to be set for all types.", -"format": "uint64", -"type": "string" -}, -"type": { -"description": "The packing type of this object.", -"enum": [ -"FIXED", -"FLEXIBLE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Fixed, i.e., the card is time sensitive.", -"Flexible, i.e., the card is not time sensitive." -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickRecentDocumentsCardProto": { -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickRecentDocumentsCardProto", -"properties": { -"document": { -"items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocument" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickScheduledMeeting": { -"description": "Details about scheduled meetings.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickScheduledMeeting", -"properties": { -"meetingLocation": { -"description": "The meeting location.", -"type": "string" -}, -"meetingTime": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickTimeSlot", -"description": "The meeting time slot." -}, -"meetingTitle": { -"description": "The meeting title.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickShareMeetingDocsCardProto": { -"description": "Share meeting docs card proto.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickShareMeetingDocsCardProto", -"properties": { -"document": { -"description": "Documents to share for the given meeting.", -"items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickCommonDocument" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"event": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickAgendaEntry", -"description": "Event." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnterpriseTopazSidekickTimeSlot": { -"description": "Slot of time.", -"id": "EnterpriseTopazSidekickTimeSlot", -"properties": { -"endTimeDay": { -"description": "Day end time at the user's timezone.", -"type": "string" -}, -"endTimeHourAndMinute": { -"description": "Hour and minute of the end time at the user's timezone.", -"type": "string" -}, -"endTimeInMillis": { -"description": "End time in milliseconds.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"startTimeDay": { -"description": "Day start time at user's timezone.", -"type": "string" -}, -"startTimeHourAndMinute": { -"description": "Hour and minute of the start time at the user's timezone.", -"type": "string" -}, -"startTimeInMillis": { -"description": "Start time in milliseconds.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnumOperatorOptions": { -"description": "Used to provide a search operator for enum properties. This is optional. Search operators let users restrict the query to specific fields relevant to the type of item being searched. For example, if you provide no operator for a *priority* enum property with possible values *p0* and *p1*, a query that contains the term *p0* returns items that have *p0* as the value of the *priority* property, as well as any items that contain the string *p0* in other fields. If you provide an operator name for the enum, such as *priority*, then search users can use that operator to refine results to only items that have *p0* as this property's value, with the query *priority:p0*.", -"id": "EnumOperatorOptions", -"properties": { -"operatorName": { -"description": "Indicates the operator name required in the query in order to isolate the enum property. For example, if operatorName is *priority* and the property's name is *priorityVal*, then queries like *priority:* show results only where the value of the property named *priorityVal* matches **. By contrast, a search that uses the same ** without an operator returns all items where ** matches the value of any String properties or text within the content field for the item. The operator name can only contain lowercase letters (a-z). The maximum length is 32 characters.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnumPropertyOptions": { -"description": "The options for enum properties, which allow you to define a restricted set of strings to match user queries, set rankings for those string values, and define an operator name to be paired with those strings so that users can narrow results to only items with a specific value. For example, for items in a request tracking system with priority information, you could define *p0* as an allowable enum value and tie this enum to the operator name *priority* so that search users could add *priority:p0* to their query to restrict the set of results to only those items indexed with the value *p0*.", -"id": "EnumPropertyOptions", -"properties": { -"operatorOptions": { -"$ref": "EnumOperatorOptions", -"description": "If set, describes how the enum should be used as a search operator." -}, -"orderedRanking": { -"description": "Used to specify the ordered ranking for the enumeration that determines how the integer values provided in the possible EnumValuePairs are used to rank results. If specified, integer values must be provided for all possible EnumValuePair values given for this property. Can only be used if isRepeatable is false.", -"enum": [ -"NO_ORDER", -"ASCENDING", -"DESCENDING" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"There is no ranking order for the property. Results aren't adjusted by this property's value.", -"This property is ranked in ascending order. Lower values indicate lower ranking.", -"This property is ranked in descending order. Lower values indicate higher ranking." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"possibleValues": { -"description": "The list of possible values for the enumeration property. All EnumValuePairs must provide a string value. If you specify an integer value for one EnumValuePair, then all possible EnumValuePairs must provide an integer value. Both the string value and integer value must be unique over all possible values. Once set, possible values cannot be removed or modified. If you supply an ordered ranking and think you might insert additional enum values in the future, leave gaps in the initial integer values to allow adding a value in between previously registered values. The maximum number of elements is 100.", -"items": { -"$ref": "EnumValuePair" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnumValuePair": { -"description": "The enumeration value pair defines two things: a required string value and an optional integer value. The string value defines the necessary query term required to retrieve that item, such as *p0* for a priority item. The integer value determines the ranking of that string value relative to other enumerated values for the same property. For example, you might associate *p0* with *0* and define another enum pair such as *p1* and *1*. You must use the integer value in combination with ordered ranking to set the ranking of a given value relative to other enumerated values for the same property name. Here, a ranking order of DESCENDING for *priority* properties results in a ranking boost for items indexed with a value of *p0* compared to items indexed with a value of *p1*. Without a specified ranking order, the integer value has no effect on item ranking.", -"id": "EnumValuePair", -"properties": { -"integerValue": { -"description": "The integer value of the EnumValuePair which must be non-negative. Optional.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"stringValue": { -"description": "The string value of the EnumValuePair. The maximum length is 32 characters.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EnumValues": { -"description": "List of enum values.", -"id": "EnumValues", -"properties": { -"values": { -"description": "The maximum allowable length for string values is 32 characters.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ErrorInfo": { -"description": "Error information about the response.", -"id": "ErrorInfo", -"properties": { -"errorMessages": { -"items": { -"$ref": "ErrorMessage" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ErrorMessage": { -"description": "Error message per source response.", -"id": "ErrorMessage", -"properties": { -"errorMessage": { -"type": "string" -}, -"source": { -"$ref": "Source" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"FacetBucket": { -"description": "A bucket in a facet is the basic unit of operation. A bucket can comprise either a single value OR a contiguous range of values, depending on the type of the field bucketed. FacetBucket is currently used only for returning the response object.", -"id": "FacetBucket", -"properties": { -"count": { -"description": "Number of results that match the bucket value. Counts are only returned for searches when count accuracy is ensured. Cloud Search does not guarantee facet counts for any query and facet counts might be present only intermittently, even for identical queries. Do not build dependencies on facet count existence; instead use facet ount percentages which are always returned.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"filter": { -"$ref": "Filter", -"description": "Filter to be passed in the search request if the corresponding bucket is selected." -}, -"percentage": { -"description": "Percent of results that match the bucket value. The returned value is between (0-100], and is rounded down to an integer if fractional. If the value is not explicitly returned, it represents a percentage value that rounds to 0. Percentages are returned for all searches, but are an estimate. Because percentages are always returned, you should render percentages instead of counts.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"value": { -"$ref": "Value" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"FacetOptions": { -"description": "Specifies operators to return facet results for. There will be one FacetResult for every source_name/object_type/operator_name combination.", -"id": "FacetOptions", -"properties": { -"integerFacetingOptions": { -"$ref": "IntegerFacetingOptions", -"description": "If set, describes integer faceting options for the given integer property. The corresponding integer property in the schema should be marked isFacetable. The number of buckets returned would be minimum of this and num_facet_buckets." -}, -"numFacetBuckets": { -"description": "Maximum number of facet buckets that should be returned for this facet. Defaults to 10. Maximum value is 100.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"objectType": { -"description": "If object_type is set, only those objects of that type will be used to compute facets. If empty, then all objects will be used to compute facets.", -"type": "string" -}, -"operatorName": { -"description": "The name of the operator chosen for faceting. @see cloudsearch.SchemaPropertyOptions", -"type": "string" -}, -"sourceName": { -"description": "Source name to facet on. Format: datasources/{source_id} If empty, all data sources will be used.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"FacetResult": { -"description": "Source specific facet response", -"id": "FacetResult", -"properties": { -"buckets": { -"description": "FacetBuckets for values in response containing at least a single result with the corresponding filter.", -"items": { -"$ref": "FacetBucket" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"objectType": { -"description": "Object type for which facet results are returned. Can be empty.", -"type": "string" -}, -"operatorName": { -"description": "The name of the operator chosen for faceting. @see cloudsearch.SchemaPropertyOptions", -"type": "string" -}, -"sourceName": { -"description": "Source name for which facet results are returned. Will not be empty.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"FieldViolation": { -"id": "FieldViolation", -"properties": { -"description": { -"description": "The description of the error.", -"type": "string" -}, -"field": { -"description": "Path of field with violation.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"Filter": { -"description": "A generic way of expressing filters in a query, which supports two approaches: **1. Setting a ValueFilter.** The name must match an operator_name defined in the schema for your data source. **2. Setting a CompositeFilter.** The filters are evaluated using the logical operator. The top-level operators can only be either an AND or a NOT. AND can appear only at the top-most level. OR can appear only under a top-level AND.", -"id": "Filter", -"properties": { -"compositeFilter": { -"$ref": "CompositeFilter" -}, -"valueFilter": { -"$ref": "ValueFilter" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"FilterOptions": { -"description": "Filter options to be applied on query.", -"id": "FilterOptions", -"properties": { -"filter": { -"$ref": "Filter", -"description": "Generic filter to restrict the search, such as `lang:en`, `site:xyz`." -}, -"objectType": { -"description": "If object_type is set, only objects of that type are returned. This should correspond to the name of the object that was registered within the definition of schema. The maximum length is 256 characters.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"FreshnessOptions": { -"description": "Indicates which freshness property to use when adjusting search ranking for an item. Fresher, more recent dates indicate higher quality. Use the freshness option property that best works with your data. For fileshare documents, last modified time is most relevant. For calendar event data, the time when the event occurs is a more relevant freshness indicator. In this way, calendar events that occur closer to the time of the search query are considered higher quality and ranked accordingly.", -"id": "FreshnessOptions", -"properties": { -"freshnessDuration": { -"description": "The duration after which an object should be considered stale. The default value is 180 days (in seconds).", -"format": "google-duration", -"type": "string" -}, -"freshnessProperty": { -"description": "This property indicates the freshness level of the object in the index. If set, this property must be a top-level property within the property definitions and it must be a timestamp type or date type. Otherwise, the Indexing API uses updateTime as the freshness indicator. The maximum length is 256 characters. When a property is used to calculate freshness, the value defaults to 2 years from the current time.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GSuitePrincipal": { -"id": "GSuitePrincipal", -"properties": { -"gsuiteDomain": { -"description": "This principal represents all users of the Google Workspace domain of the customer.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"gsuiteGroupEmail": { -"description": "This principal references a Google Workspace group name.", -"type": "string" -}, -"gsuiteUserEmail": { -"description": "This principal references a Google Workspace user account.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GeostoreFeatureIdProto": { -"description": "A globally unique identifier associated with each feature. We use 128-bit identifiers so that we have lots of bits available to distinguish between features. The feature id currently consists of a 64-bit \"cell id\" that **sometimes** corresponds to the approximate centroid of the feature, plus a 64-bit fingerprint of other identifying information. See more on each respective field in its comments. Feature ids are first assigned when the data is created in MapFacts. After initial creation of the feature, they are immutable. This means that the only properties that you should rely on are that they are unique, and that cell_ids often - but not always - preserve spatial locality. The degree of locality varies as the feature undergoes geometry changes, and should not in general be considered a firm guarantee of the location of any particular feature. In fact, some locationless features have randomized cell IDs! Consumers of FeatureProtos from Mapfacts are guaranteed that fprints in the id field of features will be globally unique. Using the fprint allows consumers who don't need the spatial benefit of cell ids to uniquely identify features in a 64-bit address space. This property is not guaranteed for other sources of FeatureProtos.", -"id": "GeostoreFeatureIdProto", -"properties": { -"cellId": { -"description": "The S2CellId corresponding to the approximate location of this feature as of when it was first created. This can be of variable accuracy, ranging from the exact centroid of the feature at creation, a very large S2 Cell, or even being completely randomized for locationless features. Cell ids have the nice property that they follow a space-filling curve over the surface of the earth. (See s2cellid.h for details.) WARNING: Clients should only use cell IDs to perform spatial locality optimizations. There is no strict guarantee that the cell ID of a feature is related to the current geometry of the feature in any way.", -"format": "uint64", -"type": "string" -}, -"fprint": { -"description": "A 64-bit fingerprint used to identify features. Most clients should rely on MapFacts or OneRing to choose fingerprints. If creating new fprints, the strategy should be chosen so that the chance of collision is remote or non-existent, and the distribution should be reasonably uniform. For example, if the source data assigns unique ids to features, then a fingerprint of the provider name, version, and source id is sufficient.", -"format": "uint64", -"type": "string" -}, -"temporaryData": { -"$ref": "MessageSet", -"description": "A place for clients to attach arbitrary data to a feature ID. Never set in MapFacts." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GeostoreFieldMetadataProto": { -"description": "Internal field metadata. This part is not exposed to downstream consumers of the repository (read-only clients) but is available to upstream providers to the repository (read-write clients).", -"id": "GeostoreFieldMetadataProto", -"properties": { -"internal": { -"$ref": "GeostoreInternalFieldMetadataProto" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GeostoreInternalFieldMetadataProto": { -"id": "GeostoreInternalFieldMetadataProto", -"properties": { -"isAuto": { -"description": "Whether or not the piece of data has been generated automatically (i.e., by a bot/automated process based on heuristics/algorithms rather than coming as a fact set by some human user or data provider based on their knowledge). Note that this does NOT imply that the value was set as a result of a bot operation on the repository, since it is conceivable to use a bot/automated process simply as a way of convenience to ingest large amount of canonical/ground truth data.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"sourceSummary": { -"$ref": "GeostoreInternalSourceSummaryProto", -"description": "Information about the source providing the piece of data this metadata is attached to." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GeostoreInternalSourceSummaryProto": { -"id": "GeostoreInternalSourceSummaryProto", -"properties": { -"dataset": { -"description": "Within the above provider, the dataset from which this piece of data was generated. For fields that are auto-generated the \"dataset\" is likely to be some algorithm's or program's name. Similar to SourceInfoProto.dataset but with the difference that it is required to always be set. Providers that don't have a concept of dataset may use \"default\".", -"type": "string" -}, -"provider": { -"description": "The data provider from which this piece of data was generated. Equivalent to SourceInfoProto.provider in the public schema.", -"enum": [ -"PROVIDER_ANY", -"PROVIDER_UNKNOWN", -"PROVIDER_NAVTEQ", -"PROVIDER_TELE_ATLAS", -"PROVIDER_TELE_ATLAS_MULTINET", -"PROVIDER_TELE_ATLAS_CODEPOINT", -"PROVIDER_TELE_ATLAS_GEOPOST", -"PROVIDER_TELE_ATLAS_DATAGEO", -"PROVIDER_TELE_ATLAS_ADDRESS_POINTS", -"PROVIDER_TELCONTAR", -"PROVIDER_EUROPA", -"PROVIDER_ROYAL_MAIL", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_HAND_EDIT", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_BORDERS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SUBRANGE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_FUSION", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_ZAGAT_CMS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_PLACE_NAVBOOST", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_FOOTPRINT", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_PRODUCT_TERMS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_POINTCARDS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_BUSINESS_CHAINS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCAL_SUMMARIZATION", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_PRONUNCIATIONS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_DUMPLING", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_DISTILLERY", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCAL_ATTRIBUTE_SUMMARIZATION", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_RELATION_MINER", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MAPSPAM", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_ROSE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCAL_PLACE_RATINGS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_WIPEOUT", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_KNOWLEDGE_GRAPH", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_BEEGEES", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_REVIEW_SUMMARIZATION", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_OFFLINE_NON_CORE_ATTRIBUTE_SUMMARIZATION", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_WORLDMAPS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_MODERATION", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_OYSTER_AUTO_EDITS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCAL_ALCHEMY", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_KEROUAC", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MOBRANK", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_RAPTURE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CULTURAL_INSTITUTE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEOCODES_FROM_LOCAL_FEEDS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_ATTRIBUTES_FROM_CRAWLED_CHAINS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_TACTILE_MAPS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MAPS_FOR_MOBILE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_REALTIME", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_PROMINENT_PLACES", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_PLACE_ACTIONS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_AUTO_EDITS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_WAZE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_ONTHEGO", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_IMPORT", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_STRUCTURED_DATA", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_HELICOPTER", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_ROLLBACK", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_RIGHTS_REPAIR", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_PERFUME", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MAPS_TRANSLATION", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CALL_ME_MAYBE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCAL_UNIVERSAL", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CROUPIER", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SKYSMART", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_RIDDLER", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_ROADCLOSURES", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SPORE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCALIZATION", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CATTERMS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_FIELD_OPS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MATCHMAKER", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_ARBITRATION", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_BIZBUILDER_OPS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCAL_INVENTORY_ADS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_DRAFTY", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_HOTELADS_OPS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MARKERS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_STATE_MACHINE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_ATTRIBUTES_INFERENCE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_BIKESHARE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GHOSTWRITER", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_EDIT_PLATFORM", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_BLUE_GINGER", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_TIGER", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_HYADES", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_WEBQUARRY", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_MADDEN", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_ANDROID_PAY", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_OPENING_HOURS_TEAM", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCAL_DISCOVERY", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCAL_HEALTH", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_UGC_MAPS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_FIBER", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_REVGEO", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_HOTELADS_PARTNER_FRONT_END", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_UGC_TASKS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEOCODING", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SPYGLASS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_PLUS_CODES_AS_ADDRESSES", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_CHANGES", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_HUME", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MEGAMIND", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_ROADSYNTH", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_FIREBOLT", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCAL_PLACE_OFFERINGS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_UGC_SERVICES", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEOALIGN", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_COMPOUNDS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_FOOD_ORDERING", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_HOTEL_KNOWLEDGE_OPS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_URAW", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_FLYEYE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_YOUKE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_ZEPHYR", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_USER_SAFETY", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_ADDRESS_MAKER", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_UGC_PHOTOS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_WINDCHIME", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SNAG_FIXER", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_DEALS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCAL_PLACE_TOPICS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_PROPERTY_INSIGHTS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_CONSUMER_MERCHANT_EXPERIMENTS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_PORTKEY", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_ROAD_MAPPER", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCATION_PLATFORM", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_POSTTRIP", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_TRAVEL_DESTINATION", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_DATA_UPLOAD", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_BIZBUILDER_CLEANUP", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_USER", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_STATION", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_FOOD", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_AR", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_TEMPORAL", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SERVICES_MARKETPLACE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_IMT_CLEANUP", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_FOOD_MENU", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CARENAV", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_DRIVING_FEEDS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_DRIVING_UGC", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_POLAR", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_TRIWILD", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CROWD_COMPUTE_OPS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SA_FROM_WEB", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_POI_ALIGNMENT", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SA_FROM_HULK", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SERVICES_INTERACTIONS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_ROADS_UGC_EDITOR", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SA_FROM_NG_INFERENCE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_DRIVING_VIZ", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_TASKING", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CROWDTASK_DATACOMPUTE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CROWDTASK_TASKADS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CROWDTASK_TASKMATE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CROWDTASK_FURBALL", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CROWDTASK_ADAP", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GPAY", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_UGC_TRUSTED_USERS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_THIRD_PARTY_DATA_PRODUCTION", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEOTRACKER", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCAL_LANDMARK_INFERENCE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_CLOSED_LOOP", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SA_FROM_MERCHANT_POSTS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CORE_DATA_RIGHTS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SA_FROM_USER_REVIEWS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_CONTENT_FIXER", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_POLYGON_REFINEMENT", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_HANASU", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_FULLRIGHTS_GEO_DATA_UPLOAD", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_FULLRIGHTS_3P_OUTREACH_UPLOAD", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_ATTRIBUTION_3P_OUTREACH_UPLOAD", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SA_FROM_FOOD_MENUS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_CONSISTENCY_EDITS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SA_QUALITY", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GDCE_CLEANUP", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_UGC_QUALITY_CHAINS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_ATTRIBUTES_DISCOVERY", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_LDE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_SIGNAL_TRACKING", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_UGC_AGGREGATION", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_3D_BASEMAP", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MAPFACTS_PRIVACY", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_ALF", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_OPERATOR_PROVENANCE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCAL_SERVICES_ADS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_LANE_AUTOMATION", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_NG_LOCAL", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MAPFACTS_CLEANUP", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_THIRD_PARTY_UGC", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_ISSUE_ADMIN", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_VACATION_RENTAL_PARTNERS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_FEED_PROCESSOR_ROAD_INCIDENTS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_DYNAMIC_BASEMAP", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCAL_SERVICES_ADS_EMEA", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCALSEARCH", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_TRANSIT", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEOWIKI", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CHINA_LOCAL_TEAM", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SYNTHESIZED", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_INTERNAL_TEST", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_DISPUTED_AREAS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_3DWAREHOUSE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GROUNDS_BUILDER", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SESAME", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_BASEMAP_UPLOAD", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_ADSDB", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MACHINE_TRANSLITERATION", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_TRAVELSEARCH", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_PANORAMIO", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_YOUTUBE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_OLD", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_STREETVIEW", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_STREETVIEW_BIZVIEW", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_ZIPIT", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_OYSTER_CONNECT_ROUTES", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GOLDEN", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_INNERSPACE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MAPSEARCH", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CATEGORIES_TEAM", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CROWDSENSUS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCAL_ALGORITHMIC_IDENTITY", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_FREEBASE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_HOTELADS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_AUTHORITY_PAGES", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_PLACES_API", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_NAMEHEATMAP", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MAPMAKER", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MAPMAKER_MOBILE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MAPMAKER_PANCAKE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MAPMAKER_V2", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCAL_CLUSTERING_OPERATOR_OVERRIDE", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SERVED_ON_MAPMAKER", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_LOCAL", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_LOCAL_WITH_RIGHTS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOGS_RANKING_SIGNALS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_ENTITY_NAVBOOST", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_RELATED_PLACES", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_KNOWN_FOR_TERMS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SYNTHETIC_AREAS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_AUTHORITY_PAGE_PHOTOS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CROSS_STREETS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CORRIDORS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_BICYCLE_RENTAL", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CONCRETE_URLS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LEANBACK", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCKED_LISTINGS", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MONITORING", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SPROUT", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCAL_SEARCH_QUALITY", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GOBY", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_PROBLEM_REPORT", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_CANDID", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_BIZBUILDER", -"PROVIDER_AUTOMOTIVE_NAVIGATION_DATA", -"PROVIDER_MAPDATA_SCIENCES", -"PROVIDER_MAPONICS", -"PROVIDER_SKI_RESORTS", -"PROVIDER_ZENRIN", -"PROVIDER_SANBORN", -"PROVIDER_URBAN_MAPPING", -"PROVIDER_US_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_US_CENSUS", -"PROVIDER_US_POSTAL_SERVICE", -"PROVIDER_US_GEOLOGICAL_SURVEY", -"PROVIDER_US_GNIS", -"PROVIDER_US_LANDSAT", -"PROVIDER_US_NATIONAL_GEOSPATIAL_INTELLIGENCE_AGENCY", -"PROVIDER_US_NGA_GNS", -"PROVIDER_US_SSIBL", -"PROVIDER_US_BUREAU_OF_TRANSPORTATION_STATISTICS", -"PROVIDER_US_NATIONAL_OCEANIC_AND_ATMOSPHERIC_ADMINISTRATION", -"PROVIDER_US_POLAR_GEOSPATIAL_CENTER", -"PROVIDER_US_DEPARTMENT_OF_AGRICULTURE", -"PROVIDER_US_NPI_REGISTRY", -"PROVIDER_US_BUREAU_OF_INDIAN_AFFAIRS", -"PROVIDER_DMTI_SPATIAL", -"PROVIDER_INTERNATIONAL_HYDROGRAPHIC_ORGANIZATION", -"PROVIDER_MAPLINK", -"PROVIDER_KINGWAY", -"PROVIDER_GEOCENTRE", -"PROVIDER_CN_NATIONAL_FOUNDAMENTAL_GIS", -"PROVIDER_CN_MAPABC", -"PROVIDER_SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTE", -"PROVIDER_TRACKS_FOR_AFRICA", -"PROVIDER_PPWK", -"PROVIDER_LEADDOG", -"PROVIDER_CENTRE_DONNEES_ASTRONOMIQUES_STRASBOURG", -"PROVIDER_GISRAEL", -"PROVIDER_BASARSOFT", -"PROVIDER_MAPINFO", -"PROVIDER_MAPIT", -"PROVIDER_GEOBASE", -"PROVIDER_ORION", -"PROVIDER_CENTRAL_EUROPEAN_DATA_AGENCY", -"PROVIDER_ANASAT", -"PROVIDER_MINED_POSTCODES", -"PROVIDER_DMAPAS", -"PROVIDER_COMMON_LOCALE_DATA_REPOSITORY", -"PROVIDER_CH_SBB", -"PROVIDER_SKENERGY", -"PROVIDER_GBRMPA", -"PROVIDER_KOREA_POST", -"PROVIDER_CN_AUTONAVI", -"PROVIDER_MINED_POI", -"PROVIDER_ML_INFOMAP", -"PROVIDER_SNOOPER", -"PROVIDER_GEOSISTEMAS", -"PROVIDER_AFRIGIS", -"PROVIDER_TRANSNAVICOM", -"PROVIDER_EASYCONNECT", -"PROVIDER_LANTMATERIET", -"PROVIDER_LOGICA", -"PROVIDER_MAPKING", -"PROVIDER_DIANPING", -"PROVIDER_GEONAV", -"PROVIDER_HEIBONSHA", -"PROVIDER_DEUTSCHE_TELEKOM", -"PROVIDER_LINGUISTIC_DATA_CONSORTIUM", -"PROVIDER_ACXIOM", -"PROVIDER_DUN_AND_BRADSTREET", -"PROVIDER_FEDERAL_AVIATION_ADMINISTRATION", -"PROVIDER_INFOUSA", -"PROVIDER_INFOUSA_NIXIE", -"PROVIDER_THOMSON_LOCAL", -"PROVIDER_TELEFONICA_PUBLICIDAD_E_INFORMACION", -"PROVIDER_WIKIPEDIA", -"PROVIDER_INFOBEL", -"PROVIDER_MX_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_MX_NATIONAL_INSTITUTE_STATISTICS_GEOGRAPHY", -"PROVIDER_MX_SERVICIO_POSTAL_MEXICANO", -"PROVIDER_TELEGATE", -"PROVIDER_TELELISTAS", -"PROVIDER_MAPCITY", -"PROVIDER_EXPLAINER_DC", -"PROVIDER_DAIKEI", -"PROVIDER_NL_CHAMBER_OF_COMMERCE", -"PROVIDER_KOREA_INFO_SERVICE", -"PROVIDER_WIKITRAVEL", -"PROVIDER_FLICKR", -"PROVIDER_DIANCO", -"PROVIDER_VOLT_DELTA", -"PROVIDER_SG_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_SG_LAND_TRANSPORT_AUTHORITY", -"PROVIDER_MAPBAR", -"PROVIDER_LONGTU", -"PROVIDER_SA_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_SA_SAUDI_POST", -"PROVIDER_PEAKLIST", -"PROVIDER_LOCAL_BUSINESS_CENTER", -"PROVIDER_LOCAL_FEED_XML", -"PROVIDER_WEB", -"PROVIDER_RAILS_TO_TRAILS", -"PROVIDER_INDIACOM", -"PROVIDER_INFOMEDIA", -"PROVIDER_PICASA", -"PROVIDER_AT_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_AT_BUNDESAMT_FUR_EICH_UND_VERMESSUNGSWESEN", -"PROVIDER_AT_NATIONAL_TOURIST_OFFICE", -"PROVIDER_AT_AUSTRIA_POST", -"PROVIDER_NO_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_NO_NORSK_EIENDOMSINFORMASJON", -"PROVIDER_NO_POSTEN_NORGE_AS", -"PROVIDER_CH_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_CH_SWISS_POST", -"PROVIDER_CH_SWISSTOPO", -"PROVIDER_CH_SWISS_NATIONAL_PARK", -"PROVIDER_NAVIT", -"PROVIDER_GEOSEARCH", -"PROVIDER_DE_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_BUNDESAMT_KARTOGRAPHIE_UND_GEODASIE", -"PROVIDER_BUNDESNETZAGENTUR", -"PROVIDER_SCHOBER_GROUP", -"PROVIDER_MIREO", -"PROVIDER_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_US_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_US_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_WEBSTER_TEXAS", -"PROVIDER_US_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_AMHERST_MASSACHUSETTS", -"PROVIDER_US_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_BLOOMINGTON_INDIANA", -"PROVIDER_US_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_PASADENA_CALIFORNIA", -"PROVIDER_US_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_CHULA_VISTA_CALIFORNIA", -"PROVIDER_US_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_TEMPE_ARIZONA", -"PROVIDER_US_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_COLUMBUS_OHIO", -"PROVIDER_US_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_PORTAGE_MICHIGAN", -"PROVIDER_US_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_GEORGETOWN_KENTUCKY", -"PROVIDER_US_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_GREENVILLE_SOUTH_CAROLINA", -"PROVIDER_US_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_NASHVILLE_TENNESSEE", -"PROVIDER_US_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_WASHINGTON_DISTRICT_OF_COLUMBIA", -"PROVIDER_US_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_BOULDER_COLORADO", -"PROVIDER_NZ_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_NZ_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_ENVIRONMENT_BAY", -"PROVIDER_PL_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_PL_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_BIELSKO_BIALA", -"PROVIDER_DE_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_DE_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_FRANKFURT", -"PROVIDER_DE_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_HAMBURG", -"PROVIDER_DE_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_KARLSRUHE", -"PROVIDER_PT_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_PT_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_SANTA_CRUZ", -"PROVIDER_AT_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_AT_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_KLAGENFURT", -"PROVIDER_AT_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_LINZ", -"PROVIDER_ES_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_ES_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_AZKOITIA", -"PROVIDER_ES_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_BEASAIN", -"PROVIDER_ES_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_GIRONA", -"PROVIDER_ES_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_SAN_SEBASTIAN", -"PROVIDER_ES_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_CATALUNYA", -"PROVIDER_ES_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_HONDARRIBIA", -"PROVIDER_AU_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_AU_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_LAUNCESTON_TASMANIA", -"PROVIDER_IS_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_IS_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_REYKJAVIK", -"PROVIDER_NL_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_NL_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_AMELSTEVEEN", -"PROVIDER_BE_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_BE_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_ANTWERPEN", -"PROVIDER_CA_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_CA_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_FREDERICTON_NEW_BRUNSWICK", -"PROVIDER_CA_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_KAMLOOPS_BRITISH_COLUMBIA", -"PROVIDER_CA_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_NANAIMO_BRITISH_COLUMBIA", -"PROVIDER_CA_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_BANFF_ALBERTA", -"PROVIDER_CA_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_CALGARY_ALBERTA", -"PROVIDER_CA_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_TORONTO_ONTARIO", -"PROVIDER_SE_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_SE_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_UMEA", -"PROVIDER_UA_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_UA_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_KHARKIV", -"PROVIDER_OTHER_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_OTHER_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_AQUA_CALIENTE_CAHUILLA_INDIANS", -"PROVIDER_FR_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_FR_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_PONT_AUDEMER", -"PROVIDER_FR_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_BORDEAUX", -"PROVIDER_SG_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_BR_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY", -"PROVIDER_BR_PUBLIC_MUNICIPALITY_RIO_DE_JANEIRO", -"PROVIDER_MAPCUBE", -"PROVIDER_3D_REALITYMAPS", -"PROVIDER_DEUTSCHES_ZENTRUM_FUR_LUFT_UND_RAUMFAHRT", -"PROVIDER_3D_CITIES_SOCIEDADE_ANONIMA", -"PROVIDER_DISNEY", -"PROVIDER_CYBERCITY", -"PROVIDER_PRECISION_LIGHTWORKS_MODELWORKS", -"PROVIDER_VIRTUAL_HUNGARY_LIMITED", -"PROVIDER_VIRTUEL_CITY", -"PROVIDER_SCREAMPOINT_INTERNATIONAL", -"PROVIDER_AGENTSCHAP_VOOR_GEOGRAFISCHE_INFORMATIE_VLAANDEREN", -"PROVIDER_FR_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_FR_INSTITUT_GEOGRAPHIQUE_NATIONAL", -"PROVIDER_FR_CADASTRE", -"PROVIDER_DIADIEM", -"PROVIDER_THE_WEATHER_CHANNEL", -"PROVIDER_COWI", -"PROVIDER_FALKPLAN_ANDES", -"PROVIDER_NL_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_NL_KADASTER", -"PROVIDER_NL_BOARD_OF_TOURISM_AND_CONVENTIONS", -"PROVIDER_DIGITAL_MAP_PRODUCTS", -"PROVIDER_SILICE_DIGITAL", -"PROVIDER_TYDAC", -"PROVIDER_ALBRECHT_GOLF", -"PROVIDER_HEALTH_CH", -"PROVIDER_VISITDENMARK", -"PROVIDER_FLYHERE", -"PROVIDER_DIGITAL_DATA_SERVICES", -"PROVIDER_MECOMO", -"PROVIDER_ZA_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_ZA_RURAL_DEVELOPMENT_LAND_REFORM", -"PROVIDER_SENSIS", -"PROVIDER_JJCONNECT", -"PROVIDER_OPPLYSNINGEN", -"PROVIDER_TELLUS", -"PROVIDER_IQONIA", -"PROVIDER_BE_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_BE_NATIONAAL_GEOGRAFISCH_INSTITUUT", -"PROVIDER_BE_BRUSSELS_MOBILITY", -"PROVIDER_YELLOWMAP_AG", -"PROVIDER_STIFTUNG_GESUNDHEIT", -"PROVIDER_GIATA", -"PROVIDER_SANPARKS", -"PROVIDER_CENTRE_DINFORMATIQUE_POUR_LA_REGION_BRUXELLOISE", -"PROVIDER_INFOPORTUGAL", -"PROVIDER_NEGOCIOS_DE_TELECOMUNICACOES_E_SISTEMAS_DE_INFORMACAO", -"PROVIDER_COLLINS_BARTHOLOMEW", -"PROVIDER_PROTECT_PLANET_OCEAN", -"PROVIDER_KARTTAKESKUS", -"PROVIDER_FI_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_FI_NATIONAL_ROAD_ADMINISTRATION", -"PROVIDER_FI_NATIONAL_LAND_SURVEY", -"PROVIDER_FI_STATISTICS_FINLAND", -"PROVIDER_GB_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_GB_ORDNANCE_SURVEY", -"PROVIDER_NATURAL_ENGLAND", -"PROVIDER_WELSH_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_GB_OFFICE_FOR_NATIONAL_STATISTICS", -"PROVIDER_EPSILON", -"PROVIDER_PARTNER_FRONT_END", -"PROVIDER_CARTESIA", -"PROVIDER_SE_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_SE_TRAFIKVERKET", -"PROVIDER_SE_NATURVARDSVERKET", -"PROVIDER_IE_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_IE_ORDNANCE_SURVEY_IRELAND", -"PROVIDER_LU_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_LU_P_AND_T_LUXEMBOURG", -"PROVIDER_LU_ADMINISTRATION_DU_CADASTRE_ET_DE_LA_TOPOGRAPHIE", -"PROVIDER_LU_NATIONAL_TOURIST_OFFICE", -"PROVIDER_MAPFLOW", -"PROVIDER_TKARTOR", -"PROVIDER_JUMPSTART", -"PROVIDER_EPTISA", -"PROVIDER_MC_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_MC_PRINCIPAUTE_DE_MONACO", -"PROVIDER_MONOLIT", -"PROVIDER_ENVIRONMENTAL_SYSTEMS_RESEARCH_INSTITUTE", -"PROVIDER_MODIS", -"PROVIDER_GEOX", -"PROVIDER_GEODIRECTORY", -"PROVIDER_GEOPLAN", -"PROVIDER_INFODIREKT", -"PROVIDER_GEOGLOBAL", -"PROVIDER_DEUTSCHE_POST", -"PROVIDER_TRACASA", -"PROVIDER_CORREOS", -"PROVIDER_ES_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_ES_CENTRO_NACIONAL_DE_INFORMACION_GEOGRAFICA", -"PROVIDER_EDIMAP", -"PROVIDER_VERIZON", -"PROVIDER_NATIONAL_GEOGRAPHIC_MAPS", -"PROVIDER_PROMAPS", -"PROVIDER_CONSODATA", -"PROVIDER_DE_AGOSTINI", -"PROVIDER_FEDERPARCHI", -"PROVIDER_NAVIGO", -"PROVIDER_ITALIAMAPPE", -"PROVIDER_CZECOT", -"PROVIDER_NATURAL_EARTH", -"PROVIDER_REGIO", -"PROVIDER_SHIPWRECK_CENTRAL", -"PROVIDER_RUTGERS_STATE_UNIVERSITY", -"PROVIDER_TWINICE", -"PROVIDER_NORTHERN_IRELAND_TOURIST_BOARD", -"PROVIDER_INFOGROUP", -"PROVIDER_TNET", -"PROVIDER_CTT_CORREIOS_DE_PORTUGAL", -"PROVIDER_EUROPARC", -"PROVIDER_IUPPITER", -"PROVIDER_MICHAEL_BAUER_INTERNATIONAL", -"PROVIDER_LEPTON", -"PROVIDER_MAPPOINT", -"PROVIDER_GEODATA", -"PROVIDER_RU_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_RU_FNS_KLADR", -"PROVIDER_BR_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_BR_INSTITUTO_BRASILEIRO_DO_MEIO_AMBIENTE_E_DOS_RECURSOS_NATURAIS_RENOVAVEIS", -"PROVIDER_BR_MINISTERIO_DO_MEIO_AMBIENTE", -"PROVIDER_BR_AGENCIA_NACIONAL_DE_AGUAS", -"PROVIDER_BR_INSTITUTO_BRASILEIRO_DE_GEOGRAFIA_E_ESTATISTICA", -"PROVIDER_BR_FUNDACAO_NACIONAL_DO_INDIO", -"PROVIDER_BR_DEPARTAMENTO_NACIONAL_DE_INFRAESTRUTURA_DE_TRANSPORTES", -"PROVIDER_AZAVEA", -"PROVIDER_NORTHSTAR", -"PROVIDER_COMMEDI", -"PROVIDER_NEXUS_GEOGRAFICS", -"PROVIDER_INFOERA", -"PROVIDER_AD_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_AD_AREA_DE_CARTOGRAFIA", -"PROVIDER_MAXXIMA", -"PROVIDER_SI_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_SI_AGENCY_FOR_ENVIRONMENT", -"PROVIDER_TRANSPORT_HI_TECH_CONSULTANTS", -"PROVIDER_L1_TECHNOLOGIES", -"PROVIDER_TELEMEDIA", -"PROVIDER_CDCOM_PROGOROD", -"PROVIDER_MIT_CITYGUIDE", -"PROVIDER_SUNCART", -"PROVIDER_MICROMAPPER", -"PROVIDER_RICHI", -"PROVIDER_FORUM44", -"PROVIDER_SEAT", -"PROVIDER_VALASSIS", -"PROVIDER_NAVICOM", -"PROVIDER_COLTRACK", -"PROVIDER_PSMA_AUSTRALIA", -"PROVIDER_PT_DUTA_ASTAKONA_GIRINDA", -"PROVIDER_CA_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_STATISTICS_CANADA", -"PROVIDER_TOCTOC", -"PROVIDER_RMSI", -"PROVIDER_TRUE_TECHNOLOGY", -"PROVIDER_INCREMENT_P_CORPORATION", -"PROVIDER_GOJAVAS", -"PROVIDER_GEOINFORMATION_GROUP", -"PROVIDER_CYBERSOFT", -"PROVIDER_TSENTR_EFFEKTIVNYKH_TEKHNOLOGIY", -"PROVIDER_EE_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_EE_MAA_AMET", -"PROVIDER_GASBUDDY", -"PROVIDER_DK_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_DK_GEODATASTYRELSEN", -"PROVIDER_MURCIA_REGION_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_CORREIOS", -"PROVIDER_WEST_WORLD_MEDIA", -"PROVIDER_INTERNATIONAL_MAPPING_ASSOCIATION", -"PROVIDER_MEDICARE", -"PROVIDER_POLARIS", -"PROVIDER_TW_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_TW_MINISTRY_OF_THE_INTERIOR_SURVEYING_AND_MAPPING_CENTER", -"PROVIDER_NORDECA", -"PROVIDER_AFRIMAPPING", -"PROVIDER_OVERDRIVE", -"PROVIDER_PROVIDER_NETWORK_DIRECTORIES", -"PROVIDER_BR_MINISTERIO_DA_SAUDE", -"PROVIDER_DIGITAL_EGYPT", -"PROVIDER_INRIX", -"PROVIDER_ARPINDO", -"PROVIDER_IT_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_ISTITUTO_GEOGRAFICO_MILITARE", -"PROVIDER_EAST_END_GROUP", -"PROVIDER_INGEOLAN", -"PROVIDER_SEMACONNECT", -"PROVIDER_BLINK", -"PROVIDER_EVGO", -"PROVIDER_CHARGEPOINT", -"PROVIDER_TPL_TRAKKER", -"PROVIDER_OI", -"PROVIDER_MAPARADAR", -"PROVIDER_SINGAPORE_POST", -"PROVIDER_CHARGEMASTER", -"PROVIDER_TESLA", -"PROVIDER_VISICOM", -"PROVIDER_GEOLYSIS", -"PROVIDER_ZEPHEIRA", -"PROVIDER_HUBJECT", -"PROVIDER_PODPOINT", -"PROVIDER_CHARGEFOX", -"PROVIDER_KR_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_KR_MOLIT", -"PROVIDER_KR_MINISTRY_OF_THE_INTERIOR_AND_SAFETY", -"PROVIDER_CRITCHLOW", -"PROVIDER_EIFRIG", -"PROVIDER_GIREVE", -"PROVIDER_CN_NAVINFO", -"PROVIDER_JAPAN_CHARGE_NETWORK", -"PROVIDER_NOBIL", -"PROVIDER_INDIA_BANKS", -"PROVIDER_INDONESIA_ELECTION_KPU", -"PROVIDER_CAREERS360", -"PROVIDER_SOURCE_LONDON", -"PROVIDER_EVBOX", -"PROVIDER_JP_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_JP_MINISTRY_OF_THE_ENVIRONMENT", -"PROVIDER_YUMYUM", -"PROVIDER_HWW_AUSTRALIA", -"PROVIDER_CINERGY", -"PROVIDER_MTIME", -"PROVIDER_KULTUNAUT", -"PROVIDER_BLITZ", -"PROVIDER_PIA", -"PROVIDER_INTERPARK", -"PROVIDER_CINEMA_ONLINE", -"PROVIDER_BELBIOS", -"PROVIDER_MOVIESEER", -"PROVIDER_SODAMEDYA", -"PROVIDER_ATMOVIES", -"PROVIDER_HOTELBEDS", -"PROVIDER_VERICRED", -"PROVIDER_CIRRANTIC", -"PROVIDER_GOGO_LABS", -"PROVIDER_ELECTRIFY_AMERICA", -"PROVIDER_CMS_MPPUF", -"PROVIDER_DIGIROAD", -"PROVIDER_KONTEX_GEOMATICS", -"PROVIDER_NZ_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_NZ_LINZ", -"PROVIDER_NZ_DOC", -"PROVIDER_FASTNED", -"PROVIDER_DESTINY_CS", -"PROVIDER_IONITY", -"PROVIDER_EV_CONNECT", -"PROVIDER_PANPAGES", -"PROVIDER_ETECNIC", -"PROVIDER_VOLTA", -"PROVIDER_NISSAN_MEXICO", -"PROVIDER_BMW_GROUP_LATIN_AMERICA", -"PROVIDER_FEDERAL_ELECTRICITY_COMMISSION_MEXICO", -"PROVIDER_VOLVO_CARS_BRASIL", -"PROVIDER_CHARGE_AND_PARKING", -"PROVIDER_DEDUCE_TECHNOLOGIES", -"PROVIDER_SK_TELECOM", -"PROVIDER_ECO_MOVEMENT", -"PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GMS", -"PROVIDER_EASYWAY", -"PROVIDER_PHYSICIAN_COMPARE", -"PROVIDER_HOSPITAL_COMPARE", -"PROVIDER_ENDOLLA_BARCELONA", -"PROVIDER_BE_CHARGE", -"PROVIDER_ONE_NETWORK", -"PROVIDER_CARENAV_DUPLEX", -"PROVIDER_CARENAV_POI", -"PROVIDER_IN_GOVERNMENT", -"PROVIDER_SURVEY_OF_INDIA", -"PROVIDER_E_ON", -"PROVIDER_ELECTRIFY_CANADA", -"PROVIDER_GRIDCARS", -"PROVIDER_DRIVECO", -"PROVIDER_GREEN_ACTION_STUDIOS", -"PROVIDER_GREEN_ACTION_STUDIO", -"PROVIDER_EVINY", -"PROVIDER_MASTERCARD", -"PROVIDER_VATTENFALL", -"PROVIDER_VIETGIS", -"PROVIDER_UNITE", -"PROVIDER_NEOGY", -"PROVIDER_AMPUP", -"PROVIDER_LOOP", -"PROVIDER_ZEST", -"PROVIDER_EZVOLT", -"PROVIDER_JOLT", -"PROVIDER_CHARGESMITH", -"PROVIDER_PLUGO", -"PROVIDER_ELECTRIC_ERA", -"PROVIDER_FLO", -"PROVIDER_DIGITAL_CHARGING_SOLUTIONS", -"PROVIDER_ELECTRIC_PE", -"PROVIDER_PLUGSURFING" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -true, -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -false, -true, -false, -true, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -true, -false, -false, -true, -true, -false, -true, -false, -true, -true, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -true, -false, -true, -true, -true, -false, -true, -true, -true, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -true, -true, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"ABSTRACT The root of all provider types. This should never be present on an actual feature, but can be useful when calling InCategory.", -"not actually a legal value, used as sentinel", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"All new \"Google\" provider entries must be full ints. The next available ID is: 0x111730C2", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"This is an internal *only* provider meant for sending wipeout requests to mapfacts.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Never rely on source infos with this provider to identify whether or not a feature is a Prominent Place! Instead, use the proper API, localsearch_clustering::QualityTierHelper::IsProminentPlace().", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"UMBRELLA", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"UMBRELLA", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"UMBRELLA", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Shopping Attributes Discovery", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"UMBRELLA", -"", -"", -"", -"UMBRELLA", -"", -"The next new \"Google\" provider entries should be placed above.", -"UMBRELLA", -"", -"", -"", -"This is a testing provider for teams that wish to integrate with components of the Geo Data Infrastructure that require a valid provider. No production data should ever be sent using this provider.", -"", -"UMBRELLA", -"", -"", -"", -"UMBRELLA", -"0x1117F must not be used, since its range extends the PROVIDER_GOOGLE hierarchy.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Deprecated in favor of PROVIDER_GOOGLE_STRUCTURED_DATA (for attributes) and PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_TIGER (for categories).", -"", -"0x1117FF should not be used, since its range further extends the PROVIDER_GOOGLE hierarchy. aka Local AI.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"No data is obtained from this provider. It is only used to identify features that must be served on MapMaker.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"0x1117FFF should not be used, since its range further extends the PROVIDER_GOOGLE hierarchy. Synthetically generated areas (sublocalities/neighborhoods/ postal codes/etc) based on dropped terms from approximate geocoding. More info on go/syntheticareas.", -"", -"", -"", -"Similar to Google Transit, a provider that aggregates positions of bicycle rental points that we have agreements with to show on maps", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"This range has been depleted. For new Ids see PROVIDER_GOOGLE_SUBRANGE above.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Small Scale International Boundary Lines", -"", -"NOAA", -"PGC", -"USDA", -"National Provider Identifier Registry", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"old name for PROVIDER_NAVIGO", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"See b/33687395", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"UMBRELLA", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"IBAMA", -"MMA", -"ANA", -"IBGE", -"FUNAI", -"DNIT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"Department of Cartography", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"0x12 and 0x120 are not to be used. OOO CET", -"ABSTRACT", -"Estonian Land Board", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"Danish Geodata Agency", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"Ministry of land, infrastructure and transport, \uad6d\ud1a0\uad50\ud1b5\ubd80, Guktogyotongbu", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Use PROVIDER_FI_NATIONAL_ROAD_ADMINISTRATION.", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"Land Information New Zealand", -"NZ Department of Conservation", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"UMBRELLA", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Note: Next available value is 0x1276." -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GeostoreKnowledgeGraphReferenceProto": { -"description": "The reference to an entity in the KnowledgeGraph. For details on the KnowledgeGraph see http://goto/kg.", -"id": "GeostoreKnowledgeGraphReferenceProto", -"properties": { -"id": { -"description": "KG Identifier (MID). For details, see http://go/ke-bg-knowledge-graph#mids.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GeostoreNameProto": { -"description": "A name for a Feature (street name, point of interest, city, building, etc). We currently use NameProto for two essentially disjoint purposes: 1. Common names, which can be language-specific, or have other kinds of variations. 2. Opaque IDs, such as postal codes, which only have the `text` field set, and potentially some flags. This includes internal-only features like template ids. Each NameProto representing a common name corresponds to an assertion that a fluent speaker or writer of a language would recognize NameProto.text to name the given feature in that language. As such, NameProtos are stored in a repeated field, often having: 1. multiple names with the same text and varying languages, and 2. multiple names with the same language and varying texts.", -"id": "GeostoreNameProto", -"properties": { -"flag": { -"description": "clang-format on The set of flags that apply to this name.", -"items": { -"enum": [ -"FLAG_ANY", -"FLAG_IN_LOCAL_LANGUAGE", -"FLAG_PREFERRED", -"FLAG_OFFICIAL", -"FLAG_OBSCURE", -"FLAG_ON_SIGNS", -"FLAG_EXIT_NAME_NUMBER", -"FLAG_EXIT_NAME", -"FLAG_INTERCHANGE_NAME", -"FLAG_EXIT_NUMBER", -"FLAG_INTERCHANGE_NUMBER", -"FLAG_TRANSIT_HEADSIGN", -"FLAG_CONNECTS_DIRECTLY", -"FLAG_CONNECTS_INDIRECTLY", -"FLAG_INTERSECTION_NAME", -"FLAG_VANITY", -"FLAG_ROUTE_NUMBER", -"FLAG_COUNTRY_CODE_2", -"FLAG_ABBREVIATED", -"FLAG_ID", -"FLAG_DESIGNATED_MARKET_AREA_ID", -"FLAG_IATA_ID", -"FLAG_ICAO_ID", -"FLAG_ISO_3166_2", -"FLAG_COUNTRY_SPECIFIC_ID", -"FLAG_LANGUAGE_CODE", -"FLAG_TIMEZONE_ID", -"FLAG_PHONE_NUMBER_PREFIX", -"FLAG_PHONE_NUMBER_AREA_CODE", -"FLAG_TRANSLITERATED", -"FLAG_NOT_ON_SIGNS", -"FLAG_NOT_IN_LOCAL_LANGUAGE", -"FLAG_ROUNDABOUT_ROUTE", -"FLAG_NEVER_DISPLAY", -"FLAG_BICYCLE_ROUTE", -"FLAG_MACHINE_GENERATED", -"FLAG_SUSPICIOUS" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"ABSTRACT", -"This name is in one of the local languages. A local language is one readable by local people, where all language/script/region subtags in the language field are local. E.g. \"ru\" is local in Russia, but \"ru-Latn\" (transliterated in Latin script) is not local. This is the opposite of FLAG_NOT_IN_LOCAL_LANGUAGE. In general, a given name should have either FLAG_IN_LOCAL_LANGUAGE or FLAG_NOT_IN_LOCAL_LANGUAGE specified. Importers that are unsure should not set either flag. It doesn't make sense to set this flag unless you also specify a language. NOTE: unlike most other flags in this enumeration, this flag has to do with the language field, NOT to the text (and {raw,short}_text fields).", -"This is the most commonly recognized name for this feature (for a given language, when languages apply). This flag is not compatible with the following flags: - FLAG_NEVER_DISPLAY - FLAG_OBSCURE", -"This name is officially recognized by the government. This flag is not compatible with FLAG_SUSPICIOUS.", -"This name is not commonly known. This flag is used on names that are not commonly known, or not \"standard\", but which we wish to have so clients can search on them. An example would be \"Philly\" instead of \"Philadelphia\".", -"ABSTRACT", -"This name is an exit name/number found on signs.", -"This flag is used to differentiate exit names from exit numbers on signs that have both.", -"The highway sign is labeling a highway interchange instead of an exit. In several European countries interchanges are differentiated from highway exits.", -"This flag is used to differentiate exit numbers from exit names on signs that have both. This flag is not compatible with FLAG_ROUTE_NUMBER.", -"The highway sign is labeling a highway interchange the same manner as FLAG_INTERCHANGE_NAME.", -"The headsign of a transit vehicle, often the name of the destination.", -"The road sign target is directly connected (e.g., at end of ramp).", -"The road sign target is not directly connected (e.g., must travel some additional distance).", -"This name is an intersection name found on signs. Usually we can just use the name of a TYPE_INTERSECTION_GROUP feature. However, there are road signs on some intersections in Japan, especially in Hokkaido region where the intersection name is considered \"directional\" (i.e. an intersection could have multiple names depending on directions drivers or pedestrians approach from). Many people think of them as \"intersection names\", but that's not really what they are. We want to model them as road signs, because that's really what they are. This flag is supposed to be used by Pathfinder to generate the appropriate maneuver texts where such a named intersection is involved.", -"This is a vanity name (usually an alternate name for a section of road in honor of some person).", -"This name is a route number from an official numbering system for highways or similar routes (like bicycle routes). Street names (even numbered ones like in Manhattan) are excluded. The name (both text and short_text) should follow a strictly-defined format determined by the official numbering system. Route numbers may be assigned to segments on city streets as well as highways. (US-101 passing through San Francisco is an example that has both.) Historic route names that are no longer part of an official numbering system (like the former US-66) are not route numbers. This flag is not compatible with FLAG_EXIT_NUMBER.", -"This name is a two-letter ISO 3166-1 country code. It has code 0x81 instead of 0x8 for historical reasons (FLAG_COUNTRY_CODE and FLAG_COUNTRY_CODE_3 were removed in the belief that we only want one way to represent a country code in the Geo Schema).", -"An abbreviated version of the name, for example \"CA\" for California. This flag should be used for postal abbreviations that one would expect to see in an address. It should also be used for names where one of the component words is abbreviated (e.g. \"Mass.\" for Massachusetts, \"NWFP\" for the North-West Frontier Province in Pakistan, or \"L\" for the Lobby level in a building). Shortened forms of names (e.g. \"Kingston\" rather than \"Kingston-upon-Hull\") should be marked obscure rather than abbreviated. This flag should be used for names that are feature specific abbreviations. For shortened name versions based on regular, per-term transformations (ex: '1st Street' -> '1st St'), use the short_text field instead.", -"ABSTRACT", -"This name is a Designated Market Area ID number (ex: 501)", -"This name is a three-letter IATA airport code (ex SFO, ZRH).", -"This name is a four-letter ICAO airport code (ex KSFO, LSZH).", -"This name is the ISO 3166-2 country subdivision code.", -"This name is the country specific ID. For example, China government specifies an admin code for each administrative area (province, city and district).", -"This name is an IETF BCP 47 language code, for example \"fr-CA\". Previously used for names of locales. See locale.proto for new way of defining this information.", -"This name is a timezone identifier in the Olson database, for example \"Europe/Zurich\". All timezones have an Olson identifier, understood by POSIX and Google's i18n/identifiers libraries. This flag applies only to features of TYPE_TIMEZONE type.", -"This name is the prefix for a phone number, starting with + and followed by a country code. This flag applies only to features of TYPE_PHONE_NUMBER_PREFIX type and at most one name should have this flag set.", -"This name is the commonly used name for the area code of a phone number, including the national prefix if applicable. This flag applies only to features of TYPE_PHONE_NUMBER_AREA_CODE type and at most one name should have this flag set.", -"The flag used to indicate the name was transliterated from some other character set. For example, this flag would be set on names transliterated from the Cyrillic or Greek alphabets to a Latin alphabet. The correct approach is to use the Google III language code to specify the appropriate language. For example, Greek transliterated into a Latin alphabet should have a language code of \"el-Latn\".", -"There are two kinds of street signs: \"location signs\" and \"guidance signs\". Location signs are the ones you see that tell you where you are. \"Ah, I'm on 85th Street and I'm crossing 6th Avenue.\" Guidance signs are the ones that give you hints about how to get where you want to go. \"Ah, I should go that way to get on I-5 to Seattle.\" This flag is talking about location signs. You'll find this flag on route names when then name is never posted on location signs. This flag is not compatible with flags in the FLAG_ON_SIGNS category.", -"This name is not in one of the local languages. A local language is one readable by local people, where all language/script/region subtags in the language field are local. E.g. \"ru\" is local in Russia, but \"ru-Latn\" (transliterated in Latin script) is not local. This is the opposite of FLAG_IN_LOCAL_LANGUAGE. In general, a given name should have either FLAG_IN_LOCAL_LANGUAGE or FLAG_NOT_IN_LOCAL_LANGUAGE specified. Importers that are unsure should not set either flag. It doesn't make sense to set this flag unless you also specify a language. NOTE: unlike most other flags in this enumeration, this flag has to do with the language field, NOT to the text (and {raw,short}_text fields).", -"This flag is set on routes attached to roundabout segments if and only if this name does not appear on any of the segments incident on the roundabout. This flag can be used by clients to determine which names on roundabouts are more useful than others when displaying to users.", -"Never display this name to a user. This flag is typically used for politically sensitive names such as \"Taiwan, Province of China\". Any feature which has a name with this flag should have another name without it so we have something to display to the user.", -"Routes with these names are common bicycle routes. This includes bicycle trails and routes along shared roadways to popular destinations for cyclists. Unnamed bicycle routes along named shared roadways should not have names of this type. This flag exists so that we can avoid showing bicycle route names in driving directions, while still showing them in bicycling directions.", -"This name is generated automatically by the transliteration pipeline based on an existing name in a different language. Contact Maps Translation team (go/maps-translation) for details.", -"This name may not be a correct name for a feature. It communicates to clients that the name may not be trustworthy. Examples are names of features that are too general (\"swimming pool\", \"hardware store\" etc) or those that incorrectly match names of prominent political features (businesses, transit stations etc named after sublocalities). This flag is not compatible with FLAG_OFFICIAL." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"language": { -"description": "The external form of a Google International Identifiers Initiative (III) LanguageCode object. See google3/i18n/identifiers/languagecode.h for details. These strings should be treated as opaque blobs. You can use LanguageCodeConverter::FromOther to convert the string to a LanguageCode reference. You can then call methods on the LanguageCode class to extract language/script/region subtags (if any). See also http://g3doc/i18n/identifiers/g3doc/using-iii. We place extra restrictions on languages in addition to what the III library requires. See go/geo-schema-reference/feature-properties/languages. This field may be missing if the name does not have a concept of language but should be set if the language is unknown.", -"type": "string" -}, -"metadata": { -"$ref": "GeostoreFieldMetadataProto", -"description": "Field-level metadata for this name. NOTE: there are multiple NameProto fields in the Geo Schema. Metadata here is only expected to be present on FeatureProto.name[]." -}, -"rawText": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "** DEPRECATED ** The name text provided in the original source data (UTF-8 encoding). This is the text provided in the source data unmodified with the exception of being converted to UTF-8 and stripping extra leading, trailing and duplicate whitespaces (if necessary).", -"type": "string" -}, -"shortText": { -"description": "The short name text (UTF-8 encoding). Acronyms/abbreviations should be consistently used, for example \"NE 57th St\" rather than \"Northeast 57th Street\", \"N.E 57th St.\" or some other variant. This field should be populated with the chosen canonical version of the shortened name, based on per-term transformations. For feature specific abbreviations (such as 'CA' for 'California'), one should define a separate name with FLAG_ABBREVIATED set. For other variants of the shortened name that are not the canonical one, devise client based logic (ex: query rewriting rules).", -"type": "string" -}, -"temporaryData": { -"$ref": "MessageSet", -"description": "A place for clients to attach arbitrary data to a name. Never set in MapFacts." -}, -"text": { -"description": "The name text (UTF-8 encoding). Acronyms/abbreviations should be fully expanded, for example \"Northeast 57th Street\" rather than \"NE 57th St\". They can be shortened at display or geocode time. This decision prevents ambiguity over such issues as whether \"St\" represents \"Street\" or \"Saint\". However, it pushes language-specific knowledge into code. We will have libraries and data files to contract acronyms/abbreviations at run-time.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GeostorePointProto": { -"id": "GeostorePointProto", -"properties": { -"latE7": { -"format": "uint32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"lngE7": { -"format": "uint32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"metadata": { -"$ref": "GeostoreFieldMetadataProto", -"description": "NOTE: If removing metadata, remove 'option objc_class_prefix = \"GS\";' together. See cl/189921100. Field-level metadata for this point. NOTE: there are multiple PointProto fields in the Geo Schema. Metadata here is only expected to be present on FeatureProto.point[] and FeatureProto.center." -}, -"temporaryData": { -"$ref": "MessageSet", -"description": "A place for clients to attach arbitrary data to a point. Never set in MapFacts." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GeostoreRectProto": { -"description": "A latitude-longitude rectangle, represented as two diagonally opposite points \"lo\" and \"hi\". The rectangle is considered to be a closed region, i.e. it includes its boundary. The latitude bounds must be in the range -90 to 90 degrees inclusive, and the longitude bounds must be in the range -180 to 180 degrees inclusive. Various cases include: - If lo == hi, the rectangle consists of a single point. - If lo.longitude > hi.longitude, the longitude range is \"inverted\" (the rectangle crosses the 180 degree longitude line). - If lo.longitude == -180 degrees and hi.longitude = 180 degrees, the rectangle includes all longitudes. - If lo.longitude = 180 degrees and hi.longitude = -180 degrees, the longitude range is empty. - If lo.latitude > hi.latitude, the latitude range is empty.", -"id": "GeostoreRectProto", -"properties": { -"hi": { -"$ref": "GeostorePointProto" -}, -"lo": { -"$ref": "GeostorePointProto" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GetCustomerIndexStatsResponse": { -"id": "GetCustomerIndexStatsResponse", -"properties": { -"averageIndexedItemCount": { -"description": "Average item count for the given date range for which billing is done.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"stats": { -"description": "Summary of indexed item counts, one for each day in the requested range.", -"items": { -"$ref": "CustomerIndexStats" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GetCustomerQueryStatsResponse": { -"id": "GetCustomerQueryStatsResponse", -"properties": { -"stats": { -"items": { -"$ref": "CustomerQueryStats" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"totalQueryCount": { -"description": "Total successful query count (status code 200) for the given date range.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GetCustomerSearchApplicationStatsResponse": { -"description": "Response format for search application stats for a customer.", -"id": "GetCustomerSearchApplicationStatsResponse", -"properties": { -"averageSearchApplicationCount": { -"description": "Average search application count for the given date range.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"stats": { -"description": "Search application stats by date.", -"items": { -"$ref": "CustomerSearchApplicationStats" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GetCustomerSessionStatsResponse": { -"id": "GetCustomerSessionStatsResponse", -"properties": { -"stats": { -"items": { -"$ref": "CustomerSessionStats" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GetCustomerUserStatsResponse": { -"id": "GetCustomerUserStatsResponse", -"properties": { -"stats": { -"items": { -"$ref": "CustomerUserStats" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GetDataSourceIndexStatsResponse": { -"id": "GetDataSourceIndexStatsResponse", -"properties": { -"averageIndexedItemCount": { -"description": "Average item count for the given date range for which billing is done.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"stats": { -"description": "Summary of indexed item counts, one for each day in the requested range.", -"items": { -"$ref": "DataSourceIndexStats" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GetSearchApplicationQueryStatsResponse": { -"description": "Response format for getting query stats for a search application between given dates.", -"id": "GetSearchApplicationQueryStatsResponse", -"properties": { -"stats": { -"description": "Query stats per date for a search application.", -"items": { -"$ref": "SearchApplicationQueryStats" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"totalQueryCount": { -"description": "Total successful query count (status code 200) for the given date range.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GetSearchApplicationSessionStatsResponse": { -"id": "GetSearchApplicationSessionStatsResponse", -"properties": { -"stats": { -"items": { -"$ref": "SearchApplicationSessionStats" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GetSearchApplicationUserStatsResponse": { -"id": "GetSearchApplicationUserStatsResponse", -"properties": { -"stats": { -"items": { -"$ref": "SearchApplicationUserStats" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"HtmlOperatorOptions": { -"description": "Used to provide a search operator for html properties. This is optional. Search operators let users restrict the query to specific fields relevant to the type of item being searched.", -"id": "HtmlOperatorOptions", -"properties": { -"operatorName": { -"description": "Indicates the operator name required in the query in order to isolate the html property. For example, if operatorName is *subject* and the property's name is *subjectLine*, then queries like *subject:* show results only where the value of the property named *subjectLine* matches **. By contrast, a search that uses the same ** without an operator return all items where ** matches the value of any html properties or text within the content field for the item. The operator name can only contain lowercase letters (a-z). The maximum length is 32 characters.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"HtmlPropertyOptions": { -"description": "The options for html properties.", -"id": "HtmlPropertyOptions", -"properties": { -"operatorOptions": { -"$ref": "HtmlOperatorOptions", -"description": "If set, describes how the property should be used as a search operator." -}, -"retrievalImportance": { -"$ref": "RetrievalImportance", -"description": "Indicates the search quality importance of the tokens within the field when used for retrieval. Can only be set to DEFAULT or NONE." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"HtmlValues": { -"description": "List of html values.", -"id": "HtmlValues", -"properties": { -"values": { -"description": "The maximum allowable length for html values is 2048 characters.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"IPBlockInfoProto": { -"id": "IPBlockInfoProto", -"properties": { -"asn": { -"description": "ASN of the block. Only present when return_organisational is set in the request options.", -"type": "string" -}, -"carrierName": { -"type": "string" -}, -"cookiePopulation": { -"deprecated": true, -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"dnsDomain": { -"description": "DNS and organisational info, only present when return_organisational is set in the request options. Currently (November 2010) this data comes from the raw Quova import.", -"type": "string" -}, -"homeIndicator": { -"description": "True, if it is a home IP. Data is from Neustar.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"ipsEstimate": { -"description": "Day averages for this block of number of .. Currently (May 2011) not filled in. .. active IPs", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"isicCode": { -"description": "ISIC code, data from Neustar.", -"type": "string" -}, -"lastChangedS": { -"description": "Seconds since epoch any data constituting this block last changed. Currently (May 2011) not filled in.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"naicsCode": { -"description": "NAICS code, data from Neustar.", -"type": "string" -}, -"netstats": { -"$ref": "NetStatsProto", -"description": "Data from the NetDB project, see net/ipmap/..., only present when return_netstats is set in the request options." -}, -"organisationName": { -"type": "string" -}, -"organizationType": { -"description": "Neustar's organization_type data.", -"type": "string" -}, -"proxyClassification": { -"$ref": "ProxyClassificationProto", -"description": "Proxy classification of the block. Only present when return_proxy_classification is set in the request options." -}, -"ranges": { -"description": "For historical reasons, the 'ranges' field is repeated, but actually it occurs at most once. If present, the range is a set of consecutive IP addresses to which the IPGeo result (including the information in the IPBlockInfoProto as well as other info in the IPGeoResponseProto / LocationResult) applies. This means that when the netstats are present, this will be the intersection of the range from the ipgeo index with the range from the netstats index; when the proxy classification is present, this will be intersected with the IP range to which the proxy classification applies. Caveat: intersection with HHI (household income) IP range is currently not implemented.", -"items": { -"$ref": "IPRangeProto" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"reallocFracEstimate": { -"description": "Estimate of the fraction of IPs that get reallocated per day. Currently (May 2011) not filled in.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"routingtype": { -"description": "Routing type, only present if return_organisational is set in the request options. Currently (June 2012) this data is not filled in.", -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"INTERNATIONAL_PROXY", -"MOBILE_GATEWAY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"ANONYMIZER = 2; AOLDIALUP = 3; AOLPOP = 4; AOLPROXY = 5; CACHE_PROXY = 6; FIXED = 7;", -"POP = 10; REGIONAL_PROXY = 11; SATELLITE = 12; SUPERPOP = 13;" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"trafficEstimate": { -"description": ".. queries", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"IPRangeProto": { -"id": "IPRangeProto", -"properties": { -"packedIpBegin": { -"description": "A contiguous range [begin, end] of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses in packed binary form. 4 or 16 bytes, big endian", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" -}, -"packedIpEnd": { -"description": "inclusive", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"IndexItemOptions": { -"id": "IndexItemOptions", -"properties": { -"allowUnknownGsuitePrincipals": { -"description": "Specifies if the index request should allow Google Workspace principals that do not exist or are deleted.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"IndexItemRequest": { -"id": "IndexItemRequest", -"properties": { -"connectorName": { -"description": "The name of connector making this call. Format: datasources/{source_id}/connectors/{ID}", -"type": "string" -}, -"debugOptions": { -"$ref": "DebugOptions", -"description": "Common debug options." -}, -"indexItemOptions": { -"$ref": "IndexItemOptions" -}, -"item": { -"$ref": "Item", -"description": "The name of the item. Format: datasources/{source_id}/items/{item_id}" -}, -"mode": { -"description": "Required. The RequestMode for this request.", -"enum": [ -"UNSPECIFIED", -"SYNCHRONOUS", -"ASYNCHRONOUS" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The priority is not specified in the update request. Leaving priority unspecified results in an update failure.", -"For real-time updates.", -"For changes that are executed after the response is sent back to the caller." -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"InitializeCustomerRequest": { -"description": "Request message for `InitializeCustomer` method.", -"id": "InitializeCustomerRequest", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, -"IntegerFacetingOptions": { -"description": "Used to specify integer faceting options.", -"id": "IntegerFacetingOptions", -"properties": { -"integerBuckets": { -"description": "Buckets for given integer values should be in strictly ascending order. For example, if values supplied are (1,5,10,100), the following facet buckets will be formed {<1, [1,5), [5-10), [10-100), >=100}.", -"items": { -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"IntegerOperatorOptions": { -"description": "Used to provide a search operator for integer properties. This is optional. Search operators let users restrict the query to specific fields relevant to the type of item being searched.", -"id": "IntegerOperatorOptions", -"properties": { -"greaterThanOperatorName": { -"description": "Indicates the operator name required in the query in order to isolate the integer property using the greater-than operator. For example, if greaterThanOperatorName is *priorityabove* and the property's name is *priorityVal*, then queries like *priorityabove:* show results only where the value of the property named *priorityVal* is greater than **. The operator name can only contain lowercase letters (a-z). The maximum length is 32 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"lessThanOperatorName": { -"description": "Indicates the operator name required in the query in order to isolate the integer property using the less-than operator. For example, if lessThanOperatorName is *prioritybelow* and the property's name is *priorityVal*, then queries like *prioritybelow:* show results only where the value of the property named *priorityVal* is less than **. The operator name can only contain lowercase letters (a-z). The maximum length is 32 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"operatorName": { -"description": "Indicates the operator name required in the query in order to isolate the integer property. For example, if operatorName is *priority* and the property's name is *priorityVal*, then queries like *priority:* show results only where the value of the property named *priorityVal* matches **. By contrast, a search that uses the same ** without an operator returns all items where ** matches the value of any String properties or text within the content field for the item. The operator name can only contain lowercase letters (a-z). The maximum length is 32 characters.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"IntegerPropertyOptions": { -"description": "The options for integer properties.", -"id": "IntegerPropertyOptions", -"properties": { -"integerFacetingOptions": { -"$ref": "IntegerFacetingOptions", -"description": "If set, describes integer faceting options for the given integer property. The corresponding integer property should be marked isFacetable." -}, -"maximumValue": { -"description": "The maximum value of the property. The minimum and maximum values for the property are used to rank results according to the ordered ranking. Indexing requests with values greater than the maximum are accepted and ranked with the same weight as items indexed with the maximum value.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"minimumValue": { -"description": "The minimum value of the property. The minimum and maximum values for the property are used to rank results according to the ordered ranking. Indexing requests with values less than the minimum are accepted and ranked with the same weight as items indexed with the minimum value.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"operatorOptions": { -"$ref": "IntegerOperatorOptions", -"description": "If set, describes how the integer should be used as a search operator." -}, -"orderedRanking": { -"description": "Used to specify the ordered ranking for the integer. Can only be used if isRepeatable is false.", -"enum": [ -"NO_ORDER", -"ASCENDING", -"DESCENDING" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"There is no ranking order for the property. Results are not adjusted by this property's value.", -"This property is ranked in ascending order. Lower values indicate lower ranking.", -"This property is ranked in descending order. Lower values indicate higher ranking." -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"IntegerValues": { -"description": "List of integer values.", -"id": "IntegerValues", -"properties": { -"values": { -"items": { -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"Interaction": { -"description": "Represents an interaction between a user and an item.", -"id": "Interaction", -"properties": { -"interactionTime": { -"description": "The time when the user acted on the item. If multiple actions of the same type exist for a single user, only the most recent action is recorded.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -}, -"principal": { -"$ref": "Principal", -"description": "The user that acted on the item." -}, -"type": { -"enum": [ -"UNSPECIFIED", -"VIEW", -"EDIT" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Invalid value.", -"This interaction indicates the user viewed the item.", -"This interaction indicates the user edited the item." -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"Item": { -"description": "Represents a single object that is an item in the search index, such as a file, folder, or a database record.", -"id": "Item", -"properties": { -"acl": { -"$ref": "ItemAcl", -"description": "Access control list for this item." -}, -"content": { -"$ref": "ItemContent", -"description": "Item content to be indexed and made text searchable." -}, -"itemType": { -"description": "The type for this item.", -"enum": [ -"UNSPECIFIED", -"CONTENT_ITEM", -"CONTAINER_ITEM", -"VIRTUAL_CONTAINER_ITEM" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"An item that is indexed for the only purpose of serving information. These items cannot be referred in containerName or inheritAclFrom fields.", -"An item that gets indexed and whose purpose is to supply other items with ACLs and/or contain other items.", -"An item that does not get indexed, but otherwise has the same purpose as CONTAINER_ITEM." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"metadata": { -"$ref": "ItemMetadata", -"description": "The metadata information." -}, -"name": { -"description": "The name of the Item. Format: datasources/{source_id}/items/{item_id} This is a required field. The maximum length is 1536 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"payload": { -"description": "Additional state connector can store for this item. The maximum length is 10000 bytes.", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" -}, -"queue": { -"description": "Queue this item belongs to. The maximum length is 100 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"status": { -"$ref": "ItemStatus", -"description": "Status of the item. Output only field." -}, -"structuredData": { -"$ref": "ItemStructuredData", -"description": "The structured data for the item that should conform to a registered object definition in the schema for the data source." -}, -"version": { -"description": "Required. The indexing system stores the version from the datasource as a byte string and compares the Item version in the index to the version of the queued Item using lexical ordering. Cloud Search Indexing won't index or delete any queued item with a version value that is less than or equal to the version of the currently indexed item. The maximum length for this field is 1024 bytes. For information on how item version affects the deletion process, refer to [Handle revisions after manual deletes](https://developers.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/operations).", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ItemAcl": { -"description": "Access control list information for the item. For more information see [Map ACLs](https://developers.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/acls).", -"id": "ItemAcl", -"properties": { -"aclInheritanceType": { -"description": "Sets the type of access rules to apply when an item inherits its ACL from a parent. This should always be set in tandem with the inheritAclFrom field. Also, when the inheritAclFrom field is set, this field should be set to a valid AclInheritanceType.", -"enum": [ -"NOT_APPLICABLE", -"CHILD_OVERRIDE", -"PARENT_OVERRIDE", -"BOTH_PERMIT" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The default value when this item does not inherit an ACL. Use NOT_APPLICABLE when inheritAclFrom is empty. An item without ACL inheritance can still have ACLs supplied by its own readers and deniedReaders fields.", -"During an authorization conflict, the ACL of the child item determines its read access.", -"During an authorization conflict, the ACL of the parent item specified in the inheritAclFrom field determines read access.", -"Access is granted only if this item and the parent item specified in the inheritAclFrom field both permit read access." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"deniedReaders": { -"description": "List of principals who are explicitly denied access to the item in search results. While principals are denied access by default, use denied readers to handle exceptions and override the list allowed readers. The maximum number of elements is 100.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Principal" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"inheritAclFrom": { -"description": "The name of the item to inherit the Access Permission List (ACL) from. Note: ACL inheritance *only* provides access permissions to child items and does not define structural relationships, nor does it provide convenient ways to delete large groups of items. Deleting an ACL parent from the index only alters the access permissions of child items that reference the parent in the inheritAclFrom field. The item is still in the index, but may not visible in search results. By contrast, deletion of a container item also deletes all items that reference the container via the containerName field. The maximum length for this field is 1536 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"owners": { -"description": "Optional. List of owners for the item. This field has no bearing on document access permissions. It does, however, offer a slight ranking boosts items where the querying user is an owner. The maximum number of elements is 5.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Principal" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"readers": { -"description": "List of principals who are allowed to see the item in search results. Optional if inheriting permissions from another item or if the item is not intended to be visible, such as virtual containers. The maximum number of elements is 1000.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Principal" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ItemContent": { -"description": "Content of an item to be indexed and surfaced by Cloud Search. Only UTF-8 encoded strings are allowed as inlineContent. If the content is uploaded and not binary, it must be UTF-8 encoded.", -"id": "ItemContent", -"properties": { -"contentDataRef": { -"$ref": "UploadItemRef", -"description": "Upload reference ID of a previously uploaded content via write method." -}, -"contentFormat": { -"enum": [ -"UNSPECIFIED", -"HTML", -"TEXT", -"RAW" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Invalid value.", -"contentFormat is HTML.", -"contentFormat is free text.", -"contentFormat is raw bytes." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"hash": { -"description": "Hashing info calculated and provided by the API client for content. Can be used with the items.push method to calculate modified state. The maximum length is 2048 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"inlineContent": { -"description": "Content that is supplied inlined within the update method. The maximum length is 102400 bytes (100 KiB).", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ItemCountByStatus": { -"id": "ItemCountByStatus", -"properties": { -"count": { -"description": "Number of items matching the status code.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"indexedItemsCount": { -"description": "Number of items matching the status code for which billing is done. This excludes virtual container items from the total count. This count would not be applicable for items with ERROR or NEW_ITEM status code.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"statusCode": { -"description": "Status of the items.", -"enum": [ -"CODE_UNSPECIFIED", -"ERROR", -"MODIFIED", -"NEW_ITEM", -"ACCEPTED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Input-only value. Used with Items.list to list all items in the queue, regardless of status.", -"Error encountered by Cloud Search while processing this item. Details of the error are in repositoryError.", -"Item has been modified in the repository, and is out of date with the version previously accepted into Cloud Search.", -"Item is known to exist in the repository, but is not yet accepted by Cloud Search. An item can be in this state when Items.push has been called for an item of this name that did not exist previously.", -"API has accepted the up-to-date data of this item." -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ItemMetadata": { -"description": "Available metadata fields for the item.", -"id": "ItemMetadata", -"properties": { -"containerName": { -"description": "The name of the container for this item. Deletion of the container item leads to automatic deletion of this item. Note: ACLs are not inherited from a container item. To provide ACL inheritance for an item, use the inheritAclFrom field. The maximum length is 1536 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"contentLanguage": { -"description": "The BCP-47 language code for the item, such as \"en-US\" or \"sr-Latn\". For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. The maximum length is 32 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"contextAttributes": { -"description": "A set of named attributes associated with the item. This can be used for influencing the ranking of the item based on the context in the request. The maximum number of elements is 10.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ContextAttribute" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"createTime": { -"description": "The time when the item was created in the source repository.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -}, -"hash": { -"description": "Hashing value provided by the API caller. This can be used with the items.push method to calculate modified state. The maximum length is 2048 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"interactions": { -"description": "A list of interactions for the item. Interactions are used to improve Search quality, but are not exposed to end users. The maximum number of elements is 1000.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Interaction" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"keywords": { -"description": "Additional keywords or phrases that should match the item. Used internally for user generated content. The maximum number of elements is 100. The maximum length is 8192 characters.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"mimeType": { -"description": "The original mime-type of ItemContent.content in the source repository. The maximum length is 256 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"objectType": { -"description": "The type of the item. This should correspond to the name of an object definition in the schema registered for the data source. For example, if the schema for the data source contains an object definition with name 'document', then item indexing requests for objects of that type should set objectType to 'document'. The maximum length is 256 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"searchQualityMetadata": { -"$ref": "SearchQualityMetadata", -"description": "Additional search quality metadata of the item" -}, -"sourceRepositoryUrl": { -"description": "Link to the source repository serving the data. Seach results apply this link to the title. Whitespace or special characters may cause Cloud Seach result links to trigger a redirect notice; to avoid this, encode the URL. The maximum length is 2048 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"title": { -"description": "The title of the item. If given, this will be the displayed title of the Search result. The maximum length is 2048 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"updateTime": { -"description": "The time when the item was last modified in the source repository.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ItemStatus": { -"description": "This contains item's status and any errors.", -"id": "ItemStatus", -"properties": { -"code": { -"description": "Status code.", -"enum": [ -"CODE_UNSPECIFIED", -"ERROR", -"MODIFIED", -"NEW_ITEM", -"ACCEPTED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Input-only value. Used with Items.list to list all items in the queue, regardless of status.", -"Error encountered by Cloud Search while processing this item. Details of the error are in repositoryError.", -"Item has been modified in the repository, and is out of date with the version previously accepted into Cloud Search.", -"Item is known to exist in the repository, but is not yet accepted by Cloud Search. An item can be in this state when Items.push has been called for an item of this name that did not exist previously.", -"API has accepted the up-to-date data of this item." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"processingErrors": { -"description": "Error details in case the item is in ERROR state.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ProcessingError" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"repositoryErrors": { -"description": "Repository error reported by connector.", -"items": { -"$ref": "RepositoryError" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ItemStructuredData": { -"description": "Available structured data fields for the item.", -"id": "ItemStructuredData", -"properties": { -"hash": { -"description": "Hashing value provided by the API caller. This can be used with the items.push method to calculate modified state. The maximum length is 2048 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"object": { -"$ref": "StructuredDataObject", -"description": "The structured data object that should conform to a registered object definition in the schema for the data source." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ListDataSourceResponse": { -"id": "ListDataSourceResponse", -"properties": { -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", -"type": "string" -}, -"sources": { -"items": { -"$ref": "DataSource" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ListItemNamesForUnmappedIdentityResponse": { -"id": "ListItemNamesForUnmappedIdentityResponse", -"properties": { -"itemNames": { -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ListItemsResponse": { -"id": "ListItemsResponse", -"properties": { -"items": { -"items": { -"$ref": "Item" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ListOperationsResponse": { -"description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.", -"id": "ListOperationsResponse", -"properties": { -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "The standard List next-page token.", -"type": "string" -}, -"operations": { -"description": "A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ListQuerySourcesResponse": { -"description": "List sources response.", -"id": "ListQuerySourcesResponse", -"properties": { -"nextPageToken": { -"type": "string" -}, -"sources": { -"items": { -"$ref": "QuerySource" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ListSearchApplicationsResponse": { -"id": "ListSearchApplicationsResponse", -"properties": { -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", -"type": "string" -}, -"searchApplications": { -"items": { -"$ref": "SearchApplication" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ListUnmappedIdentitiesResponse": { -"id": "ListUnmappedIdentitiesResponse", -"properties": { -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", -"type": "string" -}, -"unmappedIdentities": { -"items": { -"$ref": "UnmappedIdentity" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationExtractorFeatureletAnnotationSet": { -"description": "A set of featurelet annotations for an alternate policy.", -"id": "LocationExtractorFeatureletAnnotationSet", -"properties": { -"annotations": { -"description": "The featurelet annotations for the alternate policy.", -"items": { -"enum": [ -"TRIMMED_BY_QUALITY_FILTERING" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Indicate that a featurelet should not be used. This annotation is applied during ApplyQualityFiltering for feature \"trimming\" or added by the PolicyStore as a result of quality score calculation." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"name": { -"description": "The name of the alternate policy.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationExtractorInterpretation": { -"description": "An interpretation is a place on earth, an annotated query s-tree and a 'legend' grouping tokens into terms, and mapping those to the hierarchy of featurelets inside the location. An interpretation is returned as part of the LocationExtractionResponse and not meant to be used directly. Next tag: 15", -"id": "LocationExtractorInterpretation", -"properties": { -"location": { -"$ref": "LocationExtractorLocation", -"description": "Location on Earth, containing featurelets ordered from most to least specific. These are referred to in the featurelet_index field below. In case of directions queries, this field contains departure location." -}, -"query": { -"description": "serialized s-expr annotated with :loc", -"type": "string" -}, -"term": { -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationExtractorInterpretationTerm" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationExtractorInterpretationTerm": { -"description": "This group provides details about what we found in the query as a set of non-overlapping 'terms', each referring to a separate political feature. E.g. query of \"Pizza near Mt View CA\" would (in one of the geocodes) contain two terms: \"Mt View\" and \"CA\". All terms are given in left-to-right order. Note that not all featurelets necessarily occur as a term. Some may have been inferred from the political hierarchy. E.g. in the example above there would be a featurelet for the US after the one for \"CA\".", -"id": "LocationExtractorInterpretationTerm", -"properties": { -"featureletIndex": { -"description": "index into location().featurelet() array (above).", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"tokenEnd": { -"description": "1+last token covered by this term.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"tokenStart": { -"description": "These token indexes refer to the non-negated tokens of the query returned by the Interpretation. Note: That means you have to parse the query field with the SqueryParser, use QueryTreeUtils::FindOriginalNonNegatedWordNodes to get the original tokens, and use these 1-based indexes to retrieve the appropriate tokens from the result. You can NOT just split the original raw query on whitespace and use this as an offset. first token covered by this term.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"unexpectedLanguageMatch": { -"description": "Whether this term matched in a language that is \"unexpected\". For this purpose, expected languages are: request language, languages spoken in request country, English, unknown languages, and languages of the feature's country.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationExtractorLocation": { -"description": "A Location message represents a geographical feature with an associated confidence level. Within a LocationExtractionServerResponse message, this message is used to specify possible locations of the user, and possible locations the user may be interested in. Next tag: 41", -"id": "LocationExtractorLocation", -"properties": { -"addressRank": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Copy of FeatureProto->RankDetailsProto->address_rank", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"areaRank": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Copy of FeatureProto->RankDetailsProto->area_rank", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"boundingbox": { -"$ref": "LocationExtractorLocationBoundingBox", -"deprecated": true -}, -"center": { -"$ref": "LocationExtractorLocationCenter", -"deprecated": true -}, -"confidence": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Represents the Location Extraction Server's confidence that this Location is correct.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"featurelet": { -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationExtractorLocationFeaturelet" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"ipblockinfo": { -"$ref": "IPBlockInfoProto", -"description": "Information about an ip block, like range, speed etc." -}, -"populationRank": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Copy of FeatureProto->RankDetailsProto->population_rank", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationExtractorLocationBoundingBox": { -"description": "Defines the bounding box for the area. The values specify a rectangle defined from low to high. Latitude and longitude (in degrees) x 10,000,000. We use sfixed32 (fixed-size int32) because they get transmitted using 4 bytes while int32 gets transmitted using 10 bytes.", -"id": "LocationExtractorLocationBoundingBox", -"properties": { -"highLatitudeE7": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"highLongitudeE7": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"lowLatitudeE7": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"lowLongitudeE7": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationExtractorLocationCenter": { -"description": "Latitude and longitude of the area center (in degrees) x 10,000,000", -"id": "LocationExtractorLocationCenter", -"properties": { -"latitudeE7": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"longitudeE7": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationExtractorLocationExtractionResponse": { -"description": "A LocationExtractionResponse message represents a response from the Location Extraction Server. If a location and / or area of interest was found, they will be included in the response. Next tag: 8", -"id": "LocationExtractorLocationExtractionResponse", -"properties": { -"interpretation": { -"description": "The request.max_interpretation() most likely interpretations of the input sexpr or raw_query. The ordering of interpretations is determined by request.scorer().", -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationExtractorInterpretation" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"tainted": { -"description": "True if the results are unreliable, for example due to a deadline being broken.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"userLocation": { -"description": "Represents the location of the end user, either from the ip or the user_address field in the request. For historical reasons, this is up to 3 separate locations that form a political hierarchy. See location/extractor/client/public/location.h:MergeLocations for a function to merge them into one. NOTE: the user_location does NOT influence the interpretations below. see the remarks about the ip field above. Conversely, this field is the ONLY field that changes depending on ip or user_address input.", -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationExtractorLocation" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationExtractorLocationFeaturelet": { -"description": "A location must have one or more Featurelets, each of which correspond to a single GeoStore Feature. The first Featurelet is considered to be the primary component of the location, and any additional Featurelets should be considered supplementary. For example, the Location \"Brooklyn\" might have Featurelets: 1) Brooklyn (borough) 2) New York (city) 3) New York (state) 4) United States (country) LINT.IfChange", -"id": "LocationExtractorLocationFeaturelet", -"properties": { -"additionalData": { -"$ref": "MessageSet", -"description": "A field to attach additional data about the feature. For example, the location extraction server uses this field to include the ads criteria id of the featurelet if available. As specified by MessageSet, all types within the set must be unique. Using the changelist number where the message was created is a good method of ensuring uniqueness." -}, -"alternateAnnotations": { -"description": "Alternate annotations on this featurelet.", -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationExtractorFeatureletAnnotationSet" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"annotations": { -"description": "Annotations applied to this featurelet. This field is modified by the policy store.", -"items": { -"enum": [ -"TRIMMED_BY_QUALITY_FILTERING" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Indicate that a featurelet should not be used. This annotation is applied during ApplyQualityFiltering for feature \"trimming\" or added by the PolicyStore as a result of quality score calculation." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"areaRank": { -"description": "Copy of FeatureProto->RankDetailsProto->area_rank", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"boundingbox": { -"$ref": "LocationExtractorLocationFeatureletBoundingBox" -}, -"center": { -"$ref": "LocationExtractorLocationFeatureletCenter" -}, -"confidence": { -"description": "Represents the Location Extraction Server's confidence that this featurelet is correct. This is currently not populated by LES. Oolong will parse the LES response for IP addreses and combine multiple locations into a single location with multiple featurelets. This confidence will be populated by Oolong by looking into confidences from each of the locations.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"establishmentType": { -"description": "This field contains original feature's establishment type if it had one.", -"enum": [ -"TYPE_ANY", -"TYPE_UNDEFINED", -"TYPE_DEPRECATED_AVIATION", -"TYPE_BUSINESS", -"TYPE_TRAVEL_SERVICE", -"TYPE_LODGING", -"TYPE_HOTEL", -"TYPE_RESORT", -"TYPE_MOTEL", -"TYPE_HOSTEL", -"TYPE_GUESTHOUSE", -"TYPE_VACATION_RENTAL", -"TYPE_GAS_STATION", -"TYPE_REST_AREA", -"TYPE_CASH_MACHINE", -"TYPE_CAR_RENTAL", -"TYPE_CAR_REPAIR", -"TYPE_TAXI_STAND", -"TYPE_TRAVEL_AGENT", -"TYPE_BICYCLE_RENTAL_POINT", -"TYPE_ELECTRIC_VEHICLE_CHARGING_STATION", -"TYPE_SHOPPING", -"TYPE_GROCERY", -"TYPE_ANTIQUES", -"TYPE_APPAREL", -"TYPE_GIFTS", -"TYPE_JEWELRY", -"TYPE_SPORTING_GOODS", -"TYPE_VEHICLE", -"TYPE_SHOPPING_CENTER", -"TYPE_SUPERMARKET", -"TYPE_FAIRGROUNDS", -"TYPE_MARKET", -"TYPE_PRODUCE_MARKET", -"TYPE_FARMERS_MARKET", -"TYPE_LIQUOR_STORE", -"TYPE_SOUVENIR_SHOP", -"TYPE_INDUSTRIAL", -"TYPE_CONSTRUCTION", -"TYPE_BUILDING_MATERIAL", -"TYPE_SECURITY_PRODUCTS", -"TYPE_MECHANICAL", -"TYPE_TEXTILE", -"TYPE_CHEMICAL", -"TYPE_METAL", -"TYPE_TRANSPORTATION", -"TYPE_FREIGHT", -"TYPE_AVIATION", -"TYPE_COURIER", -"TYPE_MOVING", -"TYPE_PACKAGING", -"TYPE_RAIL", -"TYPE_PUBLIC_TRANSIT", -"TYPE_WAREHOUSE", -"TYPE_DEFENSE", -"TYPE_AGRICULTURE", -"TYPE_PLANTATION", -"TYPE_PLANT_NURSERY", -"TYPE_DESIGN", -"TYPE_UTILITIES", -"TYPE_POWER_PLANT", -"TYPE_SEWAGE_TREATMENT_PLANT", -"TYPE_WATER_TREATMENT_PLANT", -"TYPE_SUBSTATION", -"TYPE_MANUFACTURING", -"TYPE_BIOTECH", -"TYPE_MATERIALS", -"TYPE_MINING", -"TYPE_QUARRY", -"TYPE_TANNERY", -"TYPE_OIL_REFINERY", -"TYPE_ADVERTISING_MARKETING", -"TYPE_LEGAL", -"TYPE_FAMILY_LAW", -"TYPE_IP_LAW", -"TYPE_LABOR_LAW", -"TYPE_PERSONAL_INJURY_LAW", -"TYPE_CRIMINAL_LAW", -"TYPE_PERSONAL_FINANCE", -"TYPE_LIFE_INSURANCE", -"TYPE_LENDING", -"TYPE_ACCOUNTING", -"TYPE_INVESTING", -"TYPE_BANKING", -"TYPE_HEALTH", -"TYPE_HEALTH_EQUIPMENT", -"TYPE_NURSING", -"TYPE_HEALTH_INSURANCE", -"TYPE_HEALTH_FACILITY", -"TYPE_DIAGNOSTIC_CENTER", -"TYPE_HEALTH_RESOURCES", -"TYPE_NUTRITION", -"TYPE_VISION", -"TYPE_COUNSELING", -"TYPE_MASSAGE", -"TYPE_BLOOD_BANK", -"TYPE_HEARING", -"TYPE_HOME_GARDEN", -"TYPE_INTERIOR_DECOR", -"TYPE_DOMESTIC_SERVICES", -"TYPE_APPLIANCES", -"TYPE_PEST_CONTROL", -"TYPE_GARDENING", -"TYPE_ELECTRONICS", -"TYPE_COMPUTER", -"TYPE_COMPUTER_HARDWARE", -"TYPE_COMPUTER_SECURITY", -"TYPE_COMPUTER_SOFTWARE", -"TYPE_COMPUTER_SUPPORT", -"TYPE_AUDIO_DEVICES", -"TYPE_VIDEO_DEVICES", -"TYPE_REAL_ESTATE", -"TYPE_OFFICE_SERVICES", -"TYPE_ENTERTAINMENT", -"TYPE_GAMES", -"TYPE_CASINO", -"TYPE_LOTTO", -"TYPE_VIDEO", -"TYPE_CLUBS", -"TYPE_DISCOTHEQUE", -"TYPE_ANIMATION", -"TYPE_MODELING", -"TYPE_HUMOR", -"TYPE_MOVIES", -"TYPE_MOVIE_RENTAL", -"TYPE_MOVIE_THEATER", -"TYPE_MUSIC", -"TYPE_RADIO", -"TYPE_TV", -"TYPE_BAR", -"TYPE_PRINT_MEDIA", -"TYPE_ADULT", -"TYPE_SEXUAL_SERVICES", -"TYPE_ANIMALS", -"TYPE_PETS", -"TYPE_FISHERY", -"TYPE_ARTS", -"TYPE_BOOKS", -"TYPE_PERFORMING_ARTS", -"TYPE_GALLERY", -"TYPE_AUTOMOTIVE", -"TYPE_PARTS", -"TYPE_AUTO_FINANCE", -"TYPE_AUTO_INSURANCE", -"TYPE_RV", -"TYPE_MOTORCYCLES", -"TYPE_CARS", -"TYPE_TRUCKS_SUVS", -"TYPE_LICENSING", -"TYPE_MAINTENANCE", -"TYPE_PERSONAL_CARE", -"TYPE_BODY_ART", -"TYPE_COSMETICS", -"TYPE_FITNESS", -"TYPE_YOGA_CENTER", -"TYPE_GYM", -"TYPE_HAIR_CARE", -"TYPE_SPA", -"TYPE_BEAUTY_SALON", -"TYPE_CORPORATE_EVENTS", -"TYPE_HUMAN_RESOURCES", -"TYPE_FOOD_AND_DRINK", -"TYPE_BEVERAGE", -"TYPE_RECIPES", -"TYPE_COOKWARE", -"TYPE_CULINARY", -"TYPE_RETAIL", -"TYPE_RESTAURANT", -"TYPE_COFFEE", -"TYPE_BAKERY", -"TYPE_FOOD_CENTER", -"TYPE_TEA", -"TYPE_CAFE", -"TYPE_WINERY", -"TYPE_BREWERY", -"TYPE_FAST_FOOD", -"TYPE_FOOD_DELIVERY", -"TYPE_INTERNET", -"TYPE_WEB_DESIGN", -"TYPE_WEB_HOSTING", -"TYPE_WEB_SERVICES", -"TYPE_LIFESTYLE", -"TYPE_PHOTO_VIDEO", -"TYPE_ACTIVITIES", -"TYPE_BOATING", -"TYPE_CYCLING", -"TYPE_EQUESTRIAN", -"TYPE_FISHING", -"TYPE_HIKING", -"TYPE_HUNTING", -"TYPE_SWIMMING", -"TYPE_GOLF", -"TYPE_GOLF_COURSE", -"TYPE_BASEBALL", -"TYPE_BASKETBALL", -"TYPE_HOCKEY", -"TYPE_MOTOR_SPORTS", -"TYPE_WINTER_SPORTS", -"TYPE_FOOTBALL", -"TYPE_SOCCER", -"TYPE_ICE_SKATING", -"TYPE_BOXING", -"TYPE_CRICKET", -"TYPE_ROWING", -"TYPE_RUGBY", -"TYPE_RACQUET_SPORTS", -"TYPE_ROCK_CLIMBING", -"TYPE_REFERENCES", -"TYPE_MAPS", -"TYPE_TIME", -"TYPE_SCIENTIFIC_EQUIPMENT", -"TYPE_TELECOMMUNICATIONS", -"TYPE_EVENT_VENUE", -"TYPE_BANQUET_HALL", -"TYPE_CONFERENCE_HALL", -"TYPE_WEDDING_HALL", -"TYPE_EXHIBITION_HALL", -"TYPE_COMMUNITY_CENTER", -"TYPE_AUDITORIUM", -"TYPE_FUNCTION_HALL", -"TYPE_CONCERT_HALL", -"TYPE_AMPHITHEATER", -"TYPE_LAUNDRY", -"TYPE_LAUNDROMAT", -"TYPE_DRY_CLEANER", -"TYPE_MORTUARY", -"TYPE_REPAIR_AND_MAINTENANCE", -"TYPE_GOVERNMENT", -"TYPE_BORDER_CROSSING", -"TYPE_CITY_HALL", -"TYPE_COURTHOUSE", -"TYPE_EMBASSY", -"TYPE_LIBRARY", -"TYPE_PRISON", -"TYPE_TAX_OFFICE", -"TYPE_PROSECUTORS_OFFICE", -"TYPE_CONGRESS", -"TYPE_TOWN_COUNCIL", -"TYPE_CAPITOL_BUILDING", -"TYPE_VOTING_FACILITY", -"TYPE_CHECKPOINT", -"TYPE_SCHOOL", -"TYPE_UNIVERSITY", -"TYPE_ORPHANAGE", -"TYPE_KINDERGARTEN", -"TYPE_DAYCARE", -"TYPE_ACADEMY", -"TYPE_TRADE_SCHOOL", -"TYPE_SKILL_INSTRUCTION", -"TYPE_EMERGENCY", -"TYPE_HOSPITAL", -"TYPE_PHARMACY", -"TYPE_POLICE", -"TYPE_FIRE", -"TYPE_DOCTOR", -"TYPE_DENTIST", -"TYPE_VETERINARIAN", -"TYPE_FIRST_AID", -"TYPE_CIVIL_DEFENSE", -"TYPE_TOURIST_DESTINATION", -"TYPE_ECO_TOURIST_DESTINATION", -"TYPE_BIRD_WATCHING", -"TYPE_NATURE_RESERVE", -"TYPE_MUSEUM", -"TYPE_VISITOR_CENTER", -"TYPE_OBSERVATION_DECK", -"TYPE_OBSERVATORY", -"TYPE_SCENIC_POINT", -"TYPE_ZOO", -"TYPE_AQUARIUM", -"TYPE_AMUSEMENT_PARK", -"TYPE_MONUMENT", -"TYPE_PALACE", -"TYPE_FORT", -"TYPE_TOWER", -"TYPE_LIGHTHOUSE", -"TYPE_TEMPLE", -"TYPE_CHURCH", -"TYPE_GURUDWARA", -"TYPE_HINDU_TEMPLE", -"TYPE_MOSQUE", -"TYPE_SYNAGOGUE", -"TYPE_BUDDHIST_TEMPLE", -"TYPE_JAIN_TEMPLE", -"TYPE_BAHAI_TEMPLE", -"TYPE_SHINTO_TEMPLE", -"TYPE_MORMON_TEMPLE", -"TYPE_SPORTS_COMPLEX", -"TYPE_STADIUM", -"TYPE_BOWLING", -"TYPE_BADMINTON", -"TYPE_TENNIS", -"TYPE_TABLE_TENNIS", -"TYPE_PARK", -"TYPE_LOCAL_PARK", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_PARK", -"TYPE_US_NATIONAL_PARK", -"TYPE_US_NATIONAL_MONUMENT", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_FOREST", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_GRASSLAND", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_PRESERVE", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_RECREATION_AREA", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_MONUMENT", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_HISTORIC_AREA", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_SCENIC_AREA", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_SCENIC_ROADWAY_AREA", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_SCENIC_RIVER_AREA", -"TYPE_PROVINCIAL_PARK", -"TYPE_PROVINCIAL_FOREST", -"TYPE_CAMPGROUNDS", -"TYPE_WILDERNESS_AREA", -"TYPE_WILDLIFE_AREA", -"TYPE_BOTANICAL_GARDEN", -"TYPE_GARDEN", -"TYPE_ARBORETUM", -"TYPE_MARINE_PROTECTED_AREA", -"TYPE_AIRPORT", -"TYPE_TARMAC", -"TYPE_HELIPORT", -"TYPE_SEAPLANE_BASE", -"TYPE_MILITARY_AIRBASE", -"TYPE_CEMETERY", -"TYPE_MILITARY", -"TYPE_ENCLOSED_TRAFFIC_AREA", -"TYPE_PARKING", -"TYPE_OFF_ROAD_AREA", -"TYPE_POST_OFFICE", -"TYPE_HOUSING_DEVELOPMENT", -"TYPE_BRIDGE", -"TYPE_ARCHAEOLOGICAL", -"TYPE_HISTORICAL", -"TYPE_RUINS", -"TYPE_TUNNEL", -"TYPE_RESIDENTIAL_DWELLING", -"TYPE_DETACHED_DWELLING", -"TYPE_ATTACHED_DWELLING", -"TYPE_APARTMENT", -"TYPE_GATED_COMMUNITY", -"TYPE_RETIREMENT_HOME", -"TYPE_TOLL_BOOTH", -"TYPE_CULTURAL", -"TYPE_CULTURAL_CENTER", -"TYPE_OVERPASS", -"TYPE_REST_ROOM", -"TYPE_PUBLIC_PHONE", -"TYPE_PHONE_BOOTH", -"TYPE_MANNED_PCO", -"TYPE_RESEARCH_INSTITUTE", -"TYPE_NON_GOVERNMENTAL_ORGANIZATION", -"TYPE_OFFICE_PARK", -"TYPE_MEDITATION_CENTER", -"TYPE_RELIGIOUS", -"TYPE_MONASTERY", -"TYPE_ASHRAM", -"TYPE_PAGODA", -"TYPE_MISSION", -"TYPE_PILGRIM_DESTINATION", -"TYPE_SOCIAL_SERVICE", -"TYPE_RANGER_STATION", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_STATION", -"TYPE_BUS_STATION", -"TYPE_TRAMWAY_STATION", -"TYPE_TRAIN_STATION", -"TYPE_SUBWAY_STATION", -"TYPE_FERRY_TERMINAL", -"TYPE_CABLE_CAR_STATION", -"TYPE_GONDOLA_LIFT_STATION", -"TYPE_FUNICULAR_STATION", -"TYPE_HORSE_CARRIAGE_STATION", -"TYPE_MONORAIL_STATION", -"TYPE_SEAPORT", -"TYPE_NATURAL_FEATURE", -"TYPE_ELEVATED", -"TYPE_PEAK" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"ABSTRACT", -"Can be used for features where no establishment information is available. For example, if an importer generates a TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_BUILDING feature, but source data does not have any information on the actual purpose of the building, the importer should use TYPE_UNDEFINED for establishment type.", -"DEPRECATED", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Note: 0xF213F is reserved to extend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xF6F is reserved and any new types should start with 0xF6F1", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"State parks, county parks, city parks, wilderness areas. This also includes underwater preserves, wild and scenic rivers, etc. Should we have things like baseball diamonds?", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Wildlife management area. This includes preservation areas for fish, game, and birds.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"An airport is a location where aircraft such as fixed-wing aircraft, helicopters, and blimps takeoff and land. NOTE: TYPE_TARMAC establishment type has been deprecated in favor of TYPE_TARMAC feature type. Once all data is modeled using the new feature type, the entry below should be removed.", -"DEPRECATED", -"A heliport is a small airport suitable only for use by helicopters.", -"A seaplane base is a special airport suitable for seaplanes.", -"An airbase (sometimes referred to correctly as an airfield, military airport, or Royal Air Force Station or Air Force Station) is a military airfield that provides basing and support of military aircraft.", -"", -"", -"The term \"enclosed traffic area\" is used extensively in Europe. It generally refers to a parking lot or other similar area through which traffic passes but are not generally considered to be a road. Another example is a piazza in an Italian town.", -"Establishment TYPE_PARKING is used for parking lots or garages. The actual feature type can be TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_GROUNDS or TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_BUILDING to distinguish between those.", -"", -"", -"In some country (like China), there will have a small area of housing development. Normally covers one or more city blocks.", -"In the Australian data we get bridges as POIs effectively. We'd like to include them so we can mapsearch for \"Sydney Harbour Bridge\" and others. Many other data sets have bridges modeled directly as segments, and so don't require this.", -"", -"In some countries historical objects are well known and important.", -"", -"Feature must be TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_GROUNDS.", -"These types, when used with appropriate feature type (TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_BUILDING, TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_GROUNDS) can refer to a single building or a residential area (respectively).", -"", -"", -"All multi-unit housing such as duplex, condominium, apartment belongs to this.", -"", -"", -"In Korea most toll booths have their own names, and are often used as reference points. If an importer generates TYPE_TOLL_BOOTH establishment features with exact positions and names, then mapsearch will index them. Also this can be used to render them.", -"", -"", -"An overpass, or flyover is a structure that passes over another road or railway.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Hierarchy of transit station types. See go/transit-schema for more details.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"featureId": { -"$ref": "GeostoreFeatureIdProto", -"description": "The GeoStore Feature ID for this feature. This field will be present when the featurelet was derived from or maps to an oyster feature." -}, -"kgReference": { -"$ref": "GeostoreKnowledgeGraphReferenceProto", -"description": "The reference to an entity in the KnowledgeGraph." -}, -"name": { -"description": "Each Featurelet includes the list of names that are associated with the corresponding GeoStore Feature.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GeostoreNameProto" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"populationRank": { -"description": "Copy of FeatureProto->RankDetailsProto->population_rank", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"type": { -"description": "The GeoStore Feature type.", -"enum": [ -"TYPE_ANY", -"TYPE_TRANSPORTATION", -"TYPE_ROUTE", -"TYPE_DEPRECATED_HIGHWAY_DO_NOT_USE", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY_1", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY_2", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY_3", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY_4", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY_5", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY_6", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY_7", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY_8", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY_9", -"TYPE_BICYCLE_ROUTE", -"TYPE_TRAIL", -"TYPE_SEGMENT", -"TYPE_ROAD", -"TYPE_RAILWAY", -"TYPE_STANDARD_TRACK", -"TYPE_JR_TRACK", -"TYPE_NARROW_TRACK", -"TYPE_MONORAIL_TRACK", -"TYPE_SUBWAY_TRACK", -"TYPE_LIGHT_RAIL_TRACK", -"TYPE_BROAD_TRACK", -"TYPE_HIGH_SPEED_RAIL", -"TYPE_TROLLEY_TRACK", -"TYPE_FERRY", -"TYPE_FERRY_BOAT", -"TYPE_FERRY_TRAIN", -"TYPE_VIRTUAL_SEGMENT", -"TYPE_INTERSECTION", -"TYPE_TRANSIT", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_STATION", -"TYPE_BUS_STATION", -"TYPE_TRAMWAY_STATION", -"TYPE_TRAIN_STATION", -"TYPE_SUBWAY_STATION", -"TYPE_FERRY_TERMINAL", -"TYPE_AIRPORT", -"TYPE_AIRPORT_CIVIL", -"TYPE_AIRPORT_MILITARY", -"TYPE_AIRPORT_MIXED", -"TYPE_HELIPORT", -"TYPE_SEAPLANE_BASE", -"TYPE_AIRSTRIP", -"TYPE_CABLE_CAR_STATION", -"TYPE_GONDOLA_LIFT_STATION", -"TYPE_FUNICULAR_STATION", -"TYPE_SPECIAL_STATION", -"TYPE_HORSE_CARRIAGE_STATION", -"TYPE_MONORAIL_STATION", -"TYPE_SEAPORT", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_STOP", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_TRIP", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_DEPARTURE", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_LEG", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_LINE", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_AGENCY_DEPRECATED_VALUE", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_TRANSFER", -"TYPE_SEGMENT_PATH", -"TYPE_ROAD_SIGN", -"TYPE_INTERSECTION_GROUP", -"TYPE_PATHWAY", -"TYPE_RESTRICTION_GROUP", -"TYPE_TOLL_CLUSTER", -"TYPE_POLITICAL", -"TYPE_COUNTRY", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA1", -"TYPE_US_STATE", -"TYPE_GB_COUNTRY", -"TYPE_JP_TODOUFUKEN", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA2", -"TYPE_GB_FORMER_POSTAL_COUNTY", -"TYPE_GB_TRADITIONAL_COUNTY", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA3", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA4", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA5", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA6", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA7", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA8", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA9", -"TYPE_COLLOQUIAL_AREA", -"TYPE_RESERVATION", -"TYPE_LOCALITY", -"TYPE_GB_POST_TOWN", -"TYPE_JP_GUN", -"TYPE_JP_SHIKUCHOUSON", -"TYPE_JP_SUB_SHIKUCHOUSON", -"TYPE_COLLOQUIAL_CITY", -"TYPE_SUBLOCALITY", -"TYPE_US_BOROUGH", -"TYPE_GB_DEPENDENT_LOCALITY", -"TYPE_JP_OOAZA", -"TYPE_JP_KOAZA", -"TYPE_JP_GAIKU", -"TYPE_GB_DOUBLE_DEPENDENT_LOCALITY", -"TYPE_JP_CHIBAN", -"TYPE_JP_EDABAN", -"TYPE_SUBLOCALITY1", -"TYPE_SUBLOCALITY2", -"TYPE_SUBLOCALITY3", -"TYPE_SUBLOCALITY4", -"TYPE_SUBLOCALITY5", -"TYPE_NEIGHBORHOOD", -"TYPE_CONSTITUENCY", -"TYPE_DESIGNATED_MARKET_AREA", -"TYPE_SCHOOL_DISTRICT", -"TYPE_LAND_PARCEL", -"TYPE_DISPUTED_AREA", -"TYPE_POLICE_JURISDICTION", -"TYPE_STATISTICAL_AREA", -"TYPE_CONSTITUENCY_FUTURE", -"TYPE_PARK", -"TYPE_GOLF_COURSE", -"TYPE_LOCAL_PARK", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_PARK", -"TYPE_US_NATIONAL_PARK", -"TYPE_US_NATIONAL_MONUMENT", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_FOREST", -"TYPE_PROVINCIAL_PARK", -"TYPE_PROVINCIAL_FOREST", -"TYPE_CAMPGROUNDS", -"TYPE_HIKING_AREA", -"TYPE_BUSINESS", -"TYPE_GOVERNMENT", -"TYPE_BORDER_CROSSING", -"TYPE_CITY_HALL", -"TYPE_COURTHOUSE", -"TYPE_EMBASSY", -"TYPE_LIBRARY", -"TYPE_SCHOOL", -"TYPE_UNIVERSITY", -"TYPE_EMERGENCY", -"TYPE_HOSPITAL", -"TYPE_PHARMACY", -"TYPE_POLICE", -"TYPE_FIRE", -"TYPE_DOCTOR", -"TYPE_DENTIST", -"TYPE_VETERINARIAN", -"TYPE_TRAVEL_SERVICE", -"TYPE_LODGING", -"TYPE_RESTAURANT", -"TYPE_GAS_STATION", -"TYPE_PARKING", -"TYPE_POST_OFFICE", -"TYPE_REST_AREA", -"TYPE_CASH_MACHINE", -"TYPE_CAR_RENTAL", -"TYPE_CAR_REPAIR", -"TYPE_SHOPPING", -"TYPE_GROCERY", -"TYPE_TOURIST_DESTINATION", -"TYPE_ECO_TOURIST_DESTINATION", -"TYPE_BIRD_WATCHING", -"TYPE_FISHING", -"TYPE_HUNTING", -"TYPE_NATURE_RESERVE", -"TYPE_TEMPLE", -"TYPE_CHURCH", -"TYPE_GURUDWARA", -"TYPE_HINDU_TEMPLE", -"TYPE_MOSQUE", -"TYPE_SYNAGOGUE", -"TYPE_STADIUM", -"TYPE_BAR", -"TYPE_MOVIE_RENTAL", -"TYPE_COFFEE", -"TYPE_GOLF", -"TYPE_BANK", -"TYPE_DOODLE", -"TYPE_GROUNDS", -"TYPE_AIRPORT_GROUNDS", -"TYPE_BUILDING_GROUNDS", -"TYPE_CEMETERY", -"TYPE_HOSPITAL_GROUNDS", -"TYPE_INDUSTRIAL", -"TYPE_MILITARY", -"TYPE_SHOPPING_CENTER", -"TYPE_SPORTS_COMPLEX", -"TYPE_UNIVERSITY_GROUNDS", -"TYPE_DEPRECATED_TARMAC", -"TYPE_ENCLOSED_TRAFFIC_AREA", -"TYPE_PARKING_LOT", -"TYPE_PARKING_GARAGE", -"TYPE_OFF_ROAD_AREA", -"TYPE_BORDER", -"TYPE_BUILDING", -"TYPE_GEOCODED_ADDRESS", -"TYPE_NATURAL_FEATURE", -"TYPE_TERRAIN", -"TYPE_SAND", -"TYPE_BEACH", -"TYPE_DUNE", -"TYPE_ROCKY", -"TYPE_ICE", -"TYPE_GLACIER", -"TYPE_BUILT_UP_AREA", -"TYPE_VEGETATION", -"TYPE_SHRUBBERY", -"TYPE_WOODS", -"TYPE_AGRICULTURAL", -"TYPE_GRASSLAND", -"TYPE_TUNDRA", -"TYPE_DESERT", -"TYPE_SALT_FLAT", -"TYPE_WATER", -"TYPE_OCEAN", -"TYPE_BAY", -"TYPE_BIGHT", -"TYPE_LAGOON", -"TYPE_SEA", -"TYPE_STRAIT", -"TYPE_INLET", -"TYPE_FJORD", -"TYPE_LAKE", -"TYPE_SEASONAL_LAKE", -"TYPE_RESERVOIR", -"TYPE_POND", -"TYPE_RIVER", -"TYPE_RAPIDS", -"TYPE_DISTRIBUTARY", -"TYPE_CONFLUENCE", -"TYPE_WATERFALL", -"TYPE_SPRING", -"TYPE_GEYSER", -"TYPE_HOT_SPRING", -"TYPE_SEASONAL_RIVER", -"TYPE_WADI", -"TYPE_ESTUARY", -"TYPE_WETLAND", -"TYPE_WATER_NAVIGATION", -"TYPE_FORD", -"TYPE_CANAL", -"TYPE_HARBOR", -"TYPE_CHANNEL", -"TYPE_REEF", -"TYPE_REEF_FLAT", -"TYPE_REEF_GROWTH", -"TYPE_REEF_EXTENT", -"TYPE_REEF_ROCK_SUBMERGED", -"TYPE_IRRIGATION", -"TYPE_DAM", -"TYPE_DRINKING_WATER", -"TYPE_CURRENT", -"TYPE_WATERING_HOLE", -"TYPE_TECTONIC", -"TYPE_WATERING_HOLE_DEPRECATED", -"TYPE_VOLCANO", -"TYPE_LAVA_FIELD", -"TYPE_FISSURE", -"TYPE_FAULT", -"TYPE_LAND_MASS", -"TYPE_CONTINENT", -"TYPE_ISLAND", -"TYPE_ATOLL", -"TYPE_OCEAN_ROCK_EXPOSED", -"TYPE_CAY", -"TYPE_PENINSULA", -"TYPE_ISTHMUS", -"TYPE_ELEVATED", -"TYPE_PEAK", -"TYPE_NUNATAK", -"TYPE_SPUR", -"TYPE_PASS", -"TYPE_PLATEAU", -"TYPE_RIDGE", -"TYPE_RAVINE", -"TYPE_CRATER", -"TYPE_KARST", -"TYPE_CLIFF", -"TYPE_VISTA", -"TYPE_DIGITAL_ELEVATION_MODEL", -"TYPE_UPLAND", -"TYPE_TERRACE", -"TYPE_SLOPE", -"TYPE_CONTOUR_LINE", -"TYPE_PAN", -"TYPE_UNSTABLE_HILLSIDE", -"TYPE_MOUNTAIN_RANGE", -"TYPE_UNDERSEA", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_SEAMOUNT", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_RIDGE", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_GAP", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_PLATEAU", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_DEEP", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_VALLEY", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_BASIN", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_SLOPE", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_CLIFF", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_PLAIN", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_FRACTURE_ZONE", -"TYPE_CAVE", -"TYPE_ROCK", -"TYPE_ARCHIPELAGO", -"TYPE_POSTAL", -"TYPE_POSTAL_CODE", -"TYPE_POSTAL_CODE_PREFIX", -"TYPE_PREMISE", -"TYPE_SUB_PREMISE", -"TYPE_SUITE", -"TYPE_POST_TOWN", -"TYPE_POSTAL_ROUND", -"TYPE_META_FEATURE", -"TYPE_DATA_SOURCE", -"TYPE_LOCALE", -"TYPE_TIMEZONE", -"TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN", -"TYPE_PHONE_NUMBER_PREFIX", -"TYPE_PHONE_NUMBER_AREA_CODE", -"TYPE_BUSINESS_CORRIDOR", -"TYPE_ADDRESS_TEMPLATE", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_AGENCY", -"TYPE_FUTURE_GEOMETRY", -"TYPE_EVENT", -"TYPE_EARTHQUAKE", -"TYPE_HURRICANE", -"TYPE_WEATHER_CONDITION", -"TYPE_TRANSIENT", -"TYPE_ENTRANCE", -"TYPE_CARTOGRAPHIC", -"TYPE_HIGH_TENSION", -"TYPE_SKI_TRAIL", -"TYPE_SKI_LIFT", -"TYPE_SKI_BOUNDARY", -"TYPE_WATERSHED_BOUNDARY", -"TYPE_TARMAC", -"TYPE_WALL", -"TYPE_PICNIC_AREA", -"TYPE_PLAY_GROUND", -"TYPE_TRAIL_HEAD", -"TYPE_GOLF_TEEING_GROUND", -"TYPE_GOLF_PUTTING_GREEN", -"TYPE_GOLF_ROUGH", -"TYPE_GOLF_SAND_BUNKER", -"TYPE_GOLF_FAIRWAY", -"TYPE_GOLF_HOLE", -"TYPE_DEPRECATED_GOLF_SHOP", -"TYPE_CAMPING_SITE", -"TYPE_DESIGNATED_BARBECUE_PIT", -"TYPE_DESIGNATED_COOKING_AREA", -"TYPE_CAMPFIRE_PIT", -"TYPE_WATER_FOUNTAIN", -"TYPE_LITTER_RECEPTACLE", -"TYPE_LOCKER_AREA", -"TYPE_ANIMAL_ENCLOSURE", -"TYPE_CARTOGRAPHIC_LINE", -"TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT", -"TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_GROUNDS", -"TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_BUILDING", -"TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_POI", -"TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_SERVICE", -"TYPE_CELESTIAL", -"TYPE_ROAD_MONITOR", -"TYPE_PUBLIC_SPACES_AND_MONUMENTS", -"TYPE_STATUE", -"TYPE_TOWN_SQUARE", -"TYPE_LEVEL", -"TYPE_COMPOUND", -"TYPE_COMPOUND_GROUNDS", -"TYPE_COMPOUND_BUILDING", -"TYPE_COMPOUND_SECTION", -"TYPE_TERMINAL_POINT", -"TYPE_REGULATED_AREA", -"TYPE_LOGICAL_BORDER", -"TYPE_GCONCEPT_ONLY", -"TYPE_DO_NOT_USE_RESERVED_TO_CATCH_GENERATED_FILES", -"TYPE_UNKNOWN" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -false, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -false, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"ABSTRACT", -"ABSTRACT", -"A route is any section of road (or rails, etc.) that has a name. This includes city streets as well as highways. Road segments can belong to multiple routes (e.g. El Camino, CA-82).", -"DEPRECATED", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"A designated bicycle route, whose segments may consist of any combination of bicycle paths, bicycle lanes, or city streets.", -"A designated trail, which may consist of paved walkways, dirt paths, fire road, streets or highways, etc.", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"Railroads use several different incompatible track types.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Tracks for streetcars, cable-cars, etc. Ferries are services that are part of the road network but are not roads. They typically involve fares and scheduled departure times.", -"ABSTRACT", -"The vast majority of ferries are ferry boats.", -"Also called a \"car transport\", a ferry train is a rail service that carries passengers and their vehicles across undrivable terrain. The Channel Tunnel (\"Chunnel\") is the most famous example, but they are also common in the Alps where they connect neighboring valleys otherwise separated by impassable mountains.", -"Any plausible 1-dimensional path through a 2+ dimensional space, for the purposes of making graph-search-based routing possible. Such segments can be used to model paths through parking lots, squares, floors of buildings and other areas.", -"An intersection consists of a collection of segments that terminate at the same location. This is topological definition: it may not match what a typical user would think of as an \"intersection\". See TYPE_INTERSECTION_GROUP, below, for more information. Each segment terminating at an intersection has an \"endpoint type\" that specifies how that segment is terminated: stop sign, yield sign, three-way light, etc.", -"ABSTRACT", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"A transit line is a collection of transit legs, associated with some invariant properties of the trips that run over the legs. See also transitline.proto", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_AGENCY was moved to 0xC91. This deprecated enum value still exists for debugging purposes only.", -"DEPRECATED", -"ABSTRACT", -"Road sign features have names, point geometry, etc. They also have segment_path data (see below) which lists the segments that refer to the sign. See segment.proto for the reference from the segment to the road sign.", -"Our TYPE_INTERSECTION feature, above, models the point where one or more segments terminate. This is topological definition: it may not match what a typical user would think of as an \"intersection\". Consider the intersections where Hayes, Market, Larkin, and 9th Street meet near (37.77765, -122.41638) in San Francisco. Most people would probably consider this a single feature, even though we model it as four separate TYPE_INTERSECTION features. This TYPE_INTERSECTION_GROUP is used to model the user's concept of a complex intersection.", -"RESERVED", -"A restriction group describes a set of segment restrictions that belong together and have a name or an associated event. See also restriction_group.proto", -"DEPRECATED", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"e.g. Silicon Valley", -"A reservation is a region collectively held or governed by indigenous people and officially recognized by the country\u2019s government at the federal or state level. A reservation may be fully contained within an administrative feature or partially contained within two or more. These regions are referred to by different categorical names depending on country and even by state, including but not limited to: \u201cIndian Reservations\u201d, \u201cIndian Reserves\u201d, \u201cLand Claim Settlement Lands\u201d, \u201cIndian Lands\u201d, \u201cTreaty Lands\u201d, \u201cIndigenous Territories\u201d, etc. A reservation is not a historic indigenous territory boundary or a region which has applied for land rights but has not yet received official recognition.", -"", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"An entity widely considered to be a city, that may itself be made up of smaller political entities, some of which are cities/towns/villages themselves. For example, the colloquial view of Sydney, Australia actually comprises many smaller cities, but is regarded as a city itself. This type is not suitable for modeling official metro-/micropolitan or other statistical areas.", -"ABSTRACT", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Designated Market Areas (or DMAs) are used by marketing and ratings companies (such as the Nielsen Media Research company) to describe geographical regions (such as the greater New York metropolitan area) that are covered by a set of television stations. (See http://www.schooldata.com/pdfs/DMA.pdf) In the United States, DMAs should have a DMA numeric ID name, tagged with the FLAG_DESIGNATED_MARKET_AREA_ID flag.", -"", -"", -"Eventually we'll have more data for disputed areas (e.g., who makes claims on the area, who has de facto control, etc.). For the moment, we just define a type so we can simply mark areas as disputed.", -"Boundaries representing the jurisdiction of a particular police station.", -"An area used for aggregating statistical data, eg, a census region. Note that TYPE_STATISTICAL_AREA has a third nibble so we can add an abstract parent above it later if need be at 0x2E1 (and rename TYPE_STATISTICAL_AREA as TYPE_STATISTICAL_AREA1).", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"A line representing the boundary between two features. See border.proto for details.", -"DEPRECATED", -"An association of a point with an address, with no other information.", -"ABSTRACT", -"Expanses of land that share common surface attributes. These areas would look more or less uniform from a high altitude.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Terrain that looks populated.", -"Terrain that is covered in vegetation.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"A flat expanse of salt left by the evaporation of a body of salt water.", -"Features can be TYPE_WATER if we don't have enough information to properly type the body of water. TYPE_WATER is also used as the type for child features that compose a TYPE_RIVER feature.", -"One of the large salt-water bodies that covers most of the globe.", -"An ocean subdivision formed by a coastal indentation. Includes coves and gulfs.", -"An open body of water formed by a slight coastal indentation.", -"", -"An ocean subdivision more or less confined by land and islands.", -"A long narrow ocean subdivision. Includes sounds.", -"", -"", -"An inland body of standing water.", -"A lake that dries up part of the year.", -"An artificial body of water, possibly created by a dam, often used for irrigation or house use.", -"", -"An inland body of moving water, or parts associated with it in which there is little or no current (backwater).", -"", -"A branch which flows away from the main river. Includes deltas.", -"A place where two or more rivers join.", -"", -"A place where ground water flows naturally out of the ground.", -"", -"", -"A river that dries up part of the year.", -"A dry riverbed that occasionally receives flashfloods.", -"A place at the end of a river where fresh and salt water mix. Includes tidal creeks and limans.", -"Land that is usually flooded. Includes bogs, marshes, flats, moors, and swamps.", -"", -"A shallow place where water may be waded through.", -"A narrow passage used by boats. Normally artificial.", -"A deep place near a shore where ships commonly drop anchor.", -"A deep part in a body of water that is suitable for navigation. Includes narrows.", -"Rocks, coral, sandbars, or other features beneath the surface of the water that pose a hazard to passing ships. Includes shoals.", -"A relatively shallow zone of the back reef located closest to the shore, that may be exposed at low tide.", -"A small section of rocks, coral, sandbars, or other features beneath the surface of the water that forms part of a reef.", -"The full extent of the reef complex.", -"A submerged rock in the water.", -"Man-made (and sometimes natural) channels used to move water. This type was used for both dam structures and water that is hold back by dams. We should use TYPE_COMPOUND_BUILDING for dam structures and TYPE_RESERVOIR for water.", -"DEPRECATED", -"", -"Includes overfalls.", -"A natural depression filled with water where animals come to drink.", -"This type is incorrectly under TYPE_TECTONIC instead of TYPE_WATER. This was a mistake and is now fixed. See TYPE_WATERING_HOLE for the replacement.", -"DEPRECATED", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"An exposed rock in the water.", -"A small, low-elevation, sandy island formed on the surface of coral reefs", -"A stretch of land projecting into water. Includes capes and spits.", -"A strip of land connecting two larger land masses, such as continents.", -"Features that are notable for being high (or low), or for having sudden changes in elevation. These features might have an \"elevation\" extension to specify the actual elevation. See ElevationProto for more information.", -"Elevations that have a distinctive peak.", -"A peak or ridge of a mountain that extends through a glacier.", -"A subsidiary peak of a mountain.", -"A route over an otherwise difficult to traverse feature. Includes saddle.", -"Elevations that are flat on top. Includes mesas and buttes.", -"A ridge is a geographical feature consisting of a chain of mountains or hills that form a continuous elevated crest with a single ridgeline for some distance.", -"Steep declines usually carved by erosion. Includes valleys, canyons, ditches, and gorges.", -"Depressions causes by impact, explosion, and sometimes sink-holes.", -"Topography formed on limestone and gypsum by dissolution with sinkholes, caves, etc.", -"A vertical or nearly vertical slope. Includes escarpments.", -"An elevated place that is notable for having a good view. Raster digital elevation data. This is not a type to be used by providers or consumed by clients.", -"RESERVED", -"Land along streams higher than the alluvial plain or stream terrace.", -"", -"Land not so steep as a cliff, but changing elevation. Includes slides.", -"All the points on the polygon are at the same elevation.", -"A near-level shallow, natural depression or basin, usually containing an intermittent lake, pond, or pool.", -"", -"A series of mountains or hills ranged in a line and connected by high ground. Mountain ranges usually consist of many smaller ridges. For example, the Himalayas, the Andes. the Alps, etc.", -"Features that are notable for being high (or low), or for having sudden changes in elevation. These features might have an \"elevation\" extension to specify the actual elevation. See ElevationProto for more information.", -"includes peaks, ranges, and spurs", -"", -"includes saddles", -"", -"", -"includes trenches and troughs", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Don't use 0xA7. Use 8 bits for additional types under TYPE_NATURAL_FEATURE, so we don't run out of space. The following are miscellaneous natural features that don't fit any of the categories above.", -"", -"A feature representing a group or chain of islands. ", -"ABSTRACT", -"This is the type for postal codes which are complete and independent enough that there should be a feature for them (e.g. US 5-digit ZIP codes). For even more detailed suffixes that further subdivide a postal code (such as the +4 component in US ZIP codes), store the information in a TYPE_POSTAL_CODE_SUFFIX address component. When a range or set of postal codes share the same geographical area, e.g. because a precise subdivision does not exist or this subdivision is unknown, this type is used for each individual postal code.", -"A prefix portion of a postal code which does not meet the requirements for TYPE_POSTAL_CODE, but which is useful to search for, for example UK outcodes.", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED This is deprecated and we want to use TYPE_COMPOUND_SECTION instead.", -"DEPRECATED", -"The term \"post town\" is used for a locality-like-entity that is only used for postal addresses.", -"DEPRECATED", -"ABSTRACT", -"Every data source used in constructing a data repository has a corresponding feature that provides more information about that data source. The extra information is stored in the optional data_source field below.", -"A locale feature provides region specific conventions such as preferred language and formatting details for time, date, and currency values. Locales aren't necessary defined by physical geographic features, so they are classified as meta-features.", -"A timezone feature is used to specify the region covering an international timezone. When a point is covered by multiple timezone features, the most specific one can be used to compute the local time at this point. Most specific implies a much smaller region or the one that is closer to the center. A feature's timezone can be specified in the repeated related_timezone field.", -"A business chain feature is used to represent a chain, e.g. Starbucks, McDonald's, etc. Other features representing specific stores/franchises of this chain may refer to one such feature via RELATION_MEMBER_OF_CHAIN. This is not strictly reserved to commercial chains but can also be used to model organizations such as the Red Cross or the United Nations.", -"A phone number prefix feature is used to specify the region where phone numbers (typically fixed-line numbers) must begin with a certain prefix. Any phone number prefix down to any level of granularity could be represented by this type.", -"A phone number area code is a prefix which also coincides with the area code, or national destination code, of a particular region.", -"A Business Corridor is a dense cluster of semantically similar establishments. TYPE_BUSINESS_CORRIDOR features are distinguished from TYPE_COLLOQUIAL_AREA features because the corridors are not under the political hierarchy, are allowed to be nameless, and may not correspond to well-known real world locations. For more details, see go/geo-corridors-schema.", -"An address template feature provides region-specific conventions for structuring addresses. These features aren't necessarily defined by physical geographic features, so they are classified as meta-features.", -"A transit agency operates a number of lines, typically all in the same city, region or country. See also transitagency.proto", -"A feature whose geometry is planned to replace the geometry on another feature.", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"RESERVED", -"A portal of entry or exit to another feature. Examples: - Subway station entrance. - Parking lot entrance.", -"Cartographic features are used to capture real-world objects for which there is no current desire to model any specific attributes. These are only useful to make the map tiles look pretty.", -"DEPRECATED", -"Also see skitrail.proto", -"Also see skilift.proto", -"Also see skiboundary.proto", -"", -"Starting with TYPE_TARMAC, we use longer IDs, so that we can expand the number of feature types under TYPE_CARTOGRAPHIC.", -"Use TYPE_COMPOUND_GROUND and appropriate gcids for the next two.", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"", -"Sub-types within a golf course.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Use TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_POI and gcid:golf_shop for golf shops instead.", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Subtype within a zoo - a cage or fenced-off or otherwise delineated area containing animals.", -"A line for a cartographic detail. For example the international date line. Such features should have polyline geometry.", -"ABSTRACT This type is being replaced by TYPE_COMPOUND_GROUNDS. For further details, see go/compounds-v2", -"DEPRECATED This type has been replaced by TYPE_COMPOUND_BUILDING. For further details, see go/oyster-compounds", -"DEPRECATED", -"An establishment that has a physical location. Note that it *may* also have a service area (e.g. a restaurant that offers both dine-in and delivery). This type of business is also known as a \"hybrid\" Service Area Business. Establishment POIs can be referenced by TYPE_COMPOUND features using the RELATION_PRIMARILY_OCCUPIED_BY. This is the reciprocal relation of the RELATION_OCCUPIES.", -"NOTE(tcain): Using value 0xD441, since we could find ourselves with a need to differentiate service areas from online-only at this level in the future, but still benefit from being able to group those under a common parent, disjoint from TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_POI.", -"The root of types of features that are in the sky, rather than on the earth. There will eventually be a hierarchy of types here.", -"Features responsible for monitoring traffic on roads (usually for speed). Includes cameras at particular points as well as monitors that cover larger spans. Features of this type should have a corresponding gcid that specifies the correct subtype (e.g. gcid:road_camera or gcid:speed_camera_zone). This type was originally named as TYPE_ROAD_CAMERA.", -"ABSTRACT", -"Note that this type does not distinguish the nature of the statue (religious, historical, memorial, tourist, ...).", -"Open space used for events, gathering, or as market-place.", -"A feature used to represent a logical level, e.g. floor.", -"ABSTRACT", -"e.g. campus, compound, parcel.", -"e.g. single family dwelling, office building.", -"e.g. suite, room, hallway, cubicle.", -"A terminal point represents a good location for a user to meet a taxi, ridesharing vehicle, or general driver.", -"An area controlled in some way by an authoritative source, such as a government-designated COVID containment zone or an area under government sanctions. Features of this type should have one or more gcids corresponding to their specific regulation, and client handling of these features may vary based on the type of regulation.", -"A grouping of TYPE_BORDER features (\"border segments\"), which together represent a border between two features of the same type.", -"A generic feature type for any geo-type that cannot be modeled under existing feature types. No new feature type should be created within feature proto after this type.", -"DEPRECATED", -"A feature of completely unknown type. This should only be used when absolutely necessary. One example in which this type is useful is in the Chinese importer, which must heuristically segment addresses into components - it often does not know what types to make those components. Please note that the Oyster address formatter does not currently support address components of TYPE_UNKNOWN well." -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationExtractorLocationFeatureletBoundingBox": { -"description": "Defines the bounding box for the area. The values specify a rectangle defined from low to high. Latitude and longitude (in degrees) x 10,000,000. We use sfixed32 (fixed size int32) because they get transmitted using 4 bytes while int32 gets transmitted using 10 bytes. This is currently not populated by LES. Oolong will parse the LES response for IP addreses and combine multiple locations into a single location with multiple featurelets. This will be populated by Oolong by looking into bounding boxes from each location.", -"id": "LocationExtractorLocationFeatureletBoundingBox", -"properties": { -"highLatitudeE7": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"highLongitudeE7": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"lowLatitudeE7": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"lowLongitudeE7": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationExtractorLocationFeatureletCenter": { -"description": "Latitude and longitude of the feature center (in degrees) x 10,000,000", -"id": "LocationExtractorLocationFeatureletCenter", -"properties": { -"latitudeE7": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"longitudeE7": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationUnifiedActivityRecord": { -"description": "Represents a detected activity record. Next id 3.", -"id": "LocationUnifiedActivityRecord", -"properties": { -"confidence": { -"description": "The confidence of the detection. Range is [0, 100].", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"type": { -"description": "The type of activity.", -"enum": [ -"IN_VEHICLE", -"ON_BICYCLE", -"ON_FOOT", -"STILL", -"UNKNOWN", -"TILTING", -"EXITING_VEHICLE", -"WALKING", -"RUNNING", -"OFF_BODY", -"TRUSTED_GAIT", -"FLOOR_CHANGE", -"ON_STAIRS", -"ON_ESCALATOR", -"IN_ELEVATOR", -"SLEEPING", -"IN_ROAD_VEHICLE", -"IN_RAIL_VEHICLE", -"IN_TWO_WHEELER_VEHICLE", -"IN_FOUR_WHEELER_VEHICLE", -"IN_CAR", -"IN_BUS", -"EXPERIMENTAL_EXTRA_PERSONAL_VEHICLE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"LINT.IfChange", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"This is to support EXPERIMENTAL_EXTRA_PERSONAL_VEHICLE until Activity Recognition team figures out their API. LINT.ThenChange( //depot/google3/java/com/google/geo/sidekick/proto/detected_activity.proto, //depot/google3/personalization/context/proto/detected_activity/detected_activity.proto )" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationUnifiedAnnotationSet": { -"description": "A set of annotations (e.g., those applied by some particular policy). Next tag: 6", -"id": "LocationUnifiedAnnotationSet", -"properties": { -"annotations": { -"description": "The annotations that have been applied by some policy.", -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedLocationAnnotation" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"clientId": { -"description": "If set then this set of annotations are originating from this client id for production use.", -"enum": [ -"CLIENT_UNKNOWN", -"CLIENT_CURIO", -"CLIENT_ONE_GOOGLE_SERVICE", -"CLIENT_EVALS", -"CLIENT_EVALS_ONESHOT", -"CLIENT_EVALS_UQS", -"CLIENT_BOOKS", -"CLIENT_BOND", -"CLIENT_CHROME_UMA", -"CLIENT_DOUBLECLICK_SEARCH", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_ISP_RATING", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_REAL_TIME_QOE", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_QOE_LIVYATAN", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_SHORTS_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_SHORTS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_SHORTS_MOBILE_GAIA", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_SHORTS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_MOBILE_GAIA", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_LES", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_EXP_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_EXP_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_EXP_MOBILE_GAIA", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_EXP_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_DESKTOP_GAIA_AXOLOTL", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_AXOLOTL", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_MOBILE_GAIA_AXOLOTL", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_AXOLOTL", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_DESKTOP_GAIA_BADGER", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_BADGER", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_MOBILE_GAIA_BADGER", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_BADGER", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_DESKTOP_GAIA_CHIPMUNK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_CHIPMUNK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_MOBILE_GAIA_CHIPMUNK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_CHIPMUNK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_ADMIN_YURT", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_BAD_HARVEST", -"CLIENT_SPEECH", -"CLIENT_GMAIL", -"CLIENT_GMAIL_SPAM", -"CLIENT_CHROMECAST_WEB", -"CLIENT_PANCETTA", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_LOCATION_SERVER", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_FEEDBACK", -"CLIENT_ANDROID_METRICS_WAREHOUSE", -"CLIENT_USERMGMT", -"CLIENT_APPREMOTING", -"CLIENT_GAIA_PERMISSION_SERVER", -"CLIENT_ACTIONABLE_IPS", -"CLIENT_DISPLAY_ADS", -"CLIENT_DISPLAY_ADS_DEFAULT", -"CLIENT_DISPLAY_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_DISPLAY_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_DISPLAY_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA", -"CLIENT_DISPLAY_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_DISPLAY_ADS_PREVIEW", -"CLIENT_HOBBES", -"CLIENT_NEWSSTAND", -"CLIENT_NEWSSTAND_EXPERIMENTAL", -"CLIENT_POLYNEWS", -"CLIENT_DOCS", -"CLIENT_ADWORDS_EXPRESS", -"CLIENT_TRACE_DEPOT", -"CLIENT_MAPSPRO", -"CLIENT_GEO_ONDEMAND", -"CLIENT_ACCESS_FILTER", -"CLIENT_DOMAIN_REGISTRAR", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_FRONTEND", -"CLIENT_ACCOUNT_LINKING", -"CLIENT_LEGAL_REMOVALS", -"CLIENT_CLOUD_CONSOLE", -"CLIENT_CLOUD_FREE_TRIAL", -"CLIENT_CLOUD_SOLUTIONS_CATALOG", -"CLIENT_CLOUD_MEDIA_ACCESS", -"CLIENT_DOTORG_G4NP", -"CLIENT_CRASH_INTERNAL", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_WIFI_MONLOG", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_VOICE", -"CLIENT_BLOGGER", -"CLIENT_THOR_BACKEND", -"CLIENT_NEWS", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_PHOTOS", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_PHOTOS_INFERRED_LOCATION", -"CLIENT_RANKBRAIN_DEBUG", -"CLIENT_HETERODYNE", -"CLIENT_FRAUDREVIEW", -"CLIENT_JAMBOARD", -"CLIENT_MARCONI", -"CLIENT_AART", -"CLIENT_CULTURAL", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_ECOMMERCE", -"CLIENT_ARES", -"CLIENT_LIS", -"CLIENT_STORE", -"CLIENT_DASHER_AUDITING", -"CLIENT_SHOPPING_LIST", -"CLIENT_ITEM_SUGGEST", -"CLIENT_SMART_BOOKS", -"CLIENT_GRADS", -"CLIENT_ADS_ROOT", -"CLIENT_SE_ROOT", -"CLIENT_YT_ORBIT", -"CLIENT_NOVA_APERTURE", -"CLIENT_LENA_SIGNUP_DEFAULTS", -"CLIENT_PLAY_APPS_PUBLISHER", -"CLIENT_FINSKY_ENTERPRISE", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_ADMIN", -"CLIENT_CRYPTAUTH", -"CLIENT_GSA_UNIVERSAL_SERVER", -"CLIENT_TRAVEL_FRONTEND_TRANSIT", -"CLIENT_HOME_CLOUD", -"CLIENT_GSX_MALL", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_DUO", -"CLIENT_GAIA_FRONTEND", -"CLIENT_ANDROID_MESSAGES", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_LENS", -"CLIENT_CHROME_WEB_STORE", -"CLIENT_ACTIONS_ON_GOOGLE_CONSOLE", -"CLIENT_ANDROID_TV_CHANNELS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_WEB_SETTINGS", -"CLIENT_PLAY_USER_DATA", -"CLIENT_ADS_INTEGRITY", -"CLIENT_ADS_INTEGRITY_MALVERTISING", -"CLIENT_FIREBASE_CONSOLE", -"CLIENT_AOG_FEED_VALIDATOR", -"CLIENT_PLUMERIA", -"CLIENT_PAISA", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_PAY", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_PAY_WEB", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_WALLET", -"CLIENT_SCROOGLED", -"CLIENT_WAYMO", -"CLIENT_CROW", -"CLIENT_GSUITE_SECURITY_CENTER_SIT", -"CLIENT_EVENT_THREAT_DETECTION", -"CLIENT_PLAY_LOCATION", -"CLIENT_FOOTPLACER", -"CLIENT_DASHER_COMMERCE", -"CLIENT_SOCIAL_PEOPLE_ANALYTICS", -"CLIENT_CONTACTS_UI", -"CLIENT_GAFE4", -"CLIENT_PLACES_API", -"CLIENT_PLACES_SEARCH_API", -"CLIENT_DRIVE_WEB", -"CLIENT_ANDROID_OTA", -"CLIENT_PAISA_NEARBY_STORES", -"CLIENT_ISP_FIBER_FAS", -"CLIENT_SUPPORT_CONTENT", -"CLIENT_GWS_OFFROAD_LOGGING", -"CLIENT_CHANGEHISTORY", -"CLIENT_SESSION_RISK", -"CLIENT_ALPS", -"CLIENT_DISCOVER_NEWS_LOCATION", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_SNAPSHOT", -"CLIENT_HONEYCOMB", -"CLIENT_PLAY_MONETARY_ABUSE", -"CLIENT_SMALL_BUSINESS_ADVISORS", -"CLIENT_GPA_FEEDS", -"CLIENT_EDU_ORIGINALITY", -"CLIENT_PAIDTASKS", -"CLIENT_TRANSLATE", -"CLIENT_FUNDING_CHOICES", -"CLIENT_SEARCH_NOTIFICATIONS", -"CLIENT_VISUAL_SEMANTIC_SERVICE", -"CLIENT_CHROME_PREFETCH_PROXY", -"CLIENT_WEAR_FRONTEND", -"CLIENT_PAYMENTS_RISKENGINE", -"CLIENT_PAYMENTS_ORCHESTRATION", -"CLIENT_ANDROID_TV_IRDB", -"CLIENT_TRENDS_FRONTEND", -"CLIENT_COLABORATORY", -"CLIENT_SOCRATIC", -"CLIENT_PS1_LOCATION", -"CLIENT_DDM_REPORTING", -"CLIENT_HOMEROOM_BACKEND", -"CLIENT_CARS_CATEGORICAL", -"CLIENT_GPAY_MERCHANT_VERTICALS", -"CLIENT_RECAPTCHA_ACCOUNT_DEFENDER", -"CLIENT_RECAPTCHA_LITE", -"CLIENT_RECAPTCHA_FRAUD", -"CLIENT_AUTONT_ACCESS_LOCATION", -"CLIENT_TFAA_REPORT", -"CLIENT_IDAAS_IP_LOCATION", -"CLIENT_ONESTACK_METRIC_COLLECTION", -"CLIENT_GPAY_TRANSIT", -"CLIENT_CHRONICLE_SECURITY", -"CLIENT_CHRONICLE_SECURITY_UI", -"CLIENT_GPAY_MERCHANT_SPOT_ONBOARDING_TOOL", -"CLIENT_ADS_SCRAPING", -"CLIENT_CLOUD_SUPPORT_PORTAL", -"CLIENT_LAMDA", -"CLIENT_PINPOINT", -"CLIENT_SHOPPING_ORDER_HISTORY", -"CLIENT_NEST_CAMERA_CLOUD", -"CLIENT_PANOPTIC_EVAL", -"CLIENT_ABOUT_THIS_PAGE", -"CLIENT_PHOTOS_ANALYTICS_MARKETING", -"CLIENT_GMSCORE_GMSCOMPLIANCE", -"CLIENT_ANALYTICS_COLLECTION", -"CLIENT_PLAY_CONSOLE_ANDROID_VITALS", -"CLIENT_CRASHLYTICS_PLAY_CONSOLE_CRASHES", -"CLIENT_PAYMENTS_MERCHANT_STORIES", -"CLIENT_CLOUDTOP_CONNECTIVITY", -"CLIENT_CLOUD_WEB", -"CLIENT_RECORDING_CONSENT", -"CLIENT_DV3_FRONTEND", -"CLIENT_LENDING_DATA_MANAGER", -"CLIENT_CHROMEOS_DATA_FRESNEL", -"CLIENT_PPN", -"CLIENT_GEO_SEARCH_API", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_ONE_SECURITY", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_TV_LAVA", -"CLIENT_DYNAMITE_SERVER", -"CLIENT_BCE_CLIENT_CONNECTOR", -"CLIENT_DSE_REGULATORY_ANALYSIS", -"CLIENT_SEARCH_PINPOINT", -"CLIENT_CORPLOGIN", -"CLIENT_MONOSPACE", -"CLIENT_LIGHTER", -"CLIENT_P11", -"CLIENT_FIND_MY_DEVICE_WEB", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_TV", -"CLIENT_FITBIT_WEB", -"CLIENT_CHORD", -"CLIENT_FITBIT_FI", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_ANALYTICS_SERVING", -"CLIENT_FONTS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_BARD", -"CLIENT_NEST_GREENENERGY", -"CLIENT_DEEPMIND_LABS", -"CLIENT_ONE_PRESENCE", -"CLIENT_TRANSPARENCY_REPORT", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_ONE_ML", -"CLIENT_GMP_PARTNER_GALLERY", -"CLIENT_MAKERSUITE", -"CLIENT_ADS_ADMANAGER_TOS", -"CLIENT_CHROME_REMOTE_DESKTOP", -"CLIENT_SOJI", -"CLIENT_WORKSPACE_LABS_SIGNUP", -"CLIENT_AIDA", -"CLIENT_TSP", -"CLIENT_AI_SANDBOX", -"CLIENT_LABS_TAILWIND", -"CLIENT_GMAIL_TASK_ASSIST", -"CLIENT_PIXEL_WEATHER", -"CLIENT_GPAY_CATEGORY_BILLERS", -"CLIENT_SUPPORT_CHANNELS_ZENDESK_WHATSAPP", -"CLIENT_PAYMENTS_TRANSACTION_MONITORING", -"CLIENT_DISCOVER_QUERY_RECOMMENDATIONS", -"CLIENT_COMMUNICATION_PREFERENCE_CENTER", -"CLIENT_PLAY_CONSOLE_DEVELOPER_IDENTITY_AND_ACCOUNTS", -"CLIENT_GNP_ONLINE_EVALUATION", -"CLIENT_LOCAL_SUGGESTED_SETS_DEMO_SERVER", -"CLIENT_SEARCH_LABS", -"CLIENT_CROWDSOURCE", -"CLIENT_TARSIER", -"CLIENT_WORKSPACE_SIDEKICK", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_PHOTOS_REMINISCING", -"CLIENT_GEOX_CONTAMINATION", -"CLIENT_CLOUD_MESSAGE_STORE", -"CLIENT_IP_PROTECTION", -"CLIENT_SEARCH_HAMSA", -"CLIENT_ACCOUNT_LOCATION", -"CLIENT_ANDROID_BACKUP_AND_RESTORE", -"CLIENT_ADS_AWSM", -"CLIENT_STARGATE", -"CLIENT_ACCOUNT_MANAGEMENT", -"CLIENT_USER_ACCOUNT_CREATION", -"CLIENT_NETSENSE", -"CLIENT_FITBIT_LABS", -"CLIENT_LOCAL_SERVICES", -"CLIENT_USER_FEEDBACK_SERVICE", -"CLIENT_BARD_EVAL", -"CLIENT_SCENARIO_BASED_SEEDING_HOME_WORK", -"CLIENT_ACCOUNT_INTEGRITY_FEATURE_API", -"CLIENT_LABS_BETTANY", -"CLIENT_NECO_GENESIS", -"CLIENT_FITBIT_CAPABILITIES", -"CLIENT_ADS_MARKETING_AUTOMATION", -"CLIENT_ANDROID_TELEMETRY_WESTWORLD", -"CLIENT_DSPM_DETECTIVE_CONTROLS", -"CLIENT_CAA_INSIGHTS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_NON_PERSONALIZED", -"CLIENT_GWS_HOMEPAGE", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA", -"CLIENT_ADS_NON_PERSONALIZED", -"CLIENT_ADS_TLD_NON_PERSONALIZED", -"CLIENT_ADS_EOM", -"CLIENT_ADS_TLD_EOM", -"CLIENT_ADS_ADMANAGER_SIGNUP", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_EXP", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_EXP", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_EXP", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_EXP", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_EXP", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_EXP", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_EXP", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_EXP", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_EXP", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_EXP", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_EXP", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_EXP", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_EXP", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_EXP", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_EXP", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_EXP", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_INDUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_INDUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_INDUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_INDUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_INDUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_INDUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_INDUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_INDUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_INDUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_INDUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_INDUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_INDUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_INDUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_INDUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_INDUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_INDUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_LEO", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_LEO", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_LEO", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_LEO", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_LEO", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_LEO", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_LEO", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_LEO", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_LEO", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_LEO", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_LEO", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_LEO", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_LEO", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_LEO", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_LEO", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_LEO", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_MENSA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_MENSA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_MENSA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_MENSA", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_MENSA", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_MENSA", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_MENSA", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_MENSA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_MENSA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_MENSA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_MENSA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_MENSA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_MENSA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_MENSA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_MENSA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_MENSA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_NORMA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_NORMA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_NORMA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_NORMA", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_NORMA", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_NORMA", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_NORMA", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_NORMA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_NORMA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_NORMA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_NORMA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_NORMA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_NORMA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_NORMA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_NORMA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_NORMA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ORION", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ORION", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_ORION", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_ORION", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ORION", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ORION", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_ORION", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_ORION", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ORION", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_ORION", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ORION", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_ORION", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ORION", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_ORION", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ORION", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_ORION", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_PISCES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_PISCES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_PISCES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_PISCES", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_PISCES", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_PISCES", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_PISCES", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_PISCES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_PISCES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_PISCES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_PISCES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_PISCES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_PISCES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_PISCES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_PISCES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_PISCES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_LOGGED_CONTEXT", -"CLIENT_IPGEO_REGION", -"CLIENT_IPGEO_EVAL", -"CLIENT_GWS_TACTILE_INITIAL_VIEWPORT", -"CLIENT_GWS_MAPS_DESKTOP", -"CLIENT_GWS_MAPS_MOBILE", -"CLIENT_GWS_GMM_LOCATION_SHIFT", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MAPS_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MAPS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MAPS_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MAPS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MAPS_MOBILE_GAIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MAPS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MAPS_DESKTOP_EXPERIMENTAL", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MAPS_MOBILE_EXPERIMENTAL", -"CLIENT_SESSIONS", -"CLIENT_MANUAL", -"CLIENT_NONTLD_DEFAULT", -"CLIENT_NO_LOCATION", -"CLIENT_ONLY_LEGAL", -"CLIENT_TESTING", -"CLIENT_COARSEN_ALL_TESTING", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ORACLE", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ORACLE", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ORACLE", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ORACLE", -"CLIENT_COMPARE_DL", -"CLIENT_COMPARE_IP", -"CLIENT_COMPARE_IPDL", -"CLIENT_MAGICEYE_DIMENSIONS", -"CLIENT_MAPS_GUIDE_DIRECTIONS", -"CLIENT_SAFE_BROWSING", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unset client ID. Never use it in production code.", -"Curio team (go/curio). Contact: curio-team@.", -"OneGoogle Service (OGS): OGS will fetch the LocationContext for the frontends that have not talked to LES yet.", -"Client id used by evaluation tools. Contact: davidreis@", -"Same as CLIENT_EVALS, but less strict, so can be used to avoid a hack when some use cases needed to send the request twice with different client ID. Contact: bohdant@", -"Client id used by go/unified-query-sourcing. Contact: query-sampling-team@", -"Client id used by Play Books. Contact: ocean-team@", -"Client id used by Bond team. Contact: sterman@ and/or id-devices-eng@", -"Client id used by Chrome User Metrics Analysis (UMA, go/chrome-data)", -"Client id used by DoubleClick Search. Contact: wdtseng@, ds3data@, go/ds", -"Client id used by youtube QoE frontend. Contact: pfish@, kathyqian@, qoe-team@", -"Client id used by youtube Real-Time QoE. Contact: jeffcohen@, tnavien@, qoe-team@", -"Client id used by youtube QoE Livyatan. Contact: kathyqian@, gaozhiquan@, qoe-team@", -"Client id used by YouTube serving frontend and shared by all downstreams of the frontend server. Contact: tubbs@, yt-serving-platform@", -"Client ids used by YouTube Shorts. See go/oolong-changes-for-yt-le for details.", -"", -"", -"", -"Client ids used by Youtube Viral.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Client ids used by Youtube Viral Experiments. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"Client ids used by Youtube Viral Experiments. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"Client ids used by Youtube Viral Experiments. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"Client ids used by Youtube Viral Experiments. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"Client id used by YouTube admin review tools. Contact: yurt-eng@", -"Client id used by YouTube Bad Harvest (go/badharvest). Contact: bad-harvest-eng@", -"Client id used by the speech team. Contact: xuedong@", -"Client id used by Gmail team. Contact: shine@, lianglin@", -"Client id used by Gmail/Spam. Contact: gmail-spam-eng@", -"Client id used by chromecast web interface. Contact: pierred@, bquinlan@, eureka-team@", -"Defaults to NONTLD_DEFAULT Contact: jamesjw@, pancetta-eng@", -"Client id used by GLS (Google Location Server) Contact: lmohanan@, tsuwei@, lbs-team@", -"Contact: feedback-eng@", -"Client id used by Android Metrics team. Contact: androidmetrics-eng@", -"Client id used by AdWords Usermgmt (go/usermgmt). Contact: timthom@, ads-usermgmt-eng@", -"Client id used by appremoting VM management stack which is further used by Looking Glass and Developer Shell products. Contact: looking-glass-team@, hekate-eng@.", -"Client id used by the login protections server. (go/hijacking) Contact: hijacking-eng@, danmogo@.", -"Client id used by Actionable IPs. (go/actionable-ips). Contact: amirha@, ncmec-actionableips-eng@.", -"Client id used by Display Ads. Contact: local-display@.", -"CLIENT_DISPLAY_ADS_DEFAULT is the same as CLIENT_DISPLAY_ADS, but excludes postal code trimming. This client is used to make the ProcessLocationContext call.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Client id used by Display Ads Preview Service. Contact: fletch-eng@.", -"Client id used by Hobbes(go/hobbes). Contact: hobbes-team@google.com", -"Client id used by Newsstand(go/dots). Contact: gnews-infra@.", -"", -"Client id used by Panoptic (News Ranking + Backend) Contact: polynews-eng@.", -"Client id used by Google Docs. Contact: doplar-eng@, jameshong@", -"Client id used by AdWords Express. Contact: boost-eng@, stephenleung@", -"Client id used by TraceDepot server. Contact: tibrewal@, kjs@", -"Client id used by MapsPro Contact: obrien@, jiazheng@", -"Client id used by Madden (go/madden) Contact: madden-eng@", -"Client id used by AccessFilter Contact: ishwarya@", -"Client id used by Google Domains (go/domain-registrar) Contact: domain-registrar-eng@", -"Client id used by Google Assistant (go/opa) Contact: assistant-infra-core@", -"", -"Client id user by Google Account Linking (go/account-linking) Contact: account-linking-team@", -"Client id used by Legal Removals. Contact: legal-removals-eng@", -"Client id used by Cloud Console (Pantheon) Contact: paninfra-sfo@.", -"Client id used by Cloud New User for Free Trial Contact: coe-nu-eng@", -"Client id used by Solutions Catalog Contact: coe-solutions@", -"Client id used by cloud media access team, go/cloud-media-access Contact: cloud-media-access-team@", -"Client id used by Dotorg G4NP Contact: g4np-eng@", -"Client id used by Crash Internal Contact: crash-team@", -"Client id used by Monlog in access/infrastructure Contact: monlog-eng@", -"Client id used by GoogleVoice Contact: voice-eng@", -"Client id used by Blogger Contact: blogger-tech@, eitzenb@", -"Thor/Google Meet backend. Contact: comms-work-backend-team@.", -"Client id used by News Contact: news-frontend-eng-team@.", -"Client id used by Google Photos", -"Client id used by Google Photos for inferred location tagging.", -"Client id used by RankBrain Debug (go/rankbrain-debug).", -"Client id used by Heterodyne (go/heterodyne) Contact: ph-eng@", -"Client id used by fraudreview (go/fraudreview) Contact: pf-review-tools@", -"Client id used by Jamboard (go/jamboard) for go/jamboard-scheduled-otas Contact: jamboard-eng@", -"Client id used by Marconi (go/marconi) Contact: marconi-eng@", -"Client id used by Aart (go/aart-docs) Contact: aart-team@", -"Client id used by the Google Arts And Culture (go/artsandculture) Contact: ci-eng@", -"Client id used by Youtube Ecommerce (go/ypc) Contact: ytr-eng@", -"Client id used by Ares managed feature providers (go/project-ares) Contact: ares-eng@", -"Client id used by LIS and the UUDE framework (go/uude) Contact: lis-eng@", -"Client id used by Google Store smashberry (go/smashberry) Contact: smashberry-eng@", -"Client id used by Dasher Auditing (go/dasher-auditing) Contact: dasher-auditing-eng@", -"Client id used by the Shopping List Server (go/shopping-list-server) Contact: shoppinglist-eng@", -"Client ID used by the Drive Item Suggest service (go/itemsuggest)", -"Client ID used by Smart Books (go/smart-books) Contact: smart-books-team@", -"Client ID used by GRADS (go/grads)", -"Client ID used by AdsRoot (go/adsroot)", -"Client ID used by Service Engine (go/seroot)", -"Client ID used by Orbit (go/ytorbit)", -"Client ID used by Project Fi (nova). This client was initially created for Nova aperture (go/aperture) but all Nova clients are recommended to use this one.", -"Client ID used by Lena Signup Defaults (go/lena-prd)", -"Client ID used by the Play Console (go/fc) Contact: play-dev-console-platform@", -"Client ID used by Finsky Enterprise (go/pfw)", -"Client ID used by Google Admin (go/google-admin)", -"Client ID used by CryptAuth (go/cryptauth, go/authzen-pdd, go/gnubby-pdd)", -"Client ID used by the GsaUniversalServer (go/gus)", -"Client ID used by the TravelFrontendTransitServer web app.", -"Client ID used by Home Cloud services (go/home-cloud)", -"Client ID used by Google Shopping Express (go/gsx)", -"Client ID used by Google Duo (go/duo)", -"Client ID used by Gaia Frontend (go/gaiafe)", -"Client ID used by Android Messages (go/bugle)", -"Client ID used by Google Lens (go/lens) Contact: lens-frontend-server-eng@", -"Client ID used by Chrome Web Store (go/cws)", -"Client ID used by Actions on Google console (go/aog-console) Contact: actions-on-google-console-eng@", -"Client ID used by Android TV Channels (go/android-tv-channels)", -"Client ID used by Assistant Web Settings (go/assistant-settings-web-ui-design)", -"Client ID used by Play User Data Server (go/play-user-data-server)", -"Client ID used by Ads Integrity (go/ads-integrity) Contact: ads-integrity-risk@", -"Client ID used by Ragnarok (go/ragnarok) Contact: ads-integrity-wat@", -"Client ID used by Firebase Console (go/fireconsole) Contact: fireconsole-contrib@", -"Client ID used by AoG Feed Validator (http://go/aog-feed-validator)", -"Client ID used by Plumeria (go/plumeria-legal-eng-intro) Contact: plumeria-eng@", -"Client ID used by Paisa (http://go/paisa) Contact: paisa-eng@", -"Client ID used by Google Pay (go/googlepay)", -"Client ID used by the Google Pay web serving stack.", -"Client ID used by Google Wallet (go/wallet)", -"Client ID used by Scroogled (go/scroogled). Contact: hijacking-team@.", -"Client ID used by Waymo ride-hailing services. Client referenced in a silo: waymo/taas/frontend3/handlers/test_base.cc Contact: taas-offboard@, chauffeur-hailing@", -"Client ID used by CROW team. Contact: crow-team@", -"Client ID used by the Security Investigation Tool of GSuite Security Center(go/security-investigation-tool). Contact: gsc-sit-eng@", -"Client ID used by the Event Threat Detection team (go/etd). Contact: etd-team@", -"Client ID used by Play Location Server (go/play-location-server). Contact: play-experiment-team@", -"Client ID used by Footplacer (go/footplacer). Contact: footplacer-eng@", -"used by dasher commerce team (go/acom) Contact: dasher-commerce-eng@", -"Client ID used by Social People Analytics (go/spa-docs). Contact: social-people-analytics@", -"Client ID used by Contacts UI surfaces (go/web-contacts). Contact: contactsplus-eng@, custard-eng@", -"Client ID used by Google Analytics (go/gafe4). Contact: gafe4-eng+code@", -"Client ID used by Places API (go/places-api). Contact: geo-enterprise-metrics@", -"", -"Client ID used by Drive Web Frontend. Contact: drive-frontend-eng@", -"Client ID used by Android OTA (go/android-ota). Contact: android-auto-ota-dev@", -"Clients of nearby stores. Contact: payments-microapps-pek-team@", -"Clients used by Fiber Address Service (gfiber-weaver-infra-team@).", -"Client ID used by Support Content (go/supportcontent) Contact: support-content-eng@", -"Logging anonymization for Offroad (GMM offline) search/suggest.", -"Client id used by Google Ads Change History (go/ch). Contact: leonxie@, kluo@, ch-dev@", -"Client ID used by Session Risk (go/session-risk). Contact: session-protection-eng@", -"Client ID used by Alps (go/alps). Contact: address-understanding-team@", -"Client ID used by discover for resolving locations according to the user's news preferences. Contact: newsx@", -"Client Id for Assistant Snapshot.", -"Client ID used by Area 120 Honeycomb (go/honeycomb) Contact: honeycomb-eng@", -"Client ID used by Play Monetary Abuse service to detect location abuse. Contact: play-monetary-abuse@", -"Client ID used by Small Business Advisors (GMB Assisted Activation). Contact: gmb-assisted-activation@", -"Client ID used by GPA Feeds Ingestion. Contact: gpa-feeds-eng@", -"Client ID used by EDU originality reports (go/plagiarism). Contact: plagiarism-eng@", -"Client ID used by Paidtasks to grab user ipgeo information. Contact: 402-eng@", -"Client ID used by Translate for country level IPGeo. Contact: website-translation-team@", -"Client ID used by Funding Choices to determine the legal jurisdiction that a user belongs to, for example, GDPR (EEA) or CCPA (California), etc. More information: go/funding-choices Contact: oncall/xads, funding-choices-eng-core@", -"Client ID used by Search Notifications (go/sno). Contact: now-push-eng-team@", -"Client ID used by Visual Semantic Service (go/vss). Contact: vss-team@", -"Client ID used by the Chrome Prefetch Proxy (go/chrome-p4)", -"Wear OS clients Contact: wear-lon-backend@", -"Client ID used by Payments Risk (go/risk-eng) Contact: payments-risk-team@", -"Client ID used by Payments Orchestration/Orchestration2 server (go/o2) Contact: payments-orchestration-eng@", -"Client ID used by Android TV IRDB (go/sabrina-irdb-service) Contact: project-axel-eng@", -"Client ID used by Trends (go/trends-eng) Contact: trends@", -"Client ID used by Colab (go/colab) Contact: colab-team@", -"Client ID for Socratic (go/bloom) Contact: bloom-edu-eng@", -"Client ID for go/ps1-location Contact: location-infra@", -"Client ID for DDM Reporting Processing go/proc Contact: ddm-reporting-stateless@", -"Client ID for go/hr-be Contact: homeroom-backend@", -"Client ID for cars categorical Contact: cars-eng@", -"Client ID used by Gpay MerchantVerticals VerticalsDiscoveryService go/vertical-discovery Contact: merchant-verticals-discovery-eng@", -"Client ID used by reCAPTCHA's Account Protections team. Shared ID used by both Account Defender and SMS Fraud Detection services. go/recaptcha-account-defender-u-bad Contact: recaptcha-account-protections@", -"Client ID used by reCAPTCHA Lite. go/recaptcha-asn-reputation-design-doc Contact: recaptcha-waf-eng@", -"Client ID used by reCAPTCHA Fraud Prevention. go/recaptcha-fraud-geocoding Contact: recatpcha-fraud@", -"Client ID used by AutoNT DNS mapchecker module. go/autont Contact: autont-team@", -"Client ID used by Transparency for All Ads Report. go/tfaar Contact: tfaa-report-eng@", -"Client ID used by GCIP Location Service. go/cicp-team Contact: cicp-eng@", -"Client ID used by OneStack Metric Collection service.", -"Client ID used by GPay Transit TapAndPay Frontend Service go/transit-recommended-agencies Contact: tp2-transit-eng@", -"Client ID used by Chronicle Security (go/malachite). go/chronicle:theres-waldo Contact: malachite-dip-engg@ Contact: malachite-eng@", -"Client ID used by the UI for Chronicle Security (go/malachite). go/chronicle-i18n-design Contact: chronicle-ui@ Contact: malachite-eng@", -"Client ID used by GPay Merchant Spot Onboarding Tool (b/186640782). Contact: gtech-google-pay-food-fte@ Contact: edisonc@", -"Client ID used by Ads scraping tool owned by Ads ExpandedMatch. go/ads-scraping-tool Contact: ads-expmatch-eng@", -"Client ID for cloud support portal frontend go/xpp-lite Contact: xpp-eng@", -"Client ID used by the LaMDA team. Contact: srrvnn@, lamda-team@ // NOTYPO NOTYPO", -"Client ID used by Pinpoint (go/jsuite-pinpoint) Contact: backlight-eng@", -"Client ID used by Google Shopping Order History (go/shopping-order-history)", -"Client ID used by Nest camera cloud team contact: nest-camera-cloud@google.com", -"Client ID used by Panoptic SxS contact: yukang@, deepakverma@, local-fcr@google.com", -"Client ID used for About This Page external API. contact: beaton, diner-team@, go/project-diner", -"Client ID used for the Photos Analytics marketing pipeline. contact: guillo, photos-analytics@", -"Client ID for the gmscompliance server (UDEVS) contact: gmscore-trust-team@google.com", -"Client ID for Analytics Collection contact: tag-serving-eng@, go/tag-serving", -"Client ID for play console android vitals contact: play-dev-quality-all@google.com", -"Client ID for crashlytics play console crashes contact: play-dev-quality-all@google.com", -"Client ID for Payments Merchant Stories contact: merry-eng@, go/merry", -"Client ID for Cloudtop Connectivity contact: cloudtop-eng@, go/cloudtop", -"Client ID for Cloud Web (cloud.google.com) contact: cloudx-platform-eng@", -"Client for go/speakeasy-meet-consent-frontend Contact: ccp-pegasus@", -"Client for Display & Video 360 (DV3, Xbid) frontend. Contact: qypeng@, xbid-fe-eng@", -"Client for lending data manager. Contact: nest-data-infra-eng@", -"Client for ChromeOS Data Fresnel service. Contact: chromeos-data-eng@", -"Client for PPN team to provide VPN service.", -"Client ID used by Geo API Platform (go/geo:api). Contact: geo-apis-platform@", -"Client for Google One security to access Oolong data. Contact: g1-security-eng@", -"Client ID used by the Google TV Web player (go/lava) Contact: lava-eng@", -"Client ID used by the dynamite server. Contact: dynamite-eng@", -"Client ID used by the bce-client-connector. Contact: bce-client-connector-eng@", -"Client ID used by go/rde team pipeline. Contact: rde-team@.", -"Client ID used by Pinpoint UI tools (go/pinpoint). Contact: pinpoint-team@", -"Client ID for Corplogin Contact: sso-team@", -"Client ID for Monospace (go/monospace) Contact: monospace-team@", -"Client ID used by the Lighter (go/lighter). Contact: lighter-backend-eng@", -"Client ID used by P11 (go/p11-eng) Contact: eleven-sw-eng@", -"Client ID used by the new Find My Device website. Contact: fmd-eng@", -"Client ID used by Youtube TV. Contact: ott-platform-serving", -"Client ID used by Fitbit WebAccounts Contact fitbit-uam@", -"Client ID used for Chord (go/chord-g3doc) Contact: chord-eng@", -"Client ID used by Fitbit-Fi Contact fdp-gallery@", -"Client ID used by Google-Analytics-Serving Contact ga-gold-query-engine@", -"Client ID used by Google Fonts Contact fonts-eng@", -"Client ID used by project Bard Contact bard-team@", -"Client ID used by Nest Renew (go/apollo-eng) Contact apollo-energy-eng@", -"Client ID used by DeepMind Labs Contact deepmind-goodall@", -"Client ID used by One Presence Profiles Contact mcf-profiles-eng-team@", -"Client ID used by Transparency Report (go/transparency-eng) Contact: transparency-report-leads@", -"Client for Google One ML team to access Oolong data. Contact: g1-ml-eng@", -"Client for GMP Partner Gallery team to access Oolong data. Contact: gmppartnergallery-team@", -"Client for MakerSuite. Contact: makersuite-team@", -"Client for Ad Manager ToS Contact: drx-fe-infra@", -"Client ID for Chrome Remote Desktop. contact: chromotin-eng-team@, go/chromoting", -"Client for OSLO Soji (go/soji). Contact: soji-team@", -"Client ID for Workspace labs signup page. Contact: workspace-labs-signup-eng@", -"Client AIDA Contact: aida-api-team@", -"Client ID for Trust Signals Platform Contact: trust-signals-eng@", -"Client Id for AI Test Kitchen Contact: ai-sandbox-eng@", -"Client Id for Labs Tailwind Contact: labs-tailwind-eng-team@", -"Client Id for Gmail Task Assist. Contact: task-assist-eng@", -"Client Id for Pixel Weather service. Contact: pixel-apps-weather-boq-team@", -"Client Id for GPay Geo-based category billers. (go/gpay-category-biller-suggestions-design-doc) Contact: nityam-eng@, gpay-server-infra@", -"Client Id for Support Channels WhatsApp Zendesk integration. (go/cecsi-whatsapp-dd) Contact: voice-channels-eng@", -"Client ID used by Payments Anti-Financial Crimes Transaction Monitoring pipeline to fetch country-level IPGeo information.", -"Client ID for the offline batch pipeline creating the Discover query recommendation corpus.", -"Client id used by Preference Center (go/preference-center). Contact: preference-center-eng@", -"Client ID used by Developer Identity and Accounts Contact: play-dev-dia-epu@google.com.", -"Client ID used by GNP Online Evaluation Contact: gnp-ginger-eng@google.com", -"Client ID used by local suggested sets demo server (go/local-sets-demo-server-dd) Contact: local-sets-quality@", -"Client ID used by Search Labs Contact: search-labs-frontend@google.com", -"Client ID for Crowdsource Contact: crowdsource-eng@google.com", -"Client ID for Tarsier Contact: tarsier-team@google.com", -"Client Id for WorkSpace SideKick. Contact: kopi-eng@", -"Client id used by Google Photos for reminising features.", -"Client Id for Geox contamination. Contact: amt-geox-core@", -"Client Id for CloudMessageStore. Contact:tachyon-backend-eng@", -"Client Id for IP Protection Contact: ip-protection-team@", -"Client Id for Search MCF Hamsa. Contact: search-mcf-hamsa@", -"Client Id for Account Location (go/accountlocation). Contact emmett-eng@google.com, compliance-signals-eng@google.com", -"Client Id for Android Backup & Restore (http://go/br-home). Contact android-backup-server-eng@google.com", -"Client Id for Google Ads AWSM. Contact awsm-eng@google.com", -"Client Id for Stargate satellite messaging. Contact dune-server-eng-team@google.com", -"Client Id for Account Management (go/ams). Contact account-management-eng@google.com, compliance-signals-eng@google.com.", -"Client Id for User Account Creation (go/id-eco-infra:account-creation). Contact account-ecosystem-infra-team@google.com, compliance-signals-eng@google.com.", -"Client Id for Netsense (go/netsense). Contact trapdoor-team@google.com,", -"Client ID used by Fitbit Labs (go/fitbit-labs). Contact fitbit-labs-eng@", -"Client ID used by Local Services Ads. Contact sab-eng@", -"Client ID used by the User Feedback Service (go/user-feedback-service). Contact ads-integrity-transparency-team@", -"Client ID used by Bard/Gemini evals to spoof location data. Contact bard-eval-infra@ This should only be used with spoofed location data. For real user data, follow the onboarding steps at go/use-current-location", -"Client ID used by the Scenario-based Seeding Home & Work seeder. Contact loki-prod@google.com", -"Client ID used by the ADI Feature API (go/adi-feature-api)", -"Client Id for Labs Bettany Contact: bettany-eng@", -"Client Id for neco-genesis Contact: neco-eng@", -"Client ID used by Fitbit Capabilities Service (go/fitbit-capabilities). Contact fitbit-app-platform@", -"Client ID for Ads Marketing Automation (go/ce-ama) Contact: ads-marketing-automation-eng@", -"Client ID for Android Telemetry Westworld Contact: android-telemetry-infra-server@", -"Client ID for Data Security Posture Management (DSPM) Detective Controls Contact: dspm-controls-eng@", -"Client ID for CAA Insights Contact: policy-decision-service-eng@", -"Gws. Contact: oolong-team@.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Search Ads clients providing similar user location to Search.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Ad manager user sign up location by IP address", -"Use these within GWS iff the project is not using TLD (e.g. www.google.ch).", -"", -"", -"", -"Client Ids for Assistant via Oolong Service.", -"", -"", -"", -"Gws tld experimental clients", -"", -"", -"", -"Ads experimental clients", -"", -"", -"", -"Gws nontld experimental clients", -"", -"", -"", -"Assistant experimental clients", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Andromeda experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Bootes experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Cassiopeia experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Delphinus experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Eridanus experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Fomax experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Gemini experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Hercules experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Indus experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Leo experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Mensa experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Norma experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Orion experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Pisces experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Reticulum experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Sagittarius experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Taurus experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Ursa Major experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Virgo experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Use for LoggedContext re-geocoding. Do not use for LocationContext processing.", -"Client useful for country level IPGeo. It accepts any country regardless of the confidence. Do not use this client for any location other than country. It can be used while migrating from legacy googledata/ipgeo index. Contact: oolong-team@.", -"Client similar to CLIENT_IPGEO_REGION, but adapted to IPGeo Eval purpose. Contact: ipgeo-team@.", -"Tactile initial viewport policy. Contact: oolong-team@ Note that maps clients don't adhere to TLD restrictions.", -"", -"", -"", -"Maps clients that use glassbox.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Experimental maps clients.", -"", -"Session IP geocoding. Contact: oolong-team@.", -"Use this client ID if you are not using oolong legal/quality annotations. A sample usecase is reverse geocoding a set of lat/lngs or mids/featureids. NOTE: do not use oolong annotations if this client is set.", -"Default client to use when TLD restrictions are not applied. This policy can change without notice. If you care about particular quality assumptions, then create a custom client id. Contact: oolong-team@", -"Does NOT annotate anything with UNIQUE_SELECTED_FOR_USER_LOCATION", -"Client id that only applies legal annotations.", -"Use for testing only. Never use this in production.", -"", -"Used for oracle eval.", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients used to compare different location source combinations.", -"", -"", -"Client used for country field in Magic Eye dimensions (go/core-dimensions).", -"Used for the go/mapsguide directions prototype.", -"Deprecated clients SafeBrowsing Team. Contact: anov@.", -"Use CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK or _GAIA Contact oolong-team@", -"Use CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK or _GAIA Contact oolong-team@" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "The name of this set.", -"type": "string" -}, -"policyResult": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedPolicyResult", -"description": "The policy result that corresponds to the alternate policy." -}, -"sourceDescription": { -"description": "The source description for this result in the alternate policy.", -"enum": [ -"SOURCE_DESCRIPTION_UNSPECIFIED", -"FROM_YOUR_INTERNET_ADDRESS", -"FROM_YOUR_LOCATION_HISTORY", -"BASED_ON_YOUR_LOCATION_HISTORY", -"FROM_YOUR_DEVICE", -"BASED_ON_YOUR_PAST_ACTIVITY", -"FROM_YOUR_PLACES_HOME", -"FROM_YOUR_PLACES_WORK" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationUnifiedExtractorFlags": { -"id": "LocationUnifiedExtractorFlags", -"properties": { -"gwsJurisdictionCountryExtractorEnabled": { -"type": "boolean" -}, -"hostDomainExtractorEnabled": { -"type": "boolean" -}, -"ipAlternateExtractorEnabled": { -"type": "boolean" -}, -"ipExtractorEnabled": { -"type": "boolean" -}, -"queryExtractorEnabled": { -"description": "If true, any query found in the request will be included in geocoding and the location context.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"uuleCookieExtractorEnabled": { -"type": "boolean" -}, -"xgeoHeaderExtractorEnabled": { -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationUnifiedFeatureIdProto": { -"description": "A copy of //geostore/base/proto/featureid.proto. Because Oolong descriptors are intended to be publicly available, we don't want to depend on other protos. This proto is tag-compatible with the original. Note that this could be used for non-Oyster identifiers if distinguished by some appropriate producer. Otherwise, it is assumed to be an Oyster ID. The code in logs/storage/validator/logs_validator_traits.cc treats this type as if it were annotated as ST_LOCATION.", -"id": "LocationUnifiedFeatureIdProto", -"properties": { -"cellId": { -"description": "The S2CellId corresponding to the approximate centroid of this feature.", -"format": "uint64", -"type": "string" -}, -"fprint": { -"description": "A 64-bit fingerprint used to distinguish between multiple features at the same location.", -"format": "uint64", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationUnifiedFeatureReference": { -"description": "A featurelet in the location result's hierarchy. This references the feature pool for base data (like names and geometry), and contains additional fields that are set by the policy.", -"id": "LocationUnifiedFeatureReference", -"properties": { -"alternateAnnotations": { -"description": "Alternate annotations applied to this featurelet.", -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationExtractorFeatureletAnnotationSet" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"annotations": { -"description": "Annotations applied to this featurelet by the policy store.", -"items": { -"enum": [ -"TRIMMED_BY_QUALITY_FILTERING" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Indicate that a featurelet should not be used. This annotation is applied during ApplyQualityFiltering for feature \"trimming\" or added by the PolicyStore as a result of quality score calculation." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"confidence": { -"description": "The confidence that this featurelet is correct.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"featureId": { -"$ref": "GeostoreFeatureIdProto", -"description": "The feature ID, which is used as key for looking up the featurelet from the LocationContext's feature pool." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationUnifiedFieldOfView": { -"description": "A description of the field of view of a camera. Used in conjunction with location and rotation to indicate how much of a scene is being rendered inside the camera.", -"id": "LocationUnifiedFieldOfView", -"properties": { -"fieldOfViewXDegrees": { -"description": "Horizontal degrees of view, i.e. the angle between the left and right clipping planes.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"fieldOfViewYDegrees": { -"description": "Vertical degrees of view, i.e. the angle between the top and bottom clipping planes.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"screenWidthPixels": { -"description": "Pixel dimensions of a device screen. This is currently only used by Tactile and should not be used elsewhere without good reason, at which point we would probably rename the field. Pixels are assumed to be square.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationUnifiedInterpretationData": { -"id": "LocationUnifiedInterpretationData", -"properties": { -"query": { -"description": "Serialized s-expr annotated with :loc.", -"type": "string" -}, -"term": { -"description": "This group provides details about what we found in the query as a set of non-overlapping 'terms', each referring to a separate political feature. E.g. query of \"Pizza near Mt View CA\" would (in one of the geocodes) contain two terms: \"Mt View\" and \"CA\". All terms are given in left-to-right order. Note that not all featurelets necessarily occur as a term. Some may have been inferred from the political hierarchy. E.g. in the example above there would be a featurelet for the US after the one for \"CA\".", -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationExtractorInterpretationTerm" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationUnifiedLatLng": { -"description": "A latitude and longitude used to describe a point. Units are degrees x 10^7 and rounded to the nearest integer). When used to describe a point, the latitudes should be in the range +/- 90 degrees and the longitude should be in the range +/- 180 degrees (inclusive). LatLng message was also used to describe a span, but it turns out full longitude span (360 degrees * 10^7) does not fit in signed int32. Thus, using LatLng for a span is deprecated. Please use LatLngRect instead. The code in logs/storage/validator/logs_validator_traits.cc treats this type as if it were annotated as ST_LOCATION.", -"id": "LocationUnifiedLatLng", -"properties": { -"latitudeE7": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"longitudeE7": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationUnifiedLatLngRect": { -"description": "A latitude-longitude rectangle, represented as two diagonally opposite points \"lo\" and \"hi\". The rectangle is considered to be a closed region, i.e. it includes its boundary. The latitude bounds must be in the range -90 to 90 degrees inclusive, and the longitude bounds must be in the range -180 to 180 degrees inclusive. Both points must be normalized, with lo.latitude <= hi.latitude. If lo.latitude > hi.latitude, the latitude range is considered empty and there will be a warning the first 100 times Oolong sees such proto. \"lo\" point is the lower-left corner and \"hi\" point is the upper-right corner of the resulting rectangle. Various special cases include: - If lo == hi, the rectangle consists of a single point. - If lo.longitude > hi.longitude, the longitude range is \"inverted\" (the rectangle crosses the 180 degree longitude line). - If lo.longitude == -180 degrees and hi.longitude = 180 degrees, the rectangle includes all longitudes. - If lo.longitude = 180 degrees and hi.longitude = -180 degrees, the longitude range is empty. The code in logs/storage/validator/logs_validator_traits.cc treats this type as if it were annotated as ST_LOCATION.", -"id": "LocationUnifiedLatLngRect", -"properties": { -"hi": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedLatLng" -}, -"lo": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedLatLng" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationUnifiedLocationAnnotation": { -"description": "Used to distinguish locations within a location context (e.g., indicate those locations selected by a policy).", -"id": "LocationUnifiedLocationAnnotation", -"properties": { -"details": { -"description": "Optional debug information associated with this annotation. For human consumption only.", -"type": "string" -}, -"type": { -"description": "Indicates the purpose of this annotation.", -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN_ANNOTATION", -"UNIQUE_SELECTED_FOR_CONTEXT", -"UNIQUE_SELECTED_FOR_USER_LOCATION", -"SELECTED_FOR_EXPLICIT_IMMEDIATE_LOCATION", -"UNIQUE_SELECTED_FOR_NON_QUERY_ROLES", -"UNIQUE_TRUSTED_CURRENT_LOCATION", -"UNIQUE_TRUSTED_CURRENT_COUNTRY", -"UNIQUE_JURISDICTION_COUNTRY", -"SELECTED_FOR_JURISDICTION_COUNTRIES", -"DOES_NOT_CONFORM_TO_TLD", -"MARKED_FOR_POLICY_REMOVAL", -"FINE_GRAINED_CURRENT_LOCATION", -"UNIQUE_SELECTED_FOR_CONTEXT_EXPERIMENTAL_QREF", -"SELECTED_FOR_RTBF_COUNTRIES", -"UNIQUE_SELECTED_FOR_RTBF_DOMAIN", -"PRODUCER_ABLATED_FOR_EXPERIMENT", -"SELECTED_FOR_AREA_OF_INTEREST", -"SELECTED_FOR_FREQUENT_LOCATION", -"STRIPPED_FROM_LIVE_RESPONSE", -"UNIQUE_SELECTED_FOR_ROLE", -"LOW_CONFIDENCE", -"DO_NOT_USE_FOR_SEARCHING", -"EXPERIMENTAL", -"UNIQUE_SELECTED_LOCALE", -"UNIQUE_SELECTED_FOR_SEMANTIC_USER_LOCATION", -"ADDITIONAL_USER_LOCATION", -"REMOVED_DEVICE_LOCATION" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"THIS VALUE MUST BE THE FIRST IN THIS ENUM. Default value used to identify unset fields including those resulting from enum values unknown to an out-dated binary. This should be used only to check for errors.", -"A descriptor with this annotation has been selected by some policy as the single descriptor to be used for this request. This selects a result that prefers explicit location set by the user over our best guess for the user location. If you think you need to use this annotation, please contact oolong-team@ first. Use SELECTED_FOR_EXPLICIT_IMMEDIATE_LOCATION and UNIQUE_SELECTED_FOR_USER_LOCATION, if you need access to user provided locations and/or implicit user locations respectively. Invariant: At most one descriptor in a context can have an annotation of this type.", -"A descriptor with this annotation has been selected by some policy as the single descriptor to be used for current user location (physical location). Note that this is our best guess about actual user location which may be spoofed by malicious user. If you need stronger guarantees about user country of presence, use UNIQUE_TRUSTED_CURRENT_LOCATION annotation defined below (if in doubt, contact oolong-team for advise). Invariant: At most one descriptor in a context can have this annotation.", -"Descriptors with this annotation have been selected by the policy as the set of locations that can be used as explicit immediate locations. Note that the set will not contain current user location (e.g. location with annotation UNIQUE_SELECTED_FOR_USER_LOCATION). It may contain query location, viewport or a location that has been specified by the user for a given request, such as the &near param. For more details see: https://docs.google.com/a/google.com/document/d/1aTiZG-r-hrLRGiGCJvjIAk45hUPSi07idxySzvzaQvk/edit", -"A descriptor with this annotation has been selected by some policy as the single descriptor to be used for this request, excluding any locations present in the user query. This will be the descriptor that would have the annotation UNIQUE_SELECTED_FOR_CONTEXT if all QUERY role descriptors were removed from the context. Invariant: At most one descriptor in a context can have this annotation.", -"A descriptor with this annotation has been selected by some policy as the single descriptor in the context that can be trusted to represent the user's current location (i.e., it is not user specified and is hard to spoof). TLD does not affect this annotation. This annotation can be used to apply restrictions on services based on a user's \"physical\" location. DO NOT USE THIS ANNOTATION WITHOUT TALKING TO oolong-team (and possibly Legal). It can only be used in very specific circumstances.", -"A descriptor with this annotation has been selected by some policy as the single descriptor in the context that can be trusted to represent the user's current country (i.e., it is not user specified and is hard to spoof). TLD does not affect this annotation. This annotation can be used to apply restrictions on services based on a user's \"physical\" location. This is the country-level-only version of UNIQUE_TRUSTED_CURRENT_LOCATION. DO NOT USE THIS ANNOTATION WITHOUT TALKING TO oolong-team (and possibly Legal). It can only be used in very specific circumstances.", -"A descriptor with this annotation has been selected by some policy as the single descriptor in the context that represents the country of jurisdiction for the user. Some restrictions can be applied based on the location country in this descriptor. This annotation can be used to apply restrictions on services based on a user's \"logical\" location. Results annotated with UNIQUE_JURISDICTION_COUNTRY are not guaranteed to have a TYPE_COUNTRY feature if the result is within a disputed area. See also SELECTED_FOR_JURISDICTION_COUNTRIES below. DO NOT USE THIS ANNOTATION WITHOUT TALKING TO oolong-team (and possibly Legal). It can only be used in very specific circumstances.", -"SELECTED_FOR_JURISDICTION_COUNTRIES is always added to the result annotated with UNIQUE_JURISDICTION_COUNTRY. If the UNIQUE_JURISDICTION_COUNTRY result matches a disputed area in http://google3/googledata/location/unified/location_service/disputed_areas_jurisdiction_countries.txt, then SELECTED_FOR_JURISDICTION_COUNTRIES is additionally added to synthetic results with the country codes specified in that file. For example, if a result in Crimea is annotated with UNIQUE_JURISDICTION_COUNTRY, then SELECTED_FOR_JURISDICTION_COUNTRIES will be present: - on the Crimea location; - on a synthetic result in Russia (with country code RU); and - on a synthetic result in Ukraine (with country code UA). DO NOT USE THIS ANNOTATION WITHOUT TALKING TO oolong-team (and possibly Legal). It can only be used in very specific circumstances.", -"A descriptor with this annotation means that it was an implicit (ie IP, not NEAR) location and the country of the result does not match the country of the TLD. Results with these annotations should not be used without first consulting oolong-team.", -"This annotation means that the descriptor is not allowed by the policy that was applied. It may appear in alternate annotations in a merged LocationContext. Results with this annotation should be removed when the merged LocationContext is split. For example, Ads essential-only mode clients forbid the use of UULE device locations. Results with this annotation should generally not have any of the \"Search selected\" or \"Legal selected\" annotations.", -"A descriptor with this annotation means that it is a very precise user location, such as a GPS location. This annotation is applied to locations with UNIQUE_SELECTED_FOR_USER_LOCATION annotation.", -"This annotation has been introduced for the purpose of transitioning from LES query geocoding to QREF query geocoding. Clients who wish to use QREF query annotations, should consider using this annotation as a replacement for UNIQUE_SELECTED_FOR_CONTEXT. It has identical semantics to UNIQUE_SELECTED_FOR_CONTEXT with a difference that QREF annotations are used. Note that this is a temporary annotation and should eventually be removed once migration to QREF is complete.", -"This annotation selects the countries for RTBF content restriction. The union of restrictions of all countries with this annotation should be applied.", -"This annotation selects the country based on which all european RTBF content restrictions should be applied if the selected country is european.", -"This annotation indicates that the result has a producer that was removed as asked by the Oolong__producers_to_ablate flag and re-added.", -"This annotation indicates that the location has been selected by some policy as an area of interest, i.e. the location is of significance to the user. Areas of interest are usually implicit, i.e. not part of the current query. See go/oolong-aoi. DO NOT USE THIS ANNOTATION WITHOUT TALKING TO oolong-team.", -"This annotation indicates that the location has been selected by some policy as a frequent location. Frequent locations are places where we expect a user to spend extended amounts of time. See go/oolong-serving-flops. DO NOT USE THIS ANNOTATION WITHOUT TALKING TO oolong-team.", -"This annotation should never been seen at serving time, yet it will be present in logs to indicate when a specific location was stripped at serving time. For example, when a location is not accessible by any location view.", -"DEPRECATED annotations", -"", -"", -"", -"Use UNIQUE_SELECTED_FOR_USER_LOCATION instead", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationUnifiedLocationAttributesProto": { -"description": "Supplemental attributes for a location that may affect search results. Next Id: 24", -"id": "LocationUnifiedLocationAttributesProto", -"properties": { -"activityRecord": { -"description": "The user detected activity.", -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedActivityRecord" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"adsConfidence": { -"description": "Confidence for use in ads. Might be different from the confidence in the descriptor. Currently only used for locations with producer TRAVEL_STATE_INTENT.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"altitudeMetersFromGround": { -"description": "Altitude in meters, from ground level.", -"format": "double", -"type": "number" -}, -"bearingAccuracyDegrees": { -"description": "The accuracy of bearing in degrees, based on GMS Core calculations on two latest location points. The actual bearing should be within bearing_degrees \u00b1 bearing_accuracy_degrees.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"bearingDegrees": { -"description": "The direction in degrees in which the client device was moving. Must be in the range 0 to 359. 0 represents north and 90 is east.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"boardedTransitVehicleToken": { -"description": "An opaque token to represent a transit vehicle that a user is riding. This field is always server generated and encoding scheme is determined by the server. Currently, Tactile's local encoding (web-safe base64 prefixed by \"B\") is used.", -"type": "string" -}, -"carrierIpType": { -"enum": [ -"CARRIER_IP_UNKNOWN", -"CARRIER_IP_NOT_CARRIER", -"CARRIER_IP_MOBILE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"deviceLocationRatio": { -"description": "FOR OOLONG INTERNAL USE ONLY! TODO(b/142046202) Migrate this field outside of Location Descriptor. Ratio of device location versus other signals that we have for this user. Note that this is a per-user attribute, not a per-location attribute.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"fieldOfView": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedFieldOfView", -"description": "The field of view of a camera." -}, -"headingDegrees": { -"description": "The direction in degrees in which the client device was pointed. Must be in the range 0 to 359. 0 represents north and 90 is east.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"inference": { -"enum": [ -"INFERENCE_NONE", -"INFERENCE_HULK_HEURISTIC", -"INFERENCE_HULK_CLASSIFIED", -"INFERENCE_HULK_UNKNOWN", -"INFERENCE_PLM" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"this is not an inferred place", -"", -"HULK Classifier is used instead of heuristic.", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"ipRangeConfidence": { -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"manualEntry": { -"enum": [ -"MANUAL_ENTRY_NONE", -"MANUAL_ENTRY_UNKNOWN", -"MANUAL_ENTRY", -"MANUAL_ENTRY_DROPPED_PIN", -"MANUAL_ENTRY_HIGH_LEVEL", -"MANUAL_ENTRY_STALE", -"MANUAL_ENTRY_INSUFFICIENT_LOCATIONS" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"this place was not manually entered", -"", -"Not stale manual entry of an address", -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"personalizedLocationAttributes": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedPersonalizedLocationAttributes", -"description": "FOR OOLONG INTERNAL USE ONLY! TODO(b/142046202) Migrate this field outside of Location Descriptor. Additional Oolong-specific attributes of the location." -}, -"plmSourceLocationCount": { -"description": "FOR OOLONG INTERNAL USE ONLY! TODO(b/142046202) Migrate this field outside of Location Descriptor. Total number of locations (across all events) used in PLM inference.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"plmType": { -"deprecated": true, -"enum": [ -"PLMTYPE_UNKNOWN", -"PLMTYPE_FIRST", -"PLMTYPE_SECOND", -"PLMTYPE_THIRD", -"PLMTYPE_FOURTH", -"PLMTYPE_FIFTH", -"PLMTYPE_SIXTH", -"PLMTYPE_SEVENTH", -"PLMTYPE_EIGHTH", -"PLMTYPE_NINTH" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"Order by confidence.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"rollDegrees": { -"description": "Clockwise rotation around the line of sight (i.e. vector (0, 0, -1) in Eye Coords). Zero means that y points up in Screen Coords; 180 gives an upside down view, where y points down in Screen Coords. Allowed range is [0, 360). For out-of-range values, the behavior is undefined.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"speedAccuracyKph": { -"description": "The accuracy of the speed in kilometers per hour, meaning that the actual speed should be within speed_kph \u00b1 speed_accuracy_kph.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"speedKph": { -"description": "The speed in kilometers per hour at which the client device was moving.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"tiltDegrees": { -"description": "Rotation where zero points down, 180 points up and 90 points to horizon. Allowed range is [0, 180]. For out-of-range values, the behavior is undefined.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"viewportSearchOptions": { -"enum": [ -"VIEWPORT_SEARCH_OPTIONS_UNSPECIFIED", -"VIEWPORT_SEARCH_OPTIONS_AROUND", -"VIEWPORT_SEARCH_OPTIONS_RESTRICT", -"VIEWPORT_SEARCH_OPTIONS_FILTER_ONLY", -"VIEWPORT_SEARCH_OPTIONS_FORCE_AROUND" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"weekSecondConfidence": { -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationUnifiedLocationContext": { -"description": "A container for passing and processing the set of locations associated with a particular request. Next available tag: 11", -"id": "LocationUnifiedLocationContext", -"properties": { -"clientId": { -"description": "The client ID that was used for annotating this location context (if any). This field is set accordingly by the policy annotation.", -"enum": [ -"CLIENT_UNKNOWN", -"CLIENT_CURIO", -"CLIENT_ONE_GOOGLE_SERVICE", -"CLIENT_EVALS", -"CLIENT_EVALS_ONESHOT", -"CLIENT_EVALS_UQS", -"CLIENT_BOOKS", -"CLIENT_BOND", -"CLIENT_CHROME_UMA", -"CLIENT_DOUBLECLICK_SEARCH", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_ISP_RATING", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_REAL_TIME_QOE", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_QOE_LIVYATAN", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_SHORTS_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_SHORTS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_SHORTS_MOBILE_GAIA", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_SHORTS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_MOBILE_GAIA", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_LES", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_EXP_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_EXP_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_EXP_MOBILE_GAIA", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_EXP_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_DESKTOP_GAIA_AXOLOTL", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_AXOLOTL", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_MOBILE_GAIA_AXOLOTL", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_AXOLOTL", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_DESKTOP_GAIA_BADGER", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_BADGER", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_MOBILE_GAIA_BADGER", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_BADGER", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_DESKTOP_GAIA_CHIPMUNK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_CHIPMUNK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_MOBILE_GAIA_CHIPMUNK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_VIRAL_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_CHIPMUNK", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_ADMIN_YURT", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_BAD_HARVEST", -"CLIENT_SPEECH", -"CLIENT_GMAIL", -"CLIENT_GMAIL_SPAM", -"CLIENT_CHROMECAST_WEB", -"CLIENT_PANCETTA", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_LOCATION_SERVER", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_FEEDBACK", -"CLIENT_ANDROID_METRICS_WAREHOUSE", -"CLIENT_USERMGMT", -"CLIENT_APPREMOTING", -"CLIENT_GAIA_PERMISSION_SERVER", -"CLIENT_ACTIONABLE_IPS", -"CLIENT_DISPLAY_ADS", -"CLIENT_DISPLAY_ADS_DEFAULT", -"CLIENT_DISPLAY_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_DISPLAY_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_DISPLAY_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA", -"CLIENT_DISPLAY_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_DISPLAY_ADS_PREVIEW", -"CLIENT_HOBBES", -"CLIENT_NEWSSTAND", -"CLIENT_NEWSSTAND_EXPERIMENTAL", -"CLIENT_POLYNEWS", -"CLIENT_DOCS", -"CLIENT_ADWORDS_EXPRESS", -"CLIENT_TRACE_DEPOT", -"CLIENT_MAPSPRO", -"CLIENT_GEO_ONDEMAND", -"CLIENT_ACCESS_FILTER", -"CLIENT_DOMAIN_REGISTRAR", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_FRONTEND", -"CLIENT_ACCOUNT_LINKING", -"CLIENT_LEGAL_REMOVALS", -"CLIENT_CLOUD_CONSOLE", -"CLIENT_CLOUD_FREE_TRIAL", -"CLIENT_CLOUD_SOLUTIONS_CATALOG", -"CLIENT_CLOUD_MEDIA_ACCESS", -"CLIENT_DOTORG_G4NP", -"CLIENT_CRASH_INTERNAL", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_WIFI_MONLOG", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_VOICE", -"CLIENT_BLOGGER", -"CLIENT_THOR_BACKEND", -"CLIENT_NEWS", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_PHOTOS", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_PHOTOS_INFERRED_LOCATION", -"CLIENT_RANKBRAIN_DEBUG", -"CLIENT_HETERODYNE", -"CLIENT_FRAUDREVIEW", -"CLIENT_JAMBOARD", -"CLIENT_MARCONI", -"CLIENT_AART", -"CLIENT_CULTURAL", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_ECOMMERCE", -"CLIENT_ARES", -"CLIENT_LIS", -"CLIENT_STORE", -"CLIENT_DASHER_AUDITING", -"CLIENT_SHOPPING_LIST", -"CLIENT_ITEM_SUGGEST", -"CLIENT_SMART_BOOKS", -"CLIENT_GRADS", -"CLIENT_ADS_ROOT", -"CLIENT_SE_ROOT", -"CLIENT_YT_ORBIT", -"CLIENT_NOVA_APERTURE", -"CLIENT_LENA_SIGNUP_DEFAULTS", -"CLIENT_PLAY_APPS_PUBLISHER", -"CLIENT_FINSKY_ENTERPRISE", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_ADMIN", -"CLIENT_CRYPTAUTH", -"CLIENT_GSA_UNIVERSAL_SERVER", -"CLIENT_TRAVEL_FRONTEND_TRANSIT", -"CLIENT_HOME_CLOUD", -"CLIENT_GSX_MALL", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_DUO", -"CLIENT_GAIA_FRONTEND", -"CLIENT_ANDROID_MESSAGES", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_LENS", -"CLIENT_CHROME_WEB_STORE", -"CLIENT_ACTIONS_ON_GOOGLE_CONSOLE", -"CLIENT_ANDROID_TV_CHANNELS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_WEB_SETTINGS", -"CLIENT_PLAY_USER_DATA", -"CLIENT_ADS_INTEGRITY", -"CLIENT_ADS_INTEGRITY_MALVERTISING", -"CLIENT_FIREBASE_CONSOLE", -"CLIENT_AOG_FEED_VALIDATOR", -"CLIENT_PLUMERIA", -"CLIENT_PAISA", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_PAY", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_PAY_WEB", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_WALLET", -"CLIENT_SCROOGLED", -"CLIENT_WAYMO", -"CLIENT_CROW", -"CLIENT_GSUITE_SECURITY_CENTER_SIT", -"CLIENT_EVENT_THREAT_DETECTION", -"CLIENT_PLAY_LOCATION", -"CLIENT_FOOTPLACER", -"CLIENT_DASHER_COMMERCE", -"CLIENT_SOCIAL_PEOPLE_ANALYTICS", -"CLIENT_CONTACTS_UI", -"CLIENT_GAFE4", -"CLIENT_PLACES_API", -"CLIENT_PLACES_SEARCH_API", -"CLIENT_DRIVE_WEB", -"CLIENT_ANDROID_OTA", -"CLIENT_PAISA_NEARBY_STORES", -"CLIENT_ISP_FIBER_FAS", -"CLIENT_SUPPORT_CONTENT", -"CLIENT_GWS_OFFROAD_LOGGING", -"CLIENT_CHANGEHISTORY", -"CLIENT_SESSION_RISK", -"CLIENT_ALPS", -"CLIENT_DISCOVER_NEWS_LOCATION", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_SNAPSHOT", -"CLIENT_HONEYCOMB", -"CLIENT_PLAY_MONETARY_ABUSE", -"CLIENT_SMALL_BUSINESS_ADVISORS", -"CLIENT_GPA_FEEDS", -"CLIENT_EDU_ORIGINALITY", -"CLIENT_PAIDTASKS", -"CLIENT_TRANSLATE", -"CLIENT_FUNDING_CHOICES", -"CLIENT_SEARCH_NOTIFICATIONS", -"CLIENT_VISUAL_SEMANTIC_SERVICE", -"CLIENT_CHROME_PREFETCH_PROXY", -"CLIENT_WEAR_FRONTEND", -"CLIENT_PAYMENTS_RISKENGINE", -"CLIENT_PAYMENTS_ORCHESTRATION", -"CLIENT_ANDROID_TV_IRDB", -"CLIENT_TRENDS_FRONTEND", -"CLIENT_COLABORATORY", -"CLIENT_SOCRATIC", -"CLIENT_PS1_LOCATION", -"CLIENT_DDM_REPORTING", -"CLIENT_HOMEROOM_BACKEND", -"CLIENT_CARS_CATEGORICAL", -"CLIENT_GPAY_MERCHANT_VERTICALS", -"CLIENT_RECAPTCHA_ACCOUNT_DEFENDER", -"CLIENT_RECAPTCHA_LITE", -"CLIENT_RECAPTCHA_FRAUD", -"CLIENT_AUTONT_ACCESS_LOCATION", -"CLIENT_TFAA_REPORT", -"CLIENT_IDAAS_IP_LOCATION", -"CLIENT_ONESTACK_METRIC_COLLECTION", -"CLIENT_GPAY_TRANSIT", -"CLIENT_CHRONICLE_SECURITY", -"CLIENT_CHRONICLE_SECURITY_UI", -"CLIENT_GPAY_MERCHANT_SPOT_ONBOARDING_TOOL", -"CLIENT_ADS_SCRAPING", -"CLIENT_CLOUD_SUPPORT_PORTAL", -"CLIENT_LAMDA", -"CLIENT_PINPOINT", -"CLIENT_SHOPPING_ORDER_HISTORY", -"CLIENT_NEST_CAMERA_CLOUD", -"CLIENT_PANOPTIC_EVAL", -"CLIENT_ABOUT_THIS_PAGE", -"CLIENT_PHOTOS_ANALYTICS_MARKETING", -"CLIENT_GMSCORE_GMSCOMPLIANCE", -"CLIENT_ANALYTICS_COLLECTION", -"CLIENT_PLAY_CONSOLE_ANDROID_VITALS", -"CLIENT_CRASHLYTICS_PLAY_CONSOLE_CRASHES", -"CLIENT_PAYMENTS_MERCHANT_STORIES", -"CLIENT_CLOUDTOP_CONNECTIVITY", -"CLIENT_CLOUD_WEB", -"CLIENT_RECORDING_CONSENT", -"CLIENT_DV3_FRONTEND", -"CLIENT_LENDING_DATA_MANAGER", -"CLIENT_CHROMEOS_DATA_FRESNEL", -"CLIENT_PPN", -"CLIENT_GEO_SEARCH_API", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_ONE_SECURITY", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_TV_LAVA", -"CLIENT_DYNAMITE_SERVER", -"CLIENT_BCE_CLIENT_CONNECTOR", -"CLIENT_DSE_REGULATORY_ANALYSIS", -"CLIENT_SEARCH_PINPOINT", -"CLIENT_CORPLOGIN", -"CLIENT_MONOSPACE", -"CLIENT_LIGHTER", -"CLIENT_P11", -"CLIENT_FIND_MY_DEVICE_WEB", -"CLIENT_YOUTUBE_TV", -"CLIENT_FITBIT_WEB", -"CLIENT_CHORD", -"CLIENT_FITBIT_FI", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_ANALYTICS_SERVING", -"CLIENT_FONTS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_BARD", -"CLIENT_NEST_GREENENERGY", -"CLIENT_DEEPMIND_LABS", -"CLIENT_ONE_PRESENCE", -"CLIENT_TRANSPARENCY_REPORT", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_ONE_ML", -"CLIENT_GMP_PARTNER_GALLERY", -"CLIENT_MAKERSUITE", -"CLIENT_ADS_ADMANAGER_TOS", -"CLIENT_CHROME_REMOTE_DESKTOP", -"CLIENT_SOJI", -"CLIENT_WORKSPACE_LABS_SIGNUP", -"CLIENT_AIDA", -"CLIENT_TSP", -"CLIENT_AI_SANDBOX", -"CLIENT_LABS_TAILWIND", -"CLIENT_GMAIL_TASK_ASSIST", -"CLIENT_PIXEL_WEATHER", -"CLIENT_GPAY_CATEGORY_BILLERS", -"CLIENT_SUPPORT_CHANNELS_ZENDESK_WHATSAPP", -"CLIENT_PAYMENTS_TRANSACTION_MONITORING", -"CLIENT_DISCOVER_QUERY_RECOMMENDATIONS", -"CLIENT_COMMUNICATION_PREFERENCE_CENTER", -"CLIENT_PLAY_CONSOLE_DEVELOPER_IDENTITY_AND_ACCOUNTS", -"CLIENT_GNP_ONLINE_EVALUATION", -"CLIENT_LOCAL_SUGGESTED_SETS_DEMO_SERVER", -"CLIENT_SEARCH_LABS", -"CLIENT_CROWDSOURCE", -"CLIENT_TARSIER", -"CLIENT_WORKSPACE_SIDEKICK", -"CLIENT_GOOGLE_PHOTOS_REMINISCING", -"CLIENT_GEOX_CONTAMINATION", -"CLIENT_CLOUD_MESSAGE_STORE", -"CLIENT_IP_PROTECTION", -"CLIENT_SEARCH_HAMSA", -"CLIENT_ACCOUNT_LOCATION", -"CLIENT_ANDROID_BACKUP_AND_RESTORE", -"CLIENT_ADS_AWSM", -"CLIENT_STARGATE", -"CLIENT_ACCOUNT_MANAGEMENT", -"CLIENT_USER_ACCOUNT_CREATION", -"CLIENT_NETSENSE", -"CLIENT_FITBIT_LABS", -"CLIENT_LOCAL_SERVICES", -"CLIENT_USER_FEEDBACK_SERVICE", -"CLIENT_BARD_EVAL", -"CLIENT_SCENARIO_BASED_SEEDING_HOME_WORK", -"CLIENT_ACCOUNT_INTEGRITY_FEATURE_API", -"CLIENT_LABS_BETTANY", -"CLIENT_NECO_GENESIS", -"CLIENT_FITBIT_CAPABILITIES", -"CLIENT_ADS_MARKETING_AUTOMATION", -"CLIENT_ANDROID_TELEMETRY_WESTWORLD", -"CLIENT_DSPM_DETECTIVE_CONTROLS", -"CLIENT_CAA_INSIGHTS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_NON_PERSONALIZED", -"CLIENT_GWS_HOMEPAGE", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA", -"CLIENT_ADS_NON_PERSONALIZED", -"CLIENT_ADS_TLD_NON_PERSONALIZED", -"CLIENT_ADS_EOM", -"CLIENT_ADS_TLD_EOM", -"CLIENT_ADS_ADMANAGER_SIGNUP", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_EXP", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_EXP", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_EXP", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_EXP", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_EXP", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_EXP", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_EXP", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_EXP", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_EXP", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_EXP", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_EXP", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_EXP", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_EXP", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_EXP", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_EXP", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_EXP", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_ANDROMEDA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_BOOTES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_CASSIOPEIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_DELPHINUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_ERIDANUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_FOMAX", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_GEMINI", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_HERCULES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_INDUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_INDUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_INDUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_INDUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_INDUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_INDUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_INDUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_INDUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_INDUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_INDUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_INDUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_INDUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_INDUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_INDUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_INDUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_INDUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_LEO", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_LEO", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_LEO", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_LEO", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_LEO", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_LEO", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_LEO", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_LEO", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_LEO", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_LEO", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_LEO", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_LEO", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_LEO", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_LEO", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_LEO", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_LEO", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_MENSA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_MENSA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_MENSA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_MENSA", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_MENSA", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_MENSA", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_MENSA", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_MENSA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_MENSA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_MENSA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_MENSA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_MENSA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_MENSA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_MENSA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_MENSA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_MENSA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_NORMA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_NORMA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_NORMA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_NORMA", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_NORMA", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_NORMA", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_NORMA", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_NORMA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_NORMA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_NORMA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_NORMA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_NORMA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_NORMA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_NORMA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_NORMA", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_NORMA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ORION", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ORION", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_ORION", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_ORION", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ORION", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ORION", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_ORION", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_ORION", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ORION", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_ORION", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ORION", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_ORION", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_ORION", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_ORION", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_ORION", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_ORION", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_PISCES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_PISCES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_PISCES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_PISCES", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_PISCES", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_PISCES", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_PISCES", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_PISCES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_PISCES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_PISCES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_PISCES", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_PISCES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_PISCES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_PISCES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_PISCES", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_PISCES", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_RETICULUM", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_SAGITTARIUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_TAURUS", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_URSA_MAJOR", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_GAIA_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_ADS_DESKTOP_GAIA_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_ADS_MOBILE_GAIA_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_DESKTOP_GAIA_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_ASSISTANT_NONTLD_MOBILE_GAIA_VIRGO", -"CLIENT_LOGGED_CONTEXT", -"CLIENT_IPGEO_REGION", -"CLIENT_IPGEO_EVAL", -"CLIENT_GWS_TACTILE_INITIAL_VIEWPORT", -"CLIENT_GWS_MAPS_DESKTOP", -"CLIENT_GWS_MAPS_MOBILE", -"CLIENT_GWS_GMM_LOCATION_SHIFT", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MAPS_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MAPS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MAPS_DESKTOP_GAIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MAPS_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MAPS_MOBILE_GAIA", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MAPS_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MAPS_DESKTOP_EXPERIMENTAL", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MAPS_MOBILE_EXPERIMENTAL", -"CLIENT_SESSIONS", -"CLIENT_MANUAL", -"CLIENT_NONTLD_DEFAULT", -"CLIENT_NO_LOCATION", -"CLIENT_ONLY_LEGAL", -"CLIENT_TESTING", -"CLIENT_COARSEN_ALL_TESTING", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_DESKTOP_ORACLE", -"CLIENT_GWS_TLD_MOBILE_ORACLE", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ORACLE", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ORACLE", -"CLIENT_COMPARE_DL", -"CLIENT_COMPARE_IP", -"CLIENT_COMPARE_IPDL", -"CLIENT_MAGICEYE_DIMENSIONS", -"CLIENT_MAPS_GUIDE_DIRECTIONS", -"CLIENT_SAFE_BROWSING", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP", -"CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unset client ID. Never use it in production code.", -"Curio team (go/curio). Contact: curio-team@.", -"OneGoogle Service (OGS): OGS will fetch the LocationContext for the frontends that have not talked to LES yet.", -"Client id used by evaluation tools. Contact: davidreis@", -"Same as CLIENT_EVALS, but less strict, so can be used to avoid a hack when some use cases needed to send the request twice with different client ID. Contact: bohdant@", -"Client id used by go/unified-query-sourcing. Contact: query-sampling-team@", -"Client id used by Play Books. Contact: ocean-team@", -"Client id used by Bond team. Contact: sterman@ and/or id-devices-eng@", -"Client id used by Chrome User Metrics Analysis (UMA, go/chrome-data)", -"Client id used by DoubleClick Search. Contact: wdtseng@, ds3data@, go/ds", -"Client id used by youtube QoE frontend. Contact: pfish@, kathyqian@, qoe-team@", -"Client id used by youtube Real-Time QoE. Contact: jeffcohen@, tnavien@, qoe-team@", -"Client id used by youtube QoE Livyatan. Contact: kathyqian@, gaozhiquan@, qoe-team@", -"Client id used by YouTube serving frontend and shared by all downstreams of the frontend server. Contact: tubbs@, yt-serving-platform@", -"Client ids used by YouTube Shorts. See go/oolong-changes-for-yt-le for details.", -"", -"", -"", -"Client ids used by Youtube Viral.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Client ids used by Youtube Viral Experiments. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"Client ids used by Youtube Viral Experiments. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"Client ids used by Youtube Viral Experiments. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"Client ids used by Youtube Viral Experiments. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"Client id used by YouTube admin review tools. Contact: yurt-eng@", -"Client id used by YouTube Bad Harvest (go/badharvest). Contact: bad-harvest-eng@", -"Client id used by the speech team. Contact: xuedong@", -"Client id used by Gmail team. Contact: shine@, lianglin@", -"Client id used by Gmail/Spam. Contact: gmail-spam-eng@", -"Client id used by chromecast web interface. Contact: pierred@, bquinlan@, eureka-team@", -"Defaults to NONTLD_DEFAULT Contact: jamesjw@, pancetta-eng@", -"Client id used by GLS (Google Location Server) Contact: lmohanan@, tsuwei@, lbs-team@", -"Contact: feedback-eng@", -"Client id used by Android Metrics team. Contact: androidmetrics-eng@", -"Client id used by AdWords Usermgmt (go/usermgmt). Contact: timthom@, ads-usermgmt-eng@", -"Client id used by appremoting VM management stack which is further used by Looking Glass and Developer Shell products. Contact: looking-glass-team@, hekate-eng@.", -"Client id used by the login protections server. (go/hijacking) Contact: hijacking-eng@, danmogo@.", -"Client id used by Actionable IPs. (go/actionable-ips). Contact: amirha@, ncmec-actionableips-eng@.", -"Client id used by Display Ads. Contact: local-display@.", -"CLIENT_DISPLAY_ADS_DEFAULT is the same as CLIENT_DISPLAY_ADS, but excludes postal code trimming. This client is used to make the ProcessLocationContext call.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Client id used by Display Ads Preview Service. Contact: fletch-eng@.", -"Client id used by Hobbes(go/hobbes). Contact: hobbes-team@google.com", -"Client id used by Newsstand(go/dots). Contact: gnews-infra@.", -"", -"Client id used by Panoptic (News Ranking + Backend) Contact: polynews-eng@.", -"Client id used by Google Docs. Contact: doplar-eng@, jameshong@", -"Client id used by AdWords Express. Contact: boost-eng@, stephenleung@", -"Client id used by TraceDepot server. Contact: tibrewal@, kjs@", -"Client id used by MapsPro Contact: obrien@, jiazheng@", -"Client id used by Madden (go/madden) Contact: madden-eng@", -"Client id used by AccessFilter Contact: ishwarya@", -"Client id used by Google Domains (go/domain-registrar) Contact: domain-registrar-eng@", -"Client id used by Google Assistant (go/opa) Contact: assistant-infra-core@", -"", -"Client id user by Google Account Linking (go/account-linking) Contact: account-linking-team@", -"Client id used by Legal Removals. Contact: legal-removals-eng@", -"Client id used by Cloud Console (Pantheon) Contact: paninfra-sfo@.", -"Client id used by Cloud New User for Free Trial Contact: coe-nu-eng@", -"Client id used by Solutions Catalog Contact: coe-solutions@", -"Client id used by cloud media access team, go/cloud-media-access Contact: cloud-media-access-team@", -"Client id used by Dotorg G4NP Contact: g4np-eng@", -"Client id used by Crash Internal Contact: crash-team@", -"Client id used by Monlog in access/infrastructure Contact: monlog-eng@", -"Client id used by GoogleVoice Contact: voice-eng@", -"Client id used by Blogger Contact: blogger-tech@, eitzenb@", -"Thor/Google Meet backend. Contact: comms-work-backend-team@.", -"Client id used by News Contact: news-frontend-eng-team@.", -"Client id used by Google Photos", -"Client id used by Google Photos for inferred location tagging.", -"Client id used by RankBrain Debug (go/rankbrain-debug).", -"Client id used by Heterodyne (go/heterodyne) Contact: ph-eng@", -"Client id used by fraudreview (go/fraudreview) Contact: pf-review-tools@", -"Client id used by Jamboard (go/jamboard) for go/jamboard-scheduled-otas Contact: jamboard-eng@", -"Client id used by Marconi (go/marconi) Contact: marconi-eng@", -"Client id used by Aart (go/aart-docs) Contact: aart-team@", -"Client id used by the Google Arts And Culture (go/artsandculture) Contact: ci-eng@", -"Client id used by Youtube Ecommerce (go/ypc) Contact: ytr-eng@", -"Client id used by Ares managed feature providers (go/project-ares) Contact: ares-eng@", -"Client id used by LIS and the UUDE framework (go/uude) Contact: lis-eng@", -"Client id used by Google Store smashberry (go/smashberry) Contact: smashberry-eng@", -"Client id used by Dasher Auditing (go/dasher-auditing) Contact: dasher-auditing-eng@", -"Client id used by the Shopping List Server (go/shopping-list-server) Contact: shoppinglist-eng@", -"Client ID used by the Drive Item Suggest service (go/itemsuggest)", -"Client ID used by Smart Books (go/smart-books) Contact: smart-books-team@", -"Client ID used by GRADS (go/grads)", -"Client ID used by AdsRoot (go/adsroot)", -"Client ID used by Service Engine (go/seroot)", -"Client ID used by Orbit (go/ytorbit)", -"Client ID used by Project Fi (nova). This client was initially created for Nova aperture (go/aperture) but all Nova clients are recommended to use this one.", -"Client ID used by Lena Signup Defaults (go/lena-prd)", -"Client ID used by the Play Console (go/fc) Contact: play-dev-console-platform@", -"Client ID used by Finsky Enterprise (go/pfw)", -"Client ID used by Google Admin (go/google-admin)", -"Client ID used by CryptAuth (go/cryptauth, go/authzen-pdd, go/gnubby-pdd)", -"Client ID used by the GsaUniversalServer (go/gus)", -"Client ID used by the TravelFrontendTransitServer web app.", -"Client ID used by Home Cloud services (go/home-cloud)", -"Client ID used by Google Shopping Express (go/gsx)", -"Client ID used by Google Duo (go/duo)", -"Client ID used by Gaia Frontend (go/gaiafe)", -"Client ID used by Android Messages (go/bugle)", -"Client ID used by Google Lens (go/lens) Contact: lens-frontend-server-eng@", -"Client ID used by Chrome Web Store (go/cws)", -"Client ID used by Actions on Google console (go/aog-console) Contact: actions-on-google-console-eng@", -"Client ID used by Android TV Channels (go/android-tv-channels)", -"Client ID used by Assistant Web Settings (go/assistant-settings-web-ui-design)", -"Client ID used by Play User Data Server (go/play-user-data-server)", -"Client ID used by Ads Integrity (go/ads-integrity) Contact: ads-integrity-risk@", -"Client ID used by Ragnarok (go/ragnarok) Contact: ads-integrity-wat@", -"Client ID used by Firebase Console (go/fireconsole) Contact: fireconsole-contrib@", -"Client ID used by AoG Feed Validator (http://go/aog-feed-validator)", -"Client ID used by Plumeria (go/plumeria-legal-eng-intro) Contact: plumeria-eng@", -"Client ID used by Paisa (http://go/paisa) Contact: paisa-eng@", -"Client ID used by Google Pay (go/googlepay)", -"Client ID used by the Google Pay web serving stack.", -"Client ID used by Google Wallet (go/wallet)", -"Client ID used by Scroogled (go/scroogled). Contact: hijacking-team@.", -"Client ID used by Waymo ride-hailing services. Client referenced in a silo: waymo/taas/frontend3/handlers/test_base.cc Contact: taas-offboard@, chauffeur-hailing@", -"Client ID used by CROW team. Contact: crow-team@", -"Client ID used by the Security Investigation Tool of GSuite Security Center(go/security-investigation-tool). Contact: gsc-sit-eng@", -"Client ID used by the Event Threat Detection team (go/etd). Contact: etd-team@", -"Client ID used by Play Location Server (go/play-location-server). Contact: play-experiment-team@", -"Client ID used by Footplacer (go/footplacer). Contact: footplacer-eng@", -"used by dasher commerce team (go/acom) Contact: dasher-commerce-eng@", -"Client ID used by Social People Analytics (go/spa-docs). Contact: social-people-analytics@", -"Client ID used by Contacts UI surfaces (go/web-contacts). Contact: contactsplus-eng@, custard-eng@", -"Client ID used by Google Analytics (go/gafe4). Contact: gafe4-eng+code@", -"Client ID used by Places API (go/places-api). Contact: geo-enterprise-metrics@", -"", -"Client ID used by Drive Web Frontend. Contact: drive-frontend-eng@", -"Client ID used by Android OTA (go/android-ota). Contact: android-auto-ota-dev@", -"Clients of nearby stores. Contact: payments-microapps-pek-team@", -"Clients used by Fiber Address Service (gfiber-weaver-infra-team@).", -"Client ID used by Support Content (go/supportcontent) Contact: support-content-eng@", -"Logging anonymization for Offroad (GMM offline) search/suggest.", -"Client id used by Google Ads Change History (go/ch). Contact: leonxie@, kluo@, ch-dev@", -"Client ID used by Session Risk (go/session-risk). Contact: session-protection-eng@", -"Client ID used by Alps (go/alps). Contact: address-understanding-team@", -"Client ID used by discover for resolving locations according to the user's news preferences. Contact: newsx@", -"Client Id for Assistant Snapshot.", -"Client ID used by Area 120 Honeycomb (go/honeycomb) Contact: honeycomb-eng@", -"Client ID used by Play Monetary Abuse service to detect location abuse. Contact: play-monetary-abuse@", -"Client ID used by Small Business Advisors (GMB Assisted Activation). Contact: gmb-assisted-activation@", -"Client ID used by GPA Feeds Ingestion. Contact: gpa-feeds-eng@", -"Client ID used by EDU originality reports (go/plagiarism). Contact: plagiarism-eng@", -"Client ID used by Paidtasks to grab user ipgeo information. Contact: 402-eng@", -"Client ID used by Translate for country level IPGeo. Contact: website-translation-team@", -"Client ID used by Funding Choices to determine the legal jurisdiction that a user belongs to, for example, GDPR (EEA) or CCPA (California), etc. More information: go/funding-choices Contact: oncall/xads, funding-choices-eng-core@", -"Client ID used by Search Notifications (go/sno). Contact: now-push-eng-team@", -"Client ID used by Visual Semantic Service (go/vss). Contact: vss-team@", -"Client ID used by the Chrome Prefetch Proxy (go/chrome-p4)", -"Wear OS clients Contact: wear-lon-backend@", -"Client ID used by Payments Risk (go/risk-eng) Contact: payments-risk-team@", -"Client ID used by Payments Orchestration/Orchestration2 server (go/o2) Contact: payments-orchestration-eng@", -"Client ID used by Android TV IRDB (go/sabrina-irdb-service) Contact: project-axel-eng@", -"Client ID used by Trends (go/trends-eng) Contact: trends@", -"Client ID used by Colab (go/colab) Contact: colab-team@", -"Client ID for Socratic (go/bloom) Contact: bloom-edu-eng@", -"Client ID for go/ps1-location Contact: location-infra@", -"Client ID for DDM Reporting Processing go/proc Contact: ddm-reporting-stateless@", -"Client ID for go/hr-be Contact: homeroom-backend@", -"Client ID for cars categorical Contact: cars-eng@", -"Client ID used by Gpay MerchantVerticals VerticalsDiscoveryService go/vertical-discovery Contact: merchant-verticals-discovery-eng@", -"Client ID used by reCAPTCHA's Account Protections team. Shared ID used by both Account Defender and SMS Fraud Detection services. go/recaptcha-account-defender-u-bad Contact: recaptcha-account-protections@", -"Client ID used by reCAPTCHA Lite. go/recaptcha-asn-reputation-design-doc Contact: recaptcha-waf-eng@", -"Client ID used by reCAPTCHA Fraud Prevention. go/recaptcha-fraud-geocoding Contact: recatpcha-fraud@", -"Client ID used by AutoNT DNS mapchecker module. go/autont Contact: autont-team@", -"Client ID used by Transparency for All Ads Report. go/tfaar Contact: tfaa-report-eng@", -"Client ID used by GCIP Location Service. go/cicp-team Contact: cicp-eng@", -"Client ID used by OneStack Metric Collection service.", -"Client ID used by GPay Transit TapAndPay Frontend Service go/transit-recommended-agencies Contact: tp2-transit-eng@", -"Client ID used by Chronicle Security (go/malachite). go/chronicle:theres-waldo Contact: malachite-dip-engg@ Contact: malachite-eng@", -"Client ID used by the UI for Chronicle Security (go/malachite). go/chronicle-i18n-design Contact: chronicle-ui@ Contact: malachite-eng@", -"Client ID used by GPay Merchant Spot Onboarding Tool (b/186640782). Contact: gtech-google-pay-food-fte@ Contact: edisonc@", -"Client ID used by Ads scraping tool owned by Ads ExpandedMatch. go/ads-scraping-tool Contact: ads-expmatch-eng@", -"Client ID for cloud support portal frontend go/xpp-lite Contact: xpp-eng@", -"Client ID used by the LaMDA team. Contact: srrvnn@, lamda-team@ // NOTYPO NOTYPO", -"Client ID used by Pinpoint (go/jsuite-pinpoint) Contact: backlight-eng@", -"Client ID used by Google Shopping Order History (go/shopping-order-history)", -"Client ID used by Nest camera cloud team contact: nest-camera-cloud@google.com", -"Client ID used by Panoptic SxS contact: yukang@, deepakverma@, local-fcr@google.com", -"Client ID used for About This Page external API. contact: beaton, diner-team@, go/project-diner", -"Client ID used for the Photos Analytics marketing pipeline. contact: guillo, photos-analytics@", -"Client ID for the gmscompliance server (UDEVS) contact: gmscore-trust-team@google.com", -"Client ID for Analytics Collection contact: tag-serving-eng@, go/tag-serving", -"Client ID for play console android vitals contact: play-dev-quality-all@google.com", -"Client ID for crashlytics play console crashes contact: play-dev-quality-all@google.com", -"Client ID for Payments Merchant Stories contact: merry-eng@, go/merry", -"Client ID for Cloudtop Connectivity contact: cloudtop-eng@, go/cloudtop", -"Client ID for Cloud Web (cloud.google.com) contact: cloudx-platform-eng@", -"Client for go/speakeasy-meet-consent-frontend Contact: ccp-pegasus@", -"Client for Display & Video 360 (DV3, Xbid) frontend. Contact: qypeng@, xbid-fe-eng@", -"Client for lending data manager. Contact: nest-data-infra-eng@", -"Client for ChromeOS Data Fresnel service. Contact: chromeos-data-eng@", -"Client for PPN team to provide VPN service.", -"Client ID used by Geo API Platform (go/geo:api). Contact: geo-apis-platform@", -"Client for Google One security to access Oolong data. Contact: g1-security-eng@", -"Client ID used by the Google TV Web player (go/lava) Contact: lava-eng@", -"Client ID used by the dynamite server. Contact: dynamite-eng@", -"Client ID used by the bce-client-connector. Contact: bce-client-connector-eng@", -"Client ID used by go/rde team pipeline. Contact: rde-team@.", -"Client ID used by Pinpoint UI tools (go/pinpoint). Contact: pinpoint-team@", -"Client ID for Corplogin Contact: sso-team@", -"Client ID for Monospace (go/monospace) Contact: monospace-team@", -"Client ID used by the Lighter (go/lighter). Contact: lighter-backend-eng@", -"Client ID used by P11 (go/p11-eng) Contact: eleven-sw-eng@", -"Client ID used by the new Find My Device website. Contact: fmd-eng@", -"Client ID used by Youtube TV. Contact: ott-platform-serving", -"Client ID used by Fitbit WebAccounts Contact fitbit-uam@", -"Client ID used for Chord (go/chord-g3doc) Contact: chord-eng@", -"Client ID used by Fitbit-Fi Contact fdp-gallery@", -"Client ID used by Google-Analytics-Serving Contact ga-gold-query-engine@", -"Client ID used by Google Fonts Contact fonts-eng@", -"Client ID used by project Bard Contact bard-team@", -"Client ID used by Nest Renew (go/apollo-eng) Contact apollo-energy-eng@", -"Client ID used by DeepMind Labs Contact deepmind-goodall@", -"Client ID used by One Presence Profiles Contact mcf-profiles-eng-team@", -"Client ID used by Transparency Report (go/transparency-eng) Contact: transparency-report-leads@", -"Client for Google One ML team to access Oolong data. Contact: g1-ml-eng@", -"Client for GMP Partner Gallery team to access Oolong data. Contact: gmppartnergallery-team@", -"Client for MakerSuite. Contact: makersuite-team@", -"Client for Ad Manager ToS Contact: drx-fe-infra@", -"Client ID for Chrome Remote Desktop. contact: chromotin-eng-team@, go/chromoting", -"Client for OSLO Soji (go/soji). Contact: soji-team@", -"Client ID for Workspace labs signup page. Contact: workspace-labs-signup-eng@", -"Client AIDA Contact: aida-api-team@", -"Client ID for Trust Signals Platform Contact: trust-signals-eng@", -"Client Id for AI Test Kitchen Contact: ai-sandbox-eng@", -"Client Id for Labs Tailwind Contact: labs-tailwind-eng-team@", -"Client Id for Gmail Task Assist. Contact: task-assist-eng@", -"Client Id for Pixel Weather service. Contact: pixel-apps-weather-boq-team@", -"Client Id for GPay Geo-based category billers. (go/gpay-category-biller-suggestions-design-doc) Contact: nityam-eng@, gpay-server-infra@", -"Client Id for Support Channels WhatsApp Zendesk integration. (go/cecsi-whatsapp-dd) Contact: voice-channels-eng@", -"Client ID used by Payments Anti-Financial Crimes Transaction Monitoring pipeline to fetch country-level IPGeo information.", -"Client ID for the offline batch pipeline creating the Discover query recommendation corpus.", -"Client id used by Preference Center (go/preference-center). Contact: preference-center-eng@", -"Client ID used by Developer Identity and Accounts Contact: play-dev-dia-epu@google.com.", -"Client ID used by GNP Online Evaluation Contact: gnp-ginger-eng@google.com", -"Client ID used by local suggested sets demo server (go/local-sets-demo-server-dd) Contact: local-sets-quality@", -"Client ID used by Search Labs Contact: search-labs-frontend@google.com", -"Client ID for Crowdsource Contact: crowdsource-eng@google.com", -"Client ID for Tarsier Contact: tarsier-team@google.com", -"Client Id for WorkSpace SideKick. Contact: kopi-eng@", -"Client id used by Google Photos for reminising features.", -"Client Id for Geox contamination. Contact: amt-geox-core@", -"Client Id for CloudMessageStore. Contact:tachyon-backend-eng@", -"Client Id for IP Protection Contact: ip-protection-team@", -"Client Id for Search MCF Hamsa. Contact: search-mcf-hamsa@", -"Client Id for Account Location (go/accountlocation). Contact emmett-eng@google.com, compliance-signals-eng@google.com", -"Client Id for Android Backup & Restore (http://go/br-home). Contact android-backup-server-eng@google.com", -"Client Id for Google Ads AWSM. Contact awsm-eng@google.com", -"Client Id for Stargate satellite messaging. Contact dune-server-eng-team@google.com", -"Client Id for Account Management (go/ams). Contact account-management-eng@google.com, compliance-signals-eng@google.com.", -"Client Id for User Account Creation (go/id-eco-infra:account-creation). Contact account-ecosystem-infra-team@google.com, compliance-signals-eng@google.com.", -"Client Id for Netsense (go/netsense). Contact trapdoor-team@google.com,", -"Client ID used by Fitbit Labs (go/fitbit-labs). Contact fitbit-labs-eng@", -"Client ID used by Local Services Ads. Contact sab-eng@", -"Client ID used by the User Feedback Service (go/user-feedback-service). Contact ads-integrity-transparency-team@", -"Client ID used by Bard/Gemini evals to spoof location data. Contact bard-eval-infra@ This should only be used with spoofed location data. For real user data, follow the onboarding steps at go/use-current-location", -"Client ID used by the Scenario-based Seeding Home & Work seeder. Contact loki-prod@google.com", -"Client ID used by the ADI Feature API (go/adi-feature-api)", -"Client Id for Labs Bettany Contact: bettany-eng@", -"Client Id for neco-genesis Contact: neco-eng@", -"Client ID used by Fitbit Capabilities Service (go/fitbit-capabilities). Contact fitbit-app-platform@", -"Client ID for Ads Marketing Automation (go/ce-ama) Contact: ads-marketing-automation-eng@", -"Client ID for Android Telemetry Westworld Contact: android-telemetry-infra-server@", -"Client ID for Data Security Posture Management (DSPM) Detective Controls Contact: dspm-controls-eng@", -"Client ID for CAA Insights Contact: policy-decision-service-eng@", -"Gws. Contact: oolong-team@.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Search Ads clients providing similar user location to Search.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Ad manager user sign up location by IP address", -"Use these within GWS iff the project is not using TLD (e.g. www.google.ch).", -"", -"", -"", -"Client Ids for Assistant via Oolong Service.", -"", -"", -"", -"Gws tld experimental clients", -"", -"", -"", -"Ads experimental clients", -"", -"", -"", -"Gws nontld experimental clients", -"", -"", -"", -"Assistant experimental clients", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Andromeda experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Bootes experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Cassiopeia experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Delphinus experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Eridanus experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Fomax experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Gemini experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Hercules experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Indus experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Leo experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Mensa experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Norma experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Orion experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Pisces experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Reticulum experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Sagittarius experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Taurus experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Ursa Major experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients for Virgo experimental slot. See go/ul-experimental-slots for description.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Use for LoggedContext re-geocoding. Do not use for LocationContext processing.", -"Client useful for country level IPGeo. It accepts any country regardless of the confidence. Do not use this client for any location other than country. It can be used while migrating from legacy googledata/ipgeo index. Contact: oolong-team@.", -"Client similar to CLIENT_IPGEO_REGION, but adapted to IPGeo Eval purpose. Contact: ipgeo-team@.", -"Tactile initial viewport policy. Contact: oolong-team@ Note that maps clients don't adhere to TLD restrictions.", -"", -"", -"", -"Maps clients that use glassbox.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Experimental maps clients.", -"", -"Session IP geocoding. Contact: oolong-team@.", -"Use this client ID if you are not using oolong legal/quality annotations. A sample usecase is reverse geocoding a set of lat/lngs or mids/featureids. NOTE: do not use oolong annotations if this client is set.", -"Default client to use when TLD restrictions are not applied. This policy can change without notice. If you care about particular quality assumptions, then create a custom client id. Contact: oolong-team@", -"Does NOT annotate anything with UNIQUE_SELECTED_FOR_USER_LOCATION", -"Client id that only applies legal annotations.", -"Use for testing only. Never use this in production.", -"", -"Used for oracle eval.", -"", -"", -"", -"Clients used to compare different location source combinations.", -"", -"", -"Client used for country field in Magic Eye dimensions (go/core-dimensions).", -"Used for the go/mapsguide directions prototype.", -"Deprecated clients SafeBrowsing Team. Contact: anov@.", -"Use CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_DESKTOP_ZWIEBACK or _GAIA Contact oolong-team@", -"Use CLIENT_GWS_NONTLD_MOBILE_ZWIEBACK or _GAIA Contact oolong-team@" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"extractorFlags": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedExtractorFlags", -"description": "Flags to customize the extractors used to build this location context." -}, -"featurePool": { -"description": "The feature pool used in the location results. This is a map from feature ID to feature data, but since the feature ID is part of the Featurelet data, just a repeated field enumerating them is enough.", -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedOolongFeature" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"fromHulkRealtime": { -"description": "True if the location context originates from the Hulk Realtime plugin in GWS: go/hulk-realtime-in-search-ads.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"lockStrategy": { -"description": "Defines which roles/producers can be added/edit for the context. This field is used only when locked_for_debug flag is set.", -"enum": [ -"NO_LOCKING", -"LOCK_ALL", -"LOCK_ALL_EXCEPT_EXPLICIT_IMMEDIATE_AND_DOMAIN" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Strategy which allows changing all the results.", -"Strategy which does not allow changing any result.", -"Does not allow adding any results that are not role=QUERY, USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST or VIEWPORT, OR role/producer = CURRENT_LOCATION/GOOGLE_HOST_DOMAIN." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"lockedForDebug": { -"description": "If true, only a selected list of descriptors will be added to this context by the standard library functions. This is so that debug parameters can be used to override the context reliably. The descriptors that can be added is determined by the lock_strategy enum. Note that policies may override and ignore this flag altogether.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"lockedForPolicy": { -"description": "If true, the location context should be kept as is, no policy should modify it, except for: setting the client id and adding qref location.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"nonstandardData": { -"$ref": "MessageSet" -}, -"origin": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedLocationContextOrigin", -"description": "Information about the origin of the location context. This is used to validate that the location context was created through a valid means, which is Oolong. DO NOT SET THIS FIELD YOURSELF. In fact, do not construct location contexts yourself." -}, -"results": { -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedLocationResult" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationUnifiedLocationContextOrigin": { -"description": "This message stores information about how a location context was created. It is restricted in visibility to Oolong code only, so that it provides a way to easily identify location contexts that have been created from external code. (Which should NOT be done ever.) Next ID: 3", -"id": "LocationUnifiedLocationContextOrigin", -"properties": { -"dejitterModifications": { -"description": "Sequence of Dejitter modifications applied to the associated LocationContext. For monitoring and debugging use only; it should be safe to remove or change the contents of this field at any time.", -"items": { -"enum": [ -"DEJITTER_MODIFICATION_UNSPECIFIED", -"DEJITTER_REMOVED_IMPLICIT_LOCATION_RESULTS", -"DEJITTER_REMOVED_IMPLICIT_LOCATION_ANNOTATIONS", -"DEJITTER_REMOVED_IMPLICIT_SUBCOUNTRY_FEATURES" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"type": { -"description": "The origin of the LocationContext. May be updated by restricted Oolong libraries that modify the LocationContext after it was returned. Some Apps Framework services use this in their location propagation logic to decide whether a LocationContext is suitable for propagating to backends.", -"enum": [ -"INVALID_ORIGIN", -"TEST_UTILS", -"LES_PLC_CALL", -"OOLONG_WITH_CUSTOM_GEOCODER", -"LOCAL_SEARCH_LITE_OVERRIDE", -"OOLONG_SERVICE", -"QUALITY_BRAIN_OVERRIDE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value, which means no valid origin.", -"Constructed through LocationContextBuilder, for testing.", -"Created through a call to LES to one of the ProcessLocationContext* functions (Oolong interface).", -"Created through an ipgeo-only LES or other custom-geocoder-based Oolong interface.", -"Created from local_search_lite_context_util.h, by CreateOverriddenLocationContext.", -"Created by OolongService.", -"BRAIN override" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationUnifiedLocationDescriptor": { -"description": "A LocationDescriptor is the minimal specification of a location together with its role and producer. The location \"payload\" can be specified by a variety of means (e.g., an address, an ip address, GPS coordinates, etc.) but only a single means should be used. DO NOT COMBINE MULTIPLE SPECIFICATIONS INTO A SINGLE DESCRIPTOR (e.g., a freeform street address and lat/long together). Next Id: 27", -"id": "LocationUnifiedLocationDescriptor", -"properties": { -"additionalFeatureId": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedFeatureIdProto", -"description": "A 128-bit feature consisting of an S2Cell and a unique feature identifier. Should be unused outside of the internal applications by the Oolong team." -}, -"attributes": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedLocationAttributesProto", -"description": "Supplemental attributes for a location that are not related to geocoding, but still may affect search results." -}, -"confidence": { -"description": "A confidence measure. Percentage: must be 0 to 100.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"diagnosticInfo": { -"description": "WARNING: Do not use this field without talking to the oolong-team@ first. It should never contain any Personal Identification Information (PII). You can use this field to provide diagnostic information about the location extraction code. Some examples could include the latency of getting the location, the fact that it was retrieved from the cache or not, the reason for not providing the location, software version (if that cannot be used to identify the user). Make sure to prepare a PDD that describes what is stored in this field for your project before using the field.", -"type": "string" -}, -"featureId": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedFeatureIdProto", -"description": "A 128-bit feature consisting of an S2Cell and a unique feature identifier." -}, -"historicalProducer": { -"description": "This field is intended for recording the producer of a historical location. It will be populated for a descriptor with role HISTORICAL_LOCATION, using the producer of the original descriptor. To enable location history to be sent via an untrusted source to a frontend, you should make sure that the historical_role-historical_producer pair of the descriptor also appears on the untrusted allowlist used by the frontend.", -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN_PRODUCER", -"LOGGED_IN_USER_SPECIFIED", -"PREF_L_FIELD_ADDRESS", -"IP_ADDRESS", -"IP_ADDRESS_REALTIME", -"GOOGLE_HOST_DOMAIN", -"RQUERY", -"SQUERY", -"QUERY_LOCATION_OVERRIDE_PRODUCER", -"QREF", -"DEVICE_LOCATION", -"LEGACY_NEAR_PARAM", -"CARRIER_COUNTRY", -"JURISDICTION_COUNTRY", -"CLIENT_SPECIFIED_JURISDICTION_COUNTRY", -"DECODED_FROM_UNKNOWN_ROLE_PRODUCER", -"SHOWTIME_ONEBOX", -"LOCAL_UNIVERSAL", -"SEARCH_TOOLBELT", -"MOBILE_FE_HISTORY", -"GWS_MOBILE_HISTORY_ZWIEBACK", -"MOBILE_SELECTED", -"PARTNER", -"WEB_SEARCH_RESULTS_PAGE_SHARED", -"WEB_SEARCH_PREFERENCES_PAGE", -"MAPS_FRONTEND", -"PRODUCT_SEARCH_FRONTEND", -"ADS_CRITERIA_ID", -"MOBILE_APP", -"QUERY_HISTORY_INFERRED", -"QUERY_HISTORY_INFERRED_ALTERNATE", -"GMAIL_THEME", -"IGOOGLE", -"CALENDAR", -"SMS_SEARCH", -"LEGACY_GL_PARAM", -"LEGACY_PARTNER_GL_PARAM", -"LEGACY_GL_COOKIE", -"GWS_JURISDICTION_COUNTRY", -"CIRCULARS_FRONTEND", -"SHOPPING_SEARCH_API", -"OZ_FRONTEND", -"ADS_GEO_PARAM", -"ADS_PARTNER_GEO_PARAM", -"DEFAULT_LOCATION_OVERRIDE_PRODUCER", -"VIEWPORT_PARAMS", -"GAIA_LOCATION_HISTORY", -"STICKINESS_PARAMS", -"TURN_BY_TURN_NAVIGATION_REROUTE", -"SNAP_TO_PLACE_IMPLICIT", -"SNAP_TO_PLACE_EXPLICIT", -"HULK_USER_PLACES_CONFIRMED", -"HULK_USER_PLACES_INFERRED", -"TACTILE_NEARBY_PARAM", -"MAPS_ACTIVITY", -"IP_ADDRESS_ALTERNATE", -"DIRECTIONS_START_POINT", -"SEARCH_ALONG_ROUTE", -"SNAP_TO_ROUTE", -"GOOGLE_MY_BUSINESS", -"BAD_DEVICE_LOCATION", -"GMM_QUANTIZED_DEVICE_LOCATION", -"GWS_HISTORY_GAIA", -"CONTEXT_MANAGER_FORECAST", -"GMM_HEATMAP_AREA", -"NEWS", -"SHIPPING_ADDRESS", -"DEVICE_CONTEXT", -"TRAVEL_STATE_INTENT", -"HULK_ROUTINES", -"WILDCARD_PRODUCER", -"LEGACY_TOOLBAR_HEADER", -"LEGACY_MOBILE_FRONTEND_GLL", -"LEGACY_MOBILE_FRONTEND_NEAR", -"ABLATED_PRODUCER", -"OOLONG_REALTIME_CACHE", -"OOLONG_REALTIME_CACHE_ALTERNATE", -"DIRECTIONS_WAYPOINT", -"ADS_FINAL_VIEWPORT", -"SEARCH_REGION_SETTINGS_COUNTRY", -"ASSISTANT_DERIVED", -"OOLONG_DEFAULT_LOCATION", -"ADS_GLS_FINAL_VIEWPORT" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"THIS VALUE MUST BE THE FIRST IN THIS ENUM. Default value used to identify unset fields including those resulting from enum values unknown to an out-dated binary. This should be used only to check for errors.", -"A location specified by a logged-in user (e.g., default location from Kansas). It is a freeform address string stored in loc.", -"The user-specified default location contained in the L-field of a browser's PREF cookie. It is a freeform address string stored in loc.", -"A location based on IP address. The IP address is stored in loc in dot-decimal (IPv4) or colon-hexadecimal (IPv6) format.", -"This is the location that is derived from the realtime ipgeo index. This is a fresh version of ipgeo index which is available for a small subset of IPs.", -"A location based on the domain of the Google server (e.g., google.co.uk) servicing the request. The domain name is stored in loc.", -"The descriptor is based on a raw query (free-form). The query text is stored in loc.", -"The descriptor is based on an squery and is stored as an squery in loc.", -"The descriptor contains a location as a raw query in loc. It is geocoded and used to override the geocoding of the QUERY/RQUERY or QUERY/SQUERY descriptor. Only to be used for debugging purposes.", -"This contains the location produced by qref module in qrewrite. Currently, the location is derived from the query and this will be only used with QUERY role.", -"A location that came from determining the physical location of a device (mobile, laptop, desktop, etc.) via means such as GPS, cell network, or Wifi. Always corresponds to CURRENT_LOCATION. The accuracy of the location may be stored in the radius and/or confidence fields. NOTE: By definition, these data do not include locations collected without the user's awareness and/or consent. Users on some Google services may be notified of and consent to Google's collection and use of geographical information.", -"The descriptor was generated by a legacy \"near\" param. It always corresponds to a USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST. Occurrences should be replaced by Oolong-style parameters (e.g., muul/luul). Note that \"near\" params synthesized by Mobile Frontend from a lat/long are handled with LEGACY_MOBILE_FRONTEND_GLL.", -"The 2-letter ISO-3166-alpha2 code for the country of the mobile carrier of the request. Always corresponds to CURRENT_LOCATION, and is stored in the loc parameter. DEPRECATED(b/109727016). Use LocationAttributesProto.carrier_ip_type.", -"The descriptor was generated when mapping disputed areas to legally approved countries. It always corresponds to a DEFAULT_LOCATION role. It is used to geocode 2-letter ISO-3166-alpha2 country codes stored in the \"loc\" parameter.", -"The 2-letter ISO-3166-alpha2 code for the jurisdiction country specified by the Google application (e.g. GMM getting the country code directly from the simcard). Use the producer with role=DEFAULT_LOCATION.", -"The location was decoded from a uuld=l debug parameter based on anonymised Gaia logs that did not contain a role/producer pair.", -"The descriptor was generated by the Showtime (movies) Onebox.", -"A location used by any Local Search client (not just LU) to force a specific location interpretation. Always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"This descriptor by generated by the Google Search Toolbelt.", -"A location found in the history of a user of the Mobile Frontend. Always corresponds to HISTORICAL_LOCATION, and has a correctly set historical_role and historical_producer.", -"A location found in the history of a user of Mobile Search in GWS (Tornado). Always corresponds to HISTORICAL_LOCATION, and has a correctly set historical_role and historical_producer. DEPRECATED: replaced with the OOLONG_REALTIME_CACHE producer.", -"A location selected by the user from a list presented by a mobile UI. Always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"A location passed to us by a partner UI. It typically corresponds to CURRENT_LOCATION (e.g., in an ad request to specify location targeting parameters) or USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"The location was generated by the shared UI on the web search results page, typically for setting a default location. Always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"The location was generated by the UI on the web search preferences page. Always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"From Maps Frontend (MFE).", -"From one of the Product Search frontends. Always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"The descriptor was generated by a legacy \"gc\" param, and corresponds to the numerical ids assigned by the Ads team to various cities and regions. It always corresponds to a USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST. The actual id will be stored in the loc field. At the present time, this producer is only used for internal tools and debugging.", -"The descriptor was generated by a mobile application. Used by some Google Android apps and corresponds to a HISTORICAL_LOCATION.", -"The descriptor was generated from the location inferred from web history. Always corresponds to HISTORICAL_LOCATION (for now---could have an INFERRED_LOCATION role in the future).", -"Same as QUERY_HISTORY_INFERRED but only used for experiments controlled by Oolong team.", -"The descriptor was generated by Gmail for location for weather. This is to support the Gmail themes with weather. It always corresponds to a DEFAULT_LOCATION.", -"The descriptor was generated by iGoogle for getting weather data. It corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST in this case.", -"The descriptor was generated by Calendar for getting weather data. It always corresponds to a DEFAULT_LOCATION.", -"The descriptor was generated from the location inferred from phone number or the personalization settings of the device in SMS search. It always correspond to a DEFAULT_LOCATION.", -"The descriptor was generated from the legacy 'gl' cgi param on a normal search request. It always corresponds to a CURRENT_LOCATION. ADS_GEO_PARAM will also be present if \"gr\" and/or \"gcs\" are present.", -"The descriptor was generated from the legacy 'gl' cgi param sent as an override from a partner. It always corresponds to the CURRENT_LOCATION role. ADS_GEO_PARAM will also be present if \"gr\" and/or \"gcs\" are present.", -"The descriptor was generated from a cookie that stores a previously set legacy 'gl' cgi param. It always corresponds to the CURRENT_LOCATION role.", -"The jurisdiction country derived from the GWS FrontendRequest. Always corresponds to the CURRENT_LOCATION role.", -"Override from one of the Circulars frontends. Always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"The descriptor was generated by the Search API for Shopping based on a user supplied parameter. Always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"The descriptor was generated by OZ frontend. It always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST", -"The descriptor generated for Ads. This is generated from gl, gr, gcs and gm parameters. If the gl=US, gr=US-CA and gcs=San+Francisco, then the location is set to \"San Francisco,CA,US\". If any parameter is missing, it is skipped from the final location string. For example, if gcs is missing above, the location would be \"CA,US\". This and LEGACY_GL_PARAM will be generated when gr/gcs are present. Always corresponds to the CURRENT_LOCATION role.", -"The descriptor generated by GWS for Ads for partner requests. This is generated from gl, gr, gcs and gm parameters passed from partners. If the gl=US, gr=US-CA and gcs=San+Francisco, then the location is set to \"San Francisco,CA,US\". If any parameter is missing, it is skipped from the final location string. For example, if gcs is missing above, the location would be \"CA,US\". This and LEGACY_PARTNER_GL_PARAM will be generated when gr/gcs are present. Always corresponds to the CURRENT_LOCATION role.", -"Overrides all other default locations. It is a freeform address string. It always corresponds to the DEFAULT_LOCATION role. It is intended for testing only. NOTE: Please talk to oolong-team before using this producer. It should be used for one-off overrides only.", -"Location specified by viewport CGI parameters sll, sspn.", -"Location extracted from Happy Hour (signed-in user). Will be used with HISTORICAL_LOCATION role.", -"Descriptor generated from stickiness params feature id.", -"Location determined by a turn-by-turn-navigation client triggered by a reroute event. A location of this producer should additionally specify a semantic with LocationSemantic members to differentiate them among each other.", -"Location containing a feature ID determined by HULK realtime snap-to-place. The latlng and timestamp will correspond to the device location at the point the snap-to-place request was made. The confidence value is the confidence of that feature according to the snap-to-place response. This will usually be used with the CURRENT_LOCATION role, although might also be a HISTORICAL_LOCATION in cases where we are expressing a series of recent snap-to-place results.", -"Location containing a feature ID determined by HULK realtime snap-to-place as in SNAP_TO_PLACE_IMPLICIT, but which was subsequently confirmed by the user. As in SNAP_TO_PLACE_IMPLICIT the confidence value will reflect the value returned by the snap-to-place response, but backends may choose to ignore that value and assume the confidence is 100% since the user has explicitly chosen to interact with the place (the ambiguity is worth capturing though since the UI flow will not necessarily constitute an actual confirmation of a user's presence in a place). This will usually be used with the CURRENT_LOCATION role, although might also be a HISTORICAL_LOCATION in cases where we are expressing a series of recent snap-to-place results.", -"Location extracted from HappyHour which correspond to user's home and work locations. These locations are fetched from HulkUserPlaces HappyHour object (go/hulk-in-happyhour). This will be used with role=DEFAULT_LOCATION and LocationSemantic will indicate whether this location is home or work. AdWords will be the first client of this data. These locations are confirmed by the user.", -"Similar to the above producer, except that these locations are inferred by happyhour and are not confirmed by the user. Two different producers are being used for confirmed and inferred locations as their use might have different privacy implications. Design doc: go/homeworktargeting", -"The location extracted from a search nearby request in Tactile.", -"Location determined by Maps Activity in GMM client, corresponding to a previous location of the user for which nearby places are requested. This will be used with role=USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"This descriptor is to only be used for experiments controlled by ipgeo team. During experimentation or ramping up launches, when this is provided in addition to IP_ADDRESS, this one is guaranteed to contain the result of the baseline ip index until the launch is at 100 % for both search and ads. Note that the definition of baseline may change depending on the product that uses it. For example, in search it may contain the old index whereas in Ads it may contain the experimental index. Contact the ipgeo-team for more details.", -"This descriptor is intended for a client to pass an offset used to anonymize all pii coordinates in a SearchAlongRouteContext or EnrouteContext. Anonymized coordinates are set as relative to DIRECTIONS_START_POINT rather than as absolute locations. This should be used with role = USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"This producer indicates the location is from the search-along-route system. This producer is not intended to be used in a raw LocationResult; rather it is a descriptor for use with downstream processed locations (such as LocationRankingTargetLocation).", -"This producer returns the best guess for the user location as projected onto a specific route that the user is following. Users using driving navigation most often follow the route they are being told. On occasion they deviate, and sometimes it is not clear whether they have deviated or not. To represent both possibilities, Google Maps for Mobile sends both (a) the user location snapped to the road network and (b) the user location snapped to the specific route the user is being told to follow. The former has DEVICE_LOCATION producer and the latter has SNAP_TO_ROUTE producer.", -"This descriptor was generated from Google My Business location as a lat/lng. Always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"This is a device location that has been rejected for some reason. It is only kept in the location context so we can analyze them in logs.", -"This is a device location that has been quantized on device for privacy purposes, for use by NBN in GMM backends. Consult with pwg-geo@ and oolong-team@ before using this producer.", -"A location found in the history of a gaia user in GWS. Similar to GWS_MOBILE_HISTORY_ZWIEBACK, but works only for gaia users. Differs from GAIA_LOCATION_HISTORY - it is extracted from user search requests (not from user location reports on Android) and stored in Kansas (not in HappyHour). DEPRECATED: replaced with the OOLONG_REALTIME_CACHE producer.", -"A FUTURE_LOCATION signal originating from the user location forecast producer in Context Manager: go/context-manager.", -"A HISTORICAL_LOCATION region collected on device over time: go/gmm-terroir. DEPRECATED(2018-02-20): b/124457814.", -"The descriptor was generated by the Google News UI. Always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"The descriptor was generated by the user's preferred delivery address configured in Google Shopping Express. go/shipping-address", -"Information about the device, without actual location data, e.g. ActivityRecord.", -"A FUTURE_LOCATION signal produced by travel state intent: go/travel-triggering.", -"A frequently visited place of a user, see go/hulk-routines-implementation. For Location History users only. Experimental, consult with oolong-team@ before using this producer.", -"A special enum value for representing a wildcard producer (matches any producer). This must never be used as the producer for a descriptor.", -"The descriptor was generated by Toolbar and passed via the legacy X_TOOLBAR_LOCATION header. It always corresponds to a CURRENT_LOCATION.", -"The descriptor was generated by Mobile Frontend and passed via the legacy \"gll\" and \"near\" params. It always corresponds to a CURRENT_LOCATION. The \"gll\" parameter appears in latlng (and, if applicable latlng_span) and if there's a \"near\" parameter, it appears in the loc field. Note that other uses of \"gll\" are not covered by this producer. DEPRECATED(finnegan): As of 2010/03/26. This will be renamed eventually.", -"The descriptor was generated by Mobile Frontend and passed via the legacy \"near\" param (without \"gll\"). This has different semantics from those of LEGACY_NEAR_PARAM. It always corresponds to a CURRENT_LOCATION. DEPRECATED(finnegan): As of 2010/03/26. This will be renamed eventually.", -"A result that was ablated for an experiment.", -"Location coming from Oolong location cache (go/ort-cache-dd).", -"Same as OOLONG_REALTIME_CACHE but only used for experiments controlled by Oolong team.", -"Location coming from an internal superroot call trying to resolve one directions waypoint in the context of a known one. This will be used inside DirectionsSearch flow in superroot before sending a request to the WebPlusLocal node in superroot.", -"Viewport derived in Superroot after organic results are available.", -"Location from the Search Region Settings in Search Settings (stored in the Zwieback cookie). Always combined with the DEFAULT_LOCATION role. Search uses this setting to determine the jurisdiction region (for signed-in and signed-out traffic), but does so on the GWS side and sends only the output of its logic as a GWS_JURISDICTION_COUNTRY result to Oolong Service. Thus, it does not need to use this producer. Conversely, for Assistant traffic, the jurisdiction region is determined in LES from the various input signals (including this one). Prioritization between the various signals for Assistant is described in go/assistant-region and implemented in google3/googledata/location/unified/location_service/client_configuration.textproto.", -"A location that originates in assistant. The location is contained in a LocationDescriptor across assistant. The source of the location is unknown but it is not a DEVICE_LOCATION. go/as-oolong-launch", -"A location indicated by the user as their default to be used for the current location.", -"Viewport override for GLS ad retrieval." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"historicalProminence": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "This field is intended for recording frequency of historical location usage. Do not use it unless you know the historical producer intention for this field. DEPRECATED: This is no longer used or populated.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"historicalRole": { -"description": "This field is intended for recording the role of a historical location. It will be populated for a descriptor with role HISTORICAL_LOCATION, using the role of the original descriptor. To enable location history to be sent via an untrusted source to a frontend, you should make sure that the historical_role-historical_producer pair of the descriptor also appears on the untrusted allowlist used by the frontend.", -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN_ROLE", -"CURRENT_LOCATION", -"DEFAULT_LOCATION", -"QUERY", -"USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST", -"HISTORICAL_QUERY", -"HISTORICAL_LOCATION", -"VIEWPORT", -"FUTURE_LOCATION", -"INVALID_LOCATION", -"EXPERIMENTAL_LOCATION", -"CURRENT_CONTEXT", -"FINAL_VIEWPORT", -"GLS_FINAL_VIEWPORT", -"WILDCARD_ROLE" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"THIS VALUE MUST BE THE FIRST IN THIS ENUM. Default value used to identify unset fields including those resulting from enum values unknown to an out-dated binary. This should be used only to check for errors. A descriptor with this role is invalid and should be ignored.", -"The location is the device's current, physical location. Semantics: * unique * implicit * immediate", -"A user-specified default location. The suggested interpretation is as a literal default; in the absence of better information or a reasonable understanding of the user's intent, use the default location. Semantics: * unique * explicit * persistent", -"A descriptor corresponding to the query in a request (if any). A query may or may not contain location information but a descriptor is created and geocoding attempted in case there is one. The query is specified in the loc field and can take two forms, the raw query or an squery. The form is indicated by the corresponding producer (RQUERY or SQUERY). Semantics: * unique * explicit * immediate", -"A user-specified location specific to this request but not part of a query. These typically come from the user entering an overriding location in some separate UI field and submitting a request (e.g, overriding the location of weather results or setting a new default location). The source of the override is indicated by the producer. While it is technically possible to have multiple overrides for a request, that suggests a confusing user experience. Semantics: * unique * explicit * immediate", -"DEPRECATED: This was never used in production and is replaced by HISTORICAL_LOCATION.", -"A descriptor corresponding to some past location associated with the current request. This location may have come from a variety of sources (e.g., a history of queries) and the source of the location is indicated by the producer. There can be more than one historical location in a context. Historical locations should always have an associated timestamp. The original metadata for the location should be added via the historical_role and historical_producer fields. Semantics: * repeated * implicit * persistent", -"A descriptor corresponding to a user-visible viewport (e.g., Maps viewport, Streetview viewport, mobile camera viewport). This viewport may have come from a variety of sources, indicated by the producer. We expect there to be only one viewport active (hence \"unique\" semantics). We assume that the user has explicitly accepted and is aware of the viewport (hence \"explicit\" semantics). The viewport is associated only with the current query (hence \"immediate\" semantics). Viewports are expressed via rect. Semantics: * unique * explicit * immediate", -"A descriptor corresponding to a prediction of the future location of the user issuing the request. This location may have come from a variety of sources (e.g. calendar, user profile, etc) and the source of the location is indicated by the producer. There can be more than one future location in a context. Future locations should always have associated presence_interval:s. Semantics: * repeated * implicit * persistent", -"A descriptor corresponding to an invalid location, e.g. rect is invalid in it. Producer is kept as the original producer, original role is lost. A location with this role should not be used in production. Semantics: * repeated", -"Experimental device location produced by GmsCore, not to be used in any oolong policy. Only for quality check before switch to GmsCore as X-Geo header producer in AGSA. go/agsa-xgeo-integration-dd - AGSA XGeo Context Manager integration. * repeated", -"Current location related data, without actual location information, e.g. ActivityRecord. Semantics: * unique * implicit * immediate", -"A descriptor corresponding to the viewport that will be shown to the user after the request completes, such as a query 'tour eiffel', or a direction MTV to SFO. This viewport only appears together with the ADS_FINAL_VIEWPORT producer. We expect there to be only one at a time (hence \"unique\" semantics). We assume that the user has explicitly requested it and is aware of the viewport (hence \"explicit\" semantics). The viewport is associated only with the current query (hence \"immediate\" semantics). Viewports are expressed via rect. Semantics: * unique * explicit * immediate", -"A descriptor corresponding to a viewport that will be used for GLS ad retrieval. On some surfaces (e.g. xGMM apps), the final viewport is expanded to improve ad retrieval for other ads. This larger viewport works poorly for GLS ad retrieval, so we will extract the original, unexpanded, final viewport as well. This viewport only appears together with the ADS_GLS_FINAL_VIEWPORT producer. We expect there to be only one at a time (\"unique\"). This viewport is the final displayed viewport (\"explicit\"). The viewport is associated only with the current query (\"immediate\"). Semantics: * unique * explicit * immediate", -"A special enum value for representing a wildcard role (matches any role). This must never be used as the role for a descriptor." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"language": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "The language used previously for query geocoding, set to the frontend language of the user during extraction. DO NOT USE THIS TO GET A USER'S LANGUAGE. INSTEAD, GET THE LANGUAGE FROM THE FrontendRequest OR THROUGH ANOTHER API! THIS FIELD WILL GO AWAY.", -"type": "string" -}, -"latlng": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedLatLng", -"description": "A latitude and longitude used to describe this location as a point." -}, -"latlngSpan": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedLatLng", -"deprecated": true, -"description": "The span of a bounding box whose center is latlng. Specifies the lengths of the sides of the box and is valid only if latlng is present. DEPRECATED(6/6/2012): b/5979511. Use 'rect' instead." -}, -"levelFeatureId": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedFeatureIdProto", -"description": "A 128-bit feature ID for the (indoor) level/floor of this location. If present, the floor supplements other location attributes in this descriptor. For example, in shopping malls it is quite common that one store occupies rooms on multiple levels, connected with escalators. The user can be at the exact same lat/lng and at the same GAP store, but on different levels." -}, -"levelNumber": { -"description": "The number of this location's level relative to the ground floor. 0 means ground floor; -2 is two levels below ground; +0.5 is a mezzanine.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"loc": { -"description": "A string containing the location payload. The format of this string may depend on the producer but it should be otherwise be treated like a freeform, human-readable string (a query, a street address, city name, postal code, district name, country, etc.). Other, producer-specific formats include IP address, host domain, and squery. time zone. Note that for some producers there is no guarantee that the string contains a valid location (e.g., a query for [pizza]).", -"type": "string" -}, -"mid": { -"description": "A 64-bit machine identifier of a geo feature in Freebase.", -"format": "uint64", -"type": "string" -}, -"permissionGranularity": { -"description": "The granularity of the location permissions that was present to get the device location that this location descriptor represents. Only relevant for device locations.", -"enum": [ -"PERMISSION_GRANULARITY_UNKNOWN", -"PERMISSION_GRANULARITY_COARSE", -"PERMISSION_GRANULARITY_FINE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"The device location was retrieved with `coarse` permissions, meaning it will have a radius > 1.2 km. Note that this is *not* the common 3+1 anonymization, hence these are usually referred to as \"approximate\" in oolong.", -"The device location was retrieved with `fine` permission, meaning the radius will be as precise as reported by the device." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"presenceInterval": { -"description": "The presence intervals associated with the location. Required for FUTURE_LOCATION signals. This field should not be logged anywhere.", -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedPresenceInterval" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"producer": { -"description": "The producer of this location.", -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN_PRODUCER", -"LOGGED_IN_USER_SPECIFIED", -"PREF_L_FIELD_ADDRESS", -"IP_ADDRESS", -"IP_ADDRESS_REALTIME", -"GOOGLE_HOST_DOMAIN", -"RQUERY", -"SQUERY", -"QUERY_LOCATION_OVERRIDE_PRODUCER", -"QREF", -"DEVICE_LOCATION", -"LEGACY_NEAR_PARAM", -"CARRIER_COUNTRY", -"JURISDICTION_COUNTRY", -"CLIENT_SPECIFIED_JURISDICTION_COUNTRY", -"DECODED_FROM_UNKNOWN_ROLE_PRODUCER", -"SHOWTIME_ONEBOX", -"LOCAL_UNIVERSAL", -"SEARCH_TOOLBELT", -"MOBILE_FE_HISTORY", -"GWS_MOBILE_HISTORY_ZWIEBACK", -"MOBILE_SELECTED", -"PARTNER", -"WEB_SEARCH_RESULTS_PAGE_SHARED", -"WEB_SEARCH_PREFERENCES_PAGE", -"MAPS_FRONTEND", -"PRODUCT_SEARCH_FRONTEND", -"ADS_CRITERIA_ID", -"MOBILE_APP", -"QUERY_HISTORY_INFERRED", -"QUERY_HISTORY_INFERRED_ALTERNATE", -"GMAIL_THEME", -"IGOOGLE", -"CALENDAR", -"SMS_SEARCH", -"LEGACY_GL_PARAM", -"LEGACY_PARTNER_GL_PARAM", -"LEGACY_GL_COOKIE", -"GWS_JURISDICTION_COUNTRY", -"CIRCULARS_FRONTEND", -"SHOPPING_SEARCH_API", -"OZ_FRONTEND", -"ADS_GEO_PARAM", -"ADS_PARTNER_GEO_PARAM", -"DEFAULT_LOCATION_OVERRIDE_PRODUCER", -"VIEWPORT_PARAMS", -"GAIA_LOCATION_HISTORY", -"STICKINESS_PARAMS", -"TURN_BY_TURN_NAVIGATION_REROUTE", -"SNAP_TO_PLACE_IMPLICIT", -"SNAP_TO_PLACE_EXPLICIT", -"HULK_USER_PLACES_CONFIRMED", -"HULK_USER_PLACES_INFERRED", -"TACTILE_NEARBY_PARAM", -"MAPS_ACTIVITY", -"IP_ADDRESS_ALTERNATE", -"DIRECTIONS_START_POINT", -"SEARCH_ALONG_ROUTE", -"SNAP_TO_ROUTE", -"GOOGLE_MY_BUSINESS", -"BAD_DEVICE_LOCATION", -"GMM_QUANTIZED_DEVICE_LOCATION", -"GWS_HISTORY_GAIA", -"CONTEXT_MANAGER_FORECAST", -"GMM_HEATMAP_AREA", -"NEWS", -"SHIPPING_ADDRESS", -"DEVICE_CONTEXT", -"TRAVEL_STATE_INTENT", -"HULK_ROUTINES", -"WILDCARD_PRODUCER", -"LEGACY_TOOLBAR_HEADER", -"LEGACY_MOBILE_FRONTEND_GLL", -"LEGACY_MOBILE_FRONTEND_NEAR", -"ABLATED_PRODUCER", -"OOLONG_REALTIME_CACHE", -"OOLONG_REALTIME_CACHE_ALTERNATE", -"DIRECTIONS_WAYPOINT", -"ADS_FINAL_VIEWPORT", -"SEARCH_REGION_SETTINGS_COUNTRY", -"ASSISTANT_DERIVED", -"OOLONG_DEFAULT_LOCATION", -"ADS_GLS_FINAL_VIEWPORT" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"THIS VALUE MUST BE THE FIRST IN THIS ENUM. Default value used to identify unset fields including those resulting from enum values unknown to an out-dated binary. This should be used only to check for errors.", -"A location specified by a logged-in user (e.g., default location from Kansas). It is a freeform address string stored in loc.", -"The user-specified default location contained in the L-field of a browser's PREF cookie. It is a freeform address string stored in loc.", -"A location based on IP address. The IP address is stored in loc in dot-decimal (IPv4) or colon-hexadecimal (IPv6) format.", -"This is the location that is derived from the realtime ipgeo index. This is a fresh version of ipgeo index which is available for a small subset of IPs.", -"A location based on the domain of the Google server (e.g., google.co.uk) servicing the request. The domain name is stored in loc.", -"The descriptor is based on a raw query (free-form). The query text is stored in loc.", -"The descriptor is based on an squery and is stored as an squery in loc.", -"The descriptor contains a location as a raw query in loc. It is geocoded and used to override the geocoding of the QUERY/RQUERY or QUERY/SQUERY descriptor. Only to be used for debugging purposes.", -"This contains the location produced by qref module in qrewrite. Currently, the location is derived from the query and this will be only used with QUERY role.", -"A location that came from determining the physical location of a device (mobile, laptop, desktop, etc.) via means such as GPS, cell network, or Wifi. Always corresponds to CURRENT_LOCATION. The accuracy of the location may be stored in the radius and/or confidence fields. NOTE: By definition, these data do not include locations collected without the user's awareness and/or consent. Users on some Google services may be notified of and consent to Google's collection and use of geographical information.", -"The descriptor was generated by a legacy \"near\" param. It always corresponds to a USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST. Occurrences should be replaced by Oolong-style parameters (e.g., muul/luul). Note that \"near\" params synthesized by Mobile Frontend from a lat/long are handled with LEGACY_MOBILE_FRONTEND_GLL.", -"The 2-letter ISO-3166-alpha2 code for the country of the mobile carrier of the request. Always corresponds to CURRENT_LOCATION, and is stored in the loc parameter. DEPRECATED(b/109727016). Use LocationAttributesProto.carrier_ip_type.", -"The descriptor was generated when mapping disputed areas to legally approved countries. It always corresponds to a DEFAULT_LOCATION role. It is used to geocode 2-letter ISO-3166-alpha2 country codes stored in the \"loc\" parameter.", -"The 2-letter ISO-3166-alpha2 code for the jurisdiction country specified by the Google application (e.g. GMM getting the country code directly from the simcard). Use the producer with role=DEFAULT_LOCATION.", -"The location was decoded from a uuld=l debug parameter based on anonymised Gaia logs that did not contain a role/producer pair.", -"The descriptor was generated by the Showtime (movies) Onebox.", -"A location used by any Local Search client (not just LU) to force a specific location interpretation. Always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"This descriptor by generated by the Google Search Toolbelt.", -"A location found in the history of a user of the Mobile Frontend. Always corresponds to HISTORICAL_LOCATION, and has a correctly set historical_role and historical_producer.", -"A location found in the history of a user of Mobile Search in GWS (Tornado). Always corresponds to HISTORICAL_LOCATION, and has a correctly set historical_role and historical_producer. DEPRECATED: replaced with the OOLONG_REALTIME_CACHE producer.", -"A location selected by the user from a list presented by a mobile UI. Always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"A location passed to us by a partner UI. It typically corresponds to CURRENT_LOCATION (e.g., in an ad request to specify location targeting parameters) or USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"The location was generated by the shared UI on the web search results page, typically for setting a default location. Always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"The location was generated by the UI on the web search preferences page. Always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"From Maps Frontend (MFE).", -"From one of the Product Search frontends. Always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"The descriptor was generated by a legacy \"gc\" param, and corresponds to the numerical ids assigned by the Ads team to various cities and regions. It always corresponds to a USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST. The actual id will be stored in the loc field. At the present time, this producer is only used for internal tools and debugging.", -"The descriptor was generated by a mobile application. Used by some Google Android apps and corresponds to a HISTORICAL_LOCATION.", -"The descriptor was generated from the location inferred from web history. Always corresponds to HISTORICAL_LOCATION (for now---could have an INFERRED_LOCATION role in the future).", -"Same as QUERY_HISTORY_INFERRED but only used for experiments controlled by Oolong team.", -"The descriptor was generated by Gmail for location for weather. This is to support the Gmail themes with weather. It always corresponds to a DEFAULT_LOCATION.", -"The descriptor was generated by iGoogle for getting weather data. It corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST in this case.", -"The descriptor was generated by Calendar for getting weather data. It always corresponds to a DEFAULT_LOCATION.", -"The descriptor was generated from the location inferred from phone number or the personalization settings of the device in SMS search. It always correspond to a DEFAULT_LOCATION.", -"The descriptor was generated from the legacy 'gl' cgi param on a normal search request. It always corresponds to a CURRENT_LOCATION. ADS_GEO_PARAM will also be present if \"gr\" and/or \"gcs\" are present.", -"The descriptor was generated from the legacy 'gl' cgi param sent as an override from a partner. It always corresponds to the CURRENT_LOCATION role. ADS_GEO_PARAM will also be present if \"gr\" and/or \"gcs\" are present.", -"The descriptor was generated from a cookie that stores a previously set legacy 'gl' cgi param. It always corresponds to the CURRENT_LOCATION role.", -"The jurisdiction country derived from the GWS FrontendRequest. Always corresponds to the CURRENT_LOCATION role.", -"Override from one of the Circulars frontends. Always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"The descriptor was generated by the Search API for Shopping based on a user supplied parameter. Always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"The descriptor was generated by OZ frontend. It always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST", -"The descriptor generated for Ads. This is generated from gl, gr, gcs and gm parameters. If the gl=US, gr=US-CA and gcs=San+Francisco, then the location is set to \"San Francisco,CA,US\". If any parameter is missing, it is skipped from the final location string. For example, if gcs is missing above, the location would be \"CA,US\". This and LEGACY_GL_PARAM will be generated when gr/gcs are present. Always corresponds to the CURRENT_LOCATION role.", -"The descriptor generated by GWS for Ads for partner requests. This is generated from gl, gr, gcs and gm parameters passed from partners. If the gl=US, gr=US-CA and gcs=San+Francisco, then the location is set to \"San Francisco,CA,US\". If any parameter is missing, it is skipped from the final location string. For example, if gcs is missing above, the location would be \"CA,US\". This and LEGACY_PARTNER_GL_PARAM will be generated when gr/gcs are present. Always corresponds to the CURRENT_LOCATION role.", -"Overrides all other default locations. It is a freeform address string. It always corresponds to the DEFAULT_LOCATION role. It is intended for testing only. NOTE: Please talk to oolong-team before using this producer. It should be used for one-off overrides only.", -"Location specified by viewport CGI parameters sll, sspn.", -"Location extracted from Happy Hour (signed-in user). Will be used with HISTORICAL_LOCATION role.", -"Descriptor generated from stickiness params feature id.", -"Location determined by a turn-by-turn-navigation client triggered by a reroute event. A location of this producer should additionally specify a semantic with LocationSemantic members to differentiate them among each other.", -"Location containing a feature ID determined by HULK realtime snap-to-place. The latlng and timestamp will correspond to the device location at the point the snap-to-place request was made. The confidence value is the confidence of that feature according to the snap-to-place response. This will usually be used with the CURRENT_LOCATION role, although might also be a HISTORICAL_LOCATION in cases where we are expressing a series of recent snap-to-place results.", -"Location containing a feature ID determined by HULK realtime snap-to-place as in SNAP_TO_PLACE_IMPLICIT, but which was subsequently confirmed by the user. As in SNAP_TO_PLACE_IMPLICIT the confidence value will reflect the value returned by the snap-to-place response, but backends may choose to ignore that value and assume the confidence is 100% since the user has explicitly chosen to interact with the place (the ambiguity is worth capturing though since the UI flow will not necessarily constitute an actual confirmation of a user's presence in a place). This will usually be used with the CURRENT_LOCATION role, although might also be a HISTORICAL_LOCATION in cases where we are expressing a series of recent snap-to-place results.", -"Location extracted from HappyHour which correspond to user's home and work locations. These locations are fetched from HulkUserPlaces HappyHour object (go/hulk-in-happyhour). This will be used with role=DEFAULT_LOCATION and LocationSemantic will indicate whether this location is home or work. AdWords will be the first client of this data. These locations are confirmed by the user.", -"Similar to the above producer, except that these locations are inferred by happyhour and are not confirmed by the user. Two different producers are being used for confirmed and inferred locations as their use might have different privacy implications. Design doc: go/homeworktargeting", -"The location extracted from a search nearby request in Tactile.", -"Location determined by Maps Activity in GMM client, corresponding to a previous location of the user for which nearby places are requested. This will be used with role=USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"This descriptor is to only be used for experiments controlled by ipgeo team. During experimentation or ramping up launches, when this is provided in addition to IP_ADDRESS, this one is guaranteed to contain the result of the baseline ip index until the launch is at 100 % for both search and ads. Note that the definition of baseline may change depending on the product that uses it. For example, in search it may contain the old index whereas in Ads it may contain the experimental index. Contact the ipgeo-team for more details.", -"This descriptor is intended for a client to pass an offset used to anonymize all pii coordinates in a SearchAlongRouteContext or EnrouteContext. Anonymized coordinates are set as relative to DIRECTIONS_START_POINT rather than as absolute locations. This should be used with role = USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"This producer indicates the location is from the search-along-route system. This producer is not intended to be used in a raw LocationResult; rather it is a descriptor for use with downstream processed locations (such as LocationRankingTargetLocation).", -"This producer returns the best guess for the user location as projected onto a specific route that the user is following. Users using driving navigation most often follow the route they are being told. On occasion they deviate, and sometimes it is not clear whether they have deviated or not. To represent both possibilities, Google Maps for Mobile sends both (a) the user location snapped to the road network and (b) the user location snapped to the specific route the user is being told to follow. The former has DEVICE_LOCATION producer and the latter has SNAP_TO_ROUTE producer.", -"This descriptor was generated from Google My Business location as a lat/lng. Always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"This is a device location that has been rejected for some reason. It is only kept in the location context so we can analyze them in logs.", -"This is a device location that has been quantized on device for privacy purposes, for use by NBN in GMM backends. Consult with pwg-geo@ and oolong-team@ before using this producer.", -"A location found in the history of a gaia user in GWS. Similar to GWS_MOBILE_HISTORY_ZWIEBACK, but works only for gaia users. Differs from GAIA_LOCATION_HISTORY - it is extracted from user search requests (not from user location reports on Android) and stored in Kansas (not in HappyHour). DEPRECATED: replaced with the OOLONG_REALTIME_CACHE producer.", -"A FUTURE_LOCATION signal originating from the user location forecast producer in Context Manager: go/context-manager.", -"A HISTORICAL_LOCATION region collected on device over time: go/gmm-terroir. DEPRECATED(2018-02-20): b/124457814.", -"The descriptor was generated by the Google News UI. Always corresponds to USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST.", -"The descriptor was generated by the user's preferred delivery address configured in Google Shopping Express. go/shipping-address", -"Information about the device, without actual location data, e.g. ActivityRecord.", -"A FUTURE_LOCATION signal produced by travel state intent: go/travel-triggering.", -"A frequently visited place of a user, see go/hulk-routines-implementation. For Location History users only. Experimental, consult with oolong-team@ before using this producer.", -"A special enum value for representing a wildcard producer (matches any producer). This must never be used as the producer for a descriptor.", -"The descriptor was generated by Toolbar and passed via the legacy X_TOOLBAR_LOCATION header. It always corresponds to a CURRENT_LOCATION.", -"The descriptor was generated by Mobile Frontend and passed via the legacy \"gll\" and \"near\" params. It always corresponds to a CURRENT_LOCATION. The \"gll\" parameter appears in latlng (and, if applicable latlng_span) and if there's a \"near\" parameter, it appears in the loc field. Note that other uses of \"gll\" are not covered by this producer. DEPRECATED(finnegan): As of 2010/03/26. This will be renamed eventually.", -"The descriptor was generated by Mobile Frontend and passed via the legacy \"near\" param (without \"gll\"). This has different semantics from those of LEGACY_NEAR_PARAM. It always corresponds to a CURRENT_LOCATION. DEPRECATED(finnegan): As of 2010/03/26. This will be renamed eventually.", -"A result that was ablated for an experiment.", -"Location coming from Oolong location cache (go/ort-cache-dd).", -"Same as OOLONG_REALTIME_CACHE but only used for experiments controlled by Oolong team.", -"Location coming from an internal superroot call trying to resolve one directions waypoint in the context of a known one. This will be used inside DirectionsSearch flow in superroot before sending a request to the WebPlusLocal node in superroot.", -"Viewport derived in Superroot after organic results are available.", -"Location from the Search Region Settings in Search Settings (stored in the Zwieback cookie). Always combined with the DEFAULT_LOCATION role. Search uses this setting to determine the jurisdiction region (for signed-in and signed-out traffic), but does so on the GWS side and sends only the output of its logic as a GWS_JURISDICTION_COUNTRY result to Oolong Service. Thus, it does not need to use this producer. Conversely, for Assistant traffic, the jurisdiction region is determined in LES from the various input signals (including this one). Prioritization between the various signals for Assistant is described in go/assistant-region and implemented in google3/googledata/location/unified/location_service/client_configuration.textproto.", -"A location that originates in assistant. The location is contained in a LocationDescriptor across assistant. The source of the location is unknown but it is not a DEVICE_LOCATION. go/as-oolong-launch", -"A location indicated by the user as their default to be used for the current location.", -"Viewport override for GLS ad retrieval." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"provenance": { -"description": "Extra information about how this descriptor was obtained. Provenance is intended for logging non-semantic details about a descriptor (e.g., whether it was passed using a particular parameter or stored in a particular backend). It should *never* be used as a criterion for selection by a policy or backend (use role/producer instead). This is for bookkeeping only. You don't want this field. Really.", -"enum": [ -"UNREMARKABLE", -"TOOLBAR", -"MOBILE_FE", -"LEGACY_MOBILE_FRONTEND_GLL_PARAM", -"MAPS_FRONTEND_IL_DEBUG_IP", -"LEGACY_MOBILE_FRONTEND_NEAR_PARAM", -"GWS_MOBILE_CLIENT", -"GWS_MOBILE_CLIENT_ESSENTIAL_ONLY", -"XFF_HEADER", -"XGEO_HEADER", -"LEGACY_GEO_POSITION_HEADER", -"ASSISTANT_SETTINGS_FOR_CURRENT_DEVICE", -"ASSISTANT_DEVICE_PROPERTIES", -"EVAL_UNIQUE_SELECTED_USER_LOCATION", -"EVAL_BASE_UNIQUE_SELECTED_USER_LOCATION", -"EVAL_EXP_UNIQUE_SELECTED_USER_LOCATION", -"PERSONAL_LOCATION_MODEL_QUERY_ONLY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"THIS VALUE MUST BE THE FIRST IN THIS ENUM. Default value. Nothing interesting about the descriptor's provenance.", -"Descriptor came from the Google Toolbar.", -"Descriptor came from the Mobile Frontend", -"Descriptor came via from Mobile Frontend via the legacy \"gll\" param.", -"Descriptor came from the Maps Frontend il parameter, with a type of ip.", -"Descriptor came via from Mobile Frontend via the legacy \"near\" param.", -"Descriptor came from GWS via the client library.", -"Essential-only mode version of GWS_MOBILE_CLIENT.", -"Descriptor came from X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header.", -"Descriptor came from X-Geo HTTP header or an app-internal flow that retrieves location in an X-Geo equivalent way.", -"Descriptor came from legacy Geo-Position HTTP header.", -"Descriptor came from the Assistant settings for the current device (see also go/opa-settings).", -"Descriptor came from the Assistatn DeviceProperties.location_descriptor field. This is used by some client surfaces (e.g. KaiOS).", -"DO NOT use the following three without consulting with oolong-team. They are used by Evals to force a given location to be the chosen one.", -"", -"", -"INTERNAL ONLY DO NOT use the following values without first consulting oolong-team@. These should be considered internal details of Oolong's business logic and generally should not be used by clients. Indicates a PLM that was built using query (or query-like) inputs only." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"radius": { -"description": "The radius within which one standard deviation (or 68%) of possible locations lie, assuming a normal distribution around latlng. This radius is normally seen in the UI of mobile maps as the blue 'accuracy circle', although the interpretation (e.g. 1sd or 2sd) may vary by platform. Units must be in mm.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"rect": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedLatLngRect", -"description": "A viewport or bounds depending on role/producer. For example, when role is VIEWPORT this field represents a viewport. 'latlng' and 'rect' are mutually exclusive." -}, -"role": { -"description": "The role of this location.", -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN_ROLE", -"CURRENT_LOCATION", -"DEFAULT_LOCATION", -"QUERY", -"USER_SPECIFIED_FOR_REQUEST", -"HISTORICAL_QUERY", -"HISTORICAL_LOCATION", -"VIEWPORT", -"FUTURE_LOCATION", -"INVALID_LOCATION", -"EXPERIMENTAL_LOCATION", -"CURRENT_CONTEXT", -"FINAL_VIEWPORT", -"GLS_FINAL_VIEWPORT", -"WILDCARD_ROLE" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"THIS VALUE MUST BE THE FIRST IN THIS ENUM. Default value used to identify unset fields including those resulting from enum values unknown to an out-dated binary. This should be used only to check for errors. A descriptor with this role is invalid and should be ignored.", -"The location is the device's current, physical location. Semantics: * unique * implicit * immediate", -"A user-specified default location. The suggested interpretation is as a literal default; in the absence of better information or a reasonable understanding of the user's intent, use the default location. Semantics: * unique * explicit * persistent", -"A descriptor corresponding to the query in a request (if any). A query may or may not contain location information but a descriptor is created and geocoding attempted in case there is one. The query is specified in the loc field and can take two forms, the raw query or an squery. The form is indicated by the corresponding producer (RQUERY or SQUERY). Semantics: * unique * explicit * immediate", -"A user-specified location specific to this request but not part of a query. These typically come from the user entering an overriding location in some separate UI field and submitting a request (e.g, overriding the location of weather results or setting a new default location). The source of the override is indicated by the producer. While it is technically possible to have multiple overrides for a request, that suggests a confusing user experience. Semantics: * unique * explicit * immediate", -"DEPRECATED: This was never used in production and is replaced by HISTORICAL_LOCATION.", -"A descriptor corresponding to some past location associated with the current request. This location may have come from a variety of sources (e.g., a history of queries) and the source of the location is indicated by the producer. There can be more than one historical location in a context. Historical locations should always have an associated timestamp. The original metadata for the location should be added via the historical_role and historical_producer fields. Semantics: * repeated * implicit * persistent", -"A descriptor corresponding to a user-visible viewport (e.g., Maps viewport, Streetview viewport, mobile camera viewport). This viewport may have come from a variety of sources, indicated by the producer. We expect there to be only one viewport active (hence \"unique\" semantics). We assume that the user has explicitly accepted and is aware of the viewport (hence \"explicit\" semantics). The viewport is associated only with the current query (hence \"immediate\" semantics). Viewports are expressed via rect. Semantics: * unique * explicit * immediate", -"A descriptor corresponding to a prediction of the future location of the user issuing the request. This location may have come from a variety of sources (e.g. calendar, user profile, etc) and the source of the location is indicated by the producer. There can be more than one future location in a context. Future locations should always have associated presence_interval:s. Semantics: * repeated * implicit * persistent", -"A descriptor corresponding to an invalid location, e.g. rect is invalid in it. Producer is kept as the original producer, original role is lost. A location with this role should not be used in production. Semantics: * repeated", -"Experimental device location produced by GmsCore, not to be used in any oolong policy. Only for quality check before switch to GmsCore as X-Geo header producer in AGSA. go/agsa-xgeo-integration-dd - AGSA XGeo Context Manager integration. * repeated", -"Current location related data, without actual location information, e.g. ActivityRecord. Semantics: * unique * implicit * immediate", -"A descriptor corresponding to the viewport that will be shown to the user after the request completes, such as a query 'tour eiffel', or a direction MTV to SFO. This viewport only appears together with the ADS_FINAL_VIEWPORT producer. We expect there to be only one at a time (hence \"unique\" semantics). We assume that the user has explicitly requested it and is aware of the viewport (hence \"explicit\" semantics). The viewport is associated only with the current query (hence \"immediate\" semantics). Viewports are expressed via rect. Semantics: * unique * explicit * immediate", -"A descriptor corresponding to a viewport that will be used for GLS ad retrieval. On some surfaces (e.g. xGMM apps), the final viewport is expanded to improve ad retrieval for other ads. This larger viewport works poorly for GLS ad retrieval, so we will extract the original, unexpanded, final viewport as well. This viewport only appears together with the ADS_GLS_FINAL_VIEWPORT producer. We expect there to be only one at a time (\"unique\"). This viewport is the final displayed viewport (\"explicit\"). The viewport is associated only with the current query (\"immediate\"). Semantics: * unique * explicit * immediate", -"A special enum value for representing a wildcard role (matches any role). This must never be used as the role for a descriptor." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"semantic": { -"description": "Some producers may additionally specify semantics explaining the meaning of a location, in particular to differentiate several locations with the same producer.", -"items": { -"enum": [ -"SEMANTIC_UNKNOWN", -"SEMANTIC_REROUTE_SOURCE", -"SEMANTIC_REROUTE_PROPOSED", -"SEMANTIC_REROUTE_TAKEN", -"SEMANTIC_HOME", -"SEMANTIC_WORK", -"SEMANTIC_ONBOARD_TRANSIT", -"SEMANTIC_MAPS_SEARCH", -"SEMANTIC_FREQUENT_PLACE", -"SEMANTIC_OTHER" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"THIS VALUE MUST BE THE FIRST IN THIS ENUM. Default value used to identify unset fields including those resulting from enum values unknown to an out-dated binary. This should be used only to check for errors.", -"A descriptor corresponding to an already traveled location on a user's route as part of reroute information. The location producer of these should be TURN_BY_TURN_NAVIGATION_REROUTE.", -"A descriptor corresponding to a not traveled location on a user's route (before a reroute event) as part of reroute information. The location producer of these should be TURN_BY_TURN_NAVIGATION_REROUTE.", -"A descriptor corresponding to an actually traveled location (in contrast to a supposed-to travel location) as part of reroute information. The location producer of these should be TURN_BY_TURN_NAVIGATION_REROUTE.", -"A descriptor corresponding to the maps aliased location.", -"", -"A descriptor corresponding to a location of a user who is riding on a transit vehicle.", -"user searched for this place", -"user frequently visits this place", -"other maps alias icon" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"semanticPlace": { -"description": "If there are multiple semantic places, then the first place is the finest, then come the parent hierarchy. This field should not be logged anywhere.", -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedSemanticPlace" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"timestamp": { -"description": "A timestamp associated with this location expressed as the number of microseconds since 00:00:00 Jan-1-1970 UTC. If not set, assumed to be \"now\" or irrelevant. Use this field to indicate when this location has been acquired (e.g. by requesting location from the device).", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"visibleNetwork": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "A list of visible networks that describe the location and can geocoded by GLS. This field should not be logged anywhere.", -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedVisibleNetwork" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationUnifiedLocationResult": { -"description": "All information about a single location within a context. This includes the descriptor, which can be thought of as a kind of \"query\" that minimally specifies the location, and rest (i.e., geocoding data, policy annotations, etc.). A LocationResult typically starts with just a descriptor and the rest is added later via lookups. If necessary, persistent locations can be stored as a pre-geocoded LocationResult to avoid the extra work. Next Available Tag: 14", -"id": "LocationUnifiedLocationResult", -"properties": { -"alternateAnnotations": { -"description": "Additional sets of annotations from other oolong policies.", -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedAnnotationSet" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"annotations": { -"description": "The annotations that have been applied to this result for use in production.", -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedLocationAnnotation" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"defaultBlockingData": { -"$ref": "DefaultBlockingDataProto", -"description": "Information about whether the feature hierarchy contains default-blocked features." -}, -"desc": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedLocationDescriptor", -"description": "The descriptor for this result. Once added, descriptors should be considered immutable. Any additional information should be included elsewhere in the result." -}, -"displayable": { -"description": "Flag to indicate this result has human-readable names for display.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"extraData": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedLocationResultExtraData" -}, -"featureRefs": { -"description": "The feature hierarchy for this location result, if using the new feature-pool format instead of les_response.", -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedFeatureReference" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"geocoded": { -"description": "True indicates that this result has geographical information like a lat/long, bounding box, etc.). The minimum is a lat/long. False only indicates that no such data is present and does NOT explain the reason (e.g., geocoding hasn't been attempted, geocoding timed out, the descriptor does not refer to a location, etc.).", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"geocodingReason": { -"description": "Explains the specific reason for the value of the geocoded field, if any. This can be used to determine whether a descriptor needs to be geocoded. Used for making runtime decisions about whether to attempt geocoding.", -"enum": [ -"DEFAULT_REASON", -"NO_GEOCODING_RESULTS", -"RPC_FAILED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"No reason is required to explain the value of the geocoded field. For geocoded = true, geocoding data is available. For geocoded = false, geocoding has not been attempted.", -"Geocoding was attempted but returned no results for the descriptor. This usually means that the descriptor does not refer to a recognized location (e.g., the query [pizza]). Only valid for geocoded = false.", -"One or more geocoding RPCs failed." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"lesResponse": { -"$ref": "LocationExtractorLocationExtractionResponse", -"description": "WARNING: Do not reference this field directly check go/oolong-usage on how to access the values present in this proto or contact oolong-team@google.com if you don't see what you need." -}, -"nonstandardData": { -"$ref": "MessageSet", -"description": "Allow pipelines to associate arbitrary data (e.g., specialized geo identifiers) with a result. Chiefly intended to pass custom data around backends after standard geocoding and policy execution. Oolong libraries will generally ignore such data but may strip it to guard against cache fragmentation. Using this to pass data from frontends to backends before geocoding is not recommended and at your own risk. This field will carry AnonymizedBounds data which will be used for logging purposes." -}, -"policyResult": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedPolicyResult", -"description": "Result data computed by the policy annotation." -}, -"sourceDescription": { -"description": "Enum describing what this result was based on (e.g. location reported by the end user's phone). Present only if the LocationContext was produced by OolongService and this result has the USFUL annotation.", -"enum": [ -"SOURCE_DESCRIPTION_UNSPECIFIED", -"FROM_YOUR_INTERNET_ADDRESS", -"FROM_YOUR_LOCATION_HISTORY", -"BASED_ON_YOUR_LOCATION_HISTORY", -"FROM_YOUR_DEVICE", -"BASED_ON_YOUR_PAST_ACTIVITY", -"FROM_YOUR_PLACES_HOME", -"FROM_YOUR_PLACES_WORK" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationUnifiedLocationResultExtraData": { -"description": "Includes data that is included only for small subset of results. Next Available Tag: 4", -"id": "LocationUnifiedLocationResultExtraData", -"properties": { -"featureDiff": { -"description": "Result caused a feature diff", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"interpretationData": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedInterpretationData", -"description": "For query results." -}, -"ipblockinfo": { -"$ref": "IPBlockInfoProto", -"description": "Information about an ip block, like range, speed etc. This could be the only thing present in an empty result." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationUnifiedOolongFeature": { -"description": "A featurelet corresponds to a single Mapfacts feature. These messages contain only the base data, without anything added by the Oolong policy (like trimming annotations or confidences). Next available tag: 11 LINT.IfChange", -"id": "LocationUnifiedOolongFeature", -"properties": { -"additionalData": { -"$ref": "MessageSet", -"description": "A field to attach additional data about the feature. For example, the location extraction server uses this field to include the ads criteria id of the featurelet if available. As specified by MessageSet, all types within the set must be unique. Using the changelist number where the message was created is a good method of ensuring uniqueness." -}, -"areaRank": { -"description": "Copy of FeatureProto->RankDetailsProto->area_rank", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"center": { -"$ref": "GeostorePointProto", -"description": "Latitude and longitude of the feature center." -}, -"establishmentType": { -"description": "This field contains original feature's establishment type if it had one.", -"enum": [ -"TYPE_ANY", -"TYPE_UNDEFINED", -"TYPE_DEPRECATED_AVIATION", -"TYPE_BUSINESS", -"TYPE_TRAVEL_SERVICE", -"TYPE_LODGING", -"TYPE_HOTEL", -"TYPE_RESORT", -"TYPE_MOTEL", -"TYPE_HOSTEL", -"TYPE_GUESTHOUSE", -"TYPE_VACATION_RENTAL", -"TYPE_GAS_STATION", -"TYPE_REST_AREA", -"TYPE_CASH_MACHINE", -"TYPE_CAR_RENTAL", -"TYPE_CAR_REPAIR", -"TYPE_TAXI_STAND", -"TYPE_TRAVEL_AGENT", -"TYPE_BICYCLE_RENTAL_POINT", -"TYPE_ELECTRIC_VEHICLE_CHARGING_STATION", -"TYPE_SHOPPING", -"TYPE_GROCERY", -"TYPE_ANTIQUES", -"TYPE_APPAREL", -"TYPE_GIFTS", -"TYPE_JEWELRY", -"TYPE_SPORTING_GOODS", -"TYPE_VEHICLE", -"TYPE_SHOPPING_CENTER", -"TYPE_SUPERMARKET", -"TYPE_FAIRGROUNDS", -"TYPE_MARKET", -"TYPE_PRODUCE_MARKET", -"TYPE_FARMERS_MARKET", -"TYPE_LIQUOR_STORE", -"TYPE_SOUVENIR_SHOP", -"TYPE_INDUSTRIAL", -"TYPE_CONSTRUCTION", -"TYPE_BUILDING_MATERIAL", -"TYPE_SECURITY_PRODUCTS", -"TYPE_MECHANICAL", -"TYPE_TEXTILE", -"TYPE_CHEMICAL", -"TYPE_METAL", -"TYPE_TRANSPORTATION", -"TYPE_FREIGHT", -"TYPE_AVIATION", -"TYPE_COURIER", -"TYPE_MOVING", -"TYPE_PACKAGING", -"TYPE_RAIL", -"TYPE_PUBLIC_TRANSIT", -"TYPE_WAREHOUSE", -"TYPE_DEFENSE", -"TYPE_AGRICULTURE", -"TYPE_PLANTATION", -"TYPE_PLANT_NURSERY", -"TYPE_DESIGN", -"TYPE_UTILITIES", -"TYPE_POWER_PLANT", -"TYPE_SEWAGE_TREATMENT_PLANT", -"TYPE_WATER_TREATMENT_PLANT", -"TYPE_SUBSTATION", -"TYPE_MANUFACTURING", -"TYPE_BIOTECH", -"TYPE_MATERIALS", -"TYPE_MINING", -"TYPE_QUARRY", -"TYPE_TANNERY", -"TYPE_OIL_REFINERY", -"TYPE_ADVERTISING_MARKETING", -"TYPE_LEGAL", -"TYPE_FAMILY_LAW", -"TYPE_IP_LAW", -"TYPE_LABOR_LAW", -"TYPE_PERSONAL_INJURY_LAW", -"TYPE_CRIMINAL_LAW", -"TYPE_PERSONAL_FINANCE", -"TYPE_LIFE_INSURANCE", -"TYPE_LENDING", -"TYPE_ACCOUNTING", -"TYPE_INVESTING", -"TYPE_BANKING", -"TYPE_HEALTH", -"TYPE_HEALTH_EQUIPMENT", -"TYPE_NURSING", -"TYPE_HEALTH_INSURANCE", -"TYPE_HEALTH_FACILITY", -"TYPE_DIAGNOSTIC_CENTER", -"TYPE_HEALTH_RESOURCES", -"TYPE_NUTRITION", -"TYPE_VISION", -"TYPE_COUNSELING", -"TYPE_MASSAGE", -"TYPE_BLOOD_BANK", -"TYPE_HEARING", -"TYPE_HOME_GARDEN", -"TYPE_INTERIOR_DECOR", -"TYPE_DOMESTIC_SERVICES", -"TYPE_APPLIANCES", -"TYPE_PEST_CONTROL", -"TYPE_GARDENING", -"TYPE_ELECTRONICS", -"TYPE_COMPUTER", -"TYPE_COMPUTER_HARDWARE", -"TYPE_COMPUTER_SECURITY", -"TYPE_COMPUTER_SOFTWARE", -"TYPE_COMPUTER_SUPPORT", -"TYPE_AUDIO_DEVICES", -"TYPE_VIDEO_DEVICES", -"TYPE_REAL_ESTATE", -"TYPE_OFFICE_SERVICES", -"TYPE_ENTERTAINMENT", -"TYPE_GAMES", -"TYPE_CASINO", -"TYPE_LOTTO", -"TYPE_VIDEO", -"TYPE_CLUBS", -"TYPE_DISCOTHEQUE", -"TYPE_ANIMATION", -"TYPE_MODELING", -"TYPE_HUMOR", -"TYPE_MOVIES", -"TYPE_MOVIE_RENTAL", -"TYPE_MOVIE_THEATER", -"TYPE_MUSIC", -"TYPE_RADIO", -"TYPE_TV", -"TYPE_BAR", -"TYPE_PRINT_MEDIA", -"TYPE_ADULT", -"TYPE_SEXUAL_SERVICES", -"TYPE_ANIMALS", -"TYPE_PETS", -"TYPE_FISHERY", -"TYPE_ARTS", -"TYPE_BOOKS", -"TYPE_PERFORMING_ARTS", -"TYPE_GALLERY", -"TYPE_AUTOMOTIVE", -"TYPE_PARTS", -"TYPE_AUTO_FINANCE", -"TYPE_AUTO_INSURANCE", -"TYPE_RV", -"TYPE_MOTORCYCLES", -"TYPE_CARS", -"TYPE_TRUCKS_SUVS", -"TYPE_LICENSING", -"TYPE_MAINTENANCE", -"TYPE_PERSONAL_CARE", -"TYPE_BODY_ART", -"TYPE_COSMETICS", -"TYPE_FITNESS", -"TYPE_YOGA_CENTER", -"TYPE_GYM", -"TYPE_HAIR_CARE", -"TYPE_SPA", -"TYPE_BEAUTY_SALON", -"TYPE_CORPORATE_EVENTS", -"TYPE_HUMAN_RESOURCES", -"TYPE_FOOD_AND_DRINK", -"TYPE_BEVERAGE", -"TYPE_RECIPES", -"TYPE_COOKWARE", -"TYPE_CULINARY", -"TYPE_RETAIL", -"TYPE_RESTAURANT", -"TYPE_COFFEE", -"TYPE_BAKERY", -"TYPE_FOOD_CENTER", -"TYPE_TEA", -"TYPE_CAFE", -"TYPE_WINERY", -"TYPE_BREWERY", -"TYPE_FAST_FOOD", -"TYPE_FOOD_DELIVERY", -"TYPE_INTERNET", -"TYPE_WEB_DESIGN", -"TYPE_WEB_HOSTING", -"TYPE_WEB_SERVICES", -"TYPE_LIFESTYLE", -"TYPE_PHOTO_VIDEO", -"TYPE_ACTIVITIES", -"TYPE_BOATING", -"TYPE_CYCLING", -"TYPE_EQUESTRIAN", -"TYPE_FISHING", -"TYPE_HIKING", -"TYPE_HUNTING", -"TYPE_SWIMMING", -"TYPE_GOLF", -"TYPE_GOLF_COURSE", -"TYPE_BASEBALL", -"TYPE_BASKETBALL", -"TYPE_HOCKEY", -"TYPE_MOTOR_SPORTS", -"TYPE_WINTER_SPORTS", -"TYPE_FOOTBALL", -"TYPE_SOCCER", -"TYPE_ICE_SKATING", -"TYPE_BOXING", -"TYPE_CRICKET", -"TYPE_ROWING", -"TYPE_RUGBY", -"TYPE_RACQUET_SPORTS", -"TYPE_ROCK_CLIMBING", -"TYPE_REFERENCES", -"TYPE_MAPS", -"TYPE_TIME", -"TYPE_SCIENTIFIC_EQUIPMENT", -"TYPE_TELECOMMUNICATIONS", -"TYPE_EVENT_VENUE", -"TYPE_BANQUET_HALL", -"TYPE_CONFERENCE_HALL", -"TYPE_WEDDING_HALL", -"TYPE_EXHIBITION_HALL", -"TYPE_COMMUNITY_CENTER", -"TYPE_AUDITORIUM", -"TYPE_FUNCTION_HALL", -"TYPE_CONCERT_HALL", -"TYPE_AMPHITHEATER", -"TYPE_LAUNDRY", -"TYPE_LAUNDROMAT", -"TYPE_DRY_CLEANER", -"TYPE_MORTUARY", -"TYPE_REPAIR_AND_MAINTENANCE", -"TYPE_GOVERNMENT", -"TYPE_BORDER_CROSSING", -"TYPE_CITY_HALL", -"TYPE_COURTHOUSE", -"TYPE_EMBASSY", -"TYPE_LIBRARY", -"TYPE_PRISON", -"TYPE_TAX_OFFICE", -"TYPE_PROSECUTORS_OFFICE", -"TYPE_CONGRESS", -"TYPE_TOWN_COUNCIL", -"TYPE_CAPITOL_BUILDING", -"TYPE_VOTING_FACILITY", -"TYPE_CHECKPOINT", -"TYPE_SCHOOL", -"TYPE_UNIVERSITY", -"TYPE_ORPHANAGE", -"TYPE_KINDERGARTEN", -"TYPE_DAYCARE", -"TYPE_ACADEMY", -"TYPE_TRADE_SCHOOL", -"TYPE_SKILL_INSTRUCTION", -"TYPE_EMERGENCY", -"TYPE_HOSPITAL", -"TYPE_PHARMACY", -"TYPE_POLICE", -"TYPE_FIRE", -"TYPE_DOCTOR", -"TYPE_DENTIST", -"TYPE_VETERINARIAN", -"TYPE_FIRST_AID", -"TYPE_CIVIL_DEFENSE", -"TYPE_TOURIST_DESTINATION", -"TYPE_ECO_TOURIST_DESTINATION", -"TYPE_BIRD_WATCHING", -"TYPE_NATURE_RESERVE", -"TYPE_MUSEUM", -"TYPE_VISITOR_CENTER", -"TYPE_OBSERVATION_DECK", -"TYPE_OBSERVATORY", -"TYPE_SCENIC_POINT", -"TYPE_ZOO", -"TYPE_AQUARIUM", -"TYPE_AMUSEMENT_PARK", -"TYPE_MONUMENT", -"TYPE_PALACE", -"TYPE_FORT", -"TYPE_TOWER", -"TYPE_LIGHTHOUSE", -"TYPE_TEMPLE", -"TYPE_CHURCH", -"TYPE_GURUDWARA", -"TYPE_HINDU_TEMPLE", -"TYPE_MOSQUE", -"TYPE_SYNAGOGUE", -"TYPE_BUDDHIST_TEMPLE", -"TYPE_JAIN_TEMPLE", -"TYPE_BAHAI_TEMPLE", -"TYPE_SHINTO_TEMPLE", -"TYPE_MORMON_TEMPLE", -"TYPE_SPORTS_COMPLEX", -"TYPE_STADIUM", -"TYPE_BOWLING", -"TYPE_BADMINTON", -"TYPE_TENNIS", -"TYPE_TABLE_TENNIS", -"TYPE_PARK", -"TYPE_LOCAL_PARK", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_PARK", -"TYPE_US_NATIONAL_PARK", -"TYPE_US_NATIONAL_MONUMENT", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_FOREST", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_GRASSLAND", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_PRESERVE", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_RECREATION_AREA", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_MONUMENT", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_HISTORIC_AREA", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_SCENIC_AREA", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_SCENIC_ROADWAY_AREA", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_SCENIC_RIVER_AREA", -"TYPE_PROVINCIAL_PARK", -"TYPE_PROVINCIAL_FOREST", -"TYPE_CAMPGROUNDS", -"TYPE_WILDERNESS_AREA", -"TYPE_WILDLIFE_AREA", -"TYPE_BOTANICAL_GARDEN", -"TYPE_GARDEN", -"TYPE_ARBORETUM", -"TYPE_MARINE_PROTECTED_AREA", -"TYPE_AIRPORT", -"TYPE_TARMAC", -"TYPE_HELIPORT", -"TYPE_SEAPLANE_BASE", -"TYPE_MILITARY_AIRBASE", -"TYPE_CEMETERY", -"TYPE_MILITARY", -"TYPE_ENCLOSED_TRAFFIC_AREA", -"TYPE_PARKING", -"TYPE_OFF_ROAD_AREA", -"TYPE_POST_OFFICE", -"TYPE_HOUSING_DEVELOPMENT", -"TYPE_BRIDGE", -"TYPE_ARCHAEOLOGICAL", -"TYPE_HISTORICAL", -"TYPE_RUINS", -"TYPE_TUNNEL", -"TYPE_RESIDENTIAL_DWELLING", -"TYPE_DETACHED_DWELLING", -"TYPE_ATTACHED_DWELLING", -"TYPE_APARTMENT", -"TYPE_GATED_COMMUNITY", -"TYPE_RETIREMENT_HOME", -"TYPE_TOLL_BOOTH", -"TYPE_CULTURAL", -"TYPE_CULTURAL_CENTER", -"TYPE_OVERPASS", -"TYPE_REST_ROOM", -"TYPE_PUBLIC_PHONE", -"TYPE_PHONE_BOOTH", -"TYPE_MANNED_PCO", -"TYPE_RESEARCH_INSTITUTE", -"TYPE_NON_GOVERNMENTAL_ORGANIZATION", -"TYPE_OFFICE_PARK", -"TYPE_MEDITATION_CENTER", -"TYPE_RELIGIOUS", -"TYPE_MONASTERY", -"TYPE_ASHRAM", -"TYPE_PAGODA", -"TYPE_MISSION", -"TYPE_PILGRIM_DESTINATION", -"TYPE_SOCIAL_SERVICE", -"TYPE_RANGER_STATION", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_STATION", -"TYPE_BUS_STATION", -"TYPE_TRAMWAY_STATION", -"TYPE_TRAIN_STATION", -"TYPE_SUBWAY_STATION", -"TYPE_FERRY_TERMINAL", -"TYPE_CABLE_CAR_STATION", -"TYPE_GONDOLA_LIFT_STATION", -"TYPE_FUNICULAR_STATION", -"TYPE_HORSE_CARRIAGE_STATION", -"TYPE_MONORAIL_STATION", -"TYPE_SEAPORT", -"TYPE_NATURAL_FEATURE", -"TYPE_ELEVATED", -"TYPE_PEAK" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"ABSTRACT", -"Can be used for features where no establishment information is available. For example, if an importer generates a TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_BUILDING feature, but source data does not have any information on the actual purpose of the building, the importer should use TYPE_UNDEFINED for establishment type.", -"DEPRECATED", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Note: 0xF213F is reserved to extend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xF6F is reserved and any new types should start with 0xF6F1", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"State parks, county parks, city parks, wilderness areas. This also includes underwater preserves, wild and scenic rivers, etc. Should we have things like baseball diamonds?", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Wildlife management area. This includes preservation areas for fish, game, and birds.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"An airport is a location where aircraft such as fixed-wing aircraft, helicopters, and blimps takeoff and land. NOTE: TYPE_TARMAC establishment type has been deprecated in favor of TYPE_TARMAC feature type. Once all data is modeled using the new feature type, the entry below should be removed.", -"DEPRECATED", -"A heliport is a small airport suitable only for use by helicopters.", -"A seaplane base is a special airport suitable for seaplanes.", -"An airbase (sometimes referred to correctly as an airfield, military airport, or Royal Air Force Station or Air Force Station) is a military airfield that provides basing and support of military aircraft.", -"", -"", -"The term \"enclosed traffic area\" is used extensively in Europe. It generally refers to a parking lot or other similar area through which traffic passes but are not generally considered to be a road. Another example is a piazza in an Italian town.", -"Establishment TYPE_PARKING is used for parking lots or garages. The actual feature type can be TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_GROUNDS or TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_BUILDING to distinguish between those.", -"", -"", -"In some country (like China), there will have a small area of housing development. Normally covers one or more city blocks.", -"In the Australian data we get bridges as POIs effectively. We'd like to include them so we can mapsearch for \"Sydney Harbour Bridge\" and others. Many other data sets have bridges modeled directly as segments, and so don't require this.", -"", -"In some countries historical objects are well known and important.", -"", -"Feature must be TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_GROUNDS.", -"These types, when used with appropriate feature type (TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_BUILDING, TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_GROUNDS) can refer to a single building or a residential area (respectively).", -"", -"", -"All multi-unit housing such as duplex, condominium, apartment belongs to this.", -"", -"", -"In Korea most toll booths have their own names, and are often used as reference points. If an importer generates TYPE_TOLL_BOOTH establishment features with exact positions and names, then mapsearch will index them. Also this can be used to render them.", -"", -"", -"An overpass, or flyover is a structure that passes over another road or railway.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Hierarchy of transit station types. See go/transit-schema for more details.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"featureId": { -"$ref": "GeostoreFeatureIdProto", -"description": "The GeoStore Feature ID for this feature. This value is also used as key into the feature pool from FeatureReference's." -}, -"kgReference": { -"$ref": "GeostoreKnowledgeGraphReferenceProto", -"description": "The reference to an entity in the KnowledgeGraph." -}, -"name": { -"description": "Each Featurelet includes the list of names that are associated with the corresponding GeoStore Feature.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GeostoreNameProto" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"populationRank": { -"description": "Copy of FeatureProto->RankDetailsProto->population_rank", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"rect": { -"$ref": "GeostoreRectProto", -"description": "The bounding box of this feature." -}, -"type": { -"description": "The GeoStore Feature type.", -"enum": [ -"TYPE_ANY", -"TYPE_TRANSPORTATION", -"TYPE_ROUTE", -"TYPE_DEPRECATED_HIGHWAY_DO_NOT_USE", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY_1", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY_2", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY_3", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY_4", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY_5", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY_6", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY_7", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY_8", -"TYPE_HIGHWAY_9", -"TYPE_BICYCLE_ROUTE", -"TYPE_TRAIL", -"TYPE_SEGMENT", -"TYPE_ROAD", -"TYPE_RAILWAY", -"TYPE_STANDARD_TRACK", -"TYPE_JR_TRACK", -"TYPE_NARROW_TRACK", -"TYPE_MONORAIL_TRACK", -"TYPE_SUBWAY_TRACK", -"TYPE_LIGHT_RAIL_TRACK", -"TYPE_BROAD_TRACK", -"TYPE_HIGH_SPEED_RAIL", -"TYPE_TROLLEY_TRACK", -"TYPE_FERRY", -"TYPE_FERRY_BOAT", -"TYPE_FERRY_TRAIN", -"TYPE_VIRTUAL_SEGMENT", -"TYPE_INTERSECTION", -"TYPE_TRANSIT", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_STATION", -"TYPE_BUS_STATION", -"TYPE_TRAMWAY_STATION", -"TYPE_TRAIN_STATION", -"TYPE_SUBWAY_STATION", -"TYPE_FERRY_TERMINAL", -"TYPE_AIRPORT", -"TYPE_AIRPORT_CIVIL", -"TYPE_AIRPORT_MILITARY", -"TYPE_AIRPORT_MIXED", -"TYPE_HELIPORT", -"TYPE_SEAPLANE_BASE", -"TYPE_AIRSTRIP", -"TYPE_CABLE_CAR_STATION", -"TYPE_GONDOLA_LIFT_STATION", -"TYPE_FUNICULAR_STATION", -"TYPE_SPECIAL_STATION", -"TYPE_HORSE_CARRIAGE_STATION", -"TYPE_MONORAIL_STATION", -"TYPE_SEAPORT", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_STOP", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_TRIP", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_DEPARTURE", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_LEG", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_LINE", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_AGENCY_DEPRECATED_VALUE", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_TRANSFER", -"TYPE_SEGMENT_PATH", -"TYPE_ROAD_SIGN", -"TYPE_INTERSECTION_GROUP", -"TYPE_PATHWAY", -"TYPE_RESTRICTION_GROUP", -"TYPE_TOLL_CLUSTER", -"TYPE_POLITICAL", -"TYPE_COUNTRY", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA1", -"TYPE_US_STATE", -"TYPE_GB_COUNTRY", -"TYPE_JP_TODOUFUKEN", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA2", -"TYPE_GB_FORMER_POSTAL_COUNTY", -"TYPE_GB_TRADITIONAL_COUNTY", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA3", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA4", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA5", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA6", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA7", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA8", -"TYPE_ADMINISTRATIVE_AREA9", -"TYPE_COLLOQUIAL_AREA", -"TYPE_RESERVATION", -"TYPE_LOCALITY", -"TYPE_GB_POST_TOWN", -"TYPE_JP_GUN", -"TYPE_JP_SHIKUCHOUSON", -"TYPE_JP_SUB_SHIKUCHOUSON", -"TYPE_COLLOQUIAL_CITY", -"TYPE_SUBLOCALITY", -"TYPE_US_BOROUGH", -"TYPE_GB_DEPENDENT_LOCALITY", -"TYPE_JP_OOAZA", -"TYPE_JP_KOAZA", -"TYPE_JP_GAIKU", -"TYPE_GB_DOUBLE_DEPENDENT_LOCALITY", -"TYPE_JP_CHIBAN", -"TYPE_JP_EDABAN", -"TYPE_SUBLOCALITY1", -"TYPE_SUBLOCALITY2", -"TYPE_SUBLOCALITY3", -"TYPE_SUBLOCALITY4", -"TYPE_SUBLOCALITY5", -"TYPE_NEIGHBORHOOD", -"TYPE_CONSTITUENCY", -"TYPE_DESIGNATED_MARKET_AREA", -"TYPE_SCHOOL_DISTRICT", -"TYPE_LAND_PARCEL", -"TYPE_DISPUTED_AREA", -"TYPE_POLICE_JURISDICTION", -"TYPE_STATISTICAL_AREA", -"TYPE_CONSTITUENCY_FUTURE", -"TYPE_PARK", -"TYPE_GOLF_COURSE", -"TYPE_LOCAL_PARK", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_PARK", -"TYPE_US_NATIONAL_PARK", -"TYPE_US_NATIONAL_MONUMENT", -"TYPE_NATIONAL_FOREST", -"TYPE_PROVINCIAL_PARK", -"TYPE_PROVINCIAL_FOREST", -"TYPE_CAMPGROUNDS", -"TYPE_HIKING_AREA", -"TYPE_BUSINESS", -"TYPE_GOVERNMENT", -"TYPE_BORDER_CROSSING", -"TYPE_CITY_HALL", -"TYPE_COURTHOUSE", -"TYPE_EMBASSY", -"TYPE_LIBRARY", -"TYPE_SCHOOL", -"TYPE_UNIVERSITY", -"TYPE_EMERGENCY", -"TYPE_HOSPITAL", -"TYPE_PHARMACY", -"TYPE_POLICE", -"TYPE_FIRE", -"TYPE_DOCTOR", -"TYPE_DENTIST", -"TYPE_VETERINARIAN", -"TYPE_TRAVEL_SERVICE", -"TYPE_LODGING", -"TYPE_RESTAURANT", -"TYPE_GAS_STATION", -"TYPE_PARKING", -"TYPE_POST_OFFICE", -"TYPE_REST_AREA", -"TYPE_CASH_MACHINE", -"TYPE_CAR_RENTAL", -"TYPE_CAR_REPAIR", -"TYPE_SHOPPING", -"TYPE_GROCERY", -"TYPE_TOURIST_DESTINATION", -"TYPE_ECO_TOURIST_DESTINATION", -"TYPE_BIRD_WATCHING", -"TYPE_FISHING", -"TYPE_HUNTING", -"TYPE_NATURE_RESERVE", -"TYPE_TEMPLE", -"TYPE_CHURCH", -"TYPE_GURUDWARA", -"TYPE_HINDU_TEMPLE", -"TYPE_MOSQUE", -"TYPE_SYNAGOGUE", -"TYPE_STADIUM", -"TYPE_BAR", -"TYPE_MOVIE_RENTAL", -"TYPE_COFFEE", -"TYPE_GOLF", -"TYPE_BANK", -"TYPE_DOODLE", -"TYPE_GROUNDS", -"TYPE_AIRPORT_GROUNDS", -"TYPE_BUILDING_GROUNDS", -"TYPE_CEMETERY", -"TYPE_HOSPITAL_GROUNDS", -"TYPE_INDUSTRIAL", -"TYPE_MILITARY", -"TYPE_SHOPPING_CENTER", -"TYPE_SPORTS_COMPLEX", -"TYPE_UNIVERSITY_GROUNDS", -"TYPE_DEPRECATED_TARMAC", -"TYPE_ENCLOSED_TRAFFIC_AREA", -"TYPE_PARKING_LOT", -"TYPE_PARKING_GARAGE", -"TYPE_OFF_ROAD_AREA", -"TYPE_BORDER", -"TYPE_BUILDING", -"TYPE_GEOCODED_ADDRESS", -"TYPE_NATURAL_FEATURE", -"TYPE_TERRAIN", -"TYPE_SAND", -"TYPE_BEACH", -"TYPE_DUNE", -"TYPE_ROCKY", -"TYPE_ICE", -"TYPE_GLACIER", -"TYPE_BUILT_UP_AREA", -"TYPE_VEGETATION", -"TYPE_SHRUBBERY", -"TYPE_WOODS", -"TYPE_AGRICULTURAL", -"TYPE_GRASSLAND", -"TYPE_TUNDRA", -"TYPE_DESERT", -"TYPE_SALT_FLAT", -"TYPE_WATER", -"TYPE_OCEAN", -"TYPE_BAY", -"TYPE_BIGHT", -"TYPE_LAGOON", -"TYPE_SEA", -"TYPE_STRAIT", -"TYPE_INLET", -"TYPE_FJORD", -"TYPE_LAKE", -"TYPE_SEASONAL_LAKE", -"TYPE_RESERVOIR", -"TYPE_POND", -"TYPE_RIVER", -"TYPE_RAPIDS", -"TYPE_DISTRIBUTARY", -"TYPE_CONFLUENCE", -"TYPE_WATERFALL", -"TYPE_SPRING", -"TYPE_GEYSER", -"TYPE_HOT_SPRING", -"TYPE_SEASONAL_RIVER", -"TYPE_WADI", -"TYPE_ESTUARY", -"TYPE_WETLAND", -"TYPE_WATER_NAVIGATION", -"TYPE_FORD", -"TYPE_CANAL", -"TYPE_HARBOR", -"TYPE_CHANNEL", -"TYPE_REEF", -"TYPE_REEF_FLAT", -"TYPE_REEF_GROWTH", -"TYPE_REEF_EXTENT", -"TYPE_REEF_ROCK_SUBMERGED", -"TYPE_IRRIGATION", -"TYPE_DAM", -"TYPE_DRINKING_WATER", -"TYPE_CURRENT", -"TYPE_WATERING_HOLE", -"TYPE_TECTONIC", -"TYPE_WATERING_HOLE_DEPRECATED", -"TYPE_VOLCANO", -"TYPE_LAVA_FIELD", -"TYPE_FISSURE", -"TYPE_FAULT", -"TYPE_LAND_MASS", -"TYPE_CONTINENT", -"TYPE_ISLAND", -"TYPE_ATOLL", -"TYPE_OCEAN_ROCK_EXPOSED", -"TYPE_CAY", -"TYPE_PENINSULA", -"TYPE_ISTHMUS", -"TYPE_ELEVATED", -"TYPE_PEAK", -"TYPE_NUNATAK", -"TYPE_SPUR", -"TYPE_PASS", -"TYPE_PLATEAU", -"TYPE_RIDGE", -"TYPE_RAVINE", -"TYPE_CRATER", -"TYPE_KARST", -"TYPE_CLIFF", -"TYPE_VISTA", -"TYPE_DIGITAL_ELEVATION_MODEL", -"TYPE_UPLAND", -"TYPE_TERRACE", -"TYPE_SLOPE", -"TYPE_CONTOUR_LINE", -"TYPE_PAN", -"TYPE_UNSTABLE_HILLSIDE", -"TYPE_MOUNTAIN_RANGE", -"TYPE_UNDERSEA", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_SEAMOUNT", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_RIDGE", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_GAP", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_PLATEAU", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_DEEP", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_VALLEY", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_BASIN", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_SLOPE", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_CLIFF", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_PLAIN", -"TYPE_SUBMARINE_FRACTURE_ZONE", -"TYPE_CAVE", -"TYPE_ROCK", -"TYPE_ARCHIPELAGO", -"TYPE_POSTAL", -"TYPE_POSTAL_CODE", -"TYPE_POSTAL_CODE_PREFIX", -"TYPE_PREMISE", -"TYPE_SUB_PREMISE", -"TYPE_SUITE", -"TYPE_POST_TOWN", -"TYPE_POSTAL_ROUND", -"TYPE_META_FEATURE", -"TYPE_DATA_SOURCE", -"TYPE_LOCALE", -"TYPE_TIMEZONE", -"TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN", -"TYPE_PHONE_NUMBER_PREFIX", -"TYPE_PHONE_NUMBER_AREA_CODE", -"TYPE_BUSINESS_CORRIDOR", -"TYPE_ADDRESS_TEMPLATE", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_AGENCY", -"TYPE_FUTURE_GEOMETRY", -"TYPE_EVENT", -"TYPE_EARTHQUAKE", -"TYPE_HURRICANE", -"TYPE_WEATHER_CONDITION", -"TYPE_TRANSIENT", -"TYPE_ENTRANCE", -"TYPE_CARTOGRAPHIC", -"TYPE_HIGH_TENSION", -"TYPE_SKI_TRAIL", -"TYPE_SKI_LIFT", -"TYPE_SKI_BOUNDARY", -"TYPE_WATERSHED_BOUNDARY", -"TYPE_TARMAC", -"TYPE_WALL", -"TYPE_PICNIC_AREA", -"TYPE_PLAY_GROUND", -"TYPE_TRAIL_HEAD", -"TYPE_GOLF_TEEING_GROUND", -"TYPE_GOLF_PUTTING_GREEN", -"TYPE_GOLF_ROUGH", -"TYPE_GOLF_SAND_BUNKER", -"TYPE_GOLF_FAIRWAY", -"TYPE_GOLF_HOLE", -"TYPE_DEPRECATED_GOLF_SHOP", -"TYPE_CAMPING_SITE", -"TYPE_DESIGNATED_BARBECUE_PIT", -"TYPE_DESIGNATED_COOKING_AREA", -"TYPE_CAMPFIRE_PIT", -"TYPE_WATER_FOUNTAIN", -"TYPE_LITTER_RECEPTACLE", -"TYPE_LOCKER_AREA", -"TYPE_ANIMAL_ENCLOSURE", -"TYPE_CARTOGRAPHIC_LINE", -"TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT", -"TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_GROUNDS", -"TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_BUILDING", -"TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_POI", -"TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_SERVICE", -"TYPE_CELESTIAL", -"TYPE_ROAD_MONITOR", -"TYPE_PUBLIC_SPACES_AND_MONUMENTS", -"TYPE_STATUE", -"TYPE_TOWN_SQUARE", -"TYPE_LEVEL", -"TYPE_COMPOUND", -"TYPE_COMPOUND_GROUNDS", -"TYPE_COMPOUND_BUILDING", -"TYPE_COMPOUND_SECTION", -"TYPE_TERMINAL_POINT", -"TYPE_REGULATED_AREA", -"TYPE_LOGICAL_BORDER", -"TYPE_GCONCEPT_ONLY", -"TYPE_DO_NOT_USE_RESERVED_TO_CATCH_GENERATED_FILES", -"TYPE_UNKNOWN" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -false, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -false, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"ABSTRACT", -"ABSTRACT", -"A route is any section of road (or rails, etc.) that has a name. This includes city streets as well as highways. Road segments can belong to multiple routes (e.g. El Camino, CA-82).", -"DEPRECATED", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"A designated bicycle route, whose segments may consist of any combination of bicycle paths, bicycle lanes, or city streets.", -"A designated trail, which may consist of paved walkways, dirt paths, fire road, streets or highways, etc.", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"Railroads use several different incompatible track types.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Tracks for streetcars, cable-cars, etc. Ferries are services that are part of the road network but are not roads. They typically involve fares and scheduled departure times.", -"ABSTRACT", -"The vast majority of ferries are ferry boats.", -"Also called a \"car transport\", a ferry train is a rail service that carries passengers and their vehicles across undrivable terrain. The Channel Tunnel (\"Chunnel\") is the most famous example, but they are also common in the Alps where they connect neighboring valleys otherwise separated by impassable mountains.", -"Any plausible 1-dimensional path through a 2+ dimensional space, for the purposes of making graph-search-based routing possible. Such segments can be used to model paths through parking lots, squares, floors of buildings and other areas.", -"An intersection consists of a collection of segments that terminate at the same location. This is topological definition: it may not match what a typical user would think of as an \"intersection\". See TYPE_INTERSECTION_GROUP, below, for more information. Each segment terminating at an intersection has an \"endpoint type\" that specifies how that segment is terminated: stop sign, yield sign, three-way light, etc.", -"ABSTRACT", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"A transit line is a collection of transit legs, associated with some invariant properties of the trips that run over the legs. See also transitline.proto", -"TYPE_TRANSIT_AGENCY was moved to 0xC91. This deprecated enum value still exists for debugging purposes only.", -"DEPRECATED", -"ABSTRACT", -"Road sign features have names, point geometry, etc. They also have segment_path data (see below) which lists the segments that refer to the sign. See segment.proto for the reference from the segment to the road sign.", -"Our TYPE_INTERSECTION feature, above, models the point where one or more segments terminate. This is topological definition: it may not match what a typical user would think of as an \"intersection\". Consider the intersections where Hayes, Market, Larkin, and 9th Street meet near (37.77765, -122.41638) in San Francisco. Most people would probably consider this a single feature, even though we model it as four separate TYPE_INTERSECTION features. This TYPE_INTERSECTION_GROUP is used to model the user's concept of a complex intersection.", -"RESERVED", -"A restriction group describes a set of segment restrictions that belong together and have a name or an associated event. See also restriction_group.proto", -"DEPRECATED", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"ABSTRACT", -"", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"e.g. Silicon Valley", -"A reservation is a region collectively held or governed by indigenous people and officially recognized by the country\u2019s government at the federal or state level. A reservation may be fully contained within an administrative feature or partially contained within two or more. These regions are referred to by different categorical names depending on country and even by state, including but not limited to: \u201cIndian Reservations\u201d, \u201cIndian Reserves\u201d, \u201cLand Claim Settlement Lands\u201d, \u201cIndian Lands\u201d, \u201cTreaty Lands\u201d, \u201cIndigenous Territories\u201d, etc. A reservation is not a historic indigenous territory boundary or a region which has applied for land rights but has not yet received official recognition.", -"", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"An entity widely considered to be a city, that may itself be made up of smaller political entities, some of which are cities/towns/villages themselves. For example, the colloquial view of Sydney, Australia actually comprises many smaller cities, but is regarded as a city itself. This type is not suitable for modeling official metro-/micropolitan or other statistical areas.", -"ABSTRACT", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Designated Market Areas (or DMAs) are used by marketing and ratings companies (such as the Nielsen Media Research company) to describe geographical regions (such as the greater New York metropolitan area) that are covered by a set of television stations. (See http://www.schooldata.com/pdfs/DMA.pdf) In the United States, DMAs should have a DMA numeric ID name, tagged with the FLAG_DESIGNATED_MARKET_AREA_ID flag.", -"", -"", -"Eventually we'll have more data for disputed areas (e.g., who makes claims on the area, who has de facto control, etc.). For the moment, we just define a type so we can simply mark areas as disputed.", -"Boundaries representing the jurisdiction of a particular police station.", -"An area used for aggregating statistical data, eg, a census region. Note that TYPE_STATISTICAL_AREA has a third nibble so we can add an abstract parent above it later if need be at 0x2E1 (and rename TYPE_STATISTICAL_AREA as TYPE_STATISTICAL_AREA1).", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"A line representing the boundary between two features. See border.proto for details.", -"DEPRECATED", -"An association of a point with an address, with no other information.", -"ABSTRACT", -"Expanses of land that share common surface attributes. These areas would look more or less uniform from a high altitude.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Terrain that looks populated.", -"Terrain that is covered in vegetation.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"A flat expanse of salt left by the evaporation of a body of salt water.", -"Features can be TYPE_WATER if we don't have enough information to properly type the body of water. TYPE_WATER is also used as the type for child features that compose a TYPE_RIVER feature.", -"One of the large salt-water bodies that covers most of the globe.", -"An ocean subdivision formed by a coastal indentation. Includes coves and gulfs.", -"An open body of water formed by a slight coastal indentation.", -"", -"An ocean subdivision more or less confined by land and islands.", -"A long narrow ocean subdivision. Includes sounds.", -"", -"", -"An inland body of standing water.", -"A lake that dries up part of the year.", -"An artificial body of water, possibly created by a dam, often used for irrigation or house use.", -"", -"An inland body of moving water, or parts associated with it in which there is little or no current (backwater).", -"", -"A branch which flows away from the main river. Includes deltas.", -"A place where two or more rivers join.", -"", -"A place where ground water flows naturally out of the ground.", -"", -"", -"A river that dries up part of the year.", -"A dry riverbed that occasionally receives flashfloods.", -"A place at the end of a river where fresh and salt water mix. Includes tidal creeks and limans.", -"Land that is usually flooded. Includes bogs, marshes, flats, moors, and swamps.", -"", -"A shallow place where water may be waded through.", -"A narrow passage used by boats. Normally artificial.", -"A deep place near a shore where ships commonly drop anchor.", -"A deep part in a body of water that is suitable for navigation. Includes narrows.", -"Rocks, coral, sandbars, or other features beneath the surface of the water that pose a hazard to passing ships. Includes shoals.", -"A relatively shallow zone of the back reef located closest to the shore, that may be exposed at low tide.", -"A small section of rocks, coral, sandbars, or other features beneath the surface of the water that forms part of a reef.", -"The full extent of the reef complex.", -"A submerged rock in the water.", -"Man-made (and sometimes natural) channels used to move water. This type was used for both dam structures and water that is hold back by dams. We should use TYPE_COMPOUND_BUILDING for dam structures and TYPE_RESERVOIR for water.", -"DEPRECATED", -"", -"Includes overfalls.", -"A natural depression filled with water where animals come to drink.", -"This type is incorrectly under TYPE_TECTONIC instead of TYPE_WATER. This was a mistake and is now fixed. See TYPE_WATERING_HOLE for the replacement.", -"DEPRECATED", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"An exposed rock in the water.", -"A small, low-elevation, sandy island formed on the surface of coral reefs", -"A stretch of land projecting into water. Includes capes and spits.", -"A strip of land connecting two larger land masses, such as continents.", -"Features that are notable for being high (or low), or for having sudden changes in elevation. These features might have an \"elevation\" extension to specify the actual elevation. See ElevationProto for more information.", -"Elevations that have a distinctive peak.", -"A peak or ridge of a mountain that extends through a glacier.", -"A subsidiary peak of a mountain.", -"A route over an otherwise difficult to traverse feature. Includes saddle.", -"Elevations that are flat on top. Includes mesas and buttes.", -"A ridge is a geographical feature consisting of a chain of mountains or hills that form a continuous elevated crest with a single ridgeline for some distance.", -"Steep declines usually carved by erosion. Includes valleys, canyons, ditches, and gorges.", -"Depressions causes by impact, explosion, and sometimes sink-holes.", -"Topography formed on limestone and gypsum by dissolution with sinkholes, caves, etc.", -"A vertical or nearly vertical slope. Includes escarpments.", -"An elevated place that is notable for having a good view. Raster digital elevation data. This is not a type to be used by providers or consumed by clients.", -"RESERVED", -"Land along streams higher than the alluvial plain or stream terrace.", -"", -"Land not so steep as a cliff, but changing elevation. Includes slides.", -"All the points on the polygon are at the same elevation.", -"A near-level shallow, natural depression or basin, usually containing an intermittent lake, pond, or pool.", -"", -"A series of mountains or hills ranged in a line and connected by high ground. Mountain ranges usually consist of many smaller ridges. For example, the Himalayas, the Andes. the Alps, etc.", -"Features that are notable for being high (or low), or for having sudden changes in elevation. These features might have an \"elevation\" extension to specify the actual elevation. See ElevationProto for more information.", -"includes peaks, ranges, and spurs", -"", -"includes saddles", -"", -"", -"includes trenches and troughs", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Don't use 0xA7. Use 8 bits for additional types under TYPE_NATURAL_FEATURE, so we don't run out of space. The following are miscellaneous natural features that don't fit any of the categories above.", -"", -"A feature representing a group or chain of islands. ", -"ABSTRACT", -"This is the type for postal codes which are complete and independent enough that there should be a feature for them (e.g. US 5-digit ZIP codes). For even more detailed suffixes that further subdivide a postal code (such as the +4 component in US ZIP codes), store the information in a TYPE_POSTAL_CODE_SUFFIX address component. When a range or set of postal codes share the same geographical area, e.g. because a precise subdivision does not exist or this subdivision is unknown, this type is used for each individual postal code.", -"A prefix portion of a postal code which does not meet the requirements for TYPE_POSTAL_CODE, but which is useful to search for, for example UK outcodes.", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED This is deprecated and we want to use TYPE_COMPOUND_SECTION instead.", -"DEPRECATED", -"The term \"post town\" is used for a locality-like-entity that is only used for postal addresses.", -"DEPRECATED", -"ABSTRACT", -"Every data source used in constructing a data repository has a corresponding feature that provides more information about that data source. The extra information is stored in the optional data_source field below.", -"A locale feature provides region specific conventions such as preferred language and formatting details for time, date, and currency values. Locales aren't necessary defined by physical geographic features, so they are classified as meta-features.", -"A timezone feature is used to specify the region covering an international timezone. When a point is covered by multiple timezone features, the most specific one can be used to compute the local time at this point. Most specific implies a much smaller region or the one that is closer to the center. A feature's timezone can be specified in the repeated related_timezone field.", -"A business chain feature is used to represent a chain, e.g. Starbucks, McDonald's, etc. Other features representing specific stores/franchises of this chain may refer to one such feature via RELATION_MEMBER_OF_CHAIN. This is not strictly reserved to commercial chains but can also be used to model organizations such as the Red Cross or the United Nations.", -"A phone number prefix feature is used to specify the region where phone numbers (typically fixed-line numbers) must begin with a certain prefix. Any phone number prefix down to any level of granularity could be represented by this type.", -"A phone number area code is a prefix which also coincides with the area code, or national destination code, of a particular region.", -"A Business Corridor is a dense cluster of semantically similar establishments. TYPE_BUSINESS_CORRIDOR features are distinguished from TYPE_COLLOQUIAL_AREA features because the corridors are not under the political hierarchy, are allowed to be nameless, and may not correspond to well-known real world locations. For more details, see go/geo-corridors-schema.", -"An address template feature provides region-specific conventions for structuring addresses. These features aren't necessarily defined by physical geographic features, so they are classified as meta-features.", -"A transit agency operates a number of lines, typically all in the same city, region or country. See also transitagency.proto", -"A feature whose geometry is planned to replace the geometry on another feature.", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"RESERVED", -"A portal of entry or exit to another feature. Examples: - Subway station entrance. - Parking lot entrance.", -"Cartographic features are used to capture real-world objects for which there is no current desire to model any specific attributes. These are only useful to make the map tiles look pretty.", -"DEPRECATED", -"Also see skitrail.proto", -"Also see skilift.proto", -"Also see skiboundary.proto", -"", -"Starting with TYPE_TARMAC, we use longer IDs, so that we can expand the number of feature types under TYPE_CARTOGRAPHIC.", -"Use TYPE_COMPOUND_GROUND and appropriate gcids for the next two.", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"", -"Sub-types within a golf course.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Use TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_POI and gcid:golf_shop for golf shops instead.", -"DEPRECATED", -"DEPRECATED", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"Subtype within a zoo - a cage or fenced-off or otherwise delineated area containing animals.", -"A line for a cartographic detail. For example the international date line. Such features should have polyline geometry.", -"ABSTRACT This type is being replaced by TYPE_COMPOUND_GROUNDS. For further details, see go/compounds-v2", -"DEPRECATED This type has been replaced by TYPE_COMPOUND_BUILDING. For further details, see go/oyster-compounds", -"DEPRECATED", -"An establishment that has a physical location. Note that it *may* also have a service area (e.g. a restaurant that offers both dine-in and delivery). This type of business is also known as a \"hybrid\" Service Area Business. Establishment POIs can be referenced by TYPE_COMPOUND features using the RELATION_PRIMARILY_OCCUPIED_BY. This is the reciprocal relation of the RELATION_OCCUPIES.", -"NOTE(tcain): Using value 0xD441, since we could find ourselves with a need to differentiate service areas from online-only at this level in the future, but still benefit from being able to group those under a common parent, disjoint from TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_POI.", -"The root of types of features that are in the sky, rather than on the earth. There will eventually be a hierarchy of types here.", -"Features responsible for monitoring traffic on roads (usually for speed). Includes cameras at particular points as well as monitors that cover larger spans. Features of this type should have a corresponding gcid that specifies the correct subtype (e.g. gcid:road_camera or gcid:speed_camera_zone). This type was originally named as TYPE_ROAD_CAMERA.", -"ABSTRACT", -"Note that this type does not distinguish the nature of the statue (religious, historical, memorial, tourist, ...).", -"Open space used for events, gathering, or as market-place.", -"A feature used to represent a logical level, e.g. floor.", -"ABSTRACT", -"e.g. campus, compound, parcel.", -"e.g. single family dwelling, office building.", -"e.g. suite, room, hallway, cubicle.", -"A terminal point represents a good location for a user to meet a taxi, ridesharing vehicle, or general driver.", -"An area controlled in some way by an authoritative source, such as a government-designated COVID containment zone or an area under government sanctions. Features of this type should have one or more gcids corresponding to their specific regulation, and client handling of these features may vary based on the type of regulation.", -"A grouping of TYPE_BORDER features (\"border segments\"), which together represent a border between two features of the same type.", -"A generic feature type for any geo-type that cannot be modeled under existing feature types. No new feature type should be created within feature proto after this type.", -"DEPRECATED", -"A feature of completely unknown type. This should only be used when absolutely necessary. One example in which this type is useful is in the Chinese importer, which must heuristically segment addresses into components - it often does not know what types to make those components. Please note that the Oyster address formatter does not currently support address components of TYPE_UNKNOWN well." -], +"startTimeDay": { +"description": "Day start time at user's timezone.", +"type": "string" +}, +"startTimeHourAndMinute": { +"description": "Hour and minute of the start time at the user's timezone.", +"type": "string" +}, +"startTimeInMillis": { +"description": "Start time in milliseconds.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"LocationUnifiedPersonalizedLocationAttributes": { -"description": "*************************************************************************** PROTO BELOW IS FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY. IT MAY CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE, SO EVERYONE OUTSIDE OF oolong-team@ IS STRONGLY DISCOURAGED FROM USING IT. CODE STILL DOING SO WILL BE BROKEN WITHOUT NOTICE. *************************************************************************** Internal Oolong-specific personalized location attributes. Next Id: 11.", -"id": "LocationUnifiedPersonalizedLocationAttributes", +"EnumOperatorOptions": { +"description": "Used to provide a search operator for enum properties. This is optional. Search operators let users restrict the query to specific fields relevant to the type of item being searched. For example, if you provide no operator for a *priority* enum property with possible values *p0* and *p1*, a query that contains the term *p0* returns items that have *p0* as the value of the *priority* property, as well as any items that contain the string *p0* in other fields. If you provide an operator name for the enum, such as *priority*, then search users can use that operator to refine results to only items that have *p0* as this property's value, with the query *priority:p0*.", +"id": "EnumOperatorOptions", "properties": { -"anySupportingDays": { -"description": "Number of days the location was supported by any 'physical presence'-like or 'explicit-interest'-like location.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"operatorName": { +"description": "Indicates the operator name required in the query in order to isolate the enum property. For example, if operatorName is *priority* and the property's name is *priorityVal*, then queries like *priority:* show results only where the value of the property named *priorityVal* matches **. By contrast, a search that uses the same ** without an operator returns all items where ** matches the value of any String properties or text within the content field for the item. The operator name can only contain lowercase letters (a-z). The maximum length is 32 characters.", +"type": "string" +} }, -"eiDailyVisits": { -"description": "Binary mask representing \"explicit-interest\" daily visits in the location. EVAL-ONLY, NEVER POPULATED IN PRODUCTION OR LOGS.", -"format": "uint32", -"type": "integer" +"type": "object" }, -"ppDailyVisits": { -"description": "Binary mask representing \"physical-presence\" daily visits in the location. EVAL-ONLY, NEVER POPULATED IN PRODUCTION OR LOGS.", -"format": "uint32", -"type": "integer" +"EnumPropertyOptions": { +"description": "The options for enum properties, which allow you to define a restricted set of strings to match user queries, set rankings for those string values, and define an operator name to be paired with those strings so that users can narrow results to only items with a specific value. For example, for items in a request tracking system with priority information, you could define *p0* as an allowable enum value and tie this enum to the operator name *priority* so that search users could add *priority:p0* to their query to restrict the set of results to only those items indexed with the value *p0*.", +"id": "EnumPropertyOptions", +"properties": { +"operatorOptions": { +"$ref": "EnumOperatorOptions", +"description": "If set, describes how the enum should be used as a search operator." }, -"ppSupportingDays": { -"description": "Number of days the location was supported by any 'physical presence'-like location.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"orderedRanking": { +"description": "Used to specify the ordered ranking for the enumeration that determines how the integer values provided in the possible EnumValuePairs are used to rank results. If specified, integer values must be provided for all possible EnumValuePair values given for this property. Can only be used if isRepeatable is false.", +"enum": [ +"NO_ORDER", +"ASCENDING", +"DESCENDING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"There is no ranking order for the property. Results aren't adjusted by this property's value.", +"This property is ranked in ascending order. Lower values indicate lower ranking.", +"This property is ranked in descending order. Lower values indicate higher ranking." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"possibleValues": { +"description": "The list of possible values for the enumeration property. All EnumValuePairs must provide a string value. If you specify an integer value for one EnumValuePair, then all possible EnumValuePairs must provide an integer value. Both the string value and integer value must be unique over all possible values. Once set, possible values cannot be removed or modified. If you supply an ordered ranking and think you might insert additional enum values in the future, leave gaps in the initial integer values to allow adding a value in between previously registered values. The maximum number of elements is 100.", +"items": { +"$ref": "EnumValuePair" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" }, -"ppSupportingWeeks": { -"description": "Number of weeks the location was supported by any 'physical presence'-like location.", +"EnumValuePair": { +"description": "The enumeration value pair defines two things: a required string value and an optional integer value. The string value defines the necessary query term required to retrieve that item, such as *p0* for a priority item. The integer value determines the ranking of that string value relative to other enumerated values for the same property. For example, you might associate *p0* with *0* and define another enum pair such as *p1* and *1*. You must use the integer value in combination with ordered ranking to set the ranking of a given value relative to other enumerated values for the same property name. Here, a ranking order of DESCENDING for *priority* properties results in a ranking boost for items indexed with a value of *p0* compared to items indexed with a value of *p1*. Without a specified ranking order, the integer value has no effect on item ranking.", +"id": "EnumValuePair", +"properties": { +"integerValue": { +"description": "The integer value of the EnumValuePair which must be non-negative. Optional.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, -"supportingPackedIpRanges": { -"description": "IP ranges that the location was supported by.", +"stringValue": { +"description": "The string value of the EnumValuePair. The maximum length is 32 characters.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"EnumValues": { +"description": "List of enum values.", +"id": "EnumValues", +"properties": { +"values": { +"description": "The maximum allowable length for string values is 32 characters.", "items": { -"format": "byte", "type": "string" }, "type": "array" @@ -19226,1456 +4779,1542 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"LocationUnifiedPolicyResult": { -"description": "PolicyResult contains all the data that is computed based on the classifier policy for a location.", -"id": "LocationUnifiedPolicyResult", +"ErrorInfo": { +"description": "Error information about the response.", +"id": "ErrorInfo", "properties": { -"confidenceRects": { +"errorMessages": { "items": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedPolicyResultConfidenceRect" +"$ref": "ErrorMessage" }, "type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"LocationUnifiedPolicyResultConfidenceRect": { -"id": "LocationUnifiedPolicyResultConfidenceRect", +"ErrorMessage": { +"description": "Error message per source response.", +"id": "ErrorMessage", "properties": { -"confidence": { -"description": "Confidence in the range [0, 100].", +"errorMessage": { +"type": "string" +}, +"source": { +"$ref": "Source" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"FacetBucket": { +"description": "A bucket in a facet is the basic unit of operation. A bucket can comprise either a single value OR a contiguous range of values, depending on the type of the field bucketed. FacetBucket is currently used only for returning the response object.", +"id": "FacetBucket", +"properties": { +"count": { +"description": "Number of results that match the bucket value. Counts are only returned for searches when count accuracy is ensured. Cloud Search does not guarantee facet counts for any query and facet counts might be present only intermittently, even for identical queries. Do not build dependencies on facet count existence; instead use facet ount percentages which are always returned.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"filter": { +"$ref": "Filter", +"description": "Filter to be passed in the search request if the corresponding bucket is selected." +}, +"percentage": { +"description": "Percent of results that match the bucket value. The returned value is between (0-100], and is rounded down to an integer if fractional. If the value is not explicitly returned, it represents a percentage value that rounds to 0. Percentages are returned for all searches, but are an estimate. Because percentages are always returned, you should render percentages instead of counts.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, -"rect": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedLatLngRect", -"description": "The bounding box that we believe is certain with probability given by confidence." +"value": { +"$ref": "Value" } }, "type": "object" }, -"LocationUnifiedPresenceInterval": { -"description": "Next ID: 4.", -"id": "LocationUnifiedPresenceInterval", +"FacetOptions": { +"description": "Specifies operators to return facet results for. There will be one FacetResult for every source_name/object_type/operator_name combination.", +"id": "FacetOptions", "properties": { -"confidence": { -"description": "Probability of presence as a percentage in [0, 100].", -"format": "uint32", +"integerFacetingOptions": { +"$ref": "IntegerFacetingOptions", +"description": "If set, describes integer faceting options for the given integer property. The corresponding integer property in the schema should be marked isFacetable. The number of buckets returned would be minimum of this and num_facet_buckets." +}, +"numFacetBuckets": { +"description": "Maximum number of facet buckets that should be returned for this facet. Defaults to 10. Maximum value is 100.", +"format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, -"durationSec": { -"description": "Interval duration in seconds.", -"format": "uint64", +"objectType": { +"description": "If object_type is set, only those objects of that type will be used to compute facets. If empty, then all objects will be used to compute facets.", "type": "string" }, -"startOffsetSec": { -"description": "Start of the interval as the number of seconds from the time of the location.", -"format": "uint64", +"operatorName": { +"description": "The name of the operator chosen for faceting. @see cloudsearch.SchemaPropertyOptions", +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceName": { +"description": "Source name to facet on. Format: datasources/{source_id} If empty, all data sources will be used.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"LocationUnifiedSemanticPlace": { -"description": "Semantic location information from HULK Next Id: 6", -"id": "LocationUnifiedSemanticPlace", +"FacetResult": { +"description": "Source specific facet response", +"id": "FacetResult", "properties": { -"confidence": { -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN_CONFIDENCE", -"LOW_CONFIDENCE", -"MEDIUM_CONFIDENCE", -"HIGH_CONFIDENCE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"" -], +"buckets": { +"description": "FacetBuckets for values in response containing at least a single result with the corresponding filter.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FacetBucket" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"objectType": { +"description": "Object type for which facet results are returned. Can be empty.", "type": "string" }, -"featureId": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedFeatureIdProto", -"description": "The feature id of the semantic location POI" +"operatorName": { +"description": "The name of the operator chosen for faceting. @see cloudsearch.SchemaPropertyOptions", +"type": "string" }, -"gconceptInstance": { -"description": "Geo Ontology GConcept Instances of the semantic location", -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedSemanticPlaceGConceptInstanceProto" +"sourceName": { +"description": "Source name for which facet results are returned. Will not be empty.", +"type": "string" +} }, -"type": "array" +"type": "object" }, -"score": { -"description": "The probability the user is at this place in [0 100].", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" +"FieldViolation": { +"id": "FieldViolation", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "The description of the error.", +"type": "string" }, -"source": { -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"HAPPY_HOUR", -"HULK_REAL_TIME", -"ANDROID_CONTEXT" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"" -], +"field": { +"description": "Path of field with violation.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Filter": { +"description": "A generic way of expressing filters in a query, which supports two approaches: **1. Setting a ValueFilter.** The name must match an operator_name defined in the schema for your data source. **2. Setting a CompositeFilter.** The filters are evaluated using the logical operator. The top-level operators can only be either an AND or a NOT. AND can appear only at the top-most level. OR can appear only under a top-level AND.", +"id": "Filter", +"properties": { +"compositeFilter": { +"$ref": "CompositeFilter" +}, +"valueFilter": { +"$ref": "ValueFilter" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"FilterOptions": { +"description": "Filter options to be applied on query.", +"id": "FilterOptions", +"properties": { +"filter": { +"$ref": "Filter", +"description": "Generic filter to restrict the search, such as `lang:en`, `site:xyz`." +}, +"objectType": { +"description": "If object_type is set, only objects of that type are returned. This should correspond to the name of the object that was registered within the definition of schema. The maximum length is 256 characters.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"LocationUnifiedSemanticPlaceGConceptInstanceProto": { -"description": "A GConceptInstance (gcid), copied from geostore.GConceptInstanceProto. Copy is needed because - LocationDescriptor is used publicly, therefore should not have internal dependencies. - GConceptInstanceProto uses js_proto build rules which are incompatible with closure_js_proto_library rules.", -"id": "LocationUnifiedSemanticPlaceGConceptInstanceProto", +"FreshnessOptions": { +"description": "Indicates which freshness property to use when adjusting search ranking for an item. Fresher, more recent dates indicate higher quality. Use the freshness option property that best works with your data. For fileshare documents, last modified time is most relevant. For calendar event data, the time when the event occurs is a more relevant freshness indicator. In this way, calendar events that occur closer to the time of the search query are considered higher quality and ranked accordingly.", +"id": "FreshnessOptions", "properties": { -"gconceptId": { +"freshnessDuration": { +"description": "The duration after which an object should be considered stale. The default value is 180 days (in seconds).", +"format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, -"prominence": { -"enum": [ -"NON_PRIMARY", -"PRIMARY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"not a prominent GConcept", -"the most prominent GConcept" -], +"freshnessProperty": { +"description": "This property indicates the freshness level of the object in the index. If set, this property must be a top-level property within the property definitions and it must be a timestamp type or date type. Otherwise, the Indexing API uses updateTime as the freshness indicator. The maximum length is 256 characters. When a property is used to calculate freshness, the value defaults to 2 years from the current time.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GSuitePrincipal": { +"id": "GSuitePrincipal", +"properties": { +"gsuiteDomain": { +"description": "This principal represents all users of the Google Workspace domain of the customer.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"gsuiteGroupEmail": { +"description": "This principal references a Google Workspace group name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"gsuiteUserEmail": { +"description": "This principal references a Google Workspace user account.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GetCustomerIndexStatsResponse": { +"id": "GetCustomerIndexStatsResponse", +"properties": { +"averageIndexedItemCount": { +"description": "Average item count for the given date range for which billing is done.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" +}, +"stats": { +"description": "Summary of indexed item counts, one for each day in the requested range.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CustomerIndexStats" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"LocationUnifiedVisibleNetwork": { -"description": "VisibleNetwork describes a location by providing the details of one of the networks visible at that location. GLS can be used to geocode a set of VisibleNetworks into a location, as explained in go/gls-in-gws. Currently only WiFi and cell networks are supported, but the message could be extended to support additional network types (e.g. bluetooth beacons, etc) in the future. Next Id: 5", -"id": "LocationUnifiedVisibleNetwork", +"GetCustomerQueryStatsResponse": { +"id": "GetCustomerQueryStatsResponse", "properties": { -"cell": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedVisibleNetworkCell" +"stats": { +"items": { +"$ref": "CustomerQueryStats" }, -"connected": { -"description": "True if the user's device is currently connected to the network.", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "array" }, -"timestampMs": { -"description": "The timestamp of this network. That is when this network was detected, expressed as the number of milliseconds since unix epoch. If not set, assumed to be \"now\" or irrelevant.", +"totalQueryCount": { +"description": "Total successful query count (status code 200) for the given date range.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" -}, -"wifi": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedVisibleNetworkWiFi" } }, "type": "object" }, -"LocationUnifiedVisibleNetworkCell": { -"description": "Definition derived from https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/geolocation/intro#cell_tower_object Next Id: 9", -"id": "LocationUnifiedVisibleNetworkCell", +"GetCustomerSearchApplicationStatsResponse": { +"description": "Response format for search application stats for a customer.", +"id": "GetCustomerSearchApplicationStatsResponse", "properties": { -"cellId": { -"description": "For GSM, LTE and WCDMA networks, this field holds the cell ID of the network. For CDMA networks, this field holds the base station ID of the network.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"locationAreaCode": { -"description": "For GSM and WCDMA networks, this field holds the location area code of the network. For LTE networks, this field used to hold the tracking area code of the network, but this usage has been deprecated, and that value should now be provided through tracking_area_code. For CDMA networks, this field holds the network ID of the network.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"mobileCountryCode": { -"description": "The mobile country code of the network.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"averageSearchApplicationCount": { +"description": "Average search application count for the given date range.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" }, -"mobileNetworkCode": { -"description": "The mobile network code of the network.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"stats": { +"description": "Search application stats by date.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CustomerSearchApplicationStats" }, -"physicalCellId": { -"description": "Only set for LTE networks for which this field holds the physical cell ID.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"type": "array" +} }, -"primaryScramblingCode": { -"description": "Only set for WCDMA networks for which this field holds the primary scrambling code of the network.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"type": "object" }, -"trackingAreaCode": { -"description": "Only set for LTE networks for which this field holds the tracking area code.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"GetCustomerSessionStatsResponse": { +"id": "GetCustomerSessionStatsResponse", +"properties": { +"stats": { +"items": { +"$ref": "CustomerSessionStats" }, -"type": { -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"GSM", -"LTE", -"CDMA", -"WCDMA" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"LocationUnifiedVisibleNetworkWiFi": { -"description": "Definition derived from https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/geolocation/intro#wifi_access_point_object Next Id: 3", -"id": "LocationUnifiedVisibleNetworkWiFi", +"GetCustomerUserStatsResponse": { +"id": "GetCustomerUserStatsResponse", "properties": { -"bssid": { -"description": "The BSSID of the network (i.e. MAC address of the access point).", -"type": "string" +"stats": { +"items": { +"$ref": "CustomerUserStats" }, -"levelDbm": { -"description": "The signal level of the network in dBm (RSSI).", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"MapInfo": { -"description": "Geo information used for rendering a map that shows the user's work location.", -"id": "MapInfo", +"GetDataSourceIndexStatsResponse": { +"id": "GetDataSourceIndexStatsResponse", "properties": { -"lat": { -"description": "Latitude in degrees", -"format": "double", -"type": "number" +"averageIndexedItemCount": { +"description": "Average item count for the given date range for which billing is done.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" }, -"locationUrl": { -"$ref": "SafeUrlProto", -"description": "URL to a view of a map centered on the user's work location in Campus Maps (for google.com) or Google Maps (external)." +"stats": { +"description": "Summary of indexed item counts, one for each day in the requested range.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DataSourceIndexStats" }, -"long": { -"description": "Longitude in degrees", -"format": "double", -"type": "number" +"type": "array" +} }, -"mapTile": { -"description": "MapTiles for the area around a user's work location", +"type": "object" +}, +"GetSearchApplicationQueryStatsResponse": { +"description": "Response format for getting query stats for a search application between given dates.", +"id": "GetSearchApplicationQueryStatsResponse", +"properties": { +"stats": { +"description": "Query stats per date for a search application.", "items": { -"$ref": "MapTile" +"$ref": "SearchApplicationQueryStats" }, "type": "array" }, -"zoom": { -"description": "The zoom level of the map. A constant zoom value of 18 is used for now to match the zoom of the map shown on a Moma Teams Profile page", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"totalQueryCount": { +"description": "Total successful query count (status code 200) for the given date range.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"MapTile": { -"description": "Information used to render a map tile image in the proper location on a map.", -"id": "MapTile", +"GetSearchApplicationSessionStatsResponse": { +"id": "GetSearchApplicationSessionStatsResponse", "properties": { -"imageUrl": { -"$ref": "SafeUrlProto", -"description": "URL to an image file containing an office layout of the user's location for their organization, if one is available. For google.com, this image is from Corp Campus Maps." -}, -"tileX": { -"description": "Map tile x coordinate", -"format": "double", -"type": "number" +"stats": { +"items": { +"$ref": "SearchApplicationSessionStats" }, -"tileY": { -"description": "Map tile y coordinate", -"format": "double", -"type": "number" +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"MatchRange": { -"description": "Matched range of a snippet [start, end).", -"id": "MatchRange", +"GetSearchApplicationUserStatsResponse": { +"id": "GetSearchApplicationUserStatsResponse", "properties": { -"end": { -"description": "End of the match in the snippet.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"stats": { +"items": { +"$ref": "SearchApplicationUserStats" }, -"start": { -"description": "Starting position of the match in the snippet.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"Media": { -"description": "Media resource.", -"id": "Media", +"HtmlOperatorOptions": { +"description": "Used to provide a search operator for html properties. This is optional. Search operators let users restrict the query to specific fields relevant to the type of item being searched.", +"id": "HtmlOperatorOptions", "properties": { -"resourceName": { -"description": "Name of the media resource.", +"operatorName": { +"description": "Indicates the operator name required in the query in order to isolate the html property. For example, if operatorName is *subject* and the property's name is *subjectLine*, then queries like *subject:* show results only where the value of the property named *subjectLine* matches **. By contrast, a search that uses the same ** without an operator return all items where ** matches the value of any html properties or text within the content field for the item. The operator name can only contain lowercase letters (a-z). The maximum length is 32 characters.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"MessageSet": { -"description": "This is proto2's version of MessageSet.", -"id": "MessageSet", -"properties": {}, +"HtmlPropertyOptions": { +"description": "The options for html properties.", +"id": "HtmlPropertyOptions", +"properties": { +"operatorOptions": { +"$ref": "HtmlOperatorOptions", +"description": "If set, describes how the property should be used as a search operator." +}, +"retrievalImportance": { +"$ref": "RetrievalImportance", +"description": "Indicates the search quality importance of the tokens within the field when used for retrieval. Can only be set to DEFAULT or NONE." +} +}, "type": "object" }, -"Metadata": { -"description": "Metadata of a matched search result.", -"id": "Metadata", +"HtmlValues": { +"description": "List of html values.", +"id": "HtmlValues", "properties": { -"createTime": { -"description": "The creation time for this document or object in the search result.", -"format": "google-datetime", +"values": { +"description": "The maximum allowable length for html values is 2048 characters.", +"items": { "type": "string" }, -"displayOptions": { -"$ref": "ResultDisplayMetadata", -"description": "Options that specify how to display a structured data search result." +"type": "array" +} }, -"fields": { -"description": "Indexed fields in structured data, returned as a generic named property.", -"items": { -"$ref": "NamedProperty" +"type": "object" }, -"type": "array" +"IndexItemOptions": { +"id": "IndexItemOptions", +"properties": { +"allowUnknownGsuitePrincipals": { +"description": "Specifies if the index request should allow Google Workspace principals that do not exist or are deleted.", +"type": "boolean" +} }, -"mimeType": { -"description": "Mime type of the search result.", -"type": "string" +"type": "object" }, -"objectType": { -"description": "Object type of the search result.", +"IndexItemRequest": { +"id": "IndexItemRequest", +"properties": { +"connectorName": { +"description": "The name of connector making this call. Format: datasources/{source_id}/connectors/{ID}", "type": "string" }, -"owner": { -"$ref": "Person", -"description": "Owner (usually creator) of the document or object of the search result." +"debugOptions": { +"$ref": "DebugOptions", +"description": "Common debug options." }, -"source": { -"$ref": "Source", -"description": "The named source for the result, such as Gmail." +"indexItemOptions": { +"$ref": "IndexItemOptions" }, -"thumbnailUrl": { -"description": "The thumbnail URL of the result.", -"type": "string" +"item": { +"$ref": "Item", +"description": "The name of the item. Format: datasources/{source_id}/items/{item_id}" }, -"updateTime": { -"description": "The last modified date for the object in the search result. If not set in the item, the value returned here is empty. When `updateTime` is used for calculating freshness and is not set, this value defaults to 2 years from the current time.", -"format": "google-datetime", +"mode": { +"description": "Required. The RequestMode for this request.", +"enum": [ +"UNSPECIFIED", +"SYNCHRONOUS", +"ASYNCHRONOUS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The priority is not specified in the update request. Leaving priority unspecified results in an update failure.", +"For real-time updates.", +"For changes that are executed after the response is sent back to the caller." +], "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"Metaline": { -"description": "A metaline is a list of properties that are displayed along with the search result to provide context.", -"id": "Metaline", -"properties": { +"InitializeCustomerRequest": { +"description": "Request message for `InitializeCustomer` method.", +"id": "InitializeCustomerRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"IntegerFacetingOptions": { +"description": "Used to specify integer faceting options.", +"id": "IntegerFacetingOptions", "properties": { -"description": "The list of displayed properties for the metaline. The maximum number of properties is 5.", +"integerBuckets": { +"description": "Buckets for given integer values should be in strictly ascending order. For example, if values supplied are (1,5,10,100), the following facet buckets will be formed {<1, [1,5), [5-10), [10-100), >=100}.", "items": { -"$ref": "DisplayedProperty" +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" }, "type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"Name": { -"description": "A person's name.", -"id": "Name", +"IntegerOperatorOptions": { +"description": "Used to provide a search operator for integer properties. This is optional. Search operators let users restrict the query to specific fields relevant to the type of item being searched.", +"id": "IntegerOperatorOptions", "properties": { -"displayName": { -"description": "The read-only display name formatted according to the locale specified by the viewer's account or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header.", +"greaterThanOperatorName": { +"description": "Indicates the operator name required in the query in order to isolate the integer property using the greater-than operator. For example, if greaterThanOperatorName is *priorityabove* and the property's name is *priorityVal*, then queries like *priorityabove:* show results only where the value of the property named *priorityVal* is greater than **. The operator name can only contain lowercase letters (a-z). The maximum length is 32 characters.", "type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"NamedProperty": { -"description": "A typed name-value pair for structured data. The type of the value should be the same as the registered type for the `name` property in the object definition of `objectType`.", -"id": "NamedProperty", -"properties": { -"booleanValue": { -"type": "boolean" -}, -"dateValues": { -"$ref": "DateValues" -}, -"doubleValues": { -"$ref": "DoubleValues" -}, -"enumValues": { -"$ref": "EnumValues" -}, -"htmlValues": { -"$ref": "HtmlValues" -}, -"integerValues": { -"$ref": "IntegerValues" }, -"name": { -"description": "The name of the property. This name should correspond to the name of the property that was registered for object definition in the schema. The maximum allowable length for this property is 256 characters.", +"lessThanOperatorName": { +"description": "Indicates the operator name required in the query in order to isolate the integer property using the less-than operator. For example, if lessThanOperatorName is *prioritybelow* and the property's name is *priorityVal*, then queries like *prioritybelow:* show results only where the value of the property named *priorityVal* is less than **. The operator name can only contain lowercase letters (a-z). The maximum length is 32 characters.", "type": "string" }, -"objectValues": { -"$ref": "ObjectValues" -}, -"textValues": { -"$ref": "TextValues" -}, -"timestampValues": { -"$ref": "TimestampValues" +"operatorName": { +"description": "Indicates the operator name required in the query in order to isolate the integer property. For example, if operatorName is *priority* and the property's name is *priorityVal*, then queries like *priority:* show results only where the value of the property named *priorityVal* matches **. By contrast, a search that uses the same ** without an operator returns all items where ** matches the value of any String properties or text within the content field for the item. The operator name can only contain lowercase letters (a-z). The maximum length is 32 characters.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"NetStatsProto": { -"id": "NetStatsProto", +"IntegerPropertyOptions": { +"description": "The options for integer properties.", +"id": "IntegerPropertyOptions", "properties": { -"bandaidBandwidthKbps": { -"$ref": "BandWidthRangeKbps" +"integerFacetingOptions": { +"$ref": "IntegerFacetingOptions", +"description": "If set, describes integer faceting options for the given integer property. The corresponding integer property should be marked isFacetable." }, -"bandwidthKbps": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"maximumValue": { +"description": "The maximum value of the property. The minimum and maximum values for the property are used to rank results according to the ordered ranking. Indexing requests with values greater than the maximum are accepted and ranked with the same weight as items indexed with the maximum value.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"minimumValue": { +"description": "The minimum value of the property. The minimum and maximum values for the property are used to rank results according to the ordered ranking. Indexing requests with values less than the minimum are accepted and ranked with the same weight as items indexed with the minimum value.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" }, -"gfeBandwidthKbps": { -"$ref": "BandWidthRangeKbps" +"operatorOptions": { +"$ref": "IntegerOperatorOptions", +"description": "If set, describes how the integer should be used as a search operator." }, -"videostatsBandwidthKbps": { -"$ref": "BandWidthRangeKbps" +"orderedRanking": { +"description": "Used to specify the ordered ranking for the integer. Can only be used if isRepeatable is false.", +"enum": [ +"NO_ORDER", +"ASCENDING", +"DESCENDING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"There is no ranking order for the property. Results are not adjusted by this property's value.", +"This property is ranked in ascending order. Lower values indicate lower ranking.", +"This property is ranked in descending order. Lower values indicate higher ranking." +], +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"ObjectDefinition": { -"description": "The definition for an object within a data source.", -"id": "ObjectDefinition", +"IntegerValues": { +"description": "List of integer values.", +"id": "IntegerValues", "properties": { -"name": { -"description": "The name for the object, which then defines its type. Item indexing requests should set the objectType field equal to this value. For example, if *name* is *Document*, then indexing requests for items of type Document should set objectType equal to *Document*. Each object definition must be uniquely named within a schema. The name must start with a letter and can only contain letters (A-Z, a-z) or numbers (0-9). The maximum length is 256 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"options": { -"$ref": "ObjectOptions", -"description": "The optional object-specific options." -}, -"propertyDefinitions": { -"description": "The property definitions for the object. The maximum number of elements is 1000.", +"values": { "items": { -"$ref": "PropertyDefinition" +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" }, "type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"ObjectDisplayOptions": { -"description": "The display options for an object.", -"id": "ObjectDisplayOptions", +"Interaction": { +"description": "Represents an interaction between a user and an item.", +"id": "Interaction", "properties": { -"metalines": { -"description": "Defines the properties that are displayed in the metalines of the search results. The property values are displayed in the order given here. If a property holds multiple values, all of the values are displayed before the next properties. For this reason, it is a good practice to specify singular properties before repeated properties in this list. All of the properties must set is_returnable to true. The maximum number of metalines is 3.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Metaline" +"interactionTime": { +"description": "The time when the user acted on the item. If multiple actions of the same type exist for a single user, only the most recent action is recorded.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"principal": { +"$ref": "Principal", +"description": "The user that acted on the item." }, -"objectDisplayLabel": { -"description": "The user friendly label to display in the search result to indicate the type of the item. This is OPTIONAL; if not provided, an object label isn't displayed on the context line of the search results. The maximum length is 64 characters.", +"type": { +"enum": [ +"UNSPECIFIED", +"VIEW", +"EDIT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Invalid value.", +"This interaction indicates the user viewed the item.", +"This interaction indicates the user edited the item." +], "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"ObjectOptions": { -"description": "The options for an object.", -"id": "ObjectOptions", +"Item": { +"description": "Represents a single object that is an item in the search index, such as a file, folder, or a database record.", +"id": "Item", "properties": { -"displayOptions": { -"$ref": "ObjectDisplayOptions", -"description": "The options that determine how the object is displayed in the Cloud Search results page." +"acl": { +"$ref": "ItemAcl", +"description": "Access control list for this item." }, -"freshnessOptions": { -"$ref": "FreshnessOptions", -"description": "The freshness options for an object." +"content": { +"$ref": "ItemContent", +"description": "Item content to be indexed and made text searchable." }, -"suggestionFilteringOperators": { -"description": "Operators that can be used to filter suggestions. For Suggest API, only operators mentioned here will be honored in the FilterOptions. Only TEXT and ENUM operators are supported. NOTE: \"objecttype\", \"type\" and \"mimetype\" are already supported. This property is to configure schema specific operators. Even though this is an array, only one operator can be specified. This is an array for future extensibility. Operators mapping to multiple properties within the same object are not supported. If the operator spans across different object types, this option has to be set once for each object definition.", -"items": { +"itemType": { +"description": "The type for this item.", +"enum": [ +"UNSPECIFIED", +"CONTENT_ITEM", +"CONTAINER_ITEM", +"VIRTUAL_CONTAINER_ITEM" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"An item that is indexed for the only purpose of serving information. These items cannot be referred in containerName or inheritAclFrom fields.", +"An item that gets indexed and whose purpose is to supply other items with ACLs and/or contain other items.", +"An item that does not get indexed, but otherwise has the same purpose as CONTAINER_ITEM." +], "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" -} +"metadata": { +"$ref": "ItemMetadata", +"description": "The metadata information." }, -"type": "object" +"name": { +"description": "The name of the Item. Format: datasources/{source_id}/items/{item_id} This is a required field. The maximum length is 1536 characters.", +"type": "string" }, -"ObjectPropertyOptions": { -"description": "The options for object properties.", -"id": "ObjectPropertyOptions", -"properties": { -"subobjectProperties": { -"description": "The properties of the sub-object. These properties represent a nested object. For example, if this property represents a postal address, the subobjectProperties might be named *street*, *city*, and *state*. The maximum number of elements is 1000.", -"items": { -"$ref": "PropertyDefinition" +"payload": { +"description": "Additional state connector can store for this item. The maximum length is 10000 bytes.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" -} +"queue": { +"description": "Queue this item belongs to. The maximum length is 100 characters.", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "object" +"status": { +"$ref": "ItemStatus", +"description": "Status of the item. Output only field." }, -"ObjectValues": { -"description": "List of object values.", -"id": "ObjectValues", -"properties": { -"values": { -"items": { -"$ref": "StructuredDataObject" +"structuredData": { +"$ref": "ItemStructuredData", +"description": "The structured data for the item that should conform to a registered object definition in the schema for the data source." }, -"type": "array" +"version": { +"description": "Required. The indexing system stores the version from the datasource as a byte string and compares the Item version in the index to the version of the queued Item using lexical ordering. Cloud Search Indexing won't index or delete any queued item with a version value that is less than or equal to the version of the currently indexed item. The maximum length for this field is 1024 bytes. For information on how item version affects the deletion process, refer to [Handle revisions after manual deletes](https://developers.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/operations).", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"Operation": { -"description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.", -"id": "Operation", +"ItemAcl": { +"description": "Access control list information for the item. For more information see [Map ACLs](https://developers.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/acls).", +"id": "ItemAcl", "properties": { -"done": { -"description": "If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"error": { -"$ref": "Status", -"description": "The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation." +"aclInheritanceType": { +"description": "Sets the type of access rules to apply when an item inherits its ACL from a parent. This should always be set in tandem with the inheritAclFrom field. Also, when the inheritAclFrom field is set, this field should be set to a valid AclInheritanceType.", +"enum": [ +"NOT_APPLICABLE", +"CHILD_OVERRIDE", +"PARENT_OVERRIDE", +"BOTH_PERMIT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value when this item does not inherit an ACL. Use NOT_APPLICABLE when inheritAclFrom is empty. An item without ACL inheritance can still have ACLs supplied by its own readers and deniedReaders fields.", +"During an authorization conflict, the ACL of the child item determines its read access.", +"During an authorization conflict, the ACL of the parent item specified in the inheritAclFrom field determines read access.", +"Access is granted only if this item and the parent item specified in the inheritAclFrom field both permit read access." +], +"type": "string" }, -"metadata": { -"additionalProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", -"type": "any" +"deniedReaders": { +"description": "List of principals who are explicitly denied access to the item in search results. While principals are denied access by default, use denied readers to handle exceptions and override the list allowed readers. The maximum number of elements is 100.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Principal" }, -"description": "Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.", -"type": "object" +"type": "array" }, -"name": { -"description": "The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.", +"inheritAclFrom": { +"description": "The name of the item to inherit the Access Permission List (ACL) from. Note: ACL inheritance *only* provides access permissions to child items and does not define structural relationships, nor does it provide convenient ways to delete large groups of items. Deleting an ACL parent from the index only alters the access permissions of child items that reference the parent in the inheritAclFrom field. The item is still in the index, but may not visible in search results. By contrast, deletion of a container item also deletes all items that reference the container via the containerName field. The maximum length for this field is 1536 characters.", "type": "string" }, -"response": { -"additionalProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", -"type": "any" +"owners": { +"description": "Optional. List of owners for the item. This field has no bearing on document access permissions. It does, however, offer a slight ranking boosts items where the querying user is an owner. The maximum number of elements is 5.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Principal" }, -"description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", -"type": "object" +"type": "array" +}, +"readers": { +"description": "List of principals who are allowed to see the item in search results. Optional if inheriting permissions from another item or if the item is not intended to be visible, such as virtual containers. The maximum number of elements is 1000.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Principal" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"OptInStatus": { -"description": "The status and eligibility information for a single feature.", -"id": "OptInStatus", +"ItemContent": { +"description": "Content of an item to be indexed and surfaced by Cloud Search. Only UTF-8 encoded strings are allowed as inlineContent. If the content is uploaded and not binary, it must be UTF-8 encoded.", +"id": "ItemContent", "properties": { -"eligibility": { -"description": "If the user is ineligible, they should not be opted in!", +"contentDataRef": { +"$ref": "UploadItemRef", +"description": "Upload reference ID of a previously uploaded content via write method." +}, +"contentFormat": { "enum": [ -"UNKNOWN_ELIGIBILITY", -"ELIGIBLE", -"INELIGIBLE_DASHER", -"INELIGIBLE_GEO", -"INELIGIBLE_UNICORN", -"INELIGIBLE_OTHER" +"UNSPECIFIED", +"HTML", +"TEXT", +"RAW" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value.", -"The user is eligible.", -"Ineligible due to Dasher restriction.", -"Ineligible due to geo (country or territory) restriction.", -"Ineligible due to Unicorn underage child account.", -"Ineligible for some other reason." +"Invalid value.", +"contentFormat is HTML.", +"contentFormat is free text.", +"contentFormat is raw bytes." ], "type": "string" }, -"optedIn": { -"description": "If the user is ineligible, they should not be opted in!", -"type": "boolean" +"hash": { +"description": "Hashing info calculated and provided by the API client for content. Can be used with the items.push method to calculate modified state. The maximum length is 2048 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"inlineContent": { +"description": "Content that is supplied inlined within the update method. The maximum length is 102400 bytes (100 KiB).", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"PeoplePromotionCard": { -"id": "PeoplePromotionCard", +"ItemCountByStatus": { +"id": "ItemCountByStatus", "properties": { -"people": { -"items": { -"$ref": "PersonCore" +"count": { +"description": "Number of items matching the status code.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"indexedItemsCount": { +"description": "Number of items matching the status code for which billing is done. This excludes virtual container items from the total count. This count would not be applicable for items with ERROR or NEW_ITEM status code.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"statusCode": { +"description": "Status of the items.", +"enum": [ +"CODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ERROR", +"MODIFIED", +"NEW_ITEM", +"ACCEPTED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Input-only value. Used with Items.list to list all items in the queue, regardless of status.", +"Error encountered by Cloud Search while processing this item. Details of the error are in repositoryError.", +"Item has been modified in the repository, and is out of date with the version previously accepted into Cloud Search.", +"Item is known to exist in the repository, but is not yet accepted by Cloud Search. An item can be in this state when Items.push has been called for an item of this name that did not exist previously.", +"API has accepted the up-to-date data of this item." +], +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"PeopleSuggestion": { -"description": "This field contains information about the person being suggested.", -"id": "PeopleSuggestion", +"ItemMetadata": { +"description": "Available metadata fields for the item.", +"id": "ItemMetadata", "properties": { -"person": { -"$ref": "Person", -"description": "Suggested person. All fields of the person object might not be populated." -} +"containerName": { +"description": "The name of the container for this item. Deletion of the container item leads to automatic deletion of this item. Note: ACLs are not inherited from a container item. To provide ACL inheritance for an item, use the inheritAclFrom field. The maximum length is 1536 characters.", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "object" +"contentLanguage": { +"description": "The BCP-47 language code for the item, such as \"en-US\" or \"sr-Latn\". For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. The maximum length is 32 characters.", +"type": "string" }, -"Person": { -"description": "Object to represent a person.", -"id": "Person", -"properties": { -"emailAddresses": { -"description": "The person's email addresses", +"contextAttributes": { +"description": "A set of named attributes associated with the item. This can be used for influencing the ranking of the item based on the context in the request. The maximum number of elements is 10.", "items": { -"$ref": "EmailAddress" +"$ref": "ContextAttribute" }, "type": "array" }, -"name": { -"description": "The resource name of the person to provide information about. See [`People.get`](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people/get) from the Google People API.", +"createTime": { +"description": "The time when the item was created in the source repository.", +"format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, -"obfuscatedId": { -"description": "Obfuscated ID of a person.", +"hash": { +"description": "Hashing value provided by the API caller. This can be used with the items.push method to calculate modified state. The maximum length is 2048 characters.", "type": "string" }, -"personNames": { -"description": "The person's name", +"interactions": { +"description": "A list of interactions for the item. Interactions are used to improve Search quality, but are not exposed to end users. The maximum number of elements is 1000.", "items": { -"$ref": "Name" +"$ref": "Interaction" }, "type": "array" }, -"phoneNumbers": { -"description": "The person's phone numbers", +"keywords": { +"description": "Additional keywords or phrases that should match the item. Used internally for user generated content. The maximum number of elements is 100. The maximum length is 8192 characters.", "items": { -"$ref": "PhoneNumber" +"type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, -"photos": { -"description": "A person's read-only photo. A picture shown next to the person's name to help others recognize the person in search results.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Photo" +"mimeType": { +"description": "The original mime-type of ItemContent.content in the source repository. The maximum length is 256 characters.", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"objectType": { +"description": "The type of the item. This should correspond to the name of an object definition in the schema registered for the data source. For example, if the schema for the data source contains an object definition with name 'document', then item indexing requests for objects of that type should set objectType to 'document'. The maximum length is 256 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"searchQualityMetadata": { +"$ref": "SearchQualityMetadata", +"description": "Additional search quality metadata of the item" +}, +"sourceRepositoryUrl": { +"description": "Link to the source repository serving the data. Seach results apply this link to the title. Whitespace or special characters may cause Cloud Seach result links to trigger a redirect notice; to avoid this, encode the URL. The maximum length is 2048 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"title": { +"description": "The title of the item. If given, this will be the displayed title of the Search result. The maximum length is 2048 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "The time when the item was last modified in the source repository.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"PersonCore": { -"description": "Information for rendering a person. NEXT ID: 37", -"id": "PersonCore", +"ItemStatus": { +"description": "This contains item's status and any errors.", +"id": "ItemStatus", "properties": { -"addressMeAs": { -"description": "Instructions for how to address this person (e.g. custom pronouns). For google.com this is a set of pronouns from a defined list of options.", +"code": { +"description": "Status code.", +"enum": [ +"CODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ERROR", +"MODIFIED", +"NEW_ITEM", +"ACCEPTED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Input-only value. Used with Items.list to list all items in the queue, regardless of status.", +"Error encountered by Cloud Search while processing this item. Details of the error are in repositoryError.", +"Item has been modified in the repository, and is out of date with the version previously accepted into Cloud Search.", +"Item is known to exist in the repository, but is not yet accepted by Cloud Search. An item can be in this state when Items.push has been called for an item of this name that did not exist previously.", +"API has accepted the up-to-date data of this item." +], "type": "string" }, -"adminTo": { -"description": "People the profile owner is an admin to. Note that not all fields of these PersonCores will be set, in particular, relationships will be empty.", +"processingErrors": { +"description": "Error details in case the item is in ERROR state.", "items": { -"$ref": "PersonCore" +"$ref": "ProcessingError" }, "type": "array" }, -"admins": { -"description": "The profile owner's admins in no particular order. Note that not all fields of these PersonCores will be set, in particular, relationships will be empty.", +"repositoryErrors": { +"description": "Repository error reported by connector.", "items": { -"$ref": "PersonCore" +"$ref": "RepositoryError" }, "type": "array" +} }, -"availabilityStatus": { -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"OUT_OF_OFFICE", -"OUTSIDE_WORKING_HOURS", -"AVAILABLE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"birthday": { -"$ref": "Date", -"description": "Person birthday." +"type": "object" }, -"calendarUrl": { -"$ref": "SafeUrlProto", -"description": "The URL to open the profile owner's primary calendar." +"ItemStructuredData": { +"description": "Available structured data fields for the item.", +"id": "ItemStructuredData", +"properties": { +"hash": { +"description": "Hashing value provided by the API caller. This can be used with the items.push method to calculate modified state. The maximum length is 2048 characters.", +"type": "string" }, -"chatUrl": { -"$ref": "SafeUrlProto", -"description": "The URL to start a chat conversation with the profile owner. For google.com this is a Hangouts URL." +"object": { +"$ref": "StructuredDataObject", +"description": "The structured data object that should conform to a registered object definition in the schema for the data source." +} }, -"costCenter": { -"description": "Person's cost center as a string, e.g. \"926: Googler Apps\".", -"type": "string" +"type": "object" }, -"department": { -"description": "The person's Organization department, e.g. \"People Operations\". For google.com this is usually called \"area\".", +"ListDataSourceResponse": { +"id": "ListDataSourceResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", "type": "string" -}, -"directReports": { -"description": "A subset of the profile owner's direct reports. The number of entities here may be less than total_direct_reports_count, because typically ProfileResponse does not include all the person's reports, if there are too many to retrieve efficiently. Note that not all fields of these PersonCores will be set, in particular, relationships will be empty.", +}, +"sources": { "items": { -"$ref": "PersonCore" +"$ref": "DataSource" }, "type": "array" +} }, -"dottedLineManagers": { -"description": "The profile owner's direct dotted line managers in no particular order. Note that not all fields of these PersonCores will be set, in particular, relationships will be empty.", +"type": "object" +}, +"ListItemNamesForUnmappedIdentityResponse": { +"id": "ListItemNamesForUnmappedIdentityResponse", +"properties": { +"itemNames": { "items": { -"$ref": "PersonCore" +"type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, -"dottedLineReports": { -"description": "A subset of the profile owner's dotted-line reports. The number of entities here may be less than total_dlr_count. Note that not all fields of these PersonCores will be set, in particular, relationships will be empty.", -"items": { -"$ref": "PersonCore" +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +} }, -"type": "array" +"type": "object" }, -"emails": { -"description": "E-mail addresses of the person. The primary or preferred email should be first.", +"ListItemsResponse": { +"id": "ListItemsResponse", +"properties": { "items": { -"type": "string" +"items": { +"$ref": "Item" }, "type": "array" }, -"employeeId": { -"description": "Person's employee number (external ID of type \"organization\") For google.com this is the badge number (e.g. 2 for Larry Page).", +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", "type": "string" +} }, -"fingerprint": { -"description": "A fingerprint used by PAPI to reliably determine if a resource has changed Externally it is used as part of the etag.", -"type": "string" +"type": "object" }, -"ftePermille": { -"description": "Full-time equivalent (in \u2030) (e.g. 800 for a person who's working 80%).", -"format": "int64", +"ListOperationsResponse": { +"description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.", +"id": "ListOperationsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "The standard List next-page token.", "type": "string" }, -"geoLocation": { -"$ref": "MapInfo" +"operations": { +"description": "A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Operation" }, -"gmailUrl": { -"type": "string" +"type": "array" +} }, -"jobTitle": { -"description": "Profile owner's job title (e.g. \"Software Engineer\"). For google.com this is the Workday preferred job title.", +"type": "object" +}, +"ListQuerySourcesResponse": { +"description": "List sources response.", +"id": "ListQuerySourcesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { "type": "string" }, -"keywordTypes": { -"description": "List of keys to use from the map 'keywords'.", +"sources": { "items": { -"type": "string" +"$ref": "QuerySource" }, "type": "array" +} }, -"keywords": { -"additionalProperties": { -"type": "string" -}, -"description": "Custom keywords the domain admin has added.", "type": "object" }, -"links": { -"description": "Custom links the profile owner has added.", +"ListSearchApplicationsResponse": { +"id": "ListSearchApplicationsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +}, +"searchApplications": { "items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazFrontendTeamsLink" +"$ref": "SearchApplication" }, "type": "array" +} }, -"location": { -"description": "Detailed desk location within the company. For google.com this is the desk location code (e.g. \"DE-MUC-ARP-6T2-6T2C0C\") if the person has a desk.", +"type": "object" +}, +"ListUnmappedIdentitiesResponse": { +"id": "ListUnmappedIdentitiesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", "type": "string" }, -"managers": { -"description": "The profile owner's management chain from top to bottom, where managers[0] is the CEO, manager[N-2] is the person's manager's manager and managers[N-1] is the person's direct manager. Note that not all fields of these PersonCores will be set, in particular, relationships will be empty.", +"unmappedIdentities": { "items": { -"$ref": "PersonCore" +"$ref": "UnmappedIdentity" }, "type": "array" +} }, -"mission": { -"description": "Custom mission statement the profile owner has added.", -"type": "string" +"type": "object" }, -"name": { -"description": "Human-readable Unicode display name.", -"type": "string" +"MapInfo": { +"description": "Geo information used for rendering a map that shows the user's work location.", +"id": "MapInfo", +"properties": { +"lat": { +"description": "Latitude in degrees", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" }, -"officeLocation": { -"description": "Office/building identifier within the company. For google.com this is the office code (e.g. \"DE-MUC-ARP\").", -"type": "string" +"locationUrl": { +"$ref": "SafeUrlProto", +"description": "URL to a view of a map centered on the user's work location in Campus Maps (for google.com) or Google Maps (external)." }, -"personId": { -"description": "The person's obfuscated Gaia ID.", -"type": "string" +"long": { +"description": "Longitude in degrees", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" }, -"phoneNumbers": { +"mapTile": { +"description": "MapTiles for the area around a user's work location", "items": { -"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazFrontendTeamsPersonCorePhoneNumber" +"$ref": "MapTile" }, "type": "array" }, -"photoUrl": { +"zoom": { +"description": "The zoom level of the map. A constant zoom value of 18 is used for now to match the zoom of the map shown on a Moma Teams Profile page", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MapTile": { +"description": "Information used to render a map tile image in the proper location on a map.", +"id": "MapTile", +"properties": { +"imageUrl": { "$ref": "SafeUrlProto", -"description": "Person photo." +"description": "URL to an image file containing an office layout of the user's location for their organization, if one is available. For google.com, this image is from Corp Campus Maps." }, -"postalAddress": { -"description": "Postal address of office/building.", -"type": "string" +"tileX": { +"description": "Map tile x coordinate", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" }, -"totalDirectReportsCount": { -"description": "Total count of the profile owner's direct reports.", +"tileY": { +"description": "Map tile y coordinate", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MatchRange": { +"description": "Matched range of a snippet [start, end).", +"id": "MatchRange", +"properties": { +"end": { +"description": "End of the match in the snippet.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, -"totalDlrCount": { -"description": "Total count of the profile owner's dotted-line reports.", +"start": { +"description": "Starting position of the match in the snippet.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" +} }, -"totalFteCount": { -"description": "The sum of all profile owner's reports and their own full-time-equivalents in \u2030 (e.g. 1800 if one report is working 80% and profile owner 100%).", -"format": "int64", +"type": "object" +}, +"Media": { +"description": "Media resource.", +"id": "Media", +"properties": { +"resourceName": { +"description": "Name of the media resource.", "type": "string" +} }, -"username": { -"description": "External ID of type \"login_id\" for the profile. For google.com this is the username/LDAP.", +"type": "object" +}, +"Metadata": { +"description": "Metadata of a matched search result.", +"id": "Metadata", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "The creation time for this document or object in the search result.", +"format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, -"waldoComeBackTime": { +"displayOptions": { +"$ref": "ResultDisplayMetadata", +"description": "Options that specify how to display a structured data search result." +}, +"fields": { +"description": "Indexed fields in structured data, returned as a generic named property.", +"items": { +"$ref": "NamedProperty" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"mimeType": { +"description": "Mime type of the search result.", +"type": "string" +}, +"objectType": { +"description": "Object type of the search result.", +"type": "string" +}, +"owner": { +"$ref": "Person", +"description": "Owner (usually creator) of the document or object of the search result." +}, +"source": { +"$ref": "Source", +"description": "The named source for the result, such as Gmail." +}, +"thumbnailUrl": { +"description": "The thumbnail URL of the result.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "The last modified date for the object in the search result. If not set in the item, the value returned here is empty. When `updateTime` is used for calculating freshness and is not set, this value defaults to 2 years from the current time.", "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"PhoneNumber": { -"description": "A person's Phone Number", -"id": "PhoneNumber", +"Metaline": { +"description": "A metaline is a list of properties that are displayed along with the search result to provide context.", +"id": "Metaline", "properties": { -"phoneNumber": { -"description": "The phone number of the person.", -"type": "string" +"properties": { +"description": "The list of displayed properties for the metaline. The maximum number of properties is 5.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DisplayedProperty" }, -"type": { -"enum": [ -"OTHER", -"MOBILE", -"OFFICE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"Photo": { -"description": "A person's photo.", -"id": "Photo", +"Name": { +"description": "A person's name.", +"id": "Name", "properties": { -"url": { -"description": "The URL of the photo.", +"displayName": { +"description": "The read-only display name formatted according to the locale specified by the viewer's account or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"PollItemsRequest": { -"id": "PollItemsRequest", +"NamedProperty": { +"description": "A typed name-value pair for structured data. The type of the value should be the same as the registered type for the `name` property in the object definition of `objectType`.", +"id": "NamedProperty", "properties": { -"connectorName": { -"description": "The name of connector making this call. Format: datasources/{source_id}/connectors/{ID}", -"type": "string" +"booleanValue": { +"type": "boolean" }, -"debugOptions": { -"$ref": "DebugOptions", -"description": "Common debug options." +"dateValues": { +"$ref": "DateValues" }, -"limit": { -"description": "Maximum number of items to return. The maximum value is 100 and the default value is 20.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"doubleValues": { +"$ref": "DoubleValues" }, -"queue": { -"description": "Queue name to fetch items from. If unspecified, PollItems will fetch from 'default' queue. The maximum length is 100 characters.", -"type": "string" +"enumValues": { +"$ref": "EnumValues" }, -"statusCodes": { -"description": "Limit the items polled to the ones with these statuses.", -"items": { -"enum": [ -"CODE_UNSPECIFIED", -"ERROR", -"MODIFIED", -"NEW_ITEM", -"ACCEPTED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Input-only value. Used with Items.list to list all items in the queue, regardless of status.", -"Error encountered by Cloud Search while processing this item. Details of the error are in repositoryError.", -"Item has been modified in the repository, and is out of date with the version previously accepted into Cloud Search.", -"Item is known to exist in the repository, but is not yet accepted by Cloud Search. An item can be in this state when Items.push has been called for an item of this name that did not exist previously.", -"API has accepted the up-to-date data of this item." -], +"htmlValues": { +"$ref": "HtmlValues" +}, +"integerValues": { +"$ref": "IntegerValues" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the property. This name should correspond to the name of the property that was registered for object definition in the schema. The maximum allowable length for this property is 256 characters.", "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"objectValues": { +"$ref": "ObjectValues" +}, +"textValues": { +"$ref": "TextValues" +}, +"timestampValues": { +"$ref": "TimestampValues" } }, "type": "object" }, -"PollItemsResponse": { -"id": "PollItemsResponse", +"ObjectDefinition": { +"description": "The definition for an object within a data source.", +"id": "ObjectDefinition", "properties": { +"name": { +"description": "The name for the object, which then defines its type. Item indexing requests should set the objectType field equal to this value. For example, if *name* is *Document*, then indexing requests for items of type Document should set objectType equal to *Document*. Each object definition must be uniquely named within a schema. The name must start with a letter and can only contain letters (A-Z, a-z) or numbers (0-9). The maximum length is 256 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"options": { +"$ref": "ObjectOptions", +"description": "The optional object-specific options." +}, +"propertyDefinitions": { +"description": "The property definitions for the object. The maximum number of elements is 1000.", "items": { -"description": "Set of items from the queue available for connector to process. These items have the following subset of fields populated: version metadata.hash structured_data.hash content.hash payload status queue", -"items": { -"$ref": "Item" +"$ref": "PropertyDefinition" }, "type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"Principal": { -"description": "Reference to a user, group, or domain.", -"id": "Principal", +"ObjectDisplayOptions": { +"description": "The display options for an object.", +"id": "ObjectDisplayOptions", "properties": { -"groupResourceName": { -"description": "This principal is a group identified using an external identity. The name field must specify the group resource name with this format: identitysources/{source_id}/groups/{ID}", -"type": "string" +"metalines": { +"description": "Defines the properties that are displayed in the metalines of the search results. The property values are displayed in the order given here. If a property holds multiple values, all of the values are displayed before the next properties. For this reason, it is a good practice to specify singular properties before repeated properties in this list. All of the properties must set is_returnable to true. The maximum number of metalines is 3.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Metaline" }, -"gsuitePrincipal": { -"$ref": "GSuitePrincipal", -"description": "This principal is a Google Workspace user, group or domain." +"type": "array" }, -"userResourceName": { -"description": "This principal is a user identified using an external identity. The name field must specify the user resource name with this format: identitysources/{source_id}/users/{ID}", +"objectDisplayLabel": { +"description": "The user friendly label to display in the search result to indicate the type of the item. This is OPTIONAL; if not provided, an object label isn't displayed on the context line of the search results. The maximum length is 64 characters.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"ProcessingError": { -"id": "ProcessingError", +"ObjectOptions": { +"description": "The options for an object.", +"id": "ObjectOptions", "properties": { -"code": { -"description": "Error code indicating the nature of the error.", -"enum": [ -"PROCESSING_ERROR_CODE_UNSPECIFIED", -"MALFORMED_REQUEST", -"UNSUPPORTED_CONTENT_FORMAT", -"INDIRECT_BROKEN_ACL", -"ACL_CYCLE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Input only value. Use this value in Items.", -"Item's ACL, metadata, or content is malformed or in invalid state. FieldViolations contains more details on where the problem is.", -"Countent format is unsupported.", -"Items with incomplete ACL information due to inheriting other items with broken ACL or having groups with unmapped descendants.", -"ACL inheritance graph formed a cycle." -], -"type": "string" +"displayOptions": { +"$ref": "ObjectDisplayOptions", +"description": "The options that determine how the object is displayed in the Cloud Search results page." }, -"errorMessage": { -"description": "The description of the error.", -"type": "string" +"freshnessOptions": { +"$ref": "FreshnessOptions", +"description": "The freshness options for an object." }, -"fieldViolations": { -"description": "In case the item fields are invalid, this field contains the details about the validation errors.", +"suggestionFilteringOperators": { +"description": "Operators that can be used to filter suggestions. For Suggest API, only operators mentioned here will be honored in the FilterOptions. Only TEXT and ENUM operators are supported. NOTE: \"objecttype\", \"type\" and \"mimetype\" are already supported. This property is to configure schema specific operators. Even though this is an array, only one operator can be specified. This is an array for future extensibility. Operators mapping to multiple properties within the same object are not supported. If the operator spans across different object types, this option has to be set once for each object definition.", "items": { -"$ref": "FieldViolation" +"type": "string" }, "type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"ProminentEntity": { -"description": "prominent_entity(ies) field encodes the main subject(entities) which the client wants to bias the query into. For a Mini-App, it'll be the main entities in the current Mini-App page. It provides finer-granularity contexts on top of the \u201cmode\u201d field. Note that when QueryBiasingContext is passed to server through ClientDiscourseContext, the prominent_entity should NOT be set and the corresponding information will be merged from ClientDiscourseContext.entity field at the server side.", -"id": "ProminentEntity", +"ObjectPropertyOptions": { +"description": "The options for object properties.", +"id": "ObjectPropertyOptions", "properties": { -"mid": { -"type": "string" +"subobjectProperties": { +"description": "The properties of the sub-object. These properties represent a nested object. For example, if this property represents a postal address, the subobjectProperties might be named *street*, *city*, and *state*. The maximum number of elements is 1000.", +"items": { +"$ref": "PropertyDefinition" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"PropertyDefinition": { -"description": "The definition of a property within an object.", -"id": "PropertyDefinition", +"ObjectValues": { +"description": "List of object values.", +"id": "ObjectValues", "properties": { -"booleanPropertyOptions": { -"$ref": "BooleanPropertyOptions" -}, -"datePropertyOptions": { -"$ref": "DatePropertyOptions" -}, -"displayOptions": { -"$ref": "PropertyDisplayOptions", -"description": "The options that determine how the property is displayed in the Cloud Search results page if it's specified to be displayed in the object's display options." -}, -"doublePropertyOptions": { -"$ref": "DoublePropertyOptions" -}, -"enumPropertyOptions": { -"$ref": "EnumPropertyOptions" -}, -"htmlPropertyOptions": { -"$ref": "HtmlPropertyOptions" -}, -"integerPropertyOptions": { -"$ref": "IntegerPropertyOptions" +"values": { +"items": { +"$ref": "StructuredDataObject" }, -"isFacetable": { -"description": "Indicates that the property can be used for generating facets. Cannot be true for properties whose type is object. IsReturnable must be true to set this option. Only supported for boolean, enum, integer, and text properties.", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "array" +} }, -"isRepeatable": { -"description": "Indicates that multiple values are allowed for the property. For example, a document only has one description but can have multiple comments. Cannot be true for properties whose type is a boolean. If set to false, properties that contain more than one value cause the indexing request for that item to be rejected.", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "object" }, -"isReturnable": { -"description": "Indicates that the property identifies data that should be returned in search results via the Query API. If set to *true*, indicates that Query API users can use matching property fields in results. However, storing fields requires more space allocation and uses more bandwidth for search queries, which impacts performance over large datasets. Set to *true* here only if the field is needed for search results. Cannot be true for properties whose type is an object.", +"Operation": { +"description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.", +"id": "Operation", +"properties": { +"done": { +"description": "If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.", "type": "boolean" }, -"isSortable": { -"description": "Indicates that the property can be used for sorting. Cannot be true for properties that are repeatable. Cannot be true for properties whose type is object. IsReturnable must be true to set this option. Only supported for boolean, date, double, integer, and timestamp properties.", -"type": "boolean" +"error": { +"$ref": "Status", +"description": "The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation." }, -"isSuggestable": { -"description": "Indicates that the property can be used for generating query suggestions.", -"type": "boolean" +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" }, -"isWildcardSearchable": { -"description": "Indicates that users can perform wildcard search for this property. Only supported for Text properties. IsReturnable must be true to set this option. In a given datasource maximum of 5 properties can be marked as is_wildcard_searchable. For more details, see [Define object properties](https://developers.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/schema-guide#properties)", -"type": "boolean" +"description": "Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.", +"type": "object" }, "name": { -"description": "The name of the property. Item indexing requests sent to the Indexing API should set the property name equal to this value. For example, if name is *subject_line*, then indexing requests for document items with subject fields should set the name for that field equal to *subject_line*. Use the name as the identifier for the object property. Once registered as a property for an object, you cannot re-use this name for another property within that object. The name must start with a letter and can only contain letters (A-Z, a-z) or numbers (0-9). The maximum length is 256 characters.", +"description": "The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.", "type": "string" }, -"objectPropertyOptions": { -"$ref": "ObjectPropertyOptions" +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" }, -"textPropertyOptions": { -"$ref": "TextPropertyOptions" +"description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"PeoplePromotionCard": { +"id": "PeoplePromotionCard", +"properties": { +"people": { +"items": { +"$ref": "PersonCore" }, -"timestampPropertyOptions": { -"$ref": "TimestampPropertyOptions" +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"PropertyDisplayOptions": { -"description": "The display options for a property.", -"id": "PropertyDisplayOptions", +"PeopleSuggestion": { +"description": "This field contains information about the person being suggested.", +"id": "PeopleSuggestion", "properties": { -"displayLabel": { -"description": "The user friendly label for the property that is used if the property is specified to be displayed in ObjectDisplayOptions. If provided, the display label is shown in front of the property values when the property is part of the object display options. For example, if the property value is '1', the value by itself may not be useful context for the user. If the display name given was 'priority', then the user sees 'priority : 1' in the search results which provides clear context to search users. This is OPTIONAL; if not given, only the property values are displayed. The maximum length is 64 characters.", -"type": "string" +"person": { +"$ref": "Person", +"description": "Suggested person. All fields of the person object might not be populated." } }, "type": "object" }, -"ProxyClassificationProto": { -"description": "The enums in ProxyClassificationProto have the same values as in Neustar's data, plus a NONE value, corresponding to empty value in the Neustar's data. See Neustar's IP Intelligence GeoPoint Data Glossary (https://ipintelligence.neustar.biz/portal/home#downloads) for a more detailed description of the meaning of the values. In the data as of January 2016, if the IP address is classified as a proxy, the four fields anonymizer_status, proxy_type, proxy_level and proxy_last_detected_s are all present and set to a value different from NONE; otherwise the enum fields are not set or set to the corresponding NONE constant and proxy_last_detected_s is not set.", -"id": "ProxyClassificationProto", +"Person": { +"description": "Object to represent a person.", +"id": "Person", "properties": { -"anonymizerStatus": { -"description": "WARNING: these fields are coming from a third party. Please consider using only privacy_proxy_operator. Before adding any new usage of this data, please talk to zszami@ and ipgeo-team@.", -"enum": [ -"NONE", -"ACTIVE", -"SUSPECT", -"INACTIVE", -"PRIVATE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"This is not a proxy or it is unknown what status it has.", -"The anonymizer tested positive within the last month when the data were generated.", -"The anonymizer tested positive within the 3 months, but not last month when the data were generated.", -"The anonymizer tested positive within the last six months, but not in the last 3 months when the data were generated.", -"An anonymizer that is not publicly accessible and as such, cannot be routinely tested with automated tools. E.g. commercial VPN services. Unlike the classifications ACTIVE/SUSPECT/INACTIVE, classification as PRIVATE gives no guarantees about the age of last proxy detection (proxy_last_detected_s) - it can be older than 6 months." -], -"type": "string" +"emailAddresses": { +"description": "The person's email addresses", +"items": { +"$ref": "EmailAddress" }, -"hostingFacility": { -"type": "boolean" +"type": "array" }, -"privacyProxyOperator": { -"description": "Operator of a privacy proxy, e.g. Google One (PPN) or Apple Private Relay. Mapping maintained by Google, does not include data from Neustar. If in doubt, use privacy_proxy_operator == NONE and != NONE to check for privacy proxies.", -"enum": [ -"NONE", -"UNKNOWN_PRIVACY_PROXY", -"GOOGLE_PPN", -"APPLE_PRIVATE_RELAY", -"GOOGLE_IP_PROTECTION", -"CLOUDFLARE_WARP" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"This IP is not matched to any privacy proxy feeds maintained by IPGeo. Currently, proxy_type == PRIVACY_PROXY and privacy_proxy_operator = NONE may occur as the former field may also be filled by Neustar (3rd party), while this field is a google maintained datasource.", -"Privacy proxy, but we don't know any specific operator.", -"Values below may not be populated, most clients really should rely on ==NONE or !=NONE and have general messaging around privacy proxies.", -"", -"", -"" -], +"name": { +"description": "The resource name of the person to provide information about. See [`People.get`](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people/get) from the Google People API.", "type": "string" }, -"proxyLastDetectedS": { -"description": "In seconds since the Epoch.", -"format": "int64", +"obfuscatedId": { +"description": "Obfuscated ID of a person.", "type": "string" }, -"proxyLevel": { -"enum": [ -"NONE", -"ANONYMOUS", -"DISTORTING", -"ELITE", -"TRANSPARENT" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"This is not a proxy or it is unknown what level it has.", -"The proxy obscures the end user\u2019s IP address and does not conceal that it is a proxy. The following information is provided in the HTTP header: REMOTE_ADDR = Proxy IP Address HTTP_VIA = Proxy IP Address HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR = Proxy IP Address", -"The proxy obscures the end user\u2019s IP address and does not conceal that it is a proxy. However, the end user\u2019s IP address is replaced with a random IP address, thus there is a degree of subterfuge. The following information is provided in the HTTP header: REMOTE_ADDR = Proxy IP Address HTTP_VIA = Proxy IP Address HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR = Random IP Address", -"The proxy obscures the end user\u2019s IP address and conceals that it is a proxy. The proxy appears to be an actual end user as all HTTP header fields are configured to appear as if a proxy is not in use: REMOTE_ADDR = Proxy IP Address HTTP_VIA = Not Determined HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR = Not Determined", -"The proxy does not obscure the end user\u2019s IP address, nor does it conceal that it is a proxy. These proxies are typically used for information cashing and to provide joint access to Internet for multiple computers. The following information is provided in the HTTP header: REMOTE_ADDR = Proxy IP Address HTTP_VIA = Proxy IP Address HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR = End User IP Address" -], -"type": "string" +"personNames": { +"description": "The person's name", +"items": { +"$ref": "Name" }, -"proxyType": { -"enum": [ -"NONE", -"HTTP", -"SERVICE", -"SOCKS", -"SOCKS_HTTP", -"TOR", -"UNKNOWN", -"WEB", -"PRIVACY_PROXY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"This is not a proxy or it is unknown what type it has.", -"The proxy uses the HTTP protocol and has open ports which are accessible by any Internet user.", -"The proxy is operated by an organization (often for profit) that provides access to subscribers as a service. The proxy is one of an array of proxies (often internationally distributed) that are part of a Virtual Private Network (VPN) that subscribers connect to by installing an application.", -"The proxy uses the SOCKet Secure (SOCKS) protocol and has open ports which are accessible by any Internet user.", -"The proxy has both the HTTP and SOCKS protocols setup and has open ports which are accessible by any Internet user.", -"The proxy is part of the onion router (Tor) network.", -"The proxy\u2019s type could not be determined. (Doesn't occur in the data as of January 2016).", -"The proxy operates through the use of an Internet web browser. Users navigate to the web proxy website, enter the URL of the site they actually wish to visit, and the contents of the requested URL are returned by the web proxy website within the browser.", -"Privacy proxies are IPs leveraged by Privacy Proxy Service Providers to add additional privacy protections for end users. End user traffic is proxied through an IP, masking the end user's IP. Users do not have the ability to control the IP their traffic is proxied through or change the country from which their IP is originating. However, user traffic may be generalized to a different postal code, city, state, or region. An example for a privacy proxy is Apple Private Relay." -], -"type": "string" +"type": "array" +}, +"phoneNumbers": { +"description": "The person's phone numbers", +"items": { +"$ref": "PhoneNumber" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"photos": { +"description": "A person's read-only photo. A picture shown next to the person's name to help others recognize the person in search results.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Photo" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"PushItem": { -"description": "Represents an item to be pushed to the indexing queue.", -"id": "PushItem", +"PersonCore": { +"description": "Information for rendering a person. NEXT ID: 37", +"id": "PersonCore", "properties": { -"contentHash": { -"description": "Content hash of the item according to the repository. If specified, this is used to determine how to modify this item's status. Setting this field and the type field results in argument error. The maximum length is 2048 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"metadataHash": { -"description": "The metadata hash of the item according to the repository. If specified, this is used to determine how to modify this item's status. Setting this field and the type field results in argument error. The maximum length is 2048 characters.", +"addressMeAs": { +"description": "Instructions for how to address this person (e.g. custom pronouns). For google.com this is a set of pronouns from a defined list of options.", "type": "string" }, -"payload": { -"description": "Provides additional document state information for the connector, such as an alternate repository ID and other metadata. The maximum length is 8192 bytes.", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" +"adminTo": { +"description": "People the profile owner is an admin to. Note that not all fields of these PersonCores will be set, in particular, relationships will be empty.", +"items": { +"$ref": "PersonCore" }, -"queue": { -"description": "Queue to which this item belongs. The `default` queue is chosen if this field is not specified. The maximum length is 512 characters.", -"type": "string" +"type": "array" }, -"repositoryError": { -"$ref": "RepositoryError", -"description": "Populate this field to store Connector or repository error details. This information is displayed in the Admin Console. This field may only be populated when the Type is REPOSITORY_ERROR." +"admins": { +"description": "The profile owner's admins in no particular order. Note that not all fields of these PersonCores will be set, in particular, relationships will be empty.", +"items": { +"$ref": "PersonCore" }, -"structuredDataHash": { -"description": "Structured data hash of the item according to the repository. If specified, this is used to determine how to modify this item's status. Setting this field and the type field results in argument error. The maximum length is 2048 characters.", -"type": "string" +"type": "array" }, -"type": { -"description": "The type of the push operation that defines the push behavior.", +"availabilityStatus": { "enum": [ -"UNSPECIFIED", -"MODIFIED", -"NOT_MODIFIED", -"REPOSITORY_ERROR", -"REQUEUE" +"UNKNOWN", +"OUT_OF_OFFICE", +"OUTSIDE_WORKING_HOURS", +"AVAILABLE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Default UNSPECIFIED. Specifies that the push operation should not modify ItemStatus", -"Indicates that the repository document has been modified or updated since the previous update call. This changes status to MODIFIED state for an existing item. If this is called on a non existing item, the status is changed to NEW_ITEM.", -"Item in the repository has not been modified since the last update call. This push operation will set status to ACCEPTED state.", -"Connector is facing a repository error regarding this item. Change status to REPOSITORY_ERROR state. Item is unreserved and rescheduled at a future time determined by exponential backoff.", -"Call push with REQUEUE only for items that have been reserved. This action unreserves the item and resets its available time to the wall clock time." +"", +"", +"", +"" ], "type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" }, -"PushItemRequest": { -"id": "PushItemRequest", -"properties": { -"connectorName": { -"description": "The name of connector making this call. Format: datasources/{source_id}/connectors/{ID}", -"type": "string" +"birthday": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Person birthday." }, -"debugOptions": { -"$ref": "DebugOptions", -"description": "Common debug options." +"calendarUrl": { +"$ref": "SafeUrlProto", +"description": "The URL to open the profile owner's primary calendar." }, -"item": { -"$ref": "PushItem", -"description": "Item to push onto the queue." -} +"chatUrl": { +"$ref": "SafeUrlProto", +"description": "The URL to start a chat conversation with the profile owner. For google.com this is a Hangouts URL." }, -"type": "object" +"costCenter": { +"description": "Person's cost center as a string, e.g. \"926: Googler Apps\".", +"type": "string" }, -"QueryActivity": { -"description": "Details about a user's query activity.", -"id": "QueryActivity", -"properties": { -"query": { -"description": "User input query to be logged/removed.", +"department": { +"description": "The person's Organization department, e.g. \"People Operations\". For google.com this is usually called \"area\".", "type": "string" -} }, -"type": "object" +"directReports": { +"description": "A subset of the profile owner's direct reports. The number of entities here may be less than total_direct_reports_count, because typically ProfileResponse does not include all the person's reports, if there are too many to retrieve efficiently. Note that not all fields of these PersonCores will be set, in particular, relationships will be empty.", +"items": { +"$ref": "PersonCore" }, -"QueryBiasingContext": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "The message encapsulates the relevant query biasing contexts from a particular client, e.g. an individual Mini-App or an individual Mini-App page. Next id: 3", -"id": "QueryBiasingContext", -"properties": { -"mode": { -"description": "Specifies the mode to bias the queries from the client into. The mode value should be coming from the Mode enum.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"type": "array" }, -"prominentEntity": { +"dottedLineManagers": { +"description": "The profile owner's direct dotted line managers in no particular order. Note that not all fields of these PersonCores will be set, in particular, relationships will be empty.", "items": { -"$ref": "ProminentEntity" +"$ref": "PersonCore" }, "type": "array" -} }, -"type": "object" +"dottedLineReports": { +"description": "A subset of the profile owner's dotted-line reports. The number of entities here may be less than total_dlr_count. Note that not all fields of these PersonCores will be set, in particular, relationships will be empty.", +"items": { +"$ref": "PersonCore" }, -"QueryCountByStatus": { -"id": "QueryCountByStatus", -"properties": { -"count": { -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" +"type": "array" }, -"statusCode": { -"description": "This represents the http status code.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -} +"emails": { +"description": "E-mail addresses of the person. The primary or preferred email should be first.", +"items": { +"type": "string" }, -"type": "object" +"type": "array" }, -"QueryInterpretation": { -"id": "QueryInterpretation", -"properties": { -"interpretationType": { -"enum": [ -"NONE", -"BLEND", -"REPLACE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Neither the natural language interpretation, nor a broader version of the query is used to fetch the search results.", -"The results from original query are blended with other results. The reason for blending these other results with the results from original query is populated in the 'Reason' field below.", -"The results from original query are replaced. The reason for replacing the results from original query is populated in the 'Reason' field below." -], +"employeeId": { +"description": "Person's employee number (external ID of type \"organization\") For google.com this is the badge number (e.g. 2 for Larry Page).", "type": "string" }, -"interpretedQuery": { -"description": "The interpretation of the query used in search. For example, queries with natural language intent like \"email from john\" will be interpreted as \"from:john source:mail\". This field will not be filled when the reason is NOT_ENOUGH_RESULTS_FOUND_FOR_USER_QUERY.", +"fingerprint": { +"description": "A fingerprint used by PAPI to reliably determine if a resource has changed Externally it is used as part of the etag.", "type": "string" }, -"reason": { -"description": "The reason for interpretation of the query. This field will not be UNSPECIFIED if the interpretation type is not NONE.", -"enum": [ -"UNSPECIFIED", -"QUERY_HAS_NATURAL_LANGUAGE_INTENT", -"NOT_ENOUGH_RESULTS_FOUND_FOR_USER_QUERY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"Natural language interpretation of the query is used to fetch the search results.", -"Query and document terms similarity is used to selectively broaden the query to retrieve additional search results since enough results were not found for the user query. Interpreted query will be empty for this case." -], +"ftePermille": { +"description": "Full-time equivalent (in \u2030) (e.g. 800 for a person who's working 80%).", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" }, -"QueryInterpretationConfig": { -"description": "Default options to interpret user query.", -"id": "QueryInterpretationConfig", -"properties": { -"forceDisableSupplementalResults": { -"description": "Set this flag to disable supplemental results retrieval, setting a flag here will not retrieve supplemental results for queries associated with a given search application. If this flag is set to True, it will take precedence over the option set at Query level. For the default value of False, query level flag will set the correct interpretation for supplemental results.", -"type": "boolean" +"geoLocation": { +"$ref": "MapInfo" }, -"forceVerbatimMode": { -"description": "Enable this flag to turn off all internal optimizations like natural language (NL) interpretation of queries, supplemental results retrieval, and usage of synonyms including custom ones. If this flag is set to True, it will take precedence over the option set at Query level. For the default value of False, query level flag will set the correct interpretation for verbatim mode.", -"type": "boolean" -} +"gmailUrl": { +"type": "string" }, -"type": "object" +"jobTitle": { +"description": "Profile owner's job title (e.g. \"Software Engineer\"). For google.com this is the Workday preferred job title.", +"type": "string" }, -"QueryInterpretationOptions": { -"description": "Options to interpret user query.", -"id": "QueryInterpretationOptions", -"properties": { -"disableNlInterpretation": { -"description": "Flag to disable natural language (NL) interpretation of queries. Default is false, Set to true to disable natural language interpretation. NL interpretation only applies to predefined datasources.", -"type": "boolean" +"keywordTypes": { +"description": "List of keys to use from the map 'keywords'.", +"items": { +"type": "string" }, -"disableSupplementalResults": { -"description": "Use this flag to disable supplemental results for a query. Supplemental results setting chosen at SearchApplication level will take precedence if set to True.", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "array" }, -"enableVerbatimMode": { -"description": "Enable this flag to turn off all internal optimizations like natural language (NL) interpretation of queries, supplemental result retrieval, and usage of synonyms including custom ones. Nl interpretation will be disabled if either one of the two flags is true.", -"type": "boolean" -} +"keywords": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" }, +"description": "Custom keywords the domain admin has added.", "type": "object" }, -"QueryItem": { -"description": "Information relevant only to a query entry.", -"id": "QueryItem", -"properties": { -"isSynthetic": { -"description": "True if the text was generated by means other than a previous user search.", -"type": "boolean" -} +"links": { +"description": "Custom links the profile owner has added.", +"items": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazFrontendTeamsLink" }, -"type": "object" +"type": "array" }, -"QueryOperator": { -"description": "The definition of a operator that can be used in a Search/Suggest request.", -"id": "QueryOperator", -"properties": { -"displayName": { -"description": "Display name of the operator", +"location": { +"description": "Detailed desk location within the company. For google.com this is the desk location code (e.g. \"DE-MUC-ARP-6T2-6T2C0C\") if the person has a desk.", "type": "string" }, -"enumValues": { -"description": "Potential list of values for the opeatror field. This field is only filled when we can safely enumerate all the possible values of this operator.", +"managers": { +"description": "The profile owner's management chain from top to bottom, where managers[0] is the CEO, manager[N-2] is the person's manager's manager and managers[N-1] is the person's direct manager. Note that not all fields of these PersonCores will be set, in particular, relationships will be empty.", "items": { -"type": "string" +"$ref": "PersonCore" }, "type": "array" }, -"greaterThanOperatorName": { -"description": "Indicates the operator name that can be used to isolate the property using the greater-than operator.", +"mission": { +"description": "Custom mission statement the profile owner has added.", "type": "string" }, -"isFacetable": { -"description": "Can this operator be used to get facets.", -"type": "boolean" +"name": { +"description": "Human-readable Unicode display name.", +"type": "string" }, -"isRepeatable": { -"description": "Indicates if multiple values can be set for this property.", -"type": "boolean" +"officeLocation": { +"description": "Office/building identifier within the company. For google.com this is the office code (e.g. \"DE-MUC-ARP\").", +"type": "string" }, -"isReturnable": { -"description": "Will the property associated with this facet be returned as part of search results.", -"type": "boolean" +"personId": { +"description": "The person's obfuscated Gaia ID.", +"type": "string" }, -"isSortable": { -"description": "Can this operator be used to sort results.", -"type": "boolean" +"phoneNumbers": { +"items": { +"$ref": "EnterpriseTopazFrontendTeamsPersonCorePhoneNumber" }, -"isSuggestable": { -"description": "Can get suggestions for this field.", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "array" }, -"lessThanOperatorName": { -"description": "Indicates the operator name that can be used to isolate the property using the less-than operator.", +"photoUrl": { +"$ref": "SafeUrlProto", +"description": "Person photo." +}, +"postalAddress": { +"description": "Postal address of office/building.", "type": "string" }, -"objectType": { -"description": "The name of the object corresponding to the operator. This field is only filled for schema-specific operators, and is unset for common operators.", +"totalDirectReportsCount": { +"description": "Total count of the profile owner's direct reports.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"totalDlrCount": { +"description": "Total count of the profile owner's dotted-line reports.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"totalFteCount": { +"description": "The sum of all profile owner's reports and their own full-time-equivalents in \u2030 (e.g. 1800 if one report is working 80% and profile owner 100%).", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"operatorName": { -"description": "The name of the operator.", +"username": { +"description": "External ID of type \"login_id\" for the profile. For google.com this is the username/LDAP.", +"type": "string" +}, +"waldoComeBackTime": { +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"PhoneNumber": { +"description": "A person's Phone Number", +"id": "PhoneNumber", +"properties": { +"phoneNumber": { +"description": "The phone number of the person.", "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "The type of the operator.", "enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"INTEGER", -"DOUBLE", -"TIMESTAMP", -"BOOLEAN", -"ENUM", -"DATE", -"TEXT", -"HTML" +"OTHER", +"MOBILE", +"OFFICE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Invalid value.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", "", "", "" @@ -20685,860 +6324,779 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"QuerySource": { -"description": "List of sources that the user can search using the query API.", -"id": "QuerySource", +"Photo": { +"description": "A person's photo.", +"id": "Photo", "properties": { -"displayName": { -"description": "Display name of the data source.", -"type": "string" -}, -"operators": { -"description": "List of all operators applicable for this source.", -"items": { -"$ref": "QueryOperator" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"shortName": { -"description": "A short name or alias for the source. This value can be used with the 'source' operator.", +"url": { +"description": "The URL of the photo.", "type": "string" -}, -"source": { -"$ref": "Source", -"description": "The name of the source" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"QuerySuggestion": { -"description": "This field does not contain anything as of now and is just used as an indicator that the suggest result was a phrase completion.", -"id": "QuerySuggestion", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, -"RemoveActivityRequest": { -"description": "Remove Logged Activity Request.", -"id": "RemoveActivityRequest", -"properties": { -"requestOptions": { -"$ref": "RequestOptions", -"description": "Request options, such as the search application and clientId." -}, -"userActivity": { -"$ref": "UserActivity", -"description": "User Activity containing the data to be deleted." } }, "type": "object" }, -"RemoveActivityResponse": { -"description": "Remove Logged Activity Response. will return an empty response for now. Will be revisited in later phases.", -"id": "RemoveActivityResponse", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, -"RepositoryError": { -"description": "Errors when the connector is communicating to the source repository.", -"id": "RepositoryError", +"PollItemsRequest": { +"id": "PollItemsRequest", "properties": { -"errorMessage": { -"description": "Message that describes the error. The maximum allowable length of the message is 8192 characters.", +"connectorName": { +"description": "The name of connector making this call. Format: datasources/{source_id}/connectors/{ID}", "type": "string" }, -"httpStatusCode": { -"description": "Error codes. Matches the definition of HTTP status codes.", +"debugOptions": { +"$ref": "DebugOptions", +"description": "Common debug options." +}, +"limit": { +"description": "Maximum number of items to return. The maximum value is 100 and the default value is 20.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, -"type": { -"description": "The type of error.", -"enum": [ -"UNKNOWN", -"NETWORK_ERROR", -"DNS_ERROR", -"CONNECTION_ERROR", -"AUTHENTICATION_ERROR", -"AUTHORIZATION_ERROR", -"SERVER_ERROR", -"QUOTA_EXCEEDED", -"SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE", -"CLIENT_ERROR" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown error.", -"Unknown or unreachable host.", -"DNS problem, such as the DNS server is not responding.", -"Cannot connect to the repository server.", -"Failed authentication due to incorrect credentials.", -"Service account is not authorized for the repository.", -"Repository server error.", -"Quota exceeded.", -"Server temporarily unavailable.", -"Client-related error, such as an invalid request from the connector to the repository server." +"queue": { +"description": "Queue name to fetch items from. If unspecified, PollItems will fetch from 'default' queue. The maximum length is 100 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"statusCodes": { +"description": "Limit the items polled to the ones with these statuses.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"CODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ERROR", +"MODIFIED", +"NEW_ITEM", +"ACCEPTED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Input-only value. Used with Items.list to list all items in the queue, regardless of status.", +"Error encountered by Cloud Search while processing this item. Details of the error are in repositoryError.", +"Item has been modified in the repository, and is out of date with the version previously accepted into Cloud Search.", +"Item is known to exist in the repository, but is not yet accepted by Cloud Search. An item can be in this state when Items.push has been called for an item of this name that did not exist previously.", +"API has accepted the up-to-date data of this item." ], "type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"RequestOptions": { -"description": "Shared request options for all RPC methods.", -"id": "RequestOptions", +"PollItemsResponse": { +"id": "PollItemsResponse", "properties": { -"debugOptions": { -"$ref": "DebugOptions", -"description": "Debug options of the request" -}, -"languageCode": { -"description": "The BCP-47 language code, such as \"en-US\" or \"sr-Latn\". For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. For translations. Set this field using the language set in browser or for the page. In the event that the user's language preference is known, set this field to the known user language. When specified, the documents in search results are biased towards the specified language. The Suggest API uses this field as a hint to make better third-party autocomplete predictions.", -"type": "string" -}, -"searchApplicationId": { -"description": "The ID generated when you create a search application using the [admin console](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9043922).", -"type": "string" +"items": { +"description": "Set of items from the queue available for connector to process. These items have the following subset of fields populated: version metadata.hash structured_data.hash content.hash payload status queue", +"items": { +"$ref": "Item" }, -"timeZone": { -"description": "Current user's time zone id, such as \"America/Los_Angeles\" or \"Australia/Sydney\". These IDs are defined by [Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR)](http://cldr.unicode.org/) project, and currently available in the file [timezone.xml](http://unicode.org/repos/cldr/trunk/common/bcp47/timezone.xml). This field is used to correctly interpret date and time queries. If this field is not specified, the default time zone (UTC) is used.", -"type": "string" +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"ResetSearchApplicationRequest": { -"id": "ResetSearchApplicationRequest", +"Principal": { +"description": "Reference to a user, group, or domain.", +"id": "Principal", "properties": { -"debugOptions": { -"$ref": "DebugOptions", -"description": "Common debug options." +"groupResourceName": { +"description": "This principal is a group identified using an external identity. The name field must specify the group resource name with this format: identitysources/{source_id}/groups/{ID}", +"type": "string" +}, +"gsuitePrincipal": { +"$ref": "GSuitePrincipal", +"description": "This principal is a Google Workspace user, group or domain." +}, +"userResourceName": { +"description": "This principal is a user identified using an external identity. The name field must specify the user resource name with this format: identitysources/{source_id}/users/{ID}", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"ResponseDebugInfo": { -"description": "Debugging information about the response.", -"id": "ResponseDebugInfo", +"ProcessingError": { +"id": "ProcessingError", "properties": { -"formattedDebugInfo": { -"description": "General debug info formatted for display.", +"code": { +"description": "Error code indicating the nature of the error.", +"enum": [ +"PROCESSING_ERROR_CODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MALFORMED_REQUEST", +"UNSUPPORTED_CONTENT_FORMAT", +"INDIRECT_BROKEN_ACL", +"ACL_CYCLE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Input only value. Use this value in Items.", +"Item's ACL, metadata, or content is malformed or in invalid state. FieldViolations contains more details on where the problem is.", +"Countent format is unsupported.", +"Items with incomplete ACL information due to inheriting other items with broken ACL or having groups with unmapped descendants.", +"ACL inheritance graph formed a cycle." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"errorMessage": { +"description": "The description of the error.", "type": "string" +}, +"fieldViolations": { +"description": "In case the item fields are invalid, this field contains the details about the validation errors.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FieldViolation" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"RestrictItem": { -"description": "Information relevant only to a restrict entry. NextId: 12", -"id": "RestrictItem", +"PropertyDefinition": { +"description": "The definition of a property within an object.", +"id": "PropertyDefinition", "properties": { -"driveFollowUpRestrict": { -"$ref": "DriveFollowUpRestrict" +"booleanPropertyOptions": { +"$ref": "BooleanPropertyOptions" }, -"driveLocationRestrict": { -"$ref": "DriveLocationRestrict" +"datePropertyOptions": { +"$ref": "DatePropertyOptions" }, -"driveMimeTypeRestrict": { -"$ref": "DriveMimeTypeRestrict", -"description": "Drive Types." +"displayOptions": { +"$ref": "PropertyDisplayOptions", +"description": "The options that determine how the property is displayed in the Cloud Search results page if it's specified to be displayed in the object's display options." }, -"driveTimeSpanRestrict": { -"$ref": "DriveTimeSpanRestrict" +"doublePropertyOptions": { +"$ref": "DoublePropertyOptions" }, -"searchOperator": { -"description": "The search restrict (e.g. \"after:2017-09-11 before:2017-09-12\").", +"enumPropertyOptions": { +"$ref": "EnumPropertyOptions" +}, +"htmlPropertyOptions": { +"$ref": "HtmlPropertyOptions" +}, +"integerPropertyOptions": { +"$ref": "IntegerPropertyOptions" +}, +"isFacetable": { +"description": "Indicates that the property can be used for generating facets. Cannot be true for properties whose type is object. IsReturnable must be true to set this option. Only supported for boolean, enum, integer, and text properties.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isRepeatable": { +"description": "Indicates that multiple values are allowed for the property. For example, a document only has one description but can have multiple comments. Cannot be true for properties whose type is a boolean. If set to false, properties that contain more than one value cause the indexing request for that item to be rejected.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isReturnable": { +"description": "Indicates that the property identifies data that should be returned in search results via the Query API. If set to *true*, indicates that Query API users can use matching property fields in results. However, storing fields requires more space allocation and uses more bandwidth for search queries, which impacts performance over large datasets. Set to *true* here only if the field is needed for search results. Cannot be true for properties whose type is an object.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isSortable": { +"description": "Indicates that the property can be used for sorting. Cannot be true for properties that are repeatable. Cannot be true for properties whose type is object. IsReturnable must be true to set this option. Only supported for boolean, date, double, integer, and timestamp properties.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isSuggestable": { +"description": "Indicates that the property can be used for generating query suggestions.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isWildcardSearchable": { +"description": "Indicates that users can perform wildcard search for this property. Only supported for Text properties. IsReturnable must be true to set this option. In a given datasource maximum of 5 properties can be marked as is_wildcard_searchable. For more details, see [Define object properties](https://developers.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/schema-guide#properties)", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the property. Item indexing requests sent to the Indexing API should set the property name equal to this value. For example, if name is *subject_line*, then indexing requests for document items with subject fields should set the name for that field equal to *subject_line*. Use the name as the identifier for the object property. Once registered as a property for an object, you cannot re-use this name for another property within that object. The name must start with a letter and can only contain letters (A-Z, a-z) or numbers (0-9). The maximum length is 256 characters.", "type": "string" -} }, -"type": "object" +"objectPropertyOptions": { +"$ref": "ObjectPropertyOptions" }, -"ResultCounts": { -"description": "Result count information", -"id": "ResultCounts", -"properties": { -"sourceResultCounts": { -"description": "Result count information for each source with results.", -"items": { -"$ref": "SourceResultCount" +"textPropertyOptions": { +"$ref": "TextPropertyOptions" }, -"type": "array" +"timestampPropertyOptions": { +"$ref": "TimestampPropertyOptions" } }, "type": "object" }, -"ResultDebugInfo": { -"description": "Debugging information about the result.", -"id": "ResultDebugInfo", +"PropertyDisplayOptions": { +"description": "The display options for a property.", +"id": "PropertyDisplayOptions", "properties": { -"formattedDebugInfo": { -"description": "General debug info formatted for display.", +"displayLabel": { +"description": "The user friendly label for the property that is used if the property is specified to be displayed in ObjectDisplayOptions. If provided, the display label is shown in front of the property values when the property is part of the object display options. For example, if the property value is '1', the value by itself may not be useful context for the user. If the display name given was 'priority', then the user sees 'priority : 1' in the search results which provides clear context to search users. This is OPTIONAL; if not given, only the property values are displayed. The maximum length is 64 characters.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"ResultDisplayField": { -"description": "Display Fields for Search Results", -"id": "ResultDisplayField", +"PushItem": { +"description": "Represents an item to be pushed to the indexing queue.", +"id": "PushItem", "properties": { -"label": { -"description": "The display label for the property.", +"contentHash": { +"description": "Content hash of the item according to the repository. If specified, this is used to determine how to modify this item's status. Setting this field and the type field results in argument error. The maximum length is 2048 characters.", "type": "string" }, -"operatorName": { -"description": "The operator name of the property.", +"metadataHash": { +"description": "The metadata hash of the item according to the repository. If specified, this is used to determine how to modify this item's status. Setting this field and the type field results in argument error. The maximum length is 2048 characters.", "type": "string" }, -"property": { -"$ref": "NamedProperty", -"description": "The name value pair for the property." -} +"payload": { +"description": "Provides additional document state information for the connector, such as an alternate repository ID and other metadata. The maximum length is 8192 bytes.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "object" +"queue": { +"description": "Queue to which this item belongs. The `default` queue is chosen if this field is not specified. The maximum length is 512 characters.", +"type": "string" }, -"ResultDisplayLine": { -"description": "The collection of fields that make up a displayed line", -"id": "ResultDisplayLine", -"properties": { -"fields": { -"items": { -"$ref": "ResultDisplayField" +"repositoryError": { +"$ref": "RepositoryError", +"description": "Populate this field to store Connector or repository error details. This information is displayed in the Admin Console. This field may only be populated when the Type is REPOSITORY_ERROR." }, -"type": "array" +"structuredDataHash": { +"description": "Structured data hash of the item according to the repository. If specified, this is used to determine how to modify this item's status. Setting this field and the type field results in argument error. The maximum length is 2048 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "The type of the push operation that defines the push behavior.", +"enum": [ +"UNSPECIFIED", +"MODIFIED", +"NOT_MODIFIED", +"REPOSITORY_ERROR", +"REQUEUE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default UNSPECIFIED. Specifies that the push operation should not modify ItemStatus", +"Indicates that the repository document has been modified or updated since the previous update call. This changes status to MODIFIED state for an existing item. If this is called on a non existing item, the status is changed to NEW_ITEM.", +"Item in the repository has not been modified since the last update call. This push operation will set status to ACCEPTED state.", +"Connector is facing a repository error regarding this item. Change status to REPOSITORY_ERROR state. Item is unreserved and rescheduled at a future time determined by exponential backoff.", +"Call push with REQUEUE only for items that have been reserved. This action unreserves the item and resets its available time to the wall clock time." +], +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"ResultDisplayMetadata": { -"id": "ResultDisplayMetadata", +"PushItemRequest": { +"id": "PushItemRequest", "properties": { -"metalines": { -"description": "The metalines content to be displayed with the result.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ResultDisplayLine" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"objectTypeLabel": { -"description": "The display label for the object.", +"connectorName": { +"description": "The name of connector making this call. Format: datasources/{source_id}/connectors/{ID}", "type": "string" +}, +"debugOptions": { +"$ref": "DebugOptions", +"description": "Common debug options." +}, +"item": { +"$ref": "PushItem", +"description": "Item to push onto the queue." } }, "type": "object" }, -"RetrievalImportance": { -"id": "RetrievalImportance", +"QueryActivity": { +"description": "Details about a user's query activity.", +"id": "QueryActivity", "properties": { -"importance": { -"description": "Indicates the ranking importance given to property when it is matched during retrieval. Once set, the token importance of a property cannot be changed.", -"enum": [ -"DEFAULT", -"HIGHEST", -"HIGH", -"LOW", -"NONE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Treat the match like a body text match.", -"Treat the match like a match against title of the item.", -"Treat the match with higher importance than body text.", -"Treat the match with lower importance than body text.", -"Do not match against this field during retrieval. The property can still be used for operator matching, faceting, and suggest if desired." -], +"query": { +"description": "User input query to be logged/removed.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"RewrittenQueries": { -"description": "The rewritten queries returned by Apps Search Query Understanding service.", -"id": "RewrittenQueries", +"QueryCountByStatus": { +"id": "QueryCountByStatus", "properties": { -"rewrittenQueries": { -"items": { -"$ref": "RewrittenQuery" -}, -"type": "array" +"count": { +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" }, -"selectedQueryIndex": { -"description": "The index of the selected query in `rewritten_queries` that is used by QAPI to call CSSR to get search results. If none of the queries were used (i.e. they all give empty search results), `selected_query_index` would default to -1.", +"statusCode": { +"description": "This represents the http status code.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" }, -"RewrittenQuery": { -"id": "RewrittenQuery", +"QueryInterpretation": { +"id": "QueryInterpretation", "properties": { -"rewrittenQuery": { +"interpretationType": { +"enum": [ +"NONE", +"BLEND", +"REPLACE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Neither the natural language interpretation, nor a broader version of the query is used to fetch the search results.", +"The results from original query are blended with other results. The reason for blending these other results with the results from original query is populated in the 'Reason' field below.", +"The results from original query are replaced. The reason for replacing the results from original query is populated in the 'Reason' field below." +], "type": "string" }, -"score": { -"format": "double", -"type": "number" +"interpretedQuery": { +"description": "The interpretation of the query used in search. For example, queries with natural language intent like \"email from john\" will be interpreted as \"from:john source:mail\". This field will not be filled when the reason is NOT_ENOUGH_RESULTS_FOUND_FOR_USER_QUERY.", +"type": "string" }, -"sortBy": { +"reason": { +"description": "The reason for interpretation of the query. This field will not be UNSPECIFIED if the interpretation type is not NONE.", "enum": [ -"SORTBY_UNSUPPORTED", -"SORTBY_RELEVANCY", -"SORTBY_LATEST", -"SORTBY_OLDEST", -"SORTBY_LARGEST", -"SORTBY_SMALLEST", -"SORTBY_MODIFY_LATEST", -"SORTBY_MODIFY_OLDEST", -"SORTBY_VIEW_LATEST", -"SORTBY_VIEW_OLDEST", -"SORTBY_CREATE_LATEST", -"SORTBY_CREATE_OLDEST" +"UNSPECIFIED", +"QUERY_HAS_NATURAL_LANGUAGE_INTENT", +"NOT_ENOUGH_RESULTS_FOUND_FOR_USER_QUERY" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"" +"Natural language interpretation of the query is used to fetch the search results.", +"Query and document terms similarity is used to selectively broaden the query to retrieve additional search results since enough results were not found for the user query. Interpreted query will be empty for this case." ], "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SafeHtmlProto": { -"description": "IMPORTANT: It is unsafe to accept this message from an untrusted source, since it's trivial for an attacker to forge serialized messages that don't fulfill the type's safety contract -- for example, it could contain attacker controlled script. A system which receives a SafeHtmlProto implicitly trusts the producer of the SafeHtmlProto. So, it's generally safe to return this message in RPC responses, but generally unsafe to accept it in RPC requests.", -"id": "SafeHtmlProto", +"QueryInterpretationConfig": { +"description": "Default options to interpret user query.", +"id": "QueryInterpretationConfig", "properties": { -"privateDoNotAccessOrElseSafeHtmlWrappedValue": { -"description": "IMPORTANT: Never set or read this field, even from tests, it is private. See documentation at the top of .proto file for programming language packages with which to create or read this message.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" +"forceDisableSupplementalResults": { +"description": "Set this flag to disable supplemental results retrieval, setting a flag here will not retrieve supplemental results for queries associated with a given search application. If this flag is set to True, it will take precedence over the option set at Query level. For the default value of False, query level flag will set the correct interpretation for supplemental results.", +"type": "boolean" }, -"SafeUrlProto": { -"description": "Message containing a string that is safe to use in URL contexts in DOM APIs and HTML documents, where the URL context does not refer to a resource that loads code.", -"id": "SafeUrlProto", -"properties": { -"privateDoNotAccessOrElseSafeUrlWrappedValue": { -"description": "IMPORTANT: Never set or read this field, even from tests, it is private. See documentation at the top of .proto file for programming language packages with which to create or read this message.", -"type": "string" +"forceVerbatimMode": { +"description": "Enable this flag to turn off all internal optimizations like natural language (NL) interpretation of queries, supplemental results retrieval, and usage of synonyms including custom ones. If this flag is set to True, it will take precedence over the option set at Query level. For the default value of False, query level flag will set the correct interpretation for verbatim mode.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" }, -"Schema": { -"description": "The schema definition for a data source.", -"id": "Schema", +"QueryInterpretationOptions": { +"description": "Options to interpret user query.", +"id": "QueryInterpretationOptions", "properties": { -"objectDefinitions": { -"description": "The list of top-level objects for the data source. The maximum number of elements is 10.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ObjectDefinition" -}, -"type": "array" +"disableNlInterpretation": { +"description": "Flag to disable natural language (NL) interpretation of queries. Default is false, Set to true to disable natural language interpretation. NL interpretation only applies to predefined datasources.", +"type": "boolean" }, -"operationIds": { -"description": "IDs of the Long Running Operations (LROs) currently running for this schema. After modifying the schema, wait for operations to complete before indexing additional content.", -"items": { -"type": "string" +"disableSupplementalResults": { +"description": "Use this flag to disable supplemental results for a query. Supplemental results setting chosen at SearchApplication level will take precedence if set to True.", +"type": "boolean" }, -"type": "array" +"enableVerbatimMode": { +"description": "Enable this flag to turn off all internal optimizations like natural language (NL) interpretation of queries, supplemental result retrieval, and usage of synonyms including custom ones. Nl interpretation will be disabled if either one of the two flags is true.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" }, -"ScoringConfig": { -"description": "Scoring configurations for a source while processing a Search or Suggest request.", -"id": "ScoringConfig", +"QueryItem": { +"description": "Information relevant only to a query entry.", +"id": "QueryItem", "properties": { -"disableFreshness": { -"description": "Whether to use freshness as a ranking signal. By default, freshness is used as a ranking signal. Note that this setting is not available in the Admin UI.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"disablePersonalization": { -"description": "Whether to personalize the results. By default, personal signals will be used to boost results.", +"isSynthetic": { +"description": "True if the text was generated by means other than a previous user search.", "type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SearchApplication": { -"description": "SearchApplication", -"id": "SearchApplication", +"QueryOperator": { +"description": "The definition of a operator that can be used in a Search/Suggest request.", +"id": "QueryOperator", "properties": { -"dataSourceRestrictions": { -"description": "Retrictions applied to the configurations. The maximum number of elements is 10.", -"items": { -"$ref": "DataSourceRestriction" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"defaultFacetOptions": { -"description": "The default fields for returning facet results. The sources specified here also have been included in data_source_restrictions above.", -"items": { -"$ref": "FacetOptions" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"defaultSortOptions": { -"$ref": "SortOptions", -"description": "The default options for sorting the search results" -}, "displayName": { -"description": "Display name of the Search Application. The maximum length is 300 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"enableAuditLog": { -"description": "Indicates whether audit logging is on/off for requests made for the search application in query APIs.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"name": { -"description": "The name of the Search Application. Format: searchapplications/{application_id}.", +"description": "Display name of the operator", "type": "string" }, -"operationIds": { -"description": "Output only. IDs of the Long Running Operations (LROs) currently running for this schema. Output only field.", +"enumValues": { +"description": "Potential list of values for the opeatror field. This field is only filled when we can safely enumerate all the possible values of this operator.", "items": { "type": "string" }, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" -}, -"queryInterpretationConfig": { -"$ref": "QueryInterpretationConfig", -"description": "The default options for query interpretation" -}, -"returnResultThumbnailUrls": { -"description": "With each result we should return the URI for its thumbnail (when applicable)", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"scoringConfig": { -"$ref": "ScoringConfig", -"description": "Configuration for ranking results." -}, -"sourceConfig": { -"description": "Configuration for a sources specified in data_source_restrictions.", -"items": { -"$ref": "SourceConfig" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"SearchApplicationQueryStats": { -"description": "Search application level query stats per date", -"id": "SearchApplicationQueryStats", -"properties": { -"date": { -"$ref": "Date", -"description": "The date for which query stats were calculated. Stats calculated on the next day close to midnight are returned." -}, -"queryCountByStatus": { -"items": { -"$ref": "QueryCountByStatus" -}, "type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"SearchApplicationSessionStats": { -"id": "SearchApplicationSessionStats", -"properties": { -"date": { -"$ref": "Date", -"description": "The date for which session stats were calculated. Stats are calculated on the following day, close to midnight PST, and then returned." }, -"searchSessionsCount": { -"description": "The count of search sessions on the day", -"format": "int64", +"greaterThanOperatorName": { +"description": "Indicates the operator name that can be used to isolate the property using the greater-than operator.", "type": "string" -} }, -"type": "object" +"isFacetable": { +"description": "Can this operator be used to get facets.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isRepeatable": { +"description": "Indicates if multiple values can be set for this property.", +"type": "boolean" }, -"SearchApplicationUserStats": { -"id": "SearchApplicationUserStats", -"properties": { -"date": { -"$ref": "Date", -"description": "The date for which session stats were calculated. Stats calculated on the next day close to midnight are returned." +"isReturnable": { +"description": "Will the property associated with this facet be returned as part of search results.", +"type": "boolean" }, -"oneDayActiveUsersCount": { -"description": "The count of unique active users in the past one day", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" +"isSortable": { +"description": "Can this operator be used to sort results.", +"type": "boolean" }, -"sevenDaysActiveUsersCount": { -"description": "The count of unique active users in the past seven days", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" +"isSuggestable": { +"description": "Can get suggestions for this field.", +"type": "boolean" }, -"thirtyDaysActiveUsersCount": { -"description": "The count of unique active users in the past thirty days", -"format": "int64", +"lessThanOperatorName": { +"description": "Indicates the operator name that can be used to isolate the property using the less-than operator.", "type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" }, -"SearchItemsByViewUrlRequest": { -"id": "SearchItemsByViewUrlRequest", -"properties": { -"debugOptions": { -"$ref": "DebugOptions", -"description": "Common debug options." +"objectType": { +"description": "The name of the object corresponding to the operator. This field is only filled for schema-specific operators, and is unset for common operators.", +"type": "string" }, -"pageToken": { -"description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous request, if any.", +"operatorName": { +"description": "The name of the operator.", "type": "string" }, -"viewUrl": { -"description": "Specify the full view URL to find the corresponding item. The maximum length is 2048 characters.", +"type": { +"description": "The type of the operator.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN", +"INTEGER", +"DOUBLE", +"TIMESTAMP", +"BOOLEAN", +"ENUM", +"DATE", +"TEXT", +"HTML" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Invalid value.", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SearchItemsByViewUrlResponse": { -"id": "SearchItemsByViewUrlResponse", +"QuerySource": { +"description": "List of sources that the user can search using the query API.", +"id": "QuerySource", "properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "Display name of the data source.", +"type": "string" +}, +"operators": { +"description": "List of all operators applicable for this source.", "items": { -"items": { -"$ref": "Item" +"$ref": "QueryOperator" }, "type": "array" }, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"shortName": { +"description": "A short name or alias for the source. This value can be used with the 'source' operator.", "type": "string" +}, +"source": { +"$ref": "Source", +"description": "The name of the source" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SearchQualityMetadata": { -"description": "Additional search quality metadata of the item.", -"id": "SearchQualityMetadata", -"properties": { -"quality": { -"description": "An indication of the quality of the item, used to influence search quality. Value should be between 0.0 (lowest quality) and 1.0 (highest quality). The default value is 0.0.", -"format": "double", -"type": "number" -} -}, +"QuerySuggestion": { +"description": "This field does not contain anything as of now and is just used as an indicator that the suggest result was a phrase completion.", +"id": "QuerySuggestion", +"properties": {}, "type": "object" }, -"SearchRequest": { -"description": "The search API request.", -"id": "SearchRequest", +"RemoveActivityRequest": { +"description": "Remove Logged Activity Request.", +"id": "RemoveActivityRequest", "properties": { -"contextAttributes": { -"description": "Context attributes for the request which will be used to adjust ranking of search results. The maximum number of elements is 10.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ContextAttribute" -}, -"type": "array" +"requestOptions": { +"$ref": "RequestOptions", +"description": "Request options, such as the search application and clientId." }, -"dataSourceRestrictions": { -"description": "The sources to use for querying. If not specified, all data sources from the current search application are used.", -"items": { -"$ref": "DataSourceRestriction" +"userActivity": { +"$ref": "UserActivity", +"description": "User Activity containing the data to be deleted." +} }, -"type": "array" +"type": "object" }, -"facetOptions": { -"items": { -"$ref": "FacetOptions" +"RemoveActivityResponse": { +"description": "Remove Logged Activity Response. will return an empty response for now. Will be revisited in later phases.", +"id": "RemoveActivityResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" }, -"type": "array" +"RepositoryError": { +"description": "Errors when the connector is communicating to the source repository.", +"id": "RepositoryError", +"properties": { +"errorMessage": { +"description": "Message that describes the error. The maximum allowable length of the message is 8192 characters.", +"type": "string" }, -"pageSize": { -"description": "Maximum number of search results to return in one page. Valid values are between 1 and 100, inclusive. Default value is 10. Minimum value is 50 when results beyond 2000 are requested.", +"httpStatusCode": { +"description": "Error codes. Matches the definition of HTTP status codes.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, -"query": { -"description": "The raw query string. See supported search operators in the [Narrow your search with operators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299)", +"type": { +"description": "The type of error.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN", +"NETWORK_ERROR", +"DNS_ERROR", +"CONNECTION_ERROR", +"AUTHENTICATION_ERROR", +"AUTHORIZATION_ERROR", +"SERVER_ERROR", +"QUOTA_EXCEEDED", +"SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE", +"CLIENT_ERROR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unknown error.", +"Unknown or unreachable host.", +"DNS problem, such as the DNS server is not responding.", +"Cannot connect to the repository server.", +"Failed authentication due to incorrect credentials.", +"Service account is not authorized for the repository.", +"Repository server error.", +"Quota exceeded.", +"Server temporarily unavailable.", +"Client-related error, such as an invalid request from the connector to the repository server." +], "type": "string" -}, -"queryInterpretationOptions": { -"$ref": "QueryInterpretationOptions", -"description": "Options to interpret the user query." -}, -"requestOptions": { -"$ref": "RequestOptions", -"description": "Request options, such as the search application and user timezone." -}, -"sortOptions": { -"$ref": "SortOptions", -"description": "The options for sorting the search results" -}, -"start": { -"description": "Starting index of the results.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SearchResponse": { -"description": "The search API response.", -"id": "SearchResponse", +"RequestOptions": { +"description": "Shared request options for all RPC methods.", +"id": "RequestOptions", "properties": { -"debugInfo": { -"$ref": "ResponseDebugInfo", -"description": "Debugging information about the response." +"debugOptions": { +"$ref": "DebugOptions", +"description": "Debug options of the request" }, -"errorInfo": { -"$ref": "ErrorInfo", -"description": "Error information about the response." +"languageCode": { +"description": "The BCP-47 language code, such as \"en-US\" or \"sr-Latn\". For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. For translations. Set this field using the language set in browser or for the page. In the event that the user's language preference is known, set this field to the known user language. When specified, the documents in search results are biased towards the specified language. The Suggest API uses this field as a hint to make better third-party autocomplete predictions.", +"type": "string" }, -"facetResults": { -"description": "Repeated facet results.", -"items": { -"$ref": "FacetResult" +"searchApplicationId": { +"description": "The ID generated when you create a search application using the [admin console](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9043922).", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"timeZone": { +"description": "Current user's time zone id, such as \"America/Los_Angeles\" or \"Australia/Sydney\". These IDs are defined by [Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR)](http://cldr.unicode.org/) project, and currently available in the file [timezone.xml](http://unicode.org/repos/cldr/trunk/common/bcp47/timezone.xml). This field is used to correctly interpret date and time queries. If this field is not specified, the default time zone (UTC) is used.", +"type": "string" +} }, -"hasMoreResults": { -"description": "Whether there are more search results matching the query.", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "object" }, -"queryInterpretation": { -"$ref": "QueryInterpretation", -"description": "Query interpretation result for user query. Empty if query interpretation is disabled." +"ResetSearchApplicationRequest": { +"id": "ResetSearchApplicationRequest", +"properties": { +"debugOptions": { +"$ref": "DebugOptions", +"description": "Common debug options." +} }, -"resultCountEstimate": { -"description": "The estimated result count for this query.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" +"type": "object" }, -"resultCountExact": { -"description": "The exact result count for this query.", -"format": "int64", +"ResponseDebugInfo": { +"description": "Debugging information about the response.", +"id": "ResponseDebugInfo", +"properties": { +"formattedDebugInfo": { +"description": "General debug info formatted for display.", "type": "string" +} }, -"resultCounts": { -"$ref": "ResultCounts", -"description": "Expanded result count information." -}, -"results": { -"description": "Results from a search query.", -"items": { -"$ref": "SearchResult" +"type": "object" }, -"type": "array" +"RestrictItem": { +"description": "Information relevant only to a restrict entry. NextId: 12", +"id": "RestrictItem", +"properties": { +"driveFollowUpRestrict": { +"$ref": "DriveFollowUpRestrict" }, -"spellResults": { -"description": "Suggested spelling for the query.", -"items": { -"$ref": "SpellResult" +"driveLocationRestrict": { +"$ref": "DriveLocationRestrict" }, -"type": "array" +"driveMimeTypeRestrict": { +"$ref": "DriveMimeTypeRestrict", +"description": "Drive Types." }, -"structuredResults": { -"description": "Structured results for the user query. These results are not counted against the page_size.", -"items": { -"$ref": "StructuredResult" +"driveTimeSpanRestrict": { +"$ref": "DriveTimeSpanRestrict" }, -"type": "array" +"searchOperator": { +"description": "The search restrict (e.g. \"after:2017-09-11 before:2017-09-12\").", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SearchResult": { -"description": "Results containing indexed information for a document.", -"id": "SearchResult", +"ResultCounts": { +"description": "Result count information", +"id": "ResultCounts", "properties": { -"clusteredResults": { -"description": "If source is clustered, provide list of clustered results. There will only be one level of clustered results. If current source is not enabled for clustering, this field will be empty.", +"sourceResultCounts": { +"description": "Result count information for each source with results.", "items": { -"$ref": "SearchResult" +"$ref": "SourceResultCount" }, "type": "array" +} }, -"debugInfo": { -"$ref": "ResultDebugInfo", -"description": "Debugging information about this search result." +"type": "object" }, -"metadata": { -"$ref": "Metadata", -"description": "Metadata of the search result." +"ResultDebugInfo": { +"description": "Debugging information about the result.", +"id": "ResultDebugInfo", +"properties": { +"formattedDebugInfo": { +"description": "General debug info formatted for display.", +"type": "string" +} }, -"snippet": { -"$ref": "Snippet", -"description": "The concatenation of all snippets (summaries) available for this result." +"type": "object" }, -"title": { -"description": "Title of the search result.", +"ResultDisplayField": { +"description": "Display Fields for Search Results", +"id": "ResultDisplayField", +"properties": { +"label": { +"description": "The display label for the property.", "type": "string" }, -"url": { -"description": "The URL of the search result. The URL contains a Google redirect to the actual item. This URL is signed and shouldn't be changed.", +"operatorName": { +"description": "The operator name of the property.", "type": "string" +}, +"property": { +"$ref": "NamedProperty", +"description": "The name value pair for the property." } }, "type": "object" }, -"Snippet": { -"description": "Snippet of the search result, which summarizes the content of the resulting page.", -"id": "Snippet", +"ResultDisplayLine": { +"description": "The collection of fields that make up a displayed line", +"id": "ResultDisplayLine", "properties": { -"matchRanges": { -"description": "The matched ranges in the snippet.", +"fields": { "items": { -"$ref": "MatchRange" +"$ref": "ResultDisplayField" }, "type": "array" -}, -"snippet": { -"description": "The snippet of the document. May contain escaped HTML character that should be unescaped prior to rendering.", -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SortOptions": { -"id": "SortOptions", +"ResultDisplayMetadata": { +"id": "ResultDisplayMetadata", "properties": { -"operatorName": { -"description": "The name of the operator corresponding to the field to sort on. The corresponding property must be marked as sortable.", -"type": "string" +"metalines": { +"description": "The metalines content to be displayed with the result.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ResultDisplayLine" }, -"sortOrder": { -"description": "Ascending is the default sort order", -"enum": [ -"ASCENDING", -"DESCENDING" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"" -], +"type": "array" +}, +"objectTypeLabel": { +"description": "The display label for the object.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"Source": { -"description": "Defines sources for the suggest/search APIs.", -"id": "Source", +"RetrievalImportance": { +"id": "RetrievalImportance", "properties": { -"name": { -"description": "Source name for content indexed by the Indexing API.", -"type": "string" -}, -"predefinedSource": { -"description": "Predefined content source for Google Apps.", +"importance": { +"description": "Indicates the ranking importance given to property when it is matched during retrieval. Once set, the token importance of a property cannot be changed.", "enum": [ -"NONE", -"QUERY_HISTORY", -"PERSON", -"GOOGLE_DRIVE", -"GOOGLE_GMAIL", -"GOOGLE_SITES", -"GOOGLE_GROUPS", -"GOOGLE_CALENDAR", -"GOOGLE_KEEP" +"DEFAULT", +"HIGHEST", +"HIGH", +"LOW", +"NONE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"Suggests queries issued by the user in the past. Only valid when used with the suggest API. Ignored when used in the query API.", -"Suggests people in the organization. Only valid when used with the suggest API. Results in an error when used in the query API.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"" +"Treat the match like a body text match.", +"Treat the match like a match against title of the item.", +"Treat the match with higher importance than body text.", +"Treat the match with lower importance than body text.", +"Do not match against this field during retrieval. The property can still be used for operator matching, faceting, and suggest if desired." ], "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SourceConfig": { -"description": "Configurations for a source while processing a Search or Suggest request.", -"id": "SourceConfig", +"RewrittenQueries": { +"description": "The rewritten queries returned by Apps Search Query Understanding service.", +"id": "RewrittenQueries", "properties": { -"crowdingConfig": { -"$ref": "SourceCrowdingConfig", -"description": "The crowding configuration for the source." -}, -"scoringConfig": { -"$ref": "SourceScoringConfig", -"description": "The scoring configuration for the source." -}, -"source": { -"$ref": "Source", -"description": "The source for which this configuration is to be used." -} -}, -"type": "object" +"rewrittenQueries": { +"items": { +"$ref": "RewrittenQuery" }, -"SourceCrowdingConfig": { -"description": "Set search results crowding limits. Crowding is a situation in which multiple results from the same source or host \"crowd out\" other results, diminishing the quality of search for users. To foster better search quality and source diversity in search results, you can set a condition to reduce repetitive results by source.", -"id": "SourceCrowdingConfig", -"properties": { -"numResults": { -"description": "Maximum number of results allowed from a datasource in a result page as long as results from other sources are not exhausted. Value specified must not be negative. A default value is used if this value is equal to 0. To disable crowding, set the value greater than 100.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"type": "array" }, -"numSuggestions": { -"description": "Maximum number of suggestions allowed from a source. No limits will be set on results if this value is less than or equal to 0.", +"selectedQueryIndex": { +"description": "The index of the selected query in `rewritten_queries` that is used by QAPI to call CSSR to get search results. If none of the queries were used (i.e. they all give empty search results), `selected_query_index` would default to -1.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SourceResultCount": { -"description": "Per source result count information.", -"id": "SourceResultCount", +"RewrittenQuery": { +"id": "RewrittenQuery", "properties": { -"hasMoreResults": { -"description": "Whether there are more search results for this source.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"resultCountEstimate": { -"description": "The estimated result count for this source.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"resultCountExact": { -"description": "The exact result count for this source.", -"format": "int64", +"rewrittenQuery": { "type": "string" }, -"source": { -"$ref": "Source", -"description": "The source the result count information is associated with." -} -}, -"type": "object" +"score": { +"format": "double", +"type": "number" }, -"SourceScoringConfig": { -"description": "Set the scoring configuration. This allows modifying the ranking of results for a source.", -"id": "SourceScoringConfig", -"properties": { -"sourceImportance": { -"description": "Importance of the source.", +"sortBy": { "enum": [ -"DEFAULT", -"LOW", -"HIGH" +"SORTBY_UNSUPPORTED", +"SORTBY_RELEVANCY", +"SORTBY_LATEST", +"SORTBY_OLDEST", +"SORTBY_LARGEST", +"SORTBY_SMALLEST", +"SORTBY_MODIFY_LATEST", +"SORTBY_MODIFY_OLDEST", +"SORTBY_VIEW_LATEST", +"SORTBY_VIEW_OLDEST", +"SORTBY_CREATE_LATEST", +"SORTBY_CREATE_OLDEST" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", "", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -21546,814 +7104,692 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"SpellResult": { -"id": "SpellResult", +"SafeHtmlProto": { +"description": "IMPORTANT: It is unsafe to accept this message from an untrusted source, since it's trivial for an attacker to forge serialized messages that don't fulfill the type's safety contract -- for example, it could contain attacker controlled script. A system which receives a SafeHtmlProto implicitly trusts the producer of the SafeHtmlProto. So, it's generally safe to return this message in RPC responses, but generally unsafe to accept it in RPC requests.", +"id": "SafeHtmlProto", "properties": { -"suggestedQuery": { -"description": "The suggested spelling of the query.", +"privateDoNotAccessOrElseSafeHtmlWrappedValue": { +"description": "IMPORTANT: Never set or read this field, even from tests, it is private. See documentation at the top of .proto file for programming language packages with which to create or read this message.", "type": "string" +} }, -"suggestedQueryHtml": { -"$ref": "SafeHtmlProto", -"description": "The sanitized HTML representing the spell corrected query that can be used in the UI. This usually has language-specific tags to mark up parts of the query that are spell checked." +"type": "object" }, -"suggestionType": { -"description": "Suggestion triggered for the current query.", -"enum": [ -"SUGGESTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"NON_EMPTY_RESULTS_SPELL_SUGGESTION", -"ZERO_RESULTS_FULL_PAGE_REPLACEMENT" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default spell check type", -"Spell suggestion without any results changed. The results are still shown for the original query (which has non zero / results) with a suggestion for spelling that would have results.", -"Spell suggestion triggered when original query has no results. When the original query has no results, and spell suggestion has results we trigger results for the spell corrected query." -], +"SafeUrlProto": { +"description": "Message containing a string that is safe to use in URL contexts in DOM APIs and HTML documents, where the URL context does not refer to a resource that loads code.", +"id": "SafeUrlProto", +"properties": { +"privateDoNotAccessOrElseSafeUrlWrappedValue": { +"description": "IMPORTANT: Never set or read this field, even from tests, it is private. See documentation at the top of .proto file for programming language packages with which to create or read this message.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"StarlightConsistency": { -"id": "StarlightConsistency", +"Schema": { +"description": "The schema definition for a data source.", +"id": "Schema", "properties": { -"consistency": { -"$ref": "MessageSet", -"description": "Optional, data-source specific, data to help achieve consistency." +"objectDefinitions": { +"description": "The list of top-level objects for the data source. The maximum number of elements is 10.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ObjectDefinition" }, -"timestampSec": { -"description": "Timestamp of last write operation. By setting this value, a client requests to trigger a new fresh data acquisition if the fresh model is older than this timestamp.", -"format": "double", -"type": "number" +"type": "array" +}, +"operationIds": { +"description": "IDs of the Long Running Operations (LROs) currently running for this schema. After modifying the schema, wait for operations to complete before indexing additional content.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"StartUploadItemRequest": { -"description": "Start upload file request.", -"id": "StartUploadItemRequest", +"ScoringConfig": { +"description": "Scoring configurations for a source while processing a Search or Suggest request.", +"id": "ScoringConfig", "properties": { -"connectorName": { -"description": "The name of connector making this call. Format: datasources/{source_id}/connectors/{ID}", -"type": "string" +"disableFreshness": { +"description": "Whether to use freshness as a ranking signal. By default, freshness is used as a ranking signal. Note that this setting is not available in the Admin UI.", +"type": "boolean" }, -"debugOptions": { -"$ref": "DebugOptions", -"description": "Common debug options." +"disablePersonalization": { +"description": "Whether to personalize the results. By default, personal signals will be used to boost results.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" }, -"Status": { -"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", -"id": "Status", +"SearchApplication": { +"description": "SearchApplication", +"id": "SearchApplication", "properties": { -"code": { -"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"details": { -"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", +"dataSourceRestrictions": { +"description": "Retrictions applied to the configurations. The maximum number of elements is 10.", "items": { -"additionalProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", -"type": "any" +"$ref": "DataSourceRestriction" }, -"type": "object" +"type": "array" +}, +"defaultFacetOptions": { +"description": "The default fields for returning facet results. The sources specified here also have been included in data_source_restrictions above.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FacetOptions" }, "type": "array" }, -"message": { -"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", +"defaultSortOptions": { +"$ref": "SortOptions", +"description": "The default options for sorting the search results" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Display name of the Search Application. The maximum length is 300 characters.", "type": "string" -} }, -"type": "object" +"enableAuditLog": { +"description": "Indicates whether audit logging is on/off for requests made for the search application in query APIs.", +"type": "boolean" }, -"StructuredDataObject": { -"description": "A structured data object consisting of named properties.", -"id": "StructuredDataObject", -"properties": { -"properties": { -"description": "The properties for the object. The maximum number of elements is 1000.", +"name": { +"description": "The name of the Search Application. Format: searchapplications/{application_id}.", +"type": "string" +}, +"operationIds": { +"description": "Output only. IDs of the Long Running Operations (LROs) currently running for this schema. Output only field.", "items": { -"$ref": "NamedProperty" +"type": "string" }, +"readOnly": true, "type": "array" -} }, -"type": "object" +"queryInterpretationConfig": { +"$ref": "QueryInterpretationConfig", +"description": "The default options for query interpretation" }, -"StructuredResult": { -"description": "Structured results that are returned as part of search request.", -"id": "StructuredResult", -"properties": { -"person": { -"$ref": "Person", -"description": "Representation of a person" +"returnResultThumbnailUrls": { +"description": "With each result we should return the URI for its thumbnail (when applicable)", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"scoringConfig": { +"$ref": "ScoringConfig", +"description": "Configuration for ranking results." +}, +"sourceConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for a sources specified in data_source_restrictions.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SourceConfig" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SuggestPersonalRerankDebugInfo": { -"description": "Representation of user history for personal reranking. Debug only. Can be used for: 1) Manually entering the field to Suggest http debug GUI. 2) Sending protobuf using stubby tool. 3) Unit tests. 4) Offline analysis. Next ID to use: 3.", -"id": "SuggestPersonalRerankDebugInfo", +"SearchApplicationQueryStats": { +"description": "Search application level query stats per date", +"id": "SearchApplicationQueryStats", "properties": { -"additionalInfo": { -"$ref": "MessageSet", -"description": "Can be used to store additional user history." +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "The date for which query stats were calculated. Stats calculated on the next day close to midnight are returned." }, -"userHistory": { -"description": "The first query is considered to be the most recent query.", +"queryCountByStatus": { "items": { -"type": "string" +"$ref": "QueryCountByStatus" }, "type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SuggestRequest": { -"description": "Request of suggest API.", -"id": "SuggestRequest", +"SearchApplicationSessionStats": { +"id": "SearchApplicationSessionStats", "properties": { -"dataSourceRestrictions": { -"description": "The sources to use for suggestions. If not specified, the data sources are taken from the current search application. NOTE: Suggestions are only supported for the following sources: * Third-party data sources * PredefinedSource.PERSON * PredefinedSource.GOOGLE_DRIVE", -"items": { -"$ref": "DataSourceRestriction" -}, -"type": "array" +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "The date for which session stats were calculated. Stats are calculated on the following day, close to midnight PST, and then returned." }, -"query": { -"description": "Partial query for which autocomplete suggestions will be shown. For example, if the query is \"sea\", then the server might return \"season\", \"search\", \"seagull\" and so on.", +"searchSessionsCount": { +"description": "The count of search sessions on the day", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" -}, -"requestOptions": { -"$ref": "RequestOptions", -"description": "Request options, such as the search application and user timezone." } }, "type": "object" }, -"SuggestRequestDebugOptions": { -"description": "Next ID to use: 13.", -"id": "SuggestRequestDebugOptions", +"SearchApplicationUserStats": { +"id": "SearchApplicationUserStats", "properties": { -"annotateWithSubtype": { -"description": "Whether to add the subtype to the suggestion so it can be displayed in a side-by-side", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"debug": { -"description": "Whether to enable debug info in SuggestResults.", -"type": "boolean" +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "The date for which session stats were calculated. Stats calculated on the next day close to midnight are returned." }, -"disableBadwordFiltering": { -"type": "boolean" +"oneDayActiveUsersCount": { +"description": "The count of unique active users in the past one day", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" }, -"disableHybridCache": { -"description": "Whether to disable the hybrid cache.", -"type": "boolean" +"sevenDaysActiveUsersCount": { +"description": "The count of unique active users in the past seven days", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" }, -"disableKesemFiltering": { -"type": "boolean" +"thirtyDaysActiveUsersCount": { +"description": "The count of unique active users in the past thirty days", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} }, -"enableGetDataFromStarlightForPersonalSxs": { -"description": "Whether to pull personal data from Starlight like Anima profile data for personal SxS eval.", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "object" }, -"enablePersonal": { -"description": "Whether to add the user gaia_id to the request, so it can return personal suggestions.", -"type": "boolean" +"SearchItemsByViewUrlRequest": { +"id": "SearchItemsByViewUrlRequest", +"properties": { +"debugOptions": { +"$ref": "DebugOptions", +"description": "Common debug options." }, -"freshMode": { -"enum": [ -"ENABLE_FRESH", -"DISABLE_FRESH", -"FORCE_FRESH", -"FORCE_FRESH_ONLY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Activate fresh when supported - the usual case.", -"Never return fresh completions.", -"Always activate fresh completions.", -"Always return only fresh completions." -], +"pageToken": { +"description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous request, if any.", "type": "string" }, -"numResults": { -"description": "Number of results to return. If 0, this options is ignored. Is NOT subject to the upper bound limit controlled by num_results_limit_max_override flag", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"sxs": { -"type": "boolean" -}, -"trace": { -"enum": [ -"NONE", -"ABBREVIATED_TRACE", -"FULL_TRACE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"" -], +"viewUrl": { +"description": "Specify the full view URL to find the corresponding item. The maximum length is 2048 characters.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SuggestResponse": { -"description": "Response of the suggest API.", -"id": "SuggestResponse", +"SearchItemsByViewUrlResponse": { +"id": "SearchItemsByViewUrlResponse", "properties": { -"suggestResults": { -"description": "List of suggestions.", "items": { -"$ref": "SuggestResult" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" +"items": { +"$ref": "Item" }, -"SuggestRestrict": { -"id": "SuggestRestrict", -"properties": { -"name": { -"description": "Name of the restrict, e.g. lang.", -"type": "string" +"type": "array" }, -"value": { -"description": "Restrict value.", +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SuggestResult": { -"description": "One suggestion result.", -"id": "SuggestResult", +"SearchQualityMetadata": { +"description": "Additional search quality metadata of the item.", +"id": "SearchQualityMetadata", "properties": { -"peopleSuggestion": { -"$ref": "PeopleSuggestion", -"description": "This is present when the suggestion indicates a person. It contains more information about the person - like their email ID, name etc." -}, -"querySuggestion": { -"$ref": "QuerySuggestion", -"description": "This field will be present if the suggested query is a word/phrase completion." -}, -"source": { -"$ref": "Source", -"description": "The source of the suggestion." -}, -"suggestedQuery": { -"description": "The suggested query that will be used for search, when the user clicks on the suggestion", -"type": "string" +"quality": { +"description": "An indication of the quality of the item, used to influence search quality. Value should be between 0.0 (lowest quality) and 1.0 (highest quality). The default value is 0.0.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SuggestSuggestRequest": { -"description": "Protos for the stubby interface. Next IDs to use: 37, 38, 39, 40, 43, 44, 46, 47, 48, 71, 77, 100.", -"id": "SuggestSuggestRequest", +"SearchRequest": { +"description": "The search API request.", +"id": "SearchRequest", "properties": { -"requestdata": { +"contextAttributes": { +"description": "Context attributes for the request which will be used to adjust ranking of search results. The maximum number of elements is 10.", "items": { -"$ref": "SuggestSuggestRequestRequestData" +"$ref": "ContextAttribute" }, "type": "array" -} }, -"type": "object" +"dataSourceRestrictions": { +"description": "The sources to use for querying. If not specified, all data sources from the current search application are used.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DataSourceRestriction" }, -"SuggestSuggestRequestRequestData": { -"description": "A suggest request can ask for completions for one query only. For multiple request data an error is returned. Next IDs to use: 135.", -"id": "SuggestSuggestRequestRequestData", -"properties": { -"DEPRECATEDInfiniteSuggest": { -"description": "Whether to run in Infinite Suggest mode.", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "array" }, -"addedCharacterCount": { -"description": "Number of sequentially added characters after a sequential deletion.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"facetOptions": { +"items": { +"$ref": "FacetOptions" }, -"calc": { -"description": "Enable calculator. Turning this field on will cause Complete Server to fill the SuggestResults.CalculatorSuggestion string field and it instead disables all the oneboxes (in SuggestResults.CompleteSuggestion.info), including the calculator onebox. Clients that are capable of rendering oneboxes should use the onebox calculator (and should leave this field turned off). When not specified, the default value of this field depends on the client. See suggestflow_state.cc: CommonInit().", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "array" }, -"cityId": { -"description": "City location ID.", +"pageSize": { +"description": "Maximum number of search results to return in one page. Valid values are between 1 and 100, inclusive. Default value is 10. Minimum value is 50 when results beyond 2000 are requested.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, -"client": { -"description": "The name of the requesting client (firefox, chrome, etc.).", +"query": { +"description": "The raw query string. See supported search operators in the [Narrow your search with operators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299)", "type": "string" }, -"clientInstanceId": { -"description": "The client instance ID provided by AGSA. See http://go/client-instance-id", -"type": "string" +"queryInterpretationOptions": { +"$ref": "QueryInterpretationOptions", +"description": "Options to interpret the user query." }, -"clientThumbnailDimensions": { -"$ref": "SuggestSuggestRequestRequestDataClientThumbnailDimensions" +"requestOptions": { +"$ref": "RequestOptions", +"description": "Request options, such as the search application and user timezone." }, -"complete": { -"description": "Enable completion.", -"type": "boolean" +"sortOptions": { +"$ref": "SortOptions", +"description": "The options for sorting the search results" +}, +"start": { +"description": "Starting index of the results.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SearchResponse": { +"description": "The search API response.", +"id": "SearchResponse", +"properties": { +"debugInfo": { +"$ref": "ResponseDebugInfo", +"description": "Debugging information about the response." }, -"consistency": { -"$ref": "StarlightConsistency", -"description": "Allow sending read-after-write consistency data to Starlight." +"errorInfo": { +"$ref": "ErrorInfo", +"description": "Error information about the response." }, -"contextUrls": { -"description": "Repeated list of URLs that we use to trigger context based suggestions (currently zero-prefix).", +"facetResults": { +"description": "Repeated facet results.", "items": { -"type": "string" +"$ref": "FacetResult" }, "type": "array" }, -"cookieInitTime": { -"description": "cookie_init_time is typically set by GoogleCookie::initial_time()", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"hasMoreResults": { +"description": "Whether there are more search results matching the query.", +"type": "boolean" }, -"country": { -"description": "Requested country (us, uk, jp, cn, etc.).", -"type": "string" +"queryInterpretation": { +"$ref": "QueryInterpretation", +"description": "Query interpretation result for user query. Empty if query interpretation is disabled." }, -"countryByIp": { -"description": "Country as determined by GeoIP.", +"resultCountEstimate": { +"description": "The estimated result count for this query.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"cp": { -"description": "Cursor position (for result-page requests).", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"dasherDomain": { -"description": "The dasher domain of the searcher.", +"resultCountExact": { +"description": "The exact result count for this query.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"debug": { -"description": "Enable debug output.", -"type": "boolean" +"resultCounts": { +"$ref": "ResultCounts", +"description": "Expanded result count information." }, -"debugOptions": { -"$ref": "SuggestRequestDebugOptions" +"results": { +"description": "Results from a search query.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SearchResult" }, -"deletedCharacters": { -"description": "Any sequentially deleted characters after the cursor position.", -"type": "string" +"type": "array" }, -"deviceOsVersion": { -"type": "string" +"spellResults": { +"description": "Suggested spelling for the query.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SpellResult" }, -"ds": { -"description": "Requested dataset (i, m, yt, etc.).", -"type": "string" +"type": "array" }, -"enableVisualSuggest": { -"description": "Whether to enable Visual Suggest. (Currently used for YouTube Suggest) Clients can opt to disable Visual Suggest based on current device specs and network conditions.", -"type": "boolean" +"structuredResults": { +"description": "Structured results for the user query. These results are not counted against the page_size.", +"items": { +"$ref": "StructuredResult" }, -"expid": { -"description": "Experiment ID.", -"type": "string" +"type": "array" +} }, -"forceUserLocation": { -"description": "Define the way to read data from the location context.", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "object" }, -"frozenClock": { -"description": "Parameter frozen_clock in microseconds passed by SXS eval. This will be used as random number generator bit for consistent randomization for SXS tests.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" +"SearchResult": { +"description": "Results containing indexed information for a document.", +"id": "SearchResult", +"properties": { +"clusteredResults": { +"description": "If source is clustered, provide list of clustered results. There will only be one level of clustered results. If current source is not enabled for clustering, this field will be empty.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SearchResult" }, -"gaiaId": { -"description": "Gaia ID for personal suggestions. Format is that of http://displayserver.corp.google.com/ Use ParseLeadingHex64Value in numbers.h to convert to an uint64", -"type": "string" +"type": "array" }, -"hourOfTheWeek": { -"description": "Hour of the week (UTC).", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"debugInfo": { +"$ref": "ResultDebugInfo", +"description": "Debugging information about this search result." }, -"includeAnswerData": { -"description": "For each completion, annotate with: https://cs.corp.google.com/#piper///depot/google3/suggest/base/ answer.proto&l=15&rcl=53295698&pv=1 which is the probability that issuing the completion as a query will result in an answer being displayed to the user (live-result,one-box, etc.) If there is no answer type for which the probability is above zero, the completion will not be annotated.", -"type": "boolean" +"metadata": { +"$ref": "Metadata", +"description": "Metadata of the search result." }, -"includeLocalSignals": { -"deprecated": true, -"type": "boolean" +"snippet": { +"$ref": "Snippet", +"description": "The concatenation of all snippets (summaries) available for this result." }, -"includeWebrefAnnotations": { -"description": "Annotate the suggestions with webref data.", -"type": "boolean" +"title": { +"description": "Title of the search result.", +"type": "string" }, -"ipAddress": { -"description": "The user's ip address. Should NOT be used to override domain.", +"url": { +"description": "The URL of the search result. The URL contains a Google redirect to the actual item. This URL is signed and shouldn't be changed.", "type": "string" +} }, -"isConsole": { -"description": "True only when using the CS debug console.", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "object" }, -"isDebugIp": { -"description": "Set once by the server. Can be used for dog-fooding or tests.", -"type": "boolean" +"Snippet": { +"description": "Snippet of the search result, which summarizes the content of the resulting page.", +"id": "Snippet", +"properties": { +"matchRanges": { +"description": "The matched ranges in the snippet.", +"items": { +"$ref": "MatchRange" }, -"isMobileDevice": { -"description": "The following two fields, is_mobile_device and is_mobile_ux are used to denote whether the request comes from a mobile device or a device with mobile user experience. It's possible for a device type to be different than UX type since tablet devices could receive either mobile or desktop UX, as explained in go/ux-tier-logging.", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "array" }, -"isMobileUx": { -"type": "boolean" +"snippet": { +"description": "The snippet of the document. May contain escaped HTML character that should be unescaped prior to rendering.", +"type": "string" +} }, -"isNonCorpDasherAccount": { -"description": "For users who are using Google Apps for work (dasher) but are not internal users, we would like to turn off instant apps.", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "object" }, -"isRequestFromChina": { -"description": "Indicates whether the request comes from china.", -"type": "boolean" +"SortOptions": { +"id": "SortOptions", +"properties": { +"operatorName": { +"description": "The name of the operator corresponding to the field to sort on. The corresponding property must be marked as sortable.", +"type": "string" }, -"isUnicornAccount": { -"description": "Whether the user's account is a Unicorn child account.", -"type": "boolean" +"sortOrder": { +"description": "Ascending is the default sort order", +"enum": [ +"ASCENDING", +"DESCENDING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} }, -"isUserInitiatedRequest": { -"description": "This field should be set to false for requests that are generated due to something other than user interaction. For example: 0-prefix requests could be sent in the background (e.g. periodically) for updating a client side cache. On Android GSA, see http://go/android-0q-cache. Backends, such as Starlight, can then use this signal, e.g. for matters like load-shedding.", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "object" }, -"isVoiceQuery": { -"description": "Whether the query was from voice search (set by Youtube LR)", -"type": "boolean" +"Source": { +"description": "Defines sources for the suggest/search APIs.", +"id": "Source", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Source name for content indexed by the Indexing API.", +"type": "string" +}, +"predefinedSource": { +"description": "Predefined content source for Google Apps.", +"enum": [ +"NONE", +"QUERY_HISTORY", +"PERSON", +"GOOGLE_DRIVE", +"GOOGLE_GMAIL", +"GOOGLE_SITES", +"GOOGLE_GROUPS", +"GOOGLE_CALENDAR", +"GOOGLE_KEEP" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"Suggests queries issued by the user in the past. Only valid when used with the suggest API. Ignored when used in the query API.", +"Suggests people in the organization. Only valid when used with the suggest API. Results in an error when used in the query API.", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SourceConfig": { +"description": "Configurations for a source while processing a Search or Suggest request.", +"id": "SourceConfig", +"properties": { +"crowdingConfig": { +"$ref": "SourceCrowdingConfig", +"description": "The crowding configuration for the source." }, -"lang": { -"description": "Requested language (en, ru, iw, etc.).", -"type": "string" +"scoringConfig": { +"$ref": "SourceScoringConfig", +"description": "The scoring configuration for the source." }, -"latitude": { -"description": "GPS coordinates of the mobile client in degrees, if known.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" +"source": { +"$ref": "Source", +"description": "The source for which this configuration is to be used." +} }, -"locationContext": { -"$ref": "LocationUnifiedLocationContext", -"description": "Oolong LocationContext (see http://goto/oolong)." +"type": "object" }, -"locationId": { -"description": "Region location ID.", +"SourceCrowdingConfig": { +"description": "Set search results crowding limits. Crowding is a situation in which multiple results from the same source or host \"crowd out\" other results, diminishing the quality of search for users. To foster better search quality and source diversity in search results, you can set a condition to reduce repetitive results by source.", +"id": "SourceCrowdingConfig", +"properties": { +"numResults": { +"description": "Maximum number of results allowed from a datasource in a result page as long as results from other sources are not exhausted. Value specified must not be negative. A default value is used if this value is equal to 0. To disable crowding, set the value greater than 100.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, -"logFlakyBackends": { -"description": "If true, will log if there was any flaky backend in SuggestResponse.", -"type": "boolean" +"numSuggestions": { +"description": "Maximum number of suggestions allowed from a source. No limits will be set on results if this value is less than or equal to 0.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} }, -"longitude": { -"format": "float", -"type": "number" +"type": "object" }, -"lookaheadAdditionalResultsOnly": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "If true, only fetch lookahead buffer and ignore suggest_results.", +"SourceResultCount": { +"description": "Per source result count information.", +"id": "SourceResultCount", +"properties": { +"hasMoreResults": { +"description": "Whether there are more search results for this source.", "type": "boolean" }, -"lookaheadCoverage": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "If set, sends enough suggest results to cover the specified ratio of probable next characters the user will type.", -"format": "double", -"type": "number" -}, -"mapsMissPrefix": { -"description": "State that overrides whether or not the maps fallback flow should run.", +"resultCountEstimate": { +"description": "The estimated result count for this source.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"nav": { -"description": "Enable navsuggest.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"news": { -"description": "Enable news.", -"type": "boolean" +"resultCountExact": { +"description": "The exact result count for this source.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" }, -"numNavResults": { -"description": "Upper limit of the number of navsuggest results to return.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"source": { +"$ref": "Source", +"description": "The source the result count information is associated with." +} }, -"numResultsLimit": { -"description": "Number of suggestions to return. * In non Generic-Suggest clients, when set, this overrides the client configuration. Subject to upper bound limit controlled by num_results_limit_max_override flag. * In Generic-Suggest clients, when set, this caps the number of suggestions in addition to the client configuration. Ignores num_results_limit_max_override flag.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"type": "object" }, -"omniboxFocusType": { -"description": "Chrome Omnibox focus type. This param is passed in \"oft\" CGI param.", +"SourceScoringConfig": { +"description": "Set the scoring configuration. This allows modifying the ranking of results for a source.", +"id": "SourceScoringConfig", +"properties": { +"sourceImportance": { +"description": "Importance of the source.", "enum": [ -"INTERACTION_DEFAULT", -"INTERACTION_FOCUS", -"INTERACTION_CLOBBER" +"DEFAULT", +"LOW", +"HIGH" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"The default value. This is used for any search requests without any special interaction annotation, including: normal omnibox searches, as-you-type omnibox suggestions, as well as non-omnibox searches.", -"This search request is triggered by the user focusing the omnibox.", -"This search request is triggered by the user deleting all of the omnibox permanent text at once, i.e. user is on \"https://example.com\", does Ctrl+L which selects the whole URL, then presses Backspace. Note that INTERACTION_CLOBBER applies in fairly limited circumstances. For example, the following cases do NOT qualify and are instead marked as INTERACTION_DEFAULT: - User deletes their own typed text. - User deletes the permanent text one character at a time. - User uses Cut (Ctrl+X) to delete the permanent text." +"", +"", +"" ], "type": "string" +} }, -"omniboxInputType": { -"description": "Chrome Omnibox input type. This param is passed in \"oit\" CGI param.", -"enum": [ -"EMPTY", -"UNKNOWN", -"DEPRECATED_REQUESTED_URL", -"URL", -"QUERY", -"DEPRECATED_FORCED_QUERY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Empty input", -"Valid input whose type cannot be determined", -"DEPRECATED. Input autodetected as UNKNOWN, which the user wants to treat as an URL by specifying a desired_tld.", -"Input autodetected as a URL", -"Input autodetected as a query", -"DEPRECATED. Input forced to be a query by an initial '?'" -], +"type": "object" +}, +"SpellResult": { +"id": "SpellResult", +"properties": { +"suggestedQuery": { +"description": "The suggested spelling of the query.", "type": "string" }, -"omniboxPageClassification": { -"description": "Chrome Omnibox page classification. This param is passed in \"pgcl\" CGI param.", +"suggestedQueryHtml": { +"$ref": "SafeHtmlProto", +"description": "The sanitized HTML representing the spell corrected query that can be used in the UI. This usually has language-specific tags to mark up parts of the query that are spell checked." +}, +"suggestionType": { +"description": "Suggestion triggered for the current query.", "enum": [ -"INVALID_SPEC", -"NTP", -"BLANK", -"HOME_PAGE", -"OTHER", -"OBSOLETE_INSTANT_NTP", -"SEARCH_RESULT_PAGE_DOING_SEARCH_TERM_REPLACEMENT", -"INSTANT_NTP_WITH_OMNIBOX_AS_STARTING_FOCUS", -"INSTANT_NTP_WITH_FAKEBOX_AS_STARTING_FOCUS", -"SEARCH_RESULT_PAGE_NO_SEARCH_TERM_REPLACEMENT", -"APP_HOME", -"APP_SEARCH", -"APP_MAPS", -"SEARCH_BUTTON_AS_STARTING_FOCUS", -"CHROMEOS_APP_LIST", -"NTP_REALBOX", -"ANDROID_SEARCH_WIDGET", -"START_SURFACE_HOMEPAGE", -"START_SURFACE_NEW_TAB", -"ANDROID_SHORTCUTS_WIDGET", -"NTP_ZPS_PREFETCH", -"JOURNEYS", -"SRP_ZPS_PREFETCH", -"OTHER_ZPS_PREFETCH", -"CONTEXTUAL_SEARCHBOX", -"SEARCH_SIDE_PANEL_SEARCHBOX", -"LENS_SIDE_PANEL_SEARCHBOX", -"SEARCH_RESULT_PAGE_ON_CCT", -"OTHER_ON_CCT" +"SUGGESTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"NON_EMPTY_RESULTS_SPELL_SUGGESTION", +"ZERO_RESULTS_FULL_PAGE_REPLACEMENT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"BEGIN_GOOGLE_INTERNAL LINT.IfChange(omnibox_page_context) END_GOOGLE_INTERNAL An invalid URL; shouldn't happen.", -"chrome://newtab/. For modern versions of Chrome, this is only reported when an extension is replacing the new tab page. Otherwise, new tab page interactions will be reported as NTP_REALBOX, INSTANT_NTP_WITH_FAKEBOX_AS_STARTING_FOCUS or INSTANT_NTP_WITH_OMNIBOX_AS_STARTING_FOCUS. For old versions of Chrome, this was reported for the default New Tab Page.", -"about:blank.", -"The user's home page. Note that if the home page is set to any of the new tab page versions or to about:blank, then we'll classify the page into those categories, not HOME_PAGE.", -"The catch-all entry of everything not included somewhere else on this list.", -"The instant new tab page. DEPRECATED on August 2, 2013.", -"The user is on a search result page that does search term replacement. This means the search terms are shown in the omnibox instead of the URL. In other words: Query in Omnibox is Active for this SRP.", -"The new tab page in which this omnibox interaction first started with the user having focus in the omnibox.", -"The new tab page in which this omnibox interaction first started with the user having focus in the fakebox. This is replaced by NTP_REALBOX. DEPRECATED on Aug 17, 2020.", -"The user is on a search result page that does not do search term replacement. This means the URL of the SRP is shown in the omnibox. In other words: Query in Omnibox is Inactive for this SRP.", -"The user is on the home screen.", -"The user is in the search app.", -"The user is in the maps app.", -"This omnibox interaction started with the user tapping the search button.", -"This interaction started with the user focusing or typing in the search box of the ChromeOS app list (a.k.a., launcher).", -"The new tab page in which this omnibox interaction started with the user having focus in the realbox.", -"Android's Search Widget started directly from Launcher.", -"Android's Start surface homepage. DEPRECATED on Jun 17, 2022.", -"New Tab with Omnibox focused with Android's start surface finale enabled. DEPRECATED on Jun 17, 2022.", -"Android's improved Search Widget with new suggestions.", -"The New Tab Page zero-prefix suggestion prefetch. Used for prefetching suggestions and should never appear in an OmniboxEventProto or any of its derived histograms. (PageClassification enum is used in other places too, and not only OmniboxEventProto.)", -"Used for Journeys requests in its landing page, side Panel or the NTP. Should never appear in an OmniboxEventProto or any of its derived histograms. (PageClassification enum is used in other places too, and not only OmniboxEventProto.)", -"The Search Results Page zero-prefix suggestion prefetch. Used for prefetching suggestions and should never appear in an OmniboxEventProto or any of its derived histograms. (PageClassification enum is used in other places too, and not only OmniboxEventProto.)", -"The catch-all zero-prefix suggestion prefetch for everything other than NTP and SRP. Used for prefetching suggestions and should never appear in an OmniboxEventProto or any of its derived histograms. (PageClassification enum is used in other places too, and not only OmniboxEventProto.)", -"The searchbox in the lens overlay. BEGIN_GOOGLE_INTERNAL Used by the searchbox in the lens overlay (pre selection) which is contextual to the page. See go/chromnient-suggest-backend-integration for more details. END_GOOGLE_INTERNAL", -"The searchbox in the search side panel. BEGIN_GOOGLE_INTERNAL Used by the search side panel searchbox (post text-selection) which may or may not be contextual to the page. See go/chromnient-suggest-backend-integration for more details. END_GOOGLE_INTERNAL", -"The searchbox in the lens side panel. BEGIN_GOOGLE_INTERNAL Used by the lens side panel searchbox (post image-selection) which is multimodal. See go/chromnient-suggest-backend-integration for more details. END_GOOGLE_INTERNAL", -"The user is visiting a search result page using Chrome Custom Tab. Equivalent of SEARCH_RESULT_PAGE_NO_SEARCH_TERM_REPLACEMENT for CCT.", -"The user is visiting a non DSE web page using Chrome Custom Tab. Equivalent of OTHER for CCT." +"Default spell check type", +"Spell suggestion without any results changed. The results are still shown for the original query (which has non zero / results) with a suggestion for spelling that would have results.", +"Spell suggestion triggered when original query has no results. When the original query has no results, and spell suggestion has results we trigger results for the spell corrected query." ], "type": "string" +} }, -"opaOpaqueToken": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "The OPA opaque token provided by OPA. NOTE: Deprecated. Please use consistency.FootprintsVersionInfo.version_info.", -"type": "string" -}, -"optInContext": { -"$ref": "ClientOptInContext", -"description": "The opt-in context passed by GSA for App History suggestions. The opt-in context has a list of apps that should be excluded from the personalized App History suggestions. More details at: go/apphistory-suggestions." -}, -"params": { -"$ref": "MessageSet", -"description": "Any additional SuggestRequest::RequestData params, like: RequestAndReferenceOverride (see experiments/suggest_experiment.proto): overrides the default client options; useful for enabling a feature on top of existing features defined for a given client. Person: extra params required by the people flow. MapsHeadRequestParams: extra params used by the maps head flow. OnFocusRequestParams: extra params used by on-focus request. SrDataForSuggestContextualizationRequestParams: extra params used by the SR for suggest context flow. MultimodalSuggestImageSignals: extra params used by Multimodal suggest flow." -}, -"personalRerankDebugInfo": { -"$ref": "SuggestPersonalRerankDebugInfo", -"description": "The user debug info used in testing, offline analysis." +"type": "object" }, -"prefId": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Deprecated.", +"StartUploadItemRequest": { +"description": "Start upload file request.", +"id": "StartUploadItemRequest", +"properties": { +"connectorName": { +"description": "The name of connector making this call. Format: datasources/{source_id}/connectors/{ID}", "type": "string" }, -"previousQuery": { -"description": "For result-page requests.", -"type": "string" +"debugOptions": { +"$ref": "DebugOptions", +"description": "Common debug options." +} +}, +"type": "object" }, -"previousQuerySeconds": { -"description": "Seconds since the previous_query was issued. Default value -1 means this field is not set in request.", +"Status": { +"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", +"id": "Status", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, -"previousVideoId": { -"description": "Video id for the most recently watched Youtube Video on Android App. See go/pvideo-suggest for more details. Don't use this directly, instead use request_context->video_or_pvideo_id().", -"type": "string" -}, -"previousVideoSeconds": { -"description": "Time in seconds since end of watch on the most recently watched Youtube Video on Android App.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"query": { -"description": "Ask Google Suggest server for completions for this query.", -"type": "string" -}, -"queryBiasingContext": { -"$ref": "QueryBiasingContext" -}, -"referrer": { -"description": "The HTTP request's referrer, it will be set for requests coming from web (desktop or mobile).", -"type": "string" -}, -"restrict": { -"description": "Thirdparty restricted search.", +"details": { +"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", "items": { -"$ref": "SuggestRestrict" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"runtimeData": { -"$ref": "SuggestSuggestRequestRequestDataRuntimeData" -}, -"selectionEnd": { -"description": "End position of the user's selection (if any).", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" }, -"shouldPersonalize": { -"description": "Specifies whether we should personalize Suggest results. Based on whether this field is set or not, we have the following interpretations: (1) this field is not set - we request a Kansas check to be done in PSuggest server (fall back to the user personalization settings) Note: this is the default behavior (2) this field is set to true - this forces personalization regardless Kansas settings (3) this field is set to false - this disables personalization (PSuggest flows are not invoked) Note: Originally, we planned to have Kansas check in GWS, however it turns out that Kansas is not on Suggest path and we were forced to implement this check in PSuggest server. See http://b/5265965 for more details.", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "object" }, -"siteRestrict": { -"description": "Requests suggestions for query restricted to specified site. Should be a sitename (ex: 'youtube.com')", -"type": "string" +"type": "array" }, -"sourceLang": { -"description": "The source language for dictionary/translate (en, ru, iw, etc.).", +"message": { +"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", "type": "string" +} }, -"spell": { -"description": "Enable spell correction.", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "object" }, -"spellingExperimentIds": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Deprecated: GWS Experiment Ids that are tagged for Spelling.", +"StructuredDataObject": { +"description": "A structured data object consisting of named properties.", +"id": "StructuredDataObject", +"properties": { +"properties": { +"description": "The properties for the object. The maximum number of elements is 1000.", "items": { -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"$ref": "NamedProperty" }, "type": "array" +} }, -"startIndex": { -"description": "If non-negative, determines the start index (starting at 0) for results: a value of '0' is a no-opt; and e.g. a value of '20' would skip the first 20 suggestions, returning results 21 - ?? (e.g. ?? = 30 if num_results_limit = 10). Currently, this is only used by PSuggest, and will be ignored by all other suggest backends.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"suggestRequestId": { -"description": "Request options, filled in a runtime.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"suppressBolding": { -"description": "Suppress fragment generation and bolding.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"suppressPluspages": { -"description": "Disables pluspage suggestions. This overrides client config. Intended for temporary UI state change as it happens when toolbar is activated.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"targetLang": { -"description": "The target language for dictionary/translate (en, ru, iw, etc.).", -"type": "string" -}, -"textAhead": { -"description": "For querynation, this is the psychic completed part of the query. For example if the user has entered [cancun hote] in the searchbox and this completes to [cancun hotels], then text_ahead=\"ls\".", -"type": "string" -}, -"uncorrectedOriginalQuery": { -"description": "Original query before it was refined or corrected (set by Youtube LR)", -"type": "string" -}, -"userAgent": { -"description": "The user agent string, to be used temporarily within CompleteServer to accurately compute data volume estimate for additional events added to Sessions for Proxima (namely, go/search-metrics-and-triggering-proxima). ", -"type": "string" -}, -"userLocationFeatureId": { -"description": "FeatureId associated with user location (from Oolong) as a string", -"type": "string" -}, -"userLocationResult": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Index of the result in location_context.results field that best describes the user location.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"type": "object" }, -"userPrefs": { -"$ref": "SuggestSuggestRequestRequestDataUserPreferences" +"StructuredResult": { +"description": "Structured results that are returned as part of search request.", +"id": "StructuredResult", +"properties": { +"person": { +"$ref": "Person", +"description": "Representation of a person" +} }, -"uuld": { -"description": "Override the user location. Used for debugging.", -"type": "string" +"type": "object" }, -"videoId": { -"description": "Video id for the currently watching Youtube Video. Don't use this directly, instead use request_context->video_or_pvideo_id().", -"type": "string" +"SuggestRequest": { +"description": "Request of suggest API.", +"id": "SuggestRequest", +"properties": { +"dataSourceRestrictions": { +"description": "The sources to use for suggestions. If not specified, the data sources are taken from the current search application. NOTE: Suggestions are only supported for the following sources: * Third-party data sources * PredefinedSource.PERSON * PredefinedSource.GOOGLE_DRIVE", +"items": { +"$ref": "DataSourceRestriction" }, -"visitorData": { -"description": "Encrypted YouTube Visitor Data (see go/visitor-id-suggest). For privacy reasons, visitor_data can only be set in absence of gaia_id.", -"type": "string" +"type": "array" }, -"youtubeExternalChannelId": { -"description": "External YouTube Channel ID for channel scoped suggestions. This ID is is passed through for creator features and is used to fetch channel personalized suggestions.", +"query": { +"description": "Partial query for which autocomplete suggestions will be shown. For example, if the query is \"sea\", then the server might return \"season\", \"search\", \"seagull\" and so on.", "type": "string" }, -"zwiebackId": { -"description": "zwieback_id is set by GoogleCookie::uid() For SxS we override zwieback_id, please access through SuggestFlowUtils::GetZwiebackId(...).", -"type": "string" +"requestOptions": { +"$ref": "RequestOptions", +"description": "Request options, such as the search application and user timezone." } }, "type": "object" }, -"SuggestSuggestRequestRequestDataClientThumbnailDimensions": { -"description": "The thumbnail dimensions as per client requirements. Next ID: 5", -"id": "SuggestSuggestRequestRequestDataClientThumbnailDimensions", +"SuggestResponse": { +"description": "Response of the suggest API.", +"id": "SuggestResponse", "properties": { -"devicePixelRatio": { -"format": "double", -"type": "number" -}, -"iconSizeInDp": { -"format": "double", -"type": "number" -}, -"targetThumbnailHeight": { -"format": "uint32", -"type": "integer" +"suggestResults": { +"description": "List of suggestions.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SuggestResult" }, -"targetThumbnailWidth": { -"description": "Currently only used for YouTube Visual Suggest (go/ytandroid-visual-suggest).", -"format": "uint32", -"type": "integer" +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"SuggestSuggestRequestRequestDataRuntimeData": { -"description": "Next ID: 2 TODO(b/237694378) Move this to ProcessedRequestContext.", -"id": "SuggestSuggestRequestRequestDataRuntimeData", +"SuggestResult": { +"description": "One suggestion result.", +"id": "SuggestResult", "properties": { -"sanitizedRequestLanguage": { -"type": "string" -} +"peopleSuggestion": { +"$ref": "PeopleSuggestion", +"description": "This is present when the suggestion indicates a person. It contains more information about the person - like their email ID, name etc." }, -"type": "object" +"querySuggestion": { +"$ref": "QuerySuggestion", +"description": "This field will be present if the suggested query is a word/phrase completion." }, -"SuggestSuggestRequestRequestDataUserPreferences": { -"id": "SuggestSuggestRequestRequestDataUserPreferences", -"properties": { -"isTrendsDisabled": { -"type": "boolean" +"source": { +"$ref": "Source", +"description": "The source of the suggestion." +}, +"suggestedQuery": { +"description": "The suggested query that will be used for search, when the user clicks on the suggestion", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json index 194185abb5d..513f8b46d56 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://cloudshell.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddPublicKeyMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json index ce6b069d576..559fa738dcd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Actor": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json index 07663bb8a71..883883f8860 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Actor": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json index fa260897286..3785758992b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json @@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240703", "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AirflowMetadataRetentionPolicyConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json index f491eb2a86f..c8099d587d7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json @@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240703", "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AirflowMetadataRetentionPolicyConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json index 2c7211ea865..e4b15b7d295 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json @@ -14084,210 +14084,6 @@ } } }, -"instantSnapshotGroups": { -"methods": { -"delete": { -"description": "deletes a Zonal InstantSnapshotGroup resource", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups/{instantSnapshotGroup}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.instantSnapshotGroups.delete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"zone", -"instantSnapshotGroup" -], -"parameters": { -"instantSnapshotGroup": { -"description": "Name of the InstantSnapshot resource to delete.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"zone": { -"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups/{instantSnapshotGroup}", -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, -"get": { -"description": "returns the specified InstantSnapshotGroup resource in the specified zone.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups/{instantSnapshotGroup}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.instantSnapshotGroups.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"zone", -"instantSnapshotGroup" -], -"parameters": { -"instantSnapshotGroup": { -"description": "Name of the instantSnapshotGroup resource to return.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"zone": { -"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups/{instantSnapshotGroup}", -"response": { -"$ref": "InstantSnapshotGroup" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -}, -"insert": { -"description": "inserts a Zonal InstantSnapshotGroup resource", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.instantSnapshotGroups.insert", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"zone" -], -"parameters": { -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"sourceConsistencyGroup": { -"description": "begin_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"zone": { -"description": "Name of the zone for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups", -"request": { -"$ref": "InstantSnapshotGroup" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, -"list": { -"description": "retrieves the list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources contained within the specified zone.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.instantSnapshotGroups.list", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"zone" -], -"parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"maxResults": { -"default": "500", -"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", -"format": "uint32", -"location": "query", -"minimum": "0", -"type": "integer" -}, -"orderBy": { -"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"returnPartialSuccess": { -"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"zone": { -"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshotGroups", -"response": { -"$ref": "ListInstantSnapshotGroups" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -} -} -}, "instantSnapshots": { "methods": { "aggregatedList": { @@ -26508,106 +26304,6 @@ } } }, -"regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests": { -"methods": { -"get": { -"description": "Returns all of the details about the specified resize request.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resizeRequests/{resizeRequest}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region", -"instanceGroupManager", -"resizeRequest" -], -"parameters": { -"instanceGroupManager": { -"description": "The name of the managed instance group. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID.", -"location": "path", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "The name of the region scoping this request. Name should conform to RFC1035.", -"location": "path", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"resizeRequest": { -"description": "The name of the resize request. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID.", -"location": "path", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resizeRequests/{resizeRequest}", -"response": { -"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -}, -"insert": { -"description": "Creates a new Resize Request that starts provisioning VMs immediately or queues VM creation.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resizeRequests", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.insert", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region", -"instanceGroupManager" -], -"parameters": { -"instanceGroupManager": { -"description": "Name of the managed instance group to which the resize request is scoped. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID.", -"location": "path", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request. Name should conform to RFC1035.", -"location": "path", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resizeRequests", -"request": { -"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -} -} -}, "regionInstanceGroupManagers": { "methods": { "abandonInstances": { @@ -28511,210 +28207,6 @@ } } }, -"regionInstantSnapshotGroups": { -"methods": { -"delete": { -"description": "deletes a Regional InstantSnapshotGroup resource", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups/{instantSnapshotGroup}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.delete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region", -"instantSnapshotGroup" -], -"parameters": { -"instantSnapshotGroup": { -"description": "Name of the InstantSnapshotGroup resource to delete.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "The name of the region for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups/{instantSnapshotGroup}", -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, -"get": { -"description": "returns the specified InstantSnapshotGroup resource in the specified region.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups/{instantSnapshot}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region", -"instantSnapshot" -], -"parameters": { -"instantSnapshot": { -"description": "Name of the InstantSnapshotGroup resource to return.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "The name of the region for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups/{instantSnapshot}", -"response": { -"$ref": "InstantSnapshotGroup" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -}, -"insert": { -"description": "creates a Regional InstantSnapshotGroup resource", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.insert", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region" -], -"parameters": { -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"sourceConsistencyGroup": { -"description": "begin_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups", -"request": { -"$ref": "InstantSnapshotGroup" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, -"list": { -"description": "retrieves the list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources contained within the specified region.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.list", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region" -], -"parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"maxResults": { -"default": "500", -"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", -"format": "uint32", -"location": "query", -"minimum": "0", -"type": "integer" -}, -"orderBy": { -"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "The name of the region for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"returnPartialSuccess": { -"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshotGroups", -"response": { -"$ref": "ListInstantSnapshotGroups" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -} -} -}, "regionInstantSnapshots": { "methods": { "delete": { @@ -34072,7 +33564,7 @@ "regions": { "methods": { "get": { -"description": "Returns the specified Region resource. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request. This method fails if the quota information is unavailable for the region and if the organization policy constraint compute.requireBasicQuotaInResponse is enforced. This constraint, when enforced, disables the fail-open behaviour when quota information (the `items.quotas` field) is unavailable for the region. It is recommended to use the default setting for the constraint unless your application requires the fail-closed behaviour for this method.", +"description": "Returns the specified Region resource. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "compute.regions.get", @@ -45223,7 +44715,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240618", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -46647,14 +46139,6 @@ false "sourceInstanceTemplateId": { "description": "ID of the instance template used to populate reservation properties.", "type": "string" -}, -"utilizations": { -"additionalProperties": { -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"description": "Per service utilization breakdown. The Key is the Google Cloud managed service name.", -"type": "object" } }, "type": "object" @@ -47995,13 +47479,11 @@ false "description": "Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.", "enum": [ "CONNECTION", -"CUSTOM_METRICS", "RATE", "UTILIZATION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Balance based on the number of simultaneous connections.", -"Based on custom defined and reported metrics.", "Balance based on requests per second (RPS).", "Balance based on the backend utilization." ], @@ -48012,13 +47494,6 @@ false "format": "float", "type": "number" }, -"customMetrics": { -"description": "List of custom metrics that are used for CUSTOM_METRICS BalancingMode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy.", -"items": { -"$ref": "BackendCustomMetric" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "description": { "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", "type": "string" @@ -48448,26 +47923,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"BackendCustomMetric": { -"description": "Custom Metrics are used for CUSTOM_METRICS balancing_mode and WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN BackendService locality_lb_policy.", -"id": "BackendCustomMetric", -"properties": { -"dryRun": { -"description": "If true, the metric data is collected and reported to Cloud Monitoring, but is not used for load balancing.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"maxUtilization": { -"description": "Optional parameter to define a target utilization for the Custom Metrics balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0].", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Name of a custom utilization signal. The name must be 1-24 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-24 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For usage guidelines, see Custom Metrics balancing mode. This field can only be used for a global or regional backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "BackendService": { "description": "Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.", "id": "BackendService", @@ -48650,8 +48105,7 @@ false "RANDOM", "RING_HASH", "ROUND_ROBIN", -"WEIGHTED_MAGLEV", -"WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN" +"WEIGHTED_MAGLEV" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", @@ -48661,8 +48115,7 @@ false "The load balancer selects a random healthy host.", "The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.", "This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.", -"Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.", -"Per-endpoint weighted round-robin Load Balancing using weights computed from Backend reported Custom Metrics. If set, the Backend Service responses are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Endpoint-Load-Metrics. The reported metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via the backends[].customMetrics fields." +"Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -48804,7 +48257,6 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "usedBy": { -"description": "[Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service.", "items": { "$ref": "BackendServiceUsedBy" }, @@ -49639,8 +49091,7 @@ false "RANDOM", "RING_HASH", "ROUND_ROBIN", -"WEIGHTED_MAGLEV", -"WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN" +"WEIGHTED_MAGLEV" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", @@ -49650,8 +49101,7 @@ false "The load balancer selects a random healthy host.", "The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.", "This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.", -"Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.", -"Per-endpoint weighted round-robin Load Balancing using weights computed from Backend reported Custom Metrics. If set, the Backend Service responses are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Endpoint-Load-Metrics. The reported metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via the backends[].customMetrics fields." +"Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing." ], "type": "string" } @@ -49762,7 +49212,6 @@ false "id": "BackendServiceUsedBy", "properties": { "reference": { -"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -50609,10 +50058,6 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", "type": "string" }, -"customEndTimestamp": { -"description": "[Input Only] Optional, specifies the CUD end time requested by the customer in RFC3339 text format. Needed when the customer wants CUD's end date is later than the start date + term duration.", -"type": "string" -}, "description": { "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", "type": "string" @@ -51103,10 +50548,6 @@ false "cancellationInformation": { "$ref": "CommitmentResourceStatusCancellationInformation", "description": "[Output Only] An optional, contains all the needed information of cancellation." -}, -"customTermEligibilityEndTimestamp": { -"description": "[Output Only] Indicates the end time of customer's eligibility to send custom term requests in RFC3339 text format. Term extension requests that (not the end time in the request) after this time will be rejected.", -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -60165,7 +59606,8 @@ false "type": "array" }, "baseInstanceName": { -"description": "The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of \"vm-###\" results in \"vm-001\" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\\\])?))", +"description": "The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035.", +"pattern": "[a-z][-a-z0-9]{0,57}", "type": "string" }, "creationTimestamp": { @@ -60265,10 +59707,6 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources).", "type": "string" }, -"resourcePolicies": { -"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResourcePolicies", -"description": "Resource policies for this managed instance group." -}, "satisfiesPzi": { "description": "[Output Only] Reserved for future use.", "type": "boolean" @@ -61311,16 +60749,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"InstanceGroupManagerResourcePolicies": { -"id": "InstanceGroupManagerResourcePolicies", -"properties": { -"workloadPolicy": { -"description": "The URL of the workload policy that is specified for this managed instance group. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy ", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "InstanceGroupManagerStandbyPolicy": { "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStandbyPolicy", "properties": { @@ -64369,101 +63797,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"InstantSnapshotGroup": { -"id": "InstantSnapshotGroup", -"properties": { -"creationTimestamp": { -"description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", -"type": "string" -}, -"description": { -"description": "Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"id": { -"description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.", -"format": "uint64", -"type": "string" -}, -"kind": { -"default": "compute#instantSnapshotGroup", -"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instantSnapshotGroup for InstantSnapshotGroup resources.", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "[Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot group resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.", -"type": "string" -}, -"resourceStatus": { -"$ref": "InstantSnapshotGroupResourceStatus" -}, -"selfLink": { -"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"selfLinkWithId": { -"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.", -"type": "string" -}, -"status": { -"description": "[Output Only]", -"enum": [ -"CREATING", -"DELETING", -"FAILED", -"INVALID", -"READY", -"UNKNOWN" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"zone": { -"description": "[Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot group resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"InstantSnapshotGroupResourceStatus": { -"id": "InstantSnapshotGroupResourceStatus", -"properties": { -"consistencyMembershipResolutionTime": { -"description": "[Output Only]", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -}, -"sourceInfo": { -"$ref": "InstantSnapshotGroupSourceInfo", -"description": "[Output Only]" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"InstantSnapshotGroupSourceInfo": { -"id": "InstantSnapshotGroupSourceInfo", -"properties": { -"consistencyGroup": { -"type": "string" -}, -"consistencyGroupId": { -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "InstantSnapshotList": { "description": "Contains a list of InstantSnapshot resources.", "id": "InstantSnapshotList", @@ -64999,9 +64332,6 @@ false "bandwidthPercentagePolicy": { "$ref": "InterconnectApplicationAwareInterconnectBandwidthPercentagePolicy" }, -"egressMinBandwidthPercentagePolicy": { -"$ref": "InterconnectApplicationAwareInterconnectBandwidthPercentagePolicy" -}, "profileDescription": { "description": "A description for the AAI profile on this interconnect.", "type": "string" @@ -67796,168 +67126,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"ListInstantSnapshotGroups": { -"description": "Contains a list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources.", -"id": "ListInstantSnapshotGroups", -"properties": { -"etag": { -"type": "string" -}, -"id": { -"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", -"type": "string" -}, -"items": { -"description": "A list of InstantSnapshotGroup resources.", -"items": { -"$ref": "InstantSnapshotGroup" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"kind": { -"default": "compute#instantSnapshotGroupsList", -"description": "Type of resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", -"type": "string" -}, -"selfLink": { -"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"unreachables": { -"description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"warning": { -"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", -"properties": { -"code": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", -"enum": [ -"CLEANUP_FAILED", -"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", -"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", -"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", -"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", -"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", -"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", -"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", -"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", -"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", -"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", -"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", -"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", -"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", -"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", -"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", -"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", -"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", -"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", -"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", -"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", -"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", -"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", -"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", -"UNREACHABLE" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", -"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", -"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", -"Warning that is present in an external api call", -"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", -"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", -"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", -"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", -"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", -"A resource depends on a missing type", -"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", -"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", -"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", -"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", -"No results are present on a particular list page.", -"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", -"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", -"Warning that a resource is in use.", -"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", -"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", -"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", -"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", -"A given scope cannot be reached." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"data": { -"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", -"items": { -"properties": { -"key": { -"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", -"type": "string" -}, -"value": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"message": { -"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "LocalDisk": { "id": "LocalDisk", "properties": { @@ -69476,9 +68644,6 @@ false "selfLinkWithId": { "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", "type": "string" -}, -"status": { -"$ref": "MultiMigStatus" } }, "type": "object" @@ -69531,18 +68696,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"MultiMigStatus": { -"id": "MultiMigStatus", -"properties": { -"memberInstanceGroupManagers": { -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "MultiMigsList": { "id": "MultiMigsList", "properties": { @@ -70908,6 +70061,12 @@ false "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"clientPort": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "fqdn": { "description": "Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT.", "type": "string" @@ -70951,6 +70110,19 @@ false "$ref": "NetworkEndpointGroupAppEngine", "description": "Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set." }, +"clientPortMappingMode": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional.", +"enum": [ +"CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT", +"PORT_MAPPING_DISABLED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"For each endpoint there is exactly one client port.", +"NEG should not be used for mapping client port to destination." +], +"type": "string" +}, "cloudFunction": { "$ref": "NetworkEndpointGroupCloudFunction", "description": "Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set." @@ -82945,9 +82117,6 @@ false "vmMaintenancePolicy": { "$ref": "ResourcePolicyVmMaintenancePolicy", "description": "Resource policy applicable to VMs for infrastructure maintenance." -}, -"workloadPolicy": { -"$ref": "ResourcePolicyWorkloadPolicy" } }, "type": "object" @@ -83627,24 +82796,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"ResourcePolicyWorkloadPolicy": { -"description": "Represents the workload policy.", -"id": "ResourcePolicyWorkloadPolicy", -"properties": { -"type": { -"enum": [ -"HIGH_AVAILABILITY", -"HIGH_THROUGHPUT" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"VMs will be provisioned in such a way which provides high availability.", -"VMs will be provisioned in such a way which provides high throughput." -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "ResourceStatus": { "description": "Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls.", "id": "ResourceStatus", @@ -83723,7 +82874,7 @@ false "id": "ResourceStatusScheduling", "properties": { "availabilityDomain": { -"description": "Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance.", +"description": "Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -86703,7 +85854,7 @@ false "type": "boolean" }, "availabilityDomain": { -"description": "Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance.", +"description": "Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -99749,7 +98900,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "stackType": { -"description": "The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6, IPV6_ONLY. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used if the gateway IP version is IPV4, or IPV4_IPV6 if the gateway IP version is IPV6.", +"description": "The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.", "enum": [ "IPV4_IPV6", "IPV4_ONLY", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json index 77345d6b9a2..2ea6da97f9c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json @@ -3669,40 +3669,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"addPacketMirroringRule": { -"description": "Inserts a packet mirroring rule into a firewall policy.", -"flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/addPacketMirroringRule", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.firewallPolicies.addPacketMirroringRule", -"parameterOrder": [ -"firewallPolicy" -], -"parameters": { -"firewallPolicy": { -"description": "Name of the firewall policy to update.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(firewallPolicies/)?[0-9]{0,20}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/addPacketMirroringRule", -"request": { -"$ref": "FirewallPolicyRule" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, "addRule": { "description": "Inserts a rule into a firewall policy.", "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/addRule", @@ -3896,39 +3862,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"getPacketMirroringRule": { -"description": "Gets a packet mirroring rule of the specified priority.", -"flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/getPacketMirroringRule", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.firewallPolicies.getPacketMirroringRule", -"parameterOrder": [ -"firewallPolicy" -], -"parameters": { -"firewallPolicy": { -"description": "Name of the firewall policy to which the queried rule belongs.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(firewallPolicies/)?[0-9]{0,20}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"priority": { -"description": "The priority of the rule to get from the firewall policy.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -} -}, -"path": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/getPacketMirroringRule", -"response": { -"$ref": "FirewallPolicyRule" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -}, "getRule": { "description": "Gets a rule of the specified priority.", "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/getRule", @@ -4133,46 +4066,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"patchPacketMirroringRule": { -"description": "Patches a packet mirroring rule of the specified priority.", -"flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/patchPacketMirroringRule", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.firewallPolicies.patchPacketMirroringRule", -"parameterOrder": [ -"firewallPolicy" -], -"parameters": { -"firewallPolicy": { -"description": "Name of the firewall policy to update.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(firewallPolicies/)?[0-9]{0,20}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"priority": { -"description": "The priority of the rule to patch.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/patchPacketMirroringRule", -"request": { -"$ref": "FirewallPolicyRule" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, "patchRule": { "description": "Patches a rule of the specified priority.", "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/patchRule", @@ -4249,43 +4142,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"removePacketMirroringRule": { -"description": "Deletes a packet mirroring rule of the specified priority.", -"flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/removePacketMirroringRule", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.firewallPolicies.removePacketMirroringRule", -"parameterOrder": [ -"firewallPolicy" -], -"parameters": { -"firewallPolicy": { -"description": "Name of the firewall policy to update.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(firewallPolicies/)?[0-9]{0,20}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"priority": { -"description": "The priority of the rule to remove from the firewall policy.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/removePacketMirroringRule", -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, "removeRule": { "description": "Deletes a rule of the specified priority.", "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/removeRule", @@ -17328,60 +17184,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"addPacketMirroringRule": { -"description": "Inserts a packet mirroring rule into a firewall policy.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/addPacketMirroringRule", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.addPacketMirroringRule", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"firewallPolicy" -], -"parameters": { -"firewallPolicy": { -"description": "Name of the firewall policy to update.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"maxPriority": { -"description": "When rule.priority is not specified, auto choose a unused priority between minPriority and maxPriority>. This field is exclusive with rule.priority.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"minPriority": { -"description": "When rule.priority is not specified, auto choose a unused priority between minPriority and maxPriority>. This field is exclusive with rule.priority.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/addPacketMirroringRule", -"request": { -"$ref": "FirewallPolicyRule" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, "addRule": { "description": "Inserts a rule into a firewall policy.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/addRule", @@ -17635,47 +17437,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"getPacketMirroringRule": { -"description": "Gets a packet mirroring rule of the specified priority.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/getPacketMirroringRule", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.getPacketMirroringRule", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"firewallPolicy" -], -"parameters": { -"firewallPolicy": { -"description": "Name of the firewall policy to which the queried rule belongs.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"priority": { -"description": "The priority of the rule to get from the firewall policy.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/getPacketMirroringRule", -"response": { -"$ref": "FirewallPolicyRule" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -}, "getRule": { "description": "Gets a rule of the specified priority.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/getRule", @@ -17848,54 +17609,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"patchPacketMirroringRule": { -"description": "Patches a packet mirroring rule of the specified priority.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/patchPacketMirroringRule", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.patchPacketMirroringRule", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"firewallPolicy" -], -"parameters": { -"firewallPolicy": { -"description": "Name of the firewall policy to update.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"priority": { -"description": "The priority of the rule to patch.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/patchPacketMirroringRule", -"request": { -"$ref": "FirewallPolicyRule" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, "patchRule": { "description": "Patches a rule of the specified priority.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/patchRule", @@ -17988,51 +17701,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"removePacketMirroringRule": { -"description": "Deletes a packet mirroring rule of the specified priority.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/removePacketMirroringRule", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.removePacketMirroringRule", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"firewallPolicy" -], -"parameters": { -"firewallPolicy": { -"description": "Name of the firewall policy to update.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"priority": { -"description": "The priority of the rule to remove from the firewall policy.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/removePacketMirroringRule", -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, "removeRule": { "description": "Deletes a rule of the specified priority.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/removeRule", @@ -31516,7 +31184,7 @@ "regions": { "methods": { "get": { -"description": "Returns the specified Region resource. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request. This method fails if the quota information is unavailable for the region and if the organization policy constraint compute.requireBasicQuotaInResponse is enforced. This constraint, when enforced, disables the fail-open behaviour when quota information (the `items.quotas` field) is unavailable for the region. It is recommended to use the default setting for the constraint unless your application requires the fail-closed behaviour for this method.", +"description": "Returns the specified Region resource. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "compute.regions.get", @@ -41911,7 +41579,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240702", +"revision": "20240618", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -45236,8 +44904,7 @@ false "GENERATED_COOKIE", "HEADER_FIELD", "HTTP_COOKIE", -"NONE", -"STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY" +"NONE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.", @@ -45247,15 +44914,10 @@ false "Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.", "The hash is based on a user specified header field.", "The hash is based on a user provided cookie.", -"No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool.", -"Strong cookie-based affinity. Connections bearing the same cookie will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy, as long as the cookie has not expired." +"No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool." ], "type": "string" }, -"strongSessionAffinityCookie": { -"$ref": "BackendServiceHttpCookie", -"description": "Describes the HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity. This field is applicable and required if the sessionAffinity is set to STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY." -}, "subsetting": { "$ref": "Subsetting" }, @@ -45265,7 +44927,6 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "usedBy": { -"description": "[Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service.", "items": { "$ref": "BackendServiceUsedBy" }, @@ -45632,25 +45293,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"BackendServiceHttpCookie": { -"description": "The HTTP cookie used for stateful session affinity.", -"id": "BackendServiceHttpCookie", -"properties": { -"name": { -"description": "Name of the cookie.", -"type": "string" -}, -"path": { -"description": "Path to set for the cookie.", -"type": "string" -}, -"ttl": { -"$ref": "Duration", -"description": "Lifetime of the cookie." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "BackendServiceIAP": { "description": "Identity-Aware Proxy", "id": "BackendServiceIAP", @@ -46087,7 +45729,6 @@ false "id": "BackendServiceUsedBy", "properties": { "reference": { -"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -46945,7 +46586,6 @@ false "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED_C3D", "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED_H3", "GENERAL_PURPOSE", -"GENERAL_PURPOSE_C4", "GENERAL_PURPOSE_E2", "GENERAL_PURPOSE_N2", "GENERAL_PURPOSE_N2D", @@ -46976,7 +46616,6 @@ false "", "", "", -"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -50209,13 +49848,6 @@ false "description": "Name of the resource. For Organization Firewall Policies it's a [Output Only] numeric ID allocated by Google Cloud which uniquely identifies the Organization Firewall Policy.", "type": "string" }, -"packetMirroringRules": { -"description": "A list of packet mirroring rules that belong to this policy.", -"items": { -"$ref": "FirewallPolicyRule" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "parent": { "description": "[Output Only] The parent of the firewall policy. This field is not applicable to network firewall policies.", "type": "string" @@ -55698,7 +55330,8 @@ false "type": "array" }, "baseInstanceName": { -"description": "The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of \"vm-###\" results in \"vm-001\" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\\\])?))", +"description": "The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035.", +"pattern": "[a-z][-a-z0-9]{0,57}", "type": "string" }, "creationTimestamp": { @@ -59123,11 +58756,6 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] The name of the firewall policy.", "type": "string" }, -"priority": { -"description": "[Output only] Priority of firewall policy association. Not applicable for type=HIERARCHY.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, "rules": { "description": "The rules that apply to the network.", "items": { @@ -59145,16 +58773,12 @@ false "HIERARCHY", "NETWORK", "NETWORK_REGIONAL", -"SYSTEM_GLOBAL", -"SYSTEM_REGIONAL", "UNSPECIFIED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", "", "", -"", -"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -65035,6 +64659,12 @@ false "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"clientPort": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Represents the port number to which PSC consumer sends packets. Only valid for network endpoint groups created with CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT mapping mode.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "fqdn": { "description": "Optional fully qualified domain name of network endpoint. This can only be specified when NetworkEndpointGroup.network_endpoint_type is NON_GCP_FQDN_PORT.", "type": "string" @@ -65074,6 +64704,19 @@ false "$ref": "NetworkEndpointGroupAppEngine", "description": "Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set." }, +"clientPortMappingMode": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Only valid when networkEndpointType is GCE_VM_IP_PORT and the NEG is regional.", +"enum": [ +"CLIENT_PORT_PER_ENDPOINT", +"PORT_MAPPING_DISABLED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"For each endpoint there is exactly one client port.", +"NEG should not be used for mapping client port to destination." +], +"type": "string" +}, "cloudFunction": { "$ref": "NetworkEndpointGroupCloudFunction", "description": "Only valid when networkEndpointType is SERVERLESS. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine or cloudFunction may be set." @@ -73791,11 +73434,6 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] The name of the firewall policy.", "type": "string" }, -"priority": { -"description": "[Output only] Priority of firewall policy association. Not applicable for type=HIERARCHY.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, "rules": { "description": "The rules that apply to the network.", "items": { @@ -73809,16 +73447,12 @@ false "HIERARCHY", "NETWORK", "NETWORK_REGIONAL", -"SYSTEM_GLOBAL", -"SYSTEM_REGIONAL", "UNSPECIFIED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", "", "", -"", -"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -75386,11 +75020,6 @@ false "ResourceStatusScheduling": { "id": "ResourceStatusScheduling", "properties": { -"availabilityDomain": { -"description": "Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, "terminationTimestamp": { "description": "Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format.", "type": "string" @@ -78017,11 +77646,6 @@ false "description": "Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.", "type": "boolean" }, -"availabilityDomain": { -"description": "Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": { "description": "Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.", "format": "int32", @@ -86740,8 +86364,7 @@ false "GENERATED_COOKIE", "HEADER_FIELD", "HTTP_COOKIE", -"NONE", -"STRONG_COOKIE_AFFINITY" +"NONE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.", @@ -86751,8 +86374,7 @@ false "Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.", "The hash is based on a user specified header field.", "The hash is based on a user provided cookie.", -"No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool.", -"Strong cookie-based affinity. Connections bearing the same cookie will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy, as long as the cookie has not expired." +"No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool." ], "type": "string" } @@ -90029,7 +89651,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "stackType": { -"description": "The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6, IPV6_ONLY. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used if the gateway IP version is IPV4, or IPV4_IPV6 if the gateway IP version is IPV6.", +"description": "The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.", "enum": [ "IPV4_IPV6", "IPV4_ONLY", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json index cb70f3014c7..efb1177a57c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json @@ -27980,7 +27980,7 @@ "regions": { "methods": { "get": { -"description": "Returns the specified Region resource. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request. This method fails if the quota information is unavailable for the region and if the organization policy constraint compute.requireBasicQuotaInResponse is enforced. This constraint, when enforced, disables the fail-open behaviour when quota information (the `items.quotas` field) is unavailable for the region. It is recommended to use the default setting for the constraint unless your application requires the fail-closed behaviour for this method.", +"description": "Returns the specified Region resource. To decrease latency for this method, you can optionally omit any unneeded information from the response by using a field mask. This practice is especially recommended for unused quota information (the `quotas` field). To exclude one or more fields, set your request's `fields` query parameter to only include the fields you need. For example, to only include the `id` and `selfLink` fields, add the query parameter `?fields=id,selfLink` to your request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "compute.regions.get", @@ -37421,7 +37421,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240702", +"revision": "20240618", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -40687,7 +40687,6 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "usedBy": { -"description": "[Output Only] List of resources referencing given backend service.", "items": { "$ref": "BackendServiceUsedBy" }, @@ -41490,7 +41489,6 @@ false "id": "BackendServiceUsedBy", "properties": { "reference": { -"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for resources referencing given BackendService like UrlMaps, TargetTcpProxies, TargetSslProxies and ForwardingRule.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -42244,7 +42242,6 @@ false "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED_C3D", "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED_H3", "GENERAL_PURPOSE", -"GENERAL_PURPOSE_C4", "GENERAL_PURPOSE_E2", "GENERAL_PURPOSE_N2", "GENERAL_PURPOSE_N2D", @@ -42275,7 +42272,6 @@ false "", "", "", -"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -50043,7 +50039,8 @@ false "type": "array" }, "baseInstanceName": { -"description": "The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of \"vm-###\" results in \"vm-001\" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,52}-#{1,10}(\\\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\\\])?))", +"description": "The base instance name to use for instances in this group. The value must be 1-58 characters long. Instances are named by appending a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. The base instance name must comply with RFC1035.", +"pattern": "[a-z][-a-z0-9]{0,57}", "type": "string" }, "creationTimestamp": { @@ -71225,11 +71222,6 @@ false "description": "Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.", "type": "boolean" }, -"availabilityDomain": { -"description": "Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, "instanceTerminationAction": { "description": "Specifies the termination action for the instance.", "enum": [ @@ -82692,7 +82684,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "stackType": { -"description": "The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6, IPV6_ONLY. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used if the gateway IP version is IPV4, or IPV4_IPV6 if the gateway IP version is IPV6.", +"description": "The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY, IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.", "enum": [ "IPV4_IPV6", "IPV4_ONLY", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/config.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/config.v1.json index 004d1971fc3..2838e46435a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/config.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/config.v1.json @@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://config.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplyResults": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json index bb83e86d4b9..97550fa8fb3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json @@ -2427,7 +2427,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://connectors.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -5892,7 +5892,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "valueSeparator": { -"description": "Required. Value separator. Only \",\" can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field.", +"description": "Required. Value separator.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -6536,10 +6536,6 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, -"defaultValue": { -"description": "The following field specifies the default value of the Parameter provided by the external system if a value is not provided.", -"type": "any" -}, "description": { "description": "A brief description of the field.", "type": "string" @@ -6551,10 +6547,6 @@ false "jsonSchema": { "$ref": "JsonSchema", "description": "JsonSchema representation of this action's result" -}, -"nullable": { -"description": "Specifies whether a null value is allowed.", -"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json index 621a267ecb0..217f519e688 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://connectors.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessCredentials": { @@ -2269,10 +2269,6 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, -"defaultValue": { -"description": "The following field specifies the default value of the Parameter provided by the external system if a value is not provided.", -"type": "any" -}, "description": { "description": "A brief description of the metadata field.", "type": "string" @@ -2284,10 +2280,6 @@ false "name": { "description": "Name of the metadata field.", "type": "string" -}, -"nullable": { -"description": "Specifies whether a null value is allowed.", -"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json index 80b52946b1b..a8c8ce4ec72 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240703", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenteraiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminUser": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json index 96a9dc7d755..b4279a8319c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json @@ -6219,7 +6219,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://shoppingcontent.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/css.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/css.v1.json deleted file mode 100644 index 7b15254c4df..00000000000 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/css.v1.json +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1216 +0,0 @@ -{ -"auth": { -"oauth2": { -"scopes": { -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content": { -"description": "Manage your product listings and accounts for Google Shopping" -} -} -} -}, -"basePath": "", -"baseUrl": "https://css.googleapis.com/", -"batchPath": "batch", -"canonicalName": "Css", -"description": "Programmatically manage your Comparison Shopping Service (CSS) account data at scale.", -"discoveryVersion": "v1", -"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/comparison-shopping-services/api/overview", -"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, -"icons": { -"x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", -"x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif" -}, -"id": "css:v1", -"kind": "discovery#restDescription", -"mtlsRootUrl": "https://css.mtls.googleapis.com/", -"name": "css", -"ownerDomain": "google.com", -"ownerName": "Google", -"parameters": { -"$.xgafv": { -"description": "V1 error format.", -"enum": [ -"1", -"2" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"v1 error format", -"v2 error format" -], -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"access_token": { -"description": "OAuth access token.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"alt": { -"default": "json", -"description": "Data format for response.", -"enum": [ -"json", -"media", -"proto" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Responses with Content-Type of application/json", -"Media download with context-dependent Content-Type", -"Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf" -], -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"callback": { -"description": "JSONP", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"fields": { -"description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"key": { -"description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"oauth_token": { -"description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"prettyPrint": { -"default": "true", -"description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"quotaUser": { -"description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"uploadType": { -"description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"upload_protocol": { -"description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"protocol": "rest", -"resources": { -"accounts": { -"methods": { -"get": { -"description": "Retrieves a single CSS/MC account by ID.", -"flatPath": "v1/accounts/{accountsId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "css.accounts.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the managed CSS/MC account. Format: accounts/{account}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Optional. Only required when retrieving MC account information. The CSS domain that is the parent resource of the MC account. Format: accounts/{account}", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "Account" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" -] -}, -"listChildAccounts": { -"description": "Lists all the accounts under the specified CSS account ID, and optionally filters by label ID and account name.", -"flatPath": "v1/accounts/{accountsId}:listChildAccounts", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "css.accounts.listChildAccounts", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"fullName": { -"description": "If set, only the MC accounts with the given name (case sensitive) will be returned.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"labelId": { -"description": "If set, only the MC accounts with the given label ID will be returned.", -"format": "int64", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum number of accounts to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 accounts will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListChildAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListChildAccounts` must match the call that provided the page token.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent account. Must be a CSS group or domain. Format: accounts/{account}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}:listChildAccounts", -"response": { -"$ref": "ListChildAccountsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" -] -}, -"updateLabels": { -"description": "Updates labels assigned to CSS/MC accounts by a CSS domain.", -"flatPath": "v1/accounts/{accountsId}:updateLabels", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "css.accounts.updateLabels", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The label resource name. Format: accounts/{account}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}:updateLabels", -"request": { -"$ref": "UpdateAccountLabelsRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Account" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" -] -} -}, -"resources": { -"cssProductInputs": { -"methods": { -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes a CSS Product input from your CSS Center account. After a delete it may take several minutes until the input is no longer available.", -"flatPath": "v1/accounts/{accountsId}/cssProductInputs/{cssProductInputsId}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "css.accounts.cssProductInputs.delete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the CSS product input resource to delete. Format: accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/cssProductInputs/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"supplementalFeedId": { -"description": "The Content API Supplemental Feed ID. The field must not be set if the action applies to a primary feed. If the field is set, then product action applies to a supplemental feed instead of primary Content API feed.", -"format": "int64", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "Empty" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" -] -}, -"insert": { -"description": "Uploads a CssProductInput to your CSS Center account. If an input with the same contentLanguage, identity, feedLabel and feedId already exists, this method replaces that entry. After inserting, updating, or deleting a CSS Product input, it may take several minutes before the processed CSS Product can be retrieved.", -"flatPath": "v1/accounts/{accountsId}/cssProductInputs:insert", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "css.accounts.cssProductInputs.insert", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"feedId": { -"description": "Required. The primary or supplemental feed id. If CSS Product already exists and feed id provided is different, then the CSS Product will be moved to a new feed. Note: For now, CSSs do not need to provide feed ids as we create feeds on the fly. We do not have supplemental feed support for CSS Products yet.", -"format": "int64", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The account where this CSS Product will be inserted. Format: accounts/{account}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/cssProductInputs:insert", -"request": { -"$ref": "CssProductInput" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "CssProductInput" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" -] -} -} -}, -"cssProducts": { -"methods": { -"get": { -"description": "Retrieves the processed CSS Product from your CSS Center account. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the updated final product can be retrieved.", -"flatPath": "v1/accounts/{accountsId}/cssProducts/{cssProductsId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "css.accounts.cssProducts.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the CSS product to retrieve.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/cssProducts/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "CssProduct" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" -] -}, -"list": { -"description": "Lists the processed CSS Products in your CSS Center account. The response might contain fewer items than specified by pageSize. Rely on pageToken to determine if there are more items to be requested. After inserting, updating, or deleting a CSS product input, it may take several minutes before the updated processed CSS product can be retrieved.", -"flatPath": "v1/accounts/{accountsId}/cssProducts", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "css.accounts.cssProducts.list", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of CSS Products to return. The service may return fewer than this value. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If unspecified, the maximum number of CSS products will be returned.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListCssProducts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListCssProducts` must match the call that provided the page token.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The account/domain to list processed CSS Products for. Format: accounts/{account}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/cssProducts", -"response": { -"$ref": "ListCssProductsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" -] -} -} -}, -"labels": { -"methods": { -"create": { -"description": "Creates a new label, not assigned to any account.", -"flatPath": "v1/accounts/{accountsId}/labels", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "css.accounts.labels.create", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent account. Format: accounts/{account}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/labels", -"request": { -"$ref": "AccountLabel" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "AccountLabel" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" -] -}, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes a label and removes it from all accounts to which it was assigned.", -"flatPath": "v1/accounts/{accountsId}/labels/{labelsId}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "css.accounts.labels.delete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the label to delete. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/labels/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "Empty" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" -] -}, -"list": { -"description": "Lists the labels assigned to an account.", -"flatPath": "v1/accounts/{accountsId}/labels", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "css.accounts.labels.list", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of labels to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 labels will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListAccountLabels` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccountLabels` must match the call that provided the page token.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent account. Format: accounts/{account}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/labels", -"response": { -"$ref": "ListAccountLabelsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" -] -}, -"patch": { -"description": "Updates a label.", -"flatPath": "v1/accounts/{accountsId}/labels/{labelsId}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "css.accounts.labels.patch", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/labels/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"request": { -"$ref": "AccountLabel" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "AccountLabel" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" -] -} -} -} -} -} -}, -"revision": "20240712", -"rootUrl": "https://css.googleapis.com/", -"schemas": { -"Account": { -"description": "Information about CSS/MC account.", -"id": "Account", -"properties": { -"accountType": { -"description": "Output only. The type of this account.", -"enum": [ -"ACCOUNT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"CSS_GROUP", -"CSS_DOMAIN", -"MC_PRIMARY_CSS_MCA", -"MC_CSS_MCA", -"MC_MARKETPLACE_MCA", -"MC_OTHER_MCA", -"MC_STANDALONE", -"MC_MCA_SUBACCOUNT" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown account type.", -"CSS group account.", -"CSS domain account.", -"MC Primary CSS MCA account.", -"MC CSS MCA account.", -"MC Marketplace MCA account.", -"MC Other MCA account.", -"MC Standalone account.", -"MC MCA sub-account." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"automaticLabelIds": { -"description": "Automatically created label IDs assigned to the MC account by CSS Center.", -"items": { -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"displayName": { -"description": "The CSS/MC account's short display name.", -"type": "string" -}, -"fullName": { -"description": "Output only. Immutable. The CSS/MC account's full name.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"homepageUri": { -"description": "Output only. Immutable. The CSS/MC account's homepage.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"labelIds": { -"description": "Manually created label IDs assigned to the CSS/MC account by a CSS parent account.", -"items": { -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"name": { -"description": "The label resource name. Format: accounts/{account}", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "The CSS/MC account's parent resource. CSS group for CSS domains; CSS domain for MC accounts. Returned only if the user has access to the parent account.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"AccountLabel": { -"description": "Label assigned by CSS domain or CSS group to one of its sub-accounts.", -"id": "AccountLabel", -"properties": { -"accountId": { -"description": "Output only. The ID of account this label belongs to.", -"format": "int64", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"description": { -"description": "The description of this label.", -"type": "string" -}, -"displayName": { -"description": "The display name of this label.", -"type": "string" -}, -"labelId": { -"description": "Output only. The ID of the label.", -"format": "int64", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"labelType": { -"description": "Output only. The type of this label.", -"enum": [ -"LABEL_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"MANUAL", -"AUTOMATIC" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown label type.", -"Indicates that the label was created manually.", -"Indicates that the label was created automatically by CSS Center." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label}", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"Attributes": { -"description": "Attributes for CSS Product.", -"id": "Attributes", -"properties": { -"additionalImageLinks": { -"description": "Additional URL of images of the item.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"adult": { -"description": "Set to true if the item is targeted towards adults.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"ageGroup": { -"description": "Target age group of the item.", -"type": "string" -}, -"brand": { -"description": "Product Related Attributes.[14-36] Brand of the item.", -"type": "string" -}, -"certifications": { -"description": "A list of certificates claimed by the CSS for the given product.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Certification" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"color": { -"description": "Color of the item.", -"type": "string" -}, -"cppAdsRedirect": { -"description": "Allows advertisers to override the item URL when the product is shown within the context of Product Ads.", -"type": "string" -}, -"cppLink": { -"description": "URL directly linking to your the Product Detail Page of the CSS.", -"type": "string" -}, -"cppMobileLink": { -"description": "URL for the mobile-optimized version of the Product Detail Page of the CSS.", -"type": "string" -}, -"customLabel0": { -"description": "Custom label 0 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.", -"type": "string" -}, -"customLabel1": { -"description": "Custom label 1 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.", -"type": "string" -}, -"customLabel2": { -"description": "Custom label 2 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.", -"type": "string" -}, -"customLabel3": { -"description": "Custom label 3 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.", -"type": "string" -}, -"customLabel4": { -"description": "Custom label 4 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign.", -"type": "string" -}, -"description": { -"description": "Description of the item.", -"type": "string" -}, -"excludedDestinations": { -"description": "The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to unchecked check boxes in Merchant Center).", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"expirationDate": { -"description": "Date on which the item should expire, as specified upon insertion, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. The actual expiration date is exposed in `productstatuses` as [googleExpirationDate](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324499) and might be earlier if `expirationDate` is too far in the future. Note: It may take 2+ days from the expiration date for the item to actually get deleted.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -}, -"gender": { -"description": "Target gender of the item.", -"type": "string" -}, -"googleProductCategory": { -"description": "Google's category of the item (see [Google product taxonomy](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/1705911)). When querying products, this field will contain the user provided value. There is currently no way to get back the auto assigned google product categories through the API.", -"type": "string" -}, -"gtin": { -"description": "Global Trade Item Number ([GTIN](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#gtin)) of the item.", -"type": "string" -}, -"headlineOfferCondition": { -"description": "Condition of the headline offer.", -"type": "string" -}, -"headlineOfferLink": { -"description": "Link to the headline offer.", -"type": "string" -}, -"headlineOfferMobileLink": { -"description": "Mobile Link to the headline offer.", -"type": "string" -}, -"headlineOfferPrice": { -"$ref": "Price", -"description": "Headline Price of the aggregate offer." -}, -"headlineOfferShippingPrice": { -"$ref": "Price", -"description": "Headline Price of the aggregate offer." -}, -"highPrice": { -"$ref": "Price", -"description": "High Price of the aggregate offer." -}, -"imageLink": { -"description": "URL of an image of the item.", -"type": "string" -}, -"includedDestinations": { -"description": "The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"isBundle": { -"description": "Whether the item is a merchant-defined bundle. A bundle is a custom grouping of different products sold by a merchant for a single price.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"itemGroupId": { -"description": "Shared identifier for all variants of the same product.", -"type": "string" -}, -"lowPrice": { -"$ref": "Price", -"description": "Low Price of the aggregate offer." -}, -"material": { -"description": "The material of which the item is made.", -"type": "string" -}, -"mpn": { -"description": "Manufacturer Part Number ([MPN](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#mpn)) of the item.", -"type": "string" -}, -"multipack": { -"description": "The number of identical products in a merchant-defined multipack.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"numberOfOffers": { -"description": "The number of aggregate offers.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"pattern": { -"description": "The item's pattern (e.g. polka dots).", -"type": "string" -}, -"pause": { -"description": "Publication of this item will be temporarily paused.", -"type": "string" -}, -"productDetails": { -"description": "Technical specification or additional product details.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ProductDetail" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"productHeight": { -"$ref": "ProductDimension", -"description": "The height of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive)." -}, -"productHighlights": { -"description": "Bullet points describing the most relevant highlights of a product.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"productLength": { -"$ref": "ProductDimension", -"description": "The length of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive)." -}, -"productTypes": { -"description": "Categories of the item (formatted as in [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324406)).", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"productWeight": { -"$ref": "ProductWeight", -"description": "The weight of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 2000 (inclusive)." -}, -"productWidth": { -"$ref": "ProductDimension", -"description": "The width of the product in the units provided. The value must be between 0 (exclusive) and 3000 (inclusive)." -}, -"size": { -"description": "Size of the item. Only one value is allowed. For variants with different sizes, insert a separate product for each size with the same `itemGroupId` value (see [https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324492](size definition)).", -"type": "string" -}, -"sizeSystem": { -"description": "System in which the size is specified. Recommended for apparel items.", -"type": "string" -}, -"sizeTypes": { -"description": "The cut of the item. It can be used to represent combined size types for apparel items. Maximum two of size types can be provided (see [https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324497](size type)).", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"title": { -"description": "Title of the item.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"Certification": { -"description": "The certification for the product.", -"id": "Certification", -"properties": { -"authority": { -"description": "Name of the certification body.", -"type": "string" -}, -"code": { -"description": "A unique code to identify the certification.", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Name of the certification.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"CssProduct": { -"description": "The processed CSS Product(a.k.a Aggregate Offer internally).", -"id": "CssProduct", -"properties": { -"attributes": { -"$ref": "Attributes", -"description": "Output only. A list of product attributes.", -"readOnly": true -}, -"contentLanguage": { -"description": "Output only. The two-letter [ISO 639-1](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_639-1) language code for the product.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"cssProductStatus": { -"$ref": "CssProductStatus", -"description": "Output only. The status of a product, data validation issues, that is, information about a product computed asynchronously.", -"readOnly": true -}, -"customAttributes": { -"description": "Output only. A list of custom (CSS-provided) attributes. It can also be used to submit any attribute of the feed specification in its generic form (for example, `{ \"name\": \"size type\", \"value\": \"regular\" }`). This is useful for submitting attributes not explicitly exposed by the API, such as additional attributes used for Buy on Google.", -"items": { -"$ref": "CustomAttribute" -}, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" -}, -"feedLabel": { -"description": "Output only. The feed label for the product.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "The name of the CSS Product. Format: `\"accounts/{account}/cssProducts/{css_product}\"`", -"type": "string" -}, -"rawProvidedId": { -"description": "Output only. Your unique raw identifier for the product.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"CssProductInput": { -"description": "This resource represents input data you submit for a CSS Product, not the processed CSS Product that you see in CSS Center, in Shopping Ads, or across Google surfaces.", -"id": "CssProductInput", -"properties": { -"attributes": { -"$ref": "Attributes", -"description": "A list of CSS Product attributes." -}, -"contentLanguage": { -"description": "Required. The two-letter [ISO 639-1](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_639-1) language code for the CSS Product.", -"type": "string" -}, -"customAttributes": { -"description": "A list of custom (CSS-provided) attributes. It can also be used for submitting any attribute of the feed specification in its generic form (for example: `{ \"name\": \"size type\", \"value\": \"regular\" }`). This is useful for submitting attributes not explicitly exposed by the API, such as additional attributes used for Buy on Google.", -"items": { -"$ref": "CustomAttribute" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"feedLabel": { -"description": "Required. The [feed label](https://developers.google.com/shopping-content/guides/products/feed-labels) for the CSS Product. Feed Label is synonymous to \"target country\" and hence should always be a valid region code. For example: 'DE' for Germany, 'FR' for France.", -"type": "string" -}, -"finalName": { -"description": "Output only. The name of the processed CSS Product. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProducts/{css_product}` \"", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"freshnessTime": { -"description": "Represents the existing version (freshness) of the CSS Product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. This field must not be set to the future time. If set, the update is prevented if a newer version of the item already exists in our system (that is the last update time of the existing CSS products is later than the freshness time set in the update). If the update happens, the last update time is then set to this freshness time. If not set, the update will not be prevented and the last update time will default to when this request was received by the CSS API. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "The name of the CSS Product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input}`", -"type": "string" -}, -"rawProvidedId": { -"description": "Required. Your unique identifier for the CSS Product. This is the same for the CSS Product input and processed CSS Product. We only allow ids with alphanumerics, underscores and dashes. See the [products feed specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"CssProductStatus": { -"description": "The status of the Css Product, data validation issues, that is, information about the Css Product computed asynchronously.", -"id": "CssProductStatus", -"properties": { -"creationDate": { -"description": "Date on which the item has been created, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -}, -"destinationStatuses": { -"description": "The intended destinations for the product.", -"items": { -"$ref": "DestinationStatus" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"googleExpirationDate": { -"description": "Date on which the item expires, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -}, -"itemLevelIssues": { -"description": "A list of all issues associated with the product.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ItemLevelIssue" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"lastUpdateDate": { -"description": "Date on which the item has been last updated, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"CustomAttribute": { -"description": "A message that represents custom attributes. Exactly one of `value` or `group_values` must not be empty.", -"id": "CustomAttribute", -"properties": { -"groupValues": { -"description": "Subattributes within this attribute group. If `group_values` is not empty, `value` must be empty.", -"items": { -"$ref": "CustomAttribute" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"name": { -"description": "The name of the attribute.", -"type": "string" -}, -"value": { -"description": "The value of the attribute. If `value` is not empty, `group_values` must be empty.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"DestinationStatus": { -"description": "The destination status of the product status.", -"id": "DestinationStatus", -"properties": { -"approvedCountries": { -"description": "List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the aggregate offer is approved.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"destination": { -"description": "The name of the destination", -"type": "string" -}, -"disapprovedCountries": { -"description": "List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the aggregate offer is disapproved.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"pendingCountries": { -"description": "List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the aggregate offer is pending approval.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"Empty": { -"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", -"id": "Empty", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ItemLevelIssue": { -"description": "The ItemLevelIssue of the product status.", -"id": "ItemLevelIssue", -"properties": { -"applicableCountries": { -"description": "List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where issue applies to the aggregate offer.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"attribute": { -"description": "The attribute's name, if the issue is caused by a single attribute.", -"type": "string" -}, -"code": { -"description": "The error code of the issue.", -"type": "string" -}, -"description": { -"description": "A short issue description in English.", -"type": "string" -}, -"destination": { -"description": "The destination the issue applies to.", -"type": "string" -}, -"detail": { -"description": "A detailed issue description in English.", -"type": "string" -}, -"documentation": { -"description": "The URL of a web page to help with resolving this issue.", -"type": "string" -}, -"resolution": { -"description": "Whether the issue can be resolved by the merchant.", -"type": "string" -}, -"servability": { -"description": "How this issue affects serving of the aggregate offer.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ListAccountLabelsResponse": { -"description": "Response message for the `ListAccountLabels` method.", -"id": "ListAccountLabelsResponse", -"properties": { -"accountLabels": { -"description": "The labels from the specified account.", -"items": { -"$ref": "AccountLabel" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ListChildAccountsResponse": { -"description": "Response message for the `ListChildAccounts` method.", -"id": "ListChildAccountsResponse", -"properties": { -"accounts": { -"description": "The CSS/MC accounts returned for the specified CSS parent account.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Account" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ListCssProductsResponse": { -"description": "Response message for the ListCssProducts method.", -"id": "ListCssProductsResponse", -"properties": { -"cssProducts": { -"description": "The processed CSS products from the specified account. These are your processed CSS products after applying rules and supplemental feeds.", -"items": { -"$ref": "CssProduct" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"Price": { -"description": "The price represented as a number and currency.", -"id": "Price", -"properties": { -"amountMicros": { -"description": "The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"currencyCode": { -"description": "The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ProductDetail": { -"description": "The product details.", -"id": "ProductDetail", -"properties": { -"attributeName": { -"description": "The name of the product detail.", -"type": "string" -}, -"attributeValue": { -"description": "The value of the product detail.", -"type": "string" -}, -"sectionName": { -"description": "The section header used to group a set of product details.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ProductDimension": { -"description": "The dimension of the product.", -"id": "ProductDimension", -"properties": { -"unit": { -"description": "Required. The dimension units. Acceptable values are: * \"`in`\" * \"`cm`\"", -"type": "string" -}, -"value": { -"description": "Required. The dimension value represented as a number. The value can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.", -"format": "double", -"type": "number" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ProductWeight": { -"description": "The weight of the product.", -"id": "ProductWeight", -"properties": { -"unit": { -"description": "Required. The weight unit. Acceptable values are: * \"`g`\" * \"`kg`\" * \"`oz`\" * \"`lb`\"", -"type": "string" -}, -"value": { -"description": "Required. The weight represented as a number. The weight can have a maximum precision of four decimal places.", -"format": "double", -"type": "number" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"UpdateAccountLabelsRequest": { -"description": "The request message for the `UpdateLabels` method.", -"id": "UpdateAccountLabelsRequest", -"properties": { -"labelIds": { -"description": "The list of label IDs to overwrite the existing account label IDs. If the list is empty, all currently assigned label IDs will be deleted.", -"items": { -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Optional. Only required when updating MC account labels. The CSS domain that is the parent resource of the MC account. Format: accounts/{account}", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -} -}, -"servicePath": "", -"title": "CSS API", -"version": "v1", -"version_module": true -} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json index f89eb6389d2..9814acec944 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ false } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240704", "rootUrl": "https://customsearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Promotion": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json index 49c74b8758c..cd7333247b6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json @@ -2236,7 +2236,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240706", +"revision": "20240629", "rootUrl": "https://dataform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Assertion": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json index 5312f547e57..e23da12fc2d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20240621", "rootUrl": "https://datalineage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDatacatalogLineageV1BatchSearchLinkProcessesRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json index 4de03160b05..b9ffd8f5968 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json @@ -2125,7 +2125,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20240628", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlloyDbConnectionProfile": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json index 91019f28cff..8b32c20910b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20240628", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json index 6b935d6b42a..5a65926ebea 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json @@ -5273,7 +5273,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20240624", "rootUrl": "https://dataplex.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1.json index 010ab296098..8487af7cfdd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1.json @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://dataportability.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1beta.json index 433cca0f568..39ebeb7eed8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1beta.json @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://dataportability.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json index 8e8960a5da7..b27648821e2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json @@ -3072,7 +3072,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240710", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://dataproc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json index e1c6090ac77..6b94f6ce4e0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240630", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json index 97d84f16384..2a8e82466b8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240630", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleDatastoreAdminV1CommonMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json index f045f039de5..5553cc57756 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240630", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json index 4ec62039ad5..43f21acf3df 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json @@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240703", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppendOnly": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json index b97ff9701c9..5584fccf35f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json @@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240703", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AvroFileFormat": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json index 2dc1659b2a7..5fa911433d0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240628", "rootUrl": "https://developerconnect.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json index ca7a422ff21..9c56048ca9a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json @@ -4343,32 +4343,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" ] }, -"getEncryptionSpec": { -"description": "Gets location-level encryption key specification.", -"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/encryptionSpec", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.getEncryptionSpec", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the encryption spec resource to get.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/encryptionSpec$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v2/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" -] -}, "list": { "description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", @@ -7743,39 +7717,6 @@ } } }, -"encryptionSpec": { -"methods": { -"initialize": { -"description": "Initializes a location-level encryption key specification. An error will be thrown if the location has resources already created before the initialization. Once the encryption specification is initialized at a location, it is immutable and all newly created resources under the location will be encrypted with the existing specification.", -"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/encryptionSpec:initialize", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.encryptionSpec.initialize", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/encryptionSpec$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v2/{+name}:initialize", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" -] -} -} -}, "generators": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -8714,7 +8655,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240617", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -9226,10 +9167,6 @@ "description": "The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`.", "type": "string" }, -"targetPlaybook": { -"description": "The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.", -"type": "string" -}, "triggerFulfillment": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Fulfillment", "description": "The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks." @@ -11620,10 +11557,6 @@ "description": "The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`.", "type": "string" }, -"targetPlaybook": { -"description": "The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.", -"type": "string" -}, "triggerFulfillment": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Fulfillment", "description": "The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks." @@ -15080,21 +15013,6 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec": { -"description": "A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation).", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec", -"properties": { -"kmsKey": { -"description": "Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EntityType": { "description": "Each intent parameter has a type, called the entity type, which dictates exactly how data from an end-user expression is extracted. Dialogflow provides predefined system entities that can match many common types of data. For example, there are system entities for matching dates, times, colors, email addresses, and so on. You can also create your own custom entities for matching custom data. For example, you could define a vegetable entity that can match the types of vegetables available for purchase with a grocery store agent. For more information, see the [Entity guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EntityType", @@ -16299,29 +16217,6 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata for initializing a location-level encryption specification.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata", -"properties": { -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", -"description": "Output only. The original request for initialization.", -"readOnly": true -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest": { -"description": "The request to initialize a location-level encryption specification.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", -"properties": { -"encryptionSpec": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec", -"description": "Required. The encryption spec used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key_name is left empty, no encryption will be enforced." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InputAudioConfig": { "description": "Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the audio content.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InputAudioConfig", @@ -19700,21 +19595,6 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec": { -"description": "A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation).", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec", -"properties": { -"kmsKey": { -"description": "Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EntityType": { "description": "Each intent parameter has a type, called the entity type, which dictates exactly how data from an end-user expression is extracted. Dialogflow provides predefined system entities that can match many common types of data. For example, there are system entities for matching dates, times, colors, email addresses, and so on. You can also create your own custom entities for matching custom data. For example, you could define a vegetable entity that can match the types of vegetables available for purchase with a grocery store agent. For more information, see the [Entity guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EntityType", @@ -19919,29 +19799,6 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata for initializing a location-level encryption specification.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata", -"properties": { -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", -"description": "Output only. The original request for initialization.", -"readOnly": true -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest": { -"description": "The request to initialize a location-level encryption specification.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", -"properties": { -"encryptionSpec": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec", -"description": "Required. The encryption spec used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key_name is left empty, no encryption will be enforced." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1Intent": { "description": "An intent categorizes an end-user's intention for one conversation turn. For each agent, you define many intents, where your combined intents can handle a complete conversation. When an end-user writes or says something, referred to as an end-user expression or end-user input, Dialogflow matches the end-user input to the best intent in your agent. Matching an intent is also known as intent classification. For more information, see the [intent guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/intents-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1Intent", @@ -21401,13 +21258,6 @@ true "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"responseMessages": { -"description": "Optional. Automated agent responses.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessage" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "sendTime": { "description": "Optional. The time when the message was sent.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -21557,125 +21407,6 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessage": { -"description": "Response messages from an automated agent.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessage", -"properties": { -"endInteraction": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageEndInteraction", -"description": "A signal that indicates the interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended." -}, -"liveAgentHandoff": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageLiveAgentHandoff", -"description": "Hands off conversation to a live agent." -}, -"mixedAudio": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageMixedAudio", -"description": "An audio response message composed of both the synthesized Dialogflow agent responses and the audios hosted in places known to the client." -}, -"payload": { -"additionalProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the object.", -"type": "any" -}, -"description": "Returns a response containing a custom, platform-specific payload.", -"type": "object" -}, -"telephonyTransferCall": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageTelephonyTransferCall", -"description": "A signal that the client should transfer the phone call connected to this agent to a third-party endpoint." -}, -"text": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageText", -"description": "Returns a text response." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageEndInteraction": { -"description": "Indicates that interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageEndInteraction", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageLiveAgentHandoff": { -"description": "Indicates that the conversation should be handed off to a human agent. Dialogflow only uses this to determine which conversations were handed off to a human agent for measurement purposes. What else to do with this signal is up to you and your handoff procedures. You may set this, for example: * In the entry fulfillment of a CX Page if entering the page indicates something went extremely wrong in the conversation. * In a webhook response when you determine that the customer issue can only be handled by a human.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageLiveAgentHandoff", -"properties": { -"metadata": { -"additionalProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the object.", -"type": "any" -}, -"description": "Custom metadata for your handoff procedure. Dialogflow doesn't impose any structure on this.", -"type": "object" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageMixedAudio": { -"description": "Represents an audio message that is composed of both segments synthesized from the Dialogflow agent prompts and ones hosted externally at the specified URIs.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageMixedAudio", -"properties": { -"segments": { -"description": "Segments this audio response is composed of.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageMixedAudioSegment" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageMixedAudioSegment": { -"description": "Represents one segment of audio.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageMixedAudioSegment", -"properties": { -"allowPlaybackInterruption": { -"description": "Whether the playback of this segment can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client should then start the next Dialogflow request.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"audio": { -"description": "Raw audio synthesized from the Dialogflow agent's response using the output config specified in the request.", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" -}, -"uri": { -"description": "Client-specific URI that points to an audio clip accessible to the client.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageTelephonyTransferCall": { -"description": "Represents the signal that telles the client to transfer the phone call connected to the agent to a third-party endpoint.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageTelephonyTransferCall", -"properties": { -"phoneNumber": { -"description": "Transfer the call to a phone number in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164).", -"type": "string" -}, -"sipUri": { -"description": "Transfer the call to a SIP endpoint.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageText": { -"description": "The text response message.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageText", -"properties": { -"text": { -"description": "A collection of text responses.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1Sentiment": { "description": "The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1Sentiment", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json index 3d334b12234..ad31295c55a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json @@ -4108,32 +4108,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" ] }, -"getEncryptionSpec": { -"description": "Gets location-level encryption key specification.", -"flatPath": "v2beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/encryptionSpec", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.getEncryptionSpec", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the encryption spec resource to get.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/encryptionSpec$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v2beta1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" -] -}, "list": { "description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", "flatPath": "v2beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", @@ -7135,39 +7109,6 @@ } } }, -"encryptionSpec": { -"methods": { -"initialize": { -"description": "Initializes a location-level encryption key specification. An error will be thrown if the location has resources already created before the initialization. Once the encryption specification is initialized at a location, it is immutable and all newly created resources under the location will be encrypted with the existing specification.", -"flatPath": "v2beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/encryptionSpec:initialize", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.encryptionSpec.initialize", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/encryptionSpec$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v2beta1/{+name}:initialize", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow" -] -} -} -}, "generators": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -8082,7 +8023,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240617", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -8594,10 +8535,6 @@ "description": "The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`.", "type": "string" }, -"targetPlaybook": { -"description": "The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.", -"type": "string" -}, "triggerFulfillment": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Fulfillment", "description": "The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks." @@ -10988,10 +10925,6 @@ "description": "The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`.", "type": "string" }, -"targetPlaybook": { -"description": "The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.", -"type": "string" -}, "triggerFulfillment": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Fulfillment", "description": "The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks." @@ -13341,21 +13274,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec": { -"description": "A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation).", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec", -"properties": { -"kmsKey": { -"description": "Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EntityType": { "description": "Each intent parameter has a type, called the entity type, which dictates exactly how data from an end-user expression is extracted. Dialogflow provides predefined system entities that can match many common types of data. For example, there are system entities for matching dates, times, colors, email addresses, and so on. You can also create your own custom entities for matching custom data. For example, you could define a vegetable entity that can match the types of vegetables available for purchase with a grocery store agent. For more information, see the [Entity guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EntityType", @@ -13599,29 +13517,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata for initializing a location-level encryption specification.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata", -"properties": { -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", -"description": "Output only. The original request for initialization.", -"readOnly": true -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest": { -"description": "The request to initialize a location-level encryption specification.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", -"properties": { -"encryptionSpec": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec", -"description": "Required. The encryption spec used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key_name is left empty, no encryption will be enforced." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InputDataset": { "description": "InputDataset used to create model or do evaluation. NextID:5", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InputDataset", @@ -16617,21 +16512,6 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec": { -"description": "A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation).", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec", -"properties": { -"kmsKey": { -"description": "Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EntityType": { "description": "Each intent parameter has a type, called the entity type, which dictates exactly how data from an end-user expression is extracted. Dialogflow provides predefined system entities that can match many common types of data. For example, there are system entities for matching dates, times, colors, email addresses, and so on. You can also create your own custom entities for matching custom data. For example, you could define a vegetable entity that can match the types of vegetables available for purchase with a grocery store agent. For more information, see the [Entity guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EntityType", @@ -17726,29 +17606,6 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata for initializing a location-level encryption specification.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata", -"properties": { -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", -"description": "Output only. The original request for initialization.", -"readOnly": true -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest": { -"description": "The request to initialize a location-level encryption specification.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", -"properties": { -"encryptionSpec": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec", -"description": "Required. The encryption spec used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key_name is left empty, no encryption will be enforced." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InputAudioConfig": { "description": "Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InputAudioConfig", @@ -19642,13 +19499,6 @@ true "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"responseMessages": { -"description": "Optional. Automated agent responses.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessage" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "sendTime": { "description": "Optional. The time when the message was sent.", "format": "google-datetime", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json index 37ab72d10a3..2ccf651f72a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json @@ -4453,7 +4453,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240617", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -5273,10 +5273,6 @@ "description": "Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerGenerationModelCallSignals", "properties": { -"model": { -"description": "Name of the generative model. For example, \"gemini-ultra\", \"gemini-pro\", \"gemini-1.5-flash\" etc. Defaults to \"Other\" if the model is unknown.", -"type": "string" -}, "modelOutput": { "description": "Output of the generative model.", "type": "string" @@ -5368,10 +5364,6 @@ "description": "Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsRewriterModelCallSignals", "properties": { -"model": { -"description": "Name of the generative model. For example, \"gemini-ultra\", \"gemini-pro\", \"gemini-1.5-flash\" etc. Defaults to \"Other\" if the model is unknown.", -"type": "string" -}, "modelOutput": { "description": "Output of the generative model.", "type": "string" @@ -5835,10 +5827,6 @@ "description": "The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`.", "type": "string" }, -"targetPlaybook": { -"description": "The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.", -"type": "string" -}, "triggerFulfillment": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Fulfillment", "description": "The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks." @@ -7876,7 +7864,6 @@ false "NO_MATCH", "NO_INPUT", "EVENT", -"KNOWLEDGE_CONNECTOR", "PLAYBOOK" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -7887,7 +7874,6 @@ false "No match was found for the query.", "Indicates an empty query.", "The query directly triggered an event.", -"The query was matched to a Knowledge Connector answer.", "The query was handled by a `Playbook`." ], "type": "string" @@ -10726,10 +10712,6 @@ false "description": "The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`.", "type": "string" }, -"targetPlaybook": { -"description": "The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.", -"type": "string" -}, "triggerFulfillment": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Fulfillment", "description": "The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks." @@ -13079,21 +13061,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec": { -"description": "A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation).", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec", -"properties": { -"kmsKey": { -"description": "Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EntityType": { "description": "Each intent parameter has a type, called the entity type, which dictates exactly how data from an end-user expression is extracted. Dialogflow provides predefined system entities that can match many common types of data. For example, there are system entities for matching dates, times, colors, email addresses, and so on. You can also create your own custom entities for matching custom data. For example, you could define a vegetable entity that can match the types of vegetables available for purchase with a grocery store agent. For more information, see the [Entity guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EntityType", @@ -13337,29 +13304,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata for initializing a location-level encryption specification.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata", -"properties": { -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", -"description": "Output only. The original request for initialization.", -"readOnly": true -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest": { -"description": "The request to initialize a location-level encryption specification.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", -"properties": { -"encryptionSpec": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec", -"description": "Required. The encryption spec used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key_name is left empty, no encryption will be enforced." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InputDataset": { "description": "InputDataset used to create model or do evaluation. NextID:5", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InputDataset", @@ -15181,21 +15125,6 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec": { -"description": "A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation).", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec", -"properties": { -"kmsKey": { -"description": "Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EntityType": { "description": "Each intent parameter has a type, called the entity type, which dictates exactly how data from an end-user expression is extracted. Dialogflow provides predefined system entities that can match many common types of data. For example, there are system entities for matching dates, times, colors, email addresses, and so on. You can also create your own custom entities for matching custom data. For example, you could define a vegetable entity that can match the types of vegetables available for purchase with a grocery store agent. For more information, see the [Entity guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EntityType", @@ -15400,29 +15329,6 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata for initializing a location-level encryption specification.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata", -"properties": { -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", -"description": "Output only. The original request for initialization.", -"readOnly": true -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest": { -"description": "The request to initialize a location-level encryption specification.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", -"properties": { -"encryptionSpec": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec", -"description": "Required. The encryption spec used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key_name is left empty, no encryption will be enforced." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1Intent": { "description": "An intent categorizes an end-user's intention for one conversation turn. For each agent, you define many intents, where your combined intents can handle a complete conversation. When an end-user writes or says something, referred to as an end-user expression or end-user input, Dialogflow matches the end-user input to the best intent in your agent. Matching an intent is also known as intent classification. For more information, see the [intent guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/intents-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1Intent", @@ -16882,13 +16788,6 @@ true "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"responseMessages": { -"description": "Optional. Automated agent responses.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessage" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "sendTime": { "description": "Optional. The time when the message was sent.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -17038,125 +16937,6 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessage": { -"description": "Response messages from an automated agent.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessage", -"properties": { -"endInteraction": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageEndInteraction", -"description": "A signal that indicates the interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended." -}, -"liveAgentHandoff": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageLiveAgentHandoff", -"description": "Hands off conversation to a live agent." -}, -"mixedAudio": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageMixedAudio", -"description": "An audio response message composed of both the synthesized Dialogflow agent responses and the audios hosted in places known to the client." -}, -"payload": { -"additionalProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the object.", -"type": "any" -}, -"description": "Returns a response containing a custom, platform-specific payload.", -"type": "object" -}, -"telephonyTransferCall": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageTelephonyTransferCall", -"description": "A signal that the client should transfer the phone call connected to this agent to a third-party endpoint." -}, -"text": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageText", -"description": "Returns a text response." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageEndInteraction": { -"description": "Indicates that interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageEndInteraction", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageLiveAgentHandoff": { -"description": "Indicates that the conversation should be handed off to a human agent. Dialogflow only uses this to determine which conversations were handed off to a human agent for measurement purposes. What else to do with this signal is up to you and your handoff procedures. You may set this, for example: * In the entry fulfillment of a CX Page if entering the page indicates something went extremely wrong in the conversation. * In a webhook response when you determine that the customer issue can only be handled by a human.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageLiveAgentHandoff", -"properties": { -"metadata": { -"additionalProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the object.", -"type": "any" -}, -"description": "Custom metadata for your handoff procedure. Dialogflow doesn't impose any structure on this.", -"type": "object" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageMixedAudio": { -"description": "Represents an audio message that is composed of both segments synthesized from the Dialogflow agent prompts and ones hosted externally at the specified URIs.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageMixedAudio", -"properties": { -"segments": { -"description": "Segments this audio response is composed of.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageMixedAudioSegment" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageMixedAudioSegment": { -"description": "Represents one segment of audio.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageMixedAudioSegment", -"properties": { -"allowPlaybackInterruption": { -"description": "Whether the playback of this segment can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client should then start the next Dialogflow request.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"audio": { -"description": "Raw audio synthesized from the Dialogflow agent's response using the output config specified in the request.", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" -}, -"uri": { -"description": "Client-specific URI that points to an audio clip accessible to the client.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageTelephonyTransferCall": { -"description": "Represents the signal that telles the client to transfer the phone call connected to the agent to a third-party endpoint.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageTelephonyTransferCall", -"properties": { -"phoneNumber": { -"description": "Transfer the call to a phone number in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164).", -"type": "string" -}, -"sipUri": { -"description": "Transfer the call to a SIP endpoint.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageText": { -"description": "The text response message.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageText", -"properties": { -"text": { -"description": "A collection of text responses.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1Sentiment": { "description": "The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1Sentiment", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json index 41558e76a42..9b269057509 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json @@ -5185,7 +5185,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240617", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -5697,10 +5697,6 @@ "description": "The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`.", "type": "string" }, -"targetPlaybook": { -"description": "The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.", -"type": "string" -}, "triggerFulfillment": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Fulfillment", "description": "The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks." @@ -8703,10 +8699,6 @@ "description": "Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerGenerationModelCallSignals", "properties": { -"model": { -"description": "Name of the generative model. For example, \"gemini-ultra\", \"gemini-pro\", \"gemini-1.5-flash\" etc. Defaults to \"Other\" if the model is unknown.", -"type": "string" -}, "modelOutput": { "description": "Output of the generative model.", "type": "string" @@ -8798,10 +8790,6 @@ "description": "Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsRewriterModelCallSignals", "properties": { -"model": { -"description": "Name of the generative model. For example, \"gemini-ultra\", \"gemini-pro\", \"gemini-1.5-flash\" etc. Defaults to \"Other\" if the model is unknown.", -"type": "string" -}, "modelOutput": { "description": "Output of the generative model.", "type": "string" @@ -9269,10 +9257,6 @@ "description": "The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`.", "type": "string" }, -"targetPlaybook": { -"description": "The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.", -"type": "string" -}, "triggerFulfillment": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Fulfillment", "description": "The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks." @@ -11600,7 +11584,6 @@ false "NO_MATCH", "NO_INPUT", "EVENT", -"KNOWLEDGE_CONNECTOR", "PLAYBOOK" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -11611,7 +11594,6 @@ false "No match was found for the query.", "Indicates an empty query.", "The query directly triggered an event.", -"The query was matched to a Knowledge Connector answer.", "The query was handled by a `Playbook`." ], "type": "string" @@ -15000,21 +14982,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec": { -"description": "A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation).", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec", -"properties": { -"kmsKey": { -"description": "Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EntityType": { "description": "Each intent parameter has a type, called the entity type, which dictates exactly how data from an end-user expression is extracted. Dialogflow provides predefined system entities that can match many common types of data. For example, there are system entities for matching dates, times, colors, email addresses, and so on. You can also create your own custom entities for matching custom data. For example, you could define a vegetable entity that can match the types of vegetables available for purchase with a grocery store agent. For more information, see the [Entity guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EntityType", @@ -15258,29 +15225,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata for initializing a location-level encryption specification.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata", -"properties": { -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", -"description": "Output only. The original request for initialization.", -"readOnly": true -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest": { -"description": "The request to initialize a location-level encryption specification.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", -"properties": { -"encryptionSpec": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec", -"description": "Required. The encryption spec used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key_name is left empty, no encryption will be enforced." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InputDataset": { "description": "InputDataset used to create model or do evaluation. NextID:5", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InputDataset", @@ -17102,21 +17046,6 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec": { -"description": "A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation).", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec", -"properties": { -"kmsKey": { -"description": "Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EntityType": { "description": "Each intent parameter has a type, called the entity type, which dictates exactly how data from an end-user expression is extracted. Dialogflow provides predefined system entities that can match many common types of data. For example, there are system entities for matching dates, times, colors, email addresses, and so on. You can also create your own custom entities for matching custom data. For example, you could define a vegetable entity that can match the types of vegetables available for purchase with a grocery store agent. For more information, see the [Entity guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EntityType", @@ -17321,29 +17250,6 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata for initializing a location-level encryption specification.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata", -"properties": { -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", -"description": "Output only. The original request for initialization.", -"readOnly": true -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest": { -"description": "The request to initialize a location-level encryption specification.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", -"properties": { -"encryptionSpec": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec", -"description": "Required. The encryption spec used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key_name is left empty, no encryption will be enforced." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1Intent": { "description": "An intent categorizes an end-user's intention for one conversation turn. For each agent, you define many intents, where your combined intents can handle a complete conversation. When an end-user writes or says something, referred to as an end-user expression or end-user input, Dialogflow matches the end-user input to the best intent in your agent. Matching an intent is also known as intent classification. For more information, see the [intent guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/intents-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1Intent", @@ -18803,13 +18709,6 @@ true "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"responseMessages": { -"description": "Optional. Automated agent responses.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessage" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "sendTime": { "description": "Optional. The time when the message was sent.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -18959,125 +18858,6 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessage": { -"description": "Response messages from an automated agent.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessage", -"properties": { -"endInteraction": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageEndInteraction", -"description": "A signal that indicates the interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended." -}, -"liveAgentHandoff": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageLiveAgentHandoff", -"description": "Hands off conversation to a live agent." -}, -"mixedAudio": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageMixedAudio", -"description": "An audio response message composed of both the synthesized Dialogflow agent responses and the audios hosted in places known to the client." -}, -"payload": { -"additionalProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the object.", -"type": "any" -}, -"description": "Returns a response containing a custom, platform-specific payload.", -"type": "object" -}, -"telephonyTransferCall": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageTelephonyTransferCall", -"description": "A signal that the client should transfer the phone call connected to this agent to a third-party endpoint." -}, -"text": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageText", -"description": "Returns a text response." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageEndInteraction": { -"description": "Indicates that interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageEndInteraction", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageLiveAgentHandoff": { -"description": "Indicates that the conversation should be handed off to a human agent. Dialogflow only uses this to determine which conversations were handed off to a human agent for measurement purposes. What else to do with this signal is up to you and your handoff procedures. You may set this, for example: * In the entry fulfillment of a CX Page if entering the page indicates something went extremely wrong in the conversation. * In a webhook response when you determine that the customer issue can only be handled by a human.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageLiveAgentHandoff", -"properties": { -"metadata": { -"additionalProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the object.", -"type": "any" -}, -"description": "Custom metadata for your handoff procedure. Dialogflow doesn't impose any structure on this.", -"type": "object" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageMixedAudio": { -"description": "Represents an audio message that is composed of both segments synthesized from the Dialogflow agent prompts and ones hosted externally at the specified URIs.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageMixedAudio", -"properties": { -"segments": { -"description": "Segments this audio response is composed of.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageMixedAudioSegment" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageMixedAudioSegment": { -"description": "Represents one segment of audio.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageMixedAudioSegment", -"properties": { -"allowPlaybackInterruption": { -"description": "Whether the playback of this segment can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client should then start the next Dialogflow request.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"audio": { -"description": "Raw audio synthesized from the Dialogflow agent's response using the output config specified in the request.", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" -}, -"uri": { -"description": "Client-specific URI that points to an audio clip accessible to the client.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageTelephonyTransferCall": { -"description": "Represents the signal that telles the client to transfer the phone call connected to the agent to a third-party endpoint.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageTelephonyTransferCall", -"properties": { -"phoneNumber": { -"description": "Transfer the call to a phone number in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164).", -"type": "string" -}, -"sipUri": { -"description": "Transfer the call to a SIP endpoint.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageText": { -"description": "The text response message.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ResponseMessageText", -"properties": { -"text": { -"description": "A collection of text responses.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1Sentiment": { "description": "The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1Sentiment", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json index d3837bdc28d..778ff535688 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://digitalassetlinks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AndroidAppAsset": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json index 333411ed03b..2979816235f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json @@ -5711,7 +5711,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -6177,11 +6177,6 @@ "disable": { "description": "Disable query rephraser.", "type": "boolean" -}, -"maxRephraseSteps": { -"description": "Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -12322,38 +12317,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExportUserEventsMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata related to the progress of the Export operation. This is returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExportUserEventsMetadata", -"properties": { -"createTime": { -"description": "Operation create time.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -}, -"updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExportUserEventsResponse": { -"description": "Response of the ExportUserEventsRequest. If the long running operation was successful, then this message is returned by the google.longrunning.Operations.response field.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExportUserEventsResponse", -"properties": { -"outputResult": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOutputResult", -"description": "Output result indicating where the data were exported to." -}, -"status": { -"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus", -"description": "The status of the export operation." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaFieldConfig": { "description": "Configurations for fields of a schema. For example, configuring a field is indexable, or searchable.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaFieldConfig", @@ -12783,32 +12746,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOutputResult": { -"description": "Output result that stores the information about where the exported data is stored.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOutputResult", -"properties": { -"bigqueryResult": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOutputResultBigQueryOutputResult", -"description": "The BigQuery location where the result is stored." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOutputResultBigQueryOutputResult": { -"description": "A BigQuery output result.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOutputResultBigQueryOutputResult", -"properties": { -"datasetId": { -"description": "The ID of a BigQuery Dataset.", -"type": "string" -}, -"tableId": { -"description": "The ID of a BigQuery Table.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProject": { "description": "Metadata and configurations for a Google Cloud project in the service.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProject", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json index 3f6b0851113..91c7d6a8757 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json @@ -6761,7 +6761,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiDistribution": { @@ -11416,38 +11416,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExportUserEventsMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata related to the progress of the Export operation. This is returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExportUserEventsMetadata", -"properties": { -"createTime": { -"description": "Operation create time.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -}, -"updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExportUserEventsResponse": { -"description": "Response of the ExportUserEventsRequest. If the long running operation was successful, then this message is returned by the google.longrunning.Operations.response field.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExportUserEventsResponse", -"properties": { -"outputResult": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOutputResult", -"description": "Output result indicating where the data were exported to." -}, -"status": { -"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus", -"description": "The status of the export operation." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaFactChunk": { "description": "Fact Chunk.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaFactChunk", @@ -12441,32 +12409,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOutputResult": { -"description": "Output result that stores the information about where the exported data is stored.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOutputResult", -"properties": { -"bigqueryResult": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOutputResultBigQueryOutputResult", -"description": "The BigQuery location where the result is stored." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOutputResultBigQueryOutputResult": { -"description": "A BigQuery output result.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOutputResultBigQueryOutputResult", -"properties": { -"datasetId": { -"description": "The ID of a BigQuery Dataset.", -"type": "string" -}, -"tableId": { -"description": "The ID of a BigQuery Table.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaPageInfo": { "description": "Detailed page information.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaPageInfo", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json index 3a7a3ab31b8..fa33383aa34 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json @@ -6175,7 +6175,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -9150,38 +9150,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExportUserEventsMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata related to the progress of the Export operation. This is returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExportUserEventsMetadata", -"properties": { -"createTime": { -"description": "Operation create time.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -}, -"updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExportUserEventsResponse": { -"description": "Response of the ExportUserEventsRequest. If the long running operation was successful, then this message is returned by the google.longrunning.Operations.response field.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExportUserEventsResponse", -"properties": { -"outputResult": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOutputResult", -"description": "Output result indicating where the data were exported to." -}, -"status": { -"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus", -"description": "The status of the export operation." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaFieldConfig": { "description": "Configurations for fields of a schema. For example, configuring a field is indexable, or searchable.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaFieldConfig", @@ -9611,32 +9579,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOutputResult": { -"description": "Output result that stores the information about where the exported data is stored.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOutputResult", -"properties": { -"bigqueryResult": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOutputResultBigQueryOutputResult", -"description": "The BigQuery location where the result is stored." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOutputResultBigQueryOutputResult": { -"description": "A BigQuery output result.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOutputResultBigQueryOutputResult", -"properties": { -"datasetId": { -"description": "The ID of a BigQuery Dataset.", -"type": "string" -}, -"tableId": { -"description": "The ID of a BigQuery Table.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProject": { "description": "Metadata and configurations for a Google Cloud project in the service.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProject", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json index a893dcc91da..5a51cbefe70 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json @@ -23,213 +23,13 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.asia-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "asia-east1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.asia-east2.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "asia-east2" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.asia-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "asia-northeast1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.asia-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "asia-northeast2" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.asia-northeast3.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "asia-northeast3" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "asia-south1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "asia-south2" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.asia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "asia-southeast1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.asia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "asia-southeast2" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://dlp.australia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "australia-southeast1" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.australia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "australia-southeast2" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.europe-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-central2" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.europe-north1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-north1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.europe-north2.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-north2" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-southwest1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.europe-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.europe-west10.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west10" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.europe-west12.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west12" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west2" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west3" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.europe-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west4" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.europe-west6.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west6" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.europe-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west8" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://dlp.europe-west9.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west9" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.me-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "me-central1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "me-central2" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.me-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "me-west1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.northamerica-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "northamerica-northeast1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.northamerica-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "northamerica-northeast2" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.northamerica-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "northamerica-south1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.southamerica-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "southamerica-east1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.southamerica-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "southamerica-west1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "us-central1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.us-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "us-east1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.us-east4.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "us-east4" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.us-east5.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "us-east5" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.us-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "us-south1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.us-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "us-west1" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.us-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "us-west2" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.us-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "us-west3" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.us-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "us-west4" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://dlp.us-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "us-west8" } ], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, @@ -4974,7 +4774,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://dlp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Action": { @@ -6569,7 +6369,7 @@ "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DataProfileLocation", "properties": { "folderId": { -"description": "The ID of the folder within an organization to scan.", +"description": "The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, @@ -7576,7 +7376,7 @@ "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryStartingLocation", "properties": { "folderId": { -"description": "The ID of the folder within an organization to scan.", +"description": "The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json index 92ac9b12d51..9735a9cee25 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json @@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://dns.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Change": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json index 7361d6d87f1..677b1c60c52 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://dns.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Change": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json index d11ebb5be6e..a39d7a4abbd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://docs.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutoText": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json index c7e0e4f74b0..d5db73c2377 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json @@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240703", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json index 2e2d99a6581..b73dd7d3f89 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240703", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json index 5abdd15b13c..9a61f6c8847 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json @@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240703", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json index a6c3ada940f..ac147710c8b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://domainsrdap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "HttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json index 3fde892fae9..1f7d62ca0c0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240703", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://doubleclickbidmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DataRange": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json index 469ddad48d9..5280d5df300 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240625", "rootUrl": "https://doubleclicksearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Availability": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json index ad038247a53..413513812a8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json @@ -3869,7 +3869,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240628", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json index c135a00ea36..1cc341e8fe7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json @@ -2523,7 +2523,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240628", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json index 67781097de9..74f03dfed28 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240625", "rootUrl": "https://driveactivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json index 5d7d4e8c7a0..d92f7058f27 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://drivelabels.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAppsDriveLabelsV2BadgeColors": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json index c47bc571cb6..1667b785b18 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://drivelabels.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAppsDriveLabelsV2betaBadgeColors": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json index 3f4963ef304..ef9c6a499c9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://essentialcontacts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ComputeContactsResponse": { @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validationState": { -"description": "Output only. The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource.", +"description": "The validity of the contact. A contact is considered valid if it is the correct recipient for notifications for a particular resource.", "enum": [ "VALIDATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "VALID", @@ -934,7 +934,6 @@ "The contact is marked as valid. This is usually done manually by the contact admin. All new contacts begin in the valid state.", "The contact is considered invalid. This may become the state if the contact's email is found to be unreachable." ], -"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json index 265131941ea..a7802ac399b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://factchecktools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFactcheckingFactchecktoolsV1alpha1Claim": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json index cce75281e4d..f92fe97dba6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240703", "rootUrl": "https://fcm.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AndroidConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json index 97bea42a6ee..dac096ac374 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://fcmdata.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseFcmDataV1beta1AndroidDeliveryData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json index 6cfade0add3..e60e96ffcce 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json @@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Backup": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json index 4641a75596c..abd228bcf76 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Backup": { @@ -1098,21 +1098,6 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"fileSystemProtocol": { -"description": "Output only. The file system protocol of the source Filestore instance that this backup is created from.", -"enum": [ -"FILE_PROTOCOL_UNSPECIFIED", -"NFS_V3", -"NFS_V4_1" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"FILE_PROTOCOL_UNSPECIFIED serves a \"not set\" default value when a FileProtocol is a separate field in a message.", -"NFS 3.0.", -"NFS 4.1." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, "kmsKeyName": { "description": "Immutable. KMS key name used for data encryption.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json index e674bd0abef..795c9cd50b5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json @@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240705", "rootUrl": "https://firebase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddFirebaseRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json index 4b18e98f6bf..03203cc9816 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json @@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappdistribution.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GdataBlobstore2Info": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json index 6493c6e67b4..5f6c252fb30 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappdistribution.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1Release": { @@ -708,16 +708,16 @@ "steps": { "description": "Required. Steps to be accomplished by the AI", "items": { -"$ref": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaAiStep" +"$ref": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaAiInstructionsStep" }, "type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaAiStep": { +"GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaAiInstructionsStep": { "description": "A step to be accomplished by the AI", -"id": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaAiStep", +"id": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaAiInstructionsStep", "properties": { "assertion": { "description": "An assertion to be checked by the AI", @@ -730,34 +730,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaAiStepResult": { -"description": "Captures the results of an AiStep", -"id": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaAiStepResult", -"properties": { -"state": { -"description": "Output only. The current state of the step", -"enum": [ -"STEP_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"IN_PROGRESS", -"PASSED", -"FAILED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Step state unspecified", -"The step is in progress", -"The step has completed successfully", -"The step has failed" -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"step": { -"$ref": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaAiStep", -"description": "Required. The step performed by the AI" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaApp": { "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaApp", "properties": { @@ -846,14 +818,6 @@ "description": "The results of running an automated test on a particular device.", "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaDeviceExecution", "properties": { -"aiStepResults": { -"description": "Output only. Results of the AI steps if passed in", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaAiStepResult" -}, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" -}, "appCrash": { "$ref": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaAppCrash", "description": "Output only. An app crash, if any occurred during the test.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json index 2756069b725..23b95ab4cbc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedatabase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DatabaseInstance": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json index 81ba23d3a7b..83d505dea0f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedynamiclinks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyticsInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json index ddad9f0c6d9..09500c618da 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240710", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json index d86d1bc2491..200bbce0dab 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json @@ -2422,7 +2422,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240710", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActingUser": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json index 0555e8e3afc..7c11ea4c1e2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240705", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json index b4fca6884fa..d60e8c3f18b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240705", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DownloadModelResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json index 8bf12daa3f0..ac3e4905bd6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240705", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Date": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaserules.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaserules.v1.json index 9d0ab5a92bf..9acc0ac57d7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaserules.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaserules.v1.json @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://firebaserules.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Arg": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json index 26f47eed32b..6350b16cff7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json @@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240630", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { @@ -2499,7 +2499,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "retention": { -"description": "At what relative time in the future, compared to its creation time, the backup should be deleted, e.g. keep backups for 7 days. The maximum supported retention is 14 weeks.", +"description": "At what relative time in the future, compared to its creation time, the backup should be deleted, e.g. keep backups for 7 days.", "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json index 35f530c56a0..2d521e4c573 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json @@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240630", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json index 3ff51f95b78..1a06dd529b0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240630", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json index 9e23a8299ec..4304644f072 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://fitness.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregateBucket": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json index d26f38e1ca3..4811c546de0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240702", +"revision": "20240625", "rootUrl": "https://forms.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Answer": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json index 8eaffbc74c9..314e38bdc12 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json @@ -1713,7 +1713,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://gkebackup.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json index 46ac9e34f77..22ce49c03b6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json @@ -1146,122 +1146,6 @@ }, "rbacrolebindings": { "methods": { -"create": { -"description": "Creates a Membership RBACRoleBinding.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/memberships/{membershipsId}/rbacrolebindings", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "gkehub.projects.locations.memberships.rbacrolebindings.create", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent (project and location) where the RBACRoleBinding will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/memberships/*`.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/memberships/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"rbacrolebindingId": { -"description": "Required. Client chosen ID for the RBACRoleBinding. `rbacrolebinding_id` must be a valid RFC 1123 compliant DNS label: 1. At most 63 characters in length 2. It must consist of lower case alphanumeric characters or `-` 3. It must start and end with an alphanumeric character Which can be expressed as the regex: `[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`, with a maximum length of 63 characters.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/rbacrolebindings", -"request": { -"$ref": "RBACRoleBinding" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes a Membership RBACRoleBinding.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/memberships/{membershipsId}/rbacrolebindings/{rbacrolebindingsId}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "gkehub.projects.locations.memberships.rbacrolebindings.delete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The RBACRoleBinding resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/memberships/*/rbacrolebindings/*`.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/memberships/[^/]+/rbacrolebindings/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"generateMembershipRBACRoleBindingYAML": { -"description": "Generates a YAML of the RBAC policies for the specified RoleBinding and its associated impersonation resources.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/memberships/{membershipsId}/rbacrolebindings:generateMembershipRBACRoleBindingYAML", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "gkehub.projects.locations.memberships.rbacrolebindings.generateMembershipRBACRoleBindingYAML", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent (project and location) where the RBACRoleBinding will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/memberships/*`.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/memberships/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"rbacrolebindingId": { -"description": "Required. Client chosen ID for the RBACRoleBinding. `rbacrolebinding_id` must be a valid RFC 1123 compliant DNS label: 1. At most 63 characters in length 2. It must consist of lower case alphanumeric characters or `-` 3. It must start and end with an alphanumeric character Which can be expressed as the regex: `[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`, with a maximum length of 63 characters.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/rbacrolebindings:generateMembershipRBACRoleBindingYAML", -"request": { -"$ref": "RBACRoleBinding" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GenerateMembershipRBACRoleBindingYAMLResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"get": { -"description": "Returns the details of a Membership RBACRoleBinding.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/memberships/{membershipsId}/rbacrolebindings/{rbacrolebindingsId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "gkehub.projects.locations.memberships.rbacrolebindings.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The RBACRoleBinding resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/memberships/*/rbacrolebindings/*`.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/memberships/[^/]+/rbacrolebindings/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "RBACRoleBinding" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, "list": { "description": "Lists all Membership RBACRoleBindings.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/memberships/{membershipsId}/rbacrolebindings", @@ -1297,40 +1181,6 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] -}, -"patch": { -"description": "Updates a Membership RBACRoleBinding.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/memberships/{membershipsId}/rbacrolebindings/{rbacrolebindingsId}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "gkehub.projects.locations.memberships.rbacrolebindings.patch", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "The resource name for the rbacrolebinding `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/scopes/{scope}/rbacrolebindings/{rbacrolebinding}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership}/rbacrolebindings/{rbacrolebinding}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/memberships/[^/]+/rbacrolebindings/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"updateMask": { -"description": "Required. The fields to be updated.", -"format": "google-fieldmask", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"request": { -"$ref": "RBACRoleBinding" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] } } } @@ -2101,7 +1951,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240706", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { @@ -2695,24 +2545,6 @@ ], "type": "string" }, -"otelCollector": { -"description": "Deployment state of otel-collector", -"enum": [ -"DEPLOYMENT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"NOT_INSTALLED", -"INSTALLED", -"ERROR", -"PENDING" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Deployment's state cannot be determined", -"Deployment is not installed", -"Deployment is installed", -"Deployment was attempted to be installed, but has errors", -"Deployment is installing or terminating" -], -"type": "string" -}, "reconcilerManager": { "description": "Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod", "enum": [ @@ -2731,24 +2563,6 @@ ], "type": "string" }, -"resourceGroupControllerManager": { -"description": "Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager", -"enum": [ -"DEPLOYMENT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"NOT_INSTALLED", -"INSTALLED", -"ERROR", -"PENDING" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Deployment's state cannot be determined", -"Deployment is not installed", -"Deployment is installed", -"Deployment was attempted to be installed, but has errors", -"Deployment is installing or terminating" -], -"type": "string" -}, "rootReconciler": { "description": "Deployment state of root-reconciler", "enum": [ @@ -2884,7 +2698,7 @@ "id": "ConfigManagementConfigSyncVersion", "properties": { "admissionWebhook": { -"description": "Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod", +"description": "Version of the deployed admission_webhook pod", "type": "string" }, "gitSync": { @@ -2899,18 +2713,10 @@ "description": "Version of the deployed monitor pod", "type": "string" }, -"otelCollector": { -"description": "Version of the deployed otel-collector pod", -"type": "string" -}, "reconcilerManager": { "description": "Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod", "type": "string" }, -"resourceGroupControllerManager": { -"description": "Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod", -"type": "string" -}, "rootReconciler": { "description": "Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod", "type": "string" @@ -3978,17 +3784,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GenerateMembershipRBACRoleBindingYAMLResponse": { -"description": "Response for GenerateRBACRoleBindingYAML.", -"id": "GenerateMembershipRBACRoleBindingYAMLResponse", -"properties": { -"roleBindingsYaml": { -"description": "a yaml text blob including the RBAC policies.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GkeCluster": { "description": "GkeCluster contains information specific to GKE clusters.", "id": "GkeCluster", @@ -6211,7 +6006,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "management": { -"description": "Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management.", +"description": "Enables automatic Service Mesh management.", "enum": [ "MANAGEMENT_UNSPECIFIED", "MANAGEMENT_AUTOMATIC", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json index d7ea8f58c7d..2a72c1924a8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json @@ -2175,7 +2175,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240706", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnthosObservabilityFeatureSpec": { @@ -2970,24 +2970,6 @@ ], "type": "string" }, -"otelCollector": { -"description": "Deployment state of otel-collector", -"enum": [ -"DEPLOYMENT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"NOT_INSTALLED", -"INSTALLED", -"ERROR", -"PENDING" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Deployment's state cannot be determined", -"Deployment is not installed", -"Deployment is installed", -"Deployment was attempted to be installed, but has errors", -"Deployment is installing or terminating" -], -"type": "string" -}, "reconcilerManager": { "description": "Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod", "enum": [ @@ -3006,24 +2988,6 @@ ], "type": "string" }, -"resourceGroupControllerManager": { -"description": "Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager", -"enum": [ -"DEPLOYMENT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"NOT_INSTALLED", -"INSTALLED", -"ERROR", -"PENDING" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Deployment's state cannot be determined", -"Deployment is not installed", -"Deployment is installed", -"Deployment was attempted to be installed, but has errors", -"Deployment is installing or terminating" -], -"type": "string" -}, "rootReconciler": { "description": "Deployment state of root-reconciler", "enum": [ @@ -3159,7 +3123,7 @@ "id": "ConfigManagementConfigSyncVersion", "properties": { "admissionWebhook": { -"description": "Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod", +"description": "Version of the deployed admission_webhook pod", "type": "string" }, "gitSync": { @@ -3174,18 +3138,10 @@ "description": "Version of the deployed monitor pod", "type": "string" }, -"otelCollector": { -"description": "Version of the deployed otel-collector pod", -"type": "string" -}, "reconcilerManager": { "description": "Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod", "type": "string" }, -"resourceGroupControllerManager": { -"description": "Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod", -"type": "string" -}, "rootReconciler": { "description": "Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod", "type": "string" @@ -6734,20 +6690,6 @@ "description": "**Service Mesh**: Spec for a single Membership for the servicemesh feature", "id": "ServiceMeshMembershipSpec", "properties": { -"configApi": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies the API that will be used for configuring the mesh workloads.", -"enum": [ -"CONFIG_API_UNSPECIFIED", -"CONFIG_API_ISTIO", -"CONFIG_API_GATEWAY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified", -"Use the Istio API for configuration.", -"Use the K8s Gateway API for configuration." -], -"type": "string" -}, "controlPlane": { "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated: use `management` instead Enables automatic control plane management.", @@ -6764,7 +6706,6 @@ "type": "string" }, "defaultChannel": { -"deprecated": true, "description": "Determines which release channel to use for default injection and service mesh APIs.", "enum": [ "CHANNEL_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -6781,7 +6722,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "management": { -"description": "Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management.", +"description": "Enables automatic Service Mesh management.", "enum": [ "MANAGEMENT_UNSPECIFIED", "MANAGEMENT_AUTOMATIC", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json index c85ec8a75a0..9c5e76f826f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json @@ -2101,7 +2101,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240706", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnthosObservabilityFeatureSpec": { @@ -2780,24 +2780,6 @@ ], "type": "string" }, -"otelCollector": { -"description": "Deployment state of otel-collector", -"enum": [ -"DEPLOYMENT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"NOT_INSTALLED", -"INSTALLED", -"ERROR", -"PENDING" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Deployment's state cannot be determined", -"Deployment is not installed", -"Deployment is installed", -"Deployment was attempted to be installed, but has errors", -"Deployment is installing or terminating" -], -"type": "string" -}, "reconcilerManager": { "description": "Deployment state of reconciler-manager pod", "enum": [ @@ -2816,24 +2798,6 @@ ], "type": "string" }, -"resourceGroupControllerManager": { -"description": "Deployment state of resource-group-controller-manager", -"enum": [ -"DEPLOYMENT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"NOT_INSTALLED", -"INSTALLED", -"ERROR", -"PENDING" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Deployment's state cannot be determined", -"Deployment is not installed", -"Deployment is installed", -"Deployment was attempted to be installed, but has errors", -"Deployment is installing or terminating" -], -"type": "string" -}, "rootReconciler": { "description": "Deployment state of root-reconciler", "enum": [ @@ -2969,7 +2933,7 @@ "id": "ConfigManagementConfigSyncVersion", "properties": { "admissionWebhook": { -"description": "Version of the deployed admission-webhook pod", +"description": "Version of the deployed admission_webhook pod", "type": "string" }, "gitSync": { @@ -2984,18 +2948,10 @@ "description": "Version of the deployed monitor pod", "type": "string" }, -"otelCollector": { -"description": "Version of the deployed otel-collector pod", -"type": "string" -}, "reconcilerManager": { "description": "Version of the deployed reconciler-manager pod", "type": "string" }, -"resourceGroupControllerManager": { -"description": "Version of the deployed resource-group-controller-manager pod", -"type": "string" -}, "rootReconciler": { "description": "Version of the deployed reconciler container in root-reconciler pod", "type": "string" @@ -6374,7 +6330,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "management": { -"description": "Optional. Enables automatic Service Mesh management.", +"description": "Enables automatic Service Mesh management.", "enum": [ "MANAGEMENT_UNSPECIFIED", "MANAGEMENT_AUTOMATIC", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json index 2cd819642ce..c74f7213e6c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json @@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240706", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplianceCluster": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json index c98f4c31b47..91219b63ec2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240706", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json index f629d8a1d7a..5e59feb4f3b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json @@ -3077,7 +3077,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://gmail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutoForwarding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json index 1534d44cd70..60efb0d4522 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeliveryError": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json index d6e55647767..d842d4f6273 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeliveryError": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json index 8c13aedb472..b37910d5831 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://groupsmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Groups": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json index 887325f430a..f2224a0a9c9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json @@ -3056,6 +3056,34 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"patch": { +"description": "Patches a ServiceAccountKey.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccountsId}/keys/{keysId}:patch", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "iam.projects.serviceAccounts.keys.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The resource name of the service account key in the following format `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/serviceAccounts/[^/]+/keys/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:patch", +"request": { +"$ref": "PatchServiceAccountKeyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "ServiceAccountKey" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "upload": { "description": "Uploads the public key portion of a key pair that you manage, and associates the public key with a ServiceAccount. After you upload the public key, you can use the private key from the key pair as a service account key.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccountsId}/keys:upload", @@ -3188,7 +3216,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240703", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessRestrictions": { @@ -4243,6 +4271,22 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"PatchServiceAccountKeyRequest": { +"description": "The service account key patch request.", +"id": "PatchServiceAccountKeyRequest", +"properties": { +"serviceAccountKey": { +"$ref": "ServiceAccountKey", +"description": "Required. The service account key to update." +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. The update mask to apply to the service account key. Only the following fields are eligible for patching: - contact - description", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PatchServiceAccountRequest": { "description": "The service account patch request. You can patch only the `display_name` and `description` fields. You must use the `update_mask` field to specify which of these fields you want to patch. Only the fields specified in the request are guaranteed to be returned in the response. Other fields may be empty in the response.", "id": "PatchServiceAccountRequest", @@ -4647,6 +4691,19 @@ false "description": "Represents a service account key. A service account has two sets of key-pairs: user-managed, and system-managed. User-managed key-pairs can be created and deleted by users. Users are responsible for rotating these keys periodically to ensure security of their service accounts. Users retain the private key of these key-pairs, and Google retains ONLY the public key. System-managed keys are automatically rotated by Google, and are used for signing for a maximum of two weeks. The rotation process is probabilistic, and usage of the new key will gradually ramp up and down over the key's lifetime. If you cache the public key set for a service account, we recommend that you update the cache every 15 minutes. User-managed keys can be added and removed at any time, so it is important to update the cache frequently. For Google-managed keys, Google will publish a key at least 6 hours before it is first used for signing and will keep publishing it for at least 6 hours after it was last used for signing. Public keys for all service accounts are also published at the OAuth2 Service Account API.", "id": "ServiceAccountKey", "properties": { +"contact": { +"description": "Optional. A user provided email address as the point of contact for this service account key. Must be an email address. Limit 64 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"creator": { +"description": "Output only. The cloud identity that created this service account key. Populated automatically when the key is created and not editable by the user.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. A user provided description of this service account key.", +"type": "string" +}, "disableReason": { "description": "Output only. optional. If the key is disabled, it may have a DisableReason describing why it was disabled.", "enum": [ diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json index 68cad3e3680..5d948ea002a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240703", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudControl2SharedOperationsReconciliationOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json index 107b4adaa8e..097484ad39c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240703", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudControl2SharedOperationsReconciliationOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json index 43df9abedb7..b62e5323987 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20240624", "rootUrl": "https://iamcredentials.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GenerateAccessTokenRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json index ca96b9ea1dc..8c09f4fc4ed 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessDeniedPageSettings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json index e7f06deb581..44cd435ad6c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json index 4705d8fe7d0..948b1242b2c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json @@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240703", +"revision": "20240621", "rootUrl": "https://identitytoolkit.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV1Argon2Parameters": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json index 45d1707e0f3..4b4e557e34a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json @@ -1655,7 +1655,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240703", +"revision": "20240621", "rootUrl": "https://identitytoolkit.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2AllowByDefault": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json index a5c07d80456..5b3fda7e6d3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://indexing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "PublishUrlNotificationResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json index c78156aaa25..b3659d17e3e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json @@ -4140,7 +4140,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://integrations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CrmlogErrorCode": { @@ -11100,20 +11100,16 @@ false "description": "Request to Import template", "id": "GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaImportTemplateRequest", "properties": { +"configParameters": { +"description": "Optional. Config parameters which would be used to configure template bundles.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaIntegrationConfigParameter" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "integration": { "description": "Required. Name of the integration where template needs to be imported.", "type": "string" -}, -"integrationRegion": { -"description": "Required. The region of the Integration to be created.", -"type": "string" -}, -"subIntegrations": { -"additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaUseTemplateRequestIntegrationDetails" -}, -"description": "Optional. Sub Integration which would be created via templates.", -"type": "object" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json index 181542b5671..edc6de62f56 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://keep.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Attachment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json index 0db2ca3b09f..54034e64bc7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://kmsinventory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudKmsInventoryV1ListCryptoKeysResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json index e288f7b668c..fa7212842f2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { @@ -757,7 +757,6 @@ "A2_ULTRAGPU_4G", "A2_ULTRAGPU_8G", "A3_HIGHGPU_8G", -"A3_MEGAGPU_8G", "E2_STANDARD_2", "E2_STANDARD_4", "E2_STANDARD_8", @@ -1043,7 +1042,6 @@ "", "", "", -"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -1476,7 +1474,6 @@ "A2_ULTRAGPU_4G", "A2_ULTRAGPU_8G", "A3_HIGHGPU_8G", -"A3_MEGAGPU_8G", "E2_STANDARD_2", "E2_STANDARD_4", "E2_STANDARD_8", @@ -1762,7 +1759,6 @@ "", "", "", -"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -2154,7 +2150,6 @@ "A2_ULTRAGPU_4G", "A2_ULTRAGPU_8G", "A3_HIGHGPU_8G", -"A3_MEGAGPU_8G", "E2_STANDARD_2", "E2_STANDARD_4", "E2_STANDARD_8", @@ -2440,7 +2435,6 @@ "", "", "", -"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -3622,7 +3616,6 @@ false "NVIDIA_A100_80GB", "NVIDIA_L4", "NVIDIA_H100_80GB", -"NVIDIA_H100_MEGA_80GB", "TPU_V2", "TPU_V3", "TPU_V4_POD", @@ -3639,7 +3632,6 @@ false "Nvidia A100 80GB GPU.", "Nvidia L4 GPU.", "Nvidia H100 80Gb GPU.", -"Nvidia H100 80Gb GPU.", "TPU v2 (JellyFish).", "TPU v3 (DragonFish).", "TPU_v4 (PufferFish).", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json index 1378c3c1013..deff06dd8df 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { @@ -757,7 +757,6 @@ "A2_ULTRAGPU_4G", "A2_ULTRAGPU_8G", "A3_HIGHGPU_8G", -"A3_MEGAGPU_8G", "E2_STANDARD_2", "E2_STANDARD_4", "E2_STANDARD_8", @@ -1043,7 +1042,6 @@ "", "", "", -"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -1494,7 +1492,6 @@ "A2_ULTRAGPU_4G", "A2_ULTRAGPU_8G", "A3_HIGHGPU_8G", -"A3_MEGAGPU_8G", "E2_STANDARD_2", "E2_STANDARD_4", "E2_STANDARD_8", @@ -1780,7 +1777,6 @@ "", "", "", -"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -2172,7 +2168,6 @@ "A2_ULTRAGPU_4G", "A2_ULTRAGPU_8G", "A3_HIGHGPU_8G", -"A3_MEGAGPU_8G", "E2_STANDARD_2", "E2_STANDARD_4", "E2_STANDARD_8", @@ -2458,7 +2453,6 @@ "", "", "", -"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -3640,7 +3634,6 @@ false "NVIDIA_A100_80GB", "NVIDIA_L4", "NVIDIA_H100_80GB", -"NVIDIA_H100_MEGA_80GB", "TPU_V2", "TPU_V3", "TPU_V4_POD", @@ -3657,7 +3650,6 @@ false "Nvidia A100 80GB GPU.", "Nvidia L4 GPU.", "Nvidia H100 80Gb GPU.", -"Nvidia H100 80Gb GPU.", "TPU v2 (JellyFish).", "TPU v3 (DragonFish).", "TPU_v4 (PufferFish).", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json index a4cec0fd65b..953f6354d5c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { @@ -577,7 +577,6 @@ "A2_ULTRAGPU_4G", "A2_ULTRAGPU_8G", "A3_HIGHGPU_8G", -"A3_MEGAGPU_8G", "E2_STANDARD_2", "E2_STANDARD_4", "E2_STANDARD_8", @@ -863,7 +862,6 @@ "", "", "", -"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -1110,7 +1108,6 @@ "A2_ULTRAGPU_4G", "A2_ULTRAGPU_8G", "A3_HIGHGPU_8G", -"A3_MEGAGPU_8G", "E2_STANDARD_2", "E2_STANDARD_4", "E2_STANDARD_8", @@ -1396,7 +1393,6 @@ "", "", "", -"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -1529,7 +1525,6 @@ "A2_ULTRAGPU_4G", "A2_ULTRAGPU_8G", "A3_HIGHGPU_8G", -"A3_MEGAGPU_8G", "E2_STANDARD_2", "E2_STANDARD_4", "E2_STANDARD_8", @@ -1815,7 +1810,6 @@ "", "", "", -"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -2974,7 +2968,6 @@ false "NVIDIA_A100_80GB", "NVIDIA_L4", "NVIDIA_H100_80GB", -"NVIDIA_H100_MEGA_80GB", "TPU_V2", "TPU_V3", "TPU_V4_POD", @@ -2991,7 +2984,6 @@ false "Nvidia A100 80GB GPU.", "Nvidia L4 GPU.", "Nvidia H100 80Gb GPU.", -"Nvidia H100 80Gb GPU.", "TPU v2 (JellyFish).", "TPU v3 (DragonFish).", "TPU_v4 (PufferFish).", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json index d91d7ba864a..78548039b50 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://libraryagent.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleExampleLibraryagentV1Book": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json index 5f63e318a31..37960c515fc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240706", "rootUrl": "https://licensing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json index faa66dd12c2..c09dd0ac73a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://lifesciences.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json index d50c22f505a..32ed3913b1c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://localservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAdsHomeservicesLocalservicesV1AccountReport": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json index 9dde22f0993..55088895965 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json @@ -1362,11 +1362,6 @@ "parent" ], "parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies the type (\"Logging\" or \"OpsAnalytics\") and the visibility (PRIVATE or SHARED) of the saved queries to list. If provided, the filter must contain either the type function or a visibility token, or both. If both are chosen, they can be placed in any order, but they must be joined by the AND operator or the empty character.The two supported type function calls are: type(\"Logging\") type(\"OpsAnalytics\")The two supported visibility tokens are: visibility = PRIVATE visibility = SHAREDFor example:type(\"Logging\") AND visibility = PRIVATE visibility=SHARED type(\"OpsAnalytics\") type(\"OpsAnalytics)\" visibility = PRIVATE visibility = SHARED", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, "pageSize": { "description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.", "format": "int32", @@ -2058,7 +2053,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name for the settings to update. \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/settings\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/settings\" For example:\"organizations/12345/settings\"", +"description": "Required. The resource name for the settings to update. \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/settings\" For example:\"organizations/12345/settings\"", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3279,11 +3274,6 @@ "parent" ], "parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies the type (\"Logging\" or \"OpsAnalytics\") and the visibility (PRIVATE or SHARED) of the saved queries to list. If provided, the filter must contain either the type function or a visibility token, or both. If both are chosen, they can be placed in any order, but they must be joined by the AND operator or the empty character.The two supported type function calls are: type(\"Logging\") type(\"OpsAnalytics\")The two supported visibility tokens are: visibility = PRIVATE visibility = SHAREDFor example:type(\"Logging\") AND visibility = PRIVATE visibility=SHARED type(\"OpsAnalytics\") type(\"OpsAnalytics)\" visibility = PRIVATE visibility = SHARED", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, "pageSize": { "description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.", "format": "int32", @@ -4710,7 +4700,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name for the settings to update. \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/settings\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/settings\" For example:\"organizations/12345/settings\"", +"description": "Required. The resource name for the settings to update. \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/settings\" For example:\"organizations/12345/settings\"", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -5931,11 +5921,6 @@ "parent" ], "parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies the type (\"Logging\" or \"OpsAnalytics\") and the visibility (PRIVATE or SHARED) of the saved queries to list. If provided, the filter must contain either the type function or a visibility token, or both. If both are chosen, they can be placed in any order, but they must be joined by the AND operator or the empty character.The two supported type function calls are: type(\"Logging\") type(\"OpsAnalytics\")The two supported visibility tokens are: visibility = PRIVATE visibility = SHAREDFor example:type(\"Logging\") AND visibility = PRIVATE visibility=SHARED type(\"OpsAnalytics\") type(\"OpsAnalytics)\" visibility = PRIVATE visibility = SHARED", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, "pageSize": { "description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.", "format": "int32", @@ -7567,11 +7552,6 @@ "parent" ], "parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies the type (\"Logging\" or \"OpsAnalytics\") and the visibility (PRIVATE or SHARED) of the saved queries to list. If provided, the filter must contain either the type function or a visibility token, or both. If both are chosen, they can be placed in any order, but they must be joined by the AND operator or the empty character.The two supported type function calls are: type(\"Logging\") type(\"OpsAnalytics\")The two supported visibility tokens are: visibility = PRIVATE visibility = SHAREDFor example:type(\"Logging\") AND visibility = PRIVATE visibility=SHARED type(\"OpsAnalytics\") type(\"OpsAnalytics)\" visibility = PRIVATE visibility = SHARED", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, "pageSize": { "description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.", "format": "int32", @@ -8396,7 +8376,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name for the settings to update. \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/settings\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/settings\" For example:\"organizations/12345/settings\"", +"description": "Required. The resource name for the settings to update. \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/settings\" For example:\"organizations/12345/settings\"", "location": "path", "pattern": "^[^/]+/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -8424,7 +8404,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20240620", "rootUrl": "https://logging.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/marketingplatformadmin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/marketingplatformadmin.v1alpha.json index f974c10b5dd..4b7cb8fc405 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/marketingplatformadmin.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/marketingplatformadmin.v1alpha.json @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyticsAccountLink": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/meet.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/meet.v2.json index 208aa0e058c..26c8d3453b4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/meet.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/meet.v2.json @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ ] }, "endActiveConference": { -"description": "Ends an active conference (if there's one). For an example, see [End active conference](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#end-active-conference).", +"description": "Ends an active conference (if there's one).", "flatPath": "v2/spaces/{spacesId}:endActiveConference", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "meet.spaces.endActiveConference", @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}`. `{space}` is the resource identifier for the space. It's a unique, server-generated ID and is case sensitive. For example, `jQCFfuBOdN5z`. For more information, see [How Meet identifies a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#identify-meeting-space).", +"description": "Required. Resource name of the space.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^spaces/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets details about a meeting space. For an example, see [Get a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#get-meeting-space).", +"description": "Gets a space by `space_id` or `meeting_code`.", "flatPath": "v2/spaces/{spacesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "meet.spaces.get", @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}` or `spaces/{meetingCode}`. `{space}` is the resource identifier for the space. It's a unique, server-generated ID and is case sensitive. For example, `jQCFfuBOdN5z`. `{meetingCode}` is an alias for the space. It's a typeable, unique character string and is non-case sensitive. For example, `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. A `meetingCode` shouldn't be stored long term as it can become dissociated from a meeting space and can be reused for different meeting spaces in the future. Generally, a `meetingCode` expires 365 days after last use. For more information, see [Learn about meeting codes in Google Meet](https://support.google.com/meet/answer/10710509). For more information, see [How Meet identifies a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#identify-meeting-space).", +"description": "Required. Resource name of the space.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^spaces/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates details about a meeting space. For an example, see [Update a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#update-meeting-space).", +"description": "Updates a space.", "flatPath": "v2/spaces/{spacesId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "meet.spaces.patch", @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}`. `{space}` is the resource identifier for the space. It's a unique, server-generated ID and is case sensitive. For example, `jQCFfuBOdN5z`. For more information, see [How Meet identifies a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#identify-meeting-space).", +"description": "Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^spaces/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://meet.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveConference": { @@ -1000,17 +1000,17 @@ "description": "Configuration pertaining to the meeting space." }, "meetingCode": { -"description": "Output only. Type friendly unique string used to join the meeting. Format: `[a-z]+-[a-z]+-[a-z]+`. For example, `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. Can only be used as an alias of the space name to get the space.", +"description": "Output only. Type friendly code to join the meeting. Format: `[a-z]+-[a-z]+-[a-z]+` such as `abc-mnop-xyz`. The maximum length is 128 characters. Can only be used as an alias of the space ID to get the space.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "meetingUri": { -"description": "Output only. URI used to join meetings consisting of `https://meet.google.com/` followed by the `meeting_code`. For example, `https://meet.google.com/abc-mnop-xyz`.", +"description": "Output only. URI used to join meetings, such as `https://meet.google.com/abc-mnop-xyz`.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}`. `{space}` is the resource identifier for the space. It's a unique, server-generated ID and is case sensitive. For example, `jQCFfuBOdN5z`. For more information, see [How Meet identifies a meeting space](https://developers.google.com/meet/api/guides/meeting-spaces#identify-meeting-space).", +"description": "Immutable. Resource name of the space. Format: `spaces/{space}`", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1.json index ee516d00584..2a9b2c33f3d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1.json @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240702", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://memcache.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplyParametersRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1beta2.json index 30d1cacfcda..263a4f12ffa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1beta2.json @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240702", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://memcache.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplyParametersRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json index 8de712359b8..6b6fc265255 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json @@ -175,191 +175,192 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" ] }, -"list": { -"description": "Lists accounts accessible to the calling user and matching the constraints of the request such as page size or filters. This is not just listing the sub-accounts of an MCA, but all accounts the calling user has access to including other MCAs, linked accounts, standalone accounts and so on.", -"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts", +"getBusinessIdentity": { +"description": "Retrieves the business identity of an account.", +"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/businessIdentity", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "merchantapi.accounts.list", -"parameterOrder": [], +"id": "merchantapi.accounts.getBusinessIdentity", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], "parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "Optional. Returns only accounts that match the [filter](/merchant/api/guides/accounts/filter). For more details, see the [filter syntax reference](/merchant/api/guides/accounts/filter-syntax).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum number of accounts to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 250 accounts are returned. The maximum value is 500; values above 500 are coerced to 500.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccounts` must match the call that provided the page token.", -"location": "query", +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the business identity. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessIdentity`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/businessIdentity$", +"required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "accounts/v1beta/accounts", +"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "ListAccountsResponse" +"$ref": "BusinessIdentity" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" ] }, -"listSubaccounts": { -"description": "List all sub-accounts for a given multi client account. This is a convenience wrapper for the more powerful `ListAccounts` method. This method will produce the same results as calling `ListsAccounts` with the following filter: `relationship(providerId={parent} AND service(type=\"ACCOUNT_AGGREGATION\"))`", -"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}:listSubaccounts", +"getBusinessInfo": { +"description": "Retrieves the business info of an account.", +"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/businessInfo", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "merchantapi.accounts.listSubaccounts", +"id": "merchantapi.accounts.getBusinessInfo", "parameterOrder": [ -"provider" +"name" ], "parameters": { -"pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum number of accounts to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 250 accounts are returned. The maximum value is 500; values above 500 are coerced to 500.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccounts` must match the call that provided the page token.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"provider": { -"description": "Required. The parent account. Format: `accounts/{account}`", +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the business info. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessInfo`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/businessInfo$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+provider}:listSubaccounts", +"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "ListSubAccountsResponse" +"$ref": "BusinessInfo" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" ] }, -"patch": { -"description": "Updates an account regardless of its type: standalone, MCA or sub-account. Executing this method requires admin access.", -"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "merchantapi.accounts.patch", +"getHomepage": { +"description": "Retrieves a store's homepage.", +"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/homepage", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "merchantapi.accounts.getHomepage", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}`", +"description": "Required. The name of the homepage to retrieve. Format: `accounts/{account}/homepage`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/homepage$", "required": true, "type": "string" -}, -"updateMask": { -"description": "Required. List of fields being updated.", -"format": "google-fieldmask", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" } }, "path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}", -"request": { -"$ref": "Account" -}, "response": { -"$ref": "Account" +"$ref": "Homepage" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" ] -} }, -"resources": { -"accounttax": { -"methods": { -"get": { -"description": "Returns the tax rules that match the conditions of GetAccountTaxRequest", -"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/accounttax/{accounttaxId}", +"getShippingSettings": { +"description": "Retrieve shipping setting information.", +"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/shippingSettings", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "merchantapi.accounts.accounttax.get", +"id": "merchantapi.accounts.getShippingSettings", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name from which tax settings will be retrieved", +"description": "Required. The name of the shipping setting to retrieve. Format: `accounts/{account}/shippingsetting`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/accounttax/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/shippingSettings$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, "path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "AccountTax" +"$ref": "ShippingSettings" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists the tax settings of the sub-accounts only in your Merchant Center account. This method can only be called on a multi-client account, otherwise it'll return an error.", -"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/accounttax", +"description": "Lists accounts accessible to the calling user and matching the constraints of the request such as page size or filters. This is not just listing the sub-accounts of an MCA, but all accounts the calling user has access to including other MCAs, linked accounts, standalone accounts and so on.", +"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "merchantapi.accounts.accounttax.list", +"id": "merchantapi.accounts.list", +"parameterOrder": [], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Returns only accounts that match the [filter](/merchant/api/guides/accounts/filter). For more details, see the [filter syntax reference](/merchant/api/guides/accounts/filter-syntax).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of accounts to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 250 accounts are returned. The maximum value is 500; values above 500 are coerced to 500.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccounts` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "accounts/v1beta/accounts", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListAccountsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" +] +}, +"listSubaccounts": { +"description": "List all sub-accounts for a given multi client account. This is a convenience wrapper for the more powerful `ListAccounts` method. This method will produce the same results as calling `ListsAccounts` with the following filter: `relationship(providerId={parent} AND service(type=\"ACCOUNT_AGGREGATION\"))`", +"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}:listSubaccounts", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "merchantapi.accounts.listSubaccounts", "parameterOrder": [ -"parent" +"provider" ], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of tax settings to return in the response, used for paging.", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of accounts to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 250 accounts are returned. The maximum value is 500; values above 500 are coerced to 500.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "The token returned by the previous request.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccounts` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of account tax. Format: accounts/{account}", +"provider": { +"description": "Required. The parent account. Format: `accounts/{account}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+parent}/accounttax", +"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+provider}:listSubaccounts", "response": { -"$ref": "ListAccountTaxResponse" +"$ref": "ListSubAccountsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates the tax settings of the account.", -"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/accounttax/{accounttaxId}", +"description": "Updates an account regardless of its type: standalone, MCA or sub-account. Executing this method requires admin access.", +"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "merchantapi.accounts.accounttax.patch", +"id": "merchantapi.accounts.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The name of the tax setting. Format: \"{account_tax.name=accounts/{account}}\"", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/accounttax/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "The list of fields to be updated", +"description": "Required. List of fields being updated.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -367,39 +368,10 @@ }, "path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "AccountTax" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "AccountTax" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" -] -} -} -}, -"businessIdentity": { -"methods": { -"getBusinessIdentity": { -"description": "Retrieves the business identity of an account.", -"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/businessIdentity", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "merchantapi.accounts.businessIdentity.getBusinessIdentity", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the business identity. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessIdentity`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/businessIdentity$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} +"$ref": "Account" }, -"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "BusinessIdentity" +"$ref": "Account" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" @@ -409,7 +381,7 @@ "description": "Updates the business identity of an account. Executing this method requires admin access.", "flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/businessIdentity", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "merchantapi.accounts.businessIdentity.updateBusinessIdentity", +"id": "merchantapi.accounts.updateBusinessIdentity", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -438,29 +410,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" ] -} -} }, -"businessInfo": { -"methods": { -"getBusinessInfo": { -"description": "Retrieves the business info of an account.", +"updateBusinessInfo": { +"description": "Updates the business info of an account. Executing this method requires admin access.", "flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/businessInfo", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "merchantapi.accounts.businessInfo.getBusinessInfo", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "merchantapi.accounts.updateBusinessInfo", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the business info. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessInfo`", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the business info. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessInfo`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/businessInfo$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. List of fields being updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, "path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "BusinessInfo" +}, "response": { "$ref": "BusinessInfo" }, @@ -468,19 +445,19 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" ] }, -"updateBusinessInfo": { -"description": "Updates the business info of an account. Executing this method requires admin access.", -"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/businessInfo", +"updateHomepage": { +"description": "Updates a store's homepage. Executing this method requires admin access.", +"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/homepage", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "merchantapi.accounts.businessInfo.updateBusinessInfo", +"id": "merchantapi.accounts.updateHomepage", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the business info. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessInfo`", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the store's homepage. Format: `accounts/{account}/homepage`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/businessInfo$", +"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/homepage$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -493,62 +470,98 @@ }, "path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "BusinessInfo" +"$ref": "Homepage" }, "response": { -"$ref": "BusinessInfo" +"$ref": "Homepage" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" ] } -} }, -"emailpreferences": { +"resources": { +"accounttax": { "methods": { -"getEmailPreferences": { -"description": "Returns the email preferences for a Merchant Center account user. Use the name=accounts/*/users/me/emailPreferences alias to get preferences for the authenticated user.", -"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/users/{usersId}/emailPreferences", +"get": { +"description": "Returns the tax rules that match the conditions of GetAccountTaxRequest", +"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/accounttax/{accounttaxId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "merchantapi.accounts.emailpreferences.getEmailPreferences", +"id": "merchantapi.accounts.accounttax.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the `EmailPreferences` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/users/{email}/emailPreferences`", +"description": "Required. The name from which tax settings will be retrieved", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/users/[^/]+/emailPreferences$", +"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/accounttax/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, "path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "EmailPreferences" +"$ref": "AccountTax" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" ] }, -"updateEmailPreferences": { -"description": "Updates the email preferences for a Merchant Center account user. MCA users should specify the MCA account rather than a sub-account of the MCA. Preferences which are not explicitly selected in the update mask will not be updated. It is invalid for updates to specify an UNCONFIRMED opt-in status value. Use the name=accounts/*/users/me/emailPreferences alias to update preferences for the authenticated user.", -"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/users/{usersId}/emailPreferences", +"list": { +"description": "Lists the tax settings of the sub-accounts only in your Merchant Center account. This method can only be called on a multi-client account, otherwise it'll return an error.", +"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/accounttax", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "merchantapi.accounts.accounttax.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of tax settings to return in the response, used for paging.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The token returned by the previous request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of account tax. Format: accounts/{account}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+parent}/accounttax", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListAccountTaxResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the tax settings of the account.", +"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/accounttax/{accounttaxId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "merchantapi.accounts.emailpreferences.updateEmailPreferences", +"id": "merchantapi.accounts.accounttax.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The name of the EmailPreferences. The endpoint is only supported for the authenticated user.", +"description": "Identifier. The name of the tax setting. Format: \"{account_tax.name=accounts/{account}}\"", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/users/[^/]+/emailPreferences$", +"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/accounttax/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Required. List of fields being updated.", +"description": "The list of fields to be updated", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -556,10 +569,10 @@ }, "path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "EmailPreferences" +"$ref": "AccountTax" }, "response": { -"$ref": "EmailPreferences" +"$ref": "AccountTax" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" @@ -597,31 +610,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" ] }, -"getHomepage": { -"description": "Retrieves a store's homepage.", -"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/homepage", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "merchantapi.accounts.homepage.getHomepage", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the homepage to retrieve. Format: `accounts/{account}/homepage`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/homepage$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "Homepage" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" -] -}, "unclaim": { "description": "Unclaims a store's homepage. Executing this method requires admin access.", "flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/homepage:unclaim", @@ -649,40 +637,6 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" ] -}, -"updateHomepage": { -"description": "Updates a store's homepage. Executing this method requires admin access.", -"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/homepage", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "merchantapi.accounts.homepage.updateHomepage", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the store's homepage. Format: `accounts/{account}/homepage`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/homepage$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"updateMask": { -"description": "Required. List of fields being updated.", -"format": "google-fieldmask", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}", -"request": { -"$ref": "Homepage" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Homepage" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" -] } } }, @@ -1086,31 +1040,6 @@ }, "shippingSettings": { "methods": { -"getShippingSettings": { -"description": "Retrieve shipping setting information.", -"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/shippingSettings", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "merchantapi.accounts.shippingSettings.getShippingSettings", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the shipping setting to retrieve. Format: `accounts/{account}/shippingsetting`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/shippingSettings$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "ShippingSettings" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" -] -}, "insert": { "description": "Replace the shipping setting of a merchant with the request shipping setting. Executing this method requires admin access.", "flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/shippingSettings:insert", @@ -1153,7 +1082,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the terms of service version. Format: `accounts/{account}/termsOfServiceAgreementState/{identifier}` The identifier format is: `{TermsOfServiceKind}-{country}`", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the terms of service version. Format: `accounts/{account}/termsOfServiceAgreementState/{identifier}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/termsOfServiceAgreementStates/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1280,6 +1209,31 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" ] }, +"getEmailPreferences": { +"description": "Returns the email preferences for a Merchant Center account user. Use the name=accounts/*/users/me/emailPreferences alias to get preferences for the authenticated user.", +"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/users/{usersId}/emailPreferences", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "merchantapi.accounts.users.getEmailPreferences", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the `EmailPreferences` resource. Format: `accounts/{account}/users/{email}/emailPreferences`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/users/[^/]+/emailPreferences$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "EmailPreferences" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists all users of a Merchant Center account.", "flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/users", @@ -1349,6 +1303,40 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" ] +}, +"updateEmailPreferences": { +"description": "Updates the email preferences for a Merchant Center account user. MCA users should specify the MCA account rather than a sub-account of the MCA. Preferences which are not explicitly selected in the update mask will not be updated. It is invalid for updates to specify an UNCONFIRMED opt-in status value. Use the name=accounts/*/users/me/emailPreferences alias to update preferences for the authenticated user.", +"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/users/{usersId}/emailPreferences", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "merchantapi.accounts.users.updateEmailPreferences", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the EmailPreferences. The endpoint is only supported for the authenticated user.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/users/[^/]+/emailPreferences$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. List of fields being updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "EmailPreferences" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "EmailPreferences" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" +] } } } @@ -1453,7 +1441,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptTermsOfService": { @@ -3358,7 +3346,7 @@ false "description": "The accepted terms of service of this kind and for the associated region_code" }, "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the terms of service version. Format: `accounts/{account}/termsOfServiceAgreementState/{identifier}` The identifier format is: `{TermsOfServiceKind}-{country}` For example, an identifier could be: `MERCHANT_CENTER-US`", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the terms of service version. Format: `accounts/{account}/termsOfServiceAgreementState/{identifier}`", "type": "string" }, "regionCode": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.conversions_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.conversions_v1beta.json index 7488ad138d2..e2a84102000 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.conversions_v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.conversions_v1beta.json @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AttributionSettings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.datasources_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.datasources_v1beta.json index 92b9e00a20e..27cad1e815b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.datasources_v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.datasources_v1beta.json @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DataSource": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.inventories_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.inventories_v1beta.json index e0018c50c9c..46cdcd1beab 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.inventories_v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.inventories_v1beta.json @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CustomAttribute": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.lfp_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.lfp_v1beta.json index 912ec5199d8..f4f4dad416d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.lfp_v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.lfp_v1beta.json @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.notifications_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.notifications_v1beta.json index 3a9616081bc..9d09df492f6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.notifications_v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.notifications_v1beta.json @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json index 62b3f59afbd..d0044bb752d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Attributes": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.promotions_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.promotions_v1beta.json index 82e5bf51e34..4ca4608eb9f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.promotions_v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.promotions_v1beta.json @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Attributes": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.quota_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.quota_v1beta.json index eeb606fdd8c..91012bc8d5e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.quota_v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.quota_v1beta.json @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ListQuotaGroupsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.reports_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.reports_v1beta.json index 3b61bd8a797..3ce5185fb3d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.reports_v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.reports_v1beta.json @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BestSellersBrandView": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json index 5dfec98dd7c..82e220ab775 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json @@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { @@ -2060,31 +2060,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"CustomRegionMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata about a custom region. This is only populated if the region is a custom region. For single/multi regions, it will be empty.", -"id": "CustomRegionMetadata", -"properties": { -"optionalReadOnlyRegions": { -"description": "The read-only regions for this custom region.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"requiredReadWriteRegions": { -"description": "The read-write regions for this custom region.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"witnessRegion": { -"description": "The Spanner witness region for this custom region.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "DataCatalogConfig": { "description": "Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service.", "id": "DataCatalogConfig", @@ -2633,13 +2608,6 @@ "description": "Metadata about the service in a location.", "id": "LocationMetadata", "properties": { -"customRegionMetadata": { -"description": "Possible configurations supported if the current region is a custom region.", -"items": { -"$ref": "CustomRegionMetadata" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "multiRegionMetadata": { "$ref": "MultiRegionMetadata", "description": "The multi-region metadata if the current region is a multi-region." @@ -3395,7 +3363,6 @@ "UPDATING", "DELETING", "ERROR", -"AUTOSCALING", "MIGRATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3407,7 +3374,6 @@ "The metastore service is being updated. It remains usable but cannot accept additional update requests or be deleted at this time.", "The metastore service is undergoing deletion. It cannot be used.", "The metastore service has encountered an error and cannot be used. The metastore service should be deleted.", -"The Dataproc Metastore service 2 is being scaled up or down.", "The metastore service is processing a managed migration." ], "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json index 63079b507c7..49ed2613674 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json @@ -1796,7 +1796,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { @@ -2196,52 +2196,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"CustomRegionConfig": { -"description": "Custom configuration used to specify regions that the metastore service runs in. Currently only supported in the us multi-region.", -"id": "CustomRegionConfig", -"properties": { -"readOnlyRegions": { -"description": "Optional. The list of read-only regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"readWriteRegions": { -"description": "Required. The list of read-write regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"CustomRegionMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata about a custom region. This is only populated if the region is a custom region. For single/multi regions, it will be empty.", -"id": "CustomRegionMetadata", -"properties": { -"optionalReadOnlyRegions": { -"description": "The read-only regions for this custom region.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"requiredReadWriteRegions": { -"description": "The read-write regions for this custom region.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"witnessRegion": { -"description": "The Spanner witness region for this custom region.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "DataCatalogConfig": { "description": "Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service.", "id": "DataCatalogConfig", @@ -2815,13 +2769,6 @@ "description": "Metadata about the service in a location.", "id": "LocationMetadata", "properties": { -"customRegionMetadata": { -"description": "Possible configurations supported if the current region is a custom region.", -"items": { -"$ref": "CustomRegionMetadata" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "multiRegionMetadata": { "$ref": "MultiRegionMetadata", "description": "The multi-region metadata if the current region is a multi-region." @@ -3124,25 +3071,6 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, -"MultiRegionConfig": { -"description": "The multi-region config for the Dataproc Metastore service.", -"id": "MultiRegionConfig", -"properties": { -"certificates": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Output only. The list of root CA certificates that a gRPC client uses to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service.", -"items": { -"$ref": "RootCACertificate" -}, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" -}, -"customRegionConfig": { -"$ref": "CustomRegionConfig" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "MultiRegionMetadata": { "description": "The metadata for the multi-region that includes the constituent regions. The metadata is only populated if the region is multi-region. For single region or custom dual region, it will be empty.", "id": "MultiRegionMetadata", @@ -3429,25 +3357,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"RootCACertificate": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "A gRPC client must install all root CA certificates to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service and achieve failover.", -"id": "RootCACertificate", -"properties": { -"certificate": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "The root CA certificate in PEM format. The maximum length is 65536 bytes.", -"type": "string" -}, -"expirationTime": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "The certificate expiration time in timestamp format.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "ScalingConfig": { "description": "Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service.", "id": "ScalingConfig", @@ -3595,10 +3504,6 @@ "description": "Output only. The metadata management activities of the metastore service.", "readOnly": true }, -"multiRegionConfig": { -"$ref": "MultiRegionConfig", -"description": "Optional. Specifies the multi-region configuration information for the Hive metastore service." -}, "name": { "description": "Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", "type": "string" @@ -3649,7 +3554,6 @@ "UPDATING", "DELETING", "ERROR", -"AUTOSCALING", "MIGRATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3661,7 +3565,6 @@ "The metastore service is being updated. It remains usable but cannot accept additional update requests or be deleted at this time.", "The metastore service is undergoing deletion. It cannot be used.", "The metastore service has encountered an error and cannot be used. The metastore service should be deleted.", -"The Dataproc Metastore service 2 is being scaled up or down.", "The metastore service is processing a managed migration." ], "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json index e1c3813edb4..901074b74a1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json @@ -1796,7 +1796,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { @@ -2196,52 +2196,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"CustomRegionConfig": { -"description": "Custom configuration used to specify regions that the metastore service runs in. Currently only supported in the us multi-region.", -"id": "CustomRegionConfig", -"properties": { -"readOnlyRegions": { -"description": "Optional. The list of read-only regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"readWriteRegions": { -"description": "Required. The list of read-write regions where the metastore service runs in. These regions should be part (or subset) of the multi-region.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"CustomRegionMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata about a custom region. This is only populated if the region is a custom region. For single/multi regions, it will be empty.", -"id": "CustomRegionMetadata", -"properties": { -"optionalReadOnlyRegions": { -"description": "The read-only regions for this custom region.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"requiredReadWriteRegions": { -"description": "The read-write regions for this custom region.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"witnessRegion": { -"description": "The Spanner witness region for this custom region.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "DataCatalogConfig": { "description": "Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service.", "id": "DataCatalogConfig", @@ -2815,13 +2769,6 @@ "description": "Metadata about the service in a location.", "id": "LocationMetadata", "properties": { -"customRegionMetadata": { -"description": "Possible configurations supported if the current region is a custom region.", -"items": { -"$ref": "CustomRegionMetadata" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "multiRegionMetadata": { "$ref": "MultiRegionMetadata", "description": "The multi-region metadata if the current region is a multi-region." @@ -3124,25 +3071,6 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, -"MultiRegionConfig": { -"description": "The multi-region config for the Dataproc Metastore service.", -"id": "MultiRegionConfig", -"properties": { -"certificates": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Output only. The list of root CA certificates that a gRPC client uses to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service.", -"items": { -"$ref": "RootCACertificate" -}, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" -}, -"customRegionConfig": { -"$ref": "CustomRegionConfig" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "MultiRegionMetadata": { "description": "The metadata for the multi-region that includes the constituent regions. The metadata is only populated if the region is multi-region. For single region or custom dual region, it will be empty.", "id": "MultiRegionMetadata", @@ -3429,25 +3357,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"RootCACertificate": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "A gRPC client must install all root CA certificates to connect to a multi-regional Dataproc Metastore service and achieve failover.", -"id": "RootCACertificate", -"properties": { -"certificate": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "The root CA certificate in PEM format. The maximum length is 65536 bytes.", -"type": "string" -}, -"expirationTime": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "The certificate expiration time in timestamp format.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "ScalingConfig": { "description": "Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service.", "id": "ScalingConfig", @@ -3595,10 +3504,6 @@ "description": "Output only. The metadata management activities of the metastore service.", "readOnly": true }, -"multiRegionConfig": { -"$ref": "MultiRegionConfig", -"description": "Optional. Specifies the multi-region configuration information for the Hive metastore service." -}, "name": { "description": "Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", "type": "string" @@ -3649,7 +3554,6 @@ "UPDATING", "DELETING", "ERROR", -"AUTOSCALING", "MIGRATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3661,7 +3565,6 @@ "The metastore service is being updated. It remains usable but cannot accept additional update requests or be deleted at this time.", "The metastore service is undergoing deletion. It cannot be used.", "The metastore service has encountered an error and cannot be used. The metastore service should be deleted.", -"The Dataproc Metastore service 2 is being scaled up or down.", "The metastore service is processing a managed migration." ], "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json index 866919c6f43..6fc768ecff9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json @@ -2309,7 +2309,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240625", "rootUrl": "https://migrationcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAssetsToGroupRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json index b1f9a6e5b5e..f2608477091 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json @@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240625", "rootUrl": "https://migrationcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAssetsToGroupRequest": { @@ -3443,7 +3443,7 @@ "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified (default value).", "Default Google Cloud licensing plan. Licensing is charged per usage. This a good value to start with.", -"Bring-your-own-license (BYOL) plan. User provides the license." +"Bring-your-own-license (BYOL) plan. User provides the OS license." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -6255,7 +6255,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "licenseType": { -"description": "Optional. License type for premium images (RHEL, RHEL for SAP, SLES, SLES for SAP, Windows Server).", +"description": "Optional. License type of the OS image.", "enum": [ "LICENSE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "LICENSE_TYPE_DEFAULT", @@ -6264,7 +6264,7 @@ false "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified (default value).", "Default Google Cloud licensing plan. Licensing is charged per usage. This a good value to start with.", -"Bring-your-own-license (BYOL) plan. User provides the license." +"Bring-your-own-license (BYOL) plan. User provides the OS license." ], "type": "string" } @@ -8296,9 +8296,7 @@ false "COMMITMENT_1_YEAR_MONTHLY_PAYMENTS", "COMMITMENT_3_YEAR_MONTHLY_PAYMENTS", "COMMITMENT_1_YEAR_UPFRONT_PAYMENT", -"COMMITMENT_3_YEAR_UPFRONT_PAYMENT", -"COMMITMENT_FLEXIBLE_3_YEAR_MONTHLY_PAYMENTS", -"COMMITMENT_FLEXIBLE_3_YEAR_UPFRONT_PAYMENT" +"COMMITMENT_3_YEAR_UPFRONT_PAYMENT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified commitment plan.", @@ -8306,9 +8304,7 @@ false "1 year commitment (monthly payments).", "3 year commitment (monthly payments).", "1 year commitment (upfront payment).", -"3 years commitment (upfront payment).", -"3-year flexible commitment (monthly payments). While not supported in the v1 API, this value is converted to UNSPECIFIED in conversions to the v1 API.", -"3-year flexible commitment (upfront payment). While not supported in the v1 API, this value is converted to UNSPECIFIED in conversions to the v1 API." +"3 years commitment (upfront payment)." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json index 8d5237871ee..e1899b35c05 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { @@ -1356,9 +1356,7 @@ "CLOUD_SQL_FAILOVER", "CLOUD_SQL_START_STOP", "CLOUD_SQL_STORAGE", -"UPTIME_CHECK_FAILURE", -"CLOUD_ALERTING_ALERT", -"SERVICE_HEALTH_INCIDENT" +"UPTIME_CHECK_FAILURE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "No event type specified.", @@ -1380,9 +1378,7 @@ "Failover of a Cloud SQL instance.", "Start/stop of a Cloud SQL instance.", "Storage event for a Cloud SQL instance.", -"Failure of a Cloud Monitoring uptime check.", -"Alerts from Cloud Alerting", -"Incidents from Service Health" +"Failure of a Cloud Monitoring uptime check." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json index 8861b3e8d72..c6fa3c6e576 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json @@ -2714,7 +2714,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json index 3a6d27915a4..1da0081c65e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessaccountmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptInvitationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json index a71627d296b..ce212883df7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessbusinessinformation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdWordsLocationExtensions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json index 60ac0ac3d4b..c6cfe84267e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinesslodging.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accessibility": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json index b24ca1fe235..cb516fe8dca 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessnotifications.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "NotificationSetting": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json index c66551e8a54..c47e0f5885f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessplaceactions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json index 98326550e66..71630815f27 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessqanda.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Answer": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json index 6d30ae4ef3c..2ebf6ae0454 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessverifications.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddressVerificationData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json index 7c6c008aa17..55b833c8a4d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json @@ -2812,7 +2812,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240624", "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptHubSpokeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json index f3513d5cc2d..25b7081eef2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240624", "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json index 395d27e1c96..931c618bf10 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json @@ -535,6 +535,37 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpointPolicies/{endpointPoliciesId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/endpointPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists EndpointPolicies in a given project and location.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpointPolicies", @@ -604,6 +635,62 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpointPolicies/{endpointPoliciesId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/endpointPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpointPolicies/{endpointPoliciesId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/endpointPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -692,6 +779,37 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/gateways/{gatewaysId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.gateways.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/gateways/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists Gateways in a given project and location.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/gateways", @@ -761,6 +879,62 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/gateways/{gatewaysId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.gateways.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/gateways/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/gateways/{gatewaysId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.gateways.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/gateways/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -1527,6 +1701,37 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/meshes/{meshesId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.meshes.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/meshes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists Meshes in a given project and location.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/meshes", @@ -1596,6 +1801,62 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/meshes/{meshesId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.meshes.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/meshes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/meshes/{meshesId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.meshes.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/meshes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -1807,6 +2068,37 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceBindings/{serviceBindingsId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.serviceBindings.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceBindings/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists ServiceBinding in a given project and location.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceBindings", @@ -1842,6 +2134,62 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceBindings/{serviceBindingsId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.serviceBindings.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceBindings/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceBindings/{serviceBindingsId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.serviceBindings.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceBindings/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -2408,7 +2756,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json index 806e9ded696..d43cffcc44c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json @@ -262,6 +262,37 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpointPolicies/{endpointPoliciesId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/endpointPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists EndpointPolicies in a given project and location.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpointPolicies", @@ -331,6 +362,62 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpointPolicies/{endpointPoliciesId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/endpointPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpointPolicies/{endpointPoliciesId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/endpointPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -419,6 +506,37 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/gateways/{gatewaysId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.gateways.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/gateways/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists Gateways in a given project and location.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/gateways", @@ -488,6 +606,62 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/gateways/{gatewaysId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.gateways.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/gateways/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/gateways/{gatewaysId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.gateways.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/gateways/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -1254,6 +1428,37 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/meshes/{meshesId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.meshes.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/meshes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists Meshes in a given project and location.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/meshes", @@ -1323,6 +1528,62 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/meshes/{meshesId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.meshes.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/meshes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/meshes/{meshesId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.meshes.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/meshes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -1534,6 +1795,37 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceBindings/{serviceBindingsId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.serviceBindings.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceBindings/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists ServiceBinding in a given project and location.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceBindings", @@ -1569,6 +1861,62 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceBindings/{serviceBindingsId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.serviceBindings.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceBindings/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceBindings/{serviceBindingsId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkservices.projects.locations.serviceBindings.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceBindings/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -2135,7 +2483,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json index 4badac97d95..9db18ee9a05 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json @@ -2008,7 +2008,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240626", +"revision": "20240613", "rootUrl": "https://notebooks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json index d4c6f549b48..227ed7c4fea 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240626", +"revision": "20240613", "rootUrl": "https://notebooks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json index b2c0393fb28..58952eb054e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240624", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -1110,6 +1110,10 @@ "sbomStatus": { "$ref": "SBOMStatus", "description": "The status of an SBOM generation." +}, +"vulnerabilityAttestation": { +"$ref": "VulnerabilityAttestation", +"description": "The status of an vulnerability attestation generation." } }, "type": "object" @@ -2842,6 +2846,36 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"VulnerabilityAttestation": { +"description": "The status of an vulnerability attestation generation.", +"id": "VulnerabilityAttestation", +"properties": { +"error": { +"description": "If failure, the error reason for why the attestation generation failed.", +"type": "string" +}, +"lastAttemptTime": { +"description": "The last time we attempted to generate an attestation.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "The success/failure state of the latest attestation attempt.", +"enum": [ +"VULNERABILITY_ATTESTATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SUCCESS", +"FAILURE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default unknown state.", +"Attestation was successfully generated and stored.", +"Attestation was unsuccessfully generated and stored." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "VulnerabilityOccurrence": { "description": "An occurrence of a severity vulnerability on a resource.", "id": "VulnerabilityOccurrence", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json index 2df09cd2fdb..f4e32a89306 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240624", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -1105,6 +1105,10 @@ "sbomStatus": { "$ref": "SBOMStatus", "description": "The status of an SBOM generation." +}, +"vulnerabilityAttestation": { +"$ref": "VulnerabilityAttestation", +"description": "The status of an vulnerability attestation generation." } }, "type": "object" @@ -2837,6 +2841,36 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"VulnerabilityAttestation": { +"description": "The status of an vulnerability attestation generation.", +"id": "VulnerabilityAttestation", +"properties": { +"error": { +"description": "If failure, the error reason for why the attestation generation failed.", +"type": "string" +}, +"lastAttemptTime": { +"description": "The last time we attempted to generate an attestation.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "The success/failure state of the latest attestation attempt.", +"enum": [ +"VULNERABILITY_ATTESTATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SUCCESS", +"FAILURE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default unknown state.", +"Attestation was successfully generated and stored.", +"Attestation was unsuccessfully generated and stored." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "VulnerabilityOccurrence": { "description": "An occurrence of a severity vulnerability on a resource.", "id": "VulnerabilityOccurrence", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json index 6ee08e5f11e..e13911926fd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json @@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20240621", "rootUrl": "https://orgpolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json index 3a6abb179ab..ad1e8b959a3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptSettings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json index 8e7cabdf5df..eb91eb5734a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CVSSv3": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json index 5acb37959b4..94f8cda6632 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptRepository": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json index 223cc2a17e0..5fa18954f23 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json index 22c3d36f03b..02b3ee363d7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json index 9bca24283d0..3b48baf89ae 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json index adab8a1d1f5..0e6a6c85707 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ false } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://pagespeedonline.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditRefs": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json index bece37775df..5d35a404163 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240714", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://paymentsresellersubscription.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1Amount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json index b3d8d344dbc..fd116f35206 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json @@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://people.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json index 957e5763bf2..29c71b07624 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://places.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleGeoTypeViewport": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json index ce85f647ddc..89ac7fe5773 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://playcustomapp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CustomApp": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json index af7d74ff1f8..ce369bb8f86 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json @@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1alpha1Anomaly": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json index 8b92131e65c..ea5855edaa0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json @@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1beta1Anomaly": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playgrouping.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playgrouping.v1alpha1.json index c1913e5b153..20a5bb1b513 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playgrouping.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playgrouping.v1alpha1.json @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://playgrouping.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CreateOrUpdateTagsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json index 6bb14101c06..a30bbf55d9a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json @@ -105,38 +105,6 @@ }, "protocol": "rest", "resources": { -"deviceRecall": { -"methods": { -"write": { -"description": "Writes recall bits for the device where Play Integrity API token is obtained. The endpoint is available to select Play partners in an early access program (EAP).", -"flatPath": "v1/{v1Id}/deviceRecall:write", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "playintegrity.deviceRecall.write", -"parameterOrder": [ -"packageName" -], -"parameters": { -"packageName": { -"description": "Required. Package name of the app the attached integrity token belongs to.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+packageName}/deviceRecall:write", -"request": { -"$ref": "WriteDeviceRecallRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "WriteDeviceRecallResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/playintegrity" -] -} -} -}, "v1": { "methods": { "decodeIntegrityToken": { @@ -170,7 +138,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://playintegrity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountActivity": { @@ -523,46 +491,6 @@ } }, "type": "object" -}, -"Values": { -"description": "Contains the recall bits values.", -"id": "Values", -"properties": { -"bitFirst": { -"description": "Required. First recall bit value.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"bitSecond": { -"description": "Required. Second recall bit value.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"bitThird": { -"description": "Required. Third recall bit value.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"WriteDeviceRecallRequest": { -"description": "Request to write device recall bits.", -"id": "WriteDeviceRecallRequest", -"properties": { -"integrityToken": { -"description": "Required. Integrity token obtained from calling Play Integrity API. Note that the integrity token contains the existing device recall bits. The write will only succeed if those bits in the integrity token are up to date.", -"type": "string" -}, -"newValues": { -"$ref": "Values", -"description": "Required. The new values for the device recall bits to be written." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"WriteDeviceRecallResponse": { -"description": "Response for the Write Device Recall action. Currently empty.", -"id": "WriteDeviceRecallResponse", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json index 49823769c0b..dbdb630587e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://policyanalyzer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1Activity": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json index 013c8b8afc9..4872c66c22e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://policyanalyzer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1beta1Activity": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json index 25a7a1ec8c7..61e47c4c7bb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json @@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json index 662065e1649..b2898a52250 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json index 51e646fa9bf..48146cdfacf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json index 83b51393f09..2cb442db7bc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://policytroubleshooter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicytroubleshooterV1AccessTuple": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json index 02eea3e48d5..7ef252cc23f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://policytroubleshooter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicytroubleshooterV1betaAccessTuple": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pollen.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pollen.v1.json index 3efc4077484..6c61b097e0e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pollen.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pollen.v1.json @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://pollen.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Color": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json index 0f25f2e7d20..b426c8b957a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json @@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessUrls": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json index 73e7b4359f8..de4176f4c6f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json index 83daadbfe23..82c028545dc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://publicca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ExternalAccountKey": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json index b8f14242df5..331cfba2d41 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://publicca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ExternalAccountKey": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json index 92f2f425eaa..5133bf5d505 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://publicca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ExternalAccountKey": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json index d9da5870bab..48ec32991bb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json @@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json index db1bca1a1b5..8b1430ec0f1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json index 7cc5dc3d025..f4042ea89ca 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json index e214158173f..88754f01e5b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json @@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20240621", "rootUrl": "https://pubsublite.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json index e1ccb6ad64e..a0847b8496a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeleteReaderResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json index 7dd91e4a1c9..43461edc661 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://realtimebidding.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivatePretargetingConfigRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json index f69cfab59b8..5a41fbb0731 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://recaptchaenterprise.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1AccountDefenderAssessment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json index 4a7ebea3270..65cb8b923aa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json @@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1CostProjection": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json index 0124eb7608b..c89b1395ff4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json @@ -1920,7 +1920,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json index e33b1fe4cab..47cbe760491 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240702", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AOFConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json index 197f76e5170..e8cfdc05c00 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240702", +"revision": "20240627", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AOFConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json index 51c84cab695..ddb2c81ebbe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://reseller.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json index 2ac492d4cc5..1c9d367ab9c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://resourcesettings.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudResourcesettingsV1ListSettingsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json index 44d55fc454f..63568a8caf2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json @@ -2092,7 +2092,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -2637,6 +2637,14 @@ "mergedFacetKey": { "description": "The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute.", "type": "string" +}, +"mergedFacetValues": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2CatalogAttributeFacetConfigMergedFacetValue" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -2744,7 +2752,7 @@ }, "GoogleCloudRetailV2CompleteQueryResponseRecentSearchResult": { "deprecated": true, -"description": "Deprecated: Recent search of this user.", +"description": "Recent search of this user.", "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2CompleteQueryResponseRecentSearchResult", "properties": { "recentSearch": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json index fae77710ff1..c64739109ce 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json @@ -2557,7 +2557,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -3610,6 +3610,16 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, +"productCounts": { +"additionalProperties": { +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Output only. The number of products in different groups that this branch has. The key is a group representing a set of products, and the value is the number of products in that group. Note: keys in this map may change over time. Possible keys: * \"primary-in-stock\", products have Product.Type.PRIMARY type and Product.Availability.IN_STOCK availability. * \"primary-out-of-stock\", products have Product.Type.PRIMARY type and Product.Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK availability. * \"primary-preorder\", products have Product.Type.PRIMARY type and Product.Availability.PREORDER availability. * \"primary-backorder\", products have Product.Type.PRIMARY type and Product.Availability.BACKORDER availability. * \"variant-in-stock\", products have Product.Type.VARIANT type and Product.Availability.IN_STOCK availability. * \"variant-out-of-stock\", products have Product.Type.VARIANT type and Product.Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK availability. * \"variant-preorder\", products have Product.Type.VARIANT type and Product.Availability.PREORDER availability. * \"variant-backorder\", products have Product.Type.VARIANT type and Product.Availability.BACKORDER availability. * \"price-discounted\", products have [Product.price_info.price] < [Product.price_info.original_price]. This field is not populated in BranchView.BASIC view.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, "qualityMetrics": { "description": "Output only. The quality metrics measured among products of this branch. See QualityMetric.requirement_key for supported metrics. Metrics could be missing if failed to retrieve. This field is not populated in BranchView.BASIC view.", "items": { @@ -3892,6 +3902,14 @@ "mergedFacetKey": { "description": "The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute.", "type": "string" +}, +"mergedFacetValues": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaCatalogAttributeFacetConfigMergedFacetValue" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4032,7 +4050,7 @@ }, "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaCompleteQueryResponseRecentSearchResult": { "deprecated": true, -"description": "Deprecated: Recent search of this user.", +"description": "Recent search of this user.", "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaCompleteQueryResponseRecentSearchResult", "properties": { "recentSearch": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json index 2b1a4066e18..e89f5dec6cd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json @@ -2120,7 +2120,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240614", "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -4113,6 +4113,14 @@ "mergedFacetKey": { "description": "The merged facet key should be a valid facet key that is different than the facet key of the current catalog attribute. We refer this is merged facet key as the child of the current catalog attribute. This merged facet key can't be a parent of another facet key (i.e. no directed path of length 2). This merged facet key needs to be either a textual custom attribute or a numerical custom attribute.", "type": "string" +}, +"mergedFacetValues": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Each instance is a list of facet values that map into the same (possibly different) merged facet value. For the current attribute config, each facet value should map to at most one merged facet value.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaCatalogAttributeFacetConfigMergedFacetValue" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4220,7 +4228,7 @@ }, "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaCompleteQueryResponseRecentSearchResult": { "deprecated": true, -"description": "Deprecated: Recent search of this user.", +"description": "Recent search of this user.", "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaCompleteQueryResponseRecentSearchResult", "properties": { "recentSearch": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json index dc86a4f86ad..7f7b6a8b342 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json @@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20240628", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Addressable": { @@ -4260,7 +4260,7 @@ false "id": "GoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1HttpConfig", "properties": { "proxySecretVersionName": { -"description": "SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have `secretmanager.versions.access` permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format `protocol://@]proxyhost[:port]`.", +"description": "SecretVersion resource of the HTTP proxy URL. The Service Account used in the build (either the default Service Account or user-specified Service Account) should have secretmanager.versions.access permissions on this secret. The proxy URL should be in format protocol://@]proxyhost[:port].", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json index c1fe43f5267..7133b466bd1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json @@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240705", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRunV2BinaryAuthorization": { @@ -2979,7 +2979,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "maxInstanceRequestConcurrency": { -"description": "Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1.", +"description": "Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json index 42f72f2a0f1..1416935afac 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://safebrowsing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleProtobufEmpty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v5.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v5.json index 5b2730deae6..4a0a534447b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v5.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v5.json @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://safebrowsing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleSecuritySafebrowsingV5FullHash": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json index 91d6bf2131c..7eeb96ddd6d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://script.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Content": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json index 9a7066c4551..cd6d0bee321 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ "canonicalName": "Search Console", "description": "The Search Console API provides access to both Search Console data (verified users only) and to public information on an URL basis (anyone)", "discoveryVersion": "v1", -"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/webmaster-tools/about", +"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/webmaster-tools/search-console-api/", "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://searchconsole.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AmpInspectionResult": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json index ad8565bca21..bfb3dd46812 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json @@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20240621", "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSecretVersionResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json index b21242320bb..170802e811d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20240621", "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSecretVersionResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta2.json index 2feafd14cd2..50b931c6ee1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta2.json @@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20240621", "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSecretVersionResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json index 9ad11d4aea6..f9e4acca812 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddTenantProjectRequest": { @@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Documentation": { -"description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... code_snippet_rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Delete code_snippets: - includes: - github_include: region_tag: calendar_delete code_language: JAVA account: GoogleCloudPlatform project: java-docs-samples file: calendar/delete.java Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.", +"description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.", "id": "Documentation", "properties": { "documentationRootUrl": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json index 8209ba2aa8e..09d10be9242 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Api": { @@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Documentation": { -"description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... code_snippet_rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Delete code_snippets: - includes: - github_include: region_tag: calendar_delete code_language: JAVA account: GoogleCloudPlatform project: java-docs-samples file: calendar/delete.java Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.", +"description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.", "id": "Documentation", "properties": { "documentationRootUrl": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json index 8b3e2b10112..d24e130e689 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240712", +"revision": "20240705", "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Api": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json index ea3fad5615c..1f91a34f9a3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json @@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json index a5bd4a0e780..2612c2aa57b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json @@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json index c4e32c2335b..6998b83a235 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20240628", "rootUrl": "https://servicemanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Advice": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json index a010e6dbce5..8239a03d6de 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": { @@ -1765,14 +1765,14 @@ "type": "array" }, "provided": { -"description": "A list of full type names of provided contexts. It is used to support propagating HTTP headers and ETags from the response extension.", +"description": "A list of full type names of provided contexts.", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, "requested": { -"description": "A list of full type names of requested contexts, only the requested context will be made available to the backend.", +"description": "A list of full type names of requested contexts.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -1957,7 +1957,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Documentation": { -"description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.", +"description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... code_snippet_rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Delete code_snippets: - includes: - github_include: region_tag: calendar_delete code_language: JAVA account: GoogleCloudPlatform project: java-docs-samples file: calendar/delete.java Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.", "id": "Documentation", "properties": { "documentationRootUrl": { @@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "HttpRule": { -"description": "gRPC Transcoding gRPC Transcoding is a feature for mapping between a gRPC method and one or more HTTP REST endpoints. It allows developers to build a single API service that supports both gRPC APIs and REST APIs. Many systems, including [Google APIs](https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis), [Cloud Endpoints](https://cloud.google.com/endpoints), [gRPC Gateway](https://github.com/grpc-ecosystem/grpc-gateway), and [Envoy](https://github.com/envoyproxy/envoy) proxy support this feature and use it for large scale production services. `HttpRule` defines the schema of the gRPC/REST mapping. The mapping specifies how different portions of the gRPC request message are mapped to the URL path, URL query parameters, and HTTP request body. It also controls how the gRPC response message is mapped to the HTTP response body. `HttpRule` is typically specified as an `google.api.http` annotation on the gRPC method. Each mapping specifies a URL path template and an HTTP method. The path template may refer to one or more fields in the gRPC request message, as long as each field is a non-repeated field with a primitive (non-message) type. The path template controls how fields of the request message are mapped to the URL path. Example: service Messaging { rpc GetMessage(GetMessageRequest) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { get: \"/v1/{name=messages/*}\" }; } } message GetMessageRequest { string name = 1; // Mapped to URL path. } message Message { string text = 1; // The resource content. } This enables an HTTP REST to gRPC mapping as below: - HTTP: `GET /v1/messages/123456` - gRPC: `GetMessage(name: \"messages/123456\")` Any fields in the request message which are not bound by the path template automatically become HTTP query parameters if there is no HTTP request body. For example: service Messaging { rpc GetMessage(GetMessageRequest) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { get:\"/v1/messages/{message_id}\" }; } } message GetMessageRequest { message SubMessage { string subfield = 1; } string message_id = 1; // Mapped to URL path. int64 revision = 2; // Mapped to URL query parameter `revision`. SubMessage sub = 3; // Mapped to URL query parameter `sub.subfield`. } This enables a HTTP JSON to RPC mapping as below: - HTTP: `GET /v1/messages/123456?revision=2&sub.subfield=foo` - gRPC: `GetMessage(message_id: \"123456\" revision: 2 sub: SubMessage(subfield: \"foo\"))` Note that fields which are mapped to URL query parameters must have a primitive type or a repeated primitive type or a non-repeated message type. In the case of a repeated type, the parameter can be repeated in the URL as `...?param=A¶m=B`. In the case of a message type, each field of the message is mapped to a separate parameter, such as `...?foo.a=A&foo.b=B&foo.c=C`. For HTTP methods that allow a request body, the `body` field specifies the mapping. Consider a REST update method on the message resource collection: service Messaging { rpc UpdateMessage(UpdateMessageRequest) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { patch: \"/v1/messages/{message_id}\" body: \"message\" }; } } message UpdateMessageRequest { string message_id = 1; // mapped to the URL Message message = 2; // mapped to the body } The following HTTP JSON to RPC mapping is enabled, where the representation of the JSON in the request body is determined by protos JSON encoding: - HTTP: `PATCH /v1/messages/123456 { \"text\": \"Hi!\" }` - gRPC: `UpdateMessage(message_id: \"123456\" message { text: \"Hi!\" })` The special name `*` can be used in the body mapping to define that every field not bound by the path template should be mapped to the request body. This enables the following alternative definition of the update method: service Messaging { rpc UpdateMessage(Message) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { patch: \"/v1/messages/{message_id}\" body: \"*\" }; } } message Message { string message_id = 1; string text = 2; } The following HTTP JSON to RPC mapping is enabled: - HTTP: `PATCH /v1/messages/123456 { \"text\": \"Hi!\" }` - gRPC: `UpdateMessage(message_id: \"123456\" text: \"Hi!\")` Note that when using `*` in the body mapping, it is not possible to have HTTP parameters, as all fields not bound by the path end in the body. This makes this option more rarely used in practice when defining REST APIs. The common usage of `*` is in custom methods which don't use the URL at all for transferring data. It is possible to define multiple HTTP methods for one RPC by using the `additional_bindings` option. Example: service Messaging { rpc GetMessage(GetMessageRequest) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { get: \"/v1/messages/{message_id}\" additional_bindings { get: \"/v1/users/{user_id}/messages/{message_id}\" } }; } } message GetMessageRequest { string message_id = 1; string user_id = 2; } This enables the following two alternative HTTP JSON to RPC mappings: - HTTP: `GET /v1/messages/123456` - gRPC: `GetMessage(message_id: \"123456\")` - HTTP: `GET /v1/users/me/messages/123456` - gRPC: `GetMessage(user_id: \"me\" message_id: \"123456\")` Rules for HTTP mapping 1. Leaf request fields (recursive expansion nested messages in the request message) are classified into three categories: - Fields referred by the path template. They are passed via the URL path. - Fields referred by the HttpRule.body. They are passed via the HTTP request body. - All other fields are passed via the URL query parameters, and the parameter name is the field path in the request message. A repeated field can be represented as multiple query parameters under the same name. 2. If HttpRule.body is \"*\", there is no URL query parameter, all fields are passed via URL path and HTTP request body. 3. If HttpRule.body is omitted, there is no HTTP request body, all fields are passed via URL path and URL query parameters. Path template syntax Template = \"/\" Segments [ Verb ] ; Segments = Segment { \"/\" Segment } ; Segment = \"*\" | \"**\" | LITERAL | Variable ; Variable = \"{\" FieldPath [ \"=\" Segments ] \"}\" ; FieldPath = IDENT { \".\" IDENT } ; Verb = \":\" LITERAL ; The syntax `*` matches a single URL path segment. The syntax `**` matches zero or more URL path segments, which must be the last part of the URL path except the `Verb`. The syntax `Variable` matches part of the URL path as specified by its template. A variable template must not contain other variables. If a variable matches a single path segment, its template may be omitted, e.g. `{var}` is equivalent to `{var=*}`. The syntax `LITERAL` matches literal text in the URL path. If the `LITERAL` contains any reserved character, such characters should be percent-encoded before the matching. If a variable contains exactly one path segment, such as `\"{var}\"` or `\"{var=*}\"`, when such a variable is expanded into a URL path on the client side, all characters except `[-_.~0-9a-zA-Z]` are percent-encoded. The server side does the reverse decoding. Such variables show up in the [Discovery Document](https://developers.google.com/discovery/v1/reference/apis) as `{var}`. If a variable contains multiple path segments, such as `\"{var=foo/*}\"` or `\"{var=**}\"`, when such a variable is expanded into a URL path on the client side, all characters except `[-_.~/0-9a-zA-Z]` are percent-encoded. The server side does the reverse decoding, except \"%2F\" and \"%2f\" are left unchanged. Such variables show up in the [Discovery Document](https://developers.google.com/discovery/v1/reference/apis) as `{+var}`. Using gRPC API Service Configuration gRPC API Service Configuration (service config) is a configuration language for configuring a gRPC service to become a user-facing product. The service config is simply the YAML representation of the `google.api.Service` proto message. As an alternative to annotating your proto file, you can configure gRPC transcoding in your service config YAML files. You do this by specifying a `HttpRule` that maps the gRPC method to a REST endpoint, achieving the same effect as the proto annotation. This can be particularly useful if you have a proto that is reused in multiple services. Note that any transcoding specified in the service config will override any matching transcoding configuration in the proto. The following example selects a gRPC method and applies an `HttpRule` to it: http: rules: - selector: example.v1.Messaging.GetMessage get: /v1/messages/{message_id}/{sub.subfield} Special notes When gRPC Transcoding is used to map a gRPC to JSON REST endpoints, the proto to JSON conversion must follow the [proto3 specification](https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json). While the single segment variable follows the semantics of [RFC 6570](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6570) Section 3.2.2 Simple String Expansion, the multi segment variable **does not** follow RFC 6570 Section 3.2.3 Reserved Expansion. The reason is that the Reserved Expansion does not expand special characters like `?` and `#`, which would lead to invalid URLs. As the result, gRPC Transcoding uses a custom encoding for multi segment variables. The path variables **must not** refer to any repeated or mapped field, because client libraries are not capable of handling such variable expansion. The path variables **must not** capture the leading \"/\" character. The reason is that the most common use case \"{var}\" does not capture the leading \"/\" character. For consistency, all path variables must share the same behavior. Repeated message fields must not be mapped to URL query parameters, because no client library can support such complicated mapping. If an API needs to use a JSON array for request or response body, it can map the request or response body to a repeated field. However, some gRPC Transcoding implementations may not support this feature.", +"description": "gRPC Transcoding gRPC Transcoding is a feature for mapping between a gRPC method and one or more HTTP REST endpoints. It allows developers to build a single API service that supports both gRPC APIs and REST APIs. Many systems, including [Google APIs](https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis), [Cloud Endpoints](https://cloud.google.com/endpoints), [gRPC Gateway](https://github.com/grpc-ecosystem/grpc-gateway), and [Envoy](https://github.com/envoyproxy/envoy) proxy support this feature and use it for large scale production services. `HttpRule` defines the schema of the gRPC/REST mapping. The mapping specifies how different portions of the gRPC request message are mapped to the URL path, URL query parameters, and HTTP request body. It also controls how the gRPC response message is mapped to the HTTP response body. `HttpRule` is typically specified as an `google.api.http` annotation on the gRPC method. Each mapping specifies a URL path template and an HTTP method. The path template may refer to one or more fields in the gRPC request message, as long as each field is a non-repeated field with a primitive (non-message) type. The path template controls how fields of the request message are mapped to the URL path. Example: service Messaging { rpc GetMessage(GetMessageRequest) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { get: \"/v1/{name=messages/*}\" }; } } message GetMessageRequest { string name = 1; // Mapped to URL path. } message Message { string text = 1; // The resource content. } This enables an HTTP REST to gRPC mapping as below: - HTTP: `GET /v1/messages/123456` - gRPC: `GetMessage(name: \"messages/123456\")` Any fields in the request message which are not bound by the path template automatically become HTTP query parameters if there is no HTTP request body. For example: service Messaging { rpc GetMessage(GetMessageRequest) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { get:\"/v1/messages/{message_id}\" }; } } message GetMessageRequest { message SubMessage { string subfield = 1; } string message_id = 1; // Mapped to URL path. int64 revision = 2; // Mapped to URL query parameter `revision`. SubMessage sub = 3; // Mapped to URL query parameter `sub.subfield`. } This enables a HTTP JSON to RPC mapping as below: - HTTP: `GET /v1/messages/123456?revision=2&sub.subfield=foo` - gRPC: `GetMessage(message_id: \"123456\" revision: 2 sub: SubMessage(subfield: \"foo\"))` Note that fields which are mapped to URL query parameters must have a primitive type or a repeated primitive type or a non-repeated message type. In the case of a repeated type, the parameter can be repeated in the URL as `...?param=A¶m=B`. In the case of a message type, each field of the message is mapped to a separate parameter, such as `...?foo.a=A&foo.b=B&foo.c=C`. For HTTP methods that allow a request body, the `body` field specifies the mapping. Consider a REST update method on the message resource collection: service Messaging { rpc UpdateMessage(UpdateMessageRequest) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { patch: \"/v1/messages/{message_id}\" body: \"message\" }; } } message UpdateMessageRequest { string message_id = 1; // mapped to the URL Message message = 2; // mapped to the body } The following HTTP JSON to RPC mapping is enabled, where the representation of the JSON in the request body is determined by protos JSON encoding: - HTTP: `PATCH /v1/messages/123456 { \"text\": \"Hi!\" }` - gRPC: `UpdateMessage(message_id: \"123456\" message { text: \"Hi!\" })` The special name `*` can be used in the body mapping to define that every field not bound by the path template should be mapped to the request body. This enables the following alternative definition of the update method: service Messaging { rpc UpdateMessage(Message) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { patch: \"/v1/messages/{message_id}\" body: \"*\" }; } } message Message { string message_id = 1; string text = 2; } The following HTTP JSON to RPC mapping is enabled: - HTTP: `PATCH /v1/messages/123456 { \"text\": \"Hi!\" }` - gRPC: `UpdateMessage(message_id: \"123456\" text: \"Hi!\")` Note that when using `*` in the body mapping, it is not possible to have HTTP parameters, as all fields not bound by the path end in the body. This makes this option more rarely used in practice when defining REST APIs. The common usage of `*` is in custom methods which don't use the URL at all for transferring data. It is possible to define multiple HTTP methods for one RPC by using the `additional_bindings` option. Example: service Messaging { rpc GetMessage(GetMessageRequest) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { get: \"/v1/messages/{message_id}\" additional_bindings { get: \"/v1/users/{user_id}/messages/{message_id}\" } }; } } message GetMessageRequest { string message_id = 1; string user_id = 2; } This enables the following two alternative HTTP JSON to RPC mappings: - HTTP: `GET /v1/messages/123456` - gRPC: `GetMessage(message_id: \"123456\")` - HTTP: `GET /v1/users/me/messages/123456` - gRPC: `GetMessage(user_id: \"me\" message_id: \"123456\")` Rules for HTTP mapping 1. Leaf request fields (recursive expansion nested messages in the request message) are classified into three categories: - Fields referred by the path template. They are passed via the URL path. - Fields referred by the HttpRule.body. They are passed via the HTTP request body. - All other fields are passed via the URL query parameters, and the parameter name is the field path in the request message. A repeated field can be represented as multiple query parameters under the same name. 2. If HttpRule.body is \"*\", there is no URL query parameter, all fields are passed via URL path and HTTP request body. 3. If HttpRule.body is omitted, there is no HTTP request body, all fields are passed via URL path and URL query parameters. Path template syntax Template = \"/\" Segments [ Verb ] ; Segments = Segment { \"/\" Segment } ; Segment = \"*\" | \"**\" | LITERAL | Variable ; Variable = \"{\" FieldPath [ \"=\" Segments ] \"}\" ; FieldPath = IDENT { \".\" IDENT } ; Verb = \":\" LITERAL ; The syntax `*` matches a single URL path segment. The syntax `**` matches zero or more URL path segments, which must be the last part of the URL path except the `Verb`. The syntax `Variable` matches part of the URL path as specified by its template. A variable template must not contain other variables. If a variable matches a single path segment, its template may be omitted, e.g. `{var}` is equivalent to `{var=*}`. The syntax `LITERAL` matches literal text in the URL path. If the `LITERAL` contains any reserved character, such characters should be percent-encoded before the matching. If a variable contains exactly one path segment, such as `\"{var}\"` or `\"{var=*}\"`, when such a variable is expanded into a URL path on the client side, all characters except `[-_.~0-9a-zA-Z]` are percent-encoded. The server side does the reverse decoding. Such variables show up in the [Discovery Document](https://developers.google.com/discovery/v1/reference/apis) as `{var}`. If a variable contains multiple path segments, such as `\"{var=foo/*}\"` or `\"{var=**}\"`, when such a variable is expanded into a URL path on the client side, all characters except `[-_.~/0-9a-zA-Z]` are percent-encoded. The server side does the reverse decoding, except \"%2F\" and \"%2f\" are left unchanged. Such variables show up in the [Discovery Document](https://developers.google.com/discovery/v1/reference/apis) as `{+var}`. Using gRPC API Service Configuration gRPC API Service Configuration (service config) is a configuration language for configuring a gRPC service to become a user-facing product. The service config is simply the YAML representation of the `google.api.Service` proto message. As an alternative to annotating your proto file, you can configure gRPC transcoding in your service config YAML files. You do this by specifying a `HttpRule` that maps the gRPC method to a REST endpoint, achieving the same effect as the proto annotation. This can be particularly useful if you have a proto that is reused in multiple services. Note that any transcoding specified in the service config will override any matching transcoding configuration in the proto. Example below selects a gRPC method and applies HttpRule to it. http: rules: - selector: example.v1.Messaging.GetMessage get: /v1/messages/{message_id}/{sub.subfield} Special notes When gRPC Transcoding is used to map a gRPC to JSON REST endpoints, the proto to JSON conversion must follow the [proto3 specification](https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json). While the single segment variable follows the semantics of [RFC 6570](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6570) Section 3.2.2 Simple String Expansion, the multi segment variable **does not** follow RFC 6570 Section 3.2.3 Reserved Expansion. The reason is that the Reserved Expansion does not expand special characters like `?` and `#`, which would lead to invalid URLs. As the result, gRPC Transcoding uses a custom encoding for multi segment variables. The path variables **must not** refer to any repeated or mapped field, because client libraries are not capable of handling such variable expansion. The path variables **must not** capture the leading \"/\" character. The reason is that the most common use case \"{var}\" does not capture the leading \"/\" character. For consistency, all path variables must share the same behavior. Repeated message fields must not be mapped to URL query parameters, because no client library can support such complicated mapping. If an API needs to use a JSON array for request or response body, it can map the request or response body to a repeated field. However, some gRPC Transcoding implementations may not support this feature.", "id": "HttpRule", "properties": { "additionalBindings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json index 4cc9a78688e..b5451af2e9c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": { @@ -918,14 +918,14 @@ "type": "array" }, "provided": { -"description": "A list of full type names of provided contexts. It is used to support propagating HTTP headers and ETags from the response extension.", +"description": "A list of full type names of provided contexts.", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, "requested": { -"description": "A list of full type names of requested contexts, only the requested context will be made available to the backend.", +"description": "A list of full type names of requested contexts.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Documentation": { -"description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.", +"description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... code_snippet_rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Delete code_snippets: - includes: - github_include: region_tag: calendar_delete code_language: JAVA account: GoogleCloudPlatform project: java-docs-samples file: calendar/delete.java Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.", "id": "Documentation", "properties": { "documentationRootUrl": { @@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "HttpRule": { -"description": "gRPC Transcoding gRPC Transcoding is a feature for mapping between a gRPC method and one or more HTTP REST endpoints. It allows developers to build a single API service that supports both gRPC APIs and REST APIs. Many systems, including [Google APIs](https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis), [Cloud Endpoints](https://cloud.google.com/endpoints), [gRPC Gateway](https://github.com/grpc-ecosystem/grpc-gateway), and [Envoy](https://github.com/envoyproxy/envoy) proxy support this feature and use it for large scale production services. `HttpRule` defines the schema of the gRPC/REST mapping. The mapping specifies how different portions of the gRPC request message are mapped to the URL path, URL query parameters, and HTTP request body. It also controls how the gRPC response message is mapped to the HTTP response body. `HttpRule` is typically specified as an `google.api.http` annotation on the gRPC method. Each mapping specifies a URL path template and an HTTP method. The path template may refer to one or more fields in the gRPC request message, as long as each field is a non-repeated field with a primitive (non-message) type. The path template controls how fields of the request message are mapped to the URL path. Example: service Messaging { rpc GetMessage(GetMessageRequest) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { get: \"/v1/{name=messages/*}\" }; } } message GetMessageRequest { string name = 1; // Mapped to URL path. } message Message { string text = 1; // The resource content. } This enables an HTTP REST to gRPC mapping as below: - HTTP: `GET /v1/messages/123456` - gRPC: `GetMessage(name: \"messages/123456\")` Any fields in the request message which are not bound by the path template automatically become HTTP query parameters if there is no HTTP request body. For example: service Messaging { rpc GetMessage(GetMessageRequest) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { get:\"/v1/messages/{message_id}\" }; } } message GetMessageRequest { message SubMessage { string subfield = 1; } string message_id = 1; // Mapped to URL path. int64 revision = 2; // Mapped to URL query parameter `revision`. SubMessage sub = 3; // Mapped to URL query parameter `sub.subfield`. } This enables a HTTP JSON to RPC mapping as below: - HTTP: `GET /v1/messages/123456?revision=2&sub.subfield=foo` - gRPC: `GetMessage(message_id: \"123456\" revision: 2 sub: SubMessage(subfield: \"foo\"))` Note that fields which are mapped to URL query parameters must have a primitive type or a repeated primitive type or a non-repeated message type. In the case of a repeated type, the parameter can be repeated in the URL as `...?param=A¶m=B`. In the case of a message type, each field of the message is mapped to a separate parameter, such as `...?foo.a=A&foo.b=B&foo.c=C`. For HTTP methods that allow a request body, the `body` field specifies the mapping. Consider a REST update method on the message resource collection: service Messaging { rpc UpdateMessage(UpdateMessageRequest) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { patch: \"/v1/messages/{message_id}\" body: \"message\" }; } } message UpdateMessageRequest { string message_id = 1; // mapped to the URL Message message = 2; // mapped to the body } The following HTTP JSON to RPC mapping is enabled, where the representation of the JSON in the request body is determined by protos JSON encoding: - HTTP: `PATCH /v1/messages/123456 { \"text\": \"Hi!\" }` - gRPC: `UpdateMessage(message_id: \"123456\" message { text: \"Hi!\" })` The special name `*` can be used in the body mapping to define that every field not bound by the path template should be mapped to the request body. This enables the following alternative definition of the update method: service Messaging { rpc UpdateMessage(Message) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { patch: \"/v1/messages/{message_id}\" body: \"*\" }; } } message Message { string message_id = 1; string text = 2; } The following HTTP JSON to RPC mapping is enabled: - HTTP: `PATCH /v1/messages/123456 { \"text\": \"Hi!\" }` - gRPC: `UpdateMessage(message_id: \"123456\" text: \"Hi!\")` Note that when using `*` in the body mapping, it is not possible to have HTTP parameters, as all fields not bound by the path end in the body. This makes this option more rarely used in practice when defining REST APIs. The common usage of `*` is in custom methods which don't use the URL at all for transferring data. It is possible to define multiple HTTP methods for one RPC by using the `additional_bindings` option. Example: service Messaging { rpc GetMessage(GetMessageRequest) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { get: \"/v1/messages/{message_id}\" additional_bindings { get: \"/v1/users/{user_id}/messages/{message_id}\" } }; } } message GetMessageRequest { string message_id = 1; string user_id = 2; } This enables the following two alternative HTTP JSON to RPC mappings: - HTTP: `GET /v1/messages/123456` - gRPC: `GetMessage(message_id: \"123456\")` - HTTP: `GET /v1/users/me/messages/123456` - gRPC: `GetMessage(user_id: \"me\" message_id: \"123456\")` Rules for HTTP mapping 1. Leaf request fields (recursive expansion nested messages in the request message) are classified into three categories: - Fields referred by the path template. They are passed via the URL path. - Fields referred by the HttpRule.body. They are passed via the HTTP request body. - All other fields are passed via the URL query parameters, and the parameter name is the field path in the request message. A repeated field can be represented as multiple query parameters under the same name. 2. If HttpRule.body is \"*\", there is no URL query parameter, all fields are passed via URL path and HTTP request body. 3. If HttpRule.body is omitted, there is no HTTP request body, all fields are passed via URL path and URL query parameters. Path template syntax Template = \"/\" Segments [ Verb ] ; Segments = Segment { \"/\" Segment } ; Segment = \"*\" | \"**\" | LITERAL | Variable ; Variable = \"{\" FieldPath [ \"=\" Segments ] \"}\" ; FieldPath = IDENT { \".\" IDENT } ; Verb = \":\" LITERAL ; The syntax `*` matches a single URL path segment. The syntax `**` matches zero or more URL path segments, which must be the last part of the URL path except the `Verb`. The syntax `Variable` matches part of the URL path as specified by its template. A variable template must not contain other variables. If a variable matches a single path segment, its template may be omitted, e.g. `{var}` is equivalent to `{var=*}`. The syntax `LITERAL` matches literal text in the URL path. If the `LITERAL` contains any reserved character, such characters should be percent-encoded before the matching. If a variable contains exactly one path segment, such as `\"{var}\"` or `\"{var=*}\"`, when such a variable is expanded into a URL path on the client side, all characters except `[-_.~0-9a-zA-Z]` are percent-encoded. The server side does the reverse decoding. Such variables show up in the [Discovery Document](https://developers.google.com/discovery/v1/reference/apis) as `{var}`. If a variable contains multiple path segments, such as `\"{var=foo/*}\"` or `\"{var=**}\"`, when such a variable is expanded into a URL path on the client side, all characters except `[-_.~/0-9a-zA-Z]` are percent-encoded. The server side does the reverse decoding, except \"%2F\" and \"%2f\" are left unchanged. Such variables show up in the [Discovery Document](https://developers.google.com/discovery/v1/reference/apis) as `{+var}`. Using gRPC API Service Configuration gRPC API Service Configuration (service config) is a configuration language for configuring a gRPC service to become a user-facing product. The service config is simply the YAML representation of the `google.api.Service` proto message. As an alternative to annotating your proto file, you can configure gRPC transcoding in your service config YAML files. You do this by specifying a `HttpRule` that maps the gRPC method to a REST endpoint, achieving the same effect as the proto annotation. This can be particularly useful if you have a proto that is reused in multiple services. Note that any transcoding specified in the service config will override any matching transcoding configuration in the proto. The following example selects a gRPC method and applies an `HttpRule` to it: http: rules: - selector: example.v1.Messaging.GetMessage get: /v1/messages/{message_id}/{sub.subfield} Special notes When gRPC Transcoding is used to map a gRPC to JSON REST endpoints, the proto to JSON conversion must follow the [proto3 specification](https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json). While the single segment variable follows the semantics of [RFC 6570](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6570) Section 3.2.2 Simple String Expansion, the multi segment variable **does not** follow RFC 6570 Section 3.2.3 Reserved Expansion. The reason is that the Reserved Expansion does not expand special characters like `?` and `#`, which would lead to invalid URLs. As the result, gRPC Transcoding uses a custom encoding for multi segment variables. The path variables **must not** refer to any repeated or mapped field, because client libraries are not capable of handling such variable expansion. The path variables **must not** capture the leading \"/\" character. The reason is that the most common use case \"{var}\" does not capture the leading \"/\" character. For consistency, all path variables must share the same behavior. Repeated message fields must not be mapped to URL query parameters, because no client library can support such complicated mapping. If an API needs to use a JSON array for request or response body, it can map the request or response body to a repeated field. However, some gRPC Transcoding implementations may not support this feature.", +"description": "gRPC Transcoding gRPC Transcoding is a feature for mapping between a gRPC method and one or more HTTP REST endpoints. It allows developers to build a single API service that supports both gRPC APIs and REST APIs. Many systems, including [Google APIs](https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis), [Cloud Endpoints](https://cloud.google.com/endpoints), [gRPC Gateway](https://github.com/grpc-ecosystem/grpc-gateway), and [Envoy](https://github.com/envoyproxy/envoy) proxy support this feature and use it for large scale production services. `HttpRule` defines the schema of the gRPC/REST mapping. The mapping specifies how different portions of the gRPC request message are mapped to the URL path, URL query parameters, and HTTP request body. It also controls how the gRPC response message is mapped to the HTTP response body. `HttpRule` is typically specified as an `google.api.http` annotation on the gRPC method. Each mapping specifies a URL path template and an HTTP method. The path template may refer to one or more fields in the gRPC request message, as long as each field is a non-repeated field with a primitive (non-message) type. The path template controls how fields of the request message are mapped to the URL path. Example: service Messaging { rpc GetMessage(GetMessageRequest) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { get: \"/v1/{name=messages/*}\" }; } } message GetMessageRequest { string name = 1; // Mapped to URL path. } message Message { string text = 1; // The resource content. } This enables an HTTP REST to gRPC mapping as below: - HTTP: `GET /v1/messages/123456` - gRPC: `GetMessage(name: \"messages/123456\")` Any fields in the request message which are not bound by the path template automatically become HTTP query parameters if there is no HTTP request body. For example: service Messaging { rpc GetMessage(GetMessageRequest) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { get:\"/v1/messages/{message_id}\" }; } } message GetMessageRequest { message SubMessage { string subfield = 1; } string message_id = 1; // Mapped to URL path. int64 revision = 2; // Mapped to URL query parameter `revision`. SubMessage sub = 3; // Mapped to URL query parameter `sub.subfield`. } This enables a HTTP JSON to RPC mapping as below: - HTTP: `GET /v1/messages/123456?revision=2&sub.subfield=foo` - gRPC: `GetMessage(message_id: \"123456\" revision: 2 sub: SubMessage(subfield: \"foo\"))` Note that fields which are mapped to URL query parameters must have a primitive type or a repeated primitive type or a non-repeated message type. In the case of a repeated type, the parameter can be repeated in the URL as `...?param=A¶m=B`. In the case of a message type, each field of the message is mapped to a separate parameter, such as `...?foo.a=A&foo.b=B&foo.c=C`. For HTTP methods that allow a request body, the `body` field specifies the mapping. Consider a REST update method on the message resource collection: service Messaging { rpc UpdateMessage(UpdateMessageRequest) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { patch: \"/v1/messages/{message_id}\" body: \"message\" }; } } message UpdateMessageRequest { string message_id = 1; // mapped to the URL Message message = 2; // mapped to the body } The following HTTP JSON to RPC mapping is enabled, where the representation of the JSON in the request body is determined by protos JSON encoding: - HTTP: `PATCH /v1/messages/123456 { \"text\": \"Hi!\" }` - gRPC: `UpdateMessage(message_id: \"123456\" message { text: \"Hi!\" })` The special name `*` can be used in the body mapping to define that every field not bound by the path template should be mapped to the request body. This enables the following alternative definition of the update method: service Messaging { rpc UpdateMessage(Message) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { patch: \"/v1/messages/{message_id}\" body: \"*\" }; } } message Message { string message_id = 1; string text = 2; } The following HTTP JSON to RPC mapping is enabled: - HTTP: `PATCH /v1/messages/123456 { \"text\": \"Hi!\" }` - gRPC: `UpdateMessage(message_id: \"123456\" text: \"Hi!\")` Note that when using `*` in the body mapping, it is not possible to have HTTP parameters, as all fields not bound by the path end in the body. This makes this option more rarely used in practice when defining REST APIs. The common usage of `*` is in custom methods which don't use the URL at all for transferring data. It is possible to define multiple HTTP methods for one RPC by using the `additional_bindings` option. Example: service Messaging { rpc GetMessage(GetMessageRequest) returns (Message) { option (google.api.http) = { get: \"/v1/messages/{message_id}\" additional_bindings { get: \"/v1/users/{user_id}/messages/{message_id}\" } }; } } message GetMessageRequest { string message_id = 1; string user_id = 2; } This enables the following two alternative HTTP JSON to RPC mappings: - HTTP: `GET /v1/messages/123456` - gRPC: `GetMessage(message_id: \"123456\")` - HTTP: `GET /v1/users/me/messages/123456` - gRPC: `GetMessage(user_id: \"me\" message_id: \"123456\")` Rules for HTTP mapping 1. Leaf request fields (recursive expansion nested messages in the request message) are classified into three categories: - Fields referred by the path template. They are passed via the URL path. - Fields referred by the HttpRule.body. They are passed via the HTTP request body. - All other fields are passed via the URL query parameters, and the parameter name is the field path in the request message. A repeated field can be represented as multiple query parameters under the same name. 2. If HttpRule.body is \"*\", there is no URL query parameter, all fields are passed via URL path and HTTP request body. 3. If HttpRule.body is omitted, there is no HTTP request body, all fields are passed via URL path and URL query parameters. Path template syntax Template = \"/\" Segments [ Verb ] ; Segments = Segment { \"/\" Segment } ; Segment = \"*\" | \"**\" | LITERAL | Variable ; Variable = \"{\" FieldPath [ \"=\" Segments ] \"}\" ; FieldPath = IDENT { \".\" IDENT } ; Verb = \":\" LITERAL ; The syntax `*` matches a single URL path segment. The syntax `**` matches zero or more URL path segments, which must be the last part of the URL path except the `Verb`. The syntax `Variable` matches part of the URL path as specified by its template. A variable template must not contain other variables. If a variable matches a single path segment, its template may be omitted, e.g. `{var}` is equivalent to `{var=*}`. The syntax `LITERAL` matches literal text in the URL path. If the `LITERAL` contains any reserved character, such characters should be percent-encoded before the matching. If a variable contains exactly one path segment, such as `\"{var}\"` or `\"{var=*}\"`, when such a variable is expanded into a URL path on the client side, all characters except `[-_.~0-9a-zA-Z]` are percent-encoded. The server side does the reverse decoding. Such variables show up in the [Discovery Document](https://developers.google.com/discovery/v1/reference/apis) as `{var}`. If a variable contains multiple path segments, such as `\"{var=foo/*}\"` or `\"{var=**}\"`, when such a variable is expanded into a URL path on the client side, all characters except `[-_.~/0-9a-zA-Z]` are percent-encoded. The server side does the reverse decoding, except \"%2F\" and \"%2f\" are left unchanged. Such variables show up in the [Discovery Document](https://developers.google.com/discovery/v1/reference/apis) as `{+var}`. Using gRPC API Service Configuration gRPC API Service Configuration (service config) is a configuration language for configuring a gRPC service to become a user-facing product. The service config is simply the YAML representation of the `google.api.Service` proto message. As an alternative to annotating your proto file, you can configure gRPC transcoding in your service config YAML files. You do this by specifying a `HttpRule` that maps the gRPC method to a REST endpoint, achieving the same effect as the proto annotation. This can be particularly useful if you have a proto that is reused in multiple services. Note that any transcoding specified in the service config will override any matching transcoding configuration in the proto. Example below selects a gRPC method and applies HttpRule to it. http: rules: - selector: example.v1.Messaging.GetMessage get: /v1/messages/{message_id}/{sub.subfield} Special notes When gRPC Transcoding is used to map a gRPC to JSON REST endpoints, the proto to JSON conversion must follow the [proto3 specification](https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json). While the single segment variable follows the semantics of [RFC 6570](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6570) Section 3.2.2 Simple String Expansion, the multi segment variable **does not** follow RFC 6570 Section 3.2.3 Reserved Expansion. The reason is that the Reserved Expansion does not expand special characters like `?` and `#`, which would lead to invalid URLs. As the result, gRPC Transcoding uses a custom encoding for multi segment variables. The path variables **must not** refer to any repeated or mapped field, because client libraries are not capable of handling such variable expansion. The path variables **must not** capture the leading \"/\" character. The reason is that the most common use case \"{var}\" does not capture the leading \"/\" character. For consistency, all path variables must share the same behavior. Repeated message fields must not be mapped to URL query parameters, because no client library can support such complicated mapping. If an API needs to use a JSON array for request or response body, it can map the request or response body to a repeated field. However, some gRPC Transcoding implementations may not support this feature.", "id": "HttpRule", "properties": { "additionalBindings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json index d945e35592a..5c38312c9bb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddEnableRulesMetadata": { @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Documentation": { -"description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... code_snippet_rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Delete code_snippets: - includes: - github_include: region_tag: calendar_delete code_language: JAVA account: GoogleCloudPlatform project: java-docs-samples file: calendar/delete.java Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.", +"description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.", "id": "Documentation", "properties": { "documentationRootUrl": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json index e7809f590ec..966a6a752c7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddEnableRulesMetadata": { @@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Documentation": { -"description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... code_snippet_rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Delete code_snippets: - includes: - github_include: region_tag: calendar_delete code_language: JAVA account: GoogleCloudPlatform project: java-docs-samples file: calendar/delete.java Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.", +"description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.", "id": "Documentation", "properties": { "documentationRootUrl": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json index 82c73538f44..049fae515d6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240625", "rootUrl": "https://sheets.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddBandingRequest": { @@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "AddDataSourceRequest": { -"description": "Adds a data source. After the data source is added successfully, an associated DATA_SOURCE sheet is created and an execution is triggered to refresh the sheet to read data from the data source. The request requires an additional `bigquery.readonly` OAuth scope if you are adding a BigQuery data source.", +"description": "Adds a data source. After the data source is added successfully, an associated DATA_SOURCE sheet is created and an execution is triggered to refresh the sheet to read data from the data source. The request requires an additional `bigquery.readonly` OAuth scope.", "id": "AddDataSourceRequest", "properties": { "dataSource": { @@ -2330,7 +2330,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "CancelDataSourceRefreshRequest": { -"description": "Cancels one or multiple refreshes of data source objects in the spreadsheet by the specified references. The request requires an additional `bigquery.readonly` OAuth scope if you are cancelling a refresh on a BigQuery data source.", +"description": "Cancels one or multiple refreshes of data source objects in the spreadsheet by the specified references.", "id": "CancelDataSourceRefreshRequest", "properties": { "dataSourceId": { @@ -5960,7 +5960,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "RefreshDataSourceRequest": { -"description": "Refreshes one or multiple data source objects in the spreadsheet by the specified references. The request requires an additional `bigquery.readonly` OAuth scope if you are refreshing a BigQuery data source. If there are multiple refresh requests referencing the same data source objects in one batch, only the last refresh request is processed, and all those requests will have the same response accordingly.", +"description": "Refreshes one or multiple data source objects in the spreadsheet by the specified references. The request requires an additional `bigquery.readonly` OAuth scope. If there are multiple refresh requests referencing the same data source objects in one batch, only the last refresh request is processed, and all those requests will have the same response accordingly.", "id": "RefreshDataSourceRequest", "properties": { "dataSourceId": { @@ -7468,7 +7468,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "UpdateDataSourceRequest": { -"description": "Updates a data source. After the data source is updated successfully, an execution is triggered to refresh the associated DATA_SOURCE sheet to read data from the updated data source. The request requires an additional `bigquery.readonly` OAuth scope if you are updating a BigQuery data source.", +"description": "Updates a data source. After the data source is updated successfully, an execution is triggered to refresh the associated DATA_SOURCE sheet to read data from the updated data source. The request requires an additional `bigquery.readonly` OAuth scope.", "id": "UpdateDataSourceRequest", "properties": { "dataSource": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json index 206d4738d7d..e6bbb97470e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240710", +"revision": "20240625", "rootUrl": "https://slides.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AffineTransform": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/solar.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/solar.v1.json index 651bef328be..516fc84edd9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/solar.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/solar.v1.json @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://solar.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BuildingInsights": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json index 46226e4ea87..702cf9968dd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ "instanceConfigOperations": { "methods": { "list": { -"description": "Lists the user-managed instance configuration long-running operations in the given project. An instance configuration operation has a name of the form `projects//instanceConfigs//operations/`. The long-running operation metadata field type `metadata.type_url` describes the type of the metadata. Operations returned include those that have completed/failed/canceled within the last 7 days, and pending operations. Operations returned are ordered by `operation.metadata.value.start_time` in descending order starting from the most recently started operation.", +"description": "Lists the user-managed instance config long-running operations in the given project. An instance config operation has a name of the form `projects//instanceConfigs//operations/`. The long-running operation metadata field type `metadata.type_url` describes the type of the metadata. Operations returned include those that have completed/failed/canceled within the last 7 days, and pending operations. Operations returned are ordered by `operation.metadata.value.start_time` in descending order starting from the most recently started operation.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/instanceConfigOperations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "spanner.projects.instanceConfigOperations.list", @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "An expression that filters the list of returned operations. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>`, `<=`, `>=`, `!=`, `=`, or `:`. Colon `:` is the contains operator. Filter rules are not case sensitive. The following fields in the Operation are eligible for filtering: * `name` - The name of the long-running operation * `done` - False if the operation is in progress, else true. * `metadata.@type` - the type of metadata. For example, the type string for CreateInstanceConfigMetadata is `type.googleapis.com/google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.CreateInstanceConfigMetadata`. * `metadata.` - any field in metadata.value. `metadata.@type` must be specified first, if filtering on metadata fields. * `error` - Error associated with the long-running operation. * `response.@type` - the type of response. * `response.` - any field in response.value. You can combine multiple expressions by enclosing each expression in parentheses. By default, expressions are combined with AND logic. However, you can specify AND, OR, and NOT logic explicitly. Here are a few examples: * `done:true` - The operation is complete. * `(metadata.@type=` \\ `type.googleapis.com/google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.CreateInstanceConfigMetadata) AND` \\ `(metadata.instance_config.name:custom-config) AND` \\ `(metadata.progress.start_time < \\\"2021-03-28T14:50:00Z\\\") AND` \\ `(error:*)` - Return operations where: * The operation's metadata type is CreateInstanceConfigMetadata. * The instance configuration name contains \"custom-config\". * The operation started before 2021-03-28T14:50:00Z. * The operation resulted in an error.", +"description": "An expression that filters the list of returned operations. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>`, `<=`, `>=`, `!=`, `=`, or `:`. Colon `:` is the contains operator. Filter rules are not case sensitive. The following fields in the Operation are eligible for filtering: * `name` - The name of the long-running operation * `done` - False if the operation is in progress, else true. * `metadata.@type` - the type of metadata. For example, the type string for CreateInstanceConfigMetadata is `type.googleapis.com/google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.CreateInstanceConfigMetadata`. * `metadata.` - any field in metadata.value. `metadata.@type` must be specified first, if filtering on metadata fields. * `error` - Error associated with the long-running operation. * `response.@type` - the type of response. * `response.` - any field in response.value. You can combine multiple expressions by enclosing each expression in parentheses. By default, expressions are combined with AND logic. However, you can specify AND, OR, and NOT logic explicitly. Here are a few examples: * `done:true` - The operation is complete. * `(metadata.@type=` \\ `type.googleapis.com/google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.CreateInstanceConfigMetadata) AND` \\ `(metadata.instance_config.name:custom-config) AND` \\ `(metadata.progress.start_time < \\\"2021-03-28T14:50:00Z\\\") AND` \\ `(error:*)` - Return operations where: * The operation's metadata type is CreateInstanceConfigMetadata. * The instance config name contains \"custom-config\". * The operation started before 2021-03-28T14:50:00Z. * The operation resulted in an error.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The project of the instance configuration operations. Values are of the form `projects/`.", +"description": "Required. The project of the instance config operations. Values are of the form `projects/`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ "instanceConfigs": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates an instance configuration and begins preparing it to be used. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of preparing the new instance config. The instance configuration name is assigned by the caller. If the named instance configuration already exists, `CreateInstanceConfig` returns `ALREADY_EXISTS`. Immediately after the request returns: * The instance configuration is readable via the API, with all requested attributes. The instance config's reconciling field is set to true. Its state is `CREATING`. While the operation is pending: * Cancelling the operation renders the instance configuration immediately unreadable via the API. * Except for deleting the creating resource, all other attempts to modify the instance configuration are rejected. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Instances can be created using the instance configuration. * The instance config's reconciling field becomes false. Its state becomes `READY`. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track creation of the instance config. The metadata field type is CreateInstanceConfigMetadata. The response field type is InstanceConfig, if successful. Authorization requires `spanner.instanceConfigs.create` permission on the resource parent.", +"description": "Creates an instance config and begins preparing it to be used. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of preparing the new instance config. The instance config name is assigned by the caller. If the named instance config already exists, `CreateInstanceConfig` returns `ALREADY_EXISTS`. Immediately after the request returns: * The instance config is readable via the API, with all requested attributes. The instance config's reconciling field is set to true. Its state is `CREATING`. While the operation is pending: * Cancelling the operation renders the instance config immediately unreadable via the API. * Except for deleting the creating resource, all other attempts to modify the instance config are rejected. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Instances can be created using the instance configuration. * The instance config's reconciling field becomes false. Its state becomes `READY`. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track creation of the instance config. The metadata field type is CreateInstanceConfigMetadata. The response field type is InstanceConfig, if successful. Authorization requires `spanner.instanceConfigs.create` permission on the resource parent.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/instanceConfigs", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "spanner.projects.instanceConfigs.create", @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes the instance config. Deletion is only allowed when no instances are using the configuration. If any instances are using the config, returns `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. Only user-managed configurations can be deleted. Authorization requires `spanner.instanceConfigs.delete` permission on the resource name.", +"description": "Deletes the instance config. Deletion is only allowed when no instances are using the configuration. If any instances are using the config, returns `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. Only user managed configurations can be deleted. Authorization requires `spanner.instanceConfigs.delete` permission on the resource name.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/instanceConfigs/{instanceConfigsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "spanner.projects.instanceConfigs.delete", @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "etag": { -"description": "Used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous deletes of an instance configuration from overwriting each other. If not empty, the API only deletes the instance configuration when the etag provided matches the current status of the requested instance config. Otherwise, deletes the instance configuration without checking the current status of the requested instance config.", +"description": "Used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous deletes of an instance config from overwriting each other. If not empty, the API only deletes the instance config when the etag provided matches the current status of the requested instance config. Otherwise, deletes the instance config without checking the current status of the requested instance config.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists the supported instance configurations for a given project. Returns both Google-managed configurations and user-managed configurations.", +"description": "Lists the supported instance configurations for a given project. Returns both Google managed configs and user managed configs.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/instanceConfigs", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "spanner.projects.instanceConfigs.list", @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates an instance config. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of updating the instance. If the named instance configuration does not exist, returns `NOT_FOUND`. Only user-managed configurations can be updated. Immediately after the request returns: * The instance config's reconciling field is set to true. While the operation is pending: * Cancelling the operation sets its metadata's cancel_time. The operation is guaranteed to succeed at undoing all changes, after which point it terminates with a `CANCELLED` status. * All other attempts to modify the instance configuration are rejected. * Reading the instance configuration via the API continues to give the pre-request values. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Creating instances using the instance configuration uses the new values. * The instance config's new values are readable via the API. * The instance config's reconciling field becomes false. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track the instance configuration modification. The metadata field type is UpdateInstanceConfigMetadata. The response field type is InstanceConfig, if successful. Authorization requires `spanner.instanceConfigs.update` permission on the resource name.", +"description": "Updates an instance config. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of updating the instance. If the named instance config does not exist, returns `NOT_FOUND`. Only user managed configurations can be updated. Immediately after the request returns: * The instance config's reconciling field is set to true. While the operation is pending: * Cancelling the operation sets its metadata's cancel_time. The operation is guaranteed to succeed at undoing all changes, after which point it terminates with a `CANCELLED` status. * All other attempts to modify the instance config are rejected. * Reading the instance config via the API continues to give the pre-request values. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Creating instances using the instance configuration uses the new values. * The instance config's new values are readable via the API. * The instance config's reconciling field becomes false. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track the instance config modification. The metadata field type is UpdateInstanceConfigMetadata. The response field type is InstanceConfig, if successful. Authorization requires `spanner.instanceConfigs.update` permission on the resource name.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/instanceConfigs/{instanceConfigsId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "spanner.projects.instanceConfigs.patch", @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "A unique identifier for the instance configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/a-z*`. User instance configuration must start with `custom-`.", +"description": "A unique identifier for the instance configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/a-z*`. User instance config must start with `custom-`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/instanceConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ ] }, "move": { -"description": "Moves the instance to the target instance config. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of moving the instance. `MoveInstance` returns `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the instance meets any of the following criteria: * Has an ongoing move to a different instance config * Has backups * Has an ongoing update * Is under free trial * Contains any CMEK-enabled databases While the operation is pending: * All other attempts to modify the instance, including changes to its compute capacity, are rejected. * The following database and backup admin operations are rejected: * DatabaseAdmin.CreateDatabase, * DatabaseAdmin.UpdateDatabaseDdl (Disabled if default_leader is specified in the request.) * DatabaseAdmin.RestoreDatabase * DatabaseAdmin.CreateBackup * DatabaseAdmin.CopyBackup * Both the source and target instance configurations are subject to hourly compute and storage charges. * The instance may experience higher read-write latencies and a higher transaction abort rate. However, moving an instance does not cause any downtime. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track the move instance operation. The metadata field type is MoveInstanceMetadata. The response field type is Instance, if successful. Cancelling the operation sets its metadata's cancel_time. Cancellation is not immediate since it involves moving any data previously moved to target instance configuration back to the original instance config. The same operation can be used to track the progress of the cancellation. Upon successful completion of the cancellation, the operation terminates with `CANCELLED` status. Upon completion(if not cancelled) of the returned operation: * Instance would be successfully moved to the target instance config. * You are billed for compute and storage in target instance config. Authorization requires `spanner.instances.update` permission on the resource instance. For more details, please see [documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/move-instance).", +"description": "Moves the instance to the target instance config. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of moving the instance. `MoveInstance` returns `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the instance meets any of the following criteria: * Has an ongoing move to a different instance config * Has backups * Has an ongoing update * Is under free trial * Contains any CMEK-enabled databases While the operation is pending: * All other attempts to modify the instance, including changes to its compute capacity, are rejected. * The following database and backup admin operations are rejected: * DatabaseAdmin.CreateDatabase, * DatabaseAdmin.UpdateDatabaseDdl (Disabled if default_leader is specified in the request.) * DatabaseAdmin.RestoreDatabase * DatabaseAdmin.CreateBackup * DatabaseAdmin.CopyBackup * Both the source and target instance configs are subject to hourly compute and storage charges. * The instance may experience higher read-write latencies and a higher transaction abort rate. However, moving an instance does not cause any downtime. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track the move instance operation. The metadata field type is MoveInstanceMetadata. The response field type is Instance, if successful. Cancelling the operation sets its metadata's cancel_time. Cancellation is not immediate since it involves moving any data previously moved to target instance config back to the original instance config. The same operation can be used to track the progress of the cancellation. Upon successful completion of the cancellation, the operation terminates with CANCELLED status. Upon completion(if not cancelled) of the returned operation: * Instance would be successfully moved to the target instance config. * You are billed for compute and storage in target instance config. Authorization requires `spanner.instances.update` permission on the resource instance. For more details, please see [documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/move-instance).", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}:move", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "spanner.projects.instances.move", @@ -1426,7 +1426,7 @@ ] }, "create": { -"description": "Creates a new Spanner database and starts to prepare it for serving. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track preparation of the database. The metadata field type is CreateDatabaseMetadata. The response field type is Database, if successful.", +"description": "Creates a new Cloud Spanner database and starts to prepare it for serving. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track preparation of the database. The metadata field type is CreateDatabaseMetadata. The response field type is Database, if successful.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/databases", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "spanner.projects.instances.databases.create", @@ -1804,97 +1804,6 @@ } }, "resources": { -"backupSchedules": { -"methods": { -"getIamPolicy": { -"description": "Gets the access control policy for a database or backup resource. Returns an empty policy if a database or backup exists but does not have a policy set. Authorization requires `spanner.databases.getIamPolicy` permission on resource. For backups, authorization requires `spanner.backups.getIamPolicy` permission on resource.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/databases/{databasesId}/backupSchedules/{backupSchedulesId}:getIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "spanner.projects.instances.databases.backupSchedules.getIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The Cloud Spanner resource for which the policy is being retrieved. The format is `projects//instances/` for instance resources and `projects//instances//databases/` for database resources.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/databases/[^/]+/backupSchedules/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", -"request": { -"$ref": "GetIamPolicyRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spanner.admin" -] -}, -"setIamPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the access control policy on a database or backup resource. Replaces any existing policy. Authorization requires `spanner.databases.setIamPolicy` permission on resource. For backups, authorization requires `spanner.backups.setIamPolicy` permission on resource.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/databases/{databasesId}/backupSchedules/{backupSchedulesId}:setIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "spanner.projects.instances.databases.backupSchedules.setIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The Cloud Spanner resource for which the policy is being set. The format is `projects//instances/` for instance resources and `projects//instances//databases/` for databases resources.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/databases/[^/]+/backupSchedules/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", -"request": { -"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spanner.admin" -] -}, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that the caller has on the specified database or backup resource. Attempting this RPC on a non-existent Cloud Spanner database will result in a NOT_FOUND error if the user has `spanner.databases.list` permission on the containing Cloud Spanner instance. Otherwise returns an empty set of permissions. Calling this method on a backup that does not exist will result in a NOT_FOUND error if the user has `spanner.backups.list` permission on the containing instance.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/databases/{databasesId}/backupSchedules/{backupSchedulesId}:testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "spanner.projects.instances.databases.backupSchedules.testIamPermissions", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The Cloud Spanner resource for which permissions are being tested. The format is `projects//instances/` for instance resources and `projects//instances//databases/` for database resources.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/databases/[^/]+/backupSchedules/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spanner.admin" -] -} -} -}, "databaseRoles": { "methods": { "list": { @@ -3096,11 +3005,11 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240628", "rootUrl": "https://spanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutoscalingConfig": { -"description": "Autoscaling configuration for an instance.", +"description": "Autoscaling config for an instance.", "id": "AutoscalingConfig", "properties": { "autoscalingLimits": { @@ -3711,7 +3620,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "protoDescriptors": { -"description": "Optional. Proto descriptors used by `CREATE/ALTER PROTO BUNDLE` statements in 'extra_statements'. Contains a protobuf-serialized [`google.protobuf.FileDescriptorSet`](https://github.com/protocolbuffers/protobuf/blob/main/src/google/protobuf/descriptor.proto) descriptor set. To generate it, [install](https://grpc.io/docs/protoc-installation/) and run `protoc` with --include_imports and --descriptor_set_out. For example, to generate for moon/shot/app.proto, run ``` $protoc --proto_path=/app_path --proto_path=/lib_path \\ --include_imports \\ --descriptor_set_out=descriptors.data \\ moon/shot/app.proto ``` For more details, see protobuffer [self description](https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/techniques#self-description).", +"description": "Optional. Proto descriptors used by CREATE/ALTER PROTO BUNDLE statements in 'extra_statements' above. Contains a protobuf-serialized [google.protobuf.FileDescriptorSet](https://github.com/protocolbuffers/protobuf/blob/main/src/google/protobuf/descriptor.proto). To generate it, [install](https://grpc.io/docs/protoc-installation/) and run `protoc` with --include_imports and --descriptor_set_out. For example, to generate for moon/shot/app.proto, run ``` $protoc --proto_path=/app_path --proto_path=/lib_path \\ --include_imports \\ --descriptor_set_out=descriptors.data \\ moon/shot/app.proto ``` For more details, see protobuffer [self description](https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/techniques#self-description).", "format": "byte", "type": "string" } @@ -3729,7 +3638,7 @@ }, "instanceConfig": { "$ref": "InstanceConfig", -"description": "The target instance configuration end state." +"description": "The target instance config end state." }, "progress": { "$ref": "InstanceOperationProgress", @@ -3744,10 +3653,10 @@ "properties": { "instanceConfig": { "$ref": "InstanceConfig", -"description": "Required. The InstanceConfig proto of the configuration to create. instance_config.name must be `/instanceConfigs/`. instance_config.base_config must be a Google-managed configuration name, e.g. /instanceConfigs/us-east1, /instanceConfigs/nam3." +"description": "Required. The InstanceConfig proto of the configuration to create. instance_config.name must be `/instanceConfigs/`. instance_config.base_config must be a Google managed configuration name, e.g. /instanceConfigs/us-east1, /instanceConfigs/nam3." }, "instanceConfigId": { -"description": "Required. The ID of the instance configuration to create. Valid identifiers are of the form `custom-[-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9]` and must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. The `custom-` prefix is required to avoid name conflicts with Google-managed configurations.", +"description": "Required. The ID of the instance config to create. Valid identifiers are of the form `custom-[-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9]` and must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. The `custom-` prefix is required to avoid name conflicts with Google managed configurations.", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { @@ -4243,7 +4152,7 @@ "enumDescriptions": [ "The default mode. Only the statement results are returned.", "This mode returns only the query plan, without any results or execution statistics information.", -"This mode returns both the query plan and the execution statistics along with the results. This has a performance overhead compared to the NORMAL mode. It is not recommended to use this mode for production traffic." +"This mode returns both the query plan and the execution statistics along with the results." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -4514,12 +4423,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "nodeCount": { -"description": "The number of nodes allocated to this instance. At most, one of either `node_count` or `processing_units` should be present in the message. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, node_count is treated as an OUTPUT_ONLY field and reflects the current number of nodes allocated to the instance. This might be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in the `READY` state. For more information, see [Compute capacity, nodes, and processing units](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity).", +"description": "The number of nodes allocated to this instance. At most one of either node_count or processing_units should be present in the message. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, node_count is treated as an OUTPUT_ONLY field and reflects the current number of nodes allocated to the instance. This may be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in state `READY`. See [the documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity) for more information about nodes and processing units.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "processingUnits": { -"description": "The number of processing units allocated to this instance. At most, one of either `processing_units` or `node_count` should be present in the message. Users can set the `processing_units` field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, `processing_units` is treated as an `OUTPUT_ONLY` field and reflects the current number of processing units allocated to the instance. This might be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in the `READY` state. See [the documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity) for more information about nodes and processing units.", +"description": "The number of processing units allocated to this instance. At most one of processing_units or node_count should be present in the message. Users can set the processing_units field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance. If autoscaling is enabled, processing_units is treated as an OUTPUT_ONLY field and reflects the current number of processing units allocated to the instance. This may be zero in API responses for instances that are not yet in state `READY`. See [the documentation](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/compute-capacity) for more information about nodes and processing units.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -4552,11 +4461,11 @@ "id": "InstanceConfig", "properties": { "baseConfig": { -"description": "Base configuration name, e.g. projects//instanceConfigs/nam3, based on which this configuration is created. Only set for user-managed configurations. `base_config` must refer to a configuration of type `GOOGLE_MANAGED` in the same project as this configuration.", +"description": "Base configuration name, e.g. projects//instanceConfigs/nam3, based on which this configuration is created. Only set for user managed configurations. `base_config` must refer to a configuration of type GOOGLE_MANAGED in the same project as this configuration.", "type": "string" }, "configType": { -"description": "Output only. Whether this instance configuration is a Google- or user-managed configuration.", +"description": "Output only. Whether this instance config is a Google or User Managed Configuration.", "enum": [ "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "GOOGLE_MANAGED", @@ -4564,8 +4473,8 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", -"Google-managed configuration.", -"User-managed configuration." +"Google managed configuration.", +"User managed configuration." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -4575,7 +4484,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "etag": { -"description": "etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance configuration from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance configuration updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance configurations, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance configuration to ensure that their change is applied to the same version of the instance configuration. If no etag is provided in the call to update the instance configuration, then the existing instance configuration is overwritten blindly.", +"description": "etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance config from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance config updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance configs, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance config to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the instance config. If no etag is provided in the call to update instance config, then the existing instance config is overwritten blindly.", "type": "string" }, "freeInstanceAvailability": { @@ -4592,7 +4501,7 @@ "Indicates that free instances are available to be created in this instance config.", "Indicates that free instances are not supported in this instance config.", "Indicates that free instances are currently not available to be created in this instance config.", -"Indicates that additional free instances cannot be created in this instance configuration because the project has reached its limit of free instances." +"Indicates that additional free instances cannot be created in this instance config because the project has reached its limit of free instances." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -4612,11 +4521,11 @@ "type": "array" }, "name": { -"description": "A unique identifier for the instance configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/a-z*`. User instance configuration must start with `custom-`.", +"description": "A unique identifier for the instance configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/a-z*`. User instance config must start with `custom-`.", "type": "string" }, "optionalReplicas": { -"description": "Output only. The available optional replicas to choose from for user-managed configurations. Populated for Google-managed configurations.", +"description": "Output only. The available optional replicas to choose from for user managed configurations. Populated for Google managed configurations.", "items": { "$ref": "ReplicaInfo" }, @@ -4641,19 +4550,19 @@ "type": "string" }, "reconciling": { -"description": "Output only. If true, the instance configuration is being created or updated. If false, there are no ongoing operations for the instance config.", +"description": "Output only. If true, the instance config is being created or updated. If false, there are no ongoing operations for the instance config.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "replicas": { -"description": "The geographic placement of nodes in this instance configuration and their replication properties. To create user-managed configurations, input `replicas` must include all replicas in `replicas` of the `base_config` and include one or more replicas in the `optional_replicas` of the `base_config`.", +"description": "The geographic placement of nodes in this instance configuration and their replication properties. To create user managed configurations, input `replicas` must include all replicas in `replicas` of the `base_config` and include one or more replicas in the `optional_replicas` of the `base_config`.", "items": { "$ref": "ReplicaInfo" }, "type": "array" }, "state": { -"description": "Output only. The current instance configuration state. Applicable only for `USER_MANAGED` configurations.", +"description": "Output only. The current instance config state. Applicable only for USER_MANAGED configs.", "enum": [ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "CREATING", @@ -4661,8 +4570,8 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Not specified.", -"The instance configuration is still being created.", -"The instance configuration is fully created and ready to be used to create instances." +"The instance config is still being created.", +"The instance config is fully created and ready to be used to create instances." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -4725,12 +4634,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "nodeCount": { -"description": "The number of nodes allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the `node_count` field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`.", +"description": "The number of nodes allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "processingUnits": { -"description": "The number of processing units allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the `processing_units` field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance partition. This might be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in the `READY` state.", +"description": "The number of processing units allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the processing_units field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -5006,7 +4915,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "operations": { -"description": "The list of matching instance configuration long-running operations. Each operation's name will be prefixed by the instance config's name. The operation's metadata field type `metadata.type_url` describes the type of the metadata.", +"description": "The list of matching instance config long-running operations. Each operation's name will be prefixed by the instance config's name. The operation's metadata field type `metadata.type_url` describes the type of the metadata.", "items": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -5290,7 +5199,7 @@ "id": "MoveInstanceRequest", "properties": { "targetConfig": { -"description": "Required. The target instance configuration for the instance to move. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/`.", +"description": "Required. The target instance config for the instance to move. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/`.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -5493,7 +5402,7 @@ "description": "Additional options that affect how many partitions are created." }, "sql": { -"description": "Required. The query request to generate partitions for. The request fails if the query is not root partitionable. For a query to be root partitionable, it needs to satisfy a few conditions. For example, if the query execution plan contains a distributed union operator, then it must be the first operator in the plan. For more information about other conditions, see [Read data in parallel](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/reads#read_data_in_parallel). The query request must not contain DML commands, such as `INSERT`, `UPDATE`, or `DELETE`. Use `ExecuteStreamingSql` with a PartitionedDml transaction for large, partition-friendly DML operations.", +"description": "Required. The query request to generate partitions for. The request will fail if the query is not root partitionable. For a query to be root partitionable, it needs to satisfy a few conditions. For example, if the query execution plan contains a distributed union operator, then it must be the first operator in the plan. For more information about other conditions, see [Read data in parallel](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/reads#read_data_in_parallel). The query request must not contain DML commands, such as INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE. Use ExecuteStreamingSql with a PartitionedDml transaction for large, partition-friendly DML operations.", "type": "string" }, "transaction": { @@ -6024,7 +5933,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "kmsKeyNames": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies the KMS configuration for the one or more keys used to encrypt the database. Values have the form `projects//locations//keyRings//cryptoKeys/`. The keys referenced by kms_key_names must fully cover all regions of the database instance configuration. Some examples: * For single region database instance configurations, specify a single regional location KMS key. * For multi-regional database instance configurations of type `GOOGLE_MANAGED`, either specify a multi-regional location KMS key or multiple regional location KMS keys that cover all regions in the instance configuration. * For a database instance configuration of type `USER_MANAGED`, please specify only regional location KMS keys to cover each region in the instance configuration. Multi-regional location KMS keys are not supported for USER_MANAGED instance configurations.", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the KMS configuration for the one or more keys used to encrypt the database. Values are of the form `projects//locations//keyRings//cryptoKeys/`. The keys referenced by kms_key_names must fully cover all regions of the database instance configuration. Some examples: * For single region database instance configs, specify a single regional location KMS key. * For multi-regional database instance configs of type GOOGLE_MANAGED, either specify a multi-regional location KMS key or multiple regional location KMS keys that cover all regions in the instance config. * For a database instance config of type USER_MANAGED, please specify only regional location KMS keys to cover each region in the instance config. Multi-regional location KMS keys are not supported for USER_MANAGED instance configs.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -6676,7 +6585,7 @@ }, "instanceConfig": { "$ref": "InstanceConfig", -"description": "The desired instance configuration after updating." +"description": "The desired instance config after updating." }, "progress": { "$ref": "InstanceOperationProgress", @@ -6691,7 +6600,7 @@ "properties": { "instanceConfig": { "$ref": "InstanceConfig", -"description": "Required. The user instance configuration to update, which must always include the instance configuration name. Otherwise, only fields mentioned in update_mask need be included. To prevent conflicts of concurrent updates, etag can be used." +"description": "Required. The user instance config to update, which must always include the instance config name. Otherwise, only fields mentioned in update_mask need be included. To prevent conflicts of concurrent updates, etag can be used." }, "updateMask": { "description": "Required. A mask specifying which fields in InstanceConfig should be updated. The field mask must always be specified; this prevents any future fields in InstanceConfig from being erased accidentally by clients that do not know about them. Only display_name and labels can be updated.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json index 6b9a7b311b2..2c5dda0b7c7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240625", "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ABNFGrammar": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json index 5c01321c853..e6bb7f39c20 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240625", "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ABNFGrammar": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json index 24837b3673f..a687fd07d88 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ ] }, "addServerCa": { -"description": "Adds a new trusted Certificate Authority (CA) version for the specified instance. Required to prepare for a certificate rotation. If a CA version was previously added but never used in a certificate rotation, this operation replaces that version. There cannot be more than one CA version waiting to be rotated in. For instances that have enabled Certificate Authority Service (CAS) based server CA, please use AddServerCertificate to add a new server certificate.", +"description": "Adds a new trusted Certificate Authority (CA) version for the specified instance. Required to prepare for a certificate rotation. If a CA version was previously added but never used in a certificate rotation, this operation replaces that version. There cannot be more than one CA version waiting to be rotated in.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/addServerCa", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "sql.instances.addServerCa", @@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ ] }, "rotateServerCa": { -"description": "Rotates the server certificate to one signed by the Certificate Authority (CA) version previously added with the addServerCA method. For instances that have enabled Certificate Authority Service (CAS) based server CA, please use RotateServerCertificate to rotate the server certificate.", +"description": "Rotates the server certificate to one signed by the Certificate Authority (CA) version previously added with the addServerCA method.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/rotateServerCa", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "sql.instances.rotateServerCa", @@ -2267,7 +2267,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240622", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { @@ -2915,20 +2915,6 @@ false "serverCaCert": { "$ref": "SslCert", "description": "SSL configuration." -}, -"serverCaMode": { -"description": "Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate.", -"enum": [ -"CA_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", -"GOOGLE_MANAGED_INTERNAL_CA", -"GOOGLE_MANAGED_CAS_CA" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"CA mode is unknown.", -"Google-managed self-signed internal CA.", -"Google-managed regional CA part of root CA hierarchy hosted on Google Cloud's Certificate Authority Service (CAS)." -], -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -3429,10 +3415,6 @@ true }, "type": "array" }, -"switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": { -"description": "Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage.", -"type": "boolean" -}, "upgradableDatabaseVersions": { "description": "Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade.", "items": { @@ -4508,20 +4490,6 @@ false "description": "Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag.", "type": "boolean" }, -"serverCaMode": { -"description": "Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate.", -"enum": [ -"CA_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", -"GOOGLE_MANAGED_INTERNAL_CA", -"GOOGLE_MANAGED_CAS_CA" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"CA mode is unknown.", -"Google-managed self-signed internal CA.", -"Google-managed regional CA part of root CA hierarchy hosted on Google Cloud's Certificate Authority Service (CAS)." -], -"type": "string" -}, "sslMode": { "description": "Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections.", "enum": [ @@ -4839,8 +4807,7 @@ false "RECONFIGURE_OLD_PRIMARY", "CLUSTER_MAINTENANCE", "SELF_SERVICE_MAINTENANCE", -"SWITCHOVER_TO_REPLICA", -"MAJOR_VERSION_UPGRADE" +"SWITCHOVER_TO_REPLICA" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -4887,7 +4854,6 @@ false, false, false, false, -false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -4935,8 +4901,7 @@ false "Reconfigures old primary after a promote replica operation. Effect of a promote operation to the old primary is executed in this operation, asynchronously from the promote replica operation executed to the replica.", "Indicates that the instance, its read replicas, and its cascading replicas are in maintenance. Maintenance typically gets initiated on groups of replicas first, followed by the primary instance. For each instance, maintenance typically causes the instance to be unavailable for 1-3 minutes.", "Indicates that the instance (and any of its replicas) are currently in maintenance. This is initiated as a self-service request by using SSM. Maintenance typically causes the instance to be unavailable for 1-3 minutes.", -"Switches a primary instance to a replica. This operation runs as part of a switchover operation to the original primary instance.", -"Updates the major version of a Cloud SQL instance." +"Switches a primary instance to a replica. This operation runs as part of a switchover operation to the original primary instance." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5614,8 +5579,7 @@ true "UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSIONS_NOT_MIGRATED", "EXTENSIONS_NOT_MIGRATED", "PG_CRON_FLAG_ENABLED_IN_REPLICA", -"EXTENSIONS_NOT_ENABLED_IN_REPLICA", -"UNSUPPORTED_COLUMNS" +"EXTENSIONS_NOT_ENABLED_IN_REPLICA" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", @@ -5666,8 +5630,7 @@ true "The warning message indicates the unsupported extensions will not be migrated to the destination.", "The warning message indicates the pg_cron extension and settings will not be migrated to the destination.", "The error message indicates that pg_cron flags are enabled on the destination which is not supported during the migration.", -"This error message indicates that the specified extensions are not enabled on destination instance. For example, before you can migrate data to the destination instance, you must enable the PGAudit extension on the instance.", -"The source database has generated columns that can't be migrated. Please change them to regular columns before migration." +"This error message indicates that the specified extensions are not enabled on destination instance. For example, before you can migrate data to the destination instance, you must enable the PGAudit extension on the instance." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json index acc6d6950ac..4ca895ae430 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ ] }, "addServerCa": { -"description": "Add a new trusted Certificate Authority (CA) version for the specified instance. Required to prepare for a certificate rotation. If a CA version was previously added but never used in a certificate rotation, this operation replaces that version. There cannot be more than one CA version waiting to be rotated in. For instances that have enabled Certificate Authority Service (CAS) based server CA, please use AddServerCertificate to add a new server certificate.", +"description": "Add a new trusted Certificate Authority (CA) version for the specified instance. Required to prepare for a certificate rotation. If a CA version was previously added but never used in a certificate rotation, this operation replaces that version. There cannot be more than one CA version waiting to be rotated in.", "flatPath": "sql/v1beta4/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/addServerCa", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "sql.instances.addServerCa", @@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ ] }, "rotateServerCa": { -"description": "Rotates the server certificate to one signed by the Certificate Authority (CA) version previously added with the addServerCA method. For instances that have enabled Certificate Authority Service (CAS) based server CA, please use RotateServerCertificate to rotate the server certificate.", +"description": "Rotates the server certificate to one signed by the Certificate Authority (CA) version previously added with the addServerCA method.", "flatPath": "sql/v1beta4/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/rotateServerCa", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "sql.instances.rotateServerCa", @@ -2267,7 +2267,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240622", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { @@ -2915,20 +2915,6 @@ false "serverCaCert": { "$ref": "SslCert", "description": "SSL configuration." -}, -"serverCaMode": { -"description": "Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate.", -"enum": [ -"CA_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", -"GOOGLE_MANAGED_INTERNAL_CA", -"GOOGLE_MANAGED_CAS_CA" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"CA mode is unknown.", -"Google-managed self-signed internal CA.", -"Google-managed regional CA part of root CA hierarchy hosted on Google Cloud's Certificate Authority Service (CAS)." -], -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -3430,10 +3416,6 @@ true }, "type": "array" }, -"switchTransactionLogsToCloudStorageEnabled": { -"description": "Input only. Whether Cloud SQL is enabled to switch storing point-in-time recovery log files from a data disk to Cloud Storage.", -"type": "boolean" -}, "upgradableDatabaseVersions": { "description": "Output only. All database versions that are available for upgrade.", "items": { @@ -4509,20 +4491,6 @@ false "description": "Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag.", "type": "boolean" }, -"serverCaMode": { -"description": "Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate.", -"enum": [ -"CA_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", -"GOOGLE_MANAGED_INTERNAL_CA", -"GOOGLE_MANAGED_CAS_CA" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"CA mode is unknown.", -"Google-managed self-signed internal CA.", -"Google-managed regional CA part of root CA hierarchy hosted on Google Cloud's Certificate Authority Service (CAS)." -], -"type": "string" -}, "sslMode": { "description": "Specify how SSL/TLS is enforced in database connections. If you must use the `require_ssl` flag for backward compatibility, then only the following value pairs are valid: For PostgreSQL and MySQL: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=TRUSTED_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED` and `require_ssl=true` For SQL Server: * `ssl_mode=ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED` and `require_ssl=false` * `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=true` The value of `ssl_mode` has priority over the value of `require_ssl`. For example, for the pair `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` and `require_ssl=false`, `ssl_mode=ENCRYPTED_ONLY` means accept only SSL connections, while `require_ssl=false` means accept both non-SSL and SSL connections. In this case, MySQL and PostgreSQL databases respect `ssl_mode` and accepts only SSL connections.", "enum": [ @@ -4840,8 +4808,7 @@ false "RECONFIGURE_OLD_PRIMARY", "CLUSTER_MAINTENANCE", "SELF_SERVICE_MAINTENANCE", -"SWITCHOVER_TO_REPLICA", -"MAJOR_VERSION_UPGRADE" +"SWITCHOVER_TO_REPLICA" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -4888,7 +4855,6 @@ false, false, false, false, -false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -4936,8 +4902,7 @@ false "Reconfigures old primary after a promote replica operation. Effect of a promote operation to the old primary is executed in this operation, asynchronously from the promote replica operation executed to the replica.", "Indicates that the instance, its read replicas, and its cascading replicas are in maintenance. Maintenance typically gets initiated on groups of replicas first, followed by the primary instance. For each instance, maintenance typically causes the instance to be unavailable for 1-3 minutes.", "Indicates that the instance (and any of its replicas) are currently in maintenance. This is initiated as a self-service request by using SSM. Maintenance typically causes the instance to be unavailable for 1-3 minutes.", -"Switches a primary instance to a replica. This operation runs as part of a switchover operation to the original primary instance.", -"Updates the major version of a Cloud SQL instance." +"Switches a primary instance to a replica. This operation runs as part of a switchover operation to the original primary instance." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5615,8 +5580,7 @@ true "UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSIONS_NOT_MIGRATED", "EXTENSIONS_NOT_MIGRATED", "PG_CRON_FLAG_ENABLED_IN_REPLICA", -"EXTENSIONS_NOT_ENABLED_IN_REPLICA", -"UNSUPPORTED_COLUMNS" +"EXTENSIONS_NOT_ENABLED_IN_REPLICA" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", @@ -5667,8 +5631,7 @@ true "The warning message indicates the unsupported extensions will not be migrated to the destination.", "The warning message indicates the pg_cron extension and settings will not be migrated to the destination.", "The error message indicates that pg_cron flags are enabled on the destination which is not supported during the migration.", -"This error message indicates that the specified extensions are not enabled on destination instance. For example, before you can migrate data to the destination instance, you must enable the PGAudit extension on the instance.", -"The source database has generated columns that can't be migrated. Please change them to regular columns before migration." +"This error message indicates that the specified extensions are not enabled on destination instance. For example, before you can migrate data to the destination instance, you must enable the PGAudit extension on the instance." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json index 6766068b99a..ee92d10600a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ "location": "me-central2" } ], -"etag": "\"3135313836383938323339343237353634393832\"", +"etag": "\"323732353932323032353837333633313231\"", "icons": { "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-16.png", "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-32.png" @@ -4085,7 +4085,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240706", "rootUrl": "https://storage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnywhereCache": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json index 9f9d1c7d973..da8a89ba264 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240710", +"revision": "20240705", "rootUrl": "https://storagetransfer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AgentPool": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json index 0ebad21fc2c..bcfbf066207 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240625", "rootUrl": "https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchDeletePhotosRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json index 333d599de7d..d43723d23d0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240619", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { @@ -216,11 +216,6 @@ "description": "Response message for ExchangeToken.", "id": "GoogleIdentityStsV1ExchangeTokenResponse", "properties": { -"access_boundary_session_key": { -"description": "The access boundary session key. This key is used along with the access boundary intermediate token to generate Credential Access Boundary tokens at client side. This field is absent when the `requested_token_type` from the request is not `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_boundary_intermediate_token`.", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" -}, "access_token": { "description": "An OAuth 2.0 security token, issued by Google, in response to the token exchange request. Tokens can vary in size, depending in part on the size of mapped claims, up to a maximum of 12288 bytes (12 KB). Google reserves the right to change the token size and the maximum length at any time.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json index 57f76d44fcb..8a8f4b19dc7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240619", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json index 3209a7b08a5..76549d46e33 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json @@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json index 38f104d5302..708c50ad54e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json @@ -3895,7 +3895,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240711", +"revision": "20240701", "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json index 702381c03d4..125a0900268 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://tasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AssignmentInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json index 348fffba2a3..fab83411279 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240625", "rootUrl": "https://testing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json index 36c9fc85fbf..8bc4f6238ff 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240530", "rootUrl": "https://texttospeech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AudioConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json index cfcd87f4ba9..fa5dd27ef82 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240530", "rootUrl": "https://texttospeech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AudioConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json index 0f4c2eaad4d..e2a0a8c7b52 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json @@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://toolresults.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ANR": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json index 809cab9846d..c40995f588b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240702", +"revision": "20240613", "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorType": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json index 845e50e2a5f..fee6e41e80f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240702", +"revision": "20240613", "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorType": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json index 4cde1b8c59a..a79a721d81d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240702", +"revision": "20240613", "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json index 4e2a2176439..d73238f316c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json @@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240702", +"revision": "20240613", "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json index a48c87a4260..fe68cc06528 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://transcoder.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdBreak": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json index 00282979847..7a0cfc47e16 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://travelimpactmodel.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ComputeFlightEmissionsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json index cb37733911c..58129e19c6c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json @@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20240617", "rootUrl": "https://vault.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountCount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v1.json index edc4391ea16..ec92cd89a12 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://verifiedaccess.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Challenge": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json index dbf48fdc247..a8c798e62aa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://verifiedaccess.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Challenge": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json index a2b642cccbc..2ba8fbda1ac 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240710", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://versionhistory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Channel": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json index 07fa8a94517..77bb347b97e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json @@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessKeyCredentials": { @@ -4946,7 +4946,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "subnetwork": { -"description": "Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to.", +"description": "The subnetwork to connect the NIC to.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json index 405791e82e9..35f06a08b67 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json @@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240704", +"revision": "20240630", "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessKeyCredentials": { @@ -4991,7 +4991,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "subnetwork": { -"description": "Optional. The subnetwork to connect the NIC to.", +"description": "The subnetwork to connect the NIC to.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json index cb2ff5e5f94..dd026c6a9cf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json @@ -2681,7 +2681,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240715", +"revision": "20240708", "rootUrl": "https://walletobjects.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivationOptions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json index 50cb198a645..9bfd23994d6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://webrisk.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudWebriskV1ComputeThreatListDiffResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json index bfc244934b1..e8966429e28 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240630", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Authentication": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json index 2e7fac0c6f6..c099d65797f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240630", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Authentication": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json index bd3a0e6c382..da2d60e64d2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240630", +"revision": "20240623", "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Authentication": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json index f31bbb7ccc0..e3373cbed58 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20240625", "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Callback": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json index c1252904a1f..c31a055cea3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20240625", "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelExecutionRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json index 02023de594c..e5c396201f0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json @@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20240626", "rootUrl": "https://workloadmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AgentCommand": { @@ -797,10 +797,6 @@ "description": "Provides the mapping of a cloud asset to a direct physical location or to a proxy that defines the location on its behalf.", "id": "AssetLocation", "properties": { -"ccfeRmsPath": { -"description": "Spanner path of the CCFE RMS database. It is only applicable for CCFE tenants that use CCFE RMS for storing resource metadata.", -"type": "string" -}, "expected": { "$ref": "IsolationExpectations", "description": "Defines the customer expectation around ZI/ZS for this asset and ZI/ZS state of the region at the time of asset creation." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json index 8751e3eafd8..45147f9141d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240702", "rootUrl": "https://workspaceevents.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ListSubscriptionsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json index 8c77a7140ec..29dc628984f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json @@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240619", "rootUrl": "https://workstations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { @@ -1347,11 +1347,11 @@ "type": "object" }, "DomainConfig": { -"description": "Configuration options for a custom domain.", +"description": "Configuration options for private workstation clusters.", "id": "DomainConfig", "properties": { "domain": { -"description": "Immutable. Domain used by Workstations for HTTP ingress.", +"description": "Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -1940,45 +1940,23 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"PortRange": { -"description": "A PortRange defines a range of ports. Both first and last are inclusive. To specify a single port, both first and last should be the same.", -"id": "PortRange", -"properties": { -"first": { -"description": "Required. Starting port number for the current range of ports.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"last": { -"description": "Required. Ending port number for the current range of ports.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "PrivateClusterConfig": { -"description": "Configuration options for private workstation clusters.", "id": "PrivateClusterConfig", "properties": { "allowedProjects": { -"description": "Optional. Additional projects that are allowed to attach to the workstation cluster's service attachment. By default, the workstation cluster's project and the VPC host project (if different) are allowed.", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, "clusterHostname": { -"description": "Output only. Hostname for the workstation cluster. This field will be populated only when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, create a new DNS zone mapping this domain name to an internal IP address and a forwarding rule mapping that address to the service attachment.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "enablePrivateEndpoint": { -"description": "Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private.", "type": "boolean" }, "serviceAttachmentUri": { -"description": "Output only. Service attachment URI for the workstation cluster. The service attachemnt is created when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, configure access to the managed service using [Private Service Connect](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-private-service-connect-services).", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } @@ -2304,13 +2282,6 @@ "description": "A workstation configuration resource in the Cloud Workstations API. Workstation configurations act as templates for workstations. The workstation configuration defines details such as the workstation virtual machine (VM) instance type, persistent storage, container image defining environment, which IDE or Code Editor to use, and more. Administrators and platform teams can also use [Identity and Access Management (IAM)](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview) rules to grant access to teams or to individual developers.", "id": "WorkstationConfig", "properties": { -"allowedPorts": { -"description": "Optional. A Single or Range of ports externally accessible in the workstation. If not specified defaults to ports 22, 80 and ports 1024-65535.", -"items": { -"$ref": "PortRange" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "annotations": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json index 8dc060a1552..5b482375dd1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json @@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20240619", "rootUrl": "https://workstations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { @@ -1315,11 +1315,11 @@ "type": "object" }, "DomainConfig": { -"description": "Configuration options for a custom domain.", +"description": "Configuration options for private workstation clusters.", "id": "DomainConfig", "properties": { "domain": { -"description": "Immutable. Domain used by Workstations for HTTP ingress.", +"description": "Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "PortRange": { -"description": "A PortRange defines a range of ports. Both first and last are inclusive. To specify a single port, both first and last should be the same.", +"description": "A PortsConfig defines a range of ports. Both first and last are inclusive. To specify a single port, both first and last should be the same.", "id": "PortRange", "properties": { "first": { @@ -1892,27 +1892,22 @@ "type": "object" }, "PrivateClusterConfig": { -"description": "Configuration options for private workstation clusters.", "id": "PrivateClusterConfig", "properties": { "allowedProjects": { -"description": "Optional. Additional projects that are allowed to attach to the workstation cluster's service attachment. By default, the workstation cluster's project and the VPC host project (if different) are allowed.", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, "clusterHostname": { -"description": "Output only. Hostname for the workstation cluster. This field will be populated only when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, create a new DNS zone mapping this domain name to an internal IP address and a forwarding rule mapping that address to the service attachment.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "enablePrivateEndpoint": { -"description": "Immutable. Whether Workstations endpoint is private.", "type": "boolean" }, "serviceAttachmentUri": { -"description": "Output only. Service attachment URI for the workstation cluster. The service attachemnt is created when private endpoint is enabled. To access workstations in the workstation cluster, configure access to the managed service using [Private Service Connect](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-private-service-connect-services).", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } @@ -2104,16 +2099,6 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, -"satisfiesPzi": { -"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "boolean" -}, -"satisfiesPzs": { -"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "boolean" -}, "sourceWorkstation": { "description": "Optional. The source workstation from which this workstations persistent directories were cloned on creation.", "type": "string" @@ -2234,16 +2219,6 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, -"satisfiesPzi": { -"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "boolean" -}, -"satisfiesPzs": { -"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "boolean" -}, "subnetwork": { "description": "Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine subnetwork in which instances associated with this workstation cluster will be created. Must be part of the subnetwork specified for this workstation cluster.", "type": "string" @@ -2391,16 +2366,6 @@ "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, -"satisfiesPzi": { -"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "boolean" -}, -"satisfiesPzs": { -"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "boolean" -}, "uid": { "description": "Output only. A system-assigned unique identifier for this workstation configuration.", "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json index e99af2d4814..c5d009433df 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json @@ -4072,7 +4072,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240714", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://youtube.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbuseReport": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json index 14da9cdff5e..9407cdf77e6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://youtubeanalytics.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "EmptyResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json index e163639ce93..3ab779acc27 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240713", +"revision": "20240707", "rootUrl": "https://youtubereporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": {